ij;  8 


IT 

ii  l 

\ \ 


r a i:-!.,  •: i'  i)'.: hua ;iv. / wljki.vi iv * MMBm?  )v  n >!  i«&uMWK ;.«*6 ti.:3 1 I? ' jw' 


■fTf>  1 ]f  TT  TD  a I 

' .,■■■  :.,  A"K  \.J.  %,J  ii  ^./XVut  jLjLf 

ii.RV  I C E i 

VOL  1—1917 

PUBLISHED  BY 

Ik*.  JOURNAL  of 
TBB  AMERICAN  INSTITUTE 
OF  ARCHITECTS 


.'.:...i.: .liittu v;s;un < ».V; aw*  *>.>•; .: vW»fA’.s  » »v  • b’Kt: ,r«»r-Mf ;«w»wwsw»»«nv/T': i jrmvmwmxz wm mtWMa&iWMammeimttKai 


THE  UNIVERSITY 


OF  ILLINOIS 
LIBRARY 

o^Z\ 
m '3s 
v.\ 


uimr. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2016 


https://archive.org/details/structuralservicOOamer 


STRUCTURAL 
SERVICE  BOOK 

Volume  I 


A Revised  Reprint  from  the  Twelve  Issues 

for  1917  of 

The  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 
Structural  Service  Department 

D.  KNICKERBACKER  BOYD,  Editor 


A part  of  the  service  of  this  Department  will  be  to  furnish  inquirers  with  ad- 
ditional information,  titles  of  books,  names  of  authors  or  publishers,  copies  of 
articles,  or  in  any  way  to  afford  help  to  architects  and  other  subscribing  construc- 
tionists wishing  to  ascertain  the  latest  data  available  in  connection  with  any  material 
or  method.  For  this  service,  address  the  Journal  of  the  A.  I.  A.,  the  Octagon, 
W ashington , D . C . The  service  is  free,  except  where  clerical  expense  is  involved, 
in  which  case  a small  fee  will  be  charged  to  cover  actual  cost.  The  inquirer  will 
be  advised  of  the  amount  of  the  fee  before  any  research  work  is  undertaken. 


The  price  of  this  book  is  $3.50.  The  right  is 
reserved  to  advance  this  price  without  notice 


Published  by 

The  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 

The  Octagon,  Washington,  D.  C. 

January  i,  /p/8 

Copyright,  1918,  by  The  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 


Original  Announcement  of  the 
Structural  Service  Department 

D.  Knick.erback.er  Boyd,  Associate  Editor 

From  the  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  October,  1916 


NDER  the  above  heading,  the  Journal 
announces  that  it  is  ready  to  take  one 
more  step  toward  the  complete  ultimate 
fulfilment  of  the  purpose  for  which  it  was 
founded.  It  proposes  to  render  not  only  an 
invaluable  service  to  architects,  but  an  im- 
measurable service  to  the  whole  art  and  trade 
of  building.  During  a period  of  many  years, 
Mr.  Boyd  has  steadily  pursued  the  most  arduous 
task  imaginable,  in  reading,  classifying  and 
cataloguing  reports,  bulletins,  proceedings,  and 
thousands  of  manufacturers’  catalogues,  with 
the  purpose  of  discovering  how  best  to  provide 
for  the  accomplishment  of  these  things: 

First:  Bring  into  active  co-relation  with  the 
work  of  the  Institute  every  allied  effort  which 
is  being  made  to  standardize  building  methods 
and  materials. 

Second:  Give  to  architects  a monthly  classi- 
fied index  of  all  such  work  easily  available  and 
at  the  minimum  of  cost. 

Third:  Encourage  architects  to  make  use  of 
all  standardizations  whenever  they  have  been 
reached  and  passed  upon  by  competent  or- 
ganized bodies. 

Fourth:  Encourage  manufacturers  to  con- 
tinue, through  properly  constituted  bodies,  their 
efforts  toward  solving  problems  of  standardi- 
zation, to  the  end  that  the  resultant  savings 
may  reduce  the  cost  of  building. 

Fifth:  Through  the  quick  and  orderly  dis- 
semination of  all  such  information,  bring  the 
architect,  the  producer,  and  the  manufacturer 
into  the  closest  possible  contact,  without  loss  of 
time  and  with  the  minimum  of  expense  to  each. 

How  is  this  to  be  done?  We  shall  outline  the 
work  very  fully  in  the  next  number  of  the 
Journal,  and  begin  the  actual  publication  of 


material  in  the  number  for  January,  1918.  It 
was  thought  necessary  to  begin  with  a new 
volume,  since  the  work  has  been  planned  to 
extend  over  a year,  and  then  to  be  entirely  re- 
covered each  succeeding  year,  with  such  inter- 
mediate attention  as  may  be  required  by  hap- 
penings of  sufficient  importance. 

We  cannot  let  this  announcement  appear 
without  recording  our  good  fortune  in  finding  so 
willing  and  so  able  an  editor.  Mr.  Boyd’s 
devotion  to  architecture  needs  no  word  from  us. 
His  labors  are  known,  and  their  value  recog- 
nized, not  only  throughout  the  Institute,  but  by 
members  of  other  professions  as  well.  He  takes 
up  this  work  in  the  Journal  with  that  same  spirit 
which  has  carried  him  through  the  dry  and 
tedious  preparatory  work  of  study  and  analysis, 
and  which  has  equipped  him  with  a skill  and 
knowledge  not  elsewhere  to  be  found.  We  are 
very  happy  in  feeling  that  he  has  been  willing 
to  join  with  us  in  our  efforts  to  bring  the  Journal 
to  the  full  performance  of  its  mission — the 
greatest  ultimate  good  for  architecture. 

Thus,  beginning  with  the  issue  of  January, 
1918,  a part  of  the  Journal  will  begin  to  grow, 
month  by  month,  into  a history  of  the  continu- 
ous advance  in  building  methods — not  a per- 
sonal or  prejudiced  narrative  but  a classified  and 
orderly  arrangement  of  the  history  actually 
unfolded  through  the  work  of  recognized 
societies.  We  believe  that  the  importance  of  this 
undertaking  scarcely  can  be  magnified,  and  that 
members  of  the  Institute  should  take  every 
opportunity  of  pointing  out  the  value  of  this 
work  to  everyone  interested  in  building  materials 
and  methods,  and  of  making  it  known  that  any- 
one may  subscribe  to  the  Journal. — The 
Editor. 


Cligo  i '-A  -sie 


i 

J 

i> 

o- 


i 


A Description  of  the 
Structural  Service  Idea 

From  the  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  November,  1916 


THE  purpose  of  the  Structural  Service 
Department  was  briefly  outlined  in  the 
Journal  for  October.  From  all  sources 
instant  approval  of  the  plan  and  scope  of  the 
Department  has  been  received;  likewise, 
assurances  of  cooperation  from  individuals, 
governmental  departments,  societies,  associa- 
tions, and  other  potent  allied  agencies. 

Such  cooperation  will  afford  the  surest  foun- 
dation upon  which  so  far-reaching  a work  can 
be  carried — not  to  completion,  but  to  the  point 
of  constant  highest  usefulness.  For,  the  shelter- 
ing of  humanity,  primarily  one  of  the  three 
simple  necessities  of  life,  has,  through  slow 
evolution,  grown  into  one  of  the  most  complex 
requirements  of  modern  civilization,  involving 
activities — governmental,  professional,  techni- 
cal, commercial  and  industrial. 

In  these,  resources  are  being  developed, 
ideals  promulgated,  researches  and  tests  made, 
standards  determined,  methods  of  production 
and  manufacture  studied  and  improved,  machin- 
ery and  human  labor  developed  and,  we  wish 
we  could  as  truthfully  record,  all  forms  of  art 
encouraged,  to  their  utmost.  All  this  is  being 
done,  with  some  cooperation,  but  without  that 
coordination  which  is  demanded  in  an  under- 
taking so  vast  and  so  vital  to  humanity. 

This  lack  of  coordination  has  been  apparent 
to  no  one  more  than  to  the  architect,  who 
exercises  the  largest  selection  of  materials. 

To  do  so  properly  he  should  be  informed 
upon  the  results  of  the  researches,  experiments, 
and  conclusions  of  those  best  qualified  to  pass 
upon  the  materials  and  methods  employed. 
Yet  such  is  not  the  case,  although  individuals, 
firms,  associations,  educational  institutions, 
and  others  in  turn  undoubtedly  desire  to  have 
such  activities  known  and  the  results  made  most 
available,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  flood  of  bulle- 
tins, reports,  proceedings,  pamphlets,  cata- 
logues, and  circulars — in  all  shapes  and  sizes — 
flowing  in  a steady  stream,  and  only  vaguely 
revealing  their  source,  use,  or  destination.  Not 


only  on  the  part  of  the  architect  but  on  the 
part  of  the  public  there  is  too  little  realiza- 
tion of  the  services  rendered  its  citizens  by 
the  National  Government,  certain  depart- 
ments of  which  deal  with  the  source,  nature, 
quality,  and  durability  of  materials  entering 
into  all  phases  of  building  construction.  There 
is  a lack  of  knowledge  of  what  is  being  done 
constantly  by  professional,  technical,  and  other 
associations;  an  inadequate  appreciation  of 
what  the  engineering  fraternity  has  long  been 
doing  in  standardizing  constructional  materials 
and  processes— a task  which  architects  are  not 
now  unwilling  to  share  as  fully  as  possible. 

And,  lastly,  there  is  not  due  appreciation 
of  the  fact  that  conscientious  producers  and 
manufacturers  are  constantly  striving  to  per- 
fect their  output  and  to  cause  a better  under- 
standing as  to  the  use,  application,  and  pro- 
tection of  each;  for,  as  has  been  pointed  out  in 
the  current  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards: 

“The  time  is  not  far  distant  when  it  will  be 
required  that  all  materials  bought  or  sold  shall 
be  as  represented,  but  it  should  be  kept  in  mind 
that  this  is  impossible  except  in  the  case  of 
those  materials  where  proper  standards  of  qual- 
ity and  methods  of  measurement  have  been 
developed.  It  must  not  be  assumed  that  the 
purchaser  or  user  is  the  party  principally  bene- 
fited in  the  development  of  such  standards;  on 
the  contrary,  the  manufacturer,  first  of  all,  is 
interested  in  the  quality  of  all  things  which 
affect  the  quality  of  his  product.”  The  Report 
also  states:  “It  is  upon  quality  as  well  as  upon 
price  that  competition  must  finally  depend, 
whether  in  domestic  or  foreign  commerce.  The 
use  of  exact  methods  and  scientific  results  is  the 
greatest  factor  in  the  improvement  of  quality, 
efficiency  or  the  development  of  new  indus- 
tries.” How  true  this  all  is! 

It  is  not  at  all  remarkable  that  we  have 
failed  to  absorb  all  the  information,  for  it  has 
been  a practical  impossibility  to  preserve  this 
enormous  amount  of  literature  or  to  keep  track 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  ARCHITECTS 


of  even  its  most  necessary  portions.  The  time 
alone  consumed  in  merely  glancing  through  it 
all  has,  in  the  aggregate,  caused  a great 
economic  waste,  to  say  nothing  of  the  waste  in 
paper,  printing,  and  distribution  because  of  the 
inadequate  results. 

The  Editor  of  this  Department  determined 
to  measure  the  volume  of  this  stream,  dam  it 
up,  and  study  the  consequent  accumulation. 
He  decided  to  follow  back  to  the  source  each 
branch  of  information  and  to  endeavor  to  make 
it  available  to  all  who  need  to  draw  upon  it. 

The  result  is  the  present  plan  of  the  Struc- 
tural Service  Department  which  is  offered  as  a 
solution,  or  an  outlet,  through  the  Journal  of  the 
American  Instituteof  Architects  as  theone  logical 
medium  for  a centralized  source  of  information. 

Affording,  as  the  Journal  does,  twelve  oppor- 
tunities to  cover  the  whole  field  in  one  year  and 
reach  architects,  constructors,  and  all  other 
interested  persons,  it  has  been  but  natural  to 
devise  a classification,  which  has  now  been 
worked  out,  dividing  all  building  activities  into 
twelve  basic  parts.  The  intention  is  to  present 
in  the  twelve  issues  of  each  year,  as  complete  a 
resume  as  possible  of  all  governmental,  profes- 
sional, technical,  commercial  and  industrial 
activities  concerning  the  art  and  science  of 
building.  In  doing  this  an  attempt  has  been 
made  to  separate  the  construction  of  a com- 
posite building  into  twelve  stages  of  progress. 
At  the  same  time  the  fact  has  been  kept  in 
mind  that  no  matter  how  well  devised  a classi- 
fication for  reference,  filing,  or  ultimate  bind- 
ing might  result,  the  first  essential  is  to  facili- 
tate instant  reference,  to  have  the  contents  of 
each  number  as  nearly  as  possible  correlated 
according  to  materials  and  industries  on  an 
easily  remembered  topical  basis.  In  any  particu- 
lar issue  will  be  found  not  only  an  index  to 


the  current  and  preceding  issues,  but  a bibliogra- 
phy of  the  principal  reference  books  and  publi- 
cations relating  to  each  subject  treated,  state- 
ments concerning  previous  progress  and  cur- 
rent activities  in  each  industry,  the  work  of 
governmental  departments,  societies,  associa- 
tions, and  other  bodies  relative  to  each  of  the 
various  activities,  materials  or  products  men- 
tioned, with  a description  of  the  functions  of 
each  of  such  important  agencies  and  the  stand- 
ards evolved.  The  Industrial  Section  in  each 
classification  will  contain  informative  matter 
relating  to  the  materials  and  manufactured 
products  in  each  particular  industry,  which  will 
be  arranged  to  describe  the  character  and 
intended  uses,  methods  of  application,  and  pro- 
tection, coupled  with  detailed  drawings  and 
suggestions  as  to  accessorial  details  of  installa- 
tion and  cross-references  from  one  to  the  other. 
Each  issue  will  bear  a serial  number,  from  one 
to  twelve,  with  subdivisions  under  each  classi- 
fication, in  connection  with  which  the  index  will 
afford  the  means  for  instant  reference  to  any 
subject  or  issue. 

No  one  realizes  more  keenly  than  do  the 
Editors  the  comprehensive  and  laborious  char- 
acter of  the  work  the  Journal  is  undertaking. 
But  the  work  must  be  done.  In  the  doing  of  it 
we  expect  to  make  mistakes,  to  be  criticized, 
and  to  learn.  Nevertheless,  the  work  must  be 
done.  Are  we  not  justified  in  believing  that  all 
those  interested  in  the  building  industry  will 
look  kindly  upon  our  endeavors  and  help  us, 
by  cooperation,  suggestion,  and  constructive 
criticism,  to  make  a worthy  and  lasting  con- 
tribution to  the  art  and  science  of  building — a 
contribution  which  shall  not  only  make  for 
higher  standards  and  better  buildings,  but  which 
shall  also  add  its  mite  in  the  making  of  a better 
citizenship  and  a finer  national  life? 


An  Appreciation,  January  1,  1918 


On  the  completion  of  the  first  year’s  work,  the  Editor 
of  the  Structural  Service  Department  desires  to  express 
his  gratitude  to  those  who  have  throughout  the  year  so 
unfailingly  given  their  assistance  in  the  compilation  of 
the  material  within  these  pages. 

These  include  officials  of  Government  Departments, 
of  the  professional  and  technical  associations  and  of 
organizations  of  producers  and  manufacturers  throughout 


the  country.  They  include  architects,  engineers,  con- 
structors and  others  who  have  reviewed  and  all  those  who 
have  followed  the  work.  They  also  include  Charles  Harris 
Whitaker,  the  Editor  of  the  Journal,  R.  J.  Friedhoff  and  V. 
D.  Abel  of  the  Associate  Editor’s  Staff. 

The  fullest  cooperation  in  the  further  development  of 
the  work  will  be  welcomed  during  the  coming  year. 

D.  Knick.erback.er  Bovd,  Associate  Editor. 


IV 


CONTENTS 


SERIAL  NUMBERS  AND  GENERAL  TITLES 

Page 

Serial  No.  i:  Research  and  General  Standardization,  Foundational  Requirements,  Damp- 


proofing, Cement  and  Concrete,  Iron  and  Steel 3 

Serial  No.  2:  Lime,  Sand  and  Gravel.  Stone  Masonry,  Stone  and  Slate  . . . 18 

Serial  No.  j:  Clay  Products  and  Fire-Resistive  Construction 31 

Serial  No.  4:  Fire-Prevention  and  -Protection 46 

Serial  No.  5:  Timber,  Lumber  and  Wood  Construction 58 

Serial  No.  6:  Electricity 73 

Serial  No.  7:  Gas 83 

Serial  No.  8:  Construction  by  the  Government 92 

Serial  No.  9:  Plumbing  and  Public  Health 96 

SerialNo.io:  Heating  and  Ventilating,  Mechanical  Equipment  in  General  ....  100 

SerialN0.1i:  Metal,  Plastic  and  other  Products  117 

SerialNo.12:  Paints  and  Painting,  Glass  and  Glazing,  Concluding  Section  1917  . . . 128 


NATIONAL  GOVERNMENTAL  FUNCTIONS  REFERRED  TO 

(See  General  Index  for  State  and  Municipal) 


Congress  of  the  United  States 


aBge,  11B5C  Federal  Trade  Commission 


1 1 D 


Council  of  National  Defense 

Commercial  Economy  Board 


Government  Printing  Office 

nBna  Superintendent  of  Documents 


5D1,  12H1,  etc. 


Department  of  Agriculture 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  

Federal  Horticultural  Board 

Forest  Service 

Forest  Products  Laboratory 

Office  of  Industrial  Investigations  . . . . 
Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  . 
Weather  Bureau 

Department  of  Commerce 

Bureau  of  the  Census 

Bureau  of  Lighthouses 

Bureau  of  Standards 

Department  of  the  Interior 

Bureau  of  Education 

Division  of  School  Administration  . . . 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey 

Bureau  of  Mines 

National  Park  Service 

Reclamation  Service 

Department  of  Labor 

Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 


1 2H 1 b 

. . i2F6a,  nHic 
. . i2F6a,  nHif 
5A1,  i2F6a,  i2Hie 
. . . . 5A1,  5D1 

5A1I,  5C 

. . 1 Bic,  i2Hia 
ioCih,  i2Hid 

. . jDid,  ioCij 

2Bpd 

. 1A2,  iBia,  3E3 


. . . 12G1 

. . . 12G4 

iE,  1E4,  2A1 
. . . 2A3 

. . . i2F6a 
. 9D3,  i2F6a 


12J 


Interstate  Commerce  Commission 5A1I 

Department  of  the  Navy 3A1,  5D2 

Bureau  of  Construction  and  Repair 3Aib 

Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts 3Ala 

Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks 3A1C,  8A 

Corps  of  Civil  Engineers 3Aic,  8A 

Marine  Corps 8A 

Panama  Canal  Commission,  The nBid 

Post  Office  Department uB8a 

Department  of  the  Treasury 

Office  of  Supervising  Architect cDab,  8B 

Public  Health  Service 9M 

Department  of  War 

Corps  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army 5D2,  5F11,  8C 

Quartermasters’  Department,  U.  S.  Army 5D2,  60 

Cantonment  Construction  Division 8A 

Signal  Corps  Construction  Division 8A 

Surgeon-General’s  Office,  U.  S.  Army 9M 

Watertown  Arsenal iBib,  2J4C 

Foreign  Governments iAia 


SOCIETIES  AND  OTHER  ORGANIZED  BODIES  MENTIONED 


American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science 12L 

American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  ....  12L 

American  Association  of  Engineers 12L 

American  Association  of  Refrigeration 10A 

American  Boiler  Manufacturers’  Association,  The 10A 

American  Ceramic  Society,  Inc 3C1 

American  Chemical  Society 11A 

American  City  Planning  Institute 12L 

American  Civic  Association 12L 

American  Concrete  Institute 1E1 


American  Concrete  Pipe  Association 9B6 

American  Electric  Railway  Association 6B 

American  Electro-Chemical  Society 11A 

American  Face  Brick  Association,  The 3CJ 

American  Federation  of  Labor,  Building  Trades  Department  . . 12J11 

American  Foundrymen’s  Association,  Inc 1F1 

American  Gas  Institute 7A2 

American  Gas  Light  Association 7A2d 

American  Hardware  Manufacturers’ Association 11A 

American  Highway  Association 12L 

American  Hospital  Association,  The 12L 


V 


CONTENTS— SOCIETIES  AND  OTHER  ORGANIZED  BODIES  MENTIONED 


American  Institute  of  Architects,  The 1A8 

Committee  on  Allied  Arts nCj 

Committee  on  Basic  Building  Code iA4,  3A9B 

Committee  on  Contracts  and  Specifications 3A9d 

Committee  on  Fire  Prevention 3Aga 

Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods  ....  iE7,  1F6,  3A9C,  9K1 

Committee  on  Quantity  System p.  3 

Committee  Relating  to  Work  of  Underwriters’  Laboratories  . 4A1 

Committee  on  School  Building  Measurements 12G 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers 11A 

American  Institute  of  Consulting  Engineers,  Inc 10A 

American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  6A1 

American  Institute  of  Metals 11A 

American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers 1A7 

American  Iron  and  Steel  Institute 1F2 

American  Museum  of  Safety,  The 12J 

American  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association  5Bia 

American  Public  Health  Association 9B1 

American  Railway  Bridge  and  Building  Association  12L 

American  Railway  Engineering  Association 1A9 

American  Railway  Master  Mechanics’  Association 11B5C 

American  Road  Builders’  Association 12L 

American  Scenic  and  Historic  Preservation  Society,  The.  ...  12L 

American  School  of  Correspondence nDiq 

American  School  Hygiene  Association 12G8 

American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 1A4,  8D 

American  Society  of  Agricultural  Engineers 4Gia 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 11A1 

American  Society  of  Engineering  Contractors,  Inc 12L 

American  Society  of  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers,  The  . . 10A 

American  Society  of  Landscape  Architects 12L 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  The 10A1 

American  Society  of  Municipal  Improvements 11A 

American  Society  of  Refrigerating  Engineers,  The 10A 

American  Society  of  Safety  Engineers 12J 

American  Society  of  Sanitary  Engineering,  The 9B2,  9G6 

American  Street  Railway  Association 6Ca 

American  Uniform  Boiler-Law  Society,  The 10A 

American  Water  Works  Association 963a 

American  Wood-Preservers’  Association 5Bib 

Architects’ Samples  Corporation nDif 

Architectural  Iron  and  Bronze  Manufacturers 11A 

Arkansas,  University  of 1B3 

Arkansas  Soft  Pine  Bureau 5Bia 

Arkwright  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Armour  Institute  of  Technology 1B3 

Armstrong  Bureau  of  Related  Industries 4K4 

Asbestos  Paper  Manufacturers’  Association 11A 

Asphalt  Publicity  Bureau 11A 

Associated  Calcasieu  Longleaf  Mills ' 5D6g 

Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  . . . 3A7,  3A8 

List  of  Publications 3A7 

Associated  Manufacturers  of  Electrical  Supplies 6B 

Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers 3C11 

Associated  Tile  Manufacturers,  The 11A 

Association  of  American  Steel  Manufacturers,  The 1F3 

Association  of  Creosoting  Companies  of  the  Pacific  Coast  . . . jBib 

Association  of  Edison  Illuminating  Companies 6B 

Association  of  Government  Contractors 12L 

Association  of  Iron  and  Steel  Electrical  Engineers 6B 

Association  of  Railway  Electrical  Engineers 6B 

Association  of  Superintendents  of  Bridges  and  Buildings.  ...  12L 

Bangor  Slate  Association,  Inc 2K2 

Bedford  Stone  Club  Auxiliary 2G3 

Blackstone  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Boiler  Tube  Manufacturers  of  America 10A 

Boston  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company  . . . 3A7 

Bricklayers’,  Masons’,  and  Plasterers’ International  Union  . . . 12J11 

Brooklyn  Bureau  of  Charities 9C1 

Brotherhood  of  Painters,  Decorators,  and  Paperhangers  of 

America  12A 

Bucknell  College 1B3 

Builders’  Exchanges  (in  63  cities) 12J9 

Building  Brick  Association  of  America 3C8 

Building  Construction  Employers’  Association 12L 

Building  Data  League,  Inc 2A5 

Building  Industries’  Association 5B16 

Bureau  of  Foreign  and  Domestic  Commerce liD2k 

California,  University  of 1B3 

California  Redwood  Association 5Bia 

California  White  and  Sugar  Pine  Association 5Bia 

Canadian  Electrical  Association 6B 

Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  ....  12G5 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 1B3 

Carolina  Air-Dried  Pine  Association jBia 

Case  School  of  Applied  Science 1B3 

Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe  Makers’  Associations 9B5 


Cement  Products  Exhibition  Co 1E3 

Ceramic,  Mosaic,  and  Encaustic  Tile  Layers’  and  Helpers’ 

International  Union 12J11 

Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  United  States  of  America  ....  12L 

Charity  Organization  Society  of  New  York 9C1 

Chicago  Lumber  Association 5A5 

Cincinnati,  University  of 1B3 

Colorado  State  Agricultural  College 1B3 

Colorado.  University  of 1B3 

Columbia  University 1B3 

Commercial  Rotary  Gum  Association jBlb 

Confederated  Supply  Association 9C2 

Cooper  Union  Schools ioOig 

Cornell  University 1B3 

Cotton  and  Woolen  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Insurance  Company  3A7 

Creosoted  Wood  Block  Paving  Bureau 561b 

Curtis  Service  Bureau $Bib 

Dartmouth  College 1B3 

Des  Moines  Gas  Company 7B 

Eastern  Lumberman’s  Association 5Bia 

Eastern  Sash,  Door,  and  Blind  Manufacturers’  Association  . . 5Bib 

Eastern  Soil  Pipe  Association 9B5 

East  Oregon  Lumber  Producers’  Association 5Bia 

Electrical  Manufacturers'  Club 6B 

Electrical  Supply  Jobbers’  Association 6B 

Electric  Power  Club 6B 

Elevator  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S.,  The  ....  12L 

Employing  Plasterers’  Association  of  Chicago 5M,  nD6e 

Employing  Plasterers’  Association  of  Washington nD6f 

Enameled  Sanitary  Ware  Manufacturers’  Association 9C2 

Engineers’ Club  of  Philadelphia 11C2C 

Engineers’  Club  of  St.  Louis nD6jj 

Engineers’ Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania 11A 

Enterprise  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Eucalyptus  Hardwood  Association 5Bia 

Factory  Insurance  Association 12L 

Factory  Mutual  Laboratories 3A8 

Fall  River  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Insurance  Company  ....  3A7 

Fire  Marshals’ Association  of  North  America 3B1 

Firemen’s  Mutual  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Franklin  Institute,  The . 11C2C,  etc. 

General  Contractors’ Association,  The 12L 

General  Gas  Light  Company . . 7B 

Georgia-Florida  Sawmill  Association 5Bla 

Georgia  School  of  Technology 1B3 

Granite  Cutters’  International  Association  of  America 12J11 

Granite  Manufacturers’  Association,  Barre,  Vt 2E3 

Gulf  Coast  Lumber  Exporters’  Association  5D4g 

Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association jBla 

Gypsum  Industries  Association . 11A 

Hardwood  Dimension  Manufacturers’  Association 5Bia 

Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S 5Bia 

Hemlock  Manufacturers’  Promotion  Bureau 5Bia 

Hollow  Tile  Manufacturers’ Association,  The 11D6 

Hope  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Humboldt  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  5Bia 

Hydrated  Lime  Bureau  of  the  National  Lime  Manufacturers’ 

Association 2B5 

Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission  of  Ontario 6A7 

Illinois  Coal  Operators’  Association 9J4 

Illinois  Gas  Association 7B 

Illinois  Society  of  Architects 5A5,  11A2,  nD6e 

Illinois  State  Electrical  Association 4Gib 

Illinois,  University  of 1B3,  3C2 

Illuminating  Engineering  Society 7N1 

Indiana  Gas  Association 7B 

Indiana  Hardwood  Lumbermen’s  Association 5Bia 

Indiana  Housing  Association 9C1 

Indiana  Limestone  Quarrymen’s  Association 2G2 

Institute  of  Electrical  Contractors 6B 

Institute  of  Industrial  Research,  The 12A,  12B3 

International  Acetylene  Association 7A4 

International  Alliance,  Amalgamated  Sheet  Metal  Workers  . . 12J11 

International  Association  of  Bridge  and  Structural  Iron  Workers  . 12J11 

International  Association  of  Fire  Engineers 3B2 

International  Association  of  Heat  and  Frost  Insulators  and  As- 
bestos Workers  12J11 

International  Association  of  Industrial  Accident  Boards,  The  12J5 

International  Association  of  Marble  and  Stone  Polishers,  Rubbers 

and  Sawyers 12J11 

International  Association  of  Master  House  Painters  and  Decora- 
tors of  the  United  States  and  Canada 12A 

International  Association  of  Municipal  Electricians 12L 

International  Association  for  Testing  Materials 1A4 

International  Brotherhood  of  Composition  Roofers,  Damp-  and 

Waterproof  Workers  of  U.  S.  and  Canada 12J11 

International  Brotherhood  Electrical  Workers  . . . 12J11 

International  Correspondence  Schools 9G25  and  26 


VI 


CONTENTS— SOCIETIES  AND  OTHER  ORGANIZED  BODIES  MENTIONED 


International  Cut  Stone  Contractors’  and  Quarrymen’s  Associa- 
tion   2J2 

International  Fire  Chiefs’  Association 6Ca 

International  Hod  Carriers’  Building  and  Common  Laborers’ 

Union 1 2 J 1 1 

International  Textbook  Company nDig 

International  Union  of  Elevator  Constructors 12JH 

International  Union  Slate  and  Tile  Roofers 12J11 

International  Union  of  Steam  Engineers  12J11 

International  Union  of  Wood,  Wire,  and  Metal  Lathers  . . 11A,  12J11 
International  Wood  Carvers’ Association  of  North  America  . . 561b 

Inter-State  Stone  Manufacturers’  Association 2C1 

Iowa  District  Gas  Association 7B 

Iowa,  State  University  of 1B3 

Joint  Committee,  Concrete  and  Reinforced  Concrete 1E7B 

Journeymen  Plasterers’  Association  Local  No.  96,  Washington  . uD6f 
Journeymen  Stone  Cutters’ Association  of  North  America  . . . 12J11 

Jovian  Order 6B 

Kansas,  State  Agricultural  College 1B3 

Kansas,  University  of 1B3 

Kentucky,  State  University  of 1B3 

Lafayette  College 1B3 

Lehigh  University 1B3 

Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,  University 1B3 

Lewis  Institute 1B3 

Local  Underwriters’  Associations 3Aj,  6A6 

Louisiana  Chapter,  A. I.A 4H 

Louisiana  State  University 1B3 

Low  Pressure  Covering  Manufacturers’  Association 10A 

Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  of  Southern  New  England  . 5Bia 

Magnesia  Association  of  America 4K2 

Maine,  University  of 1B3 

Manufacturers’  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers’ Association 5Bih 

Massachusetts  Civic  League 9C1 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 1B3 

Master  Builders’  Association,  The,  of  Boston 12J 

Mechanics’  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Merchants’  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Michigan  Gas  Association 7B 

Michigan  Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association jBia 

Michigan,  University  of 1 B3 

Millwork  Coast  Information  Bureau 5Bib 

Milwaukee  Gas  Light  Company 7B 

Minnesota,  University  of 1B3 

Mississippi  Pine  Association 5Bia 

Missouri,  University  of 1B3 

Mountain  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association 5Bia 

Municipal  Engineers  of  the  City  of  New  York,  The 12L 

Mutual  Fire  Prevention  Bureau 12L 

Mutual  Fire  Prevention  Bureau  of  Oxford,  Mich 4G1C 

National  Association  of  Brass  Manufacturers 11A 

National  Association  of  Builders’  Exchanges  of  the  United  States 

and  Canada,  The 12J9 

National  Association  of  Building  Owners  and  Managers  ....  12L 

National  Association  of  Credit  Men 12L 

National  Association  of  Electrical  Inspectors  6B 

National  Association  of  the  Granite  Industries  of  the  United 

States,  Inc.,  The 2E2 

National  Association  of  Health  Officials 9C2 

National  Association  of  Insurance  Agents 12L 

National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners 12L 

National  Association  of  Manufacturers  of  Approved  Hollow 

Metal  Window  Frames  and  Sash,  The 11A 

National  Association  of  Manufacturers  of  the  United  States  of 

America 12J 

National  Association  of  Marble  Dealers 2F2 

National  Association  of  Master  Plumbers  of  the  United  States  . 9B4 

National  Association  of  Master  Slag  and  Gravel  Roofers  ...  11A 

National  Association  of  Master  Steam  and  Hot  Water  Fitters  . 10A 

National  Association  of  Mixer  Manufacturers 12L 

National  Association  of  Mutual  Insurance  Companies  ....  4GU 

National  Association  of  Ornamental  Iron  and  Bronze  Manufac- 
turers   11A 

National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents,  The 12L 

National  Association  of  Real  Estate  Boards 12J4 

National  Association  of  Sand  and  Gravel  Producers 2C2 

National  Association  of  School  Accountants 12G34 

National  Association  of  Valve  Manufacturers 10A 

National  Association  Sheet  Metal  Contractors  of  the  United  States  1 1 A 

National  Automatic  Sprinkler  Association 4A3 

National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  The 3A4 

List  of  Publications 3A4 

National  Boiler  and  Radiator  Manufacturers’  Association,  The.  10A 
National  Brick  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  United  States 

of  America,  The 3C6 

National  Builders’  Supply  Association 12L 

National  Building  Brick  Bureau,  Inc.  3C7 


National  Building  Granite  Quarries  Association,  Inc 12L 

National  Canners’  Association 5A1 

National  Civic  Association 12L 

National  Civic  Federation 3A3h2 

National  Commercial  Gas  Association 7A3 

National  District  Heating  Association 10A 

National  Educational  Association 12G6 

National  Electrical  Contractors’  Association  of  the  United  States  6A4 

National  Electric  Light  Association 6A3 

National  Erectors’  Association 12L 

National  Fire  Protection  Association 3A3 

List  of  Publications 3A3 

National  Glass  Distributors’  Association,  The 12A 

National  Hardware  Association  of  the  United  States,  The  . . . 11A 

National  Hardwood  Lumber  Association 5Bia 

National  Housing  Association 9C1,  12L 

National  Industrial  Conference  Board nBna 

National  Lime  Manufacturers’  Association 2B2,  2B5 

National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association,  The 5B1 

National  Ornamental  Glass  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the 

United  States  and  Canada,  The 12A 

National  Paint,  Oil,  and  Varnish  Association 12A 

National  Paving  Brick  Manufacturers’  Association 3C9 

National  Retail  Hardware  Association,  The 11A 

National  Retail  Monument  Dealers’  Association 2J3 

National  Safety  Council 12J 

National  Terra  Cotta  Society 3C4 

National  Tubular  Boiler  Manufacturers’  Association 10A 

National  Varnish  Manufacturers’  Association 12A 

National  Veneer  and  Panel  Manufacturers’  Association  ....  jBib 

National  Warm  Air  Heating  and  Ventilating  Association  . . . 10A 

National  Workmen’s  Compensation  Service  Bureau  . . . 4F2d,  6E3b 

Natural  Gas  Association 7B 

Nebraska,  University  of 1B3 

New  England  Association  of  Gas  Engineers 7B 

New  England  Insurance  Exchange 6Ca 

New  England  Water  Works  Association,  The 963b 

New  Jersey  Housing  Association 9C1 

New  Jersey  State  Gas  Association 7B 

New  York  Chapter,  A. I.A 3Age 

Joint  Committee  on  City  Departments 3Agf 

New  York  State  Association  of  Architects 4J2 

New  York  State  College  of  Forestry 5A6 

New  York  State  School  of  Clay  Working  and  Ceramics  ....  3C2 

New  York  University 1B3 

North  Carolina  Pine  Association,  The 5Bia 

North  Dakota  Agricultural  College 9C3 

Northern  Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association  . 5Bia 

Northern  Pine  Manufacturers’  Association 5Bia 

Northern  White  Cedar  Association 5Bia 

Northern  White  Cedar  Shingle  Manufacturers’  Association  . . 5Bib 

Oak  Flooring  Manufacturers’ Association cBib 

Oak  Information  Bureau 5D5I 

Octavia  Hill  Association 9C1 

Ohio  State  University  1B3 

Oklahoma,  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College 1B3 

Ontario  Agricultural  College 4G2g 

Paint  Jobbers’  Association  12A 

Paint  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S 12A,  12B4 

Paper  Mill  Mutual  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Pennsylvania  Gas  Association 7B 

Pennsylvania  State  College 1B3 

Pennsylvania,  University  of 1B3 

Philadelphia  Chapter  A. I. A.  . . . 11C5 

Pennsylvania  Housing  and  Town  Planning  Association  ....  9C1 

Philadelphia  Housing  Association 9C1 

Philadelphia  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company  . 3A7 

Plasterers’  Operative  and  Cement  Finishers’  International  Asso- 
ciation   1 2 J 1 1 

Plate  Glass  Manufacturers  of  America,  The 12A 

Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn 1B3 

Portland  Cement  Association 1E2 

Princeton  College 1B3 

Public  Service  Gas  Company 7B 

Purdue  University 1B3 

Railway  Bridge  and  Building  Painters’  Association 12A 

Range  Boiler  Exchange,  The 9F1 

Redwood  Shingle  Association 5Bib 

Refractories  Manufacturers’  Association,  The 3C3 

Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 1B3 

Rhode  Island  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Rockefeller  Foundation,  The 12L 

Rose  Polytechnic  Institute 1B3 

Rubber  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Insurance  Company 3A7 

Russell  Sage  Foundation 12L 

Department  of  Child  Hygiene 12G31 

Division  of  Recreation 12G30 

Rutgers  College 3C2 

vii 


CONTENTS— SOCIETIES  AND  OTHER  ORGANIZED  BODIES  MENTIONED 


Sand-Lime-Brick  Association 

Schoolhouse  Department,  The,  of  Boston 

Sewer  Pipe  Manufacturers’  Association,  The 

Shingle  Branch,  West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association  . . . . 

Society  Advocating  Fire  Elimination 

Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Engineering  Education 

Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings 

Society  for  Electrical  Development,  Inc.,  The 

Society  of  Gas  Lighting 

Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association 

Southern  Gas  Association 

Southern  Pine  Association 

Southern  Sash,  Door,  and  Millwork  Manufacturers’  Association  . 

Southern  Soil  Pipe  Association 

State  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 

State  Wood-Using  Industry  Reports 

Stevens  Institute  of  Technology 

Syracuse  University 

Tennessee  Manufacturers’  Association 

Texas,  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  of 

Texas,  University  of 

Throop  College  of  Technology 

Tin  Plate  Conservation  Committee 

Tulane,  University  of 


1 1 A 
12G13 
9B7 
jBib 
12L 
12L 

2A4 

6A2 
7B 
cBia 
7B 
tBia 
5B1  b 
9B5 

3A7 

5C 

1B3 

>83 

5Bia 

1B3 
1B3 
iB  3 
nD2k 
1B3 


Underwriters’  Laboratories 

Publications 

Union,  The 

United  Association  of  Plumbers  and  Steam  Fitters 

United  Brotherhood  of  Carpenters  and  Joiners 

United  Engineering  Society 

Virginia  Polytechnical  Institute 

Washington  State  University 

Washington  University 

Water  Works  Manufacturers’  Association 

West  Alabama  Pine  Association 

West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association 

Western  Association  of  Electrical  Inspectors 

Western  Pine  Manufacturers’  Association 

Western  Society  of  Engineers 

What  Cheer  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 

White  Pine  Bureau 

Wisconsin  Gas  Association 

Wisconsin  Industrial  Commission 

Wisconsin,  University  of 

Wood  Carvers’  and  Modellers’  Association 

Worcester  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Insurance  Company  . . 

Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Yale  University 


iB2a 
3A6,  6A7 
12L 
. 1 2 J 1 1 
. 12J11 
12L 
1B3 
. 1B3 

1B3 

• 9B3C 
5Bia 
jBia 

12L 
5Bia 
6B,  11A3 
3A7 

5Bia 

• 7B 
. jAi 

1B3 

5B1S 

3A7 
. 1B3 

■ 1B3 


GENERAL  INDEX 


It  is  hoped  that  this  necessarily  inadequate  index  will  be  of  assistance  in  locating,  within  this  book,  the  references,  in- 
cluding those  in  the  Industrial  Section,*  to  countless  activities  in  the  structural  field,  as  well  as  to  a vast  array  of  informative 
data,  and  that  it  may  emphasize  the  necessity  for  coordination  and  for  improvements  and  additions  in  subsequent  years. 

Wherever  words  in  the  Index  appear  in  Italics  these  indicate  that  the  references  pertain  to  practice  recommended, 
specifications  issued,  or  standards  adopted  by  various  authorities. 

The  alphabetical-numerical  designations  are  “finders”  for  reference  purposes.  For  example:  9D3  will  be  found  under 
the  ninth  month — or  September — designated  as  Serial  No.  9 — and  D represents  the  fourth  main  subject  treated,  as  A,  B 
and  C precede  it — and  3 indicates  that  the  reference  is  third  under  this  subject  division. 

Generally  speaking,  the  reference  to  a publication  in  any  one  division  or  subdivision  implies  that  others  listed  there 
may  treat  of  the  same  subject,  but  it  is  impossible,  within  the  limits  of  this  index,  so  to  state  in  each  instance. 


Abattoir 

Construction  and  equipment  . . . 964,1 2H 

Abrasives i iBik,  1 1B14,  p.168 

Accessories 

Bathroom 9H1 

Garden 12F6 

Laundry 9H1 

Wood  construction iG 4 

Accident  Hazard,  Appliances  In- 
spected for  3A6,  5G3J,  p.  141 

Accident  Prevention  (See,  also,  Life) 

4Eln,  12J5 

Acetylene 7A4 

Apparatus 7A4,  7Gi6a 

Gas  machines 7Eid 

Standard  Regulations  for  . ,3A3ai,7M22 

Acoustics,  Bibliography 12K 

Auditorium 11D6 

Metal  lath  partitions  for  . . . 1 1 D6,  p.  162 

Tile  for p.  169 

Agricultural  Buildings.  . . nD4a,  12H 

Air,  Analysis  of 9B1 

Anemometer  readings  of ioE3h 

Baths 10J25 

Blowers 10E 

Standard  Regulations  for 3A3a2 

Cell  and  wool  felt  covering 10N4 

Conditioning  and  cleaning 10F 

Cooling  of  houses 10E13 

Heaters,  Electric p.  156 

Leakage 4Cig,  10M 

Washers 10F 

Alca  Lime 2B10C 

Alleys,  Bowling,  Sizes  and  details  . . 

5L1,  2,  p.  159 

Alloys 1B2,  1 1 B 1 

Aluminum  Paint,  Specifications  for.  . 12C25 

Anchors,  for  roofs 4D2C 

For  stone uBioh 

Terra  cotta,  and  standards 

3C4a,  3D1I,  1 1 D 1 g24 
Apartment  Houses.  (See  Hotels.) 

Water-heating  in p.  212 

Appliances,  List  of.  Inspected  for 

Accident  Hazard  . . . 3A6d,  5G3J,  p.  I41 


Appliances,  Cooking,  Gas 7L 

Domestic 7L 

Electric 6A,  pp.  141,  151 

Electrical,  List  of  Inspected  . . . 3A6C,  6A7a 

Gas 7A2,  3 

Gas,  Standardization  of 7H 

Hotel 7L 

Mechanical,  List  of  Inspected  . . 3A6b,  4C3f 

Power  (See,  also,  Power)  . 10O,  pp.  144,151 

Aqueducts 9D 

Architects,  Professional  Practice  of,  Cir- 
cular of  Advice  relative  to  Principles 

of,  and  Canons  of  Ethics iA8b 

Professional  Practice  of,  and  Schedule 

of  Proper  Minimum  Charges  . . . iA8c 

State  Building  Code  urged  by  . . . 4J2 

Architects’ Samples nDif 

Architectural  Bronze,  Iron,  Metals, 

Stone,  Terra  Cotta,  etc.,  indexed 
under  respective  names. 

Architectural  Competitions,  Circu- 


lar of  Advice  on iA8d 

Standard  Form  of  Program  for  ....  iA8e 
Architectural  Monographs 

On  “The  Octagon” iA8h 

On  white  pine 5G20 

Architectural  Service  . . . 6E4a3,  nD2dd 

Architecture,  Rural jBia,  12H 

“Art  Bronze” p.  209 

“Art  Glass” 12F3 

“Art  Smithing” llBi2f 

Asbestos,  Building  lumber 3A6b 

Cement jiDi 

Covering 10N 

Plaster 11D1 

Protected  metal 4DU 

Roofing 3D5f,  4D1-3,  11D2 

Shingles 4Dlf 

Shingles,  Specifications  for 4D3e 

Asphalt 1D2C,  1D6,  11C2,  11D1 

Fibre-board,  Mastic p.  196 

Floors 11 64 

Pavements  and  streets 1 1 D4 

Roof  coverings,  Inspected 1 1 D2t 

Shingles,  Slate-surfaced p.  172 


Asphalt,  Specifications  for 1 1 C2a 

Waterproofing  and  damp-proofing,  I Dio,  1 1 C2 
Assembly  Halls,  Requirements  for 
Public  Safety  (See,  also,  Ordinances, 

and  Regulations) 462b 

Auditorium,  Acoustics 11D6 

Lighting 6Hig 

Outdoor 12F6 

Automatic  gas  water-heating  . . 7K,  p.  212 
Sprinklers.  (See  Sprinklers.) 

Temperature  control 10F 

Balconies  and  fire-escapes 4E2a 

Balloon  Framing 5G1  o 

Balustrades,  Garden 12F6J 

Bank  buildings,  Limestone p.  145 

Vaults 4Bie 

Vaults,  Specifications  for 4B3C 

Barns,  Dairy  and  general  purpose  . . . 5G2C 
Feeding  floors  in,  Pavements  for  yards  1 1 D4 

Wood  floors  in 5E2b 

(See,  also,  Farm  Buildings.) 

Basic  Building  Code  ....  3A9b,  4Die,  4J 

Bath,  Air 9J25 

Houses  * 9J 

Partitions,  and  school  shower-  . . . 9J23 

Sun 9J25 

Turkish 9J26 

Bells,  Electric 6G 

Transformers  for p.  156 

U.  S.  Army  Specifications  for  ....  60 

Beltway  Enclosures,  Details  for,  nD6h,  p.  164 

Beltway  fires 19,  4C2C 

Bibliographies.  (See  Literature.) 

Billiard  Tables 5L1,  2 


Sizes  of  and  space  requirements  . . . p.159 

Bituminous  Materials 11C2 

Blower  Systems,  Regulations  for,  3A3a2,  10E4 

Report  of  Committee  on loE3a 

Bluestone 2H2 

Boats,  Painting  and  varnishing  of,  12C1,  p.  189 

Boilers,  Codes  for 10C2,  3,  10  o 

Down-draft p.  177 

Heating,  for  soft  coal p.  177 

House-heating  ....  10C2,  pp.  177,  179 

Inspection  of p.  144 


*For  alphabetical  list  of  Producers,  Manufacturers  and  Organizations  represented  in  the  Industrial  Section  see  page  139. 


viii 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Boilers,  Iron  for 10C2 

Range 9F 

Rating  and  testing  of 10C3 

Steel  for 10C2 

Water-tube p.  179 

Books.  (See  Literature.) 

Bowling-Alleys 

Sizes  of,  and  details 5L1,  2,  p.  159 

Brass,  Architectural nBi2d 

Commerical 11B1 

Committee  Report  on 8Da 

Ornamental 11B12 

Brick,  Churches 3Diy 

Common 2A1,  3D1 

Face  ....  2A1,  3D1,  3C1C,  pp.  208,  226 

Fire 3D1 

Fire,  Specifications  for 3D3e 

Houses 3C8 

Pavements iEgb,  3C9 

Paving 3D1 

Piers 304a 

Sewers 9D32,  9L 

Stains pp.  190,  191,  193 

Standard  sizes  of 3D3C,  h 

Tests  of 3D1 

Vitrified 3Dij 

Bridges,  Steel,  and  foundations  of  . iCig,  iF 

Painting  of 12B2 

Preservation  of  timbers  in 5Eie 

Waterproofing  steel  floors  of iDig 

Wood  blocks  for  floors  of 5E2C 

Wooden 5F3a 

Broken  Stone 2C3,  4 

Bronze,  Architectural  . . . . nBi2d,  p.209 

Committee  Report  on 8D9 

Ornamental nBi2h 

Store-front  construction 12F4 

Store-fronts p.  209 

Brownstones 2H4b 

Building,  heights  and  areas 4E2a 

Specifications  for  a Standard  ....  403a 

Building  Codes.  (See  Basic  Building 
Code,  and  Code  and  Ordinances.) 
Buildings  arranged  in  Index  alpha- 
betically, according  to  kind,  con- 
struction, etc. 

Bulkheads,  Wood 5F11,  8A 

Bungalows  (See,  also,  Houses)  3C8a,  5Kyb,  e 

Cables,  Electric p.  153 

Caen  Stone  Cement p.  205 

Calcium  Carbide.  (See  Acetyline.) 

Canvas,  Cotton uDie 

Paint  for 12E,  p.  191 

Capacity , Calculations  for  stair  ....  4E2a 

Exit 4E2,  3 

Seating.  (See  Seats  and  Seating.) 

Of  tanks.  (See  Tanks.) 

Carpenters’  Work 5H13 

Casement  Sash uB7e 

Cast-Iron iF,  1 iB 

Boilers 10C2,  p.  179 

For  soft  coal p.  177 

Columns,  bases,  and  lintels iF5a 

Committee  report  on 8D3 

Pipe  and  special  castings 7E3f 

Soil-pipe pp.  222,  223 

Specifications  for 985a 

Standards  for 1 F6 

Street  mains 7A2j 

Water-pipe  and  special  castings  . . . 963a 

Cast,  Plaster 1 1 D7 

Stone 11C3 

Catacombs,  Sizes  of p.  203 

Catalogue  Service.  . 3D2g,  6Hiy,  toOir,  s 
Catalogues,  Standard  size  for  ....  12L3 

Ceilings,  in  Concrete  buildings  , . . . p.  197 
Suspended  . . 4Dia,  1 1 D6g-k,  pp.  163-165 

Tile 11C4 

Cement  ....  iE,  11C,  11D,  pp.  198,  199 

Asbestos 11D1 

Blocks 2B6n 

Caen  stone p.  205 

Coatings  ....  1E9,  10,  11C1,  11D4,  12C, 
pp.  188,  189,  191,  192,  193 

Committee  meeting  on 11E1 

Committee  Report  on 8D12-14 

Curbs 1 Egc 

Damp-proofing  of.  (See  Damp-proofing.) 

Field  investigation  of 11E2 

Filler p.  193 

Floors.  (See  Floors.) 


Cement,  Gun uCip,  q 

Hydraulic 2A1,  2B3g 

Laboratories p.  143 

Natural 2A1 

Plaster 11D6 

Portland  . . 1 E,  2A1, 2B3J,  3A6,  pp.  198,  199 

Sidewalks  and  pavements I Ega-c 

Standards  and  Specifications  .... 

1E1,  iE7a,  1283m 
Stucco  (See,  also,  Stucco)  . 1E7J,  pp.  198,199 

White pp.  198,  199 

Census  of  Manufacturers loCij 

Ceramic  Tile.  (See  Tile,  Ceramic.) 

Charts,  Conduit 6E4b 

Duct 10E14 

For  electric  symbols 6E4a 

Pipe loJ5b 

Chase  Lathing 10L 

Chimneys  and  Flues 3Diq,  3D2 

And  fireplaces 10C4,  10H 

And  stacks 10C4,  10H,  10  O 

Construction  of 3D2a,  10C4 

Design  and  theory  of 10H 

Dwelling  House 2C5C 

Repairing  of ioC4dd 

Standards  suggested 4C2a 

Churches,  Brick 3Diy 

Heating  of 9G,  10H 

Lighting  of 6H71T1,  7N1,  9G4 

Sanitation  of 9G4 

Seating  in  (See,  also,  Seating)  . . . 9G4 

Stained  and  leaded  glass  in 12F3 

Ventilation  of 9G4,  10H 

Chutes,  Hospital  laundry  . 4Cik,  9H1,  p.  213 

Mail p.  210 

Post  office  requirements 1 1 B8 

For  fire  exits 4E2a 

Cinders 2A1 

City  Ordinances,  Suggested.  (See  Ordi- 
nances.) 

City  Planning  . . . 983a,  12F6,  12J,  12L 

Civic  Education 12F6,  12G1 

Clays,  and  Clay  Products  . . . 2j5b,  f,  3C1 

Cleanliness,  of  premises,  alleys  and  streets 

3A4d4 

Coal,  Bituminous,  Economical  purchase 

and  use  of ioC4bb 

Boilers  for  soft p.  177 

Companies,  Welfare  work  for  ...  . 9J9 

Gas  producers 7G16 

Mines,  Sanitation  at 9J 

Saving  of , in  house-heating ioCib 

Situation,  vs.  gas  piping 7C 

Tar  pitch,  Proposed  tentative  standard 

for 11  C2a 

Tar  products  for  waterproofing  1D10,  11C2 

Coatings.  (Arranged  in  Index  alpha- 
betically according  to  kind  and  use.) 

Code.  (See,  also,  Ordinances.) 

Assembly  Hall 482  b 

Boiler ioC2f 

Building,  Basic.  (See  Basic.) 

Building,  State 483a,  4J2 

Building,  Recommended  . . . 3A4d,  482b 

For  Small  Towns,  Suggested  . . . 3A4d 

For  Villages,  Suggested 3A4d 

Cold  Storage 10O2 

Dwelling  Houses 3A4d 

Fire-Prevention  and  -Protection  . . . 3A4d 

For  testing  house-heating  boilers  . . . ioC3e 

Moving  Picture  Theatre 482b 

National  Electric 6C,  6E3 

National  Electric  Safety 1 B,  6D1 

National  Gas  Safety,  Proposed  ...  7D1 

Of  Lighting  for  Factories,  Mills  and 

Work  Places 7Nib 

Plumbing,  Progress  on 983a 

Power  Test io02h 

Of  Practice , Marble 2F2a 

School 12G 

Theatre 482b 

Uniform  Boiler ioC2f 

Cold-Storage  Plants 10O 

Suggestions  for  improvement  as  fire- 

risks  3A3,  4,  7,  4B,  10O2 

Cold-Water  Paints 12D25 

Columns,  Building 3E3b,  4Cie 

Covering  for 3E3C 

Protection  of 4Cif,  p.  205 

Tests  of  1F7,  3E3,  p.  144 

(See  various  handbooks  mentioned.) 


Comfort  Stations 9L48 

Community  Centers,  Schools  as,  12G30,  31 
Competitions,  Architectural.  (See 
Architectural  Competitions.) 

Composition  Floors  . . 11D4,  pp.  174,  175 

Concrete iF,  2A1,  4B,  C,  D 

Aggregates 1E4-10,  8D18 

Architectural  stone  . . 1 E6m,  1 E7g,  h,  1 1 C3 

Coatings  for  . . 1E9,  10,  11C1,  11D4,  12C, 
pp.  188,  189,  1 91 , 192,  193 

Corrosion  of  iron  in 11B21 

Construction  in  rural  communities  . uCim 

Decorative  possibilities  of 11C1I 

Durability  of,  in  sea  water 3A7 

Farm  uses  of 12H,  p.  199 

Fence-posts 1E4,  12H 

Fills  and  top  coats 1E9 

Standards  for 1 E9C 

Floors  and  surfaces,  Treatment  of  . . 

1E10,  11D4,  nD6r 

Standards  for 1E7,  1E9C,  4D3e 

(See,  also,  Floors.) 

Floor-hardeners  p.  191 

Specifications  for 1E10,  4D3e 

Highways 1E9,  2B6 

Industrial  Buildings  ...  iE,  Nos.  3,  4,  5 

Measurement  of , Standard  Methods  . 1 Eyk 

Oil-mixed 12H 

Pavements 1 1 D4,  1 E9 

Piles  and  Piling iC,  iC3a,  p.  200 

Pipe 9B6a 

Reinforced,  1 E6k,  I E7,  1E9C,  4B,  pp.  198, 199 
Joint  Committee  Report  on  ....  iE7b 

Committee  Report  on 8D15-18 

Reinforcement  for 1E7C,  d,  p.  197 

Roads 1 E9,  1 1 D4 

Sidewalks 1E9,  11D4 

Specifications  for 1E7,  9,  289a 

Surfaces,  Committee  on 1 1 D6r 

(See,  also,  Concrete  Floors  above.) 
Conductors,  Lightning.  (See  Lightning.) 

Rainwater,  Calculations  for  ....  1 1 D2 

Conduits,  Chart  for,  and  sizes  . 6A4b,  6E4b 

Electric 6A,  pp.  152,  153,  173 

Installation  of,  and  sizes p.  154 

Steel nB6g 

U.  S.  Army  Specifications  for  ....  60 

Conflagrations,  Debarment  of  . . . . 4A2C 

Reports  on 3E1 

Conservation,  in  Buildings 

No.  4,  9K2,  p.  183 

Of  Hardware iiBiia,  b 

Of  fuel  in  heating.  (See  Coal.) 

Of  lumber  and  wood jDi,  5D7 

Of  paint  materials 12E3 

Of  tinplate uD2k 

Conservatories 12F6 

Contracts,  Separate  letting  of  ...  . 9G44 

And  Bonds,  Standards.  A.R.E.A.  . . iA9g 
And  Specifications,  Committee  on  . . 3A9d 

Standard  Documents  A. I. A 1A8 

Conveyors,  Refuse,  and  Standards  . . 10E4 

Cooking,  Electric 6J,  p.  156 

Gas 7H,  7L 

Copper,  Coating  of 1 1 B2 

Corrosion  of 1 1 B2 

Hanging  gutters 11D2 

Paint 12C25 

Painting  of 12C1,  12E7,  9 

Plates,  rolled  bars,  shapes,  and  sheets  . 4D3CI 

Roofing 1 1 62 

Ventilators p.  178 

Wire  gauge 11B5 

Electric pp.  148,  152,  153 

Specifications 6E3h 

Tables 6E3j 

Cornices,  Metal  ...  11D2 

Plaster 1 1 D6 

Corrosion.  (See,  also,  Electrolysis.) 

Of  boilers 4Fig 

Committee  Report  on iF8f,  8D4 

Of  iron 1 F8,  1 1B2 

Of  pipe,  iron  and  steel,  4Fif,  g,  11B2,  p.  225 

Sprinkler 4Fif 

Protection  against 

1F8,  11B2,  12C,  pp.  193,  194 

Of  steel 1F8,  1 1B2 

Of  structural  work  . . . 1F8,  4Fjg,  1 1B2 

Costs  of  Houses,  Comparative  ....  3C8J 

Cottages 3C8a,  5G20,  5K7b, e,  jHjd 

Teachers’  5G2C 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Cotton  Mills  and  Warehouses  . . . 

3A3,  4B2d,  12H 

(See,  also,  Factories,  and  Warehouses.) 

Covering,  Asbestos 10N 

Column 4C1C 

Door 4C1J,  4C3 

Magnesia 10N 

Specifications  /or 4K2 

Pipe 4K2 

Roof 11D2 

Wall ,4Cif 

Window  shutter 4C1J,  4C3 

Wool  felt 10N4 

Creosote, for  use  in  wood-preservation,5Ei,  12D 
Oil,  and  Standard  Analysis  of  . nC2a,  1283k 

Crushed  Stone 2A1 

Culverts 967^ 

Cut-offs  for  cellars 4D2a 

Dairy  Buildings  (See  Farm)  . . 12H1,  12H2C 

Barns  for  general  purposes 5G2C 

Damp-proofing,  Waterproofing  and . 

iD,  11C2,  12C,  pp.  190,  192,  193 

Dams 9D7 

Deadening,  Quilt  for p.  190 

Sound 12K 

Tile  for p.  169 

Decimal  Gauge 11B5C 

Decorative  glass 12P3 

Painting 12E 

Plaster 1 1 D7 

Docks, iC,  5F1S 

Dry,  Navy  Yard  Specifications  for  . . 8 A 

Painting  of 12D 

Wood  floors  for 5E2b 

Dolomite 2G4f 

Doors,  Counterbalanced  elevator  ....  3A6I1 

Fire 3A6h,  pp.  141,  224 

Hardware  for 4C3,  p.  147 

Standards  for 4C2a,  4C3 

Fire-tests  on 1 1 B7f 

Glass  in 4C3,  12F1,  2 

Hollow  metal  p.  219 

Metal  and  sheet  metal  ...  11B7,  p.  224 

Sheet  Metal,  Standard  Regulations  . . 4C3 

Tin-clad  Fire,  Standard  Regulations  4C3 

Wood 5H 

Down-draft  Boilers p.  177 

Drainage 9G 

Cast-iron  pipe  for pp.  222,  223 

Specifications  for 90?a 

Farm . 12H 

Fittings  . . . . p.  218 

House  . . . . 9L 

Land 9L,  12H 

Tile 12H 

Drinking-water  Systems  9F 

Dry  Docks.  (See  Docks.) 

Dryers 10D 

Dry  Rot 4B2d 

In  factory  timbers  . . 4C2C 

Ducts,  Charts  for  . . . . 10E14 

Metal 10L 

Dumbwaiters 6F,  pp.  220,  221 

Enclosures  for.  (See  Elevator  En- 
closures.) 

Earth,  Allowable  pressure  on 1C1 

Excavations  1G2,  3 

Fills,  Committee  Report  on  pressure  in 

trenches 8D6,  9L47d 

Electric  and  Electrical  ....  Serial  No.  6 

Appliances 6E,  p.  14I 

Appliances , List  of  Inspected  ....  6A7a 

Bells 6G,  60 

Cabinets 3A6 

Clocks 6G 

Code,  National  . . 6C,  6E3 

Cooking 6J,  p.  156 

Data ...  6Elx 

Devices 6J,  pp.  148-158 

Dumbwaiters  ...  6F 

Elevators.  . 6F,  6L1,  pp.  160,  161,  170,171 
Equipment,  Specifications  for.  . . . p.  149 

Fittings,  Approved 6E3e 

Heat  and  heating  . . 6C2,  6J 

Information pp.  148-158 

Inspected  Appliances 6A7a 

Illumination  and  lamps  . . 6H 

Lighting,  Code  of  . 6C2,  6H2 

Lighting  fixtures  . . 6H,  60 

Mechanical  equipment 

6E,  6L,  10O,  pp.  148,  158 


Electric  and  Electrical.  Motors.  6Lik, p.151 

Panels,  switchboards,  etc 3A6,  6E, 

pp.  148-158 

Power  equipments,  and  light  . . 6C1,  6E3e 

Test  Code 10O2I1 

Signaling  systems 6C2,  6G,  60 

Specifications,  U.  S.  Army 60 

Symbols  for  wiring 6A4a 

Telephones 6G 

Vacuum  cleaners 6K,  6Lie 

Wires pp.  148-158 

Copper,  Standards 6E3I1 

Rubber-covered,  Standard . . . 3A6f,  6E3d,e 
Electrolysis  (See,  also,  Corrosion)  . . 6N 

Effect  of  insulation  on 1184b 

In  underground  pipes 1184a 

Prevention  of 12C 

Elevators,  Calculations,  sizes,  etc..  6F4,  6Lih 
Counterbalanced  doors  for  . . . 3A6h,  4C3d 

Electric 6F,  6L1,  1 1 Biom 

pp.  160,  1 6 1 , 170,  171 
Enclosures  for  4C 1 c,  11D6,  i2L22,pp.  165,221 
Standards  for  ....  4C2d,  4C3a,  12L22 

Handpower pp.  220,  221 

Hydraulic 10O1 

Regulations  for  passenger  and  freight  . 12L22 

Safety  devices  for uBiok 

Shafts  for.  (See  Enclosures  above.) 
Employees’  Homes  and  Employers’ 

Housing.  (See  Houses.) 

Enamel 12E,  pp.  188,  189 

Hospital  and  laboratory p.  193 

Specifications  for 1283m 

Enameled  Plumbing  Ware  9H,  pp.  214,  215 
Enclosures.  (See,  also.  Partitions.) 

Beltway.  (See  Beltway.) 

Elevator  and  dumbwaiter.  (See 

Elevators.) 

For  floor  openings 4Din,  4D2a 

Stair.  (See  Stairways  and  Exits.) 
Engineering  Services  . . pp.  142-144,  197 
Engines.  (Arranged  in  Index  alpha- 
betically according  to  kind.) 

Equestrian  Statues nBi2k 

Equipment,  Auxiliary,  and  Safeguards.  4Fib 

Electrical 6E3 

Code  and  other  requirements  .... 

6C2,  6D1,  6E3 

Specifications  for p.  149 

Farm 12H 

Fire  Protection,  Serial  No.  4. 

‘‘Gas,  of  the  Home” 7H 

Gas  power 7G 

Hotel  and  restaurant 7L,  p.  156 

Laundry 7A3f 

Mechanical,  in  general  . . . . Serial  No.  10 

Oak  for  interiors p.  185 

Plumbing Serial  No.  9 

Power.  (See  Power.) 

School 12G 

Service 4F3b 

Sprinkler 4F3C 

Rules  for  Installation  . . 4F3,  pp.  180-183 

Excavations 1C1-3 

Exits  and  Entrances  (See,  also,  En- 
closures, Partitions,  and  Stairways)  4E 
Calculations  for.  Diagrams  of,  and  Drills 

4E2a,  4E3d 

Hardware  for 11B11,  p.147 

Expanded  Metal.  (See  Metal  Lath.) 
Explosives,  Magazines  and  thaw 

houses  for 5G2b 

Storage  and  Handling  of.  (See  Ordinances.) 

Extinguishers,  Fire 4F1 

Factory  Mutual  Laboratories  . . . 3A8 

Factories,  Area  and  heights  of  ...  . 4A2b 
Concrete  iE,  3E1, 4B1CC,  4C,  4D,  pp.197,  199 
Electric  equipment  in  ...  . Serial  No.  6 

Electric  lighting  in 6H1 

Exit  drills  for 4E2a 

Fire  protection  in  and  suggestions  for 
improvements  in  construction  of  . . 

3A3,  4,  7,  Serial  Nos.  4 and  5 

Gas  equipment  in Serial  No.  7 

Heating  and  ventilation  of  . 9G4,  10C4,  10E 

Illumination  in 6H,  7M,  7N 

Lighting  in.  Code  of 6H2,  7Nlb 

Mill  construction,  Slow-burning.  (See 
Mill  Construction.) 

Ordinances  for.  (See  Ordinances.) 

Painting  in 12C,  12E 


Factories.  Power  equipment  in.  (See 
Power  ) 

Plumbing  and  Sanitation  in  . . 9D,  9G4,  9L 

Southern  yellow  pine  in p.  186 

Timbers  for.  (See  Timbers.) 

Wood  floors  for 5E2 

Fans 10E 

Blast-heating 10E 

Electric p.  156 

Farm  buildings  (See,  also,  under  re- 
spective names)  . . 5G2c,  5K7C,  12H1,  2 

Equipment 12H1 

Hazards 4Fle 

House,  Architectural  problems  of  the.  4Gia 

Heating  in,  Furnace 10D 

Plumbing  in 9G37 

Reservoirs 12H1 

Residences  and  “Rural  Architecture”.  5G2C 

Sewage  disposal 12H1 

Feldspar 9H 

Felt  covering,  Wool  .........  10N4 

For  waterproofing iD,  11C2 

Sheathing 4D3d 

Tarred iD,  4D3d,  11C2,  11D1 

Fences,  Iron  and  Steel 11B6I 

Posts  for,  Concrete 1E4,  12H1 

Wire iF8a,  11B6I,  12H1 

Ferries  . . 5F9 

Fibre-board  . . p. 196 

Plaster,  Wood . p.  205 

Manila 1D56 

Field  Practice,  Inspection  Manual  . 4B2C 

Filtration,  Water  ....  9E,  9F14,  p.  216 

Fire-Alarms 4F 

Fire-Doors.  (See  Doors.) 

Fire-Departments 3A3CI3 

Fire-Drills 3A3D16,  4Eik 

Fire-Enclosures.  (See,  also,  Enclosures.)  4C2e 

Fire-Escapes 3A6b,  4E1 

Recommendations,  Standards  . 4E2, 3,11814 

Fire-Exits 4E 

Chutes  for  . . 4E2a 

Latches  for p.  147 

Fire-Hazards 3A3d,  3A4C,  d,  3A7b 

482b,  4Eim 

Fire-Hose.  (See  Hose.) 

Fire  Insurance 4H 

Requirements  for 3A3C,  4B2e,  4H 

Fire  Losses,  Reduction  of 

Nos.  4,  5,  5Gia,  p.  181 

Fire-Pails 4Flb 

Fire-Prevention  and  -Protection 

Serial  Nos.  3,  4 and  5,  1E6,  2J5 

Appliances  for 4C3,  4,  4D3f 

Architects  and 3A2 

Building  Code  Suggestions  for  . . . 3A4d 

Committees  on 3^3.,  4A2 

Devices  for 4pib 

Hardware 11B,  p.  147 

Horizontal  and  sloping  features  of  . 4D,iiD3 
In  Buildings  and  Structures  in  General  48 
Publications,  and  Standards  . 3A3,3A4, 3A7 
Regulations  and  Standards  . . . 4B,  C,  D,  E 
Sprinklers  for.  (See  Sprinkler  Equip- 
ments.) 

Vertical  Structural  Features  of  . 4C,  11D3 

Fire-Pumps,  Standards  for 4F3 

Gas  engines  for 7G14 

Fire-resistive  Construction 

Serial  Nos.  3,  4,  and  11 
Committee  Reports  on  ..  . 3 A3,  4B,  8D21 

Definition  of 3A3I12 

Fire-retardant 

Belt  enclosures 3A7a4,  19,  p.  164 

Construction.  . . Serial  Nos.  3,  4,  5,  and  11. 

Partitions 4C,  11D3,  6,  p.  166 

Treatments  for  shingle  roofs  . 5Eib,  12D5 
Treatments  for  wood  . . . 5A4,  5E1,  2,  12D 

Fire-Shutters p.  224 

Construction  recommended 4C2 

Rules  and  requirements 4C3 

Fire-Stops  in  frame  houses  5G2c,  h,  p.  164 

Fire  Towers.  (See  Towers.) 

Fire-Walls 4Clb-h,  4C2e 

Openings  in.  Rules  for  Protection  of  . 4C3b 
Specifications,  Standard  Building  . . 4C33 

Fire-Windows.  (See  Windows.) 

Fireplaces 2C5C,  3Diq,  3D2a-c 

Construction  recommended  . . . 4C2a,  5G2C 
Design  and  theory  of 10H 


X 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Fireproof  construction.  (See  Fire-re- 
sistive.) 

Discontinuance  of  this  term  ....  3A3h2 
Floor  construction.  Standard  Tests  . . 

4D3C,  ioD3b 

Partition  construction.  Standard  Tests  . 

4C3g,  1 1 D3C 

Fireproofing.  Serials  No.  I,  3,  4,  5 and  n. 

Committee  Report  on 8D25 

Concrete pp.  198,  199 

Gypsum  products p.  205 

Hollow  tile p.  208 

Metal  lath pp.  162-167 

Fires  and  Fire-tests,  Reports  on  . 3Ei,  3E3, 

pp.  180-183 

Fixtures  arranged  in  Index  alpha- 
betically, according  to  kind. 

Flagging,  Stone 2H2,  3 

Floors,  Asphalt 11D4 

Cement,  Navy  Specifications  for  . . . 403  d 

Treatment  of.  (See  Cement  Coat- 
ings.) 

Composite,  Code  suggestions  for  . . . 4Dla 

Test  on 4Dih,  nD3b 

Composition 4Dim,  11D4,  p.  174 

Concrete  and  reinforced  concrete  . . 

1E9,  10,  4D,  11D4,  pp.  197,  198,  199 

Specifications  for 4D2,  4D3e, 

Treatment  of.  (See  Concrete  Coat- 
ings.) 

Coverings  for 1 1 D4 

Deadening  quilt  for p.  190 

Drainage  of 4D2a,  4D3a,  9G38 

Fills  and  foundations  for  . . . . 1E9,  p.  174 

Fire-tests  on 4Dib 

Glass  in 12F1 

Grounds  for  wood 5G4J 

Gypsum 4D1I1,  11D3,  p.  20 J 

Hangers 4D4 

Hardeners  for p.  191 

Standard  specifications 4 Die 

Flardwood,  Specifications  for  ....  5J6 

Laminated 5jia 

Loads  allowed  by  codes  of  cities  on,  iC2a,  e,  f 
Allowed  by.  Suggested  codes  . 483a,  4D2a 

Marble . 2F4 

Mastic 11D4 

Mill.  (See  Mill  Construction.) 

Openings  in,  Enclosures  for 4Din 

Parquetry sJ 

Plastic ...  p.  174 

Scuppers  for ...  4C4 

Slope  of,  for  drainage  ....  4D2a,  4E>3a 

Terra  cotta 4D1 

Terrazzo 2F4,  11D4I 

Tests  for  fireproof , standard  . . 403c,!  iD3b 

Tests  and  inspection  of p.  144 

Tile,  Ceramic  and  clay 3D,  11C4 

Waterproofing  of  . 1D4,  4D1I,  11C2,  11D4, 
12C,  pp.  191,  193 
Watertight,  of  mill  construction  . . . 4D2C 

Wood 4D1,  5J 

Block 5E2 

Costs  of 5jia 

Finish  for,  5E,  5H,  5J1,  12E,  pp.  188,  189 

Grading,  Rules  for 5D7,  5J 

In  fireproof  buildings  ....  4Dik,  5j7a 

Laying  of 5J1 

Plank 5j2a 

Yellow  pine 5J11,  p.  186 

Flues.  (See  Chimneys  and  Flues.) 

Forging,  Ornamental 11B12 

Foundations,  Building iC,  2A1 

For  composition  floors  ....  11D4,  p.174 

For  concrete  floors 1E9 

Foundational  Requirements  . . . 1C1,  1C2 

Fountains,  Water 12F6 

Freight  Elevators.  (See  Elevators.) 

Fresco 11D7 

Fuel.  (See,  also,  Coal,  and  Oil.)  . . . ioCia 

Appliances  for,  Gas 7J 

Economies  in  house-heating  ....  10C4 

Industrial 7G3 

Lifts pp.  220,  221 

Saving ioClb,  10C4 

Furring,  Metal,  4B1, 4Dia,  1 1 D6,  pp.  162-167 

Tile,  Hollow 4B,  4C,  p.  208 

Gypsum 4B,  11D3,  p.  203 

Wood  lath jK 


Furnace,  Gas 7A3f 

Heating ...  10D 

Panel  testing  ...  ....  3E3e 

Warm  air 10D 

Galvanized  conduits  . . . pp.  152,  153,  173 

Ducts 10E,  10L 

Metal,  Painting  of  . . . . 1 1 B5P,  12C,  12E 

Roof  work  and  cornices 11D2 

Skylights 11D2 

Ventilators p.  178 

Galvanizing iF8f,  1 1 Bj,  1 1D2 

Garages,  Battery  charging  outfits  for  . p.  157 

Concrete 4B1CC 

Fire-Protection  of 4Bie 

Heating  of,  by  gas 7A3f 

Regulation  of,  Suggested 3R4&4 

Wooden 5G1 

Garbage  Disposal 9G7 

Gardens,  garden  houses  and  accessories  12F6 

School 12G33 

Gas,  Acetylene.  (See  Acetylene.) 

Appliances,  Standardization  of  . . . 7H 

Coal,  Producers 7G16 

Code,  Proposed  National  Safety  ...  7D1 

Cooking  appliances 7L 

Data  sheets ...  7H12 

Domestic  appliances.  ...  7L 

Driven  generators.  . . . p.  150 

Engines 7G 

Equipment 7A3f,  7M 

Fixtures 7M 

Heating  7A3f,  7J5,  6,  p.  176 

Hotel  appliances 7L 

Illumination  and  ignition  ....  7M,  7N 

Kitchen  arrangement 7A3f,  7L 

Lighting  Machines,  Standard  Regula- 
tions   7G16 

Machines,  Gasoline  vapor 7M22 

Piping  (See,  also,  Piping) . . . 7A2,  7C,  7E 

Specifications  for 7E3 

Symbols 7E1J 

Power  equipment 7G,  10O 

Radiators  ....  p.  176 

Refrigeration  ....  ....  7A3f,  7L 

Tank,  Concrete  . 2B60 

Valves,  Shut-off 7G16 

Water-heating 7K,  p.  212 

Gasolene,  engines 7G 

Hazards  in  handling 4F1  a 

Storage  and  Handling  Regulations  . . 

3A3ail,  3A715 

Vapor  gas  machines 7M22 

Gage  and  Gauge,  Bronze nBi2a 

Brown  and  Sharpe 1 1 B5 

Circular  Mil nB5d 

Copper 11B5 

Decimal 11B5C 

Metal  lath 1 1 D6h 

U.  S.  Standard 1 1 B5C 

Washburn  and  Moen uB5d 

Wire 11B5 

Generators 6E1,  p.  150 

Code  requirements  for 6C2 

German  Silver,  Architectural  . . . . p.  209 

Glass,  Floorlights 12F1 

Leaded  and  Decorative  . . 12F1,  3 

Plate 12F1 

Skylight 12F1 

Store-front  construction  . . . 12F1,  p.  209 

Tile 12F5C 

Wired 3D5d,  4Cik,  12F2 

Specifications  for 4C3b,  i2F2e 

Glazing 12F 

Gold,  Architectural p.  209 

Golf-courses 12F6 

Granite 2E1,  J,  6,  p.  201 

Backing  protection  of p.  193 

Mausoleums  and  monuments  . . . . p.  203 

Pink p.  202 

Granite  Terra  Cotta p.  206 

Grain  Storage  Buildings  ....  3A3,  5G2C 

Gravel 1E4-10,  2A1, 2C,  8D18 

Gravity  Tanks,  Regulations  for  . . . 4F3C 

(See,  also,  Tanks.) 

Greenhouses 12F6 

Grilles,  Heating 10K 

Gum  Lumber Serial  No.  5,  p.  187 

Gypsum,  3D5e,  4B1  bb,  4K3,  4K4,  1 1C1,  11 D3 

Floor  and  roof  slabs 4D1I1,  p.  2oj 

Industry,  Terms  relating  to 1 1 D$c 


Gypsum,  Partition  and  furring  tile, 

specifications  p.  205 

Wall  plasters  . . 2A1,  4D11,  11D6,  p.  205 

Handbooks.  (See  Literature.) 

Hangers,  Floor 4D4 

Pipe 10J 

Hanging  Gutters 11D2 

Harbor  Improvements,  River  and  . 5F,  8C 

Hardener,  Concrete  and  floor  . 11D4,  p.  191 

Standard  Specifications  for 4D3e 

Hardware 4C4,  4D4,  5G4,  11B11 

Details  for.  Standard  . 1 1 B u 

Fire-door . . 4C3 

Fire-exit p.  147 

Hardwood  finish  . . 5H,  12C,  pp.  1 88,  189 
Hazards,  Fire.  (See  Fire-Hazards.) 

Life.  (See,  also,  Life.)  . . 4A2d,  4E1,  p.  182 

Power 7G15,  ioC4dd 

Slipping 4E1,  p.  168 

Heat  Transmission,  Insulation,  Cov- 
erings   10N 

Heaters,  Air,  Electric p.  156 

Gas  water p.  212 

In  general 10C 

Warm  air 10D,  10E 

Heating,  Steam  and  general 10C4 

Water,  Electric p.  156 

Boilers 10C2,  3,  pp.  177,  179 

Combination  sprinkler  and,  system  . 4Fie 

Conservatory 12F6 

Electric 6J 

Federal  Buildings 10C4 

Formulas  and  calculations  for  ... 

7A3f,  10K,  10M 

Garage,  by  gas 7A3f 

Gas 7A3f,  7J,  p.176 

Greenhouse 12F 

Guarantees 10M 

Hazards 10C4 

Hot-water 10C4,  10M 

Losses  from  buildings 10M7,  8 

School 10C4,  12G 

Swimming-pools 10C4 

Warm  air 10D 

Water,  by  gas 7A3L  7K,  p.  212 

Heights  of  Buildings . . . 3A3d,  (12,3,  4E2a 

Allowable  for  factory  buildings  ....  4A2b 
High  School  Buildings.  (See  Schools.) 
Highway  Construction  . 2C3f,  12G,  p.  199 

Hog-houses 12H 

Hoists,  Ash  and  hatchway 

Serial  No.  10,  pp.  220,  221 

Safe pp.  160,  161 

Hollow  Metal  Doors  ....  11B7,  p.  219 

Hollow  Tile.  (See  Terra  Cotta.) 

Homes.  (See  Houses.) 

Hose,  Cotton  Fire 4F2a,  p.  141 

Couplings 4A2e 

Houses,  Regulations  . . 3A7a,  4B3C,  5G3C 

Racks 4Fib 

Rubber-lined  fire-  ....  3A6g,  4F2,  p.  141 

Hospitals,  Dumbwaiters  and  elevators 

for  (See,  also,  Elevators)  . . . pp.  220,221 
Electrical  Equipment  in  . . . Serial  No.  6, 
pp.  148,  158 

Enamels  for 12E,  p.  193 

Fire  Protection  in.  (See,  Hotels,  below.) 

Gas  equipment  in Serial  No.  7 

Heating  and  Ventilating  of,  9G4,  10C4,  10E 

Illumination  in 6H,  7M,  7N 

Laundry-chutes  for p.  213 

Military 9M2 

Sanitation  in 9D,  9G4,  9L 

Hotels,  Equipment  for.  (See  Hospitals 
above.) 

Fire  Protection  in,  and  suggestions  for 

improvements  in  construction  . 3A3,  3A4, 

3A7,  Serial  Nos.  4 and  5 
(See,  also,  Ordinances.) 

Ranges,  for,  Electric p.  156 

Water-heating,  in,  Gas . . . . p.212 

Houses,  Bath-  and  Change- 9J 

Brick 3C8,  3D1 

Bungalows.  (See,  Bungalows.) 

Concrete 4B1CC 

Cost  of,  Comparative 3C8J 

Colonial,  and  cottages  (See,  also, 

Cottages) 5G20 

Dwelling,  Suggested  Code 3 A4d 

Electrical  equipment  in  Serial  No.  6, 

pp.  148,  158 


XI 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Houses,  Farm-  and  dairy-  . . . 5G,  jK,  11H 

Garden- 12F6 

Gas  equipment  in Serial  No.  7 

Heating  and  Ventilating  of 

9G4,  10C4,  10E 

Hog-  (and  Swine-) 5G2C,  12H 

Hollow  Tile 3D1 

Specifications  for 3D2g 

Hose,  Regulations  ....  3Aya,  4B3C,  5G2C 

Ice- 5G2C,  9F13,  12H1 

Illumination  in 6H,  7M,  7N 

Implement,  and  sheds 5G2,  12H 

For  mining  towns 9J,  9L,i2j 

Poultry- 5G2C,  12H 

School.  (See  Schools.) 

Sanitation  in . 9D,  9G4,  9L 

Stucco  . . 1E7,  11D6,  pp.  162-7,  196,  199 

Specifications  for.  (See  Stucco.) 

Teachers’ 5G2C 

Wash- 9J,  9L,i  2j 

Wooden 56 

Workmen’s.  . lF2a,  5G,  5K,  9C1, 9L39,  40, 

4i.  12J 

Housing  associations  and  conferences 

9C1,  9L39,  40,  41,  12J,  12L 

Humidifiers 10F 

Radiator 10K3C 

Hydrants,  Fire,  Standard  couplings. 

4A2e,  Serial  No.  10 

For  sprinkler  systems 4F3d 

Hydrated  Lime.  (See  Lime,  Hydrated.) 
Hydraulic  Cement.  (See  Cement, 
Hydraulic.) 

Elevators 10O 

Hydraulics , . 9D 

Hygiene 9L 

Ice-Houses 5G2C,  9F13,  12H 

Illuminating  Gas Serial  No.  7 

Illumination,  Electric  . . 6H,  pp.  157,  158 

Gas 7M,  7N 

Implement  Sheds  5G2C,  1,  12H 

Incinerators  for  refuse  destroying,  Gas  7A3f 
Indiana  Limestone.  (See  Limestone.) 
Industrial  Buildings.  (See  Factories.) 

Industry,  Safeguarding  of 9K2 

Inserts 4C4a-g 

Inspection  Services pp.  141,  142 

Insulation,  Electrical,  Committee  Re- 
port   8D2 

Heat,  Committee  Report  . . 8D21,  10N 
Wire.  (See  Wire.) 

Insurance,  Fire.  (See  Fire  Insurance.) 

Lightning.  (See  Lightning.) 

Iron.  (See  separate  headings  for  Cast 
Iron,  Wrought  Iron,  Galvanized 
Iron,  etc.) 

Drainage  fittings p.  218 

Fences 11B6I 

Gauges  for  ■ 1 1 B5 

Painting  of  galvanized 1 1 B?p 

Pipe.  (See  Pipe.) 

Preservation  of.  (See  Preservation.) 

Sheet 1 1 B ,c 

Wir e Standards 11B5 

Wrought,  Ornamental 11B12 

Irons,  Flat,  Electric p.  156 

Kaolin 3D1CC,  9H 

Labor  Statistics 12J 

Laboratories,  Bureau  of  Standards  . 1A2 

Factory  Mutuals 3A8 

Military 9M2 

Testing  and  Inspection  . . iF,  pp.  141,  142 

Underwriters’ 3A6,  p.  141 

Committee  Report  on 4A1 

Lamps,  Electric 6H1,  2,  p.  158 

Gas  • • 7G16 

Testing  of  incandescent 6H3 

Land-drainage 9L,  12H 

Landscape  Design 12F6 

Laths  and  Lathing,  Heat  chase  . . . 10L 

Metal  (See  Metal  Lath)  ....  pp.  162-167 

Wood 5M4,  1 1 D6 

Latrine  Problem,  The 9L42 

Laundries,  Suggested  Ordinance  . . . 3A4C5 

Laundry,  Chute 9Hl,  p.  213 

Equipment,  Gas 7A3f 

Leaded  Glass 12F1,  12F3 


Leader 

Connections  through  roofs 4D4f 

Capacities  and  Calculations  ....  11D2 

Leakage  of  Air.  (See  Air-leakage.) 

Lenses 12F2 

Life,  Hazards.  (See  Hazards.) 

Safeguarding  of,  . 4E2al,  2,  3,  4F,  4F2d, 
9D,  L,  M,  12J,  pp.  180-183 
(See,  also,  Accident  Prevention, 
Regulations.) 

Life-saving  Stations 8C 

Lifts,  Ash-.  (See  Hoists.) 

Fuel-  and  library  book-  , . . pp.  220,  221 

Lighthouses 8C 

Lighting , Factory,  Code  of  . . . 6H2C,  7Nib 

Fixtures,  Data  on 6L1 

Electric 6H,  p.  148 

Gas 7A3f,  7M 

Specifications  for 6L9 

U.  S.  Army  Specifications  for  . . . 60 

Mill,  Code  of 6H2C,  7Nib 

Residence 7Nid 

School 7N1 

Store 7Nid 

Street,  Systems 7N1,  p.  157 

IV ork-places.  Code  of 6H2C 

Lightning,  conductors  ....  4Gif,  p.  I41 

On  farms 12H 

Protection 4G1 

Rod  Equipment,  Standards 

3.A6k,  4G2C,  d,  p.  141 

Manufacturers 4G2e 

Suggestion  for  protection  against  . . . 4G2d 

Lime 2B3 

Committee  Report  on 8D19 

Hydrated 2B4,  p.  20; 

Mortars 2B6 

Standard  for 2B9C 

Quick,  Properties  of 2B3 

Standard  for 289b 

Limestone 2G 

Bank  buildings p.  145 

Bedford 2G3,  4 

Indiana 2G4,  5 

Condensed  information,  on  protection, 
setting,  color,  texture,  and  finish  . 

2G6,  p.  145 

Oolitic 2G4 

Linoleum,  Plastic,  floors p.  174 

Varnish p.  189 

Specifications  for 4D3CI 

Linseed  Oil i2Bie,  p.  195 

Standard  Specifications  for 12B3 

Literature.  In  addition  to  the  various 
Handbooks,  Pocket-books,  and  other 
publications  listed  under  each  or- 
ganized body  described  and  in  each 
Serial  Number,  bibliographies  will  be 
found  printed  in  many  of  them,  as 
stated.  Lists  of  articles,  periodicals, 
textbooks  and  proceedings,  as  well  as 
all  other  kinds  of  publications  per- 
taining to  various  subjects  noted, 
will  be  found  printed  in  iCig,7A3b, 

8C,  9G26,  uDig2o,  11D5J3,  4.  and 
5,  and  in  the  “list  of  publications”  of 
each  U.  S.  Governmental  Depart- 
ment. See,  also,  Recommendations, 
Standards,  and  other  publications 
described  under  Regulations. 

Llthophone 12E7 

Live-loads.  (See  under  Floors  and 
Roofs.) 

Lumber  (See,  also,  Timber)  . Serial  No.  5 

Grading  of 5Dib,  503b,  5D46 

Gum p.  187 

Hardwood,  Rules  for  inspection  0}  . . 504b 

Inspection  of 5D4 

Kiln-drying  of 5D1C 

Oak p.  185 

Sizes  of 5D7a 

Standardization  and  Conservation  of 

5Di,  5D7 

White  pine p.  184 

Yellow  pine p.  186 

Macadam  Roads.  (See  Highway  Con- 
struction.) 

Rock,  Standards 2C6e 

Magazines  for  explosives  . . . 462a,  jGab 

Magnesia 10N 

Covering,  Standard  Specifications . . . 4K2 

xii 


Magnesite 11D4 

Stucco p.  175 

Mail-Chutes p.  210 

Post  office  requirements 1 1 B8 

Manufacturing  risks 4F2a 

Marble 2A1,  2F1,  3,  5 

Code  of  Practice,  Dealers' 2F2a 

Floors.  (See  Floors,  Marble.) 

Mortar  for pp.  198,  199 

Protection  of p.  193 

Tests  on 2J9 

Market-Houses 9G4 

Masonry 1C1,  1D4C,  2C 

Face  work,  Illustrations  of  . . . nDig24 

Mortar  for pp.  198,  199 

Stone,  Standard  Specifications  ....  2C6b 

Mastic  Floors 11D4 

Materials  and  Methods,  Committee  on  3A9C 
Mausoleums,  Detailed  suggestions  . . p.  203 

Mechanical  Appliances p.  141 

List  of  Inspected 4 D3  f 

Mechanical  Equipment,  Electric  . . 

6C,  6E,  6L1,  2,  pp.  148-158 

Gas 7G 

In  Federal  buildings 6L 

In  general 10O 

Sanitary Serial  No.  9 

Medical  Schools,  Military 9M2 

Metal,  alloys 1181 

Corrosion  of 1 1 B2 

Doors  (See,  also,  Doors)  . . . 4C3,  11B7, 
pp.  219,  224 

Ducts 10L,  10E14 

Standards  and  Regulations  ....  10E4 

Expanded.  (See  Metal  Lath.) 

Furniture 4Bie,  10D1,  p.  219 

Furring 481 , 1 1 D6 

Gages.  (See  Gage  or  Gauge.) 

In  general 11B1 

Lath.  (See  Metal  Lath.) 

Moldings  for  electric  wires P-173 

Products  in  general 11B5 

Roofing  (See,  also,  Roofing)  ....  11D2 

Sheet 11D2,  10L 

Treatment  of 11B2 

Trim  ....  4CU,  4F,  11B7,  pp.  219,  224 

Wainscoting P-219 

Weather-strips 10M 

Windows.  (See  Windows.) 

Work,  Ornamental 11B12 

Metal  Lath.  . 3C1 1, 3 Dec,  4B,  C,  D,  E,  1 1 D6 
Handbook,  Details  from  . . pp.  162-167 
Standardized  gages  and  weights  of, 

nB6h,p.  162 

Metallurgy 11B1 

Mill-Construction  . . 1 04a,  4Bid,  e,  g, 
4B2J,  4C2a,  b,  c,  e,  5G,  5J 

Accessories 5G4 

Description  and  diagrams 4Dia 

Floors 4D2a 

IVatertight 4D2C 

Standards  for 3A7C,  4B3g,  5A4 

Southern  yellow  pine  for p.  186 

Wood  posts  in 4C2b 

Mill-Lighting,  Code  for 6H2,  7Nib 

Mill  White 12C,  12E 

Millwork 5Hi4a 

Miners’ Wash- and  Change-Houses  . 9J 

Sanitation  in 9L 

Models  of  farm  buildings  and  surround- 
ings   12H 

Of  rural  schoolhouses 12G1 

Monographs,  Architectural 

The  Octagon,  Washington,  D.  C.  . lA8h 

White  Pine 5G20 

Monuments,  Construction  of  ....  p.  203 
Mortar  . . 2A1,  2B3g,  h,  k,  2B8a,  2Biob,  e, 

2G6,  p.  205 

Committee  Report 8613,  15 

Specifications  for 289a,  2C6a 

Motion-Picture  Houses.  (See  Theatres.) 

Motion-Picture  Booths 4B2h 

Regulations  for  construction  of ...  . 3A4CI 
Electrical  installations  in  . 6A~ja,  6C2,  p.  157 
Motors,  Electrical  . . . 6E,  6E1,  pp.  1 5 1 , 157 

N.  E.  Code  requirements 6C2 

Inspected  appliances 6A7a 

Mouldings,  Metal p.  173 

Wood 5H 

Plaster 11D7 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Mulllons,  in  wall  construction  ....  4C1IJ 

In  metal  window-frames 11B7C 

Regulations  for  construction  of  . . . 4Cjb 
Municipal  Ordinances,  Suggested.  (See 
Ordinances.) 

Mural  Decorating 12E 

Nails 5G4,  nB6m 

Shingle 5Kyd 

National  Electrical  Safety  Code  . . 6C 
National  Gas  Safety  Code,  Proposed  . 7D1 

Non-staining  Cement  ....  pp.  198,  199 

Nozzles,  Roof 4Fib 

Oak Serial  No.  5,  p.  18  j 

Occupancy 4E10,  4F2a5 

(See,  also,  Life,  Safeguarding,  of  Seats, 
Stairways,  Regulations  and  Ordi- 
nances.) 

Office  Building,  Specification  for  Con- 
struction of 4B2C 

Oil,  Fuel,  Field  Practice ioC^dd 

Storage  and  Use,  Standards  for,  3^3^,  3Ayai  3 

Colors  ground  in p.  189 

Creosote 1 1 C2a 

Linseed !2Bie,  p.  195 

Mixed  concrete 1D1,  12H 

Standards  for:  Creosote 12B3IC 

Linseed 12  63 

Raw  Tung i2B3e 

Onyx 2A1 

Openings,  for  exit  and  entrance  ...  4E 
Fire-doors  and  shutters  for  . . . . p.  224 

In  horizontal  and  sloping  features  . . 4C 
In  vertical  structural  features  ...  4D 

Standard  Regulations  for  protection  of  4C3 
Windows,  doors,  and  metal  trim . . . 11B7 

Ordinances,  Suggested,  for  regulating, 
fire-hazards  and  building  construc- 
tion   3A3C,  3A4C,  d 

Packing-houses 12H 

Palls,  Water 3A3d 

Paints  and  paint  materials,  1F8,  Serial  No.  12, 

pp.  188,  189 

Antiseptic 12D 

Bituminous  materials  . . . I D,  5E1,  2,  5F, 
11C2,  11D4,  12C,  12D 

Cold-water 12C,  12E 

Damp-resisting.  (See  Bituminous.)  . p.  193 

Exposure  tests i2Bia 

Fire-retardant 5E1,  12D 

For  cement  and  concrete.  . . . iDi,iiD4, 
12C17-19,  pp.  188,  189,  191,  193 
For  galvanized  iron  . . 11B5,  12C1,  12E7,  9 

For  metal 12C 

For  tanks 12C1 

For  wood 5H,  12E 

Oils.  (See  Oils.) 

Pigments 8D11,  12B5 

Prepared,  and  mixed  ....  i2B3n,  12E25 

Radiator 10K,  12C13 

Red  lead 1 2E 

Specifications  for 1 283m 

Researches  and  tests 12B 

Shellac,  Standard  Specifications  . . i2B3h 

Shingle 5E1,  12D,  p.  190 

Specifications  for 5Hi3d,  12B3-5 

Technology  of iF8c,  12B4 

Terms,  Standard  Definition  of  ...  . 12B3 

Thinners for.  Standards 12B3 

Tin,  Standard  Specifications,  Applica- 
tion of 1 1 D2 

Paints  for  and  methods,  12C,  12E,  p.  146 
Turpentine,  Standard  Specifications  l2B3f 

Wall-  and  floor-coatings 12C 

White  lead 12E,  p.  195 

White  pigments.  Standard  Analysis  . i2B3f 
Panel  Boards,  Electric  ....  pp.  154,  155 

Paper-hanging 12F. 

Parish  House,  Brick 3Diy 

Partitions,  Fire-exit  (See,  also,  Enclos- 
ures)   4C3a 

Fire-resisting 4C 

Gypsum p.  20J 

Hollow  tile 4C,  p.  208 

Metal  lath 4Cif,  11D6,  p.  166 

Acoustics  of 11 D6 

Openings  in,  Standards  for  Protection 

of 4C3 

Toilet 9J23 

Party  Walls 4.*\2d,  4C1G 


Passenger  Elevators,  Electric  . pp.  160,  161, 

170,  171, 

Handpower pp.  220,  221 

Hydraulic 10O1 

Regulations  for  construction  of . . . . 12L22 

Standards  for  Enclosures.  (See  Ele- 
vators.) 

Pavements,  Asphalt 1 1 D4 

Brick  (See  Brick  Pavements)  ...  1E9 

Cement 2B6m,  11D4 

Wood  block 5E2 

{Standards  listed  under  Sidewalks.) 
Penetrative  Coatings,  Liquid,  12C20,  p.  191 
Periodicals.  (See  Literature.) 

Piers,  Piling,  and  bulkheads jF 

Brick,  Tests  of 3Dih,  k 

For  Standard  Building 4C3a 

Terra  cotta  block, Tests  of  . . . 3Dih,  k 
Pigments.  (See  Paints  and  Paint  Ma- 
terials.) 

Piles,  Concrete iC,  p.  200 

Bibliography iCig 

History  and  present  status iEia 

Preservation  of  wood 5F1 

Steel lC 

Wood iC3b,  5F 

Standards  for,  and  driving  ....  5F3a 

Pine Serial  No.  5 

White p.  184 

Yellow p.  186 

Pipe,  Cast-iron  . . Serial  No.  9,  pp.  220-22 
Cast-iron  soil-.  Standards  ....  9Bja,  9G6 
Gas.  (See  below.) 

Cement 986a 

Charts 10E14,  10J15 

Clay  and  cement.  Committee  Report  on  . 8D22 

Coils 10K 

Corrosion  . . . 4F,  9D,  9G,  9L,  10J,  1 1 B2 

Insulation  against 1164b 

Covering,  Magnesia,  Specifications  for 

4K2,  p.  225 

Drainage  fittings 9L,  p.  218 

Electrolysis  of 1164a 

Escutcheons 9G44 

Flanges  and  flanged  fittings 10J 

Frost-proof  boxing  of 4D5 

Gas,  Cast-iron,  Standards 7E3f 

In  buildings , and  Schedule  for  . . 7E 

Installation  of  street  mains  ....  7A2J 

Hangers 10J11 

Insulation 8D2,  10N 

To  prevent  corrosion 1184b 

Iron.  (See  Wrought  Iron  below.) 

Recesses  for 4Cif 

Shafts 4C1C,  f 

Standard  pipe,  threads  and  unions  . . 10J4,  J 
Standard  specifications  for  welded  steel 

and  wrought-iron  pipe 4F3e 

Standardization  of , and  fittings  . . . 4Flf 

Steel.  (See  Welded  Steel  below.) 

Supports 9G20 

Threads  and  unions 9D,  10J 

Thread  gauges.  Standardization  of  . loj4d 
Underground,  for  sprinklers  ....  9K1 

Laying  of,  Tentative  standard  . . 9L47d 

Welded  steel 4F3e,  9G,  10J,  11B2 

Wrought-iron 4F3e,  9G,  1 1 B2, 

1 1 B6j,  p.  225 

vs.  cast-iron 9B5C 

Piping,  for  gas,  large  buildings  . . 7A2k,  7E 

Houses 7A2I,  7A3f,  7E 

Symbols 7E1J 

For  heating,  Steam,  water,  vapor,  etc.  10J 

Warm  air 10D 

For  plumbing 9G,  9L 

For  sprinklers 4F,  9K1 

For  vacuum  cleaners  ....  6K,  ioOim 

Pitch,  Coal-tar,  Proposed  tentative  speci- 
fications for 1 1 C2a 

Specifications  for 1283m 

Planting 12F6 

Plaster,  Asbestos 11D1 

Board 3A6b,  11D6,  pp.  196,  205 

Casts 11D7 

Ceilings,  Suspended 4D,  nD6g-l 

Cement  . . iE,  11D5,  6,  pp.  175,  198,  199 

Decorative 11D7 

Durability  of,  Construction.  (See 
“Technologic  Paper.”) 

Enclosures  . . . 4C,  4D,  11D,  pp.  1 65,  221 
Grounds  and  furring  for  . 4C,  5C,  4J,  1 1D60 


Plaster,  Gypsum 11D6,  p.  205 

Hydrated  Lime 2B,  11D6 

Lathing  for,  Metal  . . . uD6,pp.  162-168 

Wood 5K,  5M3,  11D6 

Lime 2B,  1 1 D6 

Ornamental 11D7 

Painting  of . 11D60,  12C 

Partitions.  (See  Enclosures.) 

Prepared p.  205 

Rules  for  the  measurement  of  ...  . 5M3 

Specifications  for,  Interior  and  exte- 
rior   2B, 1 1 D6 

Stains pp.  190,  191 

Standardization  of  specifications  for  . 1 1 D6e 

Stucco.  (See  Stucco.) 

Surfaces,  Field  investigation  of  . . . uD6r 
Technologic  Paper  No.  70:  Durability 
of  Stucco  and  Plaster  Construction  . 

3E3g,  nD6e,  pp.  162-168 
Terms  relating  to,  Tentative  defini- 
tions  11D5C 

Wood-fibre p.  205 

Plastic  Linoleum  Floors p.  174 

Plastic  Products Serial  No.  1 1 

Plate  Glass 12F1 

Plumbing Serial  No.  9 

Fixtures.  . . . 9A,  9H,  pp.  214,  215,  217 

U.  S.  Government  Specifications  for  . . 9A 
Pocket-books.  (See  Literature.) 

Pools,  Swimming- 1D.9J.11C4 

Water- 12F6W 

Porcelain 3C1 

Plumbing  ware 9H,  p.  217 

Porches,  Concrete  floors  of 11D4 

Wood  floors  of 5 J 1 7 

Portland  Cement.  Serial  Nos.  I,  11. 

pp.  198,  199 

Post-Caps 404a,  c 

Pottery nC4e 

Poultry-Houses  (See  Houses)  ....  12H 

Power  appliances  and  stations,  In- 
spected   pp.  150,  151 

Equipment,  Gas 7G 

Hazards 7G15 

Plants,  Electric 6Lij 

Equipment  for p.  144 

Operating  data  on  electric  ...  6Lim 

Steam 10O1,  p.  150 

Test  Code io02h 

Prices.  (See  Costs.) 

Prismatic  Lights 12F2 

Privy,  Sanitary 9Lc,  d,  12H 

Systems  for  unsewered  towns  ....  9M 

Public  Comfort  Stations 9L48 

Public  Fire  Departments 3A3C 

Public  Health 9L,  9M 

Pulleys 5G4d 

Pumps,  Electrically  driven.  Serial  Nos. 

3 and  6. 

Fire-,  Regulations  for  construction  and 

operation 3A3,  3A7,  4F3 

For  water 9D 

Gas-driven 7G,  p.  150 

Quantity  Survey p.  I40 

Quantity  System,  Committee  on  . . p.  3 
Quicklime,  Standard  specifications  for  . 269b 

Radiation,  Light  and  illumination  . . 6Hib 
Formulas  for  amount  of,  for  heat  . 


Radiators,  Cast-iron  . . 

7A3f,  10K,  10M 
. . . . 10K,  p.  179 

Electric 

P-  156 

Gas 

. . . . 7J,  p.  176 

Humidifiers  tor  ...  . 

10K 

Most  effective  place  for 

10K1 

Painting  of 

. . . . 10K,  12C 

Standardization  progress 

ioKia 

Rams,  Hydraulic  . . . 

9l) 

Ranges,  Boilers  for  . 

9F 

Coal 

10D 

Electric 

. . . . 6 J , p.  156 

Gas 

7L 

Hotel,  hlectnc  .... 

P-156 

Gas 

7L 

Receptacles  for  electrical  installations  . 

For  gas  installations.  . 

6C2,  6E,  p.  155 
7H6 

Recreation  Facilities 

iF2a,  5L 

Red  Gum 

Serial  No.  J,  p.  187 

Red  Lead  

Specifications  for  . . . 

1283m 

Refractory  Materials 

7A2g,  h 

Xlll 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Refrigeration  and  cold  storage.  . . . 10O 

Gas 7 A 3f 

Hazards  in loC4dd 

Standards  for 10O2 

Refuse,  Conveying ioC4dd 

Destroyers 7A3f 

Regulations  governing,  Conveying  . . 10E4 

Registers 10C4,  10K 


Regulations.  The  specifications,  prac- 
tices recommended  by  various  author- 
ities, regulations  and  standards 
adopted  are  alphabetically  arranged 
in  the  Index  according  to  the  material 
or  process  and  are  printed  in  italics. 

For  certain  of  these,  commonly 
known  as  regulations,  recommenda- 
tions, rules,  requirements,  or  “sug- 
gestions,” see  List  of  Publications  of 
Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  In- 
surance Co's  (3A7),  National  Board 
of  Fire  Underwriters  (3A4),  Nat- 
ional Fire  Protection  Association 
(3A3),  Underwriters’  Laboratories 
(3A6). 

Reinforced  Concrete.  (See  Concrete.) 


Roof  tile  gypsum p.  205 

Reinforcement,  for  concrete.  (See 
Concrete.) 

Research  Work,  Educational  ....  163a 

(See,  also,  Laboratories.) 

Reservoirs,  Concrete 4D5,  9D 

Regulations  for  construction  of  . . . 4F3C 

Farm 12H 

Retaining  Walls iC 

Rinks,  Skating- 12F6J 

River  and  Harbor  Improvements.  . 5F,  8C 
Roads,  Macadam.  (See  Highway 
Construction.) 

Roofs,  Anchorage  of 4D2C 

Asbestos 4D1,  11D2 

Asphalt  shingle.  Slate-surfaced  . . . 

4D2k,  4D3e,  p.  172 

Canvas,  Specifications uDie 

Classification  of nD2t 

Composition 4D2a 

Connections  for 4D4 

Construction  of 4D,  5Gie,  11D2 

Copper 11D2 

Coverings  for 4D3f,  1 1 D2 

Covering  tests 4Diq 

Fire-resistive  . . ...  4D,  11D2 

Ordinance  for.  Suggested 3A4C8 

Flat  slate,  Specifications  and  data  . . 

2K6c,  p.  204 

Gypsum,  Slabs  for 4D1I1,  p.  205 

Inspected  appliances  for nD2t 

Loads.  (See  under  Floors.) 

Metal 4D,  1 1 D2 

Openings  in.  Regulations  for , 3A3, 1 1 D2,  1 2F2. 


Properties  and  relative  advantages  of  . 11  D2a 
Shingle.  (See  Shingles.) 

Slag,  Specifications  for  . . . . 4D2,  nD2t 

Slate 2A1,  2K,  4D2,  11D2 

Data  on  color,  grades,  sizes,  quality  p.  204 
Flat.  (See  above.) 

Specifications  for aKja 

Slate-surfaced  asphalt  shingle.  . . . p.  172 

Tile 3D1,  11C4,  p.  208 

Tin  (See  Tin) pp.  224,  22  J 

Rosin 5A1 

Specifications  for 1283m 

Roughcast.  (See  Stucco.) 

Rubber  for  electric  work 6A7C,  6E3j 

Lined  fire-hose 4F3 

Tiling,  Sheet,  Specifications  for  . . . 4D35 

Rural  Architecture 581a,  12H 

Rural  Engineering  . . . iBic,  iE9a,  12H 

Rural  Sanitation 9M,  12H 

“Rust-proofing”  Paint p.  194 

“Rust-resisting”  Paint  ....  11B3,  12C 

Safeguarding  Industry 9K2 

Safeguarding  Life.  (See  Life.) 

Safes  (See,  also,  Vaults) 4Bie 

Hoists  for pp.  160,  1 61 

Specifications  for uDie 

Safety  Appliances,  Inspected  List  of  . . 

5G3J,  12L22 

Code,  Proposed  National  Gas  ....  7D1 

National  Electrical 6D1 

Elevator,  Devices  . . . 3A6I1,  4C3J,  1 1 Biok 


Safety,  from  fire  . . 4A3,  4B,  4E,  pp.  180-183 

In  frame  dwellings 5G2C 

Mine 2A3 

Standards,  Universal 4C3J 

To  life.  (See  Life,  Safeguarding  of.) 

Treads p.  168 

Specifications  for 4E3C 

Sand 2A1,  2C 

River uD6mm 

Standard 2C6c 

Sandstone 2H1,  4 

Sanitation Serial  No.  9 

Sash,  Casement nBye 

Hollow  metal  (See,  also,  IVindows)  . . 11B7C 

Steel  (See,  also,  IVindows) 4Cik 

Wood jH 

Saving.  (See  Conservation.) 

Schools,  Brick 3D 

Codes  for 1 2G4 

Committee  Reports  on 12G 

Concrete 4B1,  3C4b,  3D2f 

Cottages  for  teachers  in 5G2C5,  6 

Equipment  for 12G 

Evening  community 12G 

Exit  drills  in 4E2a 

Fire-danger  in 4Eie 

Fire-hazard  in 4Eim 

Fireproofing  of 4B,  4E,  12G 

Fire-protection  in  . . 3 A3,  3A4,  4E2a,  12G 

Grounds  and  gardens 12G 

Heating  and  ventilation  of  . . . 10C4,  12G 

Lighting  in 7N1 

Military  medical 9M2 

Models  of  rural 12G1 

One-story 5Gia,  12G 

Painting  of 12E 

Rural 12G 

Safety  in.  . 4Eid 

Stairways  in.  (See  Stairways  and  Exits.) 

Sanitation  in 9G,  12G 

Seats  and  desks  in.  (See  Seating.) 

Terra  cotta 3C4b,  3D2f 

Vacation 12G 

Water-heating  in,  by  gas p.  212 

Wooden 5Gia,  12G 

Schedule,  of  Proper  Minimum  Charges, 
and  Professional  Practice  of  Archi- 
tects   iA8c 

Gas  Piping 7E2,  3 

Scuppers 4C4 

Seats  and  Seating.  (See,  also,  Occu- 
pancy.) 

Capacity,  based  on  areas 3A4di 

Capacity,  based  on  exits 482a 

In  assembly  halls 3A4dl 

In  churches 9G4 

In  motion-picture  houses.  . . . 3A4CI,  di 

In  schools qBig,  12G 

In  theatres 4Bie,  482b 

Serpentine  Stone 2A1 

Service,  Equipment,  Standard  Building.  4F3b 

(See  Architectural,  Catalogue,  Inspec- 
tion, Laboratories,  Research,  etc.) 

Sewage,  Analysis  of.  . . . 9B1,  pp.  142-144 

Disposal 9D,  9L,  9M 

Works 9L 

On  farms 9L,  12H 

Sewers  and  Sewer  Pipe,  Analytical 

data  for 9L47C 

Brick 9D32, 9L 

Cast-iron 9B5,  9L,  pp.  222,  223 

Cement  and  concrete  . . . 1E60,  9B6a,  9L 
Proposed  tentative  specifications  for  . 9L47d 

Clay,  Vitrified 9B7,  9L 

Proposed  tentative  specifications  for  . 984yd 

Construction  and  design 9L 

Culverts 987b 

Fittings  for p.  218 

Recommended  practice  for  laying.  . . 984yd 

Reinforced  concrete 9L35 

Tile  block 9L35 

Terms  relating  to.  Standard  definitions 

of 9847b 

Trench  pressures  upon.  Tentative  speci- 
fications   984yd 

Shafts,  Dumbwaiter,  Plans  of  ....  p.  221 

Elevator 4C,  12822 

Doors  for.  (See  Elevators.) 

Plaster 11D6,  p.165 

Regulations  for . . 4C3 


Shafts,  Elevator  and  dumbwaiter. 


details p.  165 

Plans p.  220 

Pipe 4C1 

Stair.  (See  Enclosures  and  Stairways.) 

Sheathing,  boards 5K 

Felt  (See  Felt) p.  190 

Sheds,  Implement  5G2C 

Sheep-Folds 12H 


Sheet  Metal Serial  No.  1 1 

Ducts 10L 

Fire-doors 4C3 

And  shutters p.  224 

Standard  gage  for 11B5C 

Shellac 12B2 

Standard  Tests  for l2B3h 

Shelving,  Metal 4F2e,  p.  219 

Shingles.  (See,  also,  Roofs.) 

Asbestos 4D1P,  11D2 

Specifications  for 4D3e 

Asphalt,  Slate-surfaced p.  172 

Nails  for sKyd 

Other  than  metal,  inspected  for  fire-re- 
tardant qualities IlD2t 

Wood 5Gia,  5K 

Fire-retardant  paints  for 12D5 

Grading  rules  for 5K5 

Preservatives  and  fire-retardants  5Ei,i2D 

Stained 5K18 

Stains  for pp.  190,  191 

Treatment  of 5E1,  JK19,  12D 

Wall 5X143 

Shuffle-Boards 5L1 


Shutters,  Fire p.  224 

Regulations  for  construction  ....  4C3 

Fire-resisting 4C1C 

Sidewalks  and  pavements,  Brick,  Stand- 
ard specifications 3C9b,  3D3d 

Concrete  and  cement  . . . 1E9,  10,  11D4 

Standard  specifications  ....  I E9,  1 1 D4 

Glass  in 12F2 

Signaling  Systems,  Electric 6G 

N.  E.  Code  requirements 6C2 

For  fire-prevention 4F 

Standard  regulations 3A3ai9,  3A7 

Silos 12H 

Concrete  and  cement  stave 1E60 

IV ood.  Construction  of 5G2C 

Silver,  Architectural  German p.  209 

Sizes,  and  Space  Requirements.  (See, 
also,  Capacity,  Heights,  Regula- 
tions, Seats,  and  Stairs.) 

Automobiles nDig24 

Barrels ilDigi,24 

Standard  size,  Lime 2Bge 

Bowling-alleys  and  billiard  tables . . . 

5L,  nDlgi,  24,  p.  159 

Carriages nDlgl 

Cars,  Trolley  and  railroad,  etc.,  nDigi,  24 
Electrical  equipment  ....  pp.  148-158 

Elevators 6F4,  6Lih,  12L22 

Factories,  Areas  and  heights  ....  4A2b 

Flue-linings 787c,  uDig24 

Furniture  and  fittings nDigi,  24 

Mechanical  equipment  ....  Serial  No.  10 
pp.  220,  221 

Plumbing  fixtures 9H,  nDigi,  25 

Standards 9A 

Recreation  facilities jLl 

Tanks.  (See  Tanks.) 

Tennis-courts uD4a 

Skating-Rinks i2F6j 

Skylights 11D2 

Glass  for 12F2 

Standard  regulations 3A3a2o,  1 1 D2 

IV ired  glass  regulations  . . . 4C3,  4D3,  12F2 

Slag 2A1 

In  concrete iEla,  1E4,  5,  6 

Roofing.  (See  Roofs.) 

Slate,  Deposits  and  production  . . . 2K3,  4 
For  blackboards  and  other  products  . 

2K3a,  nDigi 

For  catacombs p.  203 

Government  reports  on 2A1 

Mill  stock 2K3a 

Roofing  (See,  also.  Roofs) p.  204 

Structural 2A1,  2K4 

Surfaced  asphalt  shingles P-172 

Sleepers  for  Wood  Floors,  4Dia,  5E2,  5G4J,  5J 
Slipping  Hazards 4E,  p.  168 


XIV 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Slow-burning  Construction.  (See 
Mill  Construction.) 

Smoke-Pipes 2C5b,  c,  5G2C2,  10H 

Smokeproof  Towers.  (See  Towers.) 

Soapstone 2J6 

Sockets,  Electric p.  1 55 

Soil-Pipe.  (See,  also,  Pipe.)  . . pp.  222,  223 
Sound-deadening.  (See  Deadening.) 
Sound-transmission  Prevention  . . 12K 

Southern  Yellow  Pine,  Serial  Nos.  4,  5,  p.  186 

Spar  Varnish 12E,  p.  189 

Specifications.  The  specifications , prac- 
tice recommended  by  various  author- 
ities, regulations  and  standards 
adopted  are  alphabetically  arranged 
in  the  Index  according  to  the  material 
or  process  and  are  printed  in  italics. 

For  certain  of  these,  commonly 
known  as  regulations,  recommen- 
dations, rules,  requirements,  or 
“suggestions”see,  also,  Regulations. 
Spring-Houses.  (See  Dairy  Buildings.) 
Sprinkler  Equipments  . . 4F,  pp.  180-183 
And  heating  system  combined  ...  4Fie 

As  life-savers 4E2a,  pp.  180-183 

Automatic  and  open , Regulations  . 3A3a2l 

Committee  reports 4E2,  4F2 

Installations  recommended,  4F2,  pp.  180-183 
Pumps  for,  and  other  standards  . . 4F3,  9R 

Rules  for  installing 3A7ai6 

Underground  piping  for 9K1 

Squash-Courts 5L1 

Stables,  Wood  Floors  In 5-E2b 

Stacks,  Boiler  and  Furnace  .... 

3D2b,  10H,  10O 

Stage-construction.  (See  Theatres.) 

Lighting,  Electric 6C2,  6Hiq 

Stained  Glass 12F3 

Stains,  Brick p.  19° 

Shingle jK,  12D,  p.  190 

Stucco P-  19° 

Stairways  and  Exits  . . . 4E1,  11B14,  12G 

Capacity  of,  calculations  and  tables  . . 4E2a 
Enclosures  for  ....  3D,  4C,  4E,  1 1 D3, 

11D6,  12F2,  p.  164 

Regulations  for 4C2,  3 

Fire-escapes.  (See  Fire  Escapes)  . 4E,  11B14 

Inspected  appliances  for 1 1814b 

Requirements  suggested  for  ....  3A4CI,  6, 
3A4d,  4E2a 

Safety  treads  for 4E3e,  p.  168 

Shafts  for 4^3a 

Table  of  treads  and  risers  for  ...  . 

4Eih,  1 iDigi,  24 

Towers  for 4E1J 

Standard  Building,  Specifications  for 

construction  of 4C3 

Standard  Documents,  A. I. A lA8g 

Standards.  The  specifications,  prac- 
tices recommended  by  various  author- 
ities, regulations  and  standards 
adopted  are  alphabetically  arranged 
in  the  Index  according  to  the  material 
or  process  and  are  printed  in  italics. 

For  certain  of  these,  commonly 
known  as  regulations,  recommen- 
dations, rules,  requirements,  or  sug- 
gestions see,  also,  “Regulations.” 

These  are,  of  course,  independent  of 
the  state  or  municipal  building 
codes  which  govern  construction 
in  their  respective  localities. 

Standpipes 4Fib,  9D 

State  Building  Code,  Endorsed  by 

architects 4J2 

Suggested,  and  Laws.  (See  Ordi- 
nances and  Code.) 

Statues,  Equestrian nBi2k 

Steam  Boilem  (See  Boilers)  . . pp.  177,  179 

Steel,  alloys 1 1 Bi 

Armored  cables.  Standards  for  flexible  . 6A7C 

Boilers,  Boiler  Code 10C2 

Coatings  for 1F8,  12C,  p.  193 

Committee  report  on 8D8 

Conduits . nB6g,  p.  173 

Corrosion  of.  (See  Corrosion.) 

Galvanized 1 1 B 5 

Gauge,  Standard  for  sheet 1 1 B 5 

Laundry-chute,  Enameled  . . 4Cik,  p.  213 


Steel,  Piling iC 

Post-caps . . . 4C2e 

Preservation  of 1F8,  11B2,  3,  12C 

Reinforcement,  Tests  of p.  143 

Engineering  Services  for P-197 

Standards  for 1E7C,  d 

Sash 4Cik 

Structural,  for  buildings iF 

Manufacturers'  Standard  Specifica- 
tions  1F3 

Standard  Specifications,  A.S.T.M.  . lF6a 

Wainscoting p.  219 

W ire  standards 11B5 

Steps,  Garden i2F6j 

Stirrups 404b 

Stone,  Anchors  for nBioh 

Blue 2H2 

Brown 2H4b 

Broken  and  crushed 2C 

Aggregates 1 E4,  5,  6,  2C6 

Specifications  for 2C5,  6 

Cast. 11C3 

Coatings  for  (See,  also,  Damp-proof- 
ing) . . . . iD,  11C2,  12C,  pp.  191,  193 

Concrete,  Architectural 1E7,  11C3 

Face-work,  Diagrams  of nDig24 

Flag.  2H3 

For  building  and  decoration  ....  2D1 

Government  report  on 2A1 

Granite 2E,  pp.  201,  202 

Limestone  (See,  also,  Limestone)  . . p.  145 

Marble 2F 

Masonry 1C1,  1D4C,  2C 

Facework,  illustrations 4Dig24 

Standard  specifications  for  ....  2C6S 

Measurement  of 2J8 

Sand 2H 

Setting  and  pointing 2j4e 

Soapstone 2J6 

Storage,  Batteries 6C2 

Of  calcium  carbide,  Regulations  . 3A3ai,3A7 

Fuel  oil,  gasolene,  etc..  Regulations 

3A7,  13,  7G16 

Of  water  (See,  also.  Tanks)  . . . 9D,  p.  213 

Stores,  Fire-exits  in 4E2a 

Store  Fittings 12F4 

Store-fronts,  Bronze 12F4,  P-  209 

Glass  for 12F1 

Lighting  for 7Nid 

Terra  cotta 3C4d,  3D2f 

Stoves,  Electric p.  156 

Heating  by 10D 

Street  Lighting,  Electric P-157 

Gas 7N 1 

Structural  Iron  and  Steel.  (See  Iron, 
and  Steel.) 

Inspection  of p.  143 

Stucco  (See,  also,  Plaster) 

3C11,  11D5,  6,  p.  175 

Board P-196 

Color  tones  in,  Aggregates  for  . pp.  198,  199 

Construction p.  167 

Durability  of,  Progress  report  ....  3E3g 
Houses.  (See  Houses.) 

Magnesite,  Data  on p.  175 

Specifications  for  . . 3Clla,  11D6,  pp.  164, 

198,  199 

Standard  specifications  for.  Cement  . . iE7j 

Stains pp.  190,  191 

Sun-Baths 9J  25 

Sun-Dials 1 1 D7 

Survey,  Quantity p.  140 

Swimming-Pools  (See,  also,  Water- 
proofing and  Damp-proofing)  . 1E60,  9J 

Heating  of ioC4e 

Ventilating  of 10E 

Swine-Houses 5G2C 

Switchboards,  Approved  electrical  fit- 
tings  3^345,  3A7a2 

Data  on 6E,  pp.  150,  1 51 

Inspected  electrical  appliances  ....  6A7a 

N.  E.  Code  requirements 6C2 

Switches  (Same  references  as  Switch- 
boards)   P-155 

Symbols,  for  ducts  and  accessories  . . 

10E14,  1 1 Digi,  24 
For  electric  wiring  and  devices  . 6E4, 1 iDig24 

For  gas  piping 7E1J,  uDig24 

For  indicating  materials  on  drawings  . 

6E4a3,  1 1 Dig24 


Symbols.  (Proposed  standard,  for 
criticism,  published  in  the  Journal, 

Sept.,  1917.) 

For  mechanical  equipment  . . 10O,  uDig24 
For  pipes,  valves,  and  fittings  . . . 

10J,  1 iDigi,  24 

For  plumbing  equipment uDigi 

Standards 9A 

Tanks,  and  reservoirs . 4D5 

Capacities  of  . . 9D21,  9D26,  1 1 B5,  1 1 Dig 

Cooling 9F 

Concrete,  Specifications  for 1E60 

Regulations  for 4F3C 

Gasolene,  Standard  Regulations  . . . 

3A3aii,  3A7aij 

Gravity 4D5 

Regulations  for 4F3C,  d 

Oil,  Specifications  for 9E10 

Storage,  Regulations  for  3^30-9,  3A7ai3 

Painting  of 11B2,  12C1,  12E7,  9 

Pressure 4D5 

Regulations  for 4F3C,  d 

Steel,  Specifications  for 9E10 

Regulations  for 4D5 

Towers  for 4D5 

Water 4D5,  9D,  9E10,  p.  213 

IVood,  Specifications  for  ....  405,9026 

Tannin  and  Tanneries 4B2C,  jAl 

Tarred  Felt.  (See  Felt.) 

Tar  products  for  waterproofing,  iD,  11C2,  12C 

Specifications  for 12B31T1 

Teachers’  Cottages 5G2C 

Telephone  booths,  Heating  of  . ...  10E 

Electric  intercommunicating  ....  6G 

Ventilation  of ioE3f 

Temperature  Control 10E,  10F 

Tenement  Houses,  Suggested  Code  . 482b,  9L 
(See,  also,  Ordinances,  and  Regula- 
tions.) 

Tennis-Courts,  Concrete 11D4 

Terra  Cotta 3C,  3D,  4B,  4C 

Architectural  . . 3C4,  3D,  pp.  206,  207,  208 
Anchors  and  Details.  . . . 3C4a,  481c,  f , 
uDigi,  24 

Standard  Construction 3C4a 

Building  blocks.  (See  Hollow  Tile  below.) 
Chimney  tops,  copings,  flue  linings  . . 9B7 

Granite p.  206 

Hollow  tile 3D,  Serial  No.  4 

Column  tests 3D1 

Committee  Report  on 8D24 

Culverts  and  Sewers 9L35 

Floor  systems 4D1 

Manufacturers’  Standard  Specifi- 
cations   3D2G 

Reports  on 2A1 

Pipe  and  sewers 9B7,  9L 

Terminal  Stations 4Ela 

Terrazzo  Floors.  (See  Floors,  Terrazzo.) 
Textbooks.  (See  Literature.) 

Testing  Laboratories.  (See  Laboratories.) 
Theatres,  Apparatus  for  moving-pic- 
ture   p.  157 

Regulations  for 3A3C8,  6A7a,  6C2 

Suggested  city  ordinance 3A4CI 

Construction  and  equipment  of.  Regu- 
lations   3A3C9,  482b 

Exits  and  drills 4E2a 

Fire-prevention  and  -protection  in  . 4Bie 

Heating  of 10C4,  10E 

Lighting  of 6Hiq,  7M,  7N 

Motion-picture 482b 

Booths  for 4B2h 

Ordinances , Suggested,  to  regulate 
construction  and  equipment  of 

3A4C6,  3A4d4 

Outdoor 12F6 

Safeguarding  life  in 4A2a 

Sanitation  in 9G4 

Seating  in.  (See  Seats  and  Seating.) 

Terra  cotta 3C4C,  3D2f 

Ventilation  in 9G4,  10E 

Thermodynamics 10C2,  100 

Tile,  Ceramic 3C,  11C4,  p.  21 1 

Clay  3C,  3D,  3E,  11C4 

Drain,  Committee  Report  on  . . . . 8D23 


Standard  specifications  for 

Drainage  on  farm 

Encaustic 

Floors  and  walls  for  hospitals 


• • • 9L47* 
. . . 12H 

1 1C4,  p.  21 1 
. . uC4a2 


XV 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Tile,  For  acoustics 12K,  p.  169 

For  bathrooms  and  other  places,  9H1,  11C4 

Glass 12F5C 

Gypsum 4Bibb,  p.205 

Hollow  (See  Terra  Cotta) p.  208 

Making,  Craft  of 11C4 

Ornamental,  Reports  on 2A1 

Roofing  (See,  also,  Roofs)  2A1,  11C5,  p.  208 

Rubber , Specifications  for 4Djd 

Specifications  for 1 1 C4C 

Specifications  for  setting liC4ai 

Swimming-pools nC4a3 

Timber Serial  Nos.  4 and  5 

Branding  or  trademarking  of  . . . 5D6 

Bridge  and  trestle,  Tentative  specifica- 
tions  5G2g 

Committee  reports  on 5A,  8D27 

Conservation  and  standardization  of  . 5D7 

Definition  of  terms.  Standard  ...  5 Dqa 

Density  rules  for 5A2,  5D3,  5D4 

Dry  rot  in  factory 3^7a 

Fire  retardants  for  ...  5A2,  4,  5E1,  12D 

Farm,  Preservation  of 5G2C,  12H 

Grading,  Rules  for 5D3 

Gum p.  187 

In  factories  and  mills.  (See  Mill  Con- 
struction.) 

Oak p.  185 

Preservatives 5Ei,i2D 

Standing jD 

Specifications  for,  and  Standards  and 
Tentative  Standards  for  Structural  . 

5D3,  4,  5,  7,  5G3,  jD4a 

White  pine p.  184 

Yellow  pine p.  186 

Tin,  Grading,  weight  and  thickness  iiD2h,  j 
Painting  of.  . . 12C1,  2,  12D7,  9,  p.  146 

Standard  specifications  for  . . . . 11  D2h 

Plate  conservation nD2k 

Roofing 4D,  11D2,  pp.  146,  224 

Detailed  drawings  for  laying  . . nD2dd 
Standard  specifications  for  laying  1 1 D2fi4 
Thickness,  sizes,  etc.  . . nD2h,j,p.  146 
Tin-clad  fire-doors  and  shutters  ....  4C3 

Tinned  Plate,  Specifications  for  . . . 403d 

Towers,  for  fire-escapes 4E 

Standard  building,  Specifications  for  4E3e 

For  tanks,  and  Standards 4P5>  9D 

Smokeproof,  in  schools 4E,  12G9 

Philadelphia 4E3S 

Stair,  Committee  Report 4E2a 

Town  Planning 12J 

Transmission,  Electric p.  152 

Heat 10N 

Power 10O,  p.  150 

Prevention  of  sound 12K 

Travertine 2F1 

Treads,  Anti-slip  Safety  (See,  also, 

Stairs  and  Stairways) p.  168 

Trim,  Metal 11B7,  p.219 

Trim,  Wood 5H 

Trunk-Lifts pp.  220,  221 

Turkish  Baths 9J26 

Turpentine 5A1 

Standard,  Specifications  Jor 12B31T1 

“Underwriter  Requirements.”  (See 
Regulations.) 

Underwriters’ Laboratories  . iB2a,  3A6 

4A1,  6A7,  p.  141 

Vacuum  Cleaners 10O 

Electric 6K,  6Lie 

Gas 7A3f 

Vacuum  Heating 10C4 

Valve-pits 4F3C,  d 

Valves 9H,  10J 

Gas  shut-off 7G16 

Symbols.  (See  Symbols,  Pipes.) 

Vapor  Gas  Machines.  (See  Gasolene.) 

Varnish 5H,  5 J,  12B,  12E 

Architectural p.  188 

Specifications  for  wood  finishing  with  . p.  189 

Vault  Lights 12F2 

Vaults 4Bie 

For  banks  and  trust  companies.  Speci- 
fications   483c 


Veneer,  Wood 5H,  pp.  187,  189 

Vent  Connections  through  roofs  . . 4D4f 

Ventilating  Gas  Radiators p.  174 

Ventilation,  Church 9G4,  10E 

Ducts  for 10E14 

Electric Serial  No.  6,  p.  156 

Of  Federal  buildings 10E 

And  heating 10C4,  10E 

Laws  in  the  U.  S 10E5 

Mausoleum p.  203 

Minimum  Requirements,  Committee  Re- 
port   10E2 

Natural 10G 

Of  public  buildings 9G4, 10E 

Of  telephone  booths  ioE3f 

School 9G4,  10E,  12G 

Of  swimming-pools 10E 

Ventilators  ....  10G,  11D2,  pp.  178,  224 
Vertical  Structural  Features  ....  4C 
Vitreous  china  plumbing  ware  . . 9H,  p.  217 

Products Serial  No.  3 

Vitrified  clay  copings  and  cappings  . . 9B7 

Pipes,  culverts  and  sewers  ....  9B7,  9L 

Products Serial  No.  3 

Wainscoting,  Metal 4F2e,  p.  219 

Wall, 4C1, 4C2 

Board 5K,  pp.  196,  205 

Columns 4C1S 

Coverings 4Cif 

Divisions  as  fire-escapes  and  preven- 
tives   4A2,  4C 

Furring  . 3D,  4C,  5K,  11D3,  6,  pp.  162-167 

Walls 4C1, 4C2 

Brick  ....  Serial  Nos.  3,  4,  pp.  208,  226 

Cement  stucco  for pp.  198,  199 

Coatings  for  . . 12C,  pp.  190,  191,  192,  193 
Damp-proofing  of.  (See  Damp-proof- 
ing.) 

Fire 4C2e,  4C3 

Stops  in  frame  walls,  5G2CI,  p.  164 

For  standard  building 4C3a 

Frame Serial  No.  5 

Hollow  Tile.  (See  Terra  Cotta  ) 

Metal  lath  and  wood  studs,  Exterior  . p.  167 

Magnesite  stucco  for p.  175 

Openings  in,  Protection  of.  Standards  . 4C3 

Overcoating  for p.  164 

Party  and  dividing 4A2d,  4C1S 

Stone  (See,  also,  Stone)  . . . Serial  No.  2, 
pp.  145,  201,  202 
Stucco  for,  Standard  specifications  . . 1 E7J 

Tests  of P-]44 

Terra  cotta  (See  Terra  Cotta)  . . . 

pp.  206,  207,  208 

Tile  for,  Interior 11C4 

Warehouses,  Cold-storage.  (See  Storage.) 

Brick 3D,  4B 

Cement  for . . pp.  198,  199 

Concrete iE,  4B,  p.  197 

Fire  Protection  in,  and  suggestions  for 
improvements  in  construction  of  . . . 

3A3,  3A4,  3A7,  Serial  Nos.  4 and  5 
(See,  also,  Ordinances.) 

Mechanical  features  in.  (See  Factories.) 
Power  equipment  for.  (See  Power.) 

Southern  Yellow  Pine  for  ....  p.  186 
Wood  in.  (See  Mill  Construction.) 
Watch-Clocks  and  Watchmen 

For  Fire  Protection 4Fib,  4F2,  3 

Water,  Analysis  of  ...  . 9B1,  pp.  142-144 

Barrels  and  pails 3A3d2g 

Closets 9A,  9H 

Cooling  and  circulation 9F 

Damage  and  smoke 11C2I 

Drinking  systems 9F 

Features i2F6w 

Filters  and  filtration 9E,  p.  216 

For  sprinklers.  (See  Sprinklers.) 

Heating 9F 

By  electricity p.  1 56 

By  gas lA^f,  7K,  p.  212 

On  the  farm 12H 

Pipes.  (See  Pipes.) 

Hammer  in 9D36 

Pumps.  (See  Pumps.) 


Water,  Purification  and  Sterilization  . 

7A3f,  9D,  p.  216 

Supply  and  Storage 9D 

Tanks p.  213 

Tanks.  (See  Tanks.) 

Tube  boilers 10C2,  10O,  p.  179 

Wheels  and  windmills 9D 

Works 9D 

Waterproofing  and  Damp-proofing  . 

iD,  2B6p,  11C2,  12C,  pp.  191,  192,  193 

Committee  Report  on 8D26 

Weather  Reports ioCih 

Welfare  Work  (See,  also,  Houses)  . . 9J9,  9L 

Wells 9D 

Wharves.  (See  Docks.) 

Whitewash,  Government  Formula  . 2Bgd 

White  Lead Serial  No.  12,  p.  195 

White  Pine Serial  No.  5,  p.  184 

White  Cement pp.  198,  199 

Windmills 9D26 

Windows,  Casement nB7e 

Fire-retardant 4C1C,  uB7d 

Glass  for 12F1,  2,  3 

Hardware  for 11B11 

Hollow  metal  and  trims  for.  . 11B7,  p.  219 

Construction  recommended  . 4C2a,  1 1 B7C 

Painting  of 12C1,  2,  12E7,  9 

Standard  Regulations  for 4C3 

Leakage  of  air  through  ...  4Cig,  10M 

Metal 11B7 

Weather-strip  for 10M 

Wood 5H 

Painting  of 12E 

Wire Serial  No.  6,  11B5,  6 

Copper,  Standards  for 6E3h 

Fences iF8a5,  11B6I 

Gauges 11B5 

Rubber-covered pp.  152-154 

Standards  on  ..  . 3A3a4,  p,A~t3.l,  6A7a,c, 
6C2,  p.  141 

Wire  Glass  ....  3D5d,  4Cik,  4C3,  12F2 

Wire  Lath,  wire  cloth,  woven  wire. 

(See  Metal  Lath.) 

Wiring  data  ...  Serial  No.  6,  pp.  152-154 
Standards.  ( See  IFire,  Rubber-covered .) 
Symbols.  (See  Symbols.) 

U . S . Army  Specifications  for . . . . 60 

Wood  Construction  (See,  also,  Walls 

and  Mill  Construction)  . Serial  Nos.  4,  5 

Fibre  plaster p.  205 

Finishes,  Specifications  for  varnish  . p.  189 

Finish,  exterior  and  interior  ....  5H 

Finishing  in  general 5H,  5J,  12E 

Fire  retardants  . . 5A2,  4,  5E1,  12D,  p.  166 
Floors.  (See  Floors,  Wood.) 

Gum p.  187 

Lath 5K,  11D6 

Oak p.  185 

Painting  of 5H,  I2fi 

Partitions,  Fire-retardant,  5G,  11D6,  p.  166 

Piling,  piers,  and  bulkheads  . . . iC3b,  5F 

Preservatives 5E1,  12D,  p.  190 

Seasoning  of  . . 3A7a45,  b36,  Serial  No.  5, 

12H 

Southern  yellow  pine p.  186 

Specifications  for, Government  ....  5D2 

Treatments  of 5E1,  12D 

Using  industries.  State  reports  on  . . 5C 

Veneer 5H,  pp.  187,  189 

White  pine p.  184 

Yellow  pine p.  189 

Wool  Felt  Covering 10N4 

Workmen’s  Houses.  (See  Houses.) 
Workshops , Lighting  of , Code  ....  7Nib 

Sanitation  in 9G6,  9J 

Wrought-Iron.  (See  Iron.) 

Yearbooks,  Farmers’ 5A1 

Yellow  Pine,  Southern  . . Serial  Nos.  4,  5, 

p.  186 

Zinc,  Application  of  to  metal  . . iF8b,  11B5 

Paints Serial  No.  12 

Plates,  Rolled  or  composition.  Speci- 
fications   4D3d 

Zoning  Regulations 12L1 


XVI 


Structural  Service  Book 

D.  Knickerbacker  Boyd,  Associate  Editor 

A revised  reprint  from  the  twelve  issues  for  1917  of  The  Journal  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Architects'  Structural  Service  Department , conducted  in  connection 
with  professional  societies  and  organized  bodies  working  toward  the  improvement  of 
building  materials  and  methods , and  the  following  Committees  of  the  Institute: 


BASIC  BUILDING  CODE 


William  B.  Ittner,  Chairman  . . St.  Louis 

W.  W.  Tyrie Minneapolis 

G.  F.  A.  Brueggeman St.  Louis 

Owen  Brainard New  York 

Robert  Stead Washington 

E.  D.  Litchfield New  York 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 
*Thomas  Nolan,  Chairman  . . Univ.  of  Pa. 


CONTRACTS  AND  SPECIFICATIONS 


Frank.  Miles  Day,  Chairman  . . Philadelphia 
M.  B.  Medary,  Jr.,  Vice-Chairman,  Philadelphia 

Allen  B.  Pond Chicago 

Sullivan  W.  Jones New  York 

Frederick  W.  Perkins Chicago 

Jos.  Evans  Sperry Baltimore 

J.  A.  F.  Cardiff New  York 

Goldwin  Goldsmith  ....  Lawrence,  Kan. 
Julius  Franke New  York 


FIRE-PREVENTION 


Robert  D.  Kohn,  Chairman  . . New  York 

W.  L.  Plack ; . Philadelphia 

G.  C.  Nimmons Chicago 

John  R.  Rockart New  York 

Charles  H.  Bebb Seattle 

Lyman  A.  Ford New  York 


QUANTITY  SYSTEM 
Sullivan  W.  Jones,  Chairman, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


*(Each  Chapter  has  a corresponding  member  who  is  chairman  of  the  Chapter  Subcommittee.) 


Foreword 


HERE  begins  the  annual  review  of  struc- 
tural activities  throughout  the  United 
States  with  particular  reference  to  the 
standards  adopted  or  under  consideration  by 
the  various  societies,  associations  or  other 
potential  agencies  whose  work  concerns  itself 
in  any  way  with  the  materials  which  enter  into 
building  construction,  the  methods  and  safety 
of  their  production,  manufacture  and  erection. 
Brief  reference  is  made  to  standardizations  by 
foreign  governments  and  institutions. 

Through  this  work  the  Editors  have  the 
desire  to  help  in  perfecting  the  art  and  science 
of  building  and  in  advancing  the  standing  of  the 
professions,  trades,  and  crafts  which  are  con- 
cerned therewith.  This  will  require  the  fullest 
cooperation  of  all  those  whose  interests  are  in 
common  with  this  creed.  In  thanking  those 


officials  of  the  Government  and  of  the  profes- 
sional, technical  and  other  associations  with 
whom  we  have  thus  far  come  in  contact  for 
their  assistance  which  has  been  so  generously 
given,  we  bespeak  that  further  cooperation  of 
all  others  which  will  be  so  necessary  for  the  full- 
est fruition  of  our  plans.  In  this  we  include  our 
readers,  whose  indulgence  we  ask  for  any  omis- 
sions which  may  be  made  this  year,  due  to  the 
magnitude  of  our  task,  and  we  invite  such  sug- 
gestions, advice  and  comments  as  will  help  us  to 
do  better. 

Only  a limited  number  of  references  in  each  industry  can 
be  given  and  a part  of  the  service  of  this  Department  will  be 
to  furnish  any  inquirers  with  additional  sources  of  informa- 
tion, titles  of  other  publications,  names  of  authors  and  pub- 
lishers, cost  of  volumes,  and  to  provide  any  other  information 
possible  for  which  purpose  address  The  Journal  of  the  Amer- 
ican Institute  of  Architects,  The  Octagon , Washington,  D.  C. 


Serial  No.  1 

JANUARY,  1917 
INDEX 


lAl  Foreign  Governments,  Institutions  and 
Architectural  Societies. 

1A2-9  U.  S.  Governmental  Departments,  Pro- 
fessional, Technical  and  Other  Asso- 
ciations. 

IB  Testing,  Inspection  and  Research  Facilities. 

1C  Foundational  Requirements,  Concrete  Pil- 
ing and  Steel  Piling. 


ID  Waterproofing  and  Damp-proofing. 

IE  Cement  and  Concrete. 

1E9  Concrete  Fills,  and  Various  Top  Coats. 

IE  10  Treatment  of  Concrete  and  Cement 
Floors  and  Surfaces. 

IF  Structural  Iron  and  Steel. 

1F8  Preservation  of  Iron  and  Steel. 


Serial  No.  1 


3 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


Serial  numbers  and  alphabetical  desig- 
nations are  for  reference  purposes  only 

lAi  Foreign  Governments,  Institutions  and  Architectural  Societies 


1 Ala 

The  importance  of  maintaining  scientific  institutions 
for  the  investigation  and  standardization  of  materials, 
including  those  entering  into  building  construction,  has 
been  recognized  by  the  leading  countries  of  the  world. 
The  most  notable  organizations  of  this  character  are: 

In  England  the  Engineering  Standards  Committee  of 
Great  Britain,  which  publishes  the  British  Standard  Sec- 
tions and  the  British  Standards  Specifications,  the  latter 
dealing  with  materials  and  methods  of  testing  materials. 
This  institution  is  liberally  supported  by  Royal  Grant  of 
the  British  Government,  and  by  the  national  engineering 
societies.  Great  Britain  also  maintains  the  National 
Physical  Laboratory. 

The  German  government  maintains  the  Konigliches 
Material-Priifungsamt,  a large  institution  devoted  to  the 
investigating  and  testing  of  structural,  engineering  and 
other  materials.  In  connection  with  the  leading  technical 
high-schools  of  Germany  laboratories  are  maintained  for 
conducting  investigations  of  building  and  other  materials. 

In  France  there  is  the  Laboratoire  des  Ponts  et  Chaus- 
sees,  and  the  Laboratoire  Municipale  d’Essais  des  Ma- 
teriaux. 

These  governments  also  maintain  laboratories  whose 
functions  include  matters  pertaining  to  scientific  and 
technical  standards,  physical  constants,  weights  and 
measures  and  to  some  extent  the  properties  of  materials. 
Among  these  are: 

In  Great  Britain  the  Standards  Department  of  the 


Board  of  Trade  in  charge  of  the  standards  and  inspection 
of  trade  weights  and  measures. 

In  France  the  Laboratoire  de  Conservatoire  National 
des  Arts  et  Metiers. 

Germany  maintains  the  Normal-Eichungs  Kommis- 
sion,  and  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt. 

It  is  generally  recognized  that  these  institutions  have 
been  important  factors  in  the  industrial  progress  of  these 
countries.  These  and  similar  institutions  cooperate  directly 
or  indirectly  with  the  International  Association  for  Test- 
ing Materials,  with  headquarters  at  50  Nordbahnstrasse, 
Vienna  II,  Austria.  This  association,  developed  from  a 
conference  of  a small  group  of  workers  in  experimental  engi- 
neering held  in  Munich  in  1882;  its  objects  are  “the  develop- 
ment and  unification  of  standard  methods  of  testing;  the 
examination  of  technically  important  properties  of  ma- 
terials of  construction  and  other  materials  of  practical 
value,  and  also  the  perfecting  of  apparatus  used  for  this 
purpose.” 

In  the  United  States,  as  will  be  noted  below,  the  Bureau 
of  Standards  combines  the  functions  of  many  of  these 
foreign  institutions  and  maintains  cooperative  relations 
with  other  governmental  departments  and  with  the  various 
professional,  technical,  commercial  and  other  organizations. 

lAlb 

For  lists  of  foreign  architectural  societies,  see  Kidder’s 
Pocket  Book,  1916.  Pp.  1698-1703. 


IA2  Bureau  of  Standards,  Department  of  Commerce,  U.  S.  A. 

Authorized  by  Act  of  Congress,  March  3,  1901 ; organized  July  1,  1901 


Director:  Samuel  W.  Stratton,  Bureau  Laboratories, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Publications: 

(a)  Annual  Report  of  the  Director.  Limited  number  for  free  distribu- 
tion upon  request  to  the  Bureau. 

(£)  Scientific  papers,  (c)  technologic  papers,  and  ( d ) circulars:  Pub- 
lished as  investigations  warrant;  obtainable  upon  application  to 
the  Bureau  or  the  Superintendent  of  Documents  at  Washington, 
at  prices  quoted  or  without  charge  if  no  price  is  given. 

(f)  Miscellaneous  Publications:  Reports  of  weights  and  measures, 
conferences,  metric  charts,  tables  and  equivalents,  obtainable 
upon  application  to  the  Bureau. 

(Note:  For  separate  lists  of  these  publications  of  a special 
interest  to  those  concerned  with  structural  matters,  and  for  ex- 
tracts from  Annual  Reports,  see  notes  in  connection  with  each 
industry.) 

Laboratories: 

Main  Laboratories:  Washington,  Pierce  Mill  Road, 
near  Connecticut  Avenue. 

Branch  Laboratory:  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  temporarily 
located  in  buildings  of  the  War  Department, 
Arsenal  grounds. 

The  Bureau  is  authorized  to  deal  with:  Standards  of 
measurement,  of  values  of  constants,  of  quality,  of 
mechanical  performance,  and  of  practice. 

A standard  of  quality  for  a given  material  necessarily 
takes  into  account  the  purpose  thereof;  too  low  a stan- 
dard results  in  losses,  poor  efficiency,  and  even  loss  of  life; 
too  high  a one  may  result  precisely  in  the  same  thing: 
that  is  to  say,  the  material  must  be  suitable  for  the  pur- 

Serial  No.  1 


pose  intended.  The  Bureau’s  investigations  are  to  enable 
the  user  of  materials,  first,  to  select  intelligently  the  mate- 
rial best  suited  for  the  purpose;  second,  to  specify  it  in 
terms  which  the  producer  cannot  mistake;  and  third,  to 
make  the  necessary  tests  to  ascertain  whether  the  material 
supplied  is  in  accordance  with  the  specifications. 

The  Bureau  does  not  compete  with  private  testing 
laboratories,  but  endeavors  to  assist  them  by  the  develop- 
ment of  standard  specifications,  methods  of  measurement, 
and  other  matters  where  uniformity  is  desirable. 

The  time  is  coming  when  all  materials  bought  or  sold 
must  be  as  represented.  This  is  impossible  except  where 
proper  standards  of  quality  and  methods  of  measurement 
have  been  developed. 

Standards  of  practice  are  generally  involved  in  the 
enactment  of  laws  when  technical  and  scientific  matters 
are  concerned,  in  ordinances  regulating  public  utilities, 
and  in  the  establishment  of  building  and  safety  codes. 
Like  standards  of  performance,  they  are  dependent  upon 
standards  of  measurement  and  of  quality,  and  are  of  the 
most  vital  importance  to  the  welfare  and  safety  of  the 
public.  In  a field  so  broad,  the  Bureau  can  touch  only 
upon  the  more  important  aspects  of  the  work — where 
national  uniformity  is  desired — fields  which  cannot  be 
covered  efficiently  in  private  laboratories. 

The  maintenance  by  the  Government  of  correct  stan- 
dards of  measurement,  quality,  or  performance,  calls  for 
continuous  scientific  and  technical  investigations  of  the 
highest  grade,  the  most  competent  expert  services  and  the 
best  scientific  equipment.  Then  there  still  remains  the 

Vol.  I,  1917 


4 


SERIAL  NO.  1 


serious  problem  of  making  the  results  available  and  use- 
ful to  the  public,  a part  of  which  service  the  Journal  will 
be  able  to  effect  through  its  columns.  But  the  Bureau’s 
activities  are  not  devoted  principally  to  the  interests  of 
the  user  or  consumer,  for  its  work  most  deeply  concerns 
manufacturers,  who  are  fundamentally  concerned,  directly 
or  indirectly,  with  the  improvement  of  methods  of  produc- 
tion or  quality  of  output,  for  it  is  upon  quality,  as  well  as 
upon  price,  that  competition  must  finally  depend,  whether 
in  domestic  or  foreign  commerce,  and  the  use  of  such 
methods  and  scientific  results  is  the  greatest  factor  in  the 
improvement  of  quality,  efficiency,  or  the  development  of 
new  industries. 

The  work  of  testing  and  investigating  the  properties 
of  structural  materials  was  taken  up  and  is  carried  on 
primarily  for  the  needs  of  the  Government  in  its  structural 
work,  but  this  information  is  just  as  necessary  to  the 
public  in  construction  work,  and  every  effort  is  made  by 
the  Bureau  to  make  its  findings  in  a form  available  to  the 
public  generally.  In  this,  again,  the  Journal  can  really 
help,  especially  if  its  members  will  avail  themselves  of 
the  information. 

The  work  of  the  structural  engineering  and  miscel- 
laneous materials  division  includes  the  investigation,  test- 
ing and  preparation  of  specifications  for  these  materials, 
such  as  the  metals  and  their  alloys,  stone,  cement,  con- 
crete, lime,  the  clay  products,  paints,  oils,  paper,  textiles, 
rubber  and  other  miscellaneous  materials.  Questions 
pertaining  to  the  manufacture,  specifications,  testing,  and 
use  of  the  metals  and  their  alloys  have  become  so  impor- 
tant that  a metallurgical  division  has  been  formed  of  the 
experts  engaged  in  these  problems. 

The  engineering  data  resulting  from  investigations 
which  the  Bureau  is  conducting  in  reference  to  fireproofing 
of  building  columns,  and  partitions,  should  serve  as  the 
foundation  upon  which  building  codes  must  be  constructed. 

1A3  Other  Governmental  Departments 

The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  and  the  Bureau  of  Mines 
will  be  referred  to  in  Serial  No.  2.  The  Forestry  Service  of 
the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  other  govern- 


Some  progress  has  been  made  recently  in  compiling  the 
municipal  building  codes,  both  with  a view  to  furnishing 
information  to  state  and  city  building  bureaus  and  to 
others  interested,  and  to  permit  a comparative  study  of 
existing  codes,  to  assist  in  planning  a systematic  program 
of  investigations  of  the  many  important  questions  about 
which  there  are  still  great  differences  of  opinion.  This  data 
will  be  available  to  the  Institute’s  committee  on  Basic 
Building  Code,  whose  cooperation  will  be  welcomed. 

Many  inquiries  are  received  annually  from  architects, 
engineers,  contractors,  and  builders  as  to  methods  of 
waterproofing  concrete,  methods  of  construction  to  be 
employed  in  sea  water,  physical  properties  of  concretes  of 
various  mixtures,  the  cause  of  staining  of  plaster  walls 
and  ceilings,  methods  of  preventing  the  dusting  of  cement 
floors,  suggestions  for  building  code  requirements,  the 
physical  properties  of  marbles,  specifications  for  stucco, 
fire-resisting  properties  of  structural  materials,  the  cor- 
rosion of  metal  lath,  and  reinforcement  of  gypsum  plasters. 

From  the  general  public  requests  are  received  for 
information  on  methods  of  mixing  concrete,  laying  of  con- 
crete sidewalks,  waterproofing  basements,  suitability  of 
various  materials  for  use  in  concrete,  durability  of  com- 
position magnesite  floors,  physical  properties  of  stones, 
effect  of  frost  action  on  concrete,  suitability  of  concrete 
for  oil  and  acid  storage  tanks,  dampproofing  brick  and  tile 
walls,  dusting  of  concrete  floors. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  acquaintances  formed  with  archi- 
tects, manufacturers,  dealers,  and  consumers  will  result 
in  mutual  advantage  to  them  and  to  the  Bureau,  and  that 
they  will  feel  more  inclined  to  place  their  problems  before 
the  Bureau  for  solution.  Thus  the  Bureau  will  be  better 
able  to  understand  their  difficulties,  and  be  of  the  fullest 
possible  service  to  the  people  of  this  country. 

— Rewritten  from  the  current  Report  to  the  Secretary  of 
Commerce,  by  Samuel  W.  Stratton,  Director 


mental  departments  will  be  referred  to  in  later  serial 
numbers  in  connection  with  the  industries  with  which  they 
are  most  concerned. 


1A4  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  Affiliated  with ^jj^^P^Association 


Secretary -Treasurer:  Edgar  Marburg,  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia. 

Publications: 

Proceedings,  published  annually,  in  two  parts  containing: 

(a)  Reports  of  technical  committees  and  Tentative  Standards, 
published  for  one  or  two  years  for  criticism  before  final 
action  toward  their  adoption  (of  which  there  are  now  30). 

(i)  Technical  papers  and  discussions. 

(r)  Book  of  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  Standards,  about 
eight  hundred  pages,  published  biennially  in  the  even  years  and 
containing  the  standards  adopted  by  the  Society  in  their  latest 
revised  form  (of  which  there  are  now  103). 

( d ) A pamphlet  annually,  containing  list  of  members,  personnel  of 
committees,  and  general  information  concerning  the  Society  and 
the  International  Association.  Circulars  of  information  to  mem- 
bers are  also  issued  at  irregular  intervals  averaging  about  one  a 
month. 

(<?)  Standards,  also  published  individually  at  25  cents  each;  to  mem- 
bers, 15  cents. 

Each  member  receives  the  above  publications  except  (e),  by  virtue  of 
his  membership.  Current  issues  obtainable  by  non-members  at  (a) 
paper  $5;  cloth  $5. so;  {/>)  ditto;  ( c ) cloth  only  #7.50;  id)  $ 1 . 

Organized  1898  as  American  Section  of  the  Inter- 
national Association  of  Testing  Materials.  Incorporated 
1902  as  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  under 
which  designation  it  maintains  affiliated  relations  with  the 
International  Association. 


Its  purpose  is  the  promotion  of  knowledge  of  the  mate- 
rials of  engineering,  and  the  standardization  of  specifica- 
tions and  methods  of  testing. 

Membership  may  be  held  by  individuals,  firms,  cor- 
porations, technical  or  scientific  societies,  companies, 
teaching  faculties,  and  libraries.  For  information  address 
the  Secretary. 

The  work  of  the  Society  is  done  largely  through  its 
technical  committees,  which  present  reports  and  recom- 
mendations at  the  annual  meeting,  usually  in  June.  There 
are  now  36  technical  committees  with  a total  membership 
of  992. 

On  committees  dealing  with  subjects  having  a commer- 
cial bearing,  either  an  equal  numeric  balance  is  maintained 
between  the  representatives  of  consuming  and  producing 
interests,  or  the  former  are  allowed  to  predominate  with 
the  acquiescence  of  the  latter. 

Standards:  (From  “Regulations  Governing  Technical 

Committees.”) 

“Proposed  new  standards  or  the  proposed  amendment 
of  existing  standards  must  originate  in  the  particular  com- 
mittee within  whose  province  such  standards  properly 
belong.  No  action  affecting  standards  shall  be  taken  by 

Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  1 


5 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


any  technical  committee  except  at  meetings  called  for  that 
purpose.  Action  at  such  meetings  shall  be  subject  to 
majority  vote  of  those  voting,  and  subsequently  to  major- 
ity of  those  voting  on  letter  ballot  of  the  entire  committee. 
The  results  of  each  letter  ballot  as  to  the  number  of  the 
affirmative  votes,  the  number  of  negative  votes,  and  the 
number  of  members  not  voting,  shall  be  announced  in  the 
report  of  the  committee  to  the  Society.  Dissenting  mem- 
bers shall  have  the  right  to  present  minority  reports, 
individually  or  jointly,  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
Society  at  which  the  majority  report  is  presented. 

“Any  recommendations  affecting  standards  must  be 
transmitted  to  the  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  Society  at 
least  eight  weeks  in  advance  of  the  date  of  the  annual 
meeting,  and  copies  of  these  recommendations,  in  printed 
form,  must  be  mailed  by  the  Secretary-Treasurer  to  every 
member  of  the  Society  not  less  than  four  weeks  before  the 
annual  meeting,  so  that  members  may  come  to  the  meet- 
ing prepared  to  discuss  such  recommendations,  and  that 
members  not  intending  to  be  present  at  the  meeting  may 
contribute  discussions  by  letter. 

“At  this  meeting  amendments  may  be  made  by  a two- 
thirds  vote  of  those  voting.  The  proposed  new  standards 
or  the  proposed  amendments  of  existing  standards,  as 
presented  or  as  amended,  shall  be  printed,  on  a two-thirds 
vote  of  those  voting,  in  the  Yearbook  under  a section 
designated  ‘Tentative  Standards,’  on  which  written  dis- 
cussions addressed  to  the  appropriate  committee  shall  be 
invited.  At  the  annual  meeting  in  the  next  even  year 
these  proposed  new  standards  or  proposed  amendments 
of  existing  standards  shall  be  subject  to  amendment  by  a 
two-thirds  vote  of  those  voting,  and  to  reference  by  a like 
vote  to  letter  ballot  of  the  Society.  A two-thirds  vote  of 
those  voting  shall  be  required  for  adoption. 

“The  term  ‘Standards’  shall  be  applied  collectively  to 
standard  specifications,  standard  tests,  standard  methods, 
and  standard  definitions.” 


The  various  standards  affecting  materials  or  methods 
of  building  construction  will  be  separately  referred  to 
under  the  especial  material  or  industry  affected.  A pamph- 
let giving  a complete  list  of  all  Standards  may  be  had  upon 
application  to  the  Secretary. 

In  reference  to  the  Standards  of  this  Society  The  Com- 
mittee on  Materials  and  Methods  of  the  Institute 
calls  attention  to  the  following  excerpt  from  the  recent 
report  of  the  Executive  Committee,  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials: 

“The  increasing  use  of  the  Standard  Specifications  of 
the  Society  in  federal,  state  and  municipal  circles,  apart 
from  their  extensive  adoption  in  ordinary  commercial 
channels,  is  significant  of  the  confidence  placed  in  the  work 
of  the  Society  and  serves  to  emphasize  the  reciprocal 
obligation  upon  the  Society  to  justify  that  confidence  in 
connection  with  everything  to  which  its  name  is  attached. 
Purchases  for  the  Panama  Canal  have  been  made  largely 
under  its  standards,  twenty-seven  of  the  Standard  Speci- 
fications of  the  Society  being  now  in  use  by  the  purchasing 
department  of  the  Canal.  Again,  nine  of  the  Standard 
Specifications  have  been  adopted — in  some  cases  with 
slight  modifications — in  connection  with  the  Boiler  Code 
recently  prepared  by  a committee  of  the  American 
Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  which  is  expected  to  be 
adopted  in  many  states  by  legal  enactment.” 

The  Committee  on  Basic  Building  Code  of  the 
Institute  calls  attention  to  this  excerpt: 

“Similarly,  in  the  current  revision  of  the  Building  Code 
of  the  city  of  New  York,  seven  Standards  of  the  Society 
are  referred  to  in  some  such  form  as  the  following: 

“Except  as  may  be  otherwise  prescribed  by  the  rules 
of  the  Superintendent  of  Buildings  . . . shall  conform 
to  the  Standard  Specifications  of  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials.  . . 


1A5  The  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  (Reference  later) 
lAs  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  (Reference  later) 


1A7  The  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers 


Secretary:  Bradley  Stoughton,  29  West  39th  Street,  New 
York  City. 

Publications: 

(a)  Transactions,  three  volumes  annually,  contain  the  proceedings  of 
the  Institute  which  constitute  an  important  record  of  progress 
in  research  and  practice  in  mining  and  metallurgy. 

{b)  Monthly  Bulletin  contains  professional  papers,  reports  of  proceed- 
ings, a forum  for  discussion  and  other  matters  of  interest. 

(r)  Papers  and  discussions  printed  in  the  Bulletins  are  also  published 
as  individual  pamphlets. 

( d ) Year  Book  containing  a list  of  members  and  committees. 


Organized  1871 

Members  receive  ( a ) and  (b)  free;  to  non-members  the  prices  are 
(a)  each  volume,  paper,  $5,  in  half  morocco  $6;  (b)  $12  per  annum. 

Technical  committees  are  actively  at  work  for  the 
advancement  and  welfare  of  the  profession  and  to  promote 
discussion  and  stimulate  the  preparation  of  technical 
papers. 

The  Institute  aims  to  promote  the  economic  production 
of  the  useful  minerals  and  metals,  and  the  welfare  of  those 
employed  in  these  industries. 


1As  American  Institute  of  Architects 


Secretary:  W.  Stanley  Parker,  The  Octagon,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Publications: 

(a)  Constitution  and  By-laws,  in  which  are  set  forth  requirements  for 

membership. 

(b)  Circular  of  Advice  Relative  to  Principles  of  Professional  Practice 

and  Canons  of  Ethics. 

(r)  Schedule  of  Proper  Minimum  Charges. 

(d)  Circular  of  Advice  on  Architectural  Competitions. 

( e ) Standard  form  of  Architectural  Program. 

Serial  No  1 


Organized  1857 

(J)  Circular  as  to  Size  and  Character  of  Printed  Matter  Intended  for 
Architects’  Files. 

All  of  the  above  are  free  on  request. 

(g)  Standard  Documents,  being  Contract  Forms  prepared  under  care- 
ful study  and  joint  agreement  with  national  organizations  inter- 
ested in  the  building  industry.  Complete  set,  in  cover,  15  cents, 
or  obtainable  from  dealers  generally. 

(A)  Monograph  on  the  Octagon.  An  illustrated  history  of  this  charm- 
ing house.  $12.50. 

(»)  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects.  Monthly,  $3. 50 
per  annum.  Foreign,  $5. 


6 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  1 


(k)  The  Annuary,  containing  a list  of  members  and  committees. 

(/)  The  Proceedings,  being  the  transactions  of  the  Annual  Conven- 
tion (k)  and  (/),  are  free  to  members  only.  To  others,  $5  each. 
For  list  of  Chapters  and  officers,  see  Journal  (_/'). 

Its  objects  are  to  organize  and  unite  in  fellowship  the 
architects  of  the  United  States  of  America,  to  combine 
their  efforts  so  as  to  promote  the  esthetic,  scientific,  and 
practical  efficiency  of  the  profession,  and  to  make  the  pro- 
fession of  ever-increasing  use  to  Society. 

1A9  American  Railway  Engineering 

Secretary:  E.  H.  Fritch,  900  S.  Michigan  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 
Publications: 

(a)  Proceedings;  annually;  contain  complete  committee  reports,  full 

discussion  and  special  articles. 

(b)  Bulletin;  ten  issues  annually;  committee  reports  and  monographs. 

(c)  Manual  of  the  A.R.E.A.  First  Edition,  1905;  2nd,  1907.  Supple- 

ments, September,  1906,  September,  1907.  Revised  Edition, 
1911.  Supplements  1912,  1913,  1914.  The  current  (1915) 
edition  contains  the  action  of  the  1915  Convention  and  a com- 
prehensive revision  of  the  action  of  previous  conventions.  In- 
cluded in  the  contents  are: 

( d ) Principles  of  practice. 

(e)  Suggestions  and  recommendations. 

(/)  Specifications  adopted  (Standards). 

(jj)  Standard  form  of  contract  and  bond. 

Members  receive  all  of  the  above.  Others  may  purchase  them  from 
the  Secretary  or  book-dealers  at:  («)  paper  $ 6 , cloth  $6.50,  half  morocco 
$7;  ( b ) per  annum  $8;  (r)  paper  $4,  cloth  $4.50,  half  morocco  $5. 

The  object  of  the  Association  is  the  advancement  of 
knowledge  pertaining  to  the  scientific  and  economic  loca- 
tion, construction,  operation  and  maintenance  of  rail- 
ways. What  an  important  relation  much  of  this  has  to 
the  art  and  science  of  building  construction  will  become 


Standing  and  special  committees  report  through  the 
Board  of  Directors  to  each  Annual  Convention;  the  reports 
and  action  of  the  Convention  are  published  in  the  Pro- 
ceedings (/).  Actions  of  the  Board  at  meetings  between 
Conventions  and  other  matters  of  interest  and  information 
are  published  monthly  in  the  Journal. 

Standards:  The  only  standards  adopted  are  those  referred 
to  under  publications  as  e,f,  and  g.  ■ 

A o * Organized  March,  1899,  under  the  laws  of 

/AS SCJC  1 d LlOU  state  of  Illinois  (not  for  profit) 

evident  from  the  references  to  the  work  of  this  Associa- 
tion under  the  various  industries,  as  treated. 

Adopted  Specifications: 

The  Manual  ( c ) includes  only  such  conclusions  relat- 
ing to  definitions,  specifications  and  principles  of  practice 
as  have  been  made  the  subject  of  a special  study  by  a 
Standing  or  Special  Committee  and  embodied  in  a Com- 
mittee Report,  published  not  less  than  thirty  days  prior 
to  the  annual  convention,  and  submitted  by  the  Com- 
mittee to  the  annual  convention,  and  which,  after  due  con- 
sideration and  discussion,  shall  have  been  voted  on  and 
formally  adopted  by  the  Association.  Subjects  which,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Board  of  Direction,  should  be  reviewed 
by  the  American  Railway  Association,  may  be  referred  to 
that  Association  before  being  published  in  the  Manual. 

Matters  adopted  by  the  Association  and  subsequently 
published  in  the  Manual  shall  be  considered  in  the  direc- 
tion of  good  practice,  but  shall  not  be  binding  on  the 
members. 

’Formerly  American  Railway  Engineering  and  Maintenance]  of 
Way  Association — name  abbreviated  in  1911. 


IA10  Western  Society  of  Engineers  (Reference  later) 


IB  Testing,  Inspection  and  Research  Facilities 


Throughout  the  literature  of  materials  and  products, 
and  of  appliances  and  systems  pertaining  to  buildings,  there 
constantly  recur  the  names  of  departments,  bureaus,  test- 
ing stations,  laboratories,  and  universities,  with  tables, 
tests  and  analyses  and  references  to  labels,  approvals,  and 
lists  of  inspected  materials. 

This  is  indicative  of  a widespread  interest  and  service 
involving  activities  which  need  to  be  better  understood  by 
the  building  public  in  order  that  their  significance  shall 
be  more  fully  appreciated.  It  is  also  vitally  necessary  that 
a full  understanding  of  the  functioning  of  these  activities 
and  of  the  methods  employed  in  the  testing  and  inspec- 
tion of  materials  prevail  among  architects,  builders  and  all 
contractors. 

Recognition  of  tests  for  the  purposes  of  use  intended 
and  of  those  made  by  engineers  or  organizations  whose 
findings  are  known  to  be  generally  acceptable  to  all  con- 
cerned is  a desideratum.  The  importance  to  be  attached 


to  testing  and  checking  up  for  continuity  of  quality  and 
performance  is  obvious. 

To  quote  from  the  National  Electric  Safety  Code  (1  \le) : 

“In  order  to  avoid  the  necessity  for  a repetition  of  such 
examinations  by  different  examiners,  frequently  with 
inadequate  facilities  for  such  work,  and  to  avoid  the  con- 
fusion which  would  result  from  conflicting  reports  as  to 
the  suitability  of  devices  examined  for  a given  purpose, 
it  is  necessary  that  such  examinations  should  be  made 
under  standard  conditions,  and  the  record  made  generally 
available  through  promulgation  of  organizations  properly 
equipped  and  qualified  for  experimental  testing,  inspec- 
tions of  the  run  of  goods  at  factories  and  service  value 
determinations  through  field  inspections,  and  whose  find- 
ings are  subject  to  appeal  to  departments  of  the  Federal 
Government  having  equipment  for  such  review.” 

Some  governmental  facilities  and  others  of  national 
scope  and  semi-public  nature  are: 


IB  la  Bureau  of  Standards,  Department  of  Commerce,  U.  S.  A. 


Functions  of  the  Bureau  pertaining  to  building  con- 
struction in  general  have  been  previously  described. 

In  reference  to  testing,  the  following  is  taken  from  Cir- 
cular No.  45,  “The  Testing  of  Materials,”  which  contains 
full  information  and  a schedule  of  the  fees  charged  and 
may  be  had  upon  application  to  the  Director  of  the  Bureau: 
“Tests  of  materials  are  made  for  the  public  where  the 
Bureau  is  asked  to  act  as  referee  or  where  an  authoritative 
test  is  demanded  by  the  nature  of  the  case,  or  in  other 

Serial  No.  1 


cases  where  the  Bureau  is  primarily  interested  in  the  test 
in  connection  with  investigation.  The  right  is  reserved  to 
make  such  use  of  the  results  of  these  tests  as  is  deemed 
desirable.  The  Bureau  will  cooperate  with  investigators, 
manufacturers,  testing  laboratories,  and  others,  not  only 
in  executing  tests,  but  also  on  request,  in  furnishing  any 
information  at  its  disposal  concerning  materials  or  methods 
of  testing.” 


7 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


IB  lb  Watertown  Arsenal,  War  Department,  U.  S.  A. 


Publications: 

The  results  of  all  public  tests  are  published  in  the  annual  report  of  the 
laboratory,  entitled  (a)  “Tests  of  Metals,”  the  first  volume  of  which 
is  dated  1 88 1 . When  available,  these  volumes  may  be  purchased  at 
cost  by  applying  to  the  “Superintendent  of  Documents,  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.” 

This  laboratory  is  officially  designated  as  the  “Testing 
Laboratory,  Watertown  Arsenal,  Watertown,  Mass.” 

The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  two  horizontal  emery 
testing-machines,  one  of  800,000  pounds  and  the  other 
100,000  pounds  capacity,  both  adapted  for  tensile  or  com- 
pressive tests,  and  with  all  necessary  accessory  apparatus, 
such  as  measuring  instruments,  extensometers,  machines 
for  determining  hardness,  testing  cement  briquettes,  and 
similar  work. 

All  classes  of  constructive  materials  are  tested,  such  as 
iron  and  steel,  in  the  form  of  test  specimens  or  full-sized 


Watertown,  Mass. 

members,  cement  in  briquettes  or  concrete  columns  and 
cubes,  brick,  or  stone. 

Under  the  law  any  citizen  of  the  United  States  may  have 
tests  made  by  defraying  the  cost. 

Immediately  upon  receipt  of  application  for  test  an 
estimate  of  the  cost  of  the  work  will  be  furnished,  and  a 
sum  equal  to  this  estimate  must  be  deposited  before  work 
for  private  parties  can  be  begun. 

An  official  report  will  be  furnished  covering  each  test. 
All  data  for  private  tests  is  considered  confidential,  and 
information  concerning  same  will  be  furnished  only  to  the 
party  for  whom  the  work  is  done  or  his  order. 

A list  of  all  such  tests,  giving  the  name  and  address  of 
the  party  for  whom  made,  date  of  test,  and  kind  of  material 
is  published  in  the  annual  report  of  the  testing  laboratory, 
entitled  “Tests  of  Metals.” 


tBic  Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering,  Department  of  Agriculture,  U.  S.  A. 


Director:  Logan  Waller  Page,  Washington,  D.  C. 

A laboratory  is  maintained  wherein  it  has  been  the 
policy  of.  this  office  to  test,  free  of  charge,  for  any  citizen 
of  the  United  States,  samples  of  rock,  gravel,  sand,  clay, 

lB2a  Underwriters’  Laboratories  (See,  also,  3A6) 

President:  William  H.  Merrill,  207  E.  Ohio  Street, 
Chicago. 

(Note:  For  list  of  publications  and  further  descrip- 
tion of  facilities  and  service  see  Industrial  Section, 
page  1 4 1.) 

This  institution  began  its  work  some  twenty  years  ago 
as  an  electrical  testing  station.  Expansion  has  continued 
until  now  the  Laboratories  undertake  to  keep  its  service 
available  wherever  it  may  be  effectively  employed  in  the 
testing  and  inspection  of  materials  and  products  having  a 
bearing  on  the  fire  hazard  or  upon  accident  prevention. 

Equipment  for  this  work  includes  a large  plant  at 
Chicago,  a branch  testing  station  in  New  York  City  and 
branch  offices  for  the  operation  of  inspections  at  factories 


etc.,  provided  they  are  submitted  strictly  in  accordance 
with  printed  instructions  which  are  furnished  upon  request. 
Such  tests  relate  to  the  value  of  material  for  use  in  road- 
work and  a report  as  to  such  value  only  is  furnished. 

Chartered  by  the  state  of  Illinois,  1901. 

and  labeling  of  standard  products  in  more  than  a hundred 
cities  and  towns  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  and  in 
London,  England. 

Upon  the  conclusion  of  examinations  and  tests,  the 
results  thereof  are  bulletined  to  the  various  insurance 
organizations  and  companies  subscribing  to  or  cooperat- 
ing with  the  Laboratories’  work  and  a copy  of  the  bulletin 
and  the  detailed  report  is  furnished  the  applicant. 

Underwriters’  Laboratories  was  established  by,  and  is 
maintained  by,  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 
for  service,  not  profit. 

For  the  work  of  the  Laboratories,  with  reference  to 
steel  and  concrete  structural  member  and  fire  protection, 
see  current  activities  under  these  respective  headings. 


lB2b  Associated  Factory  Mutuals’  Laboratories  (See  3A7,  and 3A8) 


1B3a  Educational  Research  Work 

In  addition  to  facilities  offered  through  Governmental 
agencies  and  semi-public  institutions  such  as  the  foregoing, 
important  work  is  being  done  in  many  educational  insti- 
tutions of  the  country  which  maintain  laboratories,  con- 
duct experiments  and  make  tests  of  building  materials. 
These,  while  primarily  in  connection  with  the  work  of  the 
students,  add  annually  to  the  understanding  of  materials 
used  in  building  construction,  their  qualities,  action,  pro- 
tection and  proper  use. 

In  many  cases  this  work  assumes  proportions  that  are 
of  value  not  only  to  the  students  and  local  communities 
but  to  a national  development.  Many  of  these  institu- 
tions distribute  bulletins,  circulars,  and  reports  contribut- 
ing toward  this  end.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  the 
following:  (Many  of  these  conduct  this  work  only  in  con- 
nection with  their  instructional  activities.  Others  will 
make  tests  on  materials  which  involve  investigation  and 
research  elements  as  distinguished  from  tests  of  a purely 
routine  or  commercial  nature.  In  those  from  which  we 


have  heard,  thirty-four  in  all,  where,  either  through  one  of 
the  departments  or  by  arrangement  with  members  of  the 
instructive  staff,  experiments  or  tests  will  be  conducted 
for  those  desiring  them,  the  institution  is  indicated  thus  *. 
In  those  marked  f are  located  branches  of  the  American 
Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  where  regular  meetings 
are  held.) 

f 1.  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  Col- 
lege of  Texas College  Station,  Texas 

f 1.  Arkansas,  University  of  * . . . . Fayetteville,  Ark. 
f 3.  Armour  Institute  of  Technology*  . Chicago,  111. 

f 4.  Bucknell  College Lewisburg,  Pa. 

f 5.  California,  University  of Berkeley,  Cal. 

f 6.  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  . Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
f 7.  Case  School  of  Applied  Science  . . Cleveland,  Ohio 
t 8.  Cincinnati,  University  of  ...  . Cincinnati,  Ohio 
f 9.  Colo.  State  Agricultural  College  . Fort  Collins,  Colo. 

fio.  Colorado,  University  of* Boulder,  Colo. 

fn.  Columbia  University New  York,  N.  Y. 

ji2.  Cornell  University* Ithaca,  N.  Y. 


Serial  No.  i 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  1 


13.  Dartmouth  College Hanover,  N.  H.  |32-  Ohio  State  University* Columbus,  Ohio 

f 14.  Georgia  School  of  Technology  . . Atlanta,  Ga.  33.  Princeton  College* Princeton,  N.  J. 

jij.  Illinois,  University  of Urbana,  111.  (See  3C2)  |34-  Pennsylvania  State  College  . . . State  College,  Pa 

fi6.  Iowa,  State  University  of  . . . . Iowa  City,  Iowa.  35.  Pennsylvania,  University  of  . . . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

ji7.  Kansas  State  Agricultural  College  .Manhattan,  Kan.  f36.  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn  .Brookyln,  N.  Y. 

fi8.  Kansas,  University  of Lawrence,  Kan.  ■j'37.  Purdue  University* Lafayette,  Ind. 

{19.  Kentucky,  State  University  of  . . Lexington,  Ky.  (38.  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute  .Troy,  N.  Y. 

20.  Lafayette  College Easton,  Pa.  t39*  Rose  Polytechnic  Institute  . . .Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

f2i.  Lehigh  University South  Bethlehem,  Pa.  t4°-  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology*  .Hoboken,  N.  J. 

f 22.  Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,  University.  . Stanford  University,  Cal.  f4i.  Syracuse  University* Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

J23.  Lewis  Institute Chicago,  111.  42.  Texas,  University  of* Austin,  Tex. 

f24.  Louisiana  State  University*  . . . Baton  Rouge,  La.  f43.  Throop  College  of  Technology*.  . Pasadena,  Cal. 

(25.  Maine,  University  of* Orono,  Maine  44.  Tulane  University New  Orleans,  La. 

f26.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech-  f45-  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  . . Blacksburg,  Va. 

nology* Boston,  Mass.  t4§.  Washington  State  University  . . Seattle,  Wash. 

f27.  Michigan,  University  of Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  f47*  Washington  University*  ....  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

{28.  Minnesota,  University  of*  ....  Minneapolis,  Minn.  {48-  Wisconsin,  University  of*  ....  Madison,  Wis. 

f2g.  Missouri,  University  of Columbia,  Mo.  f49.  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute*  .Worcester,  Mass. 

f30.  Nebraska,  University  of Lincoln,  Neb.  f5°.  Yale  University New  Haven,  Conn. 

f3 1 . New  York  University* New  York,  N.  Y.  51.  Oklahoma  A.  & M.  College*  . . Stillwater,  Okla. 


1B4  Testing  Laboratories  and  Inspection  Bureaus 


For  the  practical  business  assistance  of  architects, 
engineers,  and  others  in  conducting  tests  and  analyses  of 
earth-pressure,  sand,  cement,  and  building  materials  gen- 
erally, and  in  inspecting  the  manufacture  and  erection  of 
steel  and  other  structural  members,  there  exists  a number 
of  testing  laboratories  and  engineering  concerns  of  national 
scope.  Many  include  in  their  management  or  on  their  staff 


prominent  members  of  several  of  the  societies  previously 
mentioned. 

For  general  description  of  laboratory  and  inspection 
service  of  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  see  Industrial  Sec- 
tion, page  141. 

For  detailed  description  of  engineering,  laboratory,  and 
inspection  service  of  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company,  see 
Industrial  Section,  pages  142,  143,  144. 


In  the  case  of  each  industry,  after  describing  the  governmental  departments  and  professional,  technical,  com- 
mercial and  other  associations  interested,  the  order  of  presentation  to  be  followed,  as  nearly  as  possible,  will  be. 


Introductory  Remarks. 
Information  Obtainable. 
Practice  Recommended. 


Standards  Adopted , or 
Progress  Reported. 
Current  Activities. 


1C  Foundational  Requirements,  Concrete  Piling  and  Steel  Piling 


(Other  footings  and  foundations:  Stone,  Serial  No.  2; 
Brick,  Serial  No.  3;  Wood  Piling,  Serial  No.  5.) 

Problems  connected  with  soil  conditions  are  encoun- 
tered throughout  the  country.  Pending  actual  investiga- 
tion of  the  site,  an  acquaintance  with  the  source  of  data 
concerning  conditions  likely  to  be  found,  the  require- 

ICi  Information  Obtainable 

(a)  The  Pennsylvania  State  College  Engineering  Experiment  Sta- 
tion (iB 3<j,  34).  Bulletin,  June,  1913.  “Experiments  on  the 
Distribution  of  Vertical  Pressure  in  Earth,”  by  R.  B.  Fehr  and 
C.  R.  Thomas. 

(A)  A.S.C.E.  (1A5),  Transactions,  Vol.  LIII,  p.  272.  “Lateral  Earth- 
Pressures  and  Related  Phenomena,”  E.  P.  Goodrich. 

(r)  Ditto,  Vol.  LXX,  p.  352,  “Pressure,  Resistance  and  Stability  of 
Earth,”  J.  C.  Meems. 

(d)  Ditto,  Vol.  LXXI,  p.  330,  “Earth  and  Retaining  Walls,”  G.  H. 

Darwin. 

(e)  “Allowable  Pressure  on  Deep  Foundations,”  E.  L.  Corthell. 

(f)  “A  Practical  Treatise  on  Sub-Aqueous  Foundations,”  C.  E.  Fower. 

(g)  “Foundations  of  Bridges  and  Buildings,”  Jacoby  and  Davis. 


1C  2 Other  References 

(a)  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  pp.  129-229,  978-982,  1450. 
j b ) “American  C.  E.  Pocket  Book,”  Mansfield  Merriman. 

(c)  “Handbook  of  Cost  Data  for  Contractors  and  Engineers,"  H.  B. 

Gillette. 

(d)  “Building  Superintendence  and  Construction,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 

(c)  “Carnegie  Pocket  Companion,  1916,”  pp.  104,  188,  258-262, 
348-351. 

Serial  No.  1 


mentsof  various  cities  as  to  floor  loads  and  bearings  allowed, 
methods  of  overcoming  obstacles  similar  in  nature,  the 
character  of  engineering  or  constructional  assistance  to  be 
obtained,  and  other  information  tending  to  simplify  in- 
vestigation and  facilitate  subsequent  treatment,  should 
prove  helpful. 


(A)  “Masonry  Construction,”  Ira  O.  Baker. 

(j)  “Foundations,”  M.  A.  Howe. 

( k ) “Masonry,”  M.  A.  Howe. 

(/)  The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  has  published  about  four  hundred 
reports  (2A1  h)  on  various  phases  of  water-supply  and  conditions 
likely  to  be  met  with  in  excavating  and  similar  work.  Request 
should  be  made  for  information  concerning  a specific  section  of 
the  country. 

{m)  In  “Journal  of  the  Western  Society  of  Engineers”  (1A10)  for 
June,  1914,  will  be  found  “Topography  of  the  Red  Rock  under 
Chicago,”  by  Roderick  Peattie,  including  diagrams  and  followed 
by  discussions  participated  in  by  several  architects 


(/)  “Jones  & Laughlin  Manual,  1916,”  pp.  82-89,  218-222,  243 
284-290. 

( g ) “Concrete  Pile  Standards,”  Hunley  Abbott,  Associate  Member 

A.S.  ofC.E. 

( h ) For  illustrations  and  descriptions  of  Concrete  Piles,  see  Indus- 

trial Section,  page  200,  Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Co. 


9 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


1C3  Practice  Recommended 

(a)  By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (Serial  No.  3),  “Build- 
ing Code  Recommended  by  the  N.  B.  of  F.  U.,”  1915. 

“Excavations,  Foundations  and  Footings,’’  pp.  25-32. 

“Bearing  Capacity  of  Soils,”  p.  28. 

“Concrete  Piles,”  pp.  32-34. 

1C4  Current  Activities 

(a)  Special  Committee  American  Society  of  Civil  Engi- 
neers (1A5).  To  codify  present  practice  on  the  bearing 
value  of  soils  for  foundations.  Robert  A.  Cummings, 
Chairman. 

(b)  An  investigation  of  the  resisting  power  of  earths  is  be- 
ing conducted  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  U.  S.  A.,  in  coop- 
eration with  a committee  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil 
Engineers,  and  a large  number  of  tests  have  already  been 
made  to  determine  the  best  means  of  testing  earths  under 
standard  conditions.  A study  of  the  data  thus  far  obtained 
has  shown  the  need  of  some  modification  of  apparatus,  and 
this  has  been  effected  with  good  results.  The  general 
laws  of  earths  subject  to  stress  and  strain  have  already  been 


(b)  By,  ditto,  “Dwelling  Flouses,  A Code  of  Suggestions  for  Construc- 
tion and  Fire  Protection,”  1916. 

“Wooden  Piling  Standards”  (adopted  specifications),  A.R.E.A. 
(1A9 /),  will  be  referred  to  in  Serial  No.  5,  under  “Piling,  Piers  and 
Bulkheads.” 


definitely  formulated  in  mathematical  physics,  but  to 
obtain  determinate  solutions  of  the  equations  for  applica- 
tion to  engineering  practice,  it  is  necessary  to  know  the 
elastic  coefficients  of  actual  earths.  In  the  experimenta- 
tion being  conducted,  the  endeavor  is  made  to  supply  these 
coefficients  and  their  range  of  possible  variation  to  a closer 
degree  of  precision  than  has  been  obtained  heretofore.  A 
number  of  experiments  have  also  been  carried  out  with 
good  results  to  determine  the  laws  of  variation  of  frictional 
coefficients  in  relation  to  diameter  and  perimeter  of  piles 
and  foundations  as  preliminary  to  further  tests  on  a larger 
scale.  (Report  1916,  Bureau  of  Standards,  iA2«.) 


ID  Waterproofing  and  Damp-proofing 


This  subject,  aside  from  its  relation  to  engineering 
problems,  is  important  in  the  construction  of  buildings, 
both  above  ground  and  underground.  Investigation  and 
experimentation  is  taking  place  in  Governmental  depart- 
ments, educational  institutions  and  in  various  laboratories 
including  those  maintained  by  some  of  the  largest  manu- 
facturing interests  in  the  country.  Practical  working  tests 
are  being  conducted  by  professional  and  technical  asso- 
ciations, and  out  of  all  these  activities  there  will  evolve  a 

IDi  Information  Obtainable 

(3)  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  (1A5);  “Proceedings”  from 
1872  to  1906;  24  references  given  in  lDir. 

(b)  Ohio  State  University  (1B3332);  1901  and  1903;  “Tests  to  De- 

termine Causes  and  Remedies  for  the  Permeability  of  Cement 
Mortar.” 

( c ) Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H.  (163313);  Bulletin  Thayer 

School  of  Civil  Engineering;  1902;  “The  Permeability  of  Con- 
crete under  High  Water  Pressures,”  J.  B.  Mclntire  and  A.  L. 
Pure. 

(d)  National  Association  of  Cement  Users  and  American  Concrete 

Institute  (1E1);  “Proceedings”  from  1905  to  1912;  14  refer- 
ences given  in  iDir. 

( e ) Iowa  State  College  Engineering  Experiment  Station  (1B3316), 

Vol.  IV,  Bulletin  No.  3,  1908;  “Experiments  on  Impermeability 
and  Waterproofing  of  Cement  Blocks,  Etc.,”  B.  R.  Smith  and 
H.  L.  Christian,  F.  E.  Cave  and  G.  H.  Mack,  and  W.  A.  Burton. 

(J)  A.S.T.M.  (1A4),  Vol.  VIII,  p.  500,  1908;  "Permeability  Tests 
of  Concrete  with  the  Addition  of  Hydrated  Lime,”  Sanford  E. 
Thompson. 

( g ) American  Railway  Bridge  and  Building  Association,  Vol.  XVIII, 
p.  46,  1908;  “Report  of  Committee  on  Waterproofing  of  Con- 
crete-covered Steel  Floors  of  Bridges.” 

(b)  University  of  Illinois  (1B3315);  The  Technography,  No.  23; 
1908,  1909;  “Making  Concrete  Waterproof  Tests  of  Alumand 
Soap  Waterproofing  under  the  Direction  of  Ira  O.  Baker,”  B.  L. 
Bowling  and  C.  G.  Derrick. 

(/)  Iowa  State  College  Engineering  Experiment  Station  (iB33i6),Vol. 
IV,  Bulletin  No.  4,  1909;  “Experiments  on  Permeability  and 


clearer  understanding  of  when,- where  and  how  results  may 
be  accomplished  in  the  retention  or  exclusion  of  water  or 
other  liquids  and  in  lessening  the  absorptive  qualities  of 
those  materials  enclosing  or  forming  a part  of  structures. 

Under  this  heading  reference  will  also  be  made  to  those 
forms  of  construction  which  are  intended  to  retain  or  repel 
water  or  control  it  against  damage  to  contents  of  buildings 
or  other  objects. 

See,  also,  “Bituminous  Materials,”  11C2,  and  “Treat- 
ments and  Coatings,”  12C. 


Waterproofing  Concrete,  Etc.,”  R.  R.  Strothers  and  Platt  Wil- 
son, O.  L.  Huffman  and  F,.  S.  Fowler,  Royce  Heath,  and  others. 
(J)  University  of  Wisconsin  (1B3348),  Vol.  VI,  Bulletin  No.  I,  1909; 
“Tests  on  the  Permeability  of  Concrete,”  Francis  Michael 
McCullough. 

( k ) A.S.T.M.  (1A4),  1909,  1911,  1913;  “Reports  of  the  Committee 
on  Waterproofing  Materials.” 

(/)  A.S.T.M.  (1A4),  Vol.  X,  p.  351,  1910;  “The  Effect  of  Sodium 
Silicate  Mixed  with  or  Applied  to  Concrete,”  Albert  Moyer. 

(m)  American  Railway  Engineering  Association  (1A9 3),  1910,  1911 
1912,  1914;  “Reports  of  Committee  on  Masonry.” 

(;;)  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  (lA2c);  Technologic  Paper  No.  3, 
1912;  “Tests  of  the  Absorptive  and  Permeable  Properties  of 
Portland  Cement  Mortars  and  Concretes,  Together  with  Tests 
of  Dampproofing  and  Waterproofing  Compounds  and  Mate- 
rials,” Rudolph  J.  Wig  and  P.  H.  Bates. 

( 0 ) A.S.T.M.  (1A4),  Vol.  XIII,  955,  1913;  “Coal  Tar  and  Asphalt 
Products  for  Waterproofing,”  Samuel  T.  Wagner. 

(j>)  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (iBic),  Bulletin  No.  230, 
1915;  “Oil-Mixed  Portland  Cement  Concrete,”  Logan  Waller 
Page. 

(?)  U.  S.  Reclamation  Record  (903b),  Vol.  VI,  No.  4,  1915; 

“Waterproofing  Concrete  Surfaces,”  J.  L.  Lytel. 

(r)  International  Engineering  Conference;  paper  presented  at  San 
Francisco,  Cal.,  1915;  “Waterproof  Concrete,”  Richard  L. 
Humphrey,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Same  contains  a complete 
bibliography  of  waterproofing  and  concreting  to  which  the 
Editor  is  indebted  for  the  references  herein  given  as  of  especial 
interest  to  building  constructors.) 


1D2  Other  References  (See,  also,  some  of  those  under  Hydrated  Lime,  2B6) 


(3)  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  pp.  1629-1637. 

(b)  “Modern  Methods  of  Waterproofing,”  Myron  H.  Lewis. 

( c ) “Asphalt,”  Clifford  Richardson. 

id)  “The  Waterproofing  of  Fabrics,”  S.  Mierzinski. 

(c)  “Dampness  in  Buildings,”  A.  W.  Keim. 

(/)  “Building  Superintendence  and  Construction,”  Frank  E.  Kidder 
(g)  “Merriman’s  Pocket  Book.” 


(b)  For  information  pertaining  to  “Protective  Paints,”  “Damp- 
Resisting  Paints,”  “Damp-Proof  Coatings,”  and  Powder  to  be 
Mixed  with  Portland  Cement,”  see  pages  in  Industrial  Sec- 
tion, as  follows: 

1.  Samuel  Cabot,  Inc.,  page  190. 

2.  The  Solvay  Process  Company,  Semet-Solvay  Company, 
page  192. 

3.  Toch  Brothers,  Toch  Products,  page  193. 


Serial  No  1 


IO 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  1 


1D4  Practice  Recommended 

(a)  By,  Inspection  Dept.  Asso.  Factory  Mutual  F.  I.  Co.’s  (Serial  (c)  By  A.R.E.A.  (1A9A,  1915,  Committee  on  Masonry,  “Water- 

No.  3),  Feb.,  1915;  “Watertight  Floors  of  Mill  Construction.”  proofing  of  Masonry.” 

( b ) By,  N.B.  of  F.U.  (Serial  No.  3)  “Building  Code  Recommended  ( d ) See,  also,  Report  of  Committee  under  iDig-. 

by  the  N.B.  of  F.U.,”  1915,  “Waterproofing  of  Floors,”  pp.  126, 

128,  129. 

1D5  Progress  Reported  (See,  also,  reference  to  later  report  under  11C2) 


“Committee  D8  of  the  A.S.T.M.,  since  its  organi- 
zation in  1905,  has,  through  laboratory  tests  and  experi- 
ments, together  with  examinations  of  work  during  con- 
struction and  after  completion,  as  well  as  the  study  of 
literature  on  the  subject,  sought  to  secure  sufficient 
information  to  enable  it  to  formulate  definite  methods  for 
securing  waterproof  concrete  structures.  The  work  of  the 
Committee  was  complicated  by  reason  of  the  fact  that 
there  seemed  to  be  so  little  concordance  between  results 
of  tests  obtained  under  laboratory  conditions  and  in  the 

1D6  Current  Activities 

Investigation  of  Integral  W aterproofing  Compounds. 

(a)  During  the  year  a cooperating  committee  was 
organized,  composed  of  representatives  from  Government 
offices,  engineering  societies,  and  the  various  industries, 
including  all  known  manufacturers  of  waterproofing  com- 
pounds. This  committee  cooperated  in  planning  a series 
of  field  experiments,  which  contemplates  the  construction 
of  concrete  tanks  by  contract,  both  with  and  without 
waterproofing  compounds.  These  tanks  are  to  be  located 
below  grade  near  the  Potomac  River  and  subject  to  tidal 
water.  A questionnaire  was  also  prepared  and  submitted 
to  architects,  contractors,  and  engineers,  to  gather  infor- 
mation on  the  present  usage  of  these  materials.  Results 
of  this  investigation  should  be  available  during  the  ensu- 
ing year.  (1916  Report,  Bureau  of  Standards,  1A2 a.) 

IE  Cement  and  Concrete 

The  manufacture  of  American  Portland  cement  first 
secured  recognition  at  the  Centennial  Exposition  in  Phila- 
delphia, in  1876,  when  David  S.  Saylor  exhibited  Portland 
cement  made  at  Coplay,  Pa.  The  first  recorded  statistics 
of  this  industry  were  those  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey  for  1880,  during  which  year  the  production  reached 

42.000  barrels;  in  the  preceding  ten  years  the  amount  pro- 
duced amounted  to  82,000  barrels.  Since  1880  the  produc- 
tion has  steadily  increased  and  will  probably  exceed 
90,000,000  barrels  for  the  year  1916.  At  the  beginning  of 
the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement  in  this  country, 
practically  all  that  was  used  was  imported;  the  earliest 
statistics  of  the  Geological  Survey  show  an  importation  of 

92.000  barrels  in  1878,  which  steadily  increased  reaching  a 
maximum  of  about  3,000,000  barrels  in  1895,  since  which 
time  it  has  decreased  to  42,218  barrels  in  1915.  This  has 
resulted  from  the  improvement  in  the  process  of  manufac- 
ture in  this  country  which  has  decreased  the  cost  and 
increased  the  quality  until  today  American  Portland 
cement  is  unexcelled.  The  American  manufacturer  is 
successfully  competing  in  the  world’s  markets;  and  there 

lEi  American  Concrete  Institute 
Secretary :*  Harold  D.  Hynds,  30  Broad  Street,  New  York 
City. 

Publications: 

(a)  Journal,  containing  the  Proceedings  of  Annual  Conventions  in- 
cluding reports  of  committees  and  also  the  following: 

( b ) Proposed  Standard  Specifications. 

(c)  Recommended  Practice. 

(1 d ) Standard  Specifications  Adopted. 

*Succeeded  by  H.  B.  Alvord,  27  School  Street,  Boston. 

Serial  No.  1 I 


field  and  that  it  was  necessary  to  extend  its  investigations 
over  a period  of  years  in  order  to  determine  the  perma- 
nency of  the  action  noted.  The  Committee  reported  that 
while  it  had  not  been  able  to  arrive  at  sufficiently  definite 
conclusions  to  enable  it  to  formulate  specifications  for 
the  making  of  concrete  structures  waterproof  or  for  mate- 
rials to  be  used  in  such  work,  it  had  reached  certain 
general  conclusions  which  might  be  of  assistance  to  the 
constructor  in  securing  the  desired  result  of  impermea- 
ble concrete.” — From  “Kidder’s  Handbook,”i9i6,  p.  1630. 


Bituminous  Materials. 

0 b ) Definite  methods  of  tests  and  specifications  have 
been  developed  for  coal-tar,  waterproofing,  and  roofing 
pitches,  to  replace  the  loose  and  indefinite  requirements 
which  have  been  more  or  less  in  use  in  the  Government 
service.  Methods  and  specifications  are  being  developed 
for  asphaltic  materials.  Information  is  being  obtained  to 
insure  satisfactory  felts  and  papers  for  saturation  with 
asphalt  and  tar  products  for  waterproofing  and  roofing 
purposes.  Modification  of  specifications  for  these  latter 
materials  may  become  necessary,  since  shortage  of  rag 
stock  has  increased  the  use  of  wood-pulp,  jute,  and  manila 
fiber.  (1916  Report,  Bureau  of  Standards,  iA2«2.) 

( c ) The  use  of  lime  will  be  referred  to  in  Serial  No.  2, 
February.  (See  especially  2B10  e and  /. ) 


was  exported  in  1915  over  2,500,000  barrels.  The  preceding 
figures  are  taken  from  the  annual  reports  of  the  statistics 
of  the  cement  industry  compiled  and  published  by  the 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

The  following  has  just  been  received  from  U.  S.  Geo- 
logical Survey  as  of  date  January  1,1917.  “Another  mineral 
product  which  furnishes  an  index  of  business  conditions  is 
cement,  the  1916  production  of  which  is  estimated  to  be 
5,000,000  barrels  in  excess  of  the  output  of  the  previous 
year,  while  the  shipments  were  even  greater,  aggregating 

94,500,000  barrels,  with  the  outlook  reported  as  good  for 
the  new  year. 

In  addition  to  the  governmental  departments  and  other 
organizations  previously  mentioned  which  have  taken 
important  parts  in  developing  standard  specifications  and 
tests  for  the  manufacture  and  use  of  cement  the  following 
bodies  working  specifically  in  this  field  have  cooperated  in 
the  improvement  of  this  product  and  in  bringing  about  a 
better  understanding  of  the  varied  uses  of  cement  and 
concrete. 


The  following  is  also  issued  separately  as  an  authorized  reprint  from 
the  copyrighted  Journal: 

(<?)  Standard  Specifications. 

Members  receive  ( a ) which  may  be  purchased  by  others,  cloth  bound, 
for  $10.50;  paper,  $10. 

Founded  in  1905  and  incorporated  in  1906  as  National 
Association  of  Cement  Users.  Charter  amended  on  July  2, 
1913,  and  name  changed  to  American  Concrete  Institute. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


Its  purpose  is  to  increase  and  disseminate  knowledge  in 
regard  to  the  use  of  cement,  concrete  and  allied  products; 
to  conduct  research  into  their  properties  and  uses;  and  to 
formulate  recommended  practice  and  standard  specifica- 
tions. Its  object  is  purely  educational. 

Any  person  engaged  in  the  construction  or  maintenance 
of  work  in  which  cement  is  used,  or  qualified  by  business 
relations  or  practical  experience  to  cooperate  in  the  pur- 
poses of  the  Institute,  or  engaged  in  the  manufacture  or 
sale  of  machinery  or  supplies  for  cement  users,  or  a man 
who  has  attained  eminence  in  the  field  of  engineering, 
architecture  or  applied  science,  is  eligible  for  membership. 

1E2  Portland  Cement  Association 

General  Manager:  J.  P.  Beck,*  1 1 1 West  Washington  Street, 
Chicago. 

Organized  as  Association  of  Portland  Cement  Manu- 
facturers in  1902.  Name  changed  in  1904  to  Association  of 
American  Portland  Cement  Manufacturers  and  in  1916, 
to  Portland  Cement  Association.  Headquarters  moved 
from  Philadelphia  to  Chicago  in  December,  1915. 

Membership  is  voluntary  and  comprises  about  93  per  cent 
of  the  Portland  cement  producing  capacity  of  the  United 
States. 

The  Association  employs  a large  number  of  engineers, 
architects  and  other  specialists  for  the  purpose  of  exploiting 
old  and  developing  new  uses  for  Portland  cement.  Con- 
siderable effort  is  expended  in  an  endeavor  to  improve  the 
quality  of  concrete  work,  both  through  advice  as  to  proper 
specifications  and  actual  supervision  of  work. 

Employees  of  the  Association  and  of  member  com- 
panies actively  participate  in  the  work  of  a large  number 

‘Deceased.  Succeeded  by  H.  E.  Hilts. 


Standards:  (See  [d]).  Sectional  committees  submit  re- 
ports before  Annual  Conventions. 

Proposed  Recommended  Practice  and  Specifications  to 
be  submitted  to  the  Institute  must  be  mailed  to  the 
members  at  least  thirty  days  prior  to  Annual  Convention, 
and  as  there  amended  and  approved,  passed  to  letter  ballot, 
which  shall  be  canvassed  within  sixty  days  thereafter,  such 
Recommended  Practice  and  Specifications  shall  be  con- 
sidered adopted  unless  at  least  10  per  cent  of  the  total 
membership  shall  vote  in  the  negative. 

The  standards  adopted  are  referred  to  later  under  their 
special  headings. 


of  committees  of  engineering  and  other  societies  whose 
work  directly  or  indirectly  involves  the  testing  and  use  of 
cement  and  concrete. 

The  Association,  on  September  1,  1916,  entered  into  an 
agreement  with  Lewis  Institute  of  Chicago  for  the  opera- 
tion of  the  Structural  Materials  Research  Laboratory. 
This  is  an  endowed  institution  with  an  attendance  of  3,500 
students  and  the  purpose  of  this  Laboratory  is  twofold: 
To  carry  out  research  work  in  the  properties  of  concrete 
and  concrete  materials  for  the  information  of  all  users; 
and  to  give  instruction  to  the  students  of  this  institution 
on  the  properties  and  uses  of  concrete. 

Publications: 

In  connection  with  its  work  of  investigation  and  pro- 
motion to  increase  the  effective  uses  and  output  of  cement, 
the  Association  issues  (a)  books,  ( b ) bulletins  and  ( c ) 
circulars  looking  toward  standardized  processes.  These 
are  distributed  without  charge  unless  otherwise  noted. 


1E3  Cement  Products  Exhibition  Company 


Secretary;  Blaine  S.  Smith,  210  S.  La  Salle  Street,  Chicago, 

HL 

This  company  was  organized  for  the  purpose  of  hold- 
ing national  exhibitions  to  place  before  the  people  annu- 

1E4  Information  Obtainable 

The  following  are  selected  from  sixty  publications  of  the 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey  (2A1)  as  giving  the  most  compre- 
hensive development  of  the  industry  in  general,  the 
remaining  publications  referring  chiefly  to  special  districts. 
Those  without  prices  affixed  are  free  upon  application  to 
the  Director;  those  priced  may  be  purchased  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government  Office,  Wash- 
ington; those  marked  “Ex.”  are  exhausted. 

(a)  "The  Materials  and  Manufacture  of  Portland  Cement,”  1903, 
E.  C.  Eckel. 

(i)  "Cement  Materials  and  Cement  Industries  of  the  U.  S.,”  1905, 
E.  C.  Eckel,  Bulletin  243,  395  pp.  65  cents. 

(c)  “The  American  Cement  Industry,”  1905,  E.  C.  Eckel,  Bulletin 
260.  Ex. 

(J)  "Portland  Cement  Mortars  and  Their  Constituent  Materials; 
Results  of  Tests  1905  to  1907,”  R.  L.  Humphrey,  Bulletin  331, 
130  pp.  25  cents. 

(e)  “The  Effects  of  the  San  Francisco  Earthquake  and  Fire  on  Various 

Structures  and  Structural  Materials,”  1907,  R.  L.  Humphrey, 
Bulletin  324,  pp.  14-61.  50  cts. 

(f)  "The  Effect  of  the  San  Francisco  Earthquake  on  Buildings, 

Engineering  Structures  and  Structural  Materials,”  1907,  J.  S. 
Sewell,  Bulletin  324,  pp.  62-130.  50  cents. 

(g)  “The  Strength  of  Concrete  Beams,  Results  of  Tests  Made  at  the 

Structural  Materials  Testing  Laboratory,”  1908,  R.  L.  Hum- 
phrey, Bulletin  344,  $9  pp.  10  cents. 

(A)  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States”  (2A1.  Part  2)  for  1909 
and  for  each  subsequent  year  up  to  1915.  Chapters  on  cement, 
by  E.  F.  Burchard.  75  cts.  each  bound  volume. 

Serial  No.  1 


ally  a record  of  the  progress  and  achievements  in  the 
manufacture  and  use  of  cement  and  concrete.  The  ninth 
annual  cement  show  will  be  given  in  Chicago  from  Feb- 
ruary 7 to  15,  1917. 


(»')  "Portland  Cement  Materials  of  the  United  States,”  with  contri- 
butions by  E.  F.  Burchard  and  others,  1913,  Bulletin  522, 
401  pp. 

Other  governmental  contributions  are: 

(£)  Bureau  of  Standards  (iA2c),  1911,  “The  Strength  of  Reinforced 
Concrete  Beams,  Results  of  Tests  of  333  Beams,”  by  Richard 
L.  Humphrey  and  Louis  H.  Losse. 

(/)  Ditto,  No.  12,  1912,  “Action  of  the  Salts  in  Alkali  Water  and  Sea 
Water  on  Cements,”  by  P.  H.  Bates,  A.  J.  Phillips  and  R.  J.  Wig. 
(m)  Ditto,  No.  58,  “Strength  and  Other  Properties  of  Concrete  as 
Affected  by  Materials  and  Methods  of  Preparation,”  by  R.  J. 
Wig,  S.  M.  Williams  and  E.  R.  Gates. 

(»)  Ditto  (iA2c),  “Compressive  Strength  of  Portland  Cement  Mortars 
and  Concretes.” 

(0)  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Farmers  Bulletin  No.  403, 
1915;  “The  Construction  of  Concrete  Fence  Posts. 

( p ) U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Farmers  Bulletin  No.  461, 

1 9 1 1 ; “The  Use  of  Concrete  on  the  Farm.” 

(q)  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Farmers  Bulletin  No.  481 

1912;  “Concrete  Construction  on  the  Live  Stock  Farm.” 

In  addition  to  which  are  the  following: 

(r)  Inspection  Dept.,  Associated  Factory  Mutuals  Fire  Insurance 

Companies  (Serial  No.  3),  “Concrete  Storehouse  of  Naum- 
keag  Steam  Cotton  Co.,  which  Successfully  Withstood  the 
Salem  Conflagration.”  No.  37,  1914. 

(4)  American  Concrete  Institute  (1E1)  August,  1915.  Report  of 
the  Committee  on  Edison  Fire. 

During  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  at  St.  Louis, 
in  1904,  an  investigation  of  the  constituent  materials  of 

Vol.  I,  1917 


12 


SERIAL  NO.  1 


Portland  cement  mortars  and  concretes  was  inaugurated; 
this  was  continued  on  a more  extensive  scale  in  the  Struc- 
tural Materials  Testing  Laboratories  of  the  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey  at  St.  Louis  and  Pittsburgh,  and  the  results  of 

25.000  of  these  tests  were  published  in  Bulletin  No.  331  of 
the  Survey  (iE^.  The  Survey  extended  the  work  and 
in  cooperation  with  the  state  geologists  and  others  has 
continued  the  investigation,  collecting  for  test  samples  of 
mine  tailings,  sands,  gravels,  crushed  slag,  and  stone  to 
determine  their  value  as  aggregate  for  concrete. 

With  the  transfer  of  this  work  in  1910,  the  Bureau  of 
Standards  has  joined  in  this  cooperation,  and  the  results 
of  the  investigations,  some  of  which  are  being  published 
in  state  reports,  will  be  published  by  the  Bureau  as  they 
accumulate. 

The  Bureau  has  published  the  completed  study  of 

20.000  tests  of  Portland  cement  mortars  and  concretes 
from  the  many  investigations,  made  by  the  Structural 
Materials  Testing  Laboratories  of  the  Geological  Survey 
and  those  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards  (1E4W2).  The  results 
show  that  several  of  the  generally  accepted  methods  for 

1Es  Other  References 

(a)  “Popular  Handbook  for  Cement  and  Concrete  Users,”  Myron  H. 

Lewis  and  Albert  H.  Chandler. 

(b)  “Inspection  of  Concrete  Construction,”  Jerome  Cochran. 

(c)  “Concrete  Construction,  Methods  and  Costs,”  H.  P.  Gillette  and 

Charles  S.  Hill. 

(d)  “Engineers’  Pocket  Book  of  Reinforced  Concrete,”  E.  Lee  Heiden- 

reich. 

(e)  “Building  Superintendence  and  Construction,”  Frank  E.  Kidder. 

( J ) “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”pp.  235-240,282-288,816-818,824-894, 

905,911-997. 

(g)  “Carnegie  Pocket  Companion,  1916,”  pp.  51-54,  118-129, 327-333 

, x , 365-370. 

0 h ) “Jones  & Laughlin,  Manual,  1916,  pp.  80,  81,  132,  285,  289,  292. 

1Ee  Practice  Recommended 

By  American  Railway  Engineering  Association  (1A9Y),  1916: 

(a)  "Specifications  for  Plain  and  Reinforced  Concrete  and  Steel 

Reinforcement.” 

(b)  “Designs  of  Reinforced  Concrete  Structures.” 

(r)  "Monolithic  Construction.” 

{d)  “Waterproofing  of  Masonry.” 

(<•)  “Methods  of  Depositing  Concrete  under  Water.” 

(/)  “Methods  of  Repairing  Defective  or  Worn  Surfaces  of  Concrete.” 

By  National  Fire  Protection  Association  (Serial  No.  3). 

(g)  “Specifications  for  Construction  of  a Standard  Building,”  Re- 
port of  Committee  on  Fire  Resistive  Construction,  1913. 

By  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (Serial  No.  3). 

(A)  “Building  Code  Recommended  by  the  N.B.  of  F.U.,”  Fourth 
Edition,  1915. 

(J)  “Dwelling  Houses — A Code  of  Suggestion  for  Construction  and 
Fire  Protection,"  First  Edition,  1916. 

1E7  Standards  Adopted 

(a)  Standard  Specifications  and  Tests  for  Portland  Cement , 
A.S.T.M.  (1A4).  Serial  Designation  C9-17. 

The  undersigned  represented  the  American  Institute 
of  Architects  at  the  last  three  annual  meetings  of  the  Ameri- 
can Society  for  Testing  Materials.  The  Institute  was 
appointed  a member  of  that  Society’s  Standing  Committee 
on  Cement,  and  of  the  latter’s  Subcommittee  on  General 
Clauses. 

The  consideration  of  specifications  for  cement  dates  as 
far  back  as  1885,  when  a Special  Committee  of  the  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Civil  Engineers  presented  a report  on 
“Uniform  System  of  Tests  of  Cement;”  the  Committee 
of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  on  Stand- 
ard Specifications  for  Cement  did  not  come  into  being 
until  1902.  This  Committee  in  1903  adopted  as  the  basis 
for  its  work  the  methods  of  tests  recommended  by  the 
Special  Committee  on  Uniform  Tests  of  Cement  of  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers.  In  order  to  obtain 

Serial  No.  1 1 3 


proportioning  concrete  mixtures  are  incorrect  and  that 
certain  precautions  are  necessary  in  the  fabrication  of 
concrete  to  insure  a product  of  known  quality.  The  effect 
of  different  exposures  while  hardening,  the  effect  of  aging, 
and  the  effect  of  variation  in  the  quantity  of  cement  used, 
are  discussed. 

The  relative  value  of  various  aggregates  is  shown,  such 
as  gravels,  limestones,  granites,  trap  rocks,  cinders,  sands, 
and  stone  screenings,  also  the  relative  value  of  round- 
and  sharp-grained  sands.  Proper  methods  for  testing  and 
selecting  aggregates  are  also  suggested. 

Other  references  to  cement  and  concrete,  too  numerous  to  mention 
specifically,  will  be  found  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  A.S.T.M.  (1A4A), 
of  theA.S.C.E.  (iA5),of  the  Western  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  (iAio)j 
in  the  Journal  of  the  A.C.I.  (1E1  a),  and  in  other  volumes  and  in  the 
many  monthly  publications  and  other  periodicals  in  which  the  cement 
and  allied  industries  are  featured. 

For  the  “Durability  of  Concrete  in  Sea  Water”  and  Bibliography  see 
“Current  Comments”  at  end  of  Serial  No.  3. 

For  the  use  of  Hydrated  Lime  in  cement,  see  2B6,  2B8,  2B10C,  and /. 
For  Cement  and  Concrete  in  Buildings,  see  “Reports  on  Buildings  under 
Fire”  (3E1)  and  “Buildings  and  Structures  in  General”  (4B).  For 
many  other  references  of  interest  see  "Plastic  Materials  and  Products” 
(11C  and  11C1;  also,  11D5  and  11D6). 


(J)  “Standard  Specifications,”  J.  C.  Ostrup. 

( k ) “Design  of  Walls,  Bins  and  Grain  Elevators,”  M.  S.  Ketchum. 
(m)  “Handbook  of  Cost  Data  for  Contractors  and  Engineers,”  H P 
Gillette. 

(«)  “Factories  and  Warehouses  of  Concrete,”  P.C.A.  (iE2a). 

( 0 ) “The  Concrete  House  and  Its  Construction,”  P.C.A.  (iE2a). 

(p)  For  information  pertaining  to  the  manufacture  and  use  of  cement 
and  to  engineering  services  in  connection  with  reinforced  con- 
crete and  inspection  and  testing  of  cement  and  of  reinforcing 
steel,  see  pages  in  the  Industrial  Section  as  follows: 

1.  Atlas  Portland  Cement  Company,  pp.  198,  199. 

2.  Corrugated  Bar  Company,  p.  197. 

3.  R.  W.  Hunt  & Company,  pp.  142,  143,  144. 


By  American  Concrete  Institute.  (iEic) 

(A)  “Standard  Recommended  Practice  for  the  Use  of  Reinforced  Con- 
crete.” 21  pp.  (No.  7.) 

(/)  “Standard  Recommended  Practice  for  Concrete  Drain  Tile.” 
3 PP-  (No.  9.) 

(m)  “Standard  Recommended  Practice  for  Concrete  Architectural 
Stone,  Building  Block  and  Brick.”  4 pp.  (No.  10.) 

By  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4 a). 

(»)  “Form  of  Specifications  for  Certain  Commercial  Grades  of 
Broken  Stone.” 

(0)  In  addition  to  the  foregoing  there  are  many  excellent  publications 
of  the  Portland  Cement  Association  (1E2)  which  are  practical 
recommendations,  many  with  diagrams,  for  the  use  of  cement 
and  concrete. 


data  to  aid  in  drafting  specifications,  it  also  arranged  a 
series  of  tests  by  some  thirty  prominent  laboratories. 
The  results  of  these  tests  were  collated,  and  a specification 
was  recommended  by  the  Committee  and  adopted  by  the 
Society  in  1904. 

The  American  Railway  Engineering  and  Maintenance 
of  Way  Association,  upon  the  recommendations  of  its 
Committee  on  Masonry,  adopted  this  specification  in 
1905,  and  the  revisions  in  1908  and  1909. 

In  1912,  a Board  of  Engineers  was  appointed  to  revise 
the  specifications  for  cement  of  the  U.  S.  Army.  This 
Board  later  cooperated  with  a U.  S.  Departmental  Con- 
ference in  preparing  a specification  which  was  adopted  by 
the  U.  S.  Government  by  Executive  Order,  April  30,  1912. 
The  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  accepted  the 
final  report  of  its  Special  Committee  on  Uniform  Tests  of 
Cement,  January  17,  1912.  The  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials  adopted  the  revisions  recommended 
by  its  Committee,  August  16,  1912. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


The  effort  to  reconcile  the  differences  in  these  recom- 
mendations led  to  the  organization  on  October  24,  1912,  of 
the  Joint  Conference  on  Uniform  Methods  of  Tests  and 
Standard  Specifications  for  Cement,  consisting  of  three 
representatives  each  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Direction 
of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  by  the  Com- 
mittee on  Standard  Specifications  for  Cement  of  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  and  by  the  U.  S. 
Departmental  Committee.  After  several  years’  work,  this 
Conference  reported  recommended  American  Specifications 
and  Methods  of  Tests  for  Portland  Cement;  these  were 
considered  by  the  several  organizations  of  which  the  confer- 
ence was  composed,  further  modifications  made  and  speci- 
fications and  Methods  of  Tests  for  Portland  Cement  to 
become  effective  January  1,  1917,  were  adopted  by  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  September  1, 
1916;  they  were  approved  by  the  U.  S.  Departmental 
Conference,  December  7, 1916,  and  were  reported  favorably 
by  the  representatives  of  the  Board  of  Direction  of  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  December  24,  1916. 

There  is  now  a single  American  specification  and  methods 
of  test  for  Portland  cement,  with  its  attending  advantages 
to  the  cement  industry  and  to  architects,  engineers  and 
others.  With  this  standard  now  available  all  architects 
should  encourage  its  use  in  every  possible  way  and  refer  to 
it  on  all  occasions  relating  to  the  use  of  Portland  cement. 
— Thomas  Nolan,  Chairman  Institute  Committee  on 
Materials  and  Methods. 

These  Standards  will  be  found  printed  and  illustrated  in  Book  of 
A.S.T.M.,  1916  (1A4U;  also  separately  (1A41O;  also  published  as  a sepa- 
rate booklet  for  general  distribution  by  the  Portland  Cement  Associa- 
tion (1E2). 

(b)  Joint  Committee  Report:  Concrete  and  Reinforced  Con- 
crete. 

The  final  report  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Concrete 
and  Reinforced  Concrete  marks  the  completion  of  a highly 
important  step  in  the  standardization  of  the  practice  in 
the  use  of  this  very  essential  material  of  construction. 

This  work  was  undertaken  more  than  twelve  years 
ago  when  the  Joint  Committee  was  organized  at  Atlantic 
City,  N.  J.,  June  17,  1904,  at  the  meeting  of  the  several 
special  committees  representing  the  American  Society  of 
Civil  Engineers,  the  American  Society  of  Testing  Materials 
and  the  American  Railway  Engineering  and  Maintenance 
of  Way  Association,  initiative  having  been  taken  by  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  at  its  annual  conven- 
tion at  Asheville,  N.  C.,  June  n,  1903,  by  the  adoption  of 
the  following  resolution: 

“It  is  the  sense  of  this  meeting  that  a special  committee 
be  appointed  to  take  up  the  question  of  concrete  and  steel- 
concrete  and  that  such  committee  cooperate  with  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  and  the  American 
Railway  Engineering  and  Maintenance  of  Way  Associa- 
tion.” There  were  subsequently  added  to  this  Committee, 
which  now  has  a membership  of  twenty-eight,  special 

1E8  Current  Activities 

(a) Investigations  and  Tests  on  Concrete  and  Other  Columns. 
Being  conducted  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  in 
cooperation  with  the  Underwriters  Laboratories  and  the 


committees  representing  the  Association  of  American 
Portland  Cement  Manufacturers  and  the  American  Con- 
crete Institute.  Subcommittees  were  appointed  to  con- 
sider the  various  divisions  of  the  subject,  and  their  reports 
were  considered  at  the  thirty  meetings  attended  by  a 
majority  of  its  members.” 

Progress  reports  were  made  in  1909  and  1912  and  after 
consideration  of  the  criticisms  of  these  reports  and  study 
of  new  experimental  data,  the  Joint  Committee  revised, 
to  some  extent,  its  previous  recommendations  on  subjects 
not  previously  touched  upon  and  adopted  its  final  report 
July  1,  1916. 

The  recommendations  of  this  Committee  have  a far- 
reaching  influence;  they  form  the  basis  of  progressive 
municipal  and  state  building  regulations,  the  specifica- 
tions and  recommended  practice  of  the  American  Railway 
Engineering  Association,  the  Standard  Building  Regula- 
tions of  the  American  Concrete  Institute  and  similar  stand- 
ards. 

The  report  is  of  inestimable  value  in  standardizing  the 
art,  and  every  architect  should  have  a copy  for  ready 
reference  in  designing  structures  of  concrete  and  reinforced 
concrete. 

The  Joint  Committee  has  performed  a meritorious 
service,  with  care  and  thoroughness,  and  has  more  than 
justified  its  existence. 

This  pioneer  work  in  the  standardization  of  the  art  of 
concrete  and  reinforced  concrete  construction  could  only 
have  been  so  satisfactorily  performed  by  a committee 
thus  constituted. — Richard  L.  Humphrey,  Secretary, 
Joint  Committee. 

See  note  under  “Current  Comments”  at  end  of  Serial  No.  3,  as  to 
available  copies  which  will  be  furnished  upon  request. 

Editor’s  Note. — The  inconsistencies  in  the  requirements  of  vary- 
ing building  codes  and  ordinances  in  cities  throughout  the  United  States 
has  frequently  been  pointed  out  by  architects  and  engineers,  and  will  be 
referred  to  under  later  serial  numbers  in  the  hope  that  the  Structural 
Service  Department  may  be  of  assistance  in  effecting  through  the  co- 
operation of  the  municipalities  and  states  uniform  standards  of  practice 
in  the  use  of  concrete. 

Other  standards  with  reference  to  concrete  and  rein- 
forced concrete  are 

(c)  A.S.T.M.  (1A4C  and  e ) “For  Billet-Steel  Concrete  Reinforcement 

Bars,”  Serial  Designation  A15-14. 

(d)  Ditto,  “For  Rail-Steel  Concrete  Reinforcement  Bars,”  Serial 

Designation  A16-14. 

American  Concrete  Institute  (iEic  and  <?.) 

( e ) “Standard  Building  Regulations  for  the  Use  of  Reinforced  Con- 

crete.” 13  pp.  (No.  4.) 

(/)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Scrubbed  Concrete  Surfaces.”  3 pp. 

(No.  8.) 

( g ) “Standard  Specifications  for  Concrete  Architectural  Stone,  Build- 
ing Block  and  Brick.”  3 pp.  (No.  1 1 .) 

(A)  “Standard  Building  Regulations  for  the  Use  of  Concrete  Archi- 
tectural Stone,  Building  Block  and  Brick.”  3 pp.  (No.  12.) 

(j)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Portland  Cement  Stucco  on  Metal 

Lath,  Brick,  Tile  or  Concrete  Block  ” 9 pp.  (No.  15.) 

(For  other  recommended  practice  as  to  stucco,  see  page  xi.) 

( k ) “Standard  Methods  for  the  Measurement  of  Concrete  Work.” 

7 pp.  (No.  16.) 

(See  also  “Standards”  under  1E9.) 


Factory  Mutuals  Laboratories  will  be  referred  to  under 
Fire-Prevention  in  Serial  No.  3.  For  same  see  3E3^  and 
3E3<-- 


1E9  Concrete  Fills,  and  Various  Top  Coats 

Without  proper  underfills  or  foundations  for  cement  as  to  stability  and  durability.  Activities  toward  standardi- 
and  composition  flooring,  for  sidewalks,  paving  and  other  zation  of  these  foundational  requirements  have  resulted  in 
wearing  surfaces,  the  surfaces  cannot  fulfil  their  functions  the  following  publications,  specifications  and  standards: 

Serial  No  1 14  Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  1 


(a)  Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering,  United  States 

Department  of  Agriculture  (iBir).  Portland  Cement  Concrete 
Pavements  for  Country  Roads,  Bulletin  249. 

( b ) National  Paving  Brick  Manufacturers’  Association  (Serial  No.  2). 

Specifications  for  the  Construction  of  Vitrified  Brick  Street 
Pavements  and  Country  Roads;  Green  Concrete  Foundation; 
Sand-Cement  Superfoundation,  and  Sand  Cushion  Type. 

Standards: 

(c)  American  Concrete  Institute:  (1E1). 

2.  Standard  Specifications  for  Portland  cement  sidewalks. 


5.  Standard  Specifications  for  one-course  concrete  highway. 

6.  Standard  Specifications  for  Portland  cement  curb  and 

gutter. 

13.  Standard  Specifications  for  plain  concrete  floors. 

14.  Standard  Specifications  fof  re-inforced  concrete  floors. 
17,18.  Standard  Specifications  for  one  and  two-course  concrete 

street  pavements. 

19.  Standard  Specifications  for  one-course  concrete  alley 
pavements. 

For  Specifications  for  Foundations  for  “Plastic-Linoleum”  and 
“Amflorite”  composition  floors  and  remarks  concerning  same,  see 
Industrial  Section,  p.  174,  American  Materials  Co.,  Inc. 


IE10  Treatment  of  Concrete  and  Cement  Floors  and  Surfaces  (See,  also,  11D4  and  uD6) 


(a)  Practice  recommended.  See  iE 6/. 

( b ) Standards.  1E7/  and  j.  1E9C13  and  14. 

(r)  Experiments  have  been  started  to  determine  a suit- 
able material  for  treating  the  surface  of  concrete  floors  to 
prevent  dusting  and  increase  their  durability.  This  work  is 
part  of  a more  comprehensive  investigation  which  is  now 
being  outlined  to  determine  proper  methods  of  construc- 
tion which  will  mitigate  dusting.  An  abrasion  machine 
has  been  designed  for  testing  flooring  materials  which  it  is 
believed  will  give  results  comparable  with  the  actual  wear 
on  floors,  and  plans  have  been  made  for  extensive  tests  on 
various  flooring  materials.  Results  of  this  investigation 

IF  Structural  Iron  and  Steel 

From  the  earliest  history  of  the  industry  the  producers 
have,  closely  following  first  the  leading  members  of  the 
older  societies  abroad  and  then  of  those  in  this  country, 
cooperated  in  developing  the  production  of  iron  and  steel 
to  their  present  state.  In  addition  to  the  governmental 


probably  will  not  be  available  for  a year  or  two.  (Report, 
Bureau  of  Standards,  1A2 a.) 

(d)  See,  also,  Report  of  Committee  under  iDij. 

( e ) See  reference  to  Committee  Work  (nD6r). 

(/)  For  information  on  materials  and  products  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  cement  floors  and  surfaces,  see  pages  in  Industrial 
Section  as  follows: 

1.  “Cabot’s  Stucco  Stains,”  Samuel  Cabot,  Inc.,  p.  190. 

2.  “Lapidolith — Hardener  for  Concrete  Floors”  and  “Cemcoat 
■ — Wall  Coating,”  L.  Sonneborn  Sons,  Inc.,  p.  191. 

3.  “Solvay  Protective  Paints,”  Semet-Solvay  Company,  The 
Solvay  Process  Co.,  p.  192. 

4.  “R.  I.  W.  Cement  Filler  and  Cement  Floor  Paint  and  other 
products,”  Toch  Brothers,  p.  193 


and  other  agencies  already  mentioned,  the  following  organi- 
zations are  to  be  noted  as  among  those  specifically  con- 
cerned with  development  on  the  structural  side.  Others 
concerned  with  iron  and  steel  in  other  metallic  industries 
will  be  referred  to  in  subsequent  issues. 


IFl  American  Foundrymen’s  Association,  Inc. 


Secretary:  A.  O.  Backert,  12th  and  Chestnut  Streets, 
Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Publications: 

(a)  Transactions,  a bound  volume  containing  the  papers,  addresses 
and  discussions  at  the  annual  meeting. 

(t)  Pamphlets  on  papers  and  addresses  at  the  annual  convention. 

(r)  Yearbook  containing  the  names  of  members  and  the  by-laws. 
Above  are  free  to  members,  but  may  be  purchased  by  others  at  (a) 
fS  each,  ( b ) $5  annually,  (c)  $1.50  a copy. 

IF2  American  Iron  and  Steel  Institute 

Secretary:  James  T.  McCleary,  61  Broadway,  New  York 
City. 

Publications: 

Among  these  are: 

(a)  Monthly  Bulletin,  largely  devoted  to  sociological  subjects  (hous- 
ing, sanitation  and  recreation  facilities  for  employees  included). 


The  object  is  to  promote  knowledge  in  the  production 
of  castings,  and  its  work  is  concerned  chiefly  with  gray  and 
malleable  iron  and  steel  foundry  practice  and  does  not 
consider  non-ferrous  metals. 

At  the  annual  meeting,  committees  submit  reports 
which  are,  after  discussion  and  adoption,  printed  in  the 
proceedings. 

Standards:  Practically  all  of  the  standards  adopted  have 
first  been  sanctioned  by  the  A.S.T.M.  (1A4). 


(b)  Yearbook,  giving  verbatim  report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  general 
meetings. 

(r)  Annual  Statistical  Report. 

(d)  Special  statistical  bulletins,  published  from  time  to  time  during 

the  year  as  advance  copy  from  the  annual  statistical  report. 

( e ) Iron  and  Steel  Works  Directory  of  the  U.  S.  and  Canada,  published 

every  few  years,  latest  issue  being  1916. 


1F3  The  Association  of  American  Steel  Manufacturers 


Secretary-Treasurer:  Frank  A.  Robbins,  Jr.,  care  of  Penn- 
sylvania Steel  Co.,*  Steelton,  Pa. 

Formed  about  1895  to  standardize  the  practices  of  the 
steel  trade  and  its  specifications.  Many  of  the  specifi- 
cations of  this  Association  have  later  been  adopted  in 
whole  or  in  part  by  other  associations  and  societies  'and 
in  many  cases  this  Association  has  gladly  relinquished 
its  claims  to  the  original  specifications  when  good  use  has 
been  made  of  its  pioneer  work. 

Officers  and  committees  of  this  Association  cooperate 
in  current  movements  to  standardize  the  specifications 
and  requirements  pertaining  to  steel  in  its  many  forms  of 
manufacture  and  use. 

“Bethlehem  Steel  Co.,  Steelton,  Pa. 


Standards:  In  addition  to  the  “standard  specifications” 
for  various  other  forms  of  manufactured  steel,  promulgated 
by  this  Association,  the  “Manufacturers’  Standard  Speci- 
fications for  Structural  Steel  for  Buildings”  have  for  many 
years  been  referred  to  by  architects  and  engineers  to 
secure  uniformity  in  estimating  conditions  and  practice. 
While  these  are  still  often  referred  to,  as  they  differ  but 
slightly  from  the  later  standards  (1F6)  of  the  A.S.T.M., 
it  is  noted  that  the  handbooks  of  steel  companies  print 
the  latter  specifications  rather  than  the  former  ones,  and, 
for  the  sake  of  uniformity,  it  is  suggested  that  archi- 
tects observe  the  recommendations  contained  in  the  intro- 
duction by  Prof.  Thomas  Nolan  to  the  A.S.T.M.  stan- 
dards. 


Serial  No.  1 


15 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


1F4  Information  Obtainable 

A voluminous  literature  upon  structural  design  and 
practice  exists,  but  this  lies  outside  our  province.  A care- 
fully prepared  bibliography  or  specific  recommendations 
will  be  sent  in  answer  to  inquiries  where  needs  are  care- 
fully stated. 

1 . Reference  Handbooks: 

“Engineers’  Pocketbook,”  J.  C.  Trautwine. 

“The  American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocketbook,”  Mansfield  Merriman. 

"Kidder’s  Pocketbook,  1916.” 

“Civil  Engineers’  Pocketbook,”  Albert  I.  Frye. 

"Structural  Designers’  Handbook,”  Wm.  Fry  Scott. 

1F5  Practice  Recommended 

(a)  “Cast  Iron  Columns,  Bases  and  Lintels,”  Building  Code,  1915. 

By  N.  B.  F.  U.  (Serial  No.  3). 

“ Fabrication  of  Steel  Structures .”  No  standards  have 
been  officially  adopted  but  the  following  are  in  general 
use: 

(b)  "Specifications  for  Steel  Structures,  Design,  Details  of  Construc- 

tion and  Workmanship.”  Adopted,  1912.  American  Bridge 
Company.  Printed  in  Carnegie  “Pocket  Companion,”  1916,  pp. 
154-161.  Also  in  Standard  Specifications,  distributed  by  Carne- 
gie Steel  Company. 

(c)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Fabricated  Steel  Building  Construc- 

tion.” Adopted,  1915.  Jones  & Laughlin  “Manual,  1916,”  pp. 
370-377.  Jones  & Laughlin. 

1F6  Standards 

(a)  Standard  Specifications  for  Structural  Steel for  Buildings 
A.S.T.M.  Serial  Designation  A9-16. 

The  specifications  from  which  the  present  standards 
have  developed  were  first  framed  and  recommended  in  May, 
1900,  by  that  Society,  which  was  then  known  as  the  Ameri- 
can Section  of  the  International  Association  for  Testing 
Materials.  They  were  issued  in  a bulletin  which  was  ac- 
companied by  a table  epitomizing  the  salient  features  of 
forty  different  representative  specifications  of  that  period, 
among  which  in  addition  to  city  and  many  railway  engi- 
neering adopted  specifications  was  the  “Standard  Specifi- 
cations for  Structural  Steel”  of  the  Association  of  Ameri- 
can Steel  Manufacturers.  This  Association  did  good  pioneer 
work  in  its  efforts  to  standardize  the  specifications  and 
practices  of  the  steel  trade. 

The  Standard  Specifications  for  Structural  Steel  for 
Buildings  were,  as  above  stated,  originally  premised  by  the 
A.S.T.M.,  on  a careful  comparative  study  of  the  leading 
specifications  then  (1900)  in  use  by  railroads,  munici- 
palities, consulting  engineers,  and  the  American  Railway 
Engineering  Association,  the  Association  of  American 
Steel  Manufacturers,  and  others.  Since  their  original 
adoption  in  1901,  they  have  been  revised  four  times,  in 
1909,  1913,  1914,  and  1916,  in  order  to  keep  them  abreast 
of  the  progress  of  the  times. 

IF7  Current  Activities 

(a)  An  important  investigation,  in  progress  for  a 
number  of  years  and  of  value  to  the  engineering  and  archi- 
tectural professions,  consists  of  two  series  of  column  tests 
which  the  Bureau  of  Standards  is  making  in  cooperation 
with  the  steel  column  committees  of  the  American  Society 
of  Civil  Engineers  and  of  the  American  Railway  Engineer- 
ing Association. 

The  series  of  columns  recommended  by  the  American 
Society  of  Civil  Engineers  originally  comprised  nine  differ- 
ent types  of  cross-section.  Each  type  was  represented  by 

Serial  No.  1 


“Properites  of  Steel  Sections,”  John  C.  Sample. 

“Curves  for  Calculating  Beams,  Channels  and  Reactions,”  Sidney 
Diamant. 

“Tables  of  Stresses  in  Roof  Trusses,”  H.  C.  Hearne. 

“Structural  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Milo  S.  Ketchum. 

“Handbook  Containing  General  Information  for  the  Use  of  Engineers, 
Architects  and  Builders,  1915,”  Lackawanna  Steel  Company. 

“Manual,  1916,”  Jones  & Laughlin. 

“Handbook  of  Information  Relating  to  Structural  Steel,  1916,” 
Cambria  Steel  Company. 

“Catalogue  of  Bethlehem  Structural  Shapes,”  edition  of  1911.  Beth- 
lehem Steel  Company. 

“Pocket  Companion,  1916,”  Carnegie  Steel  Company. 

2.  For  Shop  and  Field  Inspection  facilities  and  service,  see  Industrial 
Section,  pp.  142-144,  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company. 


(< {)  “Instructions  for  the  Mill  Inspection  of  Structural  Steel,”  A.R.E.A 
(1A9). 

(e)  "Steel  Construction,”  N.B.F.U.  Building  Code,.  (3A4^i.) 

Angles:  The  Association  of  American  Steel  Manufac- 
turers recommend  that  certain  sections  of  angles  be  con- 
sidered as  standard  for  general  building  construction  and 
other  work.  These  angles  are  usually  indicated  in  the 
steel  companies’  handbooks  by  a different-faced  type;  the 
use  of  same,  whenever  possible,  instead  of  avoidable  vari- 
ations, will  tend  toward  economy  in  construction  through 
lessening  costs  of  rolling  and  carrying  in  stock  sizes  in- 
frequently called  for. 


“In  these  standard  specifications  will  be  noted  what  are 
termed  the  permissible  variations  in  the  rolling  of  plates, 
shapes  and  bars,  and  provision  should  be  made  in  the 
design  to  care  for  such  variations.  A design  which  does 
not  permit  of  this  variation  is  frequently  the  cause  of 
serious  difficulties.  Ample  clearances  tend  toward  ease 
and  economy  in  fabrication  and  greater  facility  in  the 
erection  of  any  structure.” 

These  specifications  are  the  standards  that  should  be 
generally  followed  throughout  the  United  States,  and  the 
members  of  the  Institute  and  all  others  interested  in  pro- 
moting the  very  best  usages  in  materials  and  methods  of 
construction  should  urge  their  universal  adoption. — 
Thomas  Nolan,  Chairman  A.I.A.  Committee  of  Materials 
and  Methods. 

These  standards  will  be  found  printed  and  illustrated 
in  the  book  of  A.S.T.M.  Standards,  1916  (1A4C);  also 
separately  (iA4f)  also  printed  and  illustrated,  together 
with  bridge  and  other  standard  specifications,  in  Carnegie 
“Pocket  Companion,  1916,”  pp.  10-15;  also  *n  Jcmes  & 
Laughlin  “Manual,  1916,”  pp.  342-347;  also  in  “Standard 
Specifications,”  distributed  by  Carnegie  Steel  Company. 

( b ) By  A.S.T.M.  (1A4C  and  e),  For  Malleable  Iron  Castings. 

(f)  By  A.S.T.M.  (iA4f  and  e),  For  Gray-Iron  Castings. 

(d)  By  A.S.T.M.  (1X4*-  and  e),  For  Billet  Steel  Concrete  Reinforce- 

ment Bars. 

(e)  By  A.S.T.M.  (iA4f  and  e),  For  Rail-Steel  Concrete  Reinforce- 

ment Bars. 

what  was  called  a light  section  and  a heavy  section,  and 
in  both  the  light  and  the  heavy  section  of  each  type  there 
were  three  columns  of  each  of  three  different  lengths. 

The  American  Railway  Engineering  Association  col- 
umns originally  comprised  eighteen  latticed  columns  with 
rectangular  bearing  plates  at  both  ends.  As  in  the  Ameri- 
can Society  for  Civil  Engineers’  series,  both  light  and  heavy 
sections,  each  with  three  different  lengths,  were  tested, 
three  columns  for  each  length. 

Tests  upon  these  two  original  series  have  been  com- 

Vol.  I,  1917 


16 


SERIAL  NO.  1 


pleted.  A considerable  addition  has  been  made  to  the 
original  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers’  program. 
In  order  to  obtain  a relation,  if  possible,  between  the  ulti- 
mate strength  and  the  slenderness  ratio,  additional  col- 
umns, totaling  thirty-six,  have  been  selected,  having  such 
areas,  cross-sections  and  lengths  that  the  slenderness  ratio 
will  be  different  from  those  embraced  in  the  original 
series.  . . . Twenty-four  columns  have  been  added  to 
the  series  of  the  American  Railway  Engineering  Associa- 
tion. . . . 

The  purpose  of  these  tests  is  to  determine  the  best  form 
of  cross-section  of  columns  and  also  to  correct  or  confirm 
the  formulas  used  by  engineers  and  architects  for  calculat- 
ing the  strength  of  columns.  Not  alone  are  such  formulas 
valuable  for  determining  the  loads  which  can  safely  be 

1F8  Preservation  of  Iron  and  Steel 

The  preservation  of  iron  and  steel  is  a very  broad  prob- 
lem. The  endurance  of  steel  structures  depends  not  only 
on  good  materials  but  on  good  methods  used  for  their  pre- 
servation. The  following  list  covers  the  theory  of  corro- 
sion, materials  used  for  the  protection  of  steel,  their  appli- 
cation and  manufacture  with  a logical  subdivision  into 
three  classes.  The  most  recent  investigational  work  in  the 
United  States,  done  under  the  auspices  of  the  A.S.T.M. 
(referred  to  in  a later  issue  of  the  Journal  in  connection 
with  the  Paint  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  United 
States),  is  recorded  in  the  annual  volumes  of  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (iA^ 
and  b ) and  will  also  be  found  in  the  works  of  Cushman  and 
Gardner.  The  annual  reports  of  Committee  Di,  A.S.T.M., 
on  “Protective  Coatings  for  Structural  Materials,”  from 
1903  to  1914  inclusive,  are  very  valuable  and  are  published 
by  the  A.S.T.M.  in  the  form  of  a single  volume  of  557  pages 
which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Secretary  at  the  price 
of  $3.50.  (See  Research,  Tests  and  Paint  Materials,  12B.) 

A.  Corrosion  of  Steel. 

(1)  “Corrosion  and  Preservation  of  Iron  and  Steel,”  Cushman  and 

Gardner. 

(2)  “Corrosion  of  Iron  and  Steel,”  Alfred  Sang. 

(3)  “Corrosion  of  Iron  and  Steel,”  J N.  Friend. 

(4)  “An  Electrolytic  Method  of  Preventing  Corrosion  of  Iron  and 

Steel,”  by  J.  K.  Clement  and  L.  V.  Walker,  Bureau  of  Mines  (2). 

(5)  “Corrosion  of  Fence  Wire,”  Bulletin  239,  U.  S.  Department  of 

Agriculture. 

(6)  “Electrolytic  Corrosion  of  Iron  in  Soils,”  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Stan- 

dards (iA2r),  No.  25. 

B.  Protective  Coatings. 

(1)  “Paints  for  Steel  Structures,”  Houston  Lowe. 

(2)  “Rustless  Coatings,”  M.  P.  Wood. 

(3)  “Iron  Corrosion,  Anti-fouling  and  Anti-corrosive  Paints,”  L.  E. 

Andes. 

(4)  “Commercial  Paints  and  Painting,”  Arthur  S.  Jennings. 

(5)  “Lead  and  Zinc  Pigments,”  C.  D.  Holley. 

(6)  “The  Preparation  and  Uses  of  White  Zinc  Paints,”  P.  Fleury. 

(7)  “White  Paints  and  Painting  Materials,”  W.  G.  Scott. 

C.  Manufacture  of  Oils  and  Pigments. 

(1)  “Chemistry  and  Technology  of  Paints,”  2nd  edition,  Maxmilian 

Toch. 

(2)  “The  Manufacture  and  Comparative  Merits  of  White  Zinc  and 

Zinc  White  Paints,”  G.  Petit. 

(3)  “Linseed  Oil  and  Other  Seed  Oils,”  Wm.  D.  Ennis. 

(4)  “Paint  Technology  and  Tests,”  Henry  A Gardner. 

D.  Other  References.  See  Reference  Handbooks  1 F4. 

1.  The  subjects  of  corrosion,  protection  and  preserva- 
tion of  iron,  steel  and  other  metals  as  applied  to  other 
products  will  be  treated  under  the  respective  industries. 


carried  by  the  columns  used  in  various  structures,  but 
they  also  enable  the  designer  of  columns  to  make  the  most 
economical  use  of  the  steel  employed  in  their  construction. 

The  investigation  upon  columns  will  be  augmented  by 
the  addition  of  about  250  columns  which  have  been  in  the 
possession  of  the  Watertown  Arsenal  and  which  will  be 
transferred  to  the  Bureau.  (Report,  Bureau  of  Standards, 
1916,  1A2  a.) 

(b)  Other  tests  being  conducted  in  cooperation  between 
the  Bureau  and  the  Underwriters  Laboratories  and  Asso- 
ciated Factory  Mutuals  Laboratories,  with  reference  to 
columns  and  beams  under  fire  tests  with  different  protec- 
tional  coverings  will  be  referred  to  under  a later  serial 
number.  (See,  3E3^.) 


See  the  general  index  for  these.  Especial  mention  will,  how- 
ever, be  found  under: 

Corrosion  and  Treatment  of  Metals  (11B2). 

Protective  Coatings  (11B3). 

Electrolysis  (6N  and  11B4). 

Metal  Products  in  General  (11B5). 

Roof  Coverings,  also  Sheet  Metal  Work,  Cornices,  Skylights,  and 
Ventilators  (11D2). 

Research,  Tests,  and  Paint  Materials  (12B). 

Treatments  and  Coatings  for  Metals  and  for  Walls  and  Floors,  ex- 
clusive of  Wood  (12C). 

E.  For  other  information  pertaining  to  materials  and  prod- 
ucts for  the  treatment  of  Iron  and  Steel,  see  pages  in 
the  Industrial  Section  as  follows: 

“Solvay  Protective  Paints,”  The  Solvay  Process  Company,  Semet- 
Solvay  Company,  p.  192. 

“R.  I.  W.”  Tochoiith  and  other  products,  Toch  Brothers,  p.  193. 

“Patton’s  Ironhide,”  Patton  Paint  Co.,  p.  194. 

lF8f  Current  Activities  (addenda) 

At  the  Convention  in  June,  1917,  of  the  A.S.T.M.,  at 
Atlantic  City,  Committee  A-5  on  Corrosion  of  Iron  and 
Steel  submitted  a report  from  which  the  following  is 
quoted: 

“Committee  A-5  has  completed  the  erection  of  the  test 
racks  described  in  its  report  for  1915,  and  all  the  sheets  of 
metal  are  now  exposed.  Those  at  Annapolis,  Md.,  and 
Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  were  placed  on  the  racks  during  October 
and  December  of  1916  and  those  at  Fort  Sheridan,  111., 
in  April  of  this  year. 

“The  Inspection  Committee,  with  a number  of  members 
of  Committee  A-5,  inspected  the  sheets  at  Pittsburgh  and 
Annapolis  last  April  and  made  notes  on  their  condition. 
Certain  peculiarities  were  observed,  indicating  differences 
between  the  conditions  of  the  various  sheets  at  both 
locations,  but  it  was  decided  that  no  specific  report  could 
be  made  at  present. 

“Subcommittee  II  on  Preservative  Metallic  Coatings 
for  Metals,  which  was  created  last  year,  has  concluded 
its  study  of  the  determination  of  zinc  in  galvanized  coat- 
ings. It  presents  a report  on  a comparison  of  the  basic- 
lead-acetate  and  the  hydrochloric  acid-antimony  chloride 
methods  of  treating  galvanized  sheets  and  wire,  which  it  is 
believed  is  a valuable  contribution  to  the  testing  of  these 
products.” 

(See  Report  of  Subcommittee  II  in  “Proceedings,” 
A.S.T.M.,  1917,  Part  I,  pp.  144  to  177,  including  diagrams, 
tables  and  discussion  which  followed  report.) 


Serial  No.  1 


17 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  2 

FEBRUARY,  1917 

INDEX 

2Al  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

2C  Stone  Masonry,  Broken 

2Fl  Marble. 

2A3  Bureau  of  Mines. 

Stone,  Sand  and 

2F4  Terrazzo  Floors. 

2B  Lime  and  Hydrated 

Gravel. 

2Gl  Limestone. 

Lime. 

2Dl  Stone:  For  Building  and 

2Hl  Sandstone. 

2B9  Whitewash. 

Decoration. 

2Jl  Stone  in  General. 

2El  Granite. 

2Kl  Slate. 

2Ai  United  States  Geological  Survey;  Department  of  the  Interior 

Created  by  act  of  Congress,  March  3,  1879;  organized  July  I,  1879 


Director:  George  Otis  Smith,  1330  F Street,  Washington. 
Publications: 

(a)  Annual  Report  of  the  Director.  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.,’’ 
in  two  parts,  (b)  Part  I,  “Metals.”  (r)  Part  2,  “Non-Metals.”  (if)  Chap- 
ters of  same,  as  pamphlets  for  earlier  distribution.  ( e ) Monographs.  (/) 
Professional  papers,  (?)  Bulletins,  (h)  Water-supply  papers,  (J)  Topo- 
graphic Atlas  of  the  U.  S.,  folios  and  separate  sheets.  ( k ) Geologic  Atlas 
of  the  U.  S.,  folios.  (/)  Chapters  of  certain  of  classes / and,?  separately 
issued  for  early  distribution. 

Publications  of  the  classes  lettered  e,j,  and  k,  are  sold 
at  cost;  the  others  (unless  prices  are  affixed  in  the  lists 
given)  are  distributed  free  as  long  as  the  stock  lasts.  It  is 
impossible  for  the  Survey  to  comply  with  general  demands 
for  the  publications  which  are  distributed  free,  such  as  to 
have  all  of  any  series  sent,  but  requests  for  a certain  paper 
are  granted  whenever  practicable.  No  person  can  obtain 
more  than  one  copy  of  any  publication.  Many  of  the 
publications  of  the  Survey  are  out  of  print,  but  these  can 
usually  be  obtained  by  purchasing  from  the  Superintend- 
ent of  Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.,  or  can  be  consulted  at  public  libraries  or 
purchased  from  dealers  in  second-hand  books  in  any  large 
city. 

For  publications  to  which  prices  are  affixed  in  the  lists 
given  under  the  various  industries  prepayment  is  required, 
and  should  be  made  in  cash  (exact  amount)  or  by  postal 
or  express  money  order  (not  postage  stamps)  payable  to 
the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  or  to 
the  Superintendent  of  Documents  if  the  Survey’s  stock  is 
exhausted. 

Descriptive  circulars  and  indexes  in  regard  to  topo- 
graphic atlas  sheets  and  monthly  notices  announcing  the 
issue  of  new  publications  will  be  sent  to  those  who  request 
them. 

Complete  catalogue  of  all  publications  of  the  Survey 
obtainable  without  charge  upon  application  to  Director  of 
Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Contributions  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  to  Architects 

(Written  for  the  Journal) 

By  ERNEST  F.  BURCHARD 
Geologist  in  Charge,  Section  of  Non-meta!lic  Resources 

A broad,  comprehensive  study  of  the  non-metallic 
structural  materials  resources  of  the  United  States  is  being 
made  by  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  cooperation  with 
the  Bureau  of  Standards  and  Bureau  of  Mines.  The  Sur- 
vey studies  in  the  field  and  office,  the  occurrence,  char- 
acter, and  distribution  of  the  materials,  classifies  them 

Serial  No.  2 1 8 


according  to  their  source,  petrographic  character,  geologic 
origin  and  age,  commercial  uses  and  suitability  for  special 
purposes,  and  summarizes  annually  the  commercial  out- 
put and  value  of  all  these  materials. 

The  Bureau  of  Standards  tests  in  the  laboratory  the 
physical  properties  of  the  materials  and  makes  compara- 
tive studies  of  their  durability  through  observations  of 
materials  in  use  under  various  conditions.  The  Bureau 
of  Mines  studies  in  the  field  the  technology  of  production 
and  preparation  for  the  market  of  the  various  materials, 
paying  particular  attention  to  the  principles  of  safety, 
efficiency,  and  prevention  of  waste.  Both  the  Bureau  of 
Mines  and  the  Survey  collect  materials  for  test  by  the 
Bureau  of  Standards,  taking  care  not  to  duplicate  work. 

The  forerunner  of  this  cooperative  work  was  a general 
field  and  laboratory  investigation  carried  on  by  the  Survey 
for  several  years  prior  to  July,  1910,  primarily  for  the 
information  of  the  Supervising  Architect  with  regard  to 
structural  materials  available  for  the  construction  of  pro- 
jected federal  buildings  throughout  the  United  States,  but 
also  designed  to  add  to  the  Survey  records  data  concern- 
ing materials  of  promise  in  any  region  under  survey.  The 
reports  to  the  Supervising  Architect  were  brief— generally 
about  five  typewritten  pages.  They  were  sent  directly 
from  the  field  without  awaiting  publication  by  the  Sur- 
vey. The  work  was  carried  on  by  geologists  especially 
interested  in  the  subject,  and  in  order  that  there  should  be 
uniformity  in  the  reports  they  were  prepared  mostly 
according  to  the  following  outline,  which  indicates  the 
range  of  non-metallic  materials  studied  by  the  Survey  then, 
as  well  as  now: 

Structural  Materials  investigated for  use  in  Federal  Buildings: 

E Stone:  A.  Dimension  stone  for  exterior,  a.  Foundations,  b.  Walls. 
c.  Sills  and  trim.  B.  Ornamental  stone  for  interior  (marble,  serpentine, 
onyx,  etc.)  C.  Slate  for  roofing,  sanitary  fixtures,  etc. 

II.  Material  for  concrete:  A.  Sand.  B.  Gravel.  C.  Crushed  stone, 
slag,  cinders,  shells,  etc.  D.  Cement  (Portland,  natural,  hydraulic,  etc.). 

III.  Clay  products:  A.  Brick:  a.  Common,  b.  Front  (pressed,  rough, 
fire-faced,  etc.)  B.  Tile:  a.  Roofing,  b.  Hollow  building-tile  or  block. 
c.  Ornamental. 

IV.  Materials  for  mortars  and  plasters:  A.  Lime:  a.  Quick,  b. 
Hydrated.  B.  Gypsum  wall-plasters.  C.  Sand. 

Necessarily  the  work  was  done  very  rapidly,  and  the 
reports  were  written  not  for  the  use  of  geologists,  but 
rather  for  that  of  persons  who  may  not  have  had  training 
in  geology,  care  being  taken  that  only  data  of  practical 
character  should  be  given.  The  points  of  special  interest 
to  the  geologist,  however,  such  as  the  nature,  extent, 
quality  (as  to  uniformity,  durability,  and  color),  loca- 
tion (as  to  means  of  handling  and  transportation),  struc- 
ture, and  geologic  relation  in  general,  that  affected  the 

Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  2 


use  of  materials,  were  borne  in  mind  throughout  the 
series  of  reports. 

In  these  field  studies  the  endeavor  was  to  relieve  the 
laboratory  of  all  the  work  possible  and  to  give  the  Super- 
vising Architect  a definite  opinion  as  to  the  value  and 
availability  of  a material,  backed  up  by  a detailed  descrip- 
tion of  it  and  the  results  of  a simple  field-test.  In  addi- 
tion, use  was  made  of  any  authentic  test  data  in  possession 
of  the  producer  or  contained  in  state  or  federal  geological 
survey  reports.  The  common  points  considered  with 
regard  to  stone,  gravel,  clay,  gypsum,  etc.,  were  noted  on 
special  forms  in  loose-leaf  books.  Many  special  details 
had  to  be  considered  with  regard  to  the  various  materials, 
and  for  brick  and  other  clay  products  notes  of  a special 
form  were  kept  regarding  the  processes  of  manufacture. 
Sands  were  subjected  to  qualitative  tests  for  the  presence 
of  lime,  alkali,  clay,  magnetite,  quicksand,  and  silt.  Granu- 
lar metric  analyses  were  made  and  the  material  was  criti- 
cally examined  under  the  field-lens. 

A knowledge  of  the  Supervising  Architect’s  general 
specifications  was  requisite,  and  after  a little  practice  the 
geologist  was  able  to  tell  in  most  cases,  after  a careful 
investigation,  whether  a sand,  gravel,  stone,  or  brick  would 
fulfil  these  specifications  or  no. 

The  direct  advantages  of  these  reports  to  the  Super- 
vising Architect  or  to  federal  construction  work  in  general 
may  be  summarized  as  follows: 

1.  Attention  was  called  to  materials  of  merit  which, 
owing  to  their  proximity  to  the  building-site,  should  be 
obtainable  at  lower  prices  than  similar  materials  from  long 
distances. 

2.  Attention  was  called  to  little-developed  and  hitherto 
comparatively  unknown  materials  that  may  possess 
special  merit  for  certain  kinds  of  work. 

3.  Warning  was  issued  against  the  use  of  materials  that 
are  not  suitable  yet  that  are  commonly  used  in  certain 
localities. 

4.  Warning  issued  against  the  acceptance  of  materials 
from  deposits  which  may  be  of  good  quality  but  of  insuf- 
ficient quantity. 

5.  Warning  was  issued  against  the  acceptance  of 
materials  from  deposits  which  may  afford  excellent  material 
in  small  samples,  but  whose  quality  in  adequate  quantities 
is  irregular  and  inferior. 

6.  Data  regarding  local  costs  and  freight  rates  were 
given  on  small  and  large  lots  of  all  materials  shipped  into 
the  locality,  such  as  cement,  stone,  sand,  wall-plasters,  etc., 
thus  affording  aid  toward  preparing  specifications  for 
buildings. 

7.  Some  attention  was  paid  to  the  proposed  federal 
buiiding-sites,  with  reference  to  character  and  condition 
of  the  ground  on  which  foundations  would  rest  and  with 
reference  to  smoke  conditions. 

In  addition  to  the  results  of  this  work  as  related  to  the 
Government,  its  relation  to  the  country  at  large  may  be 
mentioned.  When  little-known  but  meritorious  materials 
were  thus  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Supervising 
Architect,  and  incidentally  to  that  of  the  public  by  use  in 
federal  buildings  and  by  published  reports,  the  efficient 
use  of  important  natural  resources  was  encouraged.  In 
many  instances  materials  that  would  probably  otherwise 
have  been  passed  unnoticed  were  brought  to  the  atten- 
tion of  the  Supervising  Architect.  Many  such  instances 
might  be  noted,  but  the  following  are  fair  samples  showing 
the  range  of  such  materials  covered. 

1.  Large  and  sound  glacial  boulders  of  both  crystalline 
and  sedimentary  rocks  that  occur  in  great  abundance  in 
the  vicinity  of  Minot,  N.  D.,  a region  otherwise  devoid  of 

Serial  No.  2 


stone.  These  boulders  can  be  split  and  trimmed  into  hand- 
some, massive  dimension  stones. 

2.  The  “chats”  or  tailings  from  the  concentrating  mills 
in  the  Platteville,  Wis.,  and  Joplin,  Mo.,  zinc  districts,  and 
from  the  copper  smelter  at  Great  balls,  Mont.,  etc.  These 
“chats”  make  a good  aggregate  for  both  plain  and  rein- 
forced concrete  work,  and  the  tailings  from  the  Great 
Falls  smelter  make  good  sand  for  mortar  and  brick. 

3.  Sandstone  used  locally  at  Big  Stone  Gap,  Va. 

4.  Oolitic  limestone  at  Bowling  Green,  Ky. 

5.  Subcrystalline  limestone  at  Batesville,  Ark.,  Frank- 
fort, Ky.,  and  Harriman,  Tenn. 

6.  Shale  near  Mansfield,  Ohio,  suitable  for  brick- 
making. 

7.  Loam  at  various  points  in  the  Mississippi  embay- 
ment  in  Arkansas,  Mississippi,  and  Tennessee,  suitable 
for  the  manufacture  of  brick. 

8.  Sand  and  gravel  from  points  on  Arkansas  River  in 
Kansas  and  Oklahoma  very  similar  in  quality  to  the 
well-known  Kaw  River  sand. 

Besides  the  work  outlined  above,  there  have  been  car- 
ried on  at  times  at  the  laboratories  of  the  Survey  and  the 
Bureau  of  Standards  in  Pittsburgh  and  Washington 
special  investigations  of  such  subjects  as  the  manufacture 
and  the  hydration  of  lime  and  studies  of  Portland  and 
Keene’s  cements  and  wall-plasters,  tending  toward  the 
formulation  of  standard  specifications  for  these  materials 
in  Government  construction  work.  Here  again  the  ser- 
vices of  field  geologists  have  been  required  and  the  geo- 
logic records  of  the  Survey  incidentally  enriched.  In 
areal  field-work  geologists  frequently  visit  places  contain- 
ing developed  and  undeveloped  deposts  of  limestone, 
sandstone,  granite,  slate,  Portland  cement  and  concrete 
materials,  and  gypsum,  and  the  many  special  papers  are 
either  direct  or  incidental  results  of  such  work. 

Papers  published  by  the  Geological  Survey  on  struc- 
tural materials  available  in  parts  of  Oregon  and  Wash- 
ington, at  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  at  Austin,  Tex.,  on  the 
fire-resistive  properties  of  various  building  materials,  and 
on  the  effects  of  the  San  Francisco  earthquake  and  fire  on 
structures  and  structural  materials,  are  examples  of  the 
results  of  the  type  of  studies  outlined  above. 

The  annual  volume  entitled  “Mineral  Resources  of  the 
United  States”  furnishes  architects  and  others  with  relia- 
ble and  up-to-date  information  concerning  many  of  the 
various  materials  which  enter  into  construction.  Each  year 
statistics  are  compiled  concerning  over  sixty  subjects, 
giving  the  production,  exports,  imports,  and  value — 
information  of  vital  interest  to  all  who  are  dealing  with 
both  metallic  and  non-metallic  mineral  products.  This 
information  for  each  year  is  given  as  soon  after  the  close 
of  the  year  as  possible,  but  of  late  years  a provisional 
estimate  has  been  made  and  published  by  the  first  of  the 
year  following  the  year  for  which  the  statistics  are  given 
and  still  more  lately  statistics  on  many  of  the  important 
resources  have  been  published  semi-annually. 

One  very  important  phase  of  Survey  work  on  structural 
materials  remains  to  be  mentioned.  Special  investiga- 
tions have  been  made,  or  are  in  progress,  in  which  certain 
geologists  spend  the  whole  or  a large  part  of  their  time  at 
certain  periods  studying  a single  subject  in  a district,  a 
state,  or  throughout  the  United  States.  These  special 
investigations  have  resulted  in  the  publication  of  papers  or 
bulletins  on  such  subjects  as  the  brownstones  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, the  Bedford  oolitic  limestone  of  Indiana,  the  Port- 
land cement  materials  of  the  United  States,  the  gypsum 
deposits  of  the  United  States,  the  stone  resources  of  the 
United  States  (illustrated  by  maps  showing  the  loca- 
tions of  quarries  by  classes  of  stone),  the  granites 

Vol.  I,  1917 


19 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


of  Maine,  the  granites  of  the  southeastern  states,  the 
marbles  of  western  Vermont,  the  marbles  of  southeastern 
Alaska,  building-stones  of  Minnesota,  glass-sand  in  the 
Mississippi  Basin,  the  clays  of  the  United  States  east  of 
the  Mississippi  River,  and  slate  in  the  United  States. 

The  profession  of  the  architect  requires  special  knowl- 
edge in  so  many  diverse  branches  that  it  is  not  surprising 
that  heretofore  comparatively  few  have  had  the  time  or 
the  inclination  to  inquire  into  the  source  and  nature  of  the 
raw  materials  that  enter  into  construction  work.  That 
there  is  an  increasing  interest  in  these  subjects  is,  however, 
evident  through  the  correspondence  being  received  by  the 
federal  Geological  Survey,  especially  from  teachers  of 

2A2  State  Geologists 

Publications: 

(a)  Bulletins,  reports  and  circulars  are  issued  on  behalf  of  many  of  the 
states,  forty-seven  of  which  recognize  geologic  work  as  a neces- 
sary and  proper  governmental  function.  These  publications  are 
generally  furnished  upon  request. 

The  cooperation  existing  between  state  and  federal 
geological  surveys  is  both  intimate  and  extensive  in  the  . 
conduct  of  topographic  surveys,  stream-gaging,  and  geo- 
logic investigations,  as  well  as  in  the  collection  of  mineral 
statistics. 


architecture  and  from  architects  who  are  seeking  materials 
suitable  for  special  purposes,  for  certain  localities  and 
climates,  or  in  order  to  carry  out  definite  color-schemes. 
To  all  such  inquiries  the  Survey  is  endeavoring  to  respond 
to  the  best  of  its  ability  and  to  place  at  the  disposal  of 
architects  and  builders  the  results  of  its  experience  and 
its  knowledge  of  the  structural  materials,  resources  of  the 
United  States,  not  only  in  the  non-metallic  materials,  but 
in  the  metals,  such  as  iron  and  steel,  manganese,  copper, 
lead,  and  zinc.  The  further  use  of  the  resources  and  ser- 
vices of  the  Survey  is  cordially  invited  and  suggestions  as 
to  how  this  service  and  cooperation  may  be  improved  and 
extended  will  be  welcomed. 


In  part  the  federal  survey  acts  as  the  disburser  of  state 
funds  in  this  technical  work,  in  part  the  state  official  acts 
as  the  representative  of  the  larger  organization  in  local 
work,  and  again  the  national  survey  investigates  some 
large  interstate  problem  in  behalf  of  adjoining  states. 
Each  of  these  cooperative  methods  is  effective  and  pre- 
vents duplication  of  effort,  accomplishes  standardization 
of  results,  and  promotes  the  coordination  that  secures  the 
general  results  for  the  national  bureau  and  the  more  local 
benefits  for  the  state  organization. 


2A3  Bureau  of  Mines,  Department  of  the  Interior,  U.  S.  A. 

Created  by  Act  of  Congress,  May  16,  1910.  Organized  July  1,  1910. 


Director:  Van.  H.  Manning,  710  E St.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Publications: 

(a)  Annual  Report  of  the  Director;  ( b ) Bulletins;  ( c ) 
Technical  Papers;  ( d)  Miners’  circulars. 

A limited  number  of  those  current,  one  only  to 
each  person,  is  free  upon  application  to  the  Director. 

Note:  Publications  of  especial  interest  to  archi- 
tects and  constructors  will  be  referred  to  under  the 
respective  activities.  For  complete  list  of  publica- 
tions apply  to  the  Director. 

The  great  importance  of  the  mine-safety  and  fuel 
investigations  undertaken  by  the  Geological  Survey,  and 


the  widespread  demand  for  a separate  bureau  to  pursue 
these  and  other  mining  inquiries  resulted  in  Congress 
passing  an  act,  effective  July  1,  1910,  which  established 
the  Bureau  of  Mines,  at  the  same  time  that  the  Structural 
Materials  Laboratories  of  the  Geological  Survey  the  Engi- 
neer in  charge  of  which  was  Richard  L.  Humphrey,  were 
transferred  to  the  Bureau  of  Standards. 

While  the  Bureau’s  activities  are  confined  to  questions 
of  safety  and  efficiency  in  the  mining  and  utilization  of 
the  great  variety  of  mineral  products,  there  are  neces- 
sarily places  here  and  there  where  its  work  bears  more  or 
less  directly  upon  subjects  of  architectural  interest.  These 
will  be  referred  to  in  conection  with  the  respective 
industries. 


Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings 


Secretary:  Frederick  A.  Hills,  New  Post  Office,  Rumford, 
Maine. 

Publications: 

{a)  Journal,  devoted  to  professional  papers  and  discussions,  cost  data, 
changes  of  addresses  of  members  and  contract  news  relative  to 
United  States  public  buildings. 

2A5  Building  Data  League,  Inc. 

President:  Sullivan  W.  Jones,  15  West  38th  St.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.  Secretary:  F.  A.  Burdett,  15  West  38th  St., 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

An  Association,  the  membership  of  which  embraces 
persons  acting  in  either  a professional  or  contractual 
capacity  as  agents  of  the  consumer  in  the  field  of  building 
construction. 

Annual  dues  are  $10,  and  the  service  consists  of  reports 
on  research  work,  reports  on  investigations  of  products, 
and  the  preparation  and  publication  of  standard  specifica- 
tions for  distribution  to  members. 


Purpose: 

Is  a mutual  organization  of  the  field  and  office  staffs  of  the 
Supervising  Architect’s  office  of  the  Treasury  Department, 
but  has  no  official  connection  with  the  Department.  The 
members  are  engaged  in  the  design,  construction,  equip- 
ment and  maintenance  of  United  States  public  buildings. 


Publications: 

(a)  “Standard  Specifications”  embodying  general  information  in 
establishing  standards  for  measuring  the  comparative  worth  of 
competing  products  in  the  given  classes. 

(i)  “Findings”  on  registered  products. 

(r)  Reports  on  non-registered  products. 
id)  Bulletin,  issued  to  members  at  intervals. 

The  “Findings”  and  reports  are  based  upon  the  stan- 
dards established  by  the  specifications. 


Serial  No.  2 


20 


Vol.  I,  1917 


S E R I A 1 


NO.  2 


2 3 Lime  and  Hydrated  Lime 

The  subjects  under  this  heading  will  be  treated  herein 
with  respect  to  their  uses  in  foundational  work,  masonry, 
and  in  mortars  generally — but  not  specifically  in  connec- 
tion with  “plastering,”  to  which  reference  will  be  fully 
made  in  a later  Serial  Number.  (See  “Metal,  Plastic  and 
Other  Products,”  Serial  No.  ii.) 

2Bl  Lime 

The  lime  manufactured  and  sold  in  the  United  States 
in  1915  amounted  to  3,589,699  short  tons,  valued  at 
$14,336,756.  . ... 

The  quantity  produced  for  building  purposes  according 
to  the  figures  given  in  “Lime  in  191 5,”  issued  by  the  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey  (2Ai</),  on  the  basis  of  about  one  third 
of  the  total,  was  1,163,433  short  tons,  valued  at  $5, 068,375, 
or  an  average  price  per  ton  of  $>4 .36  received  by  the  pro- 
ducers. In  this  amount  was  included  581,114  tons  of 
hydrated  lime. 

2B2  National  Lime  Manufacturers'  Associa- 
tion 

President:  W.  E.  Carson,  Riverton,  Va. 

(Information  concerning  same  difficult  to  obtain.) 

2B3  Information  Obtainable  {Lime) 

Publications: 

{a)  The  source,  manufacture  and  use  of  lime,  “Mineral  Resources  of 
the  United  States”  for  1913,  pt.  2,  pp.  1509-1393,  1914,  E.  F. 
Burchard  and  W.  E.  Emley. 

(b)  See  also  chapters  on  lime  in  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  United 

States”  for  each  year  (2Air  and  d). 

( c ) The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  has  also  issued  a large  number  of 

bulletins  and  separate  chapters  (2A1  d and  g)  dealing  with  lime, 
and  other  structural  materials  to  be  found  in  various  parts  of  the 
country.  Specific  information  will  be  furnished  through  the 
Journal  or  the  publications  may  be  had  upon  application  to  the 
Director  as  noted  under  2A1. 

(d)  Proceedings  and  other  publications  of  the  National  Lime  Manu- 

facturers’ Association  (2B2). 

(e)  Bureau  of  Standards,  Technologic  Paper  (lA 2c)  “The  Manufac- 

ture of  Lime.” 

(/)  Ditto,  “The  Properties  and  Uses  of  Lime.” 

(g)  “Treatise  on  Limes,  Hydraulic  Cements  and  Mortars,”  Gen. 

Q.  O.  Gilmore. 

(h)  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket-Book,”  M.  Merriman;  "Lime 

and  Lime  Mortar,”  pp.  518-520. 

(j)  “Cements,  Limes  and  Plasters,”  E.  C.  Eckel. 

( k ) “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder; 

“Limes,  Cements  and  Mortars,”  pp.  126-204. 

(/)  Other  information  pertaining  to  lime,  generally  in  connection  with 
its  use  in  mortars  for  masonry,  will  be  found  in  most  of  the  pub- 
lications mentioned  under  “2C4.  Other  References.” 

2B4  Hydrated  Lime 

The  hydrated  lime  sold  in  the  United  States  continues 
steadily  to  increase,  the  amount  produced  in  1915  being 
stated  under  “Lime.” 

The  average  price  per  ton,  though  fluctuating,  has  on 
the  whole  been  declining  since  1911,  when  it  was  $4.50. 
These  changes  may  suggest  that  the  production  of  hydrated 
lime  has  reached  such  proportions  that  its  future  growth 
will  be  at  a slower  rate  than  formerly,  but  as  the  quantity- 
sold  by  producers  in  1915  amounted  to  only  16  per  cent 
of  the  total  lime  sold,  there  is  ample  room  for  future 
growth,  especially  in  view  of  the  marked  attention  now 
being  given  to  this  kind  of  lime.  The  superiority  of 
hydrated  lime  over  lump  lime  for  building  is  receiving 
broader  recognition,  due  in  part  to  the  activity  of  the 
Hydrated  Lime  Bureau,  a branch  of  the  National  Lime 
Manufacturers’  Association. 


An  elaborate  series  of  experiments  on  the  properties 
and  uses  of  hydrated  lime,  including  its  effect  upon  con- 
crete, has  been  commenced  by  the  United  States  Bureau 
of  Standards  (see  “Current  Activities”).  In  addition  to 
these  developments,  improvements  have  been  made  in 
lime  hydrators  and  in  the  design  of  lime-hydrating  plants, 
and  a process  for  increasing  the  plasticity  or  spreading 
quality  of  hydrated  lime  by  the  addition  of  a limited  quan- 
tity of  clay  during  hydration  has  been  patented  by  W . E. 
Carson  (From  “Lime  in  1915,”  2 hid). 

2B5  Hydrated  Lime  Bureau  of  the  National 
Lime  Manufacturers'  Association 

Aianager:  Norman  S.  Hough,  Arrott  Building,  Pitts- 

burgh, Pa. 

The  object  of  the  Bureau  is  to  furnish  a central  office 
from  which  architects,  engineers  and  contractors  may 
receive  reliable  information  relative  to  the  use  of  hydrated 
lime  for  building  purposes. 

Publications: 

Books,  bulletins  and  pamphlets,  some  of  which  are  referred  to  under 

2B6  and  2B8. 

2B6  Information  Obtainable  {Hydrated Lime) 

Publications: 

(a)  See  also  Chapters  on  lime  in  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.”  for 
each  year  (2Air  and  d). 

{b)  “Hydrated  Lime,”  by  E.  W.  Lazell,  95  pp.  Published  by  Jackson- 
Remlinger  Printing  Co.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  1915;  distributed  by 
the  Hydrated  Lime  Bureau,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  (A  general  ele- 
mentary text  on  the  history,  chemistry,  manufacture,  proper- 
ties, and  uses  of  hydrated  lime.) 

0 c ) “Hydrated  Lime,”  by  W.  B.  Joseph,  Cement  and  Engineering 
News,  February,  1915,  pp.  45-46.  (A  brief  account  of  the  pro- 
cesses of  manufacture  and  properties  of  hydrated  . lime.) 

(d)  “Effect  of  Adding  Hydrated  Lime”  (to  Portland  cement),  Cement 

and  Engineering  News,  March,  1915,  p.  76.  (Cities  experi- 
ments by  Henry  S.  Spackman,  who  concluded  “that  the  addi- 
tion of  hydrated  lime  will  be  found  advantageous  under  ordinary 
climatic  conditions  in  concrete  work  generally,  where  it  is 
exposed  either  to  air  or  to  fresh  water;  and  concrete  to  which 
such  additions  have  been  made,  besides  being  more  impermeable, 
will  show  less  change  in  volume  under  varying  moisture  con- 
tent.”) 

(e)  Papers  read  at  the  thirteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  National 

Lime  Manufacturers’  Association  and  published  in  the  minutes 
of  the  meeting,  February,  1915:  “Hydrated  Lime  Plastering — 
the  Fourth  Year’s  Development,”  by  Lawrence  Hitchcock; 
“The  Possibilities  of  Hydrated  Lime  Products  for  Plastering 
Purposes,”  by  H.  S.  Spackman;  “Hydrated  Lime  in  Oregon 
State  Roads,”  by  R.  S.  Edwards;  “Hydrate  as  an  Addition  to 
Concrete,”  by  E.  M.  Soper;  “A  Modern  Hydrating  Plant,”  by 
R.  K.  Meade. 

(/)  “Advantages  in  Use  of  Commercially  Hydrated  Lime  over  Ordi- 
nary Slaked  Lime,”  by  E.  W.  Lazell,  Cement  and  Engineering 
News,  June,  1915,  pp.  125-126. 

(g)  “Perfecting  Concrete  Roads — the  Part  That  Hydrated  Lime 

Plays  in  Assuring  Absolute  Permanency  to  Concrete,”  by 
Charles  Warner,  Cement  and  Engineering  News,  September, 
1915,  pp.  198-200. 

(h)  Papers  read  at  the  fourteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  National 

Lime  Manufacturers’  Association,  Cleveland,  Ohio,  February, 
1916  (published  in  the  minutes  of  the  meeting). 

The  following  are  some  of  the  pamphlets  and  bulletins 
published  by  the  Hydrated  Lime  Bureau.  (Those  referring 
to  “wall  plastering”  will  be  mentioned  under  a later 
Serial  number.  See  No.  11.) 

(J)  “Tests  and  Uses  of  Hydrated  Lime,”  A.  C.  Hoff.  A reprint  from  the 
Current  Era  of  February,  1915. 

( k ) “Dependable  Concrete — Hydrated  Lime  and  its  Effect  on,” 
Bulletin  A. 2. 

(tu)  “In  the  Concrete  Chute,”  Bulletin  A.  3. 

(/)  "Improving  Paving  Grout,”  Bulletin  L. 


Serial  No.  2 


21 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


(«)  "Improved  Cement  Blocks,”  Bulletin  M. 

(o)  "Concrete  Gas  Tank  Waterproofed  with  Hydrated  Lime,” 

Pamphlet  D. 

( p ) Waterproofing  Concrete  with  Hydrated  Lime.” 

(?)  “Improving  Concrete  Roads,”  Pamphlet  K. 

2B7  Other  Ref erences 

See  “Kidders  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  pp.  1462-1467, 
for  lime  and  a brief  description  of  the  process  of  making 
hydrated  lime.  Other  references  will  be  found  in  most  of 
the  publications  concerned  with  masonry  mentioned 
under  2C4  and  also  under  2B3. 

2Bs  Practice  Recommended  by  Various 
Authorities 

Hydrated  Lime  Bureau  (2B5). 

(a)  “The  Ideal  Mortar  for  Brick  Masonry — Mortar  No.  5,”  Bulletin  J, 
June  1,  1916.  (Contains  results  of  investigation  conducted  by 
Prof.  J.  S.  Macgregor,  of  Columbia  University,  New  York  City.) 

Standard  specifications  for  plastering  and  other  prac- 
tice recommended  for  the  use  of  lime  and  hydrated  lime 
will  be  referred  to  under  “Plastering”  in  a later  Serial 
number.  (See  No.  n.) 

2B9  Standards  Adopted 

By  Navy  Department,  U.  S.  A. 

(a)  Specifications  for  “Concrete  and  Mortar,  and  Materials  for 

(cement  not  included),”  Serial  designation  59C2r,  adopted 
February  1,  1916,  copies  of  which  can  be  obtained  upon  applica- 
tion to  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts,  Navy  Department, 
Washington,  provide  for  lime,  lime-paste,  lime-cement  mortar. 

By  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4C) 

(b)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Quicklime,”  Serial  designation 

C5-15.  . 

(r)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Hydrated  Lime,’  Serial  designa- 
tion C6-15. 

By  Department  of  Commerce — Bureau  of  Lighthouses 

(d)  Whitewash  Formulas.  A document  with  this  title  is 
issued  which  describes  what  is  generally  known  as  “Gov- 
ernment Formula”  for  whitewash  of  which  a verbatim 
transcript  is — 

WHITEWASH 

The  following  formula  for  whitewashing  has  been  found 
by  experience  to  answer  on  wood,  brick,  and  stone,  nearly 
as  well  as  oil  paint,  and  is  much  cheaper: 

Slake  half  a bushel  of  unslaked  lime  with  boiling  water, 
keeping  it  covered  during  the  processs.  Strain  it  and  add 
a peck  of  salt,  dissolved  in  warm  water;  three  pounds  of 
ground  rice  put  in  boiling  water  and  boiled  to  a thin  paste; 
half  a pound  of  powdered  Spanish  whiting,  and  a pound  of 
clear  glue  dissolved  in  warm  water;  mix  these  well  to- 
gether and  let  the  mixture  stand  for  several  days.  Keep 
the  wash  thus  prepared  in  a kettle  or  portable  furnace, 
and  when  used  put  it  on  as  hot  as  possible,  with  painters’ 
or  whitewash  brushes. 

A SIMPLER  WHITEWASH 

The  following  formula  for  mixing  whitewash,  when 
properly  made  and  put  on,  gives  a white  that  does  not 
easily  wash  or  rub  off,  viz: 

To  ten  parts  of  best  freshly  slaked  lime  add  one  part 
of  best  hydraulic  cement;  mix  well  with  salt  water  and 
apply  quite  thin. 

By  United  States  Congress 

(e)  Standard  Sizes  of  Barrels. 

The  Sixty-third  Congress  passed  a bill  (H.  R.  4899) 
which  became  effective  July  1,  1916,  making  the  standard 
size  of  barrels  for  all  dry  measures  as  follows: 

Serial  No.  2 


“Length  of  staves,  28^2  inches;  diameter  of  heads, 
inches;  distance  between  heads,  26  inches;  circum- 
ference at  bilge,  64  inches,  outside  measurement;  thick- 
ness of  staves  not  greater  than  x^inch.  It  is  further  pro- 
vided that  any  barrel  of  different  form  having  a capacity 
of  7,056  cubic  inches,  shall  be  a standard  barrel.” 

Opposition  to  this  bill  among  lime-producers  caused 
the  introduction  of  another  bill  in  the  Sixty-fourth  Con- 
gress, entitled  “An  act  to  standardize  Lime  Barrels”  which 
was  approved  August  23,  1916,  all  provisions  of  the  act  to 
become  effective  January  1,  1917,  by  which  there  was 
established  a large  and  a small  barrel  of  lime,  the  large 
barrel  to  consist  of  280  pounds  and  the  small  barrel  to 
consist  of  180  pounds  net  weight.  (The  provisions  of  these 
two  bills  are  set  forth  in  “Lime  in  1914”  and  “Lime  in 
1915”  (2A 1 d)  and  “A  General  Statement  in  Regard  to  the 
Standard  Lime  Barrel  Law”  has  been  issued  by  the  Bureau 
of  Standards.) 

2 B 1 0 Current  A cti vities 

(a)  Recent  developments  in  the  building-lime  trade,  by 
which  old  objections  to  lime  as  a building  material  are 
being  overcome,  are  reasons  for  encouragement.  The 
principal  development  is  the  increased  use  of  hydtated 
lime  in  preference  to  lump  lime,  and  the  greater  care  and 
accuracy  required  in  the  process  of  manufacture  of 
hydrated  lime.  The  danger  of  pitting  or  “popping”  of 
wall-plaster,  due  to  incomplete  hydration  of  lime,  is 
eliminated  by  the  use  of  thoroughly  prepared  hydrated 
lime.  From  “Lime  in  1915,”  zAid. 

(h)  Wet-Mortar  Plants.  An  interesting  development 
in  the  lime  industry  is  described  by  William  C.  Hay  in 
“How  Lime  Can  Be  Reestablished  in  the  Plaster  Field,” 
Bulletin  No.  7,  National  Lime  Manufacturers’  Associa- 
tion (advance  of  minutes,  April,  1916). 

It  is  the  introduction  of  a new  type  of  wet-mortar  plant 
that  has  been  in  operation  for  two  years  in  some  of  the 
large  building  centers  of  the  Pacific  coast,  manufacturing 
hard-lime  mortar,  masonry  mortar,  finishing  putty,  and 
other  products.  The  plant  buys  kiln-run  lime  in  bulk.  It 
is  of  the  continuous  type.  The  lime  is  drawn  from  tight 
storage-bin  into  slaking-tank,  and  after  the  quicklime  has 
been  hydrated  or  slaked  to  the  consistency  of  thick  cream, 
it  is  strained  off  into  curing-vats,  the  lighter  fluid  into  the 
“plaster-vats”  and  the  remainder  into  the  “masonry  vats.” 
After  aging,  the  putty  is  mechanically  aerated  by 
violent  agitation,  after  which  it  flows  through  a feed- 
valve  to  mixer.  Here  it  comes  in  contact  with  sand  and 
Keene’s  cement,  which  also  feed  continuously  and  uni- 
formly, the  cement  discharging  into  the  sand-feeder  before 
the  sand  reaches  the  mixer.  As  this  mass  is  being  churned 
through  the  mixer,  fiber  or  hair  is  fed  by  a steadily  run- 
ning “draper”  to  a picking-drum  which  disintegrates  and 
feeds  the  hair  in  finely  separated  strands  into  the  cold  and 
continuously  mixing  mass  of  mortar.  From  the  end  of 
mixer  the  mortar  is  elevated  to  measured  steel  loading- 
tanks,  from  the  bottom  of  which  auto  trucks  of  4 cubic 
yards  capacity  are  loaded  by  the  opening  of  a gate.  The 
expense  of  hauling  the  extra  weight  of  water  in  the  wet 
mortar  is  said  to  be  negligible  where  auto  trucks  are 
employed. 

Imperfections  due  to  carelessness  of  laborers  mixing 
the  mortar  or  to  incomplete  slaking  of  the  lime  are  elim- 
inated, as  the  finished  mortar  is  delivered  ready  for 
spreading.  It  may,  however,  like  unmixed  hydrated 
lime,  be  kept  for  days  without  noteworthy  deterioration. 

It  is  estimated  that  in  1915  these  wet-mortar  plants 
purchased  approximately  8,000  tons  of  lime  from  pro- 

Vol.  1,  1917 


22 


SERIAL  NO.  2 


ducers,  and  sold  approximately  90,000  tons  of  mortar, 
valued  at  about  $270,000,  or  about  $3  a ton. 

(c)  Alca  Lime.  A recent  development  in  the  lime  indus- 
try, is  a patented  article  offered  for  sale  by  many  licensees 
in  the  U.  S.  under  the  Spachman  patents.  See  descrip- 
tion in  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  p.  1467. 

(d)  Properties  0 f Hydrated  Limes.  In  1915  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials  adopted  the  standard  speci- 
fications for  hydrated  lime.  (Referred  to  under  “Stan- 
dards Adopted.”)  It  was  desired  to  learn  just  how  the 
material  made  by  different  manufacturers  compared  with 
the  requirements  of  these  specifications.  This  will  serve 
the  double  purpose  of  giving  information  as  to  the  quali- 
ties of  different  brands  of  hydrated  lime,  and  also  enable 
one  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  the  justice  of  certain  limiting 
values  placed  in  the  specifications.  At  the  present  time 
samples  have  been  examined  from  about  one  fourth  of  all 
the  factories  in  the  United  States. 

Hydrated  lime  consists  chiefly  of  calcium  hydroxide 
and  generally  contains  more  or  less  magnesium  hydroxide. 
In  the  ordinary  process  of  manufacture  there  is  danger 
of  forming  a hydrated  lime  which  has  “burned  during 
hydration,”  a gritty,  non-plastic,  yellow  material,  which 
has  a tendency  to  expand  when  wet.  It  is  supposed  that 
this  phenomenon  is  caused  by  partial  decomposition  of 
the  calcium  hydroxide  due  to  the  heat  generated  during 
the  slaking.  A study  of  the  temperature  required  to 
decompose  calcium  hydroxide  under  different  conditions 
was  undertaken  to  eliminate,  if  possible,  this  difficulty. 

— From  Report  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916,  \hia. 

2C  Stone  Masonry,  Broken  Stone, 

In  treating  of  stone  for  building  purposes,  rough  stone, 
which  is  a localized  product,  will  be  referred  to  only  in 
connection  with  masonry,  and  broken  or  crushed  stone 
principally  for  its  use  in  concrete. 

Crushed  stone  is  the  largest  factor  in  the  stone  industry 
at  the  present  time.  In  1907,  owing  particularly  to  the 
great  increase  in  the  building  of  macadam  roads,  the  total 
value  of  crushed  stone  exceeded  that  of  exterior  building 
stone,  and  the  excess  in  value  has  been  increasing  almost 
continuously  ever  since. 

The  following  are  among  the  organizations  interested 
in  the  promotion  of  products  allied  with  these  industries; 
as  a representative  of  the  industrial  activities  there  exists 
the  International  Union  of  Bricklayers,  Masons  and  Plas- 
terers, which  is  a trade  union  for  advancing  the  interests 
of  its  members. 

2Gl  Inter-State  Stone  Manufacturers' 
Association 

Incorporated  1913  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  Ohio,  not  for  profit 
Acting  Secretary:  Claude  Clark,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Formed  to  promote,  and  increase  the  use  of  stone. 

Standards:  (a)  Has  formulated  standards  for  numbers 
and  sizes  of  aggregates  of  broken  stone,  which,  it  is  stated, 
will  appear  in  new  specifications  of  the  State  Highway 
Department  of  Ohio. 

202  The  National  Association  of  Sand  and 
Gravel  Producers 

And  other  associations  exist  which  are  interested  in  the 
production  and  use  of  rough  and  broken  stone,  sand, 
gravel  and  other  “builders’  supplies.”  These  will  be 
referred  to  as  their  work  toward  standardization  of 
materials  or  practice  comes  to  our  notice. 

Serial  No.  2 


(e)  Properties  of  Lime-Cement — Sand  Mortars.  It  has 
become  general  practice  to  add  small  quantities  of  hydrated 
lime  to  cement  mortars,  either  for  plastering  or  masonry 
in  order  to  make  them  work  more  freely.  It  is  desirable  to 
know  just  what  effect  this  lime  has  on  the  properties  of  the 
mortar.  A large  number  of  mortars  of  varying  propor- 
tions of  the  three  ingredients  have  been  tested  for  com- 
pressive and  tensile  strengths  when  stored  in  air  or  under 
water,  expansion,  adhesion  to  brick  and  plasticity. 

— From  Report  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916,  \\ia. 

(/)  Hydrated  Lime  in  Concrete.  Hydrated  lime,  in  small 
amounts,  is  being  added  to  a great  deal  of  the  concrete 
now  being  used  for  various  reasons.  It  is  important  to 
know  how  such  an  addition  will  affect  the  properties  of 
the  concrete.  At  the  request  of  the  Bureau  an  advisory 
committee,  composed  of  engineers,  contractors,  and  lime 
and  cement  manufacturers,  has  helped  to  plan  an  exhaus- 
tive research  on  this  subject.  It  is  hoped  to  determine  (1) 
what  proportion  of  hydrated  lime  is  best  for  different 
kinds  of  concrete,  (2)  whether  or  not  there  is  a difference 
in  the  behavior  of  high  calcium  and  high  magnesian 
hydrate,  and  (3)  what  effect  hydrated  lime  has  on  the 
following  properties  of  concrete:  compressive  strength, 
segregation  of  aggregate,  adhesion  to  reinforcement, 
resistance  to  abrasion,  resistance  to  sea  water,  expansion, 
absorption  of  water,  and  permeability  to  water. 

— From  Report  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916,  1A2 a. 

(For  other  references  see  “Waterproofing  and  Damp- 
proofing,”! D,  and  “Metal,  Plastic,  and  other  Products,” 
Serial  No.  1 1.) 

Sand  and  Gravel 

203  Information  Obtainable 

(a)  The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  has  issued  many  bulletins  (2 Aid  and 
g)  dealing  with  rubble  and  range  rock,  broken  stone,  sand, 
gravel  and  other  structural  materials  to  be  found  in  various 
parts  of  the  country.  Specific  information  will  be  furnished  by 
the  Journal  or  the  publications  may  be  had  upon  application, 
to  the  Director.  (See  2A1.) 

(/>)  See  chapters  on  “Stone”  in  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.”  for 
each  year  (2A1  c and  d). 

(c)  “Production  of  Glass  Sand,  Other  Sand,  and  Gravel  in  1909” 

(includes  numerous  analyses):  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.” 
for  1909,  E.  F.  Burchard.  Pt.  2,  1911,  pp.  519-542. 

(d)  See  also  chapters  on  “Sand  and  Gravel”  in  “Mineral  Resources 

of  the  U.  S.”  for  each  year  (aAir  and  d). 

(e)  For  the  relative  value  of  various  aggregates,  including  round-  and 

sharp-grained  sands,  gravels  and  other  materials  and  proper 
methods  for  testing  aggregates  see  Techologic  Paper  No.  58 
referred  to  in  1E4  m. 

if)  For  specific  information  on  roads  and  road  materials,  apply  to  the 
Journal. 

(See  also  iDi/>,  1E9,  and  2B6.) 

For  masonry  and  foundations,  see  also  1C1  and  1C2. 

For  waterproofing  and  dampproofing,  see  iD  and  11C2. 

For  broken  stone,  sand,  and  gravel  in  concrete  and  for  concrete 
foundations,  see  1E4,  5 and  6. 

2C4  Other  References 

( a ) “A  Treatise  on  Masonry  Construction,”  Ira  O.  Baker. 

(, b ) “Masonry,”  Malverd  A.  Howe. 

(1 c ) “The  American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman. 
Masonry,  Foundations,  Earthwork,  Highway  Engineering. 

(d)  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  1916. 

(e)  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 

Part  x.  Masons’  Work. 

(/)  “The  Building  Estimators,  Reference  Book,”  F.  A.  Walker. 

(g)  “Design  of  Walls,  Bins  and  Grain  Elevators,”  M.  S.  Ketchum. 

(ti)  "The  Building  Trades  Handbook,”  Masonry  Construction. 

( j ) "Standard  Specifications,”  J.  C.  Ostrup. 

(k)  “Handbook  of  Cost  Data,”  H.  B.  Gillette. 

(/)  “Strength  of  Materials,”  Edward  R.  Maurer. 

(m)  “A  Practical  Treatise  on  Foundations,”  W.  M.  Patton. 

( n ) “The  Building  Mechanics’  Ready  Reference,”  H.  S.  Richey. 

Stone  and  Brick  Masons’  Edition. 


23 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


(o)  Rock  Excavating  and  Blasting,  J.  J.  Cosgrove. 

( p ) “Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineer’s  Pocket  Book.” 

(?)  “Highway  Construction,”  A.  J.  Byrne  and  A.  E.  Phillips. 

(See  also  2J  Stone  in  General.) 

2G5  Practice  Recommended  by  Various 

Authorities  (See  also  Serial  No.  I,  C,  D,  and  E) 

By  American  Railway  Engineering  Association  (1A9/): 

(a)  “Waterproofing  of  Masonry.” 

By  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (Serial  No.  3): 

( b ) “Building  Code  Recommended,”  1915 — Part  VI,  “Walls,”  pp. 

34-50,  86;  Part  XXVI,  “Chimneys,  Flues  and  Heating  Appar- 
atus,” pp.  173-184. 

(c)  “Dwelling  Houses,  A Code  of  Suggestions  for  Construction  and 

Fire  Protection,”  1916 — Part  III,  “Walls,”  pp.  21-31;  Part  VI, 
“Chimneys,  Flues,  Smoke  pipes  and  Fireplaces,”  pp.  50-64. 

By  N.  F.  P.  A.  (Serial  No.  3): 

( d ) “Specifications  for  Construction  of  a Standard  Building,”  in 

which  is  stated  “The  construction  of  buried  footings  is  not  con- 
sidered a part  of  these  specifications;  retaining  wails,  if  built  of 
stone,  must  be  plastered  on  the  exposed  side  with  )<*  inch  of 
cement  mortar,”  and  “If  cap-stones  are  used,  they  shall  be  pro- 
tected against  fire  by  4 inches  of  fireproofing,”  no  other  reference 
to  stone  being  permitted  in  a “Standard  Building.” 

By  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4A: 

(r)  “Tentative  Standard  Method  for  Form  of  Specifications  for  Cer- 
tain Commercial  Grades  of  Broken  Stone,”  Serial  designation 
D35-16. 


(/)  For  certain  practice  recommended  with  reference  to  roadwork 
see  2C3/. 

2C6  Standards  Adopted 

By  Navy  Department,  U.  S.  A.: 

(a)  Specifications  for  “Concrete  and  Mortar  and  Materials  for  (cement 
not  included),”  Serial  designation  59C2r,  adopted  February  1, 
1916,  copies  of  which  can  be  obtained  upon  application  to  the 
Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts,  Navy  Department,  Wash- 
ington, provide  for  Sand  for  Concrete,  Sand  for  Mortar,  Broken 
Stone,  Gravel,  Lime-cement-mortar. 

By  American  Railway  Engineering  Association: 

(i)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Stone  Masonry”  (1A9/),  containing 
Classification  of  Masonry,  Definitions,  Cement  (same  as  iE7a), 
General  Requirements,  Bridge  and  Retaining-Wall  Masonry, 
Ashlar  Stone,  Rubble  Stone,  Arch  Masonry,  Dry  Masonry. 

By  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (iA4<-): 

(c)  “Standard  Sand,”  mentioned  in  “Specifications  and  Tests  for 

Portland  Cement,”  Serial  designation  C9-17. 

( d ) “Standard  Definitions  of  Terms  Relating  to  Materials  for  Roads 

and  Pavements,”  Serial  designation  D8-15. 

(r)  The  A.  S.  T.  M.  has  issued  a considerable  number  of  standard  tests 
and  methods  in  connection  with  macadam  rock,  broken  stone, 
bituminous  and  other  materials  used  in  roadwork,  under  the 
Serial  designation  D.  (iAqr  and  e.) 

By  Inter-State  Stone  Manufacturers’  Association: 

(/)  Numbers  and  sizes  for  aggregates  of  broken  stone  (2Cla). 

For  reference  to  lack  of  Standards  with  respect  to  the  “perch” 
and  other  forms  of  measurement,  see  2J8. 


2Di  Stone:  For  Building  and  Decoration 


( a ) The  development  of  the  stone  industry  in  the 
United  States  is  fostered  and  encouraged  by  the  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey.  In  the  effective  quarrying  and  methods 
of  production  the  Bureau  of  Mines  cooperates  with  the 
Survey  and  with  the  producers.  The  Bureau  of  Stan- 
dards likewise  cooperates  with  all.  (See  Mr.  Burchard’s 
article  under  2A1.) 

An  awakening  is  now  taking  place  to  the  importance 
of  a better  understanding  of  the  kinds  of  stones  to  be  used 
in  buildings  and  the  best  method  to  be  employed  for  their 
finish  and  setting.  To  quote  from  “Stone  in  1915”  (lAic): 

“There  has  been  a tendency  by  some  producers  to 
market  only  stone  of  the  finest  quality,  even  for  mediocre 
uses,  instead  of  conserving  resources  and  using  second-  or 
third-class  stone  where  the  highest  degree  of  appearance 
is  not  demanded.  Stone  rated  as  second  or  third  class  in 
appearance  may  be  the  equal  of  first-class  stone  in  strength 
and  durability,  a statement  well  supported  by  the  fact 
that  stones  now  regarded  as  inferior  in  appearance  have 
been  exposed  in  buildings  of  the  older  cities  of  the  country 
for  as  much  as  50  or  even  100  years  without  appreciable 
evidence  of  deterioration.  Exposure  for  such  periods  is 
the  most  reliable  of  all  tests  of  building  stone. 


“Another  fact  worth  mention  here  is  that  the  settling 
of  dust  and  smoke  upon  the  surface  of  light-colored  stone 
soon  obscures  its  original  color  so  that  there  is  no  appre- 
ciable difference  in  appearance  between  first-class  and 
second-class  stone.  If  more  consideration  were  given  to 
the  probable  appearance  of  a building  after  it  is  a few 
years  old  than  to  its  appearance  when  it  is  new,  the  cost 
of  the  stone  could  probably  be  lessened  without  impairing 
its  durability  in  the  least.” 

With  reference  to  stone  for  building  and  other  purposes 
the  publications  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  are  numer- 
ous and  complete.  Besides  treating  of  all  stone  produced 
annually  in  chapters  on  stone  in  “Mineral  Resources  oi 
the  U.  S.”  (2Aic),  these  chapters  are  issued  separately  for 
earlier  distribution.  Some  of  the  bulletins  and  other  docu- 
ments pertaining  to  particular  stone  industries  or  localities 
are  mentioned  under  the  various  subdivisions  of  stone  and 
under  “Stone  in  General.” 

It  is  quite  impossible  to  list  the  publications  of  the 
various  state  geologists  (2A2)  the  names  and  addresses  of 
which  organizations  may  be  had  upon  application  to  the 
Journal. 


2Ei  Granite 


(For  name  and  address  of  Secretary  of  recently  organized  National  Building 
Granite  Quarries  Association,  Inc.,  see  12L23) 


In  1915,  the  granite  production  of  the  United  States 
was  valued  at  $17,864,000,  divided  as  follows  (by  millions) : 
Building  4.7,  monumental  4.87,  paving  2.35,  crushed  3.82, 
the  balance  in  curbing,  flagging,  rubble  and  riprap. 
Importations,  $144,382. 

In  connection  with  this  industry  there  exist  the  fol- 
lowing national  and  locality  organizations: 

2E2  National  Association  of  the  Granite  In- 
dustries of  the  United  States 

Secretary:  Robert  D.  Smith,  161  Devonshire  St.,  Boston, 
Mass. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  organization  to  associate  in  a 
central  body  all  persons,  firms  or  corporations  engaged  in 
carrying  on  any  department  of  the  granite  industry  in  any 
part  of  the  United  States. 


“The  fact  that  there  are  three  distinct  divisions  in  the 
industry,  viz.,  quarrying,  manufacturing  for  building  and 
paving  work,  and  manufacturing  for  monumental  pur- 
poses, is  recognized,  but  inasmuch  as  neither  of  these 
divisions  can  conduct  business  without  relations  with  one 
of  the  other  two  divisions,  it  is  considered  imperative  that 
all  three  divisions  be  comprehended  in  this  organization, 
provision  being  made  so  that  the  specific  values  and  rights 
of  each  department  may  be  preserved.” 

2E3  The  Granite  Manufacturers'  Association 
of  Bar  re,  Vermont 
Secretary:  Harold  P.  Hinman,  Barre,  Vt. 

Consists  of  over  97  per  cent  of  the  quarry  owners  and 
manufacturers  in  the  Barre  granite  center,  to  promote  the 
best  interests  of  the  Barre  granite  industry.  Cooperates 


Serial  No.  2 


24 


Yol.  I,  1917 


S ERI AL  NO  2 


with  the  Quarry  Owners’  Association  in  a campaign  to 
increase  the  volume  of  sales  and  to  improve  the  quality 
of  memorial  and  building  work. 

Publications: 

(a)  A house  organ  known  as  “Barre  Granite”  for  distribution  to  mem- 
bers and  discussion  of  the  affairs  of  the  Association. 

2E4 

Other  locality  granite  associations,  concerning  whose 
activities  and  publications  we  have  not  heard,  exist  in 
Hardwick,  Vt.,  Milford,  N.  H.,  Concord,  N.  H.,  Quincy, 
Mass.,  and  Westerly,  R.  I. 

2E5  Information  Obtainable 

(A  to  K,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  To  obtain,  see  2A1.) 

(a)  “The  Granite  Industry  of  the  Penobscot  Bay  District,  Maine,” 
G.  O.  Smith.  Bulletin  No.  260,  pp.  489-492,  1905.  (Exhausted.) 

(. b ) “Recent  work  on  New  England  Granites,"  T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin 
No.  315J,  pp.  356-359,  1907-  , . _ 

( c )  “The  Granites  of  Maine,”  T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin  No.  313,  202  pp., 

1907.  3?  cents. 

p/)  “The  Chief  Commercial  Granites  of  Massachusetts,  New  Hamp- 
shire, and  Rhode  Island,”  T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin  No.  334,  228  pp., 

1908. 

(f)  “The  Granites  of  Vermont,”  T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin  No.  404,  138 
pp.,  1909.  20  cents. 

2Fi  Marble 

The  marble  production  from  twenty-one  states  in  the 
United  States  in  1915  was  valued  at  $6, 738, 000,  of  which 
by  far  the  largest  part  was  used  in  building.  Dressed  Ver- 
mont marble  appears  to  have  averaged  $3.20  per  cubic 
foot,  while  Georgia  undressed  averaged  $1.10,  and  Ten- 
nessee undressed,  $1.79.  Importations  in  1915,  $600,000. 

“Onyx”  marble,  or  travertine,  is  quarried  in  small 
quantity  annually.  In  1915  the  average  price  on  the  total 
output  of  4,574  cubic  feet,  from  Utah,  Kentucky  and  New 
Mexico,  was  $4.21.  Importations  in  1915,  $ 30,000 . 

In  this  industry  there  appears  to  be  no  national  asso- 
ciation composed  entirely  of  producers  but  there  does 
exist  the: 

2F2  National  Association  of  Marble  Dealers 

Incorporated  under  the  laws 
of  New  York,  1903 

Secretary:  Wm.  A.  Davis,  1328  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

Confines  its  activities  to  interior  marble  and  has  pre- 
pared, adopted,  and  circulated  a Code  of  Practice  (2D7 a) 
governing  conditions  of  estimating,  awarding  of  contracts, 
grades  of  marble  and  workmanship. 

The  membership  includes  practically  all  of  the  impor- 
tant dealers  in  the  United  States,  exclusive  of  New  York 
City  and  the  Pacific  coast;  also  includes  quarriers,  many 
of  whom  are  finishers  as  well. 

In  September,  1913,  this  Association  entered  into  a 
five-year  agreement  (iDjb)  with  the  Bricklayers’,  Masons’ 
and  Plasterers’  Union,  establishing  a standard  wage  rate 
throughout  the  country  for  the  installation  of  marble, 
which  warrants  direct  contracts  between  the  architect, 
owner,  or  general  contractor,  and  the  marble  dealer. 

The  Association  has  indorsed  the  standard  documents 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  (iA8g)  and  looks 
forward  to  their  more  complete  use  as  a solution  of  many 
controversies  not  now  eliminated  by  the  Code  of  Practice 
referred  to. 

Publications: 

{a)  “Code  of  Practice.”  Adopted  at  the  Annual  Meeting  in  New  York, 
November  11,  12,  1915.  Copies  furnished  upon  request. 

(, b ) “Agreement”  (referred  to  above),  copies  of  which  may  be  had 
upon  request. 

( c ) Bulletins  to  members  at  frequent  intervals. 

Serial  No.  2 


(/)  "Supplementary  Notes  on  the  Granites  of  New  Hampshire,”  T.  N. 

Dale.  Bulletin  No.  430,  pp.  346-372,  1910.  60  cents. 

Of)  “Granites  of  the  Southeastern  Atlantic  States,"  T.  L.  Watson 
Bulletin  No.  426,  282  pp.,  1910. 

(A)  Supplementary  Notes  on  the  Commercial  Granites  of  Massachu- 
setts,” Bulletin  No.  470,  pp.  240-290,  1911. 

O')  "The  Granites  of  Connecticut,”  T.  N.  Dale  and  H.  E.  Gregory. 
Bulletin  No.  484,  137  pp.,  1911. 

( k ) “The  Aberdeen  Granite  Quarry,  near  Gunnison,  Colo.”  J.  F. 

Hunter.  Bulletin  No.  340,  pp.  339-362,  1913.  45  cents. 

(/)  See,  also,  chapters  on  “Stone”  in  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U. 
S.”  for  each  year  (2A c and  d). 

2E6  Other  References  (See,  also,  2j4  and  5) 

(a)  “History  of  the  Granite  Industry  of  New  England,”  Arthur 
W.  Brayley. 

(A)  For  announcement  of  the  purposes  of  the  National  Building 
Granite  Quarries  Association,  Inc.,  and  list  of  members,  see 
p.  201  in  the  Industrial  Section. 

(r)  For  information  concerning  Milford  granites,  see  Industrial 
Section,  p.  202,  Webb  Pink  Granite  Co. 

2E7  Practice  Recommended  by  Various 
Authorities 

(For  Mausoleum  Specification,  notes  formulated  by  Presbrey-Coyken- 
dall  Company,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  203. 


2F3  Information  Obtainable 

(A  to  H,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  To  obtain,  see  2A1.) 

(a)  “Tennessee  Marbles,”  Arthur  Keith.  Bulletin  No.  213,  pp.  366- 
370,  1903.  (Exhausted.) 

(A)  "Marble  of  White  Pine  County,  Nev.,  near  Gandy,  Utah,”  N.  H. 

Darton.  Bulletin  No.  340G,  pp.  377-380,  1908. 

(r)  “Marble  in  Chiricahua  Mountains,  Arizona,”  D.  Siney  Paige. 
Bulletin  No.  380,  pp.  299-311,  1909.  40  cents. 

(d)  "Variegated  Marble  Southeast  of  Calera,  Shelby  County,  Ala.,” 

Charles  Butts.  Bulletin  No.  470,  pp.  237-239,  191 1. 

(e)  “The  Commercial  Marbles  of  Western  Vermont,”  T.  N.  Dale 

Bulletin  No.  321,  170  pp.,  1912. 

(/)  “Ornamental  Marble  near  Barstow,  Cal.,”  Robert  W.  Pack 
Bulletin  No.  340,  pp.  363-368,  1913.  43  cents. 

Of)  “The  Calcite  Marble  and  Dolomite  of  Eastern  Vermont,”  T.  N. 

Dale.  Bulletin  No.  389,  67  pp.  1913. 

(A)  See  also  chapter  on  “Stone”  in  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.,“ 
for  each  year  (2Ac  and  d). 

The  Bureau  of  Mines  is  investigating  problems  connected  with 
the  mining  and  technology  of  various  building  stones.  The  following 
will  be  found  descriptive  of  the  production  of  this  building  material: 

( j ) “The  Technology  of  Marble  Quarrying.”  Bull.  No.  106  (2A3A). 


2F4  Terrazzo  Floors  and  Marble  Floors 

(a)  An  interesting  series  of  papers  treating  of  same,  with  suggested 
specifications,  by  Charles  A.  Marsh,  Ernest  L.  Hesse,  Carl  C. 
Holloway  and  David  C.  Trott,  contained  in  Journal  of  the 
Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings  (2A4 a)  for  Novem- 
ber, 1914.  See,  also,  “A  Recent  Experience  with  Terrago 
Work,”  listed  under  11D4/,  and  other  references  of  interest 
under  1 1 D4. 

2F5  Other  References  (See,  also,  2j4  and  5)  . 

(a)  “Marble  and  Marble  Workers,”  W.  S.  Renwick. 

(A)  “Notes  on  Domestic  White  Building  Marble  ” Topic  1081,  Bulle- 
tin of  Building  Data  League  (2A3). 

2F6  Current  Activities 

The  National  Association  of  Marble  Dealers  is  investi- 
gating the  entrance  of  finished  foreign  marble  into  this 
country  free  of  duty,  and  has  established  arbitration 
methods  for  settling  disputes  as  to  the  grades  and  work- 
manship of  marble.  (See  “Code  of  Practice,”  2F2 a.) 

Vo!.  I,  1917 


25 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


2Gi  Limestone 

Limestone  was  produced  in  the  United  States,  in  1915, 
to  the  value  of  about  $35,000,000.  Pennsylvania,  Ohio, 
Indiana,  New  York,  Illinois,  Missouri,  Michigan  and 
Virginia  led  in  the  order  named,  with  productions  of  over 
$ 1,000,000 . Only  about  $3,000,000  of  this  total  repre- 
sents building  stone,  the  balance  (in  millions)  being  used 
largely  for  flux  9.6,  concrete  5.3,  ballast  3.6,  and  road 
metal  8.16.  Large  quantities  were  also  used  in  the  mak- 
ing of  cement. 

The  average  price  per  cubic  foot  for  rough  building 
stone  dropped  from  21  cents  per  cubic  foot  in  1914  to  17 
cents  in  1915,  while  the  average  for  dressed  stone  dropped 
in  the  same  period  from  52  cents  per  cubic  foot  to  47  cents. 

Much  work  is  being  done  by  producers  toward  improv- 
ing the  conditions  of  production,  sale,  and  transportation. 
- — -Notes  from  “Stone  in  1915.” 

2G2  Indiana  Limestone  Quarry  men  s Asso- 
ciation 

Secretary:  R.  M.  Richter,  Bedford,  Indiana. 

A voluntary  organization  of  producers  of  limestone 
formed  for  the  purpose  of  diffusing  information  about 
this  material  and  its  applications  and  for  promoting  its 
greater  use. 

It  is  understood  that  this  Association  will  take  up 
officially  the  question  of  recommendations  or  specifications 
for  the  setting  of  limestone  and  will  welcome  the  suggestions 
or  comments  of  architects.  (See  letter  from  Secretary 
under  Practice  Recommended,  2G6.) 

Publications: 

(a)  “Indiana  Limestone,”  Vol.  I.  (See  2G5 b for  later  issues.) 

203  Bedford  Stone  Club  Auxiliary 

Secretary.  R.  M.  Richter,  Bedford,  Indiana. 

Organized  to  bring  about  better  conditions  in  the 
limestone  trade  as  between  the  cut-stone  contractor  in 
this  district  and  the  general  contractors  throughout  the 
country. 

Publishes  a circular  enunciating  these  principles. 

204  Information  Obtainable 

(A  to  J,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  To  obtain,  see  2A1.) 

(a)  “The  Limestone  Quarries  of  Eastern  New  York,  Western  Vermont, 
Massachusetts,  and  Connecticut,”  H.  Ries.  Seventeenth  Annual 
Report,  pt.  3 (continued),  pp.  795-811,  1896. 

2Hi  Sandstone 

The  production  of  sandstone  in  1915  was  valued  at 
about  $6,000,000,  of  which  about  $1,400,000  was  in  build- 
ing stone,  the  balance  representing  ganister,  paving,  curb- 
ing, flagging  and  rubble. 

2H2  “Blue stone" 

“The  figures  of  production  for  bluestone,  most  of  which 
is  quarried  in  southeastern  New  York  and  northeastern 
Pennsylvania,  are  included  in  those  of  sandstone.  This 
stone  is  used  chiefly  for  flagging,  for  curbing,  and  for  sills, 
lintels,  steps,  and  house  copings. 

“The  bluestone  trade,  like  other  branches  of  the  stone 
industry,  is  said  to  have  suffered  through  lack  of  organiza- 
tion and  cooperation  on  the  part  of  producers  and  lack  of 
insistence  on  the  use  of  only  first-class  material  where  such 
material  alone  could  give  satisfaction.”  “Stone  in  1915.” 

Serial  No.  2 


(i)  “The  Bedford  Oolitic  Limestone  of  Indiana,”  T.  C.  Hopkins  and 

C.  E.  Siebenthal.  Eighteenth  Annual  Report,  pt.  5 (continued), 
pp.  1050-1057,  1897. 

(r)  “The  Bedford  Oolitic  Limestone  (Indiana),”  C.  E.  Siebenthal. 
Nineteenth  Annual  Report.pt.  6 (continued),  pp.  292-296,  1898. 

(d)  “Limestones  of  Southwestern  Pennsylvania,”  F.  G.  Clapp.  Bulle- 

tin No.  249,  52  pp.,  1905. 

( e ) “Cement  Materials  and  Industry  of  the  Linked  States,”  E.  C. 

Eckel.  Bulletin  No.  243,  395  pp.,  1905.  (Treats  of  limestone.) 
65  cents. 

(/)  “Limestone  and  Dolomite  in  the  Birmingham  District,  Alabama,” 
Charles  Butts.  Bulletin  No.  31 5G,  pp.  247-255,  1907. 

Of)  “Oolitic  Limestone  at  Bowling  Green  and  Other  Places  in  Ken- 
tucky,” J.  H.  Gardener.  Bulletin  No.  430,  pp.  373-378,  1910. 
60  cents. 

(, h ) “The  Oolitic  I.imestone  Industry  at  Bedford  and  Bloomington, 
Ind.,”  J.  A.  Udden.  Bulletin  No.  430,  pp.  335-345,  1910.  60 
cents. 

( j ) “Portland  Cement  Materials  and  Industry  of  the  United  States,” 

Bulletin  No.  522,  401  pp.  (Treats  of  limestone.) 

(k)  “Some  Notes  and  Letters  on  Bedford  Stone,”  Fremont  B.  Ward. 

In  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings 
(2A4«),  November,  1914. 

(/)  “Report  of  the  Committee  on  Stone  Inquiry,”  referred  to  under 
2J4/  and  g,  treats  of  limestone. 

205  Other  References  (See,  also,  2J4  and  5) 

(a)  “Indiana  Limestone”  being  Vol.  1,  now  current,  the  first  of  a 

series  to  be  issued  by  the  Indiana  Limestone  Quarrymen’s 
Association  (2G24). 

( b ) For  later  issues  of  “The  Indiana  Limestone  Library”  and  for 

“Condensed  Information”  on  Limestone,  see  Industrial  Section, 
p.  145  of  the  Indiana  Limestone  Quarrymen's  Association. 

205  Practice  Recommended  by  Various 
Authorities  (January  31,  1917) 

“In  connection  with  specifications  to  cover  the  setting 
of  Indiana  limestone,  we  have  to  suggest  the  following: 

‘“The  Indiana  Limestone  to  be  plastered  on  the  back 
with  ^ inch  of  lime-mortar — rake  out  all  joints  on  face 
to  avoid  spawling,  point  up  at  completion  with  equal 
parts  of  non-staining  cement  and  clean  white  sand.’ 

“It  is  our  further  opinion,  however,  that  it  would  be 
advisable  to  apply  on  the  back  of  the  stone  one  heavy 
coat  of  hot  asphalt  before  plastering  same;  also,  as  a 
precaution  against  staining,  we  would  advise  that  the 
walls  of  the  building  be  covered  each  night  and  at  all 
times  during  cessation  of  work,  in  order  that  rain,  snow  or 
frost  may  be  prevented  from  getting  into  the  brick  wall, 
causing  possible  discoloration  by  reason  of  same.” 

(Signed)  Indiana  Limestone  Quarrymen’s  Association 

(For  later  and  further  practice  recommended,  see  Indus- 
trial Section,  p.  145.) 


2H3  “Flagstone" 

This  is  a name  very  commonly  misapplied.  In  certain 
sections  of  the  country,  notably  in  Pennsylvania,  where 
bluestone  is  largely  used  for  sills,  steps,  copings,  paving 
of  terraces,  garden  walks  and  other  purposes  where  rough- 
ness of  texture  is  sought  or  smoothness  is  not  a desidera- 
tum, it  is  commonly  designated  as  “flagstone.”  This 
should  be  considered  as  referring  to  the  treatment  rather 
than  the  stone,  for  to  the  trade  this  means  any  good  blue- 
stone  or  other  sandstone,  ranging  in  color  Irom  gray 
through  a blue-gray  to  a purplish  tint,  which  has  natural 
split  surfaces  on  the  flat  exposure  and  bed  and  the  thick- 
ness of  which  runs  within  the  limitation  of  about  to 
4 inches.  Above  this  thickness  it  becomes  bluestone 
stock. 


26 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  2 


2H4  Information  Obtainable 

(a,  b,  c,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  To  obtain,  see  2A1.) 

(a)  "The  Sandstones  of  Western  Indiana,”  T.  C.  Hopkins.  Seven- 

teenth Annual  Report,  pt.  3,  pp.  780-787,  1896. 

(b)  “Brownstones  of  Pennsylvania,”  T.  C.  Hopkins.  Eighteenth 

Annual  Report,  pt.  5,  pp.  1025-1043,  1897. 

2Ji  Stone  in  General 

“The  stone  industry  as  a whole  has  advanced  with  the 
development  of  the  country  in  spite  of  severe  competition 
with  brick,  Portland  cement  concrete,  and  certain  other 
artificial  stone  products.  The  use  of  these  materials  has 
seriously  affected  the  production  of  the  lower  grades  of 
stone  for  foundations  and  to  a less  degree  the  production 
of  building  stone  of  higher  grade,  but  it  has  had  little  or 
no  effect  on  the  use  of  monumental  stone.”  — “Stone  in 
191 5,”  2Aie. 

“The  producers  of  building  granite  in  the  United  States 
have  an  idea  to  try  to  interest  the  general  public  in  granite, 
and  will  also  work  directly  with  architects  and  builders. 

“The  ordinary  man  who  builds  knows  little  or  nothing 
about  stone  and  frequently  he  cannot  tell  one  variety  of 
stone  from  another.  Truth  compels  the  admission  that  a 
surprisingly  large  proportion  of  architects  is  also  woefully 
ignorant  concerning  one  of  the  most  important  materials 
of  construction.  These  people  need  to  be  told,  not  once 
nor  spasmodically,  but  constantly  and  convincingly,  of 
the  nature  and  physical  characteristics  of  stone,  of  its 
eventual  cheapness  because  of  its  durability,  and  of  its 
beauty,  fitness  and  adaptability  for  every  kind  of  build- 
ing work.  This  is  a task  that  does  not  belong  to  the 
individual  quarry  or  stone  mill,  but  to  those  associations 
that  are  formed  to  foster  the  interests  of  the  entire  trade.” 
— “Stone.” 

Representing  the  interests  of  the  stone  industry  in 
general  there  are  two  large  national  organizations  which 
contain  many  producers  within  their  memberships. 
These  are: 

2J2  International  Cut-Stone  Contractors'  and 
Quarry  men  s Association 

Secretary:  Wm.  A.  Guthrie,  1 West  42ndSt.,  New  York 
City. 

Holds  an  annual  convention  at  which  addresses  are 
given  and  papers  read  concerning  developments  and  prog- 
ress in  the  stone  industry.  Purposes,  membership  and 
publications  not  stated. 

2J3  National  Retail  Monument  Dealers' 
Association 

Secretary:  Frank  Mallon,  Port  Huron,  Mich. 

Purpose  is  to  elevate  the  standard  of  the  trade  and  to  en- 
courage the  production  of  the  best  kinds  of  monu- 
mental work. 

At  each  annual  convention  an  exhibition  is  held 
exemplifying  the  progress  in  granite,  marble  and  bronze 
work.  For  the  next  meeting  and  exhibition  in  Phila- 
delphia, August,  1917,  the  cooperation  of  architects  is  to 
be  invited.  (A  Code  of  Ethics  was  adopted.  The  Editor 
of  the  S.  S.  D.  was  privileged  to  address  the  meeting.) 

2J  4 Information  Obtainable 

( a and  b,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  To  obtain,  see  2A1.) 

(a)  “The  Effects  of  the  San  Francisco  Earthquake  and  Fire  on  Various 
Structures  and  Structural  Materials,  Richard  L.  Humphrey. 

Serial  No.  2 


(r)  Sandstone  is  discussed  in  "Structural  Materials  Available  near 
Minneapolis,”  in  Bulletin  No.  430,  1910.  60  cents. 

( d ) The  Ohio  State  Survey,  Prof.  J.  A.  Bownocker,  State  Geologist 

Columbus,  Ohio,  has  published  a bulletin  on  "Building  Stones” 
in  which  sandstone  is  referred  to. 

(e)  “Report  of  the  Committee  on  Stone  Inquiry”  referred  to  under 

2j4£  touches  on  sandstone. 

(/)  See,  also,  references  under  2J4  and  2J5. 


Bulletin  No.  324  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  1907.  Pp.  14-61 
50  cents.  Also  pp.  62-130  in  same,  “The  Effect  of  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Earthquake  on  Buildings,  Engineering  Structures  and 
Structural  Materials,”  J.  S.  Sewell.  The  next  following  Bulletin 
also  deals  with  the  effect  of  fire  on  building  stone. 

(b)  “The  Fire-Resistive  Properties  of  Various  Building  Materials,” 

Richard  L.  Humphrey.  Bulletin  No.  370,  U.  S.  Geological  Sur- 
vey,  99  pp.,  1909.  30  cents. 

(c)  In  the  annual  report  of  the  Chief  of  Ordinance,  Watertown  Arsenal, 

referred  to  under  iBi£  will  frequently  be  found  results  of  tests 
on  various  building  stones. 

0 d ) There  are  some  deposits  of  building  stone  within  the  state  of 
Mississippi  that  are  worthy  of  consideration.  These  are  de- 
scribed in  Bulletin  No.  12  recently  issued  by  the  Mississippi 
State  Geological  Survey,  E.  N.  Lowe,  director. 

(<?)  “Setting  and  Pointing  Stonework,”  Car)  C.  Holloway  in  Journal 
of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings  (ik^a)  Novem- 
ber, 1914. 

(/)  “Report  of  the  Committee  on  Stone  Inquiry,”  (2A4«),  in  Journal 
just  referred  to,  January,  1916.  Preliminary  Report. 

{g)  “Ditto,  Later  Report,  Journal  for  Dec.,  1916. 

(/i)  “Stones  for  Building  and  Decoration,”  by  Prof.  S.  B.  Merrill, 
Curator  of  Geology  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

2J5  Other  References 

( a ) “Report  on  the  Compressive  Strength,  Specific  Gravity  and  Ratio 

of  Absorption  of  the  Building  Stones  in  the  United  States,” 
General  Q.  O.  Gilmore. 

(b)  “Building  Stones  and  Clays,  Their  Origin,  Character  and  Exam- 

ination,” E.  C.  Eckel. 

(r)  “Modern  Stone-Cutting  and  Masonry,”  John  S.  Siebert  and  F.  C. 
Biggin. 

C d ) “Masonry  and  Stone-Cutting,”  E.  Dobson. 

(e)  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 
Part  I,  “Building  Stones,”  pp.  205-262  and  pp.  878-891 ; “Cut- 
Stone  Work,”  pp.  263-310. 

(/)  “Building  Stones  and  Clay  Products.  A Handbook  for  Architects,” 
Heinreich  Ries. 

(g)  “American  Civil  Engineers  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman.  “Stone 
Quarrying  and  Cutting,”  pp.  496-508. 

(b)  “Building  Trades  Handbook.”  “Materials  of  Masonry  Construc- 
tion,” pp.  145-228. 

(j)  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag.  Pp. 216-219. 

( k ) “Engineering  Geology,”  H.  Ries  and  T.  L.  Watson. 

(/)  “Engineering  Contracts  and  Specifications,”  J.  B.  Johnson. 

(m)  Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineer’s  Pocket  Book. 

(»)  See,  also,  Industrial  Section,  the  pages  referred  to  under  each 
kind  of  stone  separately. 

2J6  Soapstone 

In  the  production  of  soapstone  the  United  States 
ranks  first  among  all  countries,  and  Virginia  produces 
about  twenty  times  as  much  as  the  four  other  producing 
states — Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Rhode  Island,  and 
Vermont.  The  waste  from  breakage  in  quarrying,  saw- 
ing into  slabs,  manufacturing,  and  final  transportation  is 
so  great  as  to  render  success  in  the  industry  a matter  of 
skilful  manipulation.  The  value  of  the  stone  is  in  large 
measure  proportionate  to  the  work  done  upon  it.  In  the 
rough  it  is  valued  at  $2  or  less  a ton,  but  when  sawed  into 
slabs  its  value  is  increased  to  about  $15,  and  when  made 
into  laundry-tubs  it  may  attain  a value  of  about  $30  a 
ton.  The  production  of  soapstone  and  talc  in  the  United 
States  is  steadily  increasing. — U.  S.  Geological  Survey, 
Press  Bulletin,  November,  1916. 


27 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


§J7  Practice  Recommended  by  Various 
Authorities 

There  is  a lack  of  information  from  organized  sources 
with  respect  to  building  stones  and  their  best  uses.  This 
may  be  due  partly  to  the  fact  that  so  much  of  the  stone 
produced  is  used  for  other  than  building  construction. 

Recommendations  of  individual  writers  and  authori- 
ties and  of  well-known  producers  or  companies  will  be 
found  under  Information  Obtainable  and  Other  References. 
By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (Serial  No.  3): 

(a)  “Building  Code  Recommended,”  1915.  Weights  of  Materials,  p. 
84;  Concrete  and  Masonry,  Compression,  86;  Part  VI,  Walls, 
pp.  34-50. 

(i)  “Dwelling  Houses,  A Code  of  Suggestions  for  Construction  and 
Fire  Protection,”  1916.  Part  III,  Walls,  pp.  21-31. 

2J8  Standards 

The  Lack  of  Uniformity  in  Measuring  Stone. 

Owing  to  the  variety  of  uses  to  which  stone  is  put,  there 
is  no  regular  unit  of  measurement  employed  by  the  quarry- 
man,  the  stone  being  sold  by  the  cubic  yard,  cubic  foot, 
ton,  cord,  perch,  rod,  square  foot,  square  yard,  square,  or 
other  unit.  Building  and  monumental  stone,  especially 
the  dressed  product,  is  usually  sold  by  the  cubic  foot  or 
the  cubic  yard,  although  this  unit  varies  with  the  class 
of  stone  and  with  the  locality.  A large  quantity  of  the 
rough  stone  is  sold  by  the  perch,  cord,  or  ton.  Rubble 
and  riprap,  including  stone  for  such  heavy  masonry  as 
breakwater  and  jetty  work,  are  generally  sold  by  the  cord 
or  ton.  Fluxing  stone  and  stone  for  chemical  use  is  sold 
by  either  the  long  or  the  short  ton.  Flagstone  and  curb- 
stone are  sold  by  the  square  yard  or  the  square  foot,  the 
thickness  being  variable  and  dependent  on  the  orders 
received.  Crushed  stone  is  reported  as  sold  by  the  cubic 
yard  or  ton,  the  short  ton  being  more  generally  used. 

The  perch  is  legally  defined  in  many  older  states  as 
24^  cubic  feet;  in  some  states,  and  even  within  a single 
state,  it  varies  from  16^2  through  20,  22,  25  to  27  cubic 
feet;  and  in  others  it  is  defined  as  equivalent  to  2,200, 
2,500,  2,700,  2,800,  and  3,000  pounds.  The  cord  in  some 
states  is  measured  in  feet — for  instance,  128  cubic  feet  in 
the  quarry  or  100  feet  in  the  wall;  in  others  it  denotes 
weight  and  is  variously  defined  as  equivalent  to  11,000 
12,000,  12,500,  and  13,000  pounds.  The  weight  of  a 
cubic  yard  of  crushed  stone  varies  from  2,300  to  3,000 
pounds,  the  average  weight  being  about  2,500  pounds.  In 
certain  localities  this  crushed  stone  is  sold  by  the  “square” 
of  100  square  feet  by  1 foot,  or  100  cubic  feet.  It  is  also 
of  interest  to  note  the  selling  of  crushed  stone  by  the 
bushel,  21  x/t  bushels  representing  a cubic  yard  of  about 
2,700  pounds. 

[Editor’s  Note. — The  above  quotation  from  “Stone  in  1915”  (2A1  d) 
emphasizes  the  necessity  for  concerted  action  in  bringing  about,  if  pos- 
sible, uniform  methods  of  measurement  for  stone  in  all  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. This  matter  will  be  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Institute’s  Com- 
mittee on  Materials  and  Methods  in  the  hope  that  through  its  sub- 
committes  in  the  various  Chapters  some  line  of  action  may  be  deter- 
mined upon  to  assist  in  bringing  about  standardization.] 

2J9  Current  Activities 

Investigation  of  Building  Stones  in  the  United  States. 

(a)  In  cooperation  by  the  Geological  Survey  with  the 
Bureau  of  Mines,  200  samples  of  marble,  limestone,  sand- 
stone, and  granite  have  been  collected  from  various  quar- 
ries in  all  sections  of  the  country.  Testing  has  been  con- 
fined chiefly  to  the  marbles,  and  includes  the  determina- 
tion of  compressive  strength,  on  wet  and  dry  specimens, 
on  bed  and  on  edge,  transverse  perpendicular  and  parallel 
to  bed,  percentage  of  water  absorption,  tensile  strength 
perpendicular  and  parallel  to  bed,  specific  gravity,  weight 

Serial  No.  2 


per  cubic  foot,  porosity,  hardness,  coefficient  of  expansion, 
heat  conductivity,  electrical  conductivity,  and  resistance 
to  the  action  of  frost.  Various  building  stones  submitted 
by  other  Government  departments  and  state  govern- 
ments have  been  investigated  to  determine  their  suitability 
for  particular  purposes.  A collection  is  being  made  of 
samples  of  all  the  important  building  stones  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  a permanent  file.  At  present  seventy-five 
slabs  of  polished  marble,  8 inches  by  12  inches,  have  been 
collected  from  typical  quarries  in  the  eastern  and  southern 
states.  These  will  be  filed  in  a manner  to  enable  persons 
interested  to  study  and  compare  the  general  features  of 
the  different  types.  This  collection  when  complete  will 
consist  of  samples  from  all  the  principal  quarries  of  the 
country.  A paper  containing  the  results  of  the  tests  availa- 
ble on  building  stones  will  probably  be  published  during 
the  ensuing  year.  (Report  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916.) 

(b)  The  Bureau  of  Mines  (2A3)  is  investigating  prob- 
lems connected  with  the  mining  and  technology  of  various 
building  stones.  Bulletin  No.  106,  “The  Technology  of 
Marble  Quarrying  (2F3j),  was  recently  published  and  a 
report  on  the  quarrying  of  sandstone  will  shortly  be  issued. 

( c ) The  International  Cut  Stone  Contractors’  and 
Quarrymen’s  Association  of  North  America  has  conducted 
an  investigation  of  the  air-hammer  as  injurious  to  the 
users.  Some  of  the  results  of  the  inquiry  are  reported  in 
the  Association’s  monthly  leaflet. 

(d)  Automatic  Freezing  and  Thawing  Apparatus  for  Test- 
ing Building  Stones. 

“A  unique  apparatus  has  been  designed  to  automatically 
move  a charge  of  stone,  concrete  or  other  material  back 
and  forth  from  a freezing-chamber  to  a thawing-chamber 
at  the  intervals  required  to  completely  congeal  and  thaw 
the  contained  moisture.  With  this  apparatus  it  is  expected 
that  80  or  100  freezings  can  be  made  in  one  day.  Thus,  a 
great  number  of  freezings  on  a sample  of  stone  or  other 
material  can  be  made.  By  comparison  of  the  results  with 
actual  observations  on  structures  showing  disintegration 
at  the  end  of  a known  period  of  exposure,  it  will  be  possi- 
ble to  predict  with  some  degree  of  accuracy  the  number 
of  years’  service  that  can  be  expected  from  any  material 
under  these  conditions.” — From  the  Report,  Bureau  of 
Standards  1916,  1A2  a. 

2Jio  Current  Co??iment 

(a)  Selling  Stone  by  S a?n  pie.— “Stone  is  a product  of 
Nature’s  laboratory,  and  there  may  be  decided  varia- 
tions within  a single  bed  or  ledge.  For  this  reason  there 
are  few  problems  before  the  quarryman  of  greater  impor- 
tance than  the  preparation  of  the  samples  upon  which  he  is 
to  depend  for  the  bringing  of  business. 

“When  an  architect  is  considering  stone,  his  fancy  may 
be  captivated  by  particular  markings  or  by  a special  tint 
or  shade  in  the  sample  before  him.  He  specifies  this  stone, 
but  when  it  is  delivered  on  the  job  he  finds  that  only  a 
small  percentage  of  it  has  those  peculiar  qualities.  The 
quarryman  may  truthfully  say  that  all  stone  is  likely  to 
show  variations  in  its  natural  bed,  and  that  it  is  utterly 
impossible  to  match  exactly  a small  sample  in  the  entire 
material  for  a great  building.  But  what  shall  he  say  when 
the  architect  asks  him  why  it  is  that  his  sample  apparently 
represents  only  10  per  cent  of  the  quarry  output,  instead 
of  the  remaining  90  per  cent?  Even  if  his  stone  is  finally 
accepted  for  the  building,  it  is  a poor  business  policy  if  he 
has  disappointed  a purchaser. 

“The  wisest  business  judgment  dictates  that  all  sam- 
ples submitted  in  competition  should  be  chosen  with  the 
most  scrupulous  care  to  show  ‘the  run  of  the  quarry.’ 

Vol.  J,  1917 


28 


SERIAL.  NO.  2 


“In  most  quarries  the  stone  varies  more  or  less  widely 
in  different  beds.  In  other  words,  Nature  has  graded  it 
herself.  The  trouble  often  is  that  the  quarryman  does 
not  follow  this  excellent  example  and  grade  the  stone  for 
the  trade.  He  will  submit  a sample  of  what  is  Grade  No.  i 
and  then  wonder  that  he  has  difficulty  in  getting  a good 
deal  of  Grade  No.  2 accepted  on  the  job.  If  the  dealer 
would  frankly  submit  samples  of  both  the  first  and  second 
grade  stone,  and  make  a difference  in  the  price  of  each,  he 

2Ki  Slate 

The  slate  resources  of  the  country,  like  the  other 
mineral  resources,  are  treated  in  publications  of  the  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey,  particularly  in  Chapters  on  Slate 
issued  annually  (2A1C  and  d)  from  which  the  statistical 
and  other  information  within  quotation-marks  in  this 
section  is  taken. 

The  total  value  of  the  slate  sold  in  1915  was:  roofing 
slate  $3,746,  334;  mill  stock  $819,672. 

In  this  industry  no  National  Organization  appears  to 
exist  but  some  locality  organizations  have  been  formed. 
Information  about  them  seems  to  be  difficult  to  obtain, 
though  one  from  which  we  have  heard  is: 

2K2  Bangor  Slate  Association , Incorporated 

Secretary:  L.  M.  Cowling,  Bangor,  Pa. 

Composed  of  producers  in  this  locality  who  manu- 
facture slate  for  roofing  or  structural  purposes. 

To  give  information  about  genuine  Bangor  slate  and 
to  see  that  it  is  used  when  specified  is  the  sole  object  of 
this  Association. 

Standards: 

Has  adopted  a trade-mark,  registered  in  the  U.  S.  Patent 
office,  a duplicate  of  which,  according  to  the  booklet  of  the 
Association  (2lv2tf),  is  pasted  on  the  reverse  side  of  every 
slate  marketed  from  the  genuine  Bangor  Vein. 

Publications: 

(a)  Booklet  entitled  "Genuine  Bangor  Slate”  for  general  distribution 

(not  dated  or  numbered). 

( b ) Specifications  for  “Genuine  Bangor  Slate  Roofs  for  Flat  Roofs” 

(over  concrete  and  over  sheathing)  upon  request. 

2K3 

“The  slate  production  of  the  United  States  is  prac- 
tically confined  to  the  northeastern  part  of  the  country. 
Although  scattered  deposits,  more  or  less  developed, 
occur  elsewhere,  this  eastern  slate  is  shipped  to  supply 
markets  on  the  western  coast  as  well  as  in  the  central  and 
southern  parts  of  the  country.  The  slate  of  most  of  the 
deposits  in  the  various  states  has  been  described  either  in 
Bulletin  No.  586  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  or  in 
previous  reports  on  the  slate  industry.  Slate  is  classified 
as  roofing  slate  and  mill  stock,  and  the  use  for  these  dif- 
ferent purposes  depends  largely,  although  not  entirely, 
on  character  of  the  slate.” 

(a)  Mill  Stock:  “Mill  stock  requires  a finer,  more  even- 
grained, and  more  compact  material  than  roofing  slate, 
and  a material  with  a smooth  cleavage  surface.  It  must 
be  of  a fairly  uniform  color  and  not  too  hard  to  be  easily 
worked  by  the  slate-dressing  machinery.  The  slates  of 
Maine  and  Vermont  and  the  ‘soft-vein’  slates  of  Lehigh 
and  Northampton  counties,  Pa.,  are  well  adapted  for  mill 
stock,  and  these  slates  are  also  among  the  best  of  the  roof- 
ing slates.  The  Arkansas  slate  has  been  used  both  for 
electrical  and  roofing  purposes,  and  the  Maryland  and 
New  York  quarries  also  furnish  a small  quantity  of  mill 
stock.” 

Serial  No.  2 


would  find  that  it  would  frequently  bring  him  business. 
The  inferior  stone  may  be  exactly  as  strong  and  durable 
and  fit  for  building  work  as  the  better  grade,  differing  only 
in  some  slight  point  of  appearance.  Architects  would 
often  be  willing  to  use  the  second  grade  stone  in  certain 
parts  of  some  buildings,  where  it  could  not  possibly  be 
noticed  from  the  street-level,  if  they  found  that  this  would 
materially  lessen  the  cost  of  the  structure.”— Stone,  July, 
1916. 


“Mill  stock  includes  slate  used  for  blackboards,  school 
slates,  flooring,  wainscoting,  vats,  tiles,  sinks,  laundry- 
tubs,  grave-vaults,  sanitary  ware,  refrigerator  shelves, 
flour-bins  and  dough-troughs  for  bakeries,  electrical  switch- 
boards, mantels,  hearths,  well-caps,  and  tops  for  billiard, 
laboratory,  kitchen,  and  other  tables.” 

“Lehigh  and  Northampton  counties,  Pa.,  report  the 
only  stock  produced  for  school  slates  and  blackboards. 
The  quarries  in  these  counties  can  best  produce  this 
material  on  account  of  the  unusually  fine  cleavage  of  the 
slate  and  the  thickness  and  size  of  the  beds.” 

(b)  Roofing  Slate:  “Slate  used  for  roofing  is  not  neces- 
sarily of  so  fine  a texture  nor  of  so  smooth  a cleavage  as 
the  mill  stock,  but  it  must  be  hard,  strong,  and  tough,  and 
should  not  contain  carbonates  or  iron  pyrites,  which 
decompose  or  oxidize  under  atmospheric  conditions.  A 
description  of  the  process  of  dressing  roofing  slates  was 
given  in  the  report  on  slate  in  ‘Mineral  Resources’  for 
1911.  (2K4 m.)’’ 

“Nearly  73  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  slate  produc- 
tion in  the  United  States  in  1914  was  represented  by  slate 
for  roofing,  and  the  roofing-slate  output  from  Pennsyl- 
vania and  Vermont  represented,  respectively,  about  59 
and  29  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  the  roofing  slate  pro- 
duced. Besides  roofing  slate  Pennsylvania  and  Vermont 
produce  also  mill  stock;  practically  the  only  use  of  slate 
from  the  other  producing  states,  except  Maine,  is  for 
roofing.” 

2K4  Information  Obtainable 

The  following  are  listed  from  selected  publications 
through  the  courtesy  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  (2A1); 
other  lists  will  be  furnished  upon  application  to  the  Journal. 

( a ) “Chemical  Notes  on  the  Composition  of  the  Roofing  Slates  of 
Eastern  New  York  and  Western  Vermont,”  W.  F.  Hillebrand. 
Nineteenth  Annual  Report,  pt.  3,  pp.  301-305,  1899.  32.25. 

{b)  “The  Slate  Belt  of  Eastern  New  York  and  Western  Vermont,” 
T.  N.  Dale.  Nineteenth  Annual  Report,  pt.  3,  pp.  153-200, 
1899.  *2.25.  . , 

If)  “The  Slate  Industry  of  Slatington,  Pa.,  and  Martinsburg,  WT.  Va.,’’ 
T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin  No.  213,  pp.  ^61-364,  1903.  (Exhausted.) 
(<f)  “Notes  on  Arkansas  Roofing  Slates,  T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin  No. 
225,  pp.  414-416,  1904.  35  cents. 

( [e ) “Slate  Deposits  of  California  and  Utah,”  E.  C.  Eckel.  Bulletin 
No.  225,  pp.  417-422,  1904.  35  cents. 

(J)  “Slate  Investigations  During  1904,”  T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin  No. 

260,  pp.  486-488,  1905.  (Exhausted.) 

(g)  “Note  on  a New  Variety  of  Maine  Slate,”  T.  N.  Dale.  Bulletin 
No.  285,  pp.  449-50,  1906.  (Exhausted.) 

(A)  “The  Slates  of  Arkansas,”  A.  H.  Purdue.  Bulletin  No.  430,  pp. 
317-334,  1910.  60  cents. 

(j)  “Slate  Deposits  and  Slate  Industry  of  the  United  States,”  T.  N. 
Dale  and  others.  Bulletin  No.  586,  1914.  A revised  edition  of 
Bulletin  No.  275. 

(£)  The  state  geological  surveys  of  Arkansas,  California,  Maryland, 
and  New  Jersey  have  published  descriptions  of  the  slate  and  the 
slate  deposits  of  these  states,  and  information  as  to  these  publica- 
tions may  be  had  by  applying  to  the  respective  state  geologists. 
(/)  A publication  by  E.  C.  Eckel,  "Building-Stones  and  Clays,  Their 
Origin,  Character,  and  Examination,”  contains  a chapter  on 
slate,  which  gives  information  on  the  slates  of  the  United  States 
and  of  foreign  countries  and  also  many  analyses  and  tests  ofslate. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


29 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


2K5  Other  References 

(a)  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,  1916.”  (See  its  Index  “Slate.”) 

(b)  “American  Civil  Engineers  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman. 

(r)  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 
Part  I,  “Slates,”  pp.  241-2.17,  892-899. 

{d)  “Building  Trades  Handbook.  “Slate  Roofs,”  pp.  314-317,366-367. 

(e)  "Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag.  Pp.  521-522 
682—684. 

(/)  Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineer’s  Pocket  Book. 

(g)  “Carnegie  Pocket  Companion  1916.”  _Pp.  339-341. 

(A)  "Genuine  Bangor  Slate.”  Booklet  (2K2 a.) 

( j ) For  descriptive  data  on  Bangor  Slate,  of  the  North  Bangor  Slate 
Co.  See  Industrial  Section,  p.  204. 

2K6  Practice  Recoynmended  by  Various 
Authorities 

( a ) Thicknesses. — It  has  been  suggested  that  a failure 
to  recognize  a certain  minimum  thickness  for  slates  has 
been  unfavorable  to  the  industry;  that  some  producers 
are  in  the  habit  of  splitting  their  slates  too  thin;  and  that 
the  insistence  by  architects  and  the  general  public  on 
thicker  slates  would  result  in  much  less  breakage,  a higher 
standard  of  splitting  and  sorting  slates,  and  the  market- 
ing of  a product  of  higher  grade.  The  minimum  thick- 
ness suggested  is  three  sixteenths  of  an  inch  for  the  strong- 
est slates  and  fully  a quarter  of  an  inch  for  the  common 
slates  of  somewhat  less  strength.  The  growing  demand  for 
thicker  slates  to  produce  rough  effects  should  assist  in  this 
development  of  the  industry.  (“Stone  in  1915”  iA.\d.) 

(/>)  Slope. — Slate  makes  a good  roof  if  of  good  quality 
and  properly  watched.  It  breaks  easily  and  cannot  be 
walked  on  without  damage  to  the  slate. 

Tile  of  good  quality  gives  good  results.  It  is  not  so 
tight  as  slate,  but  does  not  break  easily.  It  has  architec- 
tural value  and  its  use  is  growing  with  improvement  in  the 
product  and  in  the  variety  of  colors. 

Slate  and  tile  of  suitable  quality,  properly  protected 
and  fastened,  can  be  recommended  on  roofs  with  a pitch 
of  six  (6)  inches  to  the  foot  or  over,  where  expense  is  not 
the  governing  feature,  and  where  they  aid  in  producing 
the  desired  architectural  effect,  except  that  where  there 
is  much  chance  of  driving  snow,  eight  (8)  inches  to  the  foot 
should  be  the  flattest  slope  allowed.  (Committee  on  Build- 
ings, American  Railway  Engineering  Association,  \A.qe.) 

(c)  Flat  Surfaces. — Slate  is  being  much  used  for  flat 
roofs  and  for  terrace  paving,  garden  walks  and  similar 
purposes.  For  concrete  underfills  for  latter  uses  see 
1E9  and  for  a suggested  flat  roof  treatment  see  “Standard 
Specifications  for  Use  over  Concrete”  as  put  forth  by 
the  North  Bangor  Slate  Company  in  collaboration  with 
the  Barrett  Manufacturing  Company,  printed  on  page 
204  of  the  Industrial  Section. 

(d)  By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 
(Serial  No.  3):  “Building  Code  Recommended,”  1915. 
Part  XV.  “Roofs  and  Roof  Structures.”  Pp.  102-108. 

(e)  By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 
(Serial  No.  3):  “Dwelling  Houses,  A Code  of  Suggestions 
for  Construction  and  Fire  Protection,”  1916.  Part  IV 
“Roofings,  Approved  Fire-Resistive  Materials  for.  P.  135. 

2K7  General  Standards 

(a)  Roofing  Slate — Navy  Department  Specifications. 
Serial  designation  59Si>  February  1,  1915. 

General: 

(1)  Slate  shall  be  of  the  dimensions  specified,  not  less 
than  ^ inch  thick,  best  quality,  uniform  in  size,  color, 
texture,  and  composition;  sound,  dark  blue  or  black,  or 
other  color  desired.  Tails  and  edges  shall  be  cut  square 
and  true.  Nail-holes  shall  be  drilled  and  countersunk 
for  the  heads  of  nails.  Slate  shall  be  free  from  warped  sur- 
faces, quartz  ribbons,  or  quartz  particles,  and  the  presence 

Serial  No.  2 


of  injurious  carbonates  and  sulphides  shall  be  cause  for 
rejection.  Where  unfading  slate  is  desired,  or  the  slate  is 
to  be  exposed  to  acid  fumes,  slates  which  effervesce  with 
hydrochloric  acid  applied  as  follows  shall  be  rejected: 
Hydrochloric  acid  having  a specific  gravity  of  about  1.20 
at  6o°F.  or  about  38  per  cent  of  absolute  acid  is  to  be 
diluted  so  that  60  per  cent  by  volume  of  the  diluted  acid 
shall  be  water.  This  acid  is  to  be  applied  to  the  freshly 
broken  edges  of  the  slate. 

Trade  Name: 

(2)  Bidders  shall  state  trade  name  of  slate,  name  and 
locality  of  quarry,  and,  where  required,  submit  sample  of 
the  slate  which  they  propose  to  furnish. 

Note. — Copies  of  the  above  specifications  can  be  obtained  upon 
application  to  the  various  Navy  pay  offices  or  to  the  Bureau  of  Supplies 
and  Accounts,  Navy  Department,  Washington,  D.  C.  (3A141.) 

(/>)  Of  Measurement  and  Size  of  Roofing  Slate. — Roofing 
slate  is  sold  in  the  United  States  by  the  “square,”  a 
“square”  being  a sufficient  number,  of  pieces  of  slate  of 
any  size  to  cover  100  square  feet  of  roof,  with  allowance 
generally  for  a 3-inch  lap.  The  size  of  the  pieces  of  slate 
making  up  a square  ranges  from  7 by  9 inches  to  16  by  24 
inches,  and  the  number  of  pieces  in  a square  ranges  from 
85  to  686,  according  to  the  size  of  the  pieces.  The  ordi- 
nary thickness  of  a piece  is  from  l/%  to  ^ inch,  and  the 
approximate  weight  per  square  is  about  650  pounds. — 
From  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.,”  1915,  iA.\d. 

(r)  Of  Laying  Cost  of  Roofing  Slate. — “The  square  is 
also  the  basis  on  which  the  cost  of  laying  is  measured. 
‘Eaves,  hips,  valleys,  and  cuttings  against  walls  or  dormers 
are  measured  extra;  1 foot  wide  by  their  whole  length, 
the  extra  charge  being  made  for  waste  material  and  the 
increased  labor  required  in  cutting  and  fitting.  Openings 
less  than  3 square  feet  are  not  deducted,  and  all  cuttings 
around  them  are  measured  extra.  Extra  charges  are  also 
made  for  borders,  figures,  and  any  change  of  color  of  the 
work  and  for  steeples,  towers,  and  perpendicular  sur- 
faces.’ ” — From  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  1916.  P.  1499. 

2K8  Current  Comment 

(a)  “The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  ‘Stone  in  1915’ 
says:  ‘For  several  years  slate  has  suffered  from  competi- 
tion with  artificial  roofing  materials,  which  have  been 
aggressively  advertised,  and  from  the  increasing  number 
of  factories,  dwellings,  schools,  and  other  buildings  that 
have  been  built  with  flat  roofs.  Some  slate-producers 
complain  that  there  is  a general  apathy  on  the  part  of 
slate  companies  in  meeting  these  conditions;  that  inade- 
quate advertising  of  slate  is  largely  responsible  for  the 
inroads  made  by  well-advertised  artificial  materials;  and 
that  the  failure  of  companies  to  cooperate  in  promoting 
its  development  has  allowed  the  slate  industry  to  remain 
nearly  stationary  or  to  decline,  while  other  competing 
industries  have  made  substantial  progress.’” 

(, b ) Graduated  and  Variegated  Roofing. — A decided 
impetus  has  in  recent  years  been  given  the  roofing  slate 
industry  through  the  activities  of  a few  resourceful  pro- 
ducers who  have  cooperated  with  some  architects  in  pro- 
curing roofs  distinctive  in  this  country  though  happily 
to  be  found  in  abundance  in  Europe.  There,  as  here,  the 
effect  desired  is  obtained  by  utilizing  to  the  full  the 
materials  with  which  the  quarries  abound  including  the 
largest  range  of  color  and  varying  sizes  and  thicknesses. 
Naturally,  however,  the  cost  of  production,  transporta- 
tion and  laying  increases  the  cost  of  the  roof  but  not  out 
of  proportion  to  the  effect  desired.  Notes  pertaining  to 
this  kind  of  roofing  as  the  “Old  English  Method”  will  be 
found  in  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  page  1498. 

(e)  As  applicable  also  to  slate,  see  “Selling  Stone  by  Sample”  2J10. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


3° 


Serial  No.  3 

FIRE-PREVENTION  AND  -PROTECTION  ISSUE 

Section  I.  Fire-resistive  Materials 


INTRODUCTION 

(Written  for  the  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I) 


Considerations  looking  toward  the  safeguarding  of  life 
and  health  in  addition  to  the  protection  of  property  are 
constantly  receiving  fuller  attention  from  all  agencies  work- 
ing for  the  reduction  of  the  fire-hazard. 

This  is  evident  from  the  addresses  and  discussions  at 
meetings  and  from  the  committee  reports,  code  sugges- 
tions, technical  letters,  regulations,  standards  and  publica- 
tions of  many  of  the  organizations  mentioned  in  this  and 
the  next  two  Serial  Numbers,  4 and  5,  of  this  book. 

Such  a tendency,  corroborating  the  statement  of  Dean 
Pound  of  the  Harvard  Law  School  that  “the  greatest 
thought  of  this  century  is  the  transference  of  value  from 
property  to  humanity,”  is  also  apparent  in  some  of  the 
work  and  publications  of  the  National  Government  and  of 
the  states  and  municipalities. 

The  first  known  list  of  all  agencies  working  toward 
improvement  in  structural  materials  and  methods  and 
toward  higher  ideals  in  the  sheltering  of  humanity  appears 
in  the  “ Contents ” to  this  book.  The  work  of  compiling  this 
has  emphasized  anew  the  necessity  for  a greater  coordina- 
tion of  all  these  activities  and  for  a fuller  cooperation 
between  all  forces  in  what  we  have  chosen  to  call  the  field 
of  Structural  Service. 


In  the  absence  of  a centralized  National  administrative 
department  to  control  the  people’s  building  policy  in  all 
its  varying  phases,  interest  naturally  centers  upon  those 
branches  of  the  Government  which  perform  functions 
related  to  this  field.  These  also  are  listed  under  the  “ Con- 
tents.” 

The  accomplishments  of  states  and  municipalities  which 
manifest  themselves  through  building,  sanitary  and  other 
codes  are  referred  to  not  only  in  this  serial  number,  but 
throughout  the  Book,  and  are  listed  as  fully  as  possible 
within  the  limitations  of  the  “General  Index.” 

As  of  further  interest  in  this  connection,  read  the  ad- 
dresses and  discussions  on  “Districting,  Housing  and  Build- 
ing Regulations,  National  and  State  Codes”  in  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  nineteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  National  Fire 
Protection  Association,  pages  294-323  and  “A  National 
Building  Policy”  in  Construction  for  June,  July,  and  August, 
1917.  Of  significance,  also,  is  Circular  No.  75  of  the 
Bureau  of  Standards  entitled  “Safety  for  the  Household” 
issued  Jan.  10,  1918,  which  contains  126  pages  of  important 
suggestions  including  those  on  “The  Fire-Hazard  in  the 
House.” 


CONTENTS 


Having  in  the  January  and  February  numbers  covered 
foundational  requirements  in  concrete  and  stone,  and  in 
cement  and  lime  of  our  composite  building  or  typical 
structure,  and  having  in  the  same  issues  treated  of  the 
steel  and  iron  work  and  of  the  concrete  and  stonework,  our 
progress  in  the  erection  of  such  a building  now  reaches  the 
third  of  the  twelve  stages  and  brings  us  to  the  point  where 
the  enclosing  walls  with  their  facings  (other  than  stone), 
the  floors,  partitions  and  some  roofings  may  now  be  con- 
sidered, and  the  skeleton  of  the  structure  be  brought  near 
completion. 


These  forms  of  construction  cover  a wide  range  of 
materials  and  devices,  and  to  simplify  the  classification 
they  will  be  divided  as  follows:  March,  Serial  No.  3, 
“Fire-resistive  Materials;”  April,  Serial  No.  4,  “General 
Building  Construction;”  May,  Serial  No.  5,  “Wood,”  all 
forms  and  uses. 

All  electrical  features  pertaining  to  fire-  and  safety- 
hazards  will  be  referred  to  under  Serial  No.  6.  “Electricity,” 
and  similarly  gas  features  will  be  referred  to  under  Serial 
No.  7,  “Gas.” 


MARCH,  1917 


INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


3A  U.  S.  Navy  Department. 

3A2  Architects  and  Fire-Prevention. 

3A3  National  Fire  Protection  Association. 

3A4  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

3A6  Underwriters’  Laboratories. 

3A7  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 
ance Companies. 

3C  Other  Agencies  Concerned  with  Fire-re- 
sistive Materials. 


3D  Terra  Cotta,  Hollow  Tile,  and  Brick. 

3D5  Metal  Lath,  Gypsum,  Asbestos,  and 
Wired  Glass. 

3El  Reports  on  Buildings  under  Fire. 

3E2  Reports  on  Fire-Tests  of  Materials. 

3F  Fi  re-Tests  by  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards. 

(The  Fire-Prevention  and  -Protection  issue,  with  the 
Section  on  General  Building  Construction,  will  be  con- 
cluded in  April,  Serial  No.  4.) 

31 


Serial  No.  2 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


Fire-Resistive  Materials  Section 

3Ai  Navy  Department,  U.  S.  A.  State,  War  and  Navy  Building,  Washington,  D.  C. 


No  division  of  the  National  Government  is  more  con- 
cerned with  the  protection  of  metal  and  wood  and  the 
prevention  of  fire  than  is  the  Navy  Department,  because 
of  its  control  of  floating  equipment.  In  this,  especially 
when  not  in  contact  with  land,  the  means  to  control  and 
fight  fires  is  self-contained  and  must  be  the  utmost  in 
availability  and  efficiency. 

The  Navy  also  has  control  over  a large  amount  of 
construction  on  land,  as  well  as  at  sea,  and  frequently  in 
combination,  so  that  its  functions  with  respect  to  con- 
struction are  divided. 

Standards: 

(a)  For  the  use  of  the  Government,  specifications  have 
been  prepared  by  Boards  on  Uniform  Specifications, 
representing  the  Treasury,  War  and  Navy  Departments. 
The  “Specifications  for  Plumbing  Fixtures,  etc.,”  prepared 
by  the  Board  on  Uniform  Plumbing  Specifications,  are 
described  under  9A1. 

(b)  Researches  and  investigations  in  connection  with 
materials  are  constantly  being  conducted  by  all  the 
technical  bureaus  of  the  Navy,  either  individually  or  in 
cooperation,  and  at  the  various  navy-yards.  The  results 
are  not  usually  made  public,  but  the  conclusions  drawn 
therefrom  are  utilized  in  the  frequent  revisions  of  the 
“Navy  Department  Specifications”  relative  to  each 
material  or  industry  affected,  which  are  issued  through  the — 


3Ala  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts 

Publications  (1):  ‘‘Index  to  Specifications  Issued  by  the  Navy 
Department  for  Naval  Stores  and  Material  ” This  is  revised 
quarterly  and  is  received  by  the  Structural  Service  Department 
through  the  courtesy  of  the  Bureau. 

(2)  Navy  Department  Specifications: 

These  are  printed  and  issued  by  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and 
Accounts  as  standards  which  obtain  in  securing  estimates  or  hav- 
ing materials  furnished  or  work  done  for  all  branches  of  the  Navy. 
Copies  of  the  Index  (1),  and  of  the  specifications  when  in  stock, 
may  be  obtained  upon  application  to  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and 
Accounts,  Navy  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 

3Aib  Bureau  of  Construction  and  Repair 
3Aic  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks 

Publication : Bulletin,  “Public  Works  of  the  Navy,”  under  the 
cognizance  of  the  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks  and  the  Corps  of 
Civil  Engineers,  U.  S.  Navy,  issued  quarterly.  Described  under  8A1 . 

Reference  throughout  the  Structural  Service  Book  will 
be  found  to  the  important  work  and  conclusions  of  these 
two  Bureaus  of  the  Navy.  The  administration  and  organ- 
ization of  the  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks,  the  duties  of 
which  Bureau  comprise  all  that  relates  to  the  design  and 
construction  of  public  works,  including  all  buildings  for 
whatever  purpose  needed  under  the  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps,  will  be  found  described  under  8A. 


3A2  Architects  and  Fire-Prevention 

Architects  and  engineers  should  from  the  inception  of 
their  work  maintain  the  closest  cooperation  with  the 
forces  organized  to  bring  about  a better  understanding  of 
those  requirements  in  construction  and  occupancy  which 
make  for  a lessening  of  the  risk  of  loss  in  the  capital 
invested  in  the  insurance  business. 

Entirely  aside  from  those  ethical  considerations,  which 
will  always  seek  the  safety  of  the  occupants  and  the  pro- 
tection of  the  structure  and  its  surroundings,  it  should  be 
borne  in  mind  that  insurance  premiums  are  in  reality  a 
tax  levied  in  the  endeavor  to  stabilize  the  investment  of 
capital  upon  which  all  industry  depends. 

It  is  a simple  proposition  that  the  less  the  loss,  the  less 
the  tax;  the  less  the  cooperation  at  the  inception,  by  those 
charged  with  building  construction  with  those  administer- 
ing the  tax,  the  greater  the  subsequent  cost  due  to  rein- 
spection, alteration  or  readjustment,  irrespective  of 
eventual  loss. 


Therefore,  besides  observing  all  local  building  ordi- 
nances, the  standards  and  other  publications  of  the  various 
authorities  and  controlling  agencies  hereafter  described 
should  be  followed  as  closely  as  possible,  and  even  when 
this  be  done,  the  local  underwriters  should  in  every  case 
be  consulted  and  their  comment  and  suggestions  obtained 
before  construction  is  contracted  for  or  work  commenced. 
The  Editor  has  the  assurance  of  many  local  boards  of 
underwriters  (which,  as  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Woolson  in 
his  description  of  the  National  Board,  have  no  connection 
therewith),  and  it  has  also  been  his  invariable  experience 
that  these  opportunities  to  discuss  conditions  before  con- 
tracts are  let,  instead  of  afterward  when  vexatious  and 
perhaps  costly  changes  may  be  requisite  to  serve  the  best 
interests  of  the  owner  and  of  the  community,  are  wel- 
comed— never  discouraged.  (For  Cooperation  see 
and  3G2.) 


3A3  National  Fire-Protection  Association 


Secretary:  Franklin  H.  Wentworth,  87  Milk  Street, 
Boston. 

Publications:  (See  pages  43,  44,  for  detailed  list.) 

Standards  and  literature  on  varied  phases  of  building  construction, 
fire-prevention  and  -protection,  and  on  other  matters  of  great 
importance  and  value  to  architects,  engineers,  constructionists 
and  public-spirited  citizens  generally  are  issued  as  listed  on  pages 
43,  44,  under  a special  classified  3A3  extension  index  with  other 
publications  for  members,  prices  and  detailed  information. 

Among  them  are:  “Standard  Regulations  for  Fire-Protection  and  the 
Safeguarding  of  Hazards.” 

“Suggested  State  Laws  for  Regulating  Fire-Hazards.” 

“Suggested  Municipal  Ordinances  for  Regulating  Fire-Hazards,” 
which  have  also  been  adopted  by,  and  are  the  official  standards 
of,  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

Serial  No.  3 


Organized  1895 

Of  the  above  publications  those  of  especial  significance 
to  architects  and  constructionists  will  be  referred  to  under 
each  industry,  material,  or  subdivision  in  this  and  other 
issues  of  the  Journal. 

Many  of  these  will  be  found,  through  use,  to  save  much 
time,  trouble  and  duplication  of  effort  on  the  part  of 
Architects  and  others,  as  well  as  to  afford  the  satisfaction 
of  having  contributed  toward  the  general  adoption  of 
standards,  so  valuable  when  measured  by  results  obtained. 

Purposes , Standards  and  Membership: 

The  National  Fire-Protection  Association  has  two  func- 
tions. One  is  to  make  the  “standards”  under  guidance  of 
which  the  fire  waste  may  be  checked;  the  other  is  to  edu- 

32  Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  3 


cate  the  people  in  the  observance  of  those  standards  and 
point  out  the  grievous  economic  penalties  for  ignoring  them . 

The  character  of  these  standards,  rules  and  require- 
ments is  shown  by  the  list  of  publications  printed  on  pages 
43  and  44.  The  standards  are  made  by  the  representatives 
of  the  membership  organizations,  included  in  which  is  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects  and  128  others.  These 
representatives  are  men  selected  for  expertness  in  one 
form  or  another  of  all  phases  of  building  construction  or 
fire-prevention  engineering,  and  serve  the  Association 
without  pay.  There  is  no  public  effort  in  the  history  of 
the  nation  to  which  there  has  been  so  freely  given,  over  so 
long  a period,  any  more  of  expert  thought  and  painstaking 
technical  investigation  than  to  the  National  Fire-Pro- 
tection Association. 

This  work  of  compiling  and  revising  standards  cover- 
ing explosives,  gases,  oils,  electric  wiring,  fire  appliances 
and  all  methods  of  construction  must  continue  indefinitely. 
It  is  a work  for  experts  and  commands  the  services  of 
those  members  having  not  only  technical  education  but 
wide,  practical  experience  in  their  special  callings. 

These  men  meet  throughout  the  year,  having  member- 
ship on  various  committees  in  the  Association,  of  which 
there  are  a large  number  constantly  at  work.  Those 
whose  activities  are  of  especial  significance  in  connection 
with  building  construction  are: 

The  Committee  on  Fire-Resistive  Construction , which  is 
composed  mainly  of  engineers  and  architects  with  Ira  H. 
Woolson  as  Chairman,  some  five  years  ago  decided  to 
establish  requirements  of  construction  suited  to  buildings 
of  the  greatest  fire-resistance  and  to  define  a “Standard 
Building”  applicable  to  any  occupancy,  leaving,  as  much 
as  possible,  the  details  of  construction  for  special  occupancy 
and  special  use  or  hazard  to  be  determined  later  as  modi- 
fications of  these  standard  requirements.  This  resulted  in 
the  publication  of  “Specifications  for  Construction  of  a 
Standard  Building”  (3^3^31),  which  “Standard”  has 
served  as  a model  or  framework  for  the  application  of 
the  various  standard  forms  of  construction  adopted  by 
the  Association. 

The  Committee  later  drafted  recommendations  for 
forms  of  construction  adapted  to  buildings  of  special  use, 
including  dwelling  houses,  and  at  the  Convention  in  1916 
submitted  specifications  for  a structure  of  the  executive 
administration  type  known  as  “Office  Building.”  This 
report  of  the  Committee  has  been  published  as  “Specifica- 
tions for  Construction  of  Office  Building  Grade”  (A)  and  is 
listed  under  3A3#3i<j. 

The  Committee  on  Field  Practice  is  made  up  of  those 
especially  qualified  to  pass  upon  details  of  construction 
and  equipment  and  who  are  familiar  with  the  necessity 
for  the  proper  upkeep  and  maintenance  of  installations. 

This  Committee’s  knowledge  and  observations  have 
resulted  in  the  publication  of  “Field  Practice”  referred 
to  frequently  and  listed  under  2A.T,d\.  It  covers  the 
more  essential  features  to  which  especial  attention 
should  be  given  in  order  that  the  efficiency  of  installations 
should  be  maintained  and  conforms  to  the  standards  of 
the  N.  F.  P.  A.  as  published  and  promulgated  by  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  to  which  references 
are  made  throughout. 

The  Co?nmittee  on  Manufacturing  Risks  and  Special 
Hazards , during  the  recent  year,  gave  especial  attention 
to  the  correction  of  structural  defects  in  existing 
buildings  and  submitted  a report  intended  to  be  of 
practical  use  to  persons  in  charge  of  property  or  the 
alteration  of  buildings.  This  report  is  illustrated  and  is 
replete  with  suggestions.  It  is  entitled  “Structural 
Defects,  Suggestions  for  Their  Elimination  and  Protec- 

Serial  No.  3 


tion,”  listed  under  3Ajd  32^,  also  printed  in  the  “Proceed- 
ings of  the  Twentieth  Annual  Convention,  1916.” 

The  Committee  on  Protection  of  Openings  in  Walls  and 
Partitions  has  promulgated  regulations  and  recommenda- 
tions for  these  important  features  of  construction  to  which 
reference  will  elsewhere  be  made. 

The  Committee  on  Safety  to  Life  will  be  mentioned  in 
connection  with  “Exits,  Stairways  and  Fire  Escapes,” 
Serial  No.  4. 

Many  other  Committees  exist  whose  work,  all  of  it 
important,  concerns  one  phase  or  another  of  protection 
equipment  and  installation. 

The  Association  meets  annually  in  a three  days’  con- 
vention, at  which  the  report  of  each  committee  working 
during  the  year  on  the  various  standards  is  presented  by 
its  experts  and  discussed  by  the  convention  before  adop- 
tion. The  progress  of  the  nation  in  science,  invention  and 
the  industrial  arts  makes  constant  revision  of  these  stan- 
dards imperative.  The  Association  for  over  twenty  years 
has  been  compiling  and  revising  these  standards,  which 
are  now  the  recognized  national  guide  and  authority,  and 
are  officially  adopted  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers and  all  other  organizations  interested  in  fire-pro- 
tection or  -prevention. 

The  proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  are  issued  in 
printed  form  so  that  all  members  may  study  the  reports 
and  the  discussions  thereon  at  their  leisure. 

The  Quarterly  Magazine  of  the  Association  is  unique 
in  its  special  articles  on  fire-hazards,  fire-protection  and 
-prevention,  and  the  economic  effects  of  the  fire-waste, 
and  the  monthly  News  Letter  is  of  decided  interest  and 
keeps  members  posted  on  the  latest  developments  in  fire- 
protection  engineering  and  building  materials  and  con- 
struction. 

Special  studies  are  made  of  the  effect  of  fire  on  concrete 
and  other  buildings  of  fire-resistive  construction.  Bulle- 
tins are  regularly  issued  and,  during  each  year,  many 
individual  papers  and  reports  on  specific  topics  are  sent 
to  members,  besides  copies  of  all  the  Association’s  stan- 
dards as  soon  as  they  are  completed  and  published. 

The  Association’s  membership  is  composed  of  archi- 
tects, builders,  merchants,  manufacturers,  warehouse- 
men, lumbermen,  engineers,  fire-marshals,  fire-wardens, 
fire-chiefs,  electricians,  credit  men,  bankers,  insurance 
agents  and  inspectors,  boards  of  trade,  chambers  of  com- 
merce, public  libraries  and  many  other  organizations,  indi- 
viduals, firms  and  corporations.  Any  individual,  firm,  cor- 
poration or  society  is  eligible  to  membership. 

[Editor’s  Note. — It  is  with  considerable  satisfaction  that  at- 
tention is  called  to  the  fact  that  for  two  years  past  a member  of  the 
Institute,  Mr.  Robert  D.  Kohn,  was  President  of  the  N.  F.  P.  A.,  and 
that  the  present  Treasurer  of  the  Institute,  Mr.  D.  Everett  Waid,  is  a 
Vice-President — but,  with  regret,  attention  is  drawn  to  the  further  fact 
that  but  fifty  architects  are  members  of  the  Association.] 

3A4  The  National  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers Organized  1866 

General  Manager:  W.  E.  Mallalieu,  76  William  St.,  New 
York  City. 

Publications:  (See  pages  44,  45,  for  detailed  list.) 

Suggested  regulations  covering  the  installation  of  hazardous  and. 
protective  devices,  model  building  regulations  and  ordinances,  and  spe- 
cial reports  on  various  subjects  prepared  by  the  engineers  of  the 
Board.  A list  of  the  publications  distributed  by  the  Board  will  be 
found  on  pages  44,  4 5,  under  a special  classified  3A4  extension  index. 

The  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  an  organiza- 
tion composed  of  133  of  the  principal  stock  fire  insurance 
companies,  is  supported  by  a pro  rata  tax  upon  the  mem- 
bers, and  has  been  in  existence  fifty-one  years. 


33 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


Organized  in  the  troublous  period  following  the  Civil 
War,  when  unlimited  rate  competition  and  a rapidly  rising 
fire  ratio  were  threatening  the  solvency  of  American  fire 
insurance,  it  sought  to  restore  stability  through  a rigorous 
control  of  rates.  At  first  these  efforts  met  with  considerable 
success,  and  to  them  is  largely  due  the  fact  that  so  many 
companies  were  able  to  survive  the  double  blow  of  the 
Chicago  and  Boston  conflagrations  in  1871  and  1872. 

Difficulties  arose,  however,  which  made  it  necessary  to 
abandon  rate-control.  This  was  done  in  1877,  since  which 
date  the  National  Board  has  exercised  no  jurisdiction  or 
supervision  of  the  question  of  rates,  that  power  being 
entirely  in  the  hands  of  local  fire  underwriters’  associations, 
each  having  jurisdiction  over  certain  specified  areas. 
(See  3A5.) 

Eleven  years  after  its  abandonment  of  rate-control,  the 
National  Board  likewise  ceased  to  regulate  brokerage 
commissions.  Following  this  final  relinquishment  of  legis- 
lative power,  the  organization  began  a new  phase  in  its 
history  and  rapidly  developed  into  the  great  service  insti- 
tution, to  both  its  members  and  the  public,  which  char- 
acterizes its  beneficent  operations  today. 

In  a sense,  its  name  has  become  a misnomer,  since  it  no 
longer  exercises  the  functions  of  an  underwriter.  It  has 
really  become  an  investigative,  standardizing,  and  dis- 
tributing organization,  dealing  with  the  broad  principles 
of  underwriting  and  Are-protection.  In  this  work  it  co- 
operates the  best  technically  trained  service  it  can  secure 
with  the  wide  practical  experience  of  its  members. 

Its  activities  are  conducted  through  standing  com- 
mittees under  supervision  of  the  Executive  Committee 
and  the  direction  of  the  General  Manager.  Most  of  these 
committees  employ  skilled  experts  who  devote  their  entire 
time  to  work  planned  by  the  committees.  The  more  im- 
portant committees  are  the  following: 

The  Committee  on  Laws  makes  a special  study  of  the 
legal,  legislative,  and  administrative  phases  of  the  rela- 
tions of  fire  insurance  to  the  public. 

The  Committee  on  Incendiarism  and  Arson , as  its  name 
implies,  is  organized  to  combat  these  most  subtle  and 
heinous  of  crimes  which  frequently  destroy  human  life  as 
well  as  property. 

The  Committee  on  Statistics  and  Origin  of  Fires  collects 
and  classifies  fire-loss  figures  from  fire-department  records 
and  other  sources  of  public  information.  It  critically 
studies  this  data  and  makes  recommendations  based  upon 
the  conclusions  obtained. 

The  Committee  on  Fire-Prevention  has  for  many  years 
been  one  of  the  country’s  strongest  influences  for  lessening 
the  public  fire-hazard.  This  Committee,  at  large  expense, 
maintains  a staff  of  field  engineers  under  the  direction  of  a 
Chief  Engineer,  Mr.  George  W.  Booth,  who  are  constantly 
engaged  in  inspecting  the  water-supply,  fire-department 
equipment  and  efficiency,  and  fire-alarm  system  in  the 
larger  cities  of  the  United  States.  Particular  attention  is 
devoted  to  the  proper  protection  of  congested  valued  dis- 
tricts and  the  removal  of  conflagration  hazards. 

It  issues  detailed  reports  covering  these  inspections  and 
recommendations  based  thereon.  These  reports  are  fur- 
nished to  members  of  the  Board  and  to  the  city  officials, 
but  are  not  for  general  distribution.  The  Committee’s 
recommendations  have  lead  to  extensive  improvements  in 
many  cities. 

The  Committee  on  Construction  of  Buildings  devotes  its 
energies  to  encourage  better  building  construction,  and 
thereby  endeavors  to  aid  in  reducing  the  enormous  annual 
fire-waste.  As  the  activities  of  this  Committee  are  of  more 
direct  interest  to  the  architect  than  the  others,  they  are 
treated  here  in  greater  detail. 

Serial  No.  3 


The  most  important  work  accomplished  by  this  Com- 
mittee was  the  drafting  of  a Model  Building  Code  intended 
as  a guide  for  the  use  of  city  commissions  entrusted  with 
the  preparation  of  new  building  ordinances  or  the  revision 
of  old  ones.  (SeejAq^i.) 

This  Code  was  first  issued  in  1905.  It  has  passed 
through  four  editions,  and  over  25,000  copies  have  been 
distributed.  The  last  revision — that  of  1915 — was  very 
radical,  the  form  and  text  being  completely  changed. 
The  volume  is  thoroughly  up-to-date,  and  its  engineering 
and  fire-protection  features  represent  the  best  current 
practice.  The  Code  is  furnished,  without  charge,  to  build- 
ing commissions,  and  upon  application  is  sent  to  archi- 
tects, engineers  and  builders  who  desire  to  use  it  as  a guide 
in  safe  construction.  The  Code  has  been  adopted  as  a 
supplementary  textbook  in  the  engineering  and  architec- 
tural courses  of  several  universities  and  technical  schools. 

The  last  revision  was  made  by  Ira  H.  Woolson,  Con- 
sulting Engineer  to  the  Committee,  and  formerly  a pro- 
fessor in  engineering  at  Columbia  University,  who  has 
been  engaged  to  prepare  the  Committee’s  publications 
and  take  charge  of  its  rapidly  increasing  work  of  promul- 
gating building  construction  standards  and  fire-protection 
information. 

The  Committee’s  office  has  become  a clearing-house  for 
distribution  of  such  data.  It  renders  a vast  amount  of 
gratuitous  consultation  service  to  cities  which  are  revis- 
ing their  building  codes,  and  results  show  that  it  is  wield- 
ing a strong  influence  in  eradicating  pernicious  building 
customs  which  have  been  such  prolific  contributors  to  our 
enormous  and  senseless  annual  fire-loss.  The  Code  is 
being  used  as  a guide  by  many  cities  in  the  revision  of  their 
building  ordinances,  and  not  infrequently  it  is  copied 
practically  as  printed. 

The  Committee  also  distributes  “A  Suggested  Building 
Ordinance  for  Small  Towns  and  Villages”  which  was  pre- 
pared jointly  with  a committee  of  the  National  Fire  Pro- 
tection Association.  (See  3A4J2.) 

The  latest  publication  on  safe  construction  issued  by 
the  Committee  is  entitled  “Dwelling  Houses,”  which  deals 
specifically  with  the  fire-hazards  of  this  class  of  buildings 
and  is  full  of  suggestions  for  remedying  such  defects. 
Copies  of  this  were  furnished  the  Institute’s  Committee 
on  Fire-Prevention  for  distribution  to  all  members  of  the 
Institute.  (See  3A4^3.) 

Considering  that  the  annual  dwelling  house  property 
loss  in  the  United  States  for  the  year  1915  (the  latest  figures 
available)  was  in  excess  of  $ 40,000,000 , and  that  it  was 
accompanied  by  a large  loss  of  life,  the  need  of  such  a pub- 
lication is  apparent.  The  majority  of  dwellings  are  located 
outside  the  jurisdiction  of  municipal  building  laws,  and 
as  there  are  at  present  but  two  or  three  states  which  ex- 
ercise authority  over  building  construction,  most  dwellings 
are  erected  without  any  supervision  whatever. 

The  Committee  on  Lighting , Heating,  and  Engineering 
Standards  is  the  special  intermediary  between  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  and  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  of  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters.  The  function  of  the 
Laboratories  is  to  test  and  classify  materials,  constructions 
and  devices  according  to  their  fire-resistive  qualities,  and 
to  assure  that  the  quality  of  the  manufactured  product  is 
maintained  equal  to  that  of  the  sample  tested.  Details 
of  the  operations  of  the  Laboratories  are  given  elsewhere 
in  the  Journal. 

The  Committee  on  Clauses  and  Forms  studies  the  intri- 
cate structure  and  phraseology  of  fire  insurance  policies, 
and  offers  proposals  for  betterment,  but  they  are  not  man- 
datory upon  local  underwriting  organizations. 

The  Committee  on  Adjustments  operates  principally  as 

Vol.  I,  1917 


34 


SERIAL  NO.  3 


a stabilizer  when  the  relations  between  insurance  com- 
panies and  the  assured  have  suddenly  been  thrown  into 
an  unbalanced  or  chaotic  condition,  as  by  a conflagration. 

The  Actuarial  Bureau  is  the  newest  activity  of  the 
National  Board,  having  been  put  in  operation  in  1915.  It 
receives  daily  reports  of  practically  all  fire-losses  paid  by 
the  insurance  companies  in  the  United  States,  averaging 
over  two  thousand  (2,000)  per  day,  and  has  a large  force 
of  tabulators,  sorting,  classifying  and  recording  the  vast 
amount  of  data  contained  in  the  reports. 

Figures  are  compiled  showing  the  number  of  fires  and 
loss  in  each  class  of  occupancy  due  to  the  various  causes  of 
fire.  The  accumulated  figures  are  carefully  studied,  their 
meaning  interpreted  and  conclusions  drawn  as  to  the 
relative  hazard  of  construction,  exposure  and  occupancy. 

These  statistics  are  the  first  really  reliable  data  ever 
collected  over  the  whole  country  upon  this  extremely 
important  subject.  They  include  the  number  of  fires  and 
insurance  losses  paid,  segregated  in  accordance  with  the 
various  causes,  under  each  standard  class  of  construction, 
whether  protected  or  unprotected  by  water  works  and 
fire  departments. 

The  recent  history  of  the  National  Board  has  been  one 
of  rapidly  increasing  influence  as  a public  service  institu- 
tion. It  will  be  noted  that  most  of  its  work  is  distinctly 
educational  in  character  and  of  direct  public  benefit.  It 
inaugurated  and  has  vigorously  sustained,  through  close 
and  cordial  relations  with  the  National  Fire  Protection 
Association,  the  fire-prevention  movement  which  is  now 
finding  expression  throughout  the  country,  both  in  the 
matter  of  public  improvements  and  popular  education. 

The  above  summary  indicates  briefly  the  functions 
and  scope  of  this  great  organization  which,  although  it 
possesses  no  legislative  powers  and  is  sustained  at  private 
expense,  is  unquestionably  one  of  the  greatest  construc- 
tive forces  in  the  United  States  today. 

Ira  H.  Woolson 

Consulting  Engineer  to  Committee  on  Construction  of  Buildings. 

3A5  Local  Underwriters'  Associations 

The  local  boards  of  fire  underwriters,  or  fire  insurance 
exchanges,  are  composed  of  the  insurance  companies  or 
their  officers  or  agents;  some  of  the  officers  may  also  rep- 
resent their  companies  in  the  National  Board  with  which 
the  local  bodies  have  otherwise  no  official  connection  what- 
ever. Each  such  organization  is  a separate  and  distinct 
association,  complete  within  itself,  having  its  own  officers 
and  different  departments  dealing  with  the  special  hazards 
which  affect  fire-insurance  losses  and  other  matters  relat- 
ing to  the  actual  business  of  underwriting  within  its  own 
prescribed  territory. 

They  endeavor  to  establish  equitable  rates  to  cover  the 
hazards;  use  their  influence  to  create  efficient  private  and 
public  fire-protection;  and  encourage  the  enactment  of 
proper  building  laws.  It  is  their  purpose  and  desire  to 
cooperate  with  all  local  municipal  and  other  authorities 
and  with  architects,  owners  and  constructors  of  buildings 
to  whom  will  be  distributed  the  Standards  of  the  National 
Board  and  other  publications  upon  request  and  in  the 
interest  of  their  general  observance.  Some  associations 
issue  publications  of  their  own. 

3A6  Underwriters'  Laboratories 

Chartered  by  the  State  of  Illinois,  1901 
President:  William  H.  Merrill,  207  E.  Ohio  St.,  Chicago. 
Publications: 

(a)  Organization,  Purpose  and  Methods,  1916 
(1 b ) List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances. 

Serial  No.  3 


(c)  List  of  Inspected  Electrical  Appliances. 

(d)  List  of  Appliances  Inspected  for  Accident  Hazard. 

(e)  Electrical  Data. 

(/)  Standard  on  Rubber-covered  Wires  and  Cords. 

(g)  Procedure  for  Inspections  at  Factories  and  Labeling  Rubber- 
lined  Fire-Hose. 

(. h ) Standard  for  Counterbalanced  Elevator  Doors. 

( j ) Standard  on  Cabinets  and  Cutout  Boxes. 

C k ) Standard  (Tentative)  for  the  Construction  and  Installation  of 
Materials  for  Lightning  Rod  Equipments. 

Other  Standards  are  now  in  mimeograph  form. 

[Note:  (a)  sent  upon  request;  ( b ),  (r),  (if),  and  ( e ) revised  semi- 
annually, sent  upon  request;  (/)  to  ( k ) separate  publications,  sup- 
plied at  $1  per  copy.] 

The  work  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  was  men- 
tioned in  the  January  Journal  under  1B2 a,  and  will  be 
found  more  fully  described  on  page  1 4 1 of  the  Industrial 
Section.  See  also  ^E^b  for  cooperation  of  the  Laboratories 
in  fire-tests  on  building  columns  with  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of 
Standards  and  the  Factory  Mutual  Laboratories. 

The  work  of  the  Laboratories  with  respect  to  accident- 
hazards  will  be  mentioned  under  Serial  No.  5 (5G37), 
and  with  respect  to  electrical  matters  under  Serial  No.  6 
throughout  that  issue. 

3A7  Inspection  Department;  Associated 
Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
panies Organized  1886 

Secretary:  C.  H.  Phinney,  Engineer , and  Asst.  Secy. 

H.  O.  Lacount,  31  Milk  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Publications:  (See  page  45.) 

“Approved  Fire-Protection  Appliances.” 

“Approved  Electrical  Fittings.” 

These  are  issued  semi-annually,  in  April  and  October,  and  con- 
tain results  of  the  tests  and  examinations  of  the  various  appliances 
which  are,  by  the  Mutual  Companies,  used  as  a basis  for  approvals. 

Pamphlets. 

Leaflets. 

All  these  publications  will  be  found  listed  under  a special  numeri- 
cal index  on  page  45,  and  will  be  referred  to  in  this  and  other 
issues  of  the  Journal  under  various  subdivisions  or  industries; 
those  pertaining  to  lumber  and  wood  construction  in  Serial  No.  5, 
and  to  electricity  in  Serial  No.  6. 

The  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
panies grew  from  the  idea  of  a New  England  manufacturer 
who  started  the  system  in  1835.  Other  manufacturers 
became  interested  and  it  was  agreed  to  share  losses  in 
their  factory  on  a mutual  plan.  They  studied  the  causes  of 
fire,  profited  by  each  others’  experiences,  and  through  such 
cooperation  reduced  the  cost  of  their  insurance  materially. 
This  led  to  the  formation  of  a mutual  fire  insurance 
company  and  later  similar  companies  were  organized 
which  joined  in  forming  the  present  great  system,  that 
now  oversees  the  protection  and  provides  the  insurance 
for  a large  part  of  the  better  manufacturing  properties  in 
the  United  States  and  Canada,  aggregating  over  three  and 
one  quarter  billion  dollars  in  value.  Insurance  is  dis- 
tributed among  the  following,  comprising  the  Associated 
Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies. 

1.  Manufacturers  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

2.  Rhode  Island  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

3.  Boston  Manufacturers  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Boston. 

4.  Firemen’s  Mutual  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

5.  State  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

6.  Worcester  Manufacturers  Mutual  Insurance  Co.,  Worcester. 

7.  Arkwright  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Boston. 

8.  Blackstone  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

9.  Fall  River  Manufacturers  Mutual  Insurance  Co.,  Fall  River. 

10.  Mechanics  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

11.  What  Cheer  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

12.  Enterprise  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 


35 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


13.  Merchants  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

14.  Hope  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

15.  Cotton  and  Woolen  Manufacturers  Mutual  Insurance  Co.,  Boston. 

16.  American  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Providence. 

17.  Philadelphia  Manufacturers  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Phila- 

delphia. 

18.  Rubber  Manufacturers  Mutual  Insurance  Co.,  Boston. 

19.  Paper  Mill  Mutual  Insurance  Co.,  Boston. 

The  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
panies established  in  1886,  an  Inspection  Department,  or 
Engineering  Bureau,  to  take  over  the  work  of  inspection 
of  all  the  Mutual  risks,  the  making  of  plans  and  appraisals 
of  the  properties  insured,  and  the  engineering  work  along 
all  lines  of  fire-protection  engineering  previously  done  by 
the  individual  companies  for  the  information  of  them- 
selves and  the  Mutual  members.  Since  1896  the  Bureau 
has  also  been  responsible  for  the  adjustment  of  all  losses. 

The  work  in  fire-protection  engineering  soon  called  for 
the  testing  of  fire  appliances,  and  in  1890  a laboratory  was 
established  under  the  direction  of  the  Inspection  Depart- 
ment, as  mentioned  under  3A8. 

A large  amount  of  pioneer  work  in  fire-protection  has 
been  done  in  the  Inspection  Department  and  Labora- 
tories, notably  Fire-Stream  Tables  prepared  from  data 
obtained  in  an  extensive  series  of  tests  by  John  R.  Free- 
man; improved  building  construction  in  the  slow-burning 
or  mill-construction  type  of  factory  building  and  the 
development  of  the  private  fire-protective  equipment, 
involving  particularly  the  design,  construction  and  installa- 
tion of  the  steam,  rotary  and  centrifugal  fire-pumps  and  of 
automatic  sprinklers  and  dry-pipe  valves.  At  the  present 
time  about  1,000  automatic  sprinkler  joints  are  on  test 
there  under  daily  observation.  A large  amount  of  work 
has  also  been  done  on  rubber  compounds,  principally  as 
applied  to  the  linings  of  fire-hose  and  valves  in  Under- 
writer fire-pumps.  During  the  past  several  years  the  sub- 
ject of  dry  rot  of  factory  timber  has  been  very  thoroughly 
investigated,  resulting  not  only  in  a suggested  specification 
for  long-leaf  pine  for  use  in  Mutual  risks,  but  also  a treat- 
ment of  timber  to  prevent  or  arrest  decay.  This  important 
piece  of  work  will  be  referred  to  in  the  Journal  under  Serial 
No.  5,  “Wood,”  and  later  in  this  section. 

There  has  recently  been  completed  an  exhaustive  in- 
vestigation on  the  subject  of  fire-hazards  of  cutting  oil, 
in  which  a large  percentage  of  kerosene  frequently  is  used. 

When  the  resources  of  the  Laboratory  have  been 
exhausted  on  any  particular  device,  more  can  be  learned 
through  service  in  the  field,  and  this  field  experience  is 
being  brought  to  the  Laboratories  continuously  by  the 
inspectors  of  the  Inspection  Bureau.  Again,  a large 
amount  of  information  can  frequently  be  obtained  from 
the  investigation  of  fires,  which  is  generally  made  in  con- 
nection with  the  adjusting  oflosses,  and  this  first-hand, 
valuable  data  is  immediately  available  to  the  Laboratories. 
These  features  are  believed  to  be  real  assets  of  the  Labora- 
tories, and  assist  materially  in  reaching  a correct  conclu- 
sion, which  finds  application  throughout  a large  and 
increasing  field.  Advice  on  all  subjects  having  to  do  with 
the  prevention  of  fires  and  protection  against  fires  is 
freely  given  property-owners  carrying  Mutual  insurance. 

3A8  Factory  Mutual  Laboratories  Lst^’^hed 

Engineer:  W.  O.  Teague,  31  Milk  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

This  laboratory,  known  as  the  Factory  Mutual  Labora- 
tories, was  established  under  the  direction  of  the  Inspec- 
tion Department,  as  above  noted.  It  issues  no  publica- 
tions, as  these  emanate  from  the  Inspection  Department. 
From  time  to  time,  hazards  incident  to  manufacturing 

Serial  No.  3 


processes  have  been  investigated  in  the  Laboratories, 
and  the  work  has  greatly  increased  until  now  they  occupy 
the  central  plant  at  the  above  address,  and  in  addition 
there  is  a hydraulic  station  at  Lowell,  Mass.,  and  a fire- 
test  house  at  North  Woburn,  Mass. 

The  Laboratory  is  designed  primarily  for  the  use  of 
mill-owners  whose  properties  are  insured  in  the  Associated 
Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies.  In  general 
only  such  devices  and  subjects  are  investigated  as  will  be 
of  interest  to  Mutual  members,  and  there  is  no  charge  for 
this  service,  either  to  the  parties  submitting  the  appli- 
ances or  to  the  members.  See  also  3E3^. 

3A9  American  Institute  of  Architects 

(For  reference  see  1A8) 

Of  the  various  committees  of  the  Institute  the  four 
most  intimately  concerned  with  building  construction,  and 
hence  with  fire-prevention  matters,  are  as  follows: 

3A9a  Comynittee  on  Fire-Prevention 

In  the  past  the  Committee  has  been  mainly  active 
representing  the  architects  at  the  conventions  of  the 
National  Fire-Protection  Association  and  particularly 
active  in  the  committee  work  of  that  Association.  Under 
the  past  chairmanship  of  Mr.  Julius  Franke  of  New  York, 
it  distributed  to  the  architects  throughout  the  country 
valuable  information  on  the  subject  of  fire-protection.  The 
new  Committee  just  organized  has  not  yet  had  time  to 
plan  out  its  campaign.  The  Chairman  realizes  that  the 
enlightenment  of  the  average  architect  on  the  subject  of 
fire-protective  design  is  a mighty  difficult  job.  A plan  is 
being  considered  at  present  whereby  the  Committee,  in 
cooperation  with  other  organizations,  might  publish  a 
series  of  structural-service  sheets  or  details  showing 
clearly  the  methods  of  fire-resistant  construction  in  all 
types  of  buildings  and  in  all  parts  of  buildings. 

Robert  D.  Kohn,  Chairman. 

Institute  Committee  on  Fire-Prevention. 

3A9b  Committee  on  Basic  Building  Code 
3A9c  Coynmittee  on  Materials  and  Methods 

The  reports  of  these  Committees,  as  presented  to  the 
last  Convention  and  printed  in  the  “Proceedings”  of  the 
Institute,  will  be  found  of  much  interest  structurally. 
These  Committees  will,  of  course,  cooperate  in  all  ways 
possible  with  the  Committee  on  Fire-Prevention  and  pro- 
vide valuable  assistance  to  the  Structural  Service  Depart- 
ment. The  Chairman  of  the  latter  Committee  has  already 
addressed  all  members  of  subcommittees  on  the  subjects 
covered  and  to  be  treated  in  this  Department. 

3A9d  Committee  on  Contracts  and  Specifica- 
tions 

See  “Fire  Insurance”  (4H)  for  practice  recommended 
by  the  Institute  in  respect  to  this  matter. 

3A9e  New  York  Chapter , American  Institute 
of  Architects  Organized  1867 

Secretary:  Stowe  Phelps,  20  West  43d  St.,  New  York  City. 

“Realizing  the  vital  relation  of  the  architect’s  work  to 
the  causes  which  produce  the  enormous  annual  economic 
waste  and  loss  of  life  due  to  fire,  the  New  York  Chapter, 
some  six  or  seven  years  ago,  formed  a Fire-Prevention 

Vol.  I,  1917 


36 


SERIAL  NO.  3 


Committee.  This  Committee  cooperates  with  the  New 
York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

“The  former  Chairman  of  the  Committee,  Mr.  Julius 
Franke,  working  with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  F.  J.  T. 
Stewart  of  the  Underwriters,  prepared  and  sent  out  two 
years  ago  a very  valuable  booklet  of  general  information 
for  architects  with  regard  to  the  important  points  to  be 
considered  in  the  design  of  buildings  from  the  point  of 
view  of  fire-prevention  and  low  insurance  rates.  (See 
4B2ei.) 

“Since  then  the  Committee  on  Fire-Prevention  has 
been  sending  out  to  the  Chapter  members  such  of  the 
fire  reports  of  the  Underwriters  as  deal  with  buildings  in 
which  obvious  and  curable  defects  of  design  have  con- 
tributed toward  the  fire-loss.  These  reports  are  printed 
by  the  Underwriters  and  submitted  to  the  Chairman  of 
the  Committee  for  his  opinion  as  to  whether  or  not  they 
will  be  of  value  to  the  architects.  For  reports  of  value, 
the  Chapter  pays  part  of  the  cost  of  printing  and  mailing.” 
*J.  A.  F.  Cardiff,  Chairman, 
Fire-Prevention  Committee,  New  York  Chapter  A.  I.  A. 

3A9f  Joint  Committee  on  City  Departments 

“The  New  York  Chapter  also  has  one  other  field  of 
cooperation  with  the  Underwriters  through  the  ‘Joint 
Committee  on  City  Departments.’  In  this  Committee  the 
delegates  of  the  Chapter,  the  Underwriters,  the  building 
trades  and  the  engineers  come  together  to  discuss  any 
questions  affecting  the  building  interests  of  the  city.  This 
Committee  is  very  active  in  the  furtherance  of  fire-pro- 
tection ordinances  and  laws,  and  in  its  opposition  to 
amendments  that  are  liable  to  lower  the  standards  of 
fire-protection  work.”  *J.  A.  F.  Cardiff,  Chairman, 

Fire-Prevention  Committee,  New  York  Chapter  A.  I.  A. 

‘Deceased. 

[Editor’s  Note:  Other  Chapters  are  invited  to  communicate  data 
on  any  other  similar  local  activities.] 


Underwriters’  Laboratories  will  be  published  in  Section  II, 
April  issue. 

( b ) Reference  will  also  be  made  in  same  issue  to  the 
Committee  on  Fire-prevention  in  the  American  Society  of 
Mechanical  Engineers. 

3Bl  Fire  Marshals'  Association  of  North 

America.  Pres.:  L.  T.  Hussey,  Topeka,  Kans. 
Publications: 

Proceedings  of  the  Convention,  issued  annually.  In  this  volume  papers 
and  addresses  on  subjects  affecting  state  building  regulations,  laws 
authorizing  state  fire  marshals  to  condemn  and  remove  buildings 
that  are  fire-hazards,  and  others  of  similar  purport,  with  the  dis- 
cussions and  resolutions,  are  printed. 

Its  membership  consists  of  the  Fire  Marshal,  Fire 
Commissioners  and  their  deputies  of  each  state,  who  are 
charged  with  the  duties  defined  as  those  of  the  State  Fire 
Marshal  of  Massachusetts  in  the  original  law  of  the  state. 
Such  official  may  delegate  as  his  representative  at  any 
meeting  or  on  any  committee  any  person  officially  con- 
nected with  his  department. 


3B2  International  Association  of  Fire 

Engineers  Organized  1873  as  the  National  Association 
of  Fire  Chiefs;  name  changed  in  1894 


Secretary:  Chief  James  McFall,  Roanoke,  Va. 

Holds  annual  meeting  at  which  committees  report, 
papers  are  read  and  addresses  made  which  are  constantly 
being  printed  as  valuable  recommendations  or  contribu- 
tions toward  the  improvement  of  fire-fighting  apparatus 
and  methods. 

As  has  been  said  in  the  “American-La  France  Bulletin,” 
“Probably  no  other  body  of  men  have  devoted  themselves 
so  silently,  watchfully  and  constantly  to  the  welfare  of 
the  people,  served  progress  so  faithfully,  or  have  in  forty- 
four  years  rendered  such  a mighty  service  in  the  saving 
of  life  and  property  as  the  members  of  this  organization.” 


3 A 10  Reports  of  Other  Committees 

(1 a ) The  Report  of  a Special  Committee  of  the  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Architects  relative  to  the  work  of  the 


3B3  Other  organizations  interested  in  fire-pre- 
vention matters  are  the  seven  listed  under 
12L,  from  15  to  21  inclusive. 


3C  Other  Agencies  Concerned  with  Fire-Resistive  Materials 


In  addition  to  the  foregoing  governmental  departments 
and  organizations  interested  in  fire-prevention,  fire-pro- 
tection and  fire-fighting,  the  following  are  known  nation- 
ally for  their  interest,  through  investigation,  production 
or  manufacture  of  materials  used  in  fire-resistive  construc- 
tion, with  particular  reference  to  burnt  clay,  which  will  be 
treated  herein  as  a product  and  to  metal  lath,  metal  ap- 
pliances, gypsum  and  asbestos,  which  will  be  referred  to 
as  accessories.  The  latter  will  again  be  referred  to  as 
products  in  other  serial  numbers. 

In  later  serial  numbers,  also,  burnt-clay  products  other 
than  brick  and  terra-cotta  will  be  referred  to  in  connec- 
tion with  other  industries,  and  wired  glass,  as  a product, 
will  be  more  fully  treated  in  Serials  4 and  12. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  concrete  construction  and  struc- 
tural steel  have  been  treated  in  Serial  No.  1,  and  stone  and 
slate  in  Serial  No.  2. 

3Ci  American  Ceramic  Society , Inc. 

Edward  Orton,  Jr.,  Department  Ceramic  Engineering, 
Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
Publications: 

(a)  “The  Transactions”  in  seventeen  volumes,  varying  in  price  from 
$4  each,  in  paper,  to  $6.25  in  cloth. 

Serial  No.  3 


(, b ) “A  Bibliography  of  Clays  and  the  Ceramic  Arts,”  Dr.  John  C. 

Branner,  1906.  Contains  6,027  titles  of  works  on  ceramic  sub- 
jects. Cloth,  $2. 

( c ) The  collected  writings  of  Dr.  Herman  August  Seger,  Vol.  I,  p. 

552,  cloth,  $7.50;  contains: 

(1)  Treatises  of  a General  Scientific  Nature. 

(2)  Essays  relating  to  Brick  and  Terra  Cotta,  Earthenware 
and  Stoneware  and  Refractory  Wares. 

( d ) Vol.  II,  p.  605,  cloth  £7.50;  contains: 

(1)  Essays  on  White  Ware  and  Porcelain. 

(2)  Travels,  Letters  and  Polemics. 

(3)  Uncompleted  works  and  extracts  from  the  archives  of  the 
Royal  Porcelain  Factory. 

(e)  List  of  papers  and  discussions  contained  in  “The  Transactions,” 

— furnished  upon  request. 

Its  work  has  been  confined  to  discussions  of  the  many 
little-understood  phases  of  the  ceramic  industry  and 
has  not  yet  reached  the  stage  of  definite  specifications. 
Holds  an  annual  meeting  from  which  the  resulting  con- 
tributions to  the  development  of  the  whole  clay-working 
industry,  published  in  “The  Transactions,”  are  to  be  con- 
sidered as  of  great  import. 

SC 2 Educational  Research  IV or k (See  also  iBya) 

As  mentioned  in  Serial  No.  1,  the  colleges  and  uni- 
versities of  the  country  are  performing  distinctive  ser- 

Vol.  1, 1917 


37 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


vice  in  the  development  of  materials  and  methods  per- 
taining to  the  structural  industries.  Many  of  those  listed 
maintain  departments  or  branches  devoted  to  investiga- 
tion and  study  in  clays  and  clay-working.  The  University 
of  Illinois,  on  December  6 and  7,  1916,  formally  dedicated 
its  recently  completed  Ceramic  Engineering  Building. 
Among  others  contributing  to  the  development  of  the 
ceramic  arts  are  Ohio  State  University,  Department  of 
Ceramic  Engineering,  Iowa  State  College,  Rutgers  Col- 
lege, and  the  New  York  State  School  of  Clay-working 
and  Ceramics. 

(a)  University  of  Illinois  Engineering  Experiment 
Station,  Urbana,  111.  Established  1903  to  carry  on  investi- 
gations in  engineering  and  to  study  problems  of  impor- 
tance to  professional  engineers  and  to  manufacturing, 
railway,  mining,  constructional,  and  industrial  interests 
of  the  state. 

Publications: 

(1)  Circulars  and  (2)  Bulletins  on  important  phases  of  problems 
affecting  architects  as  well  as  engineers. 

Each  bulletin  is  subject  to  a free  initial  distribution,  on  the  basis  of 
existing  mailing-lists.  It  is  also  placed  on  sale  with  authorized  agencies, 
both  in  this  country  and  abroad.  A limited  number  of  copies  is  available 
for  free  distribution  upon  request,  after  the  initial  distribution.  As  the 
supply  approaches  exhaustion,  it  is  placed  upon  a reserve  list  and  with- 
drawn from  free  distribution. 

A name  is  placed  upon  the  regular  mailing-lists  of  the  Station  at  the 
request  of  the  person,  institution  or  company  so  desiring.  These  lists 
are  divided  into  six  classes:  All-Bulletin,  Structural,  Electrical,  Fuel, 
Railway,  and  Notification.  In  requesting  a name  placed  on  the  list 
state  class  of  bulletins  desired. 

3C3  The  Refractories  Manufacturers'  Asso- 
ciation 

Secretary:  Frederick  W.  Donahoe,  220  S.  Michigan  Ave., 
Chicago. 

Issues  no  publications — other  than  (a)  and  (b) — that 
would  interest  anyone  not  directly  engaged  in  the  manu- 
facture of  fire-brick  and  similar  refractories. 

Objects  are  to  promote  a closer  relation  between  the 
manufacturer,  dealer  and  consumer  of  refractories  of  all 
kinds;  to  improve  in  every  way  the  product  of  its  members 
and  to  standardize,  as  far  as  possible,  the  various  designs 
and  shapes  manufactured. 

Holds  an  annual  meeting,  and,  like  so  many  others 
mentioned  herein,  maintains  relations  with  the  U.  S. 
Bureau  of  Standards  and  other  agencies  working  to 
improve  the  nature,  understanding  and  use  of  structural 
materials. 

Standards: 

Has  committees  to  work  with  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials,  with  the  Refractories  Committee  of 
the  American  Gas  Institute,  and  on  Standardization  of 
Fire  Clay,  on  Silica,  and  on  Government  Adoption  of 
Standards. 

As  the  beginning  of  a series  of  charts,  issues  two,  which 
are  of  Institute  standard  size,  entitled: 

(a)  “Standard  9 inch  and  9 inch  Series  Brick  Shapes  Adopted  by 
The  Refractories  Manufacturers’  Association,  July  29,  1913.” 

(i)  “Tables  Showing  the  Number  of  Brick  Required  to  Turn  Various 
Circles,  the  Brick  Being  of  Standards  Adopted  by  the  R.  M.  A.” 

3C4  National  Terra  Cotta  Society 

I Madison  Avenue,  New  York  Founded  January  I,  1912 

Publications: 

( a ) “Architectural  Terra  Cotta,  Standard  Construction.”  July,  1914. 

A book  of  construction  drawings  (70  plates)  showing  the  most 
approved  form  of  terra  cotta  construction  for  cornices,  friezes, 
balustrades,  etc.,  with  anchorage  irons  and  detailed  notes,  com- 
plete. 

Serial  No.  3 3^ 


(i)  Architectural  Terra  Cotta  Brochure  Series. 

Vol.  I.  “The  School.” 

Illustrated  by  photographs  of  many  modern  school  buildings, 
erected  entirely  or  in  part  of  terra  cotta. 

(c)  Vol.  II.  “The  Theatre.” 

Illustrated  by  many  photographs  of  terra  cotta  theatre  buildings. 

( d ) “Store-fronts  in  Terra  Cotta.” 

Illustrating  and  describing  the  appropriate  use  of  architectural 
terra  cotta  for  the  small  store-front. 

(a)  Free  to  architects— to  general  public.  Others  upon  request 
to  qualified  inquirers. 

Objects: 

To  encourage  the  production  of  the  best  materials  and 
the  maintenance  of  high  and  uniform  standards  of  work; 
to  spread  the  knowledge  of  the  many  advantageous  quali- 
ties of  good  architectural  terra  cotta  by  widely  advocating 
its  merits;  to  cooperate  in  the  investigation  and  study  of 
the  more  important  technical  and  other  problems  of  the 
business;  to  advance  mutual  business  interests  in  every 
legal  and  proper  way  without  in  any  manner,  directly  or 
indirectly,  agreeing  to  maintain  prices  or  suppress  com- 
petition; to  promote  a feeling  of  confidence  and  friendship 
among  the  members,  so  as  to  secure  the  benefits  of  the 
several  objects  above  set  forth. 

Standards:  See  publication  (a). 

3C5  The  American  Face  Brick  Association 
Secretary:  R.  D.  T.  Hallowell,  Fulton  Building,  Pitts- 
burgh, Pa. 

Issues  no  publications  dealing  with  technical  subjects. 
Membership  is  composed  of  manufacturers  and  distribu- 
tors of  facing  bricks  of  all  kinds  throughout  the  country. 

Its  object  is  to  promote  the  interests  of  its  members,  to 
conserve  the  resources  and  increase  the  efficiency  of  the 
entire  face-brick  industry.  Holds  a meeting  annually,  at 
the  last  of  which,  in  December,  1916,  two  important 
policies  in  modern  trade  development  were  adopted, 
namely:  Uniform  Cost-Finding  and  the  Open  Price-Plan. 

3C6  The  National  Brick  Manufacturers'  As- 
sociation Organized  1886 

Secretary:  Theodore  A.  Randall,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 
Publications: 

(a)  The  Convention  Proceedings,  other  transactions 
and  reports  of  committees  are  published  in  full  in  The 
Clay  Worker , the  official  organ  of  the  Association. 

Is  distinctly  an  educational  organization,  formed  to 
relieve  the  clay  trade  of  the  “rule-of-thumb”  methods 
which  formerly  characterized  it.  Its  purpose  is  also  to 
promote  the  interests  of  the  makers  and  users  of  clay 
products. 

Standards: 

( b ) Has  a committee  on  technical  investigations  and 
holds  a convention  annually,  at  one  of  which,  in  1893, 
standards  were  adopted  for  the  sizes  of  bricks.  These 
were  reaffirmed  in  1899  and  still  obtain.  See  Standards 

(3D3T>. 

3C7  National  Building  Brick  Bureau , Inc. 

Secretary -Manager:  Theo.  A.  Randall,  21 1 Hudson  St., 
Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Publications: 

Pamphlets  and  reprints,  entitled  “Build  with  Brick,”  and  others. 

Its  chief  purpose  is  to  advocate  the  advantages  and 
eventual  economy  of  brick  and  substantial  building  con- 
struction and  to  encourage  a greater  use  of  brick  in  struc- 
tural work  of  all  kinds.  Holds  an  annual  meeting. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  3 


3C8  Building  Brick  Association  of  America 

Secretary:  H.  J.  Lee,  40  W.  32c!  St.,  New  York. 

Organized  six  or  seven  years  ago  for  the  purpose  of 
providing  publicity  for  the  brick  business  and  was  sup- 
ported by  brick  manufacturers.  A series  of  competitions 
were  held  through  the  medium  of  the  Brickbuilder , and 
over  one  thousand  plans  were  secured  for  brick  houses. 
These  were  divided  into  three  groups  and  published  in 
three  books,  entitled: 

(a)  “One  Hundred  Bungalows.”  50  cents. 

(, b ) “A  House  of  Brick  of  Moderate  Cost.”  jo  cents. 

(c)  “A  House  of  Brick  for  $10,000.”  25  cents. 

In  addition  to  these  a large  amount  of  general  litera- 
ture was  published  under  the  following  titles: 

( d ) “The  Beauty  of  a Brick  House.”  5 cents. 

(1 e ) “The  Maintenance  of  a Brick  House.”  5 cents. 

(/)  “The  Brick  House  Safe  from  Fire.”  5 cents. 

(g)  “Brick  or  Frame:  Which?”  5 cents. 

(h)  “A  Revolution  in  Building  Materials.”  5 cents. 

(j ) “The  Cost  of  a House — a Comparison  between  Brick,  Wood, 
Cement  and  Hollow  Block  Construction,”  J.  Parker  B.  Fiske. 
10  cents. 

Support  was  withdrawn  to  such  an  extent  that  this 
Association  is  now  in  the  process  of  liquidation.  In  a sense 
it  laid  the  foundation  for  the  American  Face  Brick  Asso- 
ciation, which  has  since  been  formed  and  is  taking  up  some 
of  the  activities  of  the  former. 

[Note. — A limited  supply  of  the  above  publications  remain, 
and  copies  may  be  had  at  the  price  given  upon  application  to 
the  Secretary.] 

3C9  National  Paving  Brick  Manufacturers' 
Association 

Secretary:  Will  P.  Blair,  Engineers  Building,  Cleveland, 
Ohio. 

Publications: 

(a)  “Dependable  Highways,”  monthly,  $1  a year. 
Purposes: 

Dissemination  among  its  membership  of  technical 
knowledge  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  their  product; 
to  bring  to  the  attention  of  the  public  the  merits  of  vitri- 
fied brick  as  a paving  material;  to  influence  to  the  great- 
est possible  extent  the  proper  construction  of  brick  streets; 
furnishing  faithfully  information  regarding  brick  and  other 
materials,  and  comparative  values  as  pavements. 

Standards: 

( b ) Specifications  for  the  Construction  of  Vitrified 
Brick  Street  Pavements  and  Country  Roads  (furnished 
upon  request),  containing: 

(1)  Green  Concrete  Foundation, 

(2)  Sand-Cement  Superfoundation, 

(3)  Sand-Cushion  Type. 

The  preparation  of  these  specifications  is  worthy  of 
especial  comment  because  of  the  evidence  given  that  an 
organization  expends  effort  and  energy  upon  the  develop- 
ment of  the  proper  use  of  the  material  with  which  it  is 
concerned  and  not  alone  upon  the  improvement  of  the 
material  itself. 


3C  10  Hollow  Building  Tile  Manufacturers' 
Association  of  America. 

(Information  not  obtainable.) 

3Cil  The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufac- 
turers. Publicity  Bureau,  Swetland  Building, 
Cleveland, Ohio.  ZenasYt .Carter, Commissioner: 
Publications: 

(a)  “Metal  Lath  Hand  Book.”  Copyrighted  1915.  Bound  in  stiff 
cloth  with  128  pages  of  text,  detail  drawings,  and  other  illus- 
trations, together  with  notes  on  acoustics,  specifications  for 
plastering  and  other  information.  Includes  results  of  tests  and 
makes  recommendations  for  the  best  methods  of  using  metal 
lath  in  building  construction. 

To  obtain,  and  for  outline  of  contents  see  Industrial  Section 
pages  162-167.  (See,  also,  11D6A  and  m.) 

Purpose: 

To  standardize  the  manufacture,  use  and  sale  of  metal 
lath,  so  that  the  architect  may  be  familiar  with  the  grade, 
weight  and  type  to  specify  for  every  kind  of  work,  the 
contractor  may  know  definitely  what  he  must  figure  on, 
and  the  dealer  will  best  know  what  materials  to  carry  in 
stock.  Has  carried  out  fire-tests  in  the  East  and  West  to 
determine  the  value  of  metal-lath  construction  in  com- 
parison with  other  materials  for  the  same  purpose,  and 
has  conscientiously  endeavored  to  formulate  the  stan- 
dard construction  drawings  and  specifications  for  the  use 
of  metal  lath  published  in  “Hand  Book”  ( a ). 

Elaborate  tests  of  stucco  and  metal  lath  are  now  being 
made  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards  in  which  the  Associa- 
tion is  cooperating.  (See  3E3£.)  Progress  report  will  soon 
be  published  of  this  and  also  of  tests  for  soundproofing 
partitions  and  walls  which  are  now  being  made  at  one  of 
the  great  universities  for  this  Association.  (nD6c  and  d.) 

In  reviewing  its  work  less  than  two  years  ago,  the 
Association  saw  that,  while  it  was  accomplishing  a great 
good  for  the  metal-lath  industry,  the  vital  need  was  to 
have  immediate  and  reliable  information  regarding  the 
prices  quoted  on  metal  lath,  and  the  open-price  plan  was 
thereupon  adopted. 

Each  member  notifies  the  office  of  the  Association  of 
any  change  in  his  quotations,  and  these  are  promptly  bul- 
letined to  the  other  members. 

This  simple,  fair  and  right  exchange  of  true  market 
information  has  cured  the  cancer  of  distrust,  promoted 
intelligent  competition  and  put  the  metal-lath  industry 
on  a higher  plane. 

For  list  of  component  companies,  for  detail  drawings 
and  other  information  on  the  use  of  metal  lath  see  Indus- 
trial Section,  pages  162  to  167,  inclusive. 

3C  12  Gypsum  Industries  Association 

Reference  under  11A18,  11C1  and  iiD6w. 

3C  13  Asbestos  Manufacturing  Associations 

Reference  under  10A13  and  11A20. 

3C  14  National  Glass  Distributors  Association 

Reference  under  12A8  and  12F1  a. 


3D  Terra  Cotta,  Hollow  Tile  and  Brick 

(Pottery  and  soil-pipe  later  under  Plumbing;  also  wall,  note  that  “common”  bricks  figured  to  the  quantity  of 
floor  and  roof  tile  under  Serial  No.  1 1.)  seven  billion  one  hundred  forty-six  and  a half  million. 

The  total  value  of  all  clay  products  marketed  in  1915  Brick  and  tile  continue  to  form  approximately  four 
was  $163,120,232,  included  in  which  it  is  interesting  to  fifths  and  pottery  one  fifth  of  the  total,  though  the  pot- 

Serial  No.  3 39  Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


tery  products  have  been  gradually  increasing  of  late 
years. 

The  most  prominent  features  in  the  industries  were  (i) 
the  large  increase  in  production  and  the  even  larger 
increase  in  value  of  common  brick  in  Cook  County,  111. 
The  production  in  1915  (739,173,000  brick)  made  it  the 
rival  of  the  New  York  portion  of  the  Hudson  River  region, 
the  output  of  Cook  County  being  less  in  quantity  by 
only  2,395,000  brick  and  greater  in  value  by  more  than 
£1,000,000;  (2)  the  large  increase  in  production  and  value 
of  fire-brick;  (3)  the  increase  in  value  of  front-brick;  (4) 
the  large  increase  in  value  of  clay  products  in  Illinois  and 
Pennsylvania;  (5)  the  large  decrease  in  value  of  sewer-pipe; 
and  (6)  the  small  increase  in  average  price  per  thousand  of 
common  brick  and  the  decrease  in  average  price  of  other 
varieties  of  brick. 

Clay  products,  except  the  highest  grade,  are  made 
principally  for  local  consumption,  every  state  being  a 
producer  of  clay  wares,  their  low  value  preventing  trans- 
portation for  any  considerable  distances.  Hence  none  but 
the  highest  grades  of  ware,  principally  pottery,  are  im- 
ported, and  the  European  war  has  had  little  direct  effect 
on  the  brick  and  tile  industries.  (Notes  from  Clay-Work- 
ing Industries  and  Building  Operations  in  the  Larger 
Cities  [3D ic].) 

3Di  Information  Obtainable 

(a)  The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  has  issued  a great  many  pamphlets 
and  bulletins  (2A id  and  g ) dealing  with  clay  resources  and 
various  phases  of  the  clay-working  industry.  Specific  informa- 
tion will  be  furnished  by  the  Journal  or  complete  catalogue  of 
all  publications  may  be  obtained  as  noted  under  2A1. 

(i)  See,  also,  chapters  on  “The  Clay-Working  Industries”  in  “Mineral 
Resources  of  the  U.  S.”  (2A1  c)  in  which  all  phases  are  treated 
and  complete  statistics  given  annually. 

(r)  The  separate  chapter  for  1915  (lA\d)  published  December  22, 
1916,  is  available  and  is  entitled  “Clay-Working  Industries  and 
Building  Operations  in  the  Larger  Cities” — 46  pp.  of  valuable 
statistics. 

( cc ) The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  (2A2)  in  its  work  on  the  technology  of 
clays,  has  issued  Bulletin  53,  “Mining  and  Treatment  of  Feldspar 
and  Kaolin  in  the  Southern  Appalachian  Region,”  and  Bulletin 
92,  “Feldspars  of  the  New  England  and  Northern  Appalachian 
States,”  and  Technical  Paper  99,  “Probable  Effect  of  the  War 
in  Europe  on  the  Ceramic  Industries  of  the  United  States.” 

( d ) In  the  “Annual  Report  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  Watertown 
Arsenal”  (iBi£)  will  often  be  found  results  of  tests  on  clay 
products. 

See  also  “Progress  and  Current  Activities”  (3D4)  for  tests  by 
Bureau  of  Standards  and  others  on  clay  products. 

(f)  See  “Report  of  Committee  C3  on  Standard  Specifications  for 

Brick:  I,  Building  Brick,  II,  Paving  Brick.”  (The  latter  adopted 
as  a standard),  in  “Proceedings”  A.  S.  T.  M.  (iA4),  Vols.  XIII, 
XIV  and  XV,  containing  results  of  tests  and  other  data  and 
suggestions  concerning  building  brick. 

(/)  “Practical  Methods  for  Testing  Refractory  Fire-Brick,”  C.  E. 
Nesbit  and  M.  L.  Bell  Pp.  349-378  “Proceedings”  A.  S.  T.  M., 
Vol.XVI.pt.il. 

(g)  See  American  Ceramic  Society  for  list  of  informative  publications 

(3C1),  (i),  (c)  and  (d).  Use  (e)  as  finder  for  valuable  papers  and 
discussions  published  annually  in  The  Transactions  ( a ). 

(A)  “Tests  of  Brick  Columns  and  Terra  Cotta  Block  Columns,”  A.  N 
Talbot  and  D.  A.  Abrams.  1909.  25  cents.  University  of  Illinois 
Engineering  Experiment  Station  (3C2«2);  also  “An  Investiga- 
tion of  built-up  columns  under  load,”  A.  N.  Talbot  and  H.  F. 
Moore.  1 9 1 1 . 35  cts. 

(J)  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings 
(2A4*). 

(1)  “The  Manufacture  of  Vitrified  Brick,”  C.  B.  Sullivan. 
November,  1914. 

(2)  “Rough-Texture  Brick:  A Query,”  J.  A.  Sutherland.  May, 
1916. 

(3)  “Architectural  Terra  Cotta,”  Thos.  F.  Armstrong.  March, 
1916. 

(k)  "Notes  on  the  Compressive  Resistance  of  Fire-Stone,  Brick  Piers 
Hydraulic  Cements,  Mortars  and  Concretes,  Gen.  Q.  A.  Gilmore. 

(/)  “Wall  Construction”  being  Chapter  XX  of  “F'ire-Prevention  and 
Fire-Protection”  by  Joseph  Kendall  Freitag,  treats  of  orna- 
mental terra  cotta,  with  many  construction  details  and  notes, 
and  of  structural  terra-cotta  walls  and  brickwork. 

Serial  No.  3 


( m ) See  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book:” 

(1)  “Data  on  Bricks  and  Brickwork,”  pp.  1454-1462. 

(2)  “Terra  Cotta,  Hollow  Tile  and  Brick”  (see  Index  to  Kidder's,). 
(»)  For  brick  construction  and  data  see  “Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineer’s 

Handbook.” 

(0)  See  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F E.  Kidder. 
Part  1,  “Masons’  Work.” 

(1)  “Bricks  and  Brickwork,”  Chapter  VII. 

(2)  “Architectural  Terra  Cotta,  Thomas  Nolan.  Chapter  VIII. 

(3)  “Form  of  Specifications  (for  all  parts  of  a building)  Including 
Architectural  Terra  Cotta  and  Brickwork,”  Chapter  XIII. 

(?)  See  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,"  Frank  R. 

Walker.  Sections  on  Terra  Cotta,  Hollow  Tile  and  Brickwork. 
(?)  See  “Building  Trades  Handbook:” 

(1)  “Brick  Masonry.”  (2)  “Chimneys  and  Fireplaces.”  (3) 
“Hollow-Tile  Construction.” 

(r)  See  the  nine  publications  of  the  Building  Brick  Association  of 
America  listed  under  3C8. 

( rr ) See  “Hollow  Tile  Construction,”  N.  F.  P.  A.  Quarterly  (3A4A), 
Vol.  7,  No.  1;  and  “Terra-cotta  or  Tile  Blocks,”  Vol.  4,  No.  4. 

(s)  Read  “Standardizing  Face  Brick,”  F.  W.  Donahoe,  “Brick  and 
Clay  Record,”  October  3,  1916. 

(sj)  “The  Development  of  the  Ceramic  Industries  in  the  U.  S.”  A 
“communication”  by  A.  V.  Bleininger,  presented  before  the 
Franklin  Institute,  Philadelphia,  Nov.  2,  1916. 

(/)  See  “Brick  Houses  and  How  to  Build  Them,”  Radford. 

(k)  See  “Practical  Brick  and  Tile  Book,”  Dobson-Hammond. 

(v)  See  “Clays,  Their  Occurrence,  Properties  and  Uses,”  H.  Ries. 

(w)  Catalogue,  Architectural  Exhibition,  1913,  St.  Louis  Architectural 
Club  contains  an  excellent  treatise  on  brickwork,  detailed  and 
illustrated,  with  an  introduction  by  Wm.  B.  Ittner. 

( x ) See  “Brickwork  and  Masonry,”  Mitchell;  “Bricks  and  Tiles,” 
Dobson;  “Clay-workers’  Handbook,”  Searles;  “Details  of 
Building  Construction,”  Radford. 

(y)  “The  Brick  Church  and  Parish  House,”  published  1915  by  Hy- 
draulic Press  Brick  Co.,  containing  Notes  on  Church  Archi- 
tecture in  America  and  plates  and  illustrations  of  the  “Brick- 
builders’  Competition.” 

See  also  references  under  Buildings  and  Structures  in  General  4B. 
See  also  Other  References  in  February  Journal  under  Stone 
Masonry  2C4  and  under  Stone  in  General,  2J5. 

See,  also,  “Atlantic  Terra-Cotta”  printed  monthly  for  archi- 
tects and  distributed  by  that  Company. 

(z)  For  illustrations  and  other  information  pertaining  to  Terra  Cotta 
see  pages  as  follows,  in  the  Industrial  Section: 

1.  Atlantic  Terra  Cotta  Co.,  p.  207. 

2.  Federal  Terra  Cotta  Co.,  p.  206. 

3.  O.  W.  Ketcham,  p.  208. 

With  respect  to  Brick,  see: 

4.  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co.,  p.  226. 

5.  O.  W.  Ketcham,  p.  208. 

With  respect  to  Roofing  Tile,  also  Hollow  Tile  Fireproofing,  see : 

6.  O.  W.  Ketcham,  p.  208. 

3D2  Practice  Recommended  and  Suggested 

By  N.F.P.A. 

(a)  “Chimneys,  Flues  and  Fireplaces,  To  Provide  for  the  Safe  Con- 
struction of”  (3A3C1). 

(A)  Field  Practice  (3A3^i):  Chapter  II,  “Furnace  Stacks,  Chimneys 
and  Flues;”  Chapter  VII,  “Chimneys  and  Flues,  Their  Common 
Dangers,  Means  of  Safe  Construction,  Repairing  and  Main- 
tenance.” 

(c)  “Chimneys,  Flues  and  Fireplaces”  (3A3^3). 

By  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

(d)  Building  Code  {^Ayh):  Part  VI,  “Walls,”  pp.  34-50. 

( e ) “Dwelling  Houses”  (3A443):  Part  III,  “Walls,”  pp.  21-31.  See, 
also,  3A4Z/2  and  d\. 

By  National  Terra  Cotta  Society: 

(/)  See  3C4 b,  c,  and  d.  The  School,  The  Theatre  and  Store-fronts. 
See,  also,  Standards  (3C4«),  the  same,  though  showing  carefully 
prepared  detailed  drawings  for  construction,  does  not  include 
any  basic  recommendations  or  specification  data  for  setting. 

By  National  Fireproofing  Co.: 

(g)  For  suggested  details  of  wall  construction  with  hollow-tile  building- 
blocks  and  for  “Manufacturers’  Standard  Specifications”  pre- 
pared by  that  Company  in  collaboration  with  the  editor  of  the 
Structural  Service  Department  while  acting  as  Consulting 
Architect  to  Sweets  Catalogue  Service,  see  pp.  304,  305, 
“Sweets  Architectural  Catalogue,  1916.” 

3D3  Standards  Adopted 

(Independent  of  existing  municipal  and  state  building  codes  which 
obtain  in  respective  localities.) 

By  the  N.F.P.A.: 

[a)  “Specifications  for  Construction  of  a Standard  Building”  (3A3431) 

40  Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  3 


By  the  National  Terra  Cotta  Society: 

(b)  “Architectural  Terra  Cotta,  Standard  Construction  (3C412). 

By  the  National  Brick  Manufacturers’  Association  (3C66.) : 

(r)  The  following  are  the  sizes  officially  adopted  as  Standard:  Com- 
mon brick,  8)f  X4X2K  inches;  paving  brick,  8^x4  xl'/i 
inches;  pressed  brick,  8 x 4.x  inches;  Roman  brick,  12  x 
4x1  yi  inches;  Norman  brick,  12x4x2^  inches. 

It  is  to  be  noted  that,  due  to  the  different  kinds  of  clay  used 
and  varying  degrees  of  heat  by  reason  of  location  of  bricks  in  the 
kiln,  these  sizes  will  naturally  vary  slightly,  though  presumably 
not  enough  to  affect  any  layout  which  allows  for  ample  jointing. 

By  the  A.S.T.M.  (iA4r): 

( d ) “Standard  Specifications  for  Paving  Brick,"  Serial  Designation 
C7-15. 

By  Navy  Department,  U.  S.  A.  (3Ai<z2): 

(<r)  “Brick  and  Cement,  Fire,”  Navy  Dept.  Specification,  50B6, 
May  i,  1916. 

(/)  “Bricks  and  Cements,  Converter  and  Open  Hearth,”  Ditto, 
joB5,  May  1,  1916. 

By  the  National  Paving  Brick  Manufacturers’  Association: 

(g)  “Specifications  for  the  Construction  of  Vitrified  Brick  Street 
Pavements  and  Country  Roads”  (3C9&). 

By  the  Refractories  Manufacturers’  Association: 

(A)  “Standard  9 inch  and  9 inch  Series  Brick  Shapes”  (3C 3a.) 

(j)  Tables  showing  the  number  of  bricks  required  to  turn  various 
circles  (3C3^). 

3D4  Progress  and  Current  Activities 

(a)  Strength  of  Brick  Piers.  The  investigation  of  the 
strength  of  large  brick  piers,  which  has  been  conducted 
during  the  previous  two  years,  has  been  confined  to  brick 
selected  from  the  important  geographical  districts  east  of 
the  Mississippi.  The  bricks  have  been  classified  individ- 
ually according  to  the  tentative  standards  recommended 
by  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials.  The 
experimental  work  of  this  investigation  has  been  com- 
pleted for  piers  constructed  from  the  product  of  the  Chicago 
and  Pittsburgh  districts.  The  work  will  be  continued  for 
the  remaining  districts  during  the  coming  year.  This 
research  is  being  carried  on  in  cooperation  with  the 
National  Brick  Manufacturers’  Association. — From  Report 
Bureau  of  Standards,  1916,  1A2 a. 

(t>)  Strength  of  Hollow  Building  Tile.  During  previous 
years,  numerous  tests  of  building  tiles  from  different 
geographical  districts  have  been  made,  and  the  data  is 
being  studied  and  coordinated  for  publication.  In  addition, 
a number  of  tile  walls  have  been  tested  under  compression 
and  transverse  forces  to  determine  the  physical  laws  and 
most  efficient  types  of  construction,  appropriate  mortars, 
best  type  of  bond,  and  the  relation  of  strength  to  hardness 
of  burn.  This  investigation  will  be  continued  during  the 
coming  year.  It  is  hoped  to  furnish  adequate  data  for 
outlining  standard  methods  of  testing  tile  and  preparing 
consistent  specifications  for  the  use  of  manufacturers  and 
engineers. — From  Report  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916, 
iA  la. 

(c)  Effect  of  Pressure  upon  Fire-Bricks  at  Furnace  Tem- 
peratures. In  cooperation  with  the  American  Gas  Insti- 
tute and  the  American  Refractories  Manufacturers’  Asso- 
ciation, tests  have  been  carried  on  for  the  purpose  of 
correlating  the  effect  of  varying  pressures  upon  clay  fire- 
bricks at  the  temperatures  1,300  degrees  and  1,350  degrees 
C.  The  results  obtained  have  been  made  the  basis  of 
tentative  specifications  to  be  adopted  by  the  Gas  Insti- 
tute.— From  Report  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916,  1A2 a. 

Serial  No.  3 4 1 


3D5  Metal  Lath , Gypsum , Asbestos  and 
Wired  Glass. 

Further  reference  to  these  will  be  made  under  later  serial  numbers. 

( a ) See  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.,”  Part  Non-Metals  (2A1,  2), 
chapters  on  Gypsum  and  on  Asbestos. 
rJ>)  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  (2A3)  expects  to  issue  within  the  next 
few  months  a report  on  the  manufacture  of  gypsum. 

(r)  For  references  to  metal  lath  in  this  section  see  3C11  and  3E3?. 
Also  under  Fire  Tests  (3E2)  and  under  Lathing  and  Plastering 
(11D6).  For  further  information  and  detailed  drawings  see 
Industrial  Section,  pp.  162-167,  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manu- 
facturers. 

(</)  The  application  of  wired  glass  will  be  referred  to  under  “Vertical 
Structural  Features”  in  April,  Serial  No.  4,  and  is  included  in 
many  of  the  Reports  under  3E1.  It  is  also  referred  to  especially 
under  “Wire  Glass,  Roof  openings  and  vault  Lights”  (12F2). 

(e)  Gypsum  for  floors  and  partitions  will  be  referred  to  in  April, 
and  is  also  referred  to  under  4K3,  11C1,  1 1D3,  and  elsewhere  as 
listed  in  the  General  Index. 

(/)  For  Asbestos  roofing,  see  4D1  />,  403c  and  11D2. 

3Ei  Reports  on  Buildings  Under  Fire,  and 
3E2  Reports  on  Fire  Tests  of  Materials 

(See,  also.  Buildings  and  Structures  in  General,  Serial  No.  4.) 

(a)  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  (lAig),  Bulletin  324,  163  pp.  text,  55 

plates  and  two  maps.  (50  cts.)  “The  Effects  of  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Earthquake  and  Fire  on  Various  Structures  and  Struc- 
tural Materials,”  1907,  Richard  L.  Humphrey.  Pp.  14-61. 
Also  contains  “The  Effects  of  the  San  Francisco  Earthquake  and 
Fire  on  Buildings,  Engineering  Structures  and  Structural  Mate- 
rials,” J S.  Sewell.  Pp.  62-130.  Also,  “The  Earthquake  and  Fire 
and  Their  Effects  on  Structural  Steel  and  Steel-frame  Build- 
ings,” Frank  Soule.  Pp.  131-158. 

(b)  Same  Bulletin  gives  over  forty  references  for  other  articles  par- 

ticularly with  respect  to  the  earthquake  and  effects. 

( c ) Survey,  Bulletin  370  (2Ai|-),  99  pp.,  illustrated.  (30  cts.)  “The 

Fire  Resistive  Properties  of  Various  Building  Materials,” 
Richard  L.  Humphrey.  Contains  results  of  tests  of  thirty  panels 
of  various  building  materials  made  by  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey 
with  a furnace  in  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  Chicago. 

(d)  See  the  twelve  “Special  Fire  Reports”  listed  under  publications 

available  in  the  files  of  the  National  Fire  Protection  Associa- 
tion 3A3/  1-12. 

(e)  See  “Index”  to  all  publications  of  the  N.  F.  P.  A.  (3A3/;)  includ- 

ing The  Quarterly  which  contains  in  each  issue  matter  of  interest 
to  architects  and  other  constructionists.  Seventeen  references 
to  Conflagration  alone.  Fifteen  references  to  Records  of  Fires 
in  Fire-resistive  Buildings. 

(/)  “Concrete  Storehouse  of  Naumkeag  Steam  Cotton  Company 
Which  Successfully  withstood  the  Salem  Conflagration,” 
Inspection  Dept.  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance 
Companies  3^.0040. 

( g ) See  “Burning  of  the  Edison  Phonograph  Works,”  and  other 

publications  of  the  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Fac- 
tory Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies.  3A7 a and  b. 

( h ) “Report  of  the  Committee  on  Edison  Fire.”  Cass  Gilbert,  Chair- 

man. Published  by  American  Concrete  Institute  (1E4J),  191J. 

( j ) “Report  on  a Fire  in  Reinforced  Concrete  Warehouse  at  Far 

Rockaway,  N.  Y., November  10, 1916,”  Committee  on  Construc- 
tion of  Buildings,  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (3A4). 
Upon  application  to  Ira  H.  Woolson,  Consulting  Engineer  to 
the  Committee. 

( k ) See  “Fire-Prevention  and  Fire-Protection,”  Joseph  Kendall 

Freitag. 

(1)  “Experimental  Testing  Stations,”  Chapter  V. 

(2)  “Fires  in  Fire-resisting  Buildings,  and  Conflagrations,” 
Chapter  VI. 

(/)  See  “The  Fireproofing  of  Steel  Buildings,”  Joseph  Kendall 
Freitag. 

(1)  “Fires  in  Fireproof  Buildings,”  Chapter  III. 

(2)  “Tests  of  Fireproof  Floors,”  Chapter  IV. 

( m ) See  “Fire  Tests  of  Floors  in  the  United  States”  (under  “Horizontal 
and  Sloping  Features,”  Serial  No.  4D). 

(«)  See  “Tests  of  Fire-resistive  Construction,”  Proceedings  N.  F.  P.  A. 
(3A4A),  Vol.  18,  p.  217. 

(0)  For  reports  of  tests  on  metal-lath  construction  made  at  Cleve- 
land, and  at  New  York,  see  “Metal  Lath  Hand  Book”  3Cii«, 
and  Industrial  Section,  p.  164. 

(p)  See  3E3.iT  for  progress  report  on  fire  tests. 

( q ) See  Report  of  Committee  of  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

on  San  Francisco  Fire  (to  which  reference  is  made  in  Industrial 
Section  on  p.  165). 

Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


3E3  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  and 
Fire  Tests 

(a)  With  an  annual  life  and  property  loss  conservatively 
estimated  as  some  thousands  of  lives  and  exceeding 
$300,000,000,  a per  capita  loss  nearly  ten  times  as  great 
as  that  found  in  the  leading  European  countries,  and  this 
in  spite  of  the  most  expensive  and  efficient  fire-fighting 
equipment  in  the  world,  it  would  be  a neglect  of  duty  not 
to  direct  attention  to  the  pressing  needs  for  greater  activi- 
ties on  the  part  of  the  National  Government  in  the  nation- 
wide movements  to  diminish  this  unpardonable  waste  of 
our  national  resources.  The  National  Fire  Protection 
Association,  through  its  125  or  more  allied  engineering, 
industrial,  commercial,  municipal,  and  state  associations, 
has  done,  and  is  now  doing,  splendid  and  unselfish  work 
in  this  great  public  movement.  It  is  the  moral  duty  of  the 
National  Government  to  lend  its  fullest  cooperation  and 
assistance  to  this  great  work. 

The  field  of  activity  in  which  the  Bureau  can  be  of  the 
greatest  service  to  the  many  organizations  now  enlisted 
in  the  fight  against  our  enormous  fire-waste  is  in  the  deter- 
mination of  fundamental  engineering  data  to  serve  as  a 
basis  for  the  revision  and  reconstruction  of  state  and 
municipal  building  codes.  The  important  investigations 
now  under  way  that  are  expected  to  yield  data  of  direct 
practical  application  are  the  fire-tests  of  structural  steel 
building  columns,  fireproofed  in  different  ways,  and  of 
reinforced  concrete  columns  of  different  aggregates  and 
types  of  construction. 

It  is  imperative  that  tests  of  floors,  roofs,  fire-resisting 
doors,  shutters,  and  windows,  must  be  included  in  this 
program,  and  must  be  carried  along  with  the  column  and 
partition  tests,  if  we  are  to  be  in  a position  at  the  end  of  a 
few  years  to  lay  before  American  engineers  a comprehensive 
set  of  data  to  enable  them  to  redraft  our  present  unsatis- 
factory codes  in  the  light  of  the  best  modern  engineering 
experience. — From  1916  Report  of  Director  Stratton  to 
the  Secretary  of  Commerce. 

Fire-Tests  of  Building  Columns 

(h)  Many  millions  of  dollars  are  annually  spent  on  the 
construction  of  buildings  the  integrity  of  which,  in  the 
event  of  fire,  is  dependent  on  the  behavior  of  the  steel 
columns  supporting  the  structures.  Very  little  engineer- 
ing data  are  available  which  would  permit  of  any  certain 
conclusions  as  to  the  thickness  and  kind  of  fireproof  cover- 
ing required  to  render  these  columns  safe  under  various 
conditions  of  fire-hazard.  The  requirements  of  city  build- 
ing codes  on  these  questions  are  so  different  that  it  is 
evident  that  some  codes  are  either  requiring  an  unneces- 
sarily thick  fireproof  covering,  with  undue  increase  in  con- 
struction costs,  or  else  other  codes  are  requiring  too  thin 
coverings,  with  undue  increase  in  danger  to  the  stability 
of  the  structure  under  the  existing  fire-hazards. 

The  fire-tests  on  building  columns  are  being  carried 
out  jointly  by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  of  Chicago, 
the  Mutual  Laboratories  of  Boston,  and  the  Bureau  of 
Standards.  The  first  series  of  tests  was  originally  planned 
to  include  about  seventy  structural  steel  columns  and  about 
six  reinforced  concrete  columns.  During  the  past  year, 
while  the  steel  columns  were  being  fabricated  and  assembled 
and  the  various  aggregates  and  covering  materials  were 
being  brought  together  from  different  parts  of  the  country, 
a detailed  syllabus  of  the  proposed  tests  was  prepared  and 
sent  to  several  hundred  engineers  and  architects  interested 
in  fireproof  building  construction  as  well  as  to  various 
technical  societies  with  a request  for  criticisms  and  sug- 
gested modifications  of  the  proposed  program  of  tests. 

Serial  No.  3 q 2 


At  a conference  of  the  several  laboratories  jointly  conduct- 
ing these  tests,  held  at  Pittsburgh  in  March,  1916,  the 
many  valuable  suggestions  and  criticisms  called  forth  by 
the  publication  of  the  syllabus  were  carefully  considered, 
and  the  program  of  tests  was  finally  revised.  While  the 
original  program  was  modified  in  many  minor  but  impor- 
tant details  in  accordance  with  the  suggestions  that  had 
been  received,  the  most  important  modification  consisted 
in  the  addition  of  about  twenty  fireproofed  structural 
steel  columns  which  will  be  subjected  to  the  combined 
action  of  fire  and  water,  the  water  being  applied  after  a 
one  hour’s  exposure  to  fire. 

The  specially  designed  furnace,  which  is  being  erected 
by  the  engineers  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  es- 
pecially for  these  tests,  together  with  the  200-ton  hydraulic 
jack  for  applying  loads  of  fifty  tons  to  the  columns  while 
exposed  to  fire,  the  trolley  cranes  for  moving  the  walls  of 
the  furnace  to  permit  of  the  application  of  water,  have 
been  installed,  with  the  exception  of  the  burner  for  heat- 
ing the  furnace  by  means  of  natural  gas.  The  steel  col- 
umns, representative  of  the  types  commonly  employed 
in  building  construction,  are  now  being  covered  with  con- 
crete, plaster  on  metal  lath,  clay  tile,  and  gypsum  tile 
coverings.  Thermocouples  are  being  built  into  the  column 
coverings  to  enable  the  temperature  changes  of  the  struc- 
tural steel  to  be  followed  throughout  the  course  of  the  fire- 
test.  Some  of  the  important  parts  of  the  specially  designed 
deformeter  for  measuring  the  amount  of  deformation 
produced  in  the  column  during  the  test  have  been  com- 
pleted. It  is  confidently  believed  that  the  results  of  these 
tests  will  be  a most  important  contribution  to  modern 
structural  engineering. — From  Report,  Bureau  of  Stan- 
dards, 1916,  1A2  a. 

[Note. — There  has  just  been  received  a document  issued  jointly  by 
the  Bureau  of  Standards,  the  Associated  Factory  Mutuals  and  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  with  diagrams  and  descriptive 
details  of  the  above  tests.  This  is  entitled  “Prospectus  of  Fire  Tests  of 
Building  Columns.”] 

Thermal  Efficiencies  of  Column  Coverings 

( c ) Tests  have  been  under  way  during  the  past  two  years 
at  the  Pittsburgh  branch  laboratories  of  the  Bureau  on  the 
rate  of  temperature  rise  within  cylindrical  specimens  of 
the  various  materials  used  for  fireproofing  building  columns. 
A special  gas  heating  furnace  was  built  for  this  work,  and 
a large  number  of  cylinders  of  different  materials  were 
tested  with  thermocouples  mounted  axially  in  the  cylinder 
and  with  their  junctions  at  different  distances  from  the 
surface.  Cylinders  similar  to  the  cylinder  under  test  were 
placed  at  each  end  of  the  latter,  in  contact  with  its  end 
faces,  to  minimize  the  disturbing  effects  of  heat  losses  from 
the  ends.  This  investigation  is  practically  completed  with 
the  exception  of  a few  tests  to  round  out  the  series.  It 
will  be  prepared  for  publication  as  soon  as  time  will  permit. 

( d ) Some  tests  on  the  compressive  strength  of  steel  at 
high  temperatures,  briefly  reported  in  the  last  annual  report, 
showed  that  at  600  degrees  C.  the  compressive  strength 
had  decreased  to  60  per  cent,  and  in  the  next  50  degrees  C. 
(i.  e.  at  650  degrees  C.)  to  about  30  per  cent  of  its  value 
when  cold.  Such  data  are  of  fundamental  importance  in 
their  bearing  on  the  behavior  of  structural  steel  when  ex- 
posed to  fire  conditions. — From  Report,  Bureau  of  Stan- 
dards, 1916,  lA2tf. 

Panel-Testing  Furnace 

(e)  The  panel-testing  equipment  was  installed  during 
the  year.  The  plant  has  been  operated  several  times  to 
test  its  performance  and  has  been  found  admirably  suited 
to  the  work  for  which  it  has  been  designed.  The  equip- 
ment that  is  now  available  for  this  work  is  probably  the 

Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  3 


most  complete  that  has  ever  been  built,  and  its  efficient 
utilization  should  include  as  a minimum  thirty  panel  tests 
a year. 

Steps  have  been  taken  to  secure  the  cooperation  of 
prominent  engineers,  representatives  of  engineering  and 
technical  societies,  and  of  manufacturing  associations,  in 
the  formulation  of  a comprehensive  program  of  tests  of 
the  fire-resisting  properties  of  structural  materials. — From 
Report,  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916. 

(/)  For  tests  at  the  Bureau  on  Fire  Brick  see  3D4C. 

( g ) As  we  go  to  press  there  has  been  received  a copy  of  a 
new  publication  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards — Technologic 
Paper  No.  70 — entitled  “Durability  of  Stucco  and  Plaster 
Construction.”  (For  later  reference,  see  11D6  c and  d.) 

This  paper  presents  a report  of  progress  in  an  investi- 
gation of  stucco  and  plaster  undertaken  by  the  Bureau  of 
Standards  five  years  ago  in  cooperation  with  the  Associa- 
ted Metal  Lath  Manufacturers.  In  1915  a test  building, 

3A3  List  of  Publications  Available 
Protection  Association 

See  also,  3A3,  on  page  32,  of  which  this  is  a classified  extension, 
correct  to  March  x,  1917. 

Membership  in  the  Association  is  open  to  any  society, 
corporation,  firm  or  individual  interested  in  the  protection 
of  life  or  property  against  loss  by  fire.  Annual  dues,  indi- 
viduals, $6. 

All  the  valuable  engineering  and  popular  literature 
issued  by  the  Association  is  sent,  as  issued,  to  every  mem- 
ber. 

The  Association  is  always  glad  to  send  samples  of  its 
publications  to  prospective  members. 

Copies  of  the  Standards,  model  state  laws  and  city 
ordinances,. committee  reports,  and  miscellaneous  publica- 
tions given  below,  will  be  mailed  on  application  to 
Franklin  H.  Wentworth,  Secretary , 

87  Milk  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Note. — Where  no  price  is  quoted  the  publications  are  free.  Prices 
given  are  for  single  copies.  Discounts  for  publications  in  quantities  can 
usually  be  given. 

(a)  Standard  Regulations  for  Fire-Protection  and  the  Safe- 
guarding of  Hazards: 

1.  Acetylene  Gas  Machines,  Oxy-Acetylene  Heating  and  Welding 

Apparatus  and  Storage  of  Calcium  Carbide. 

2.  Blower  Systems  for  Heating  and  Ventilating,  Stock  and  Refuse 

Conveying. 

3.  Dip  Tanks,  Construction  and  Installation. 

4.  Electric  Wiring  and  Apparatus  (National  Electrical  Code). 

5.  Electrical  Fittings,  List  of  Approved. 

6.  Fire  Brigades,  Private. 

7.  Fire  Pumps,  Steam. 

8.  Fire  Pumps,  Rotary  and  Centrifugal  and  Electrical  Driving  of  Fire 

Pumps. 

9.  Fuel  Oil,  Storage  and  Use,  and  Construction  and  Installation  of  Oil- 

burning Equipments. 

10.  Gas  Shut-Off  Valves. 

11.  Hazardous  Liquids,  Containers  for  Storing  and  Handling. 

12.  Hose  Couplings  and  Hydrant  Fittings,  for  Public  Fire  Service. 

13.  Hose-Houses  for  Mill-yards,  Construction  and  Equipment. 

14.  Internal  Combustion  Engines  (gas,  gasolene,  kerosene,  fuel-oil) 

and  Coal-gas  Producers  (pressure  and  suction  systems). 

15.  Lightning,  Suggestions  for  Protection  against. 

16.  Municipal  Fire-Alarm  Systems. 

17.  Nitro-Cellulose  Motion-Picture  Films  (storage  and  handling). 

18.  Protection  of  Openings  in  Walls  and  Partitions. 

19.  Signaling  Systems  Used  for  the  Transmission  of  Signals  Affecting 

the  Fire-hazard. 

20.  Skylights. 

21.  Sprinkler  Equipments,  Automatic  and  Open  Systems. 

22.  Steam  Pump  Governors  and  Auxiliary  Pumps. 

23.  Tanks  (gravity  and  pressure),  Concrete  Reservoirs  and  Valve-pits 

24.  Vaults. 

Note. — The  above  Regulations  have  also  been  adopted  by  and  are 
the  official  standards  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

Serial  No.  3 


200  feet  long,  was  erected,  having  fifty-six  panels  represent- 
ing the  common  types  of  stucco  construction  including  a 
variety  of  mixtures  on  metal  lath,  wood  lath,  hollow  tile, 
brick,  concrete,  block,  plaster  board,  gypsum  block  and 
concrete  bases.  Examination  of  the  panels  six  months 
after  completion  showed  that  a number  were  in  poor  con- 
dition. About  forty  were  rated  as  satisfactory,  the  re- 
mainder being  in  various  stages  of  deterioration.  It  is 
evident  that  the  smooth  type  of  finish  known  as  the  sand- 
float  finish  is  well  adapted  to  bringing  out  the  small 
defects,  such  as  cracks,  blotches,  uneven  texture,  etc. 
This  paper  contains  suggestive  information,  but  definite 
recommendations  are  deferred  until  further  service-test 
results  are  known.  Those  interested  may  obtain  a copy 
by  addressing  a request  to  the  Bureau  of  Standards. 

For  the  Underwriters'  Laboratories  and  Fire  and  Other 
Tests,  see  Serial  No.  4,  April,  with  report  of  the  Institute’s 
Special  Committee. 

in  the  Files  of  the  National  Fire 

(b)  Suggested  State  Laws  for  regulating  fire-hazards: 

1.  State  Fire  Marshal  Law  (of  the  Fire  Marshals’  Association  of  North 
America). 

2.  Explosives,  To  regulate  the  manufacture,  storage,  sale  and  use  of 

3.  Explosives,  To  regulate  the  transportation  and  carriage  of. 

4.  Matches,  To  regulate  the  manufacture,  storage,  sale  and  distribu- 

tion of. 

(c)  Suggested  Municipal  Ordinances  for  regulating  fire- 

hazards: 

1.  Chimneys  and  Flues,  To  provide  for  the  safe  construction  of  chim- 

neys, flues  and  fireplaces. 

2.  Ordinances  for  Small  Municipalities  (including  Building  Code). 

3.  Fireworks,  To  prohibit  the  discharge  or  firing  of  fireworks  and  other 

pyrotechnic  display  and  to  limit  their  storage. 

4.  Explosives,  To  regulate  the  manufacture,  keeping,  storage,  sale,  use 

and  transportation  of. 

5.  Inflammable  Liquids  and  the  Products  Thereof,  To  regulate  the 

use,  handling,  storage  and  sale  of. 

6.  Inspection  of  Premises  by  the  Fire  Department  (with  sample  of 

Inspection  Blank). 

7.  Matches,  To  regulate  the  manufacture,  storage,  sale  and  distribu- 

tion of. 

8.  Motion-Picture  Machines,  To  regulate  the  installation,  operation 

and  maintenance  of. 

9.  Theatres,  To  regulate  the  construction  and  equipment  of. 

Note. — The  above  Model  Laws  and  Ordinances  have  also  been 
officially  adopted  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

(d)  Educational: 

1.  Field  Practice.  Inspection  Manual  designed  for  the  use  of  property 

owners,  fire  departments  and  inspection  offices  in  safeguarding 
life  and  property  against  fire.  This  handbook  is  printed  on  bond 
paper  and  is  substantially  bound  in  real  leather.  The  dimensions 
(4 pi  x inches)  make  it  a most  convenient  size  for  the  coat- 

pocket.  This  information  represents  the  latest  thought  of  the 
leading  American  fire-prevention  engineers,  and  is  not  elsewhere 
accessible.  Price,  postpaid,  single  copies,  Si. 50. 

2.  Story  of  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association. 

3.  Syllabus  for  Public  Instruction  in  Fire-Prevention. 

4.  A Campaign  to  Prevent  Fire,  address  of  Franklin  H.  Wentworth. 

Published  by  the  Canadian  Manufacturers’  Association. 

5.  Fire-Prevention,  Its  Object  and  Possible  Results,  C.  Heller. 

5a  Fire-Prevention  Through  Adequate  Power  and  Common  Sense, 
Clement  J.  Driscoll. 

5b.  Topics  for  Fire-Prevention  Meetings. 

6.  Fire  Waste  Overtaking  Insurance  Capital,  Committee  on  Publicity 

and  Education. 

7.  Fire  Losses  in  U.  S.  $30,000  an  Hour  and  What  Individuals  and 

Communities  Can  Do  to  Reduce  Them,  Committee  on  Publicity 
and  Education. 

8.  Will  You  be  a Fire  Warden  and  Life  Saver?  (1)  In  the  Home.  (2) 

In  the  Store  and  Factory.  Committee  on  Publicity  and  Edu- 
cation. 

8a.  Safeguarding  School  Children  from  Fire.  Price,  15  cents. 

9.  Fire-Prevention  Work  in  Small  Cities  and  Towns,  Committee 

Report. 

10.  Debarment  of  City  Conflagrations,  Albert  Blauvelt. 


43 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


11.  Inspection  of  Buildings  and  Contents  by  Uniformed  Members  of 

Fire  Departments,  Fire-Chief  H.  C.  Bunker,  Cincinnati,  Ohio, 
i la.  Building  Inspection  by  Firemen:  Suggestions  for  systematic  pro- 
cedure, James  Crapo,  Battalion  Chief,  Chicago  Fire  Department. 

12.  Individual  Liability  Laws  for  Fires  Due  to  Carelessness  or  Neglect. 

13.  Public  Fire  Departments,  George  W.  Booth.  Price,  5 cents. 

13a.  Volunteer  Fire  Departments:  Organization  and  Conduct,  Harry  W. 
Bringhurst. 

14.  Architects:  General  Information  Regarding  Fire  Insurance  Require- 

ments. 

15.  Fire  Exits,  Outside  Stairs  for:  Recommendations  for  their  Con- 

struction and  Installation.  Price,  3 cents. 

16  Exit  Drills  for  Factories,  Schools,  Department  Stores  and  Theatres: 
Suggestions  for  Their  Organization  and  Execution.  Price,  5 cents. 

17.  The  Wooden  Apartment  House,  the  Fight  Against  it  in  Brookline, 

Mass.,  Gorham  Dana. 

17a.  Dwelling  Houses:  Suggestions  for  Their  Construction  and  Pro- 
tection, National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters.  Price,  10  cents. 
17b.  Shingle  Roofs  as  Conflagration  Spreaders,  National  Board  of  Fire 
Underwriters.  Price,  5 cents. 

18.  Fire  Stories  for  Children,  Committee  on  Publicity  and  Education. 

19.  Fire-Prevention  Day  Programs  for  Public  Parade,  School  Exer- 

cises, Evening  Assembly.  Price,  10  cents. 

20.  Fire-Hazards  Due  to  Trolley  Circuits,  Samuel  S.  Wyer. 

21.  Fire-Hazards  on  the  Farm. 

22.  Automobile  Fire  Apparatus,  Committee  Report,  1913. 

22a.  Automobile  Combination  Pumping  Engine  and  Hose-Wagon. 

, ( Gasolene  Combination  Chemical  Engine  and  Hose-Wagon. 

' ( Gasolene  Combination  Service  Ladder-Truck. 

23.  High-Pressure  Systems  for  Fire  Service,  Committee  Report. 

24.  Fire-Service  Connections,  Protection  of,  H.  O.  Lacount. 

25.  Fire-Hose:  The  need  for  a better  quality  of  Public  Department 

Fire  Hose,  Committee  Report. 

26.  Fire-Pumps:  Notes  and  Suggestions  on  Same,  Associated  Factory 

Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies.  Booklet,  53  pages,  illus- 
trated. Price,  15  cents. 

27.  National  Standard  Hose  Couplings  and  Hydrant  Fittings  for  Public 

Fire  Service:  Progress  in  their  Adoption  by  Cities  of  United 
States,  F.  M.  Griswold. 

28.  Elevated  Tanks:  Their  Improved  Design  and  Construction,  W.  O. 

Teague.  23  pages.  Price,  5 cents. 

29.  Water  Barrels  and  Pails  for  Fire  Protection,  W.  R.  Ruegnitz.  Price, 

J cents. 

30.  Freezing  Preventives  for  Water  Pails  and  Chemical  Extinguishers, 

J.  Albert  Robinson.  Price,  5 cents. 

31.  Fire-resistive  Construction,  Specifications  for,  Committee  Report. 
31a.  Office  Building,  Grade  A,  Specifications  for  Construction  of. 

32.  Factories  and  Their  Fire  Protection,  Franklin  H.  Wentworth. 

Price,  5 cents. 

32a.  Mill  Construction  Buildings,  C.  E Paul.  Price,  5 cents. 

32b.  Structural  Defects,  Suggestions  for  Their  Elimination  and  Pro- 
tection. Price,  5 cents. 

33.  The  Automatic  Control  of  Fire,  Fitzhugh  Taylor.  Price,  5 cents. 

34.  Explosions,  Dust  and  Smoke,  P.  D.  C.  Steward. 

3J.  Smoke  and  Water  Damage,  F.  E.  Roberts. 

35a.  Sprinkler  Leakage,  Albert  Blauvelt.  Price,  5 cents. 

36.  Uses  of  Wood  in  Building  Construction,  Committee  Report.  Data 

of  tests  on  inflammability  of  untreated  wood  and  of  wood  treated 
with  fire-retarding  compounds.  55  pages,  illustrated.  Price, 
23  cents. 

37.  The  Permanent  Fireproofing  of  Cotton  Goods,  William  Henry  Per- 

kins. Price,  5 cents. 

38.  Cordage  Fibers:  Their  Physical  Properties,  Hazards  and  Character- 

istics, T.  E.  Sears.  Price,  3 cents. 

39.  Color,  Paint  and  Varnish  Factories:  Processes  and  Hazards,  F.  E. 

Roberts.  31  pages.  Price,  3 cents. 

40.  Lumber  and  Lumber  Drying,  with  Notes  on  Steam  Jets,  Committee 

Report.  Price,  3 cents. 

41.  Tanneries:  Suggestions  for  Their  Improvement  as  Fire-Risks,  Com- 

mittee Report.  Price,  3 cents. 

42.  Shoe  Factories:  Suggestions  for  Their  Improvement  as  Fire-Risks, 

Committee  Report.  Price,  3 cents. 

43.  The  Cooperage  Industry,  J.  Albert  Robinson. 

44.  Cold-Storage  Warehouses:  Suggestions  for  Their  Improvement  as 

Fire-Risks,  Committee  Report.  Price,  3 cents. 

44a.  Refrigerating  Machinery  Explosions  and  Fires.  Price,  3 cents. 


43.  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances.  Published  by  Underwriters’ 
Laboratories,  Inc.  List  includes  inspected  devices  and  materials, 
fire  appliances,  gas,  oil,  mechanical  and  chemical  appliances. 
(Revised  semi-annually — January  and  July.) 

(1?)  Special  Bulletins: 

I Dwelling-House  Hazards:  How  to  Prevent  Fires  in  the  Home.  4 
pages,  illustrated.  Price,  $1  per  100,  $7.50  per  1,000. 

2.  The  Evil  Wooden  Shingle.  4 pages,  illustrated.  Prices,  $1  per  ioo, 

$7.30  per  1,000. 

3.  Chimneys,  Flues  and  Fireplaces:  How  to  Build  Them.  4 pages, 

illustrated.  Price,  $1  per  100,  $7.30  per  1,000. 

4.  School-Houses,  Fire  Protection  of.  16  pages,  illustrated  Price,  10 

cents  per  copy.  Special  discount  for  quantities. 

3.  Holiday  Bulletins.  Illustrated  four-page  bulletins  are  prepared  for 
circulation  preceding  Independence  Day  and  Christmas  Day, warn- 
ing against  the  hazards  of  fireworks  and  inflammable  decorations, 
temporary  electric  wiring,  etc.  Price,  $1  per  100,  $7.30  per  1,000. 

6.  Frozen  Water-Pipes:  A Winter  Fire-Hazard.  Price,  60  cents  per 

100,  $5  per  1,000. 

7.  Electric  Pressing-Iron  Fire-Hazard.  Price,  $1  per  100,  $7.30  per 

1,000. 

8.  Storage  of  Bituminous  or  Soft  Coal.  Price,  60  cents  per  100,  $3 

per  1,000. 

(/)  Special  Fire  Reports: 

1.  The  Baltimore  Conflagration,  February  7,  8,  1904.  130  pages,  illus- 

trated. Committee  Report.  Price,  25  cents. 

2.  Parker  Building  Fire,  July  10,  1908.  56  pages,  illustrated.  Report 

by  New  York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters.  Price,  13  cents. 

3.  The  Equitable  Building  Fire,  January  9,  1912.  50  pages,  illus- 

trated. Report  by  New  York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters.  Price, 
15  cents. 

4.  Binghamton  Clothing  Company  Fire,  July  22,  1913.  12  pages,  illus- 

trated. Committee  Report.  Price,  10  cents. 

3.  Melvin  Apartment  House  Fire,  Boston,  April  14,  1914.  4 pages, 
illustrated.  Price,  1 cent. 

6.  Cleveland  Lumber  and  Public  Property  Fire,  May  25,  1914.  8 

pages,  illustrated.  Report  by  Cleveland  Inspection  Bureau. 
Price,  5 cents. 

7.  *Salem,  Mass.,  Conflagration,  June  25,  26,  1914.  16  pages,  illus- 

trated, maps.  Price,  10  cents. 

8.  Edison  Phonograph  Works,  West  Orange,  N.  J.,  December  9,  1914. 

60  pages,  illustrated.  Price,  23  cents. 

9.  Diamond  Candy  Company  Factory  Fire  Holocaust,  Brooklyn, 

N.  Y.,  November  6,  1913.  16  pages,  illustrated.  Price,  5 cents. 

10.  Paris,  Texas,  Conflagration,  March  21,  1916.  8 pages,  illustrated, 

map.  Price,  3 cents. 

11.  Nashville,  Tennessee,  Conflagration,  March  22,  1916.  8 pages, 

illustrated,  map.  Price,  10  cents. 

12.  Augusta,  Georgia,  Conflagration,  March  22,  1916.  16  pages,  illus- 

trated, map.  Price,  10  cents. 

*Out  of  print. 

(_§•)  No  Smoking: 

Signs,  black  ink  on  red  card.  Price,  3 cents.  Discount  for  quantities. 

(h)  Publications  Jor  Members  Only: 

News  Letter.  A monthly  bulletin  of  special  information  on  current 
items  of  interest  to  those  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  safe- 
guarding life  and  property  from  fire. 

Proceedings  of  Annual  Meeting.  Containing  stenographic  report  of 
transactions  of  the  Association  and  the  discussions  incident  to 
the  adoption  of  its  standards.  Extra  copies,  $1. 

Quarterly  Magazine  of  the  Association.  A chronicle  of  the  Associa- 
tion’s activities,  with  valuable  contributions  of  articles  on  fire- 
prevention  and  -protection,  and  special  hazards,  and  compilations 
of  fire  statistics  on  various  classes  of  property.  Extra  copies,  30 
cents. 

Year-book  and  directory.  Complete  list  of  members  with  addresses. 
Index  to  all  subjects  covered  in  the  printed  records.  (Proceedings, 
Quarterly,  etc.) 

Special  reports,  bulletins,  etc.,  issued  during  the  year. 

[Note. — Each  member  receives  one  copy  of  all  the  Association’s  pub- 
lications current  during  the  year  of  his  membership.  Membership  year 
begins  with  date  of  election.] 


3A4  List  of  Publications  Available  in 
Fire  Underwriters 

(See,  also,  3A4  on  page  33,  of  which  this  is  a classified  extension, 
correct  to  March  1,  1917.) 

Copies  may  be  obtained,  without  charge  (except  dj, 
upon  which  a charge  of  10  cents  is  made  to  cover  post- 
age), by  qualified  inquirers,  by  addressing  The  National 

Serial  No.  3 


the  Files  of  the  National  Board  of 


Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  76  William  St.,  New  York 
City. 

{a)  Suggested  Regulations  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers for  the  installation  of  devices.  Recommended  by  the 
National  Fire  Protection  Association. 


44 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  3 


The  list  embracing  these  is  the  same  as  the  (a)  list  of  the  N.  F.  P.  A. 
on  page  43,  with  the  addition  of  the  following: 

25.  Gasolene  Vapor  Gas  Lighting  Machines. 

26.  Railway  Car  Storage. 

27.  Electrical  Appliances,  List  of  Approved. 

28.  Underwriters’  Laboratories. 

The  latter  two  are  the  same  publications  as  mentioned  by 
the  Underwriters’  Laboratories. 

(i)  Suggested  State  Laws  issued  by  the  N.  B.  F.  U.  For  use  by  State 
Officials  in  framing  regulations  on  matters  pertaining  to  Fire 
Prevention  and  Building  Construction. 

These  are  the  same  as  the  four  mentioned  in  the  ( b ) list  of 
the  N.  F.  P.  A. 

(r)  Suggested  Separate  City  Ordinances  issued  by  the  N.  B.  F.  U. 
for  use  by  City  Officials  in  framing  regulations  on  matters  per- 
taining to  Fire  Prevention  and  Building  Construction. 

*1.  To  Regulate  the  Installation,  Operation  and  Maintenance  of 
Motion  Picture  Machines,  and  the  Construction  and 
Arrangement  of  Picture  Booths  and  Audience-Rooms. 

*2.  To  Regulate  the  Manufacture,  Storage,  Sale  and  Distribu- 
tion of  Matches. 

*3.  To  Regulate  the  Manufacture,  Keeping,  Storage,  Sale,  Use 
and  Transportation  of  Explosives,  in  Cities  Whose  Popu- 
lation Exceeds  100,000  Inhabitants. 

4.  To  Regulate  the  Manufacture,  Keeping,  Storage,  Sale,  Use 

and  Transportation  of  Explosives,  in  Villages  or  in  Cities 
Whose  Population  Does  Not  Exceed  100,000  Inhabitants. 

5.  To  Govern  the  Construction  and  Operation  of  Laundries. 

*6.  To  Regulate  the  Construction  and  Equipment  of  Theatres. 
*7.  To  Regulate  the  Use,  Handling,  Storage  and  Sale  of  Inflam- 
mable Liquids  and  the  Products  Thereof. 


8.  Shingle  Roofs  as  Conflagration  Spreaders:  An  appeal  to  the 
Civil  Authorities  and  Civic  and  Commercial  Bodies. 
Contains  an  Ordinance  for  Fire-resistive  Roof  Coverings. 
*These  are  evidently  the  same  as  4,  5,  7,  8 and  9 in  the  (r) 
list  of  the  N.  F.  P.  A.  8 is  listed  617^  in  N.  F.  P.  A. 

{d)  Suggested  Codes  issued  by  the  N.  B.  F.  U.  For  use  by  State  and 
City  Officials  in  framing  regulations  on  matters  pertaining  to 
Fire  Prevention  and  Building  Construction. 

1.  A Recommended  Building  Code,  suitable  for  a city  of  any 

size  and  providing  for  fire  limits,  and  regulations  governing 
the  construction,  alteration,  equipment,  repair  or  removal 
of  buildings  or  structures. 

2.  A Suggested  Building  Ordinance  for  Small  Towns  and  Vil- 

lages: Providing  for  fire  limits  and  the  construction  and 
equipment  of  ordinary  non-fireproof  buildings. 

3.  Dwelling  Houses:  A Code  of  Suggestions  for  the  Construc- 

tion and  Fire-Protection.  Intended  especially  as  an  aid 
in  construction  of  isolated  homes  outside  the  control  of 
building  ordinances,  and  is  addressed  directly  to  the  owners 
of  dwellings,  and  to  carpenters  and  builders  who  erect  them. 

4.  A Code  of  abbreviated  Ordinances  for  Small  Municipalities,  and 

containing  ordinances  providing  for  Fire  Limits  and  the 
Construction  and  Equip  ment  of  Buildings;  the  regula- 
tion of  Garages;  the  regulation  of  Motion  Picture  Machines 
and  Premises  where  operated;  the  Inspection  of  Premises 
by  the  Fire  Department;  also  a blank  form  for  use  by  the 
inspector;  the  Cleanliness  of  Streets,  Alleys  and  Premises; 
the  Burning  of  Refuse;  the  Storage  of  Explosives;  Fire 
Escapes,  and  prohibiting  the  Discharge  of  Fireworks. 

No.  3.  will  be  found  under  Di7«  N.  F.  P.  A.  list. 


3A7  List  of  Publications  Available  in  the  Files  of  the  Inspection  Depart- 
ment, Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies 


(See  also  3A7  on  page  35,  of  which  this  is  a classified  extension, 
correct  to  March  I,  1917.) 

Single  copies  of  these  publications  may  be  obtained  on 
request  without  charge,  except  Nos.  9 and  45,  and  (c), 
which  will  be  furnished  at  a price  of  25  cents  per  copy. 
Where  additional  copies  of  any  of  the  pamphlets  are 
desired,  a charge  sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  printing 
will  be  made. 


(«) 

1. 

2. 

3- 

4- 

5- 
6. 


7- 

8. 

9- 

10. 

11. 

12. 
13- 
14. 
15- 
16. 
17- 
18. 
19- 
20. 

21. 

22. 


Pamphlets: 

“Anchorage  of  Roofs.” 

“Approved  Electrical  Fittings.” 

“Approved  Fire  Protection  Appliances.” 

“Beltway  Fires.” 

“Carbon  Tetrachloride  as  a Cleaning  and  Solvent  Agent.” 
“Centrifugal  Fire  Pumps — Specifications,  and  Rules  for  Electrical 
Driving.”  (Included  in  No.  20.) 

“Cotton  Conveying  Systems  from  Bale  to  Opener  Room.” 
“Dry-Pipe  Systems  of  Automatic  Sprinklers — Rules.” 

“Electric  Light  and  Power  Equipment — Rules.” 

“Fire  Hose,  Play  Pipes  and  Hose  Houses — Rules.” 

“Fire  Pump  Protection  for  City  Risks  (Paterson  Fire).” 

“Fires  in  Cotton  Mills.” 

“Fuel  Oil  Installations  for  Furnaces  and  Engines.” 

“Gravity  Tanks  and  Towers — Specifications.” 

“Installations  for  Handling  Gasoline  and  Similar  Oils.” 

“Installing  Sprinkler  Equipments — Rules.” 

“Laying  Cast  Iron  Water  Pipes  in  Factory  Yards — Rules.” 

“Notes  and  Suggestions  on  Fire  Pumps.” 

“Prevention  of  Large  Loss  in  a Mutual  Mill.” 

“Rotary  and  Centrifugal  Fire  Pumps — Specifications  and  Rules 
for  Electrical  Driving.” 

“Sawdust  as  an  Extinguisher  of  Fires  in  Moderate  Sized  Tanks  of 
Lacquer,  Paint,  etc.” 

“Sprinkler  Protection  in  Picker  Trunks,  Dryers,  etc.” 

The  Fire-Prevention  and  -Protection  issue  will  be 

the  Section  on  General 


2 3 

24 

25 

26 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 
(*) 

27- 

28. 

29. 
3°- 
3i- 
32. 

33- 


“Steam  Pump  Governors  and  Auxiliary  Pumps — Specifications. 
“Underwriter  Steam  Fire  Pumps — Specifications.” 

“Valves,  Indicator  Posts  and  Hydrants — Specifications.” 
“Water-tight  Floors  of  Mill  Construction.” 

“Concrete  Storehouse.” 

“Fire  Doors.” 

“Humidity  for  Preventing  Fires  in  Rubber  Factories.” 

“Mill  Watchman.” 

“Edison  Phonograph  Works,  Burning  of.” 

“Dry  Rot  in  Factory  Timbers.” 

“Salem  Conflagration.” 

“Fire  Hazards  in  Charcoal.” 

“Mill  Fire  Brigades.” 

“Fire  Protection  of  Pyroxylin  Plastics  (Celluloid).” 

Leaflets: 


Directions  for  Use  of  Red  Tags  on  Closed  Valves.” 

“Fire  Brigades  Inside  Mill.” 

“Mill  Fire  Brigade  Data  and  Sheets.” 

“Rotary  Fire  Pumps — Directions  for  Starting.” 

“Steam  Fire  Pumps — Directions  for  Starting.” 

“Weekly  Inspection  of  Fire  Protective  Apparatus.  A Suggestive 
Form  of  Blank.” 

“When  Putting  in  Fire  Protection — Things  to  be  Considered.” 

34.  “Failure  of  Public  Water  Supplies.” 

35.  “Gage  Connection  for  Use  in  Testing  Main  Controlling  Valves.” 

36.  “Longleaf  Pine  Factory  Timber.” 

(c)  Report  No.  5 — Mill  Construction: 

The  work  of  the  Insurance  Engineering  Experiment 
Station  under  direction  of  Boston  Manufacturers  Mutual 
Fire  Insurance  Company  was  taken  over  by  The  Associated 
Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  several  years 
ago;  notable  among  their  publications  was  Report  No.  5 
on  Slow  Burning,  or  Mill  Construction,  which  will  be 
furnished  at  25  cents  a copy, 
concluded  in  the  April  number,  Serial  No.  4,  with 
Building  Construction. 


Current 

Refer  to  1E4: 

We  have  recently  received  Bulletin  No.  25,  “Public  Works  of 
the  Navy,”  under  the  cognizance  of  the  Bureau  of  Yards  and 
Docks  and  the  Corps  of  Civil  Engineers,  U.  S.  Navy,  for  January, 
1917;  included  in  which  is  eleven  pages  giving  bibliographies  and 
abstracts  of  published  articles  on  the  “ Durability  of  Concrete  in 
Sea  Water." 


Comments 

Refer  to  iEjb: 

We  are  in  receipt  of  a letter  from  Ernest  McCullough,  Chief 
Engineer  Fireproof  Construction  Bureau  of  the  Portland  Cement 
Association,  accompanying  a copy  of  the  “ Final  Report  of  the 
Joint  Committee  on  Concrete  and  Reinforced  Concrete."  He  states 
that  the  Portland  Cement  Association  purchased  a few  copies  for 
distribution  and  as  long  as  these  copies  are  available  they  will  be 
sent  free  upon  request  to  architects,  engineers  and  contractors. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  3 


45 


Serial  No.  4 


FIRE-PREVENTION  AND  -PROTECTION  ISSUE 
Section  2.  General  Building  Construction 


CONTENTS 


Attention  is  directed  also  to  Terra  Cotta,  Hollow  Tile 
and  Brick  (3D),  to  Metal  Lath,  Gypsum,  Asbestos  and 
Wired  Glass  (3D5),  and  also  to  Cement  and  Concrete 
(iE)  and  Structural  Steel  (iF),  which  should  be  considered 
in  connection  with  fire-prevention  and  -protection  in 
general  building  construction,  quite  independent,  of 
course,  of  all  municipal  ordinances  and  state  building 
codes  which  obtain  in  the  various  parts  of  the  country. 

For  information  and  statistics  on  fire-losses,  hazards  in 


general,  theory  and  practice  and  other  items  not  specifically 
referred  to  herein  in  connection  with  structural  matters, 
the  reader  is  referred  to  the  Quarterly  and  other  publica- 
tions of  the  N.F.P.A.  (to  find  which  by  items  the  N.F.P.A. 
“Index,”  mentioned  under  3A3^,  will  prove  invaluable), 
and  to  the  publications  referred  to  by  titles  under  Informa- 
tion Obtainable  (4B1),  also  to  a phamphlet  (180  pages) 
entitled  “A  Five  Years’  Fight  against  Fire  Waste,”  by 
Powell  Evans,  copyright  1912. 


APRIL,  1917 

INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


4Al  Report  Relating  to  the  Work  of  the 
Underwriters’  Laboratories  by  the 
Committee  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Architects. 

4A2  The  Committee  on  Fire-Protection  in  the 
American  Society  of  Mechanical 
Engineers. 

4A3  National  Automatic  Sprinkler  Association. 

4B  Buildings  and  Structures  in  General, 
New  Construction  Work  and  Safe- 
guarding Old. 

4C  Walls,  Chimneys  and  Flues;  Columns, 
Partitions  and  Enclosures;  Doors, 
Windows  and  Shutters;  Wired  Glass 
and  other  Retardents. 


4C4  Scuppers,  Inserts  and  Devices. 

4D  Beams,  Girders  and  Floors;  Ceilings  and 
Roof  Construction;  Roofs  and  Roof 
Coverings. 

4D4  Floor  Hangers,  Roof  Connections  and 
Devices. 

4D5  Tanks  and  Reservoirs. 

4E  Exits— Stairways  and  Fire-Escapes;  Safety 
to  Life;  Slipping  Hazards. 

4F  Fittings,  Contents  and  Protection  Equip- 
ment. 

4G  Lightning  Protection. 

4H  Fire  Insurance. 

4J  Progress  and  Current  Activities. 

4SC  Structural  Matters  in  General. 


4Ai  Report  Relating  to  the  Work  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  by 
the  Committee  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 


Chicago,  111.,  March  7,  1917. 

To  the  Members  oj  the  American  Institute  oj  Architects: 

It  has  long  been  recognized  that  there  is  no  feature  in 
the  designing  and  planning  of  any  building  that  is  more 
vital  or  important  than  provision  against  fire  and  for  the 
prevention  of  accidents  and  loss  of  life,  yet  comparatively 
few  people  realize  that  the  percentage  of  loss  of  buildings 
by  fire  in  this  country,  in  spite  of  our  organized  fire 
departments  and  our  fire-prevention  apparatus,  is  about  as 
great  as  any  in  the  world. 

In  333  cities  in  this  country,  the  total  annual  loss  for 
1915  is  $68,200,000,  or  $1.94  for  every  individual  in 
those  cities.  All  that  fire  departments  or  fire-fighting 
apparatus  can  do  in  a fire  is  to  try  to  put  it  out  after  it 
has  started.  The  possibility  of  reducing  this  great  loss 
does  not  depend  so  much  on  the  fire  departments  or 
apparatus  as  it  does  upon  the  architects  who  plan  and 
design  the  buildings.  Whether  the  blaze  once  started 
shall  spread  to  be  uncontrollable,  or  whether  the  occu- 
pants shall  have  safe  exit,  or  whether  they  shall  be  rea- 
sonably safeguarded  against  accidents,  depends  largely 
upon  the  architect. 

Serial  No.  4 


The  insurance  companies  can  only  penalize  the  owners 
for  bad  fire-  or  accident-risks  by  imposing  high  insurance 
rates,  and  city  authorities  can  do  considerable  by  build- 
ing ordinances  toward  making  buildings  reasonably  safe 
and  proof  against  fire;  but  architects  are  in  a position  to 
do  most  when  they  design  and  create  these  buildings  by 
raising  the  standard  of  their  fire-resisting  qualities  and 
their  safety.  For  the  purpose,  therefore,  of  determining 
and  accumulating  the  facts  about  all  those  materials  and 
agencies  which  serve  to  reduce  fire-losses  and  to  prevent 
accidents  to  persons,  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  were 
established  in  1901.  They  are  undoubtedly  today  the 
greatest  and  the  most  scientific  source  we  have  for  secur- 
ing such  information.  They  are  entirely  independent  of 
any  corporation,  and  although  self-supporting,  they  are 
run  without  any  profit,  and  their  assistance  and  informa- 
tion can  be  had  by  architects  for  the  asking. 

Realizing,  therefore,  this  great  opportunity  and  the 
value  of  such  information  to  the  architectural  profession, 
the  American  Institute  of  Architects  has  appointed  the 
Committee  which  is  the  author  of  this  communication 
to  investigate  and  study  the  Laboratories  and  to  bring 

Vol.  I,  1917 


46 


SERIAL  NO.  4 


the  architects  into  closer  touch  with  their  work  by  arrang- 
ing to  have  such  information  and  data  of  the  Laboratories 
as  would  be  most  useful  brought  directly  to  the  attention 
of  the  architects.  The  January  issue  of  the  Journal  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects,  in  the  new  Structural 
Service  Department,  presents  a brief  general  description 
of  the  Laboratories,  the  scope  of  their  work,  and  some  of 
the  publications  to  be  had,  and  also  a reference  to  the 
future  publication  of  information  and  data  of  the  Labora- 
tories under  different  headings  of  the  Department. 

The  Committee  on  Fire-Prevention  of  the  Institute 
has  also  been  doing  valuable  service  for  years  in  coopera- 
tion with  other  organizations  and  in  helping  to  promote 
the  cause  of  fire-prevention.  The  American  Institute  of 
Architects,  however,  has  felt  that  there  was  still  a field  of 
work  led  by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  of  such  vital 
interest  to  architects  that  a committee  on  that  subject 
could  find  abundant  opportunity  for  usefulness  without 
in  any  way  conflicting  with  the  work  of  other  commit- 
tees or  with  the  Structural  Service  Department  of  the 
Journal. 

The  Committee  on  the  Laboratories  has  therefore 
undertaken  to  carry  out  a plan  of  witnessing  those  tests 
by  the  Laboratories  of  building  materials  and  methods  of 
construction  most  useful  to  architects,  of  selecting  such 
information  and  data  as  is  most  suitable  for  the  purpose 
and  causing  this  to  be  sent  directly  to  the  architects,  after 
first  publishing  such  notices  and  accounts  of  tests,  etc., 
in  the  Journal.  In  this  way  the  Committee  hopes  to 
arouse  a new  interest  among  architects  on  the  subject  and 
a better  appreciation  by  them  of  the  great  need  in  this 
country  of  better  construction  in  buildings  and,  particu- 
larly, a more  effective  provision  for  fire-prevention  and 
avoidance  of  human  accidents. 

As  an  illustration  of  part  of  the  program  adopted  by 
the  Committee,  the  following  account  is  given: 

The  publication  entitled  “The  Organization,  Purpose 
and  Methods  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories,”  of  1916, 
will  first  be  mailed  to  every  architect.  This  will  give  a 
clear  understanding  of  the  Laboratories  and  their  work 
and  an  illustration  in  color  of  the  labels  used  by  the 
Laboratories.  Among  other  uses  the  book  will  be  a useful 
reference  in  recognizing  labels  as  official  on  fire-doors, 
wire-glass  windows,  electrical  appliances,  and  all  of  those 
things  frequently  specified  to  be  labeled.  At  various 


times  during  the  year  it  is  the  intention  to  send  out  sev- 
eral bulletins  containing  the  results  of  important  investi- 
gations and  tests  by  the  Laboratories.  Among  the  impor- 
tant tests  being  made  now  is  that  of  the  modern  steel-sash 
window  in  its  various  forms.  Particular  interest  is  being 
taken  in  the  investigation  of  those  windows  in  large  units 
where  the  opening  is  divided  by  one  or  more  mullions. 
Such  windows  in  courts,  alleys,  etc.,  have  been  approved 
heretofore  only  when  the  mullions  between  were  fire- 
proofed in  a clumsy  way,  taking  up  6 to  8 inches  of  space. 
The  new  windows  going  through  the  test  have  mullions 
only  1 )/?  to  2 inches  in  width.  If  these  windows  endure 
the  test  successfully— and  some  of  them  have  already 
done  so — then  the  insurance  authorities  will  permit  them 
in  buildings  without  adding  penalties  on  the  insurance 
rates,  and  undoubtedly  city  building  departments  will 
permit  them  in  buildings  where  now  the  large  mullions 
are  required  which  shut  off  so  much  light. 

A test  of  building  columns  is  shortly  to  be  made  which 
is  quite  remarkable.  Elaborate  preparations  lasting  some 
months  have  been  made  whereby  large  columns,  some  14 
feet  high,  one  of  cast  iron  fireproofed,  one  of  steel  fire- 
proofed, and  one  of  reinforced  concrete,  each  carrying  a 
load  of  250  tons  is  to  be  subjected  to  severe  heat,  such  as 
would  occur  in  a great  fire,  and  then  subjected  to  a large 
stream  of  cold  water  under  high  pressure.  This  will 
undoubtedly  produce  some  very  interesting  evidence 
bearing  on  the  subject  so  frequently  and  earnestly  debated 
after  the  Baltimore  and  San  Francisco  fires  as  to  the 
relative  merits  of  these  columns.  Information  such  as 
this  and  of  other  important  investigations  will  be  col- 
lected and  supplied  to  the  architects. 

It  is  the  sincere  hope  of  the  Committee  that  the 
information  to  be  furnished  will  be  of  practical  use  to 
each  architect,  that  he  will  feel  at  perfect  liberty  to  make 
use  of  the  Laboratories,  who  earnestly  invite  cooperation 
with  the  architects,  and  that  there  will  be  an  improvement 
in  the  fire-resisting  qualities  of  new  buildings  and  also 
greater  safeguards  against  accidents  and  injuries  to 
persons.  Very  respectfully  submitted, 

The  Committee  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 
Relating  to  the  Work  of  the  Underwriters'  Laboratories. 

Elmer  C.  Jensen, 

H.  Webster  Tomlinson, 

George  C.  Nimmons,  Chairman. 


4A2  The  Committee  on  Fire-Protection  in  the  American  Society  of 
Mechanical  Engineers 

(Description  of  the  Society’s  publications  and  activities  will  appear  under  later  serial  number.) 


This  Committee  is  composed  of  members  who  have 
had  experience  in  the  subject  and  are  particularly  inter- 
ested in  it.  Its  Chairman,  Mr.  John  R.  Freeman,  Presi- 
dent of  the  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
pany, is  a recognized  authority  upon  matters  pertaining 
to  fire-protection. 

The  Committee  has  not  been  especially  active  for  the 
past  two  years,  awaiting  results  from  the  investigation  of 
column-protective  coverings  in  progress  at  the  Under- 
writers’ Laboratories  in  Chicago,  but  several  papers  by 
its  members  have  been  presented  and  published  in  form 
for  distribution.  Among  these  are  the  following: 

(a)  Safeguarding  Life  in  Theatres,  John  R.  Freeman.  This  is  an 
exhaustive  study  of  the  hazards  of  theater  construction  and 
suggestions  for  remedying  them. 

(t)  Allowable  Heights  and  Areas  for  Factory  Buildings,  Ira  H.  Wool 
son.  A compilation  and  discussion  of  the  opinions  of  1 1 7 fire 
chiefs  in  the  principal  cities  of  the  United  States  which  were 
given  in  reply  to  a questionnaire  upon  the  subject. 


(c)  Deparment  of  City  Conflagrations,  Albert  Blauvelt.  This  deals 

with  the  broad  problem  of  methods  to  prevent  conflagration  and 
is  published  by  the  N.F.P.A.  (3A3iAo). 

( d ) Life  Hazards  in  Crowded  Buildings  Due  to  Inadequate  Exits, 

H.  F.  J.  Porter.  Is  a plea  for  the  use  of  the  horizontal  fire-escape 
exit  by  one  who  has  specialized  and  written  frequently  on  this 
and  other  features  of  building  construction  with  respect  to 
safety  to  life. 

(e)  National  Standard  Hose  Couplings  and  Hydrant  Fittings  for 

Public  Fire  Service,  F.  M.  Griswold.  It  describes  the  necessity 
for  such  standardization  and  the  great  benefits  to  be  secured 
by  same.  (See 

Membership  of  the  Committee  on  Fire -Protection, 
A.S.M.E.:  John  R.  Freeman,  Chairman 

Edward  V.  French 
Albert  Blauvelt 
F.  M.  Griswold 
H.  F.  J.  Porter 
T.  W.  Ransom 
Ira  H.  Woolson 


Serial  No  4. 


47 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


4A3  National  Automatic  Sprinkler 

Secretary-Treasurer:  Ira  G.  Hoagland,  80  Maiden  Lane, 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

Publications: 

(a)  "Safety  From  Fire:  The  Automatic  Sprinkler.”  December,  1914. 
A brochure  (32  pp.)  describing  application  of  automatic  sprink- 
ler systems  for  protection  against  fire  to  factories,  stores  and 
offices,  hotels,  schools  and  colleges,  institutions,  dwellings  and 
clubs,  piers  and  wharves,  and  ships  and  boats. 

(1 b ) Reprints  of  matter  and  comments  concerning  automatic  sprinkler 
protection  and  related  subjects. 

(r)  “Automatic  Sprinkler  Diffuser.”  Published  periodically  for  the 
advancement  of  the  automatic  sprinkler  art  as  applied  to  the 
conservation  of  life  and  property  from  fire. 


Association 

Purposes: 

Advancement  of  the  art  of  automatic  sprinkler  protec- 
tion and  promotion  of  the  idea  of  the  protection.  Educa- 
tion of  the  public  and  its  constituted  authorities.  Dis- 
semination of  information;  a central  source  from  which 
architects,  engineers  and  contractors  may  obtain  reliable 
information  concerning  the  application  of  automatic 
sprinkler  systems  to  the  protection  of  property  from  fire. 

Development  of  opportunities  for  increased  application  of 
sprinkler  protection.  Elevation  of  trade  and  technical  prac- 
tices and  solution  of  economic  problems  in  the  automatic 
sprinkler  industry.  Opposition  of  conditions  restricting 
development  of  the  art  of  automatic  sprinkler  protection. 


Buildings  and  Structures  in  General 

4B  New  Construction  Work  and  Safeguarding  Old 

(See  all  subdivisions  for  separate  features  of  construction  and  for  devices.) 

(See  also  “Reports  on  Buildings  under  Fire,”  3E1,  “Cement  and  Concrete,”  1E6,  and  “Terra-Cotta,  Hollow  Tile  and  Brick,”  3D.) 


4Bl  Information  Obtainable 

(a)  The  Bureau  of  Standards  has  issued,  Jan.  31,  1917:  Technologic 
Paper  No.  70.  “Durability  of  Stucco  and  Plaster  Construction” 
(see  3E3A,  being  progress  report  containing  results  of  investiga- 
tions up  to  April,  1916. 

(t)  See  among  others  the  following  publications  of  the  N.F.P.A.  listed 
under  3A33  to  h.  For  additional  information  it  is  recommended 
that  the  “Index”  (3A3/))  be  carefully  consulted  as  therein  all 
papers,  addresses,  discussions,  reports  of  committees  at  con- 
ventions and  all  articles  in  the  Quarterly  are  fully  indexed  and 
cross  indexed  for  reference. 

1.  “Fire-Prevention:  Its  Object  and  Possible  Results,”  C. 
Heller.  (3A345.) 

2.  “Fire-Prevention  Through  Adequate  Power  and  Common 
Sense,"  C.  J.  Driscoll.  (3A34  5 a.) 

3.  “Debarment  of  City  Conflagrations,”  Albert  Blauvelt. 
(3A3^io.) 

4.  “Fire-Hazards  on  the  Farm.”  (3A3421.) 

5.  "Factories  and  Their  Fire-Protection,”  Franklin  H.  Went- 
worth. (3A3^32.) 

6.  “Mill  Construction  Buildings,”  C.  E.  Paul.  (3A34  32 a.) 

7.  See,  “Planning  of  School  Buildings  for  Safety,”  illustrated 
address  by  Wm.  B.  Ittner.  “Proceedings”  N.F.P.A.,  1916. 

8.  See,  “Summer  Hotels,  Hazards  and  Protection,”  G.  Dana. 
N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  3,  No.  2. 

9.  See,  “Warehouses,  Construction  and  Protection,”  C.  H. 
Patton.  N.F.P.A.  “Proceedings,”  Vol.  14,  p.  125. 

10.  For  “Theatres,  Construction  and  Equipment.”  See 
several  references  in  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (3A3S1). 

(c)  See  Committee  on  Fire-Protection,  American  Society  of  Mechani- 
cal Engineers  (4A2). 

1.  “Safeguarding  Life  in  Theatres”  (a). 

2.  “Allowable  Heights  and  Areas  for  Factory  Buildings”  (6). 
{J)  See  Crosby-Fiske-Forster  Hand  Book  of  Fire-Protection.  (Sixth 

edition  now  in  preparation.) 

1 . “Fireproof  Construction.” 

2.  “Slow-Burning  Construction:  Recommendations  for  Mill 
Construction.” 

3.  “Improvements  for  Existing  Buildings.” 

(e)  See  "Fire-Prevention  and  Fire-Protection,”  Joseph  Kendall 
Freitag. 

1.  Slow-Burning  or  Mill  Construction,  Chapter  IV. 

2.  The  Materials  of  Fire-Resisting  Construction,  Chapter  VII. 

3.  Permanency  and  Corrosion,  Chapter  VIII. 

4.  Planning  and  General  Design,  Chapter  IX. 

5.  Efficiency  versus  Faulty  Construction,  Chapter  X. 

6.  Theatres,  Chapter  XXII. 

7.  Schools,  Chapter  XXIII. 

8.  Residences,  Chapter  XXIV. 

9.  Factories,  Chapter  XXV. 

10.  Garages,  Chapter  XXVI. 

11.  Safes,  Vaults,  Metal  Furniture,  etc.,  Chapter  XXVII. 

(/)  See,  also,  “The  Fireproofing  of  Steel  Buildings,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

(g)  See  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  1916. 

1.  “Wooden  Mill  and  Warehouse  Construction,”  A.  P. 
Stradling,  Supt.  of  Surveys,  Philadelphia  Fire  Under- 
writers’ Association,  Chapter  XXII. 


2.  “Fireproofing  of  Buildings,”  Rudolph  P.  Miller,  New 
York,  Chapter  XXIII. 

3.  "Reinforced  Concrete  Construction,”  Rudolph  P.  Miller, 
Chapter  XXIV. 

4.  “Reinforced  Concrete  Factory  and  Mill  Construction,” 
Emile  G.  Perot,  Chapter  XXV. 

(h)  See  “Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book”  for  general  notes 
and  details  of  construction  and  for  “Price  List  and  Business 
Directory.” 

(j)  For  all  forms  of  concrete  construction  see  “Concrete,”  Traut- 

wine.  1916.  Reprinted  from  “Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineers’ 
Pocket-Book.” 

(k)  See  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder, 

Part  1,  Masons’  Work. 

1.  “Fireproofing  of  Buildings,"  Thomas  Nolan,  Chapter  IX. 

2.  “Concrete  and  Reinforced  Concrete  Construction,” 
Thomas  Nolan,  Chapter  X. 

3.  “Form  of  Specifications  (for  all  parts  of  a building),” 
Chapter  XIII. 

(/)  “Plain  and  Reinforced  Concrete,”  F.  E.  Turneaure.  Being  Sec- 
tion 5 in  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket-Book,”  M.  Merri- 
man 

( m ) See  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Hand  Book,  1916,”  Lionel  S.  Marks. 

1.  “Building  Construction,”  Lionel  S.  Marks,  pp.  1264-1304. 

2.  “Reinforced-Concrete  Construction,”  Sanford  E.  Thomp- 
son, pp.  1305-1316. 

3.  “Industrial  Buildings,”  Charles  Day,  pp.  1317-1333. 

(»)  “Reinforced-Concrete  Construction,”  Geo.  A.  Hool,  Vols.  1 and  2. 
(0)  “Concrete,  Plain  and  Reinforced,”  Taylor  and  Thompson.  Revis- 
ion just  out. 

( p ) For  notes  and  tables  on  walls,  floors,  columns,  and  other  data,  see 

“Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket-Book,”  William  Kent.  Pages 
I385~I394,  “Construction  of  Buildings.” 

(q)  See  Building  Trades  Hand  Book. 

1.  Fireproofing. 

2.  Metal  Furring  and  Lathing. 

(r)  See,  “The  Architect  and  Fire-Protection,”  address  by  I.  K.  Pond. 

N.F.P.A.  “Proceedings,”  Vol.  14,  p.  1 1 7. 

(s)  See,  “The  Architect  and  the  Fire  Waste,”  C.  M.  Goddard.  N. 

F.  P.  A.  Quarterly , Vol.  5,  No.  4. 

(/)  Read  “The  Status  of  Schoolhouse  Construction  in  the  United 
States,”  address  by  Frank  Irving  Cooper.  N.F.P.A.  “Pro- 
ceedings,” Vol.  19,  p.  102;  also  an  address  by  him  before  the 
fifth  congress  of  the  American  School  Hygiene  Association 
entitled  “Schoolhouses  and  the  Law.”  Contains  statistics  on 
various  requirements  for  construction  and  fire-protection. 

( u ) See  “Fireproof  Building,  Its  Advantages  and  Its  Weaknesses,” 
H.  W.  Forster.  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  7,  No.  4. 

(0)  See  “Fireproof  Construction,  What  It  Is  and  What  It  Ought  to 
Be,”  E.  T.  Cairns.  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  7,  No.  1. 

(ui)  “Fire-Resistive  versus  Fireproof,”  N.F.P.A.  “Proceedings,”  Vol. 

8,  p.  235,  and  Quarterly,  Vol.  3,  No.  4. 

(*)  For  “Fire-Retardant  Materials,”  see  N.F.P.A.  “Index,”  3A3A. 

(y)  “Requirements  for  Standard  Mill  Constructed  Building,”  see 

N.F.P.A.  “Proceedings,”  Vol.  12,  p.  103,  and  Vol.  21,  1917. 

(z)  See  “Concrete  Construction  for  Mill  Buildings,”  illustrated  paper 

read  before  The  National  Association  of  Cotton  Manufactur- 
ers, April,  1915,  by  Leonard  C.  Wason. 


Serial  No.  4 


48 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  4 


(aa)  See  "Proceedings”  of  the  A.S.T.M.,  Vol.  XVI,  Part  I (iA4«). 

1.  Report  of  Committee  D7  on  Timber. 

2.  Report  of  Committee  C11  on  Gypsum  and  Gypsum 
Products. 

(bb)  For  further  references  to  Gypsum  in  Building  Construction,  see: 

1.  Reports  by  Underwriters’  Laboratories  on  “Calcination 
Test  on  Gypsum  Blocks,”  “Gypsum  Block  for  Fireproof 
Partitions;”  also,  “Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances,” 
3A6  b. 

2.  See,  also,  Bureau  of  Standards,  Pittsburgh,  Tests  on 
Gypsum  Fireproof  Partitions. 

3.  See,  also,  Report  on  Strength  and  Flexure  Tests  on  Struc- 
tolite  made  at  Columbia  University. 

4.  See  References  under  4B21;  and  4D1  h I and  2. 

J.  For  descriptive  list  of  Products  of  the  United  States 
Gypsum  Co.  and  Specifications  for  "Pyrobar”  Gypsum 
Partition  Tile,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  205. 

(cc)  See  the  following  publications  of  the  Portland  Cement  Associa- 
tion (1E2). 

1.  “Factories  and  Warehouses  of  Concrete”  (iEjw). 

2.  “The  Concrete  House  and  its  Construction”  (1E50). 
Price  $1,  postpaid. 

3.  “Concrete  Houses  and  Why  to  Build  Them.” 

4.  “Fundamentals  of  Reinforced  Concrete  Design.” 

5.  “Recommended  Specifications  for  Reinforced  Concrete 
Design.” 

6.  “Concrete  Schoolhouses.” 

7.  “Small  Concrete  Garages.” 

(dd)  See  “Fire-Prevention,”  Joseph  McKeon,  1912. 

(ee)  See  the  writings  variously  published  of  Ex-Chief  William  Croker 
and  of  Charles  T.  Main  on  fire-prevention  and  -protection  in 
relation  to  building  construction. 

(jf)  This  list  would  not  be  complete  without  making  reference  to  the 
writings  and  publications  of  that  pioneer  spirit,  Edward  Atkin- 
son, valuable  for  their  significance  in  the  development  of 
sounder  building  construction. 

(gg)  See  “Official  Record"  of  the  First  American  National  Fire-Pre- 
vention Convention,  Philadelphia,  1913,  containing  papers  and 
discussions,  among  others  on  Building  Construction,  Building 
Codes,  Protection  Equipment  and  Insurance. 

The  grading  of  lumber,  preservation  of  wood  and  all  other  matters 
in  connection  with  the  use  of  wood  in  construction  will  be 
treated  in  later  serial  number. 

(hh)  For  further  information  of  interest,  applicable  to  subjects  under 
this  heading,  see  pages  in  the  Industrial  Section,  as  follows: 

1.  Engineering  services  in  connection  with  reinforced  con- 
crete structures,  p.  197,  Corrugated  Bar  Co. 

2.  Suggestions  in  connection  with  Industrial  Buildings,  the 
publication  of  the  Atlas  Portland  Cement  Co.  described 
on  pp.  198,  199. 

3.  Hollow  Tile  Fireproofing,  p.  208, 0.  W.  Ketcham. 

4B2  Practice  Recommended  and  Suggested  by 

(a)  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines:  I . Technical  Paper  No.  1 8 (2A3Q,  “Maga- 

zines and  Thaw  Houses  for  Explosives.”  34  pp.  text,  data  and 
diagrams. 

(b)  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

See  all  four  of  the  “Suggested  Codes”  listed  under  3A4 d. 

1.  “Building  Code”  3A4<fi  (see  description  by  Mr.  Woolson  under 

3A4),  will  be  found  to  offer  invaluable  suggestions  and  assis- 
tance on  all  features  of  construction  both  generally  and  speci- 
fically. In  addition  to  buildings  in  general  and  all  parts  of 
their  construction,  the  following  are  separately  treated: 

(a)  Construction  and  Equipment  of  Theatres,  illustrated, 

Part  XXXI. 

(b)  Construction  of  Moving  Picture  Theatres  Having 

Capacity  of  Three  Hundred  or  Less.  Part  XXXII. 

(r)  Assembly  Halls:  Requirements  for  Public  Safety.  Part 
XXXIII 

( (d)  Tenement-House  Law.  Part  XXXVIII. 

2.  “Dwelling  Houses”  3A4 d%  (see  description  by  Mr.  Woolson 

under  3A4),  contains  concise  and  explicit  recommendations 
on  all  forms  of  residence  construction,  including: 

(a)  General  Discussion  of  Defective  Construction  and  Its 
Relation  to  Their  Fire-Hazard. 

(b)  Quality  of  Materials  Suitable  for  Construction  Work. 

(c)  Major  Structural  Requirements  to  Protect  Life  and  Pre- 

vent Spread  of  Fire. 

(d)  Fire-Stopping. 

(e)  Concrete  Construction. 

(/)  General  Precautions  for  Fire-Protection. 

3.  To  Regulate  the  Installation,  Operation  and  Maintenance  of 

Motion  Picture  Machines  and  the  Construction  and  Arrange- 
ment of  Picture  Booths  and  Audience  Rooms  (3A4ri). 

4.  To  Regulate  the  Construction  and  Equipment  of  Theatres 

(3A4r6). 

Serial  No.  4 


5.  To  Govern  the  Construction  and  Operation  of  Laundries 
(3A4C5). 

(c)  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

1.  Field  Practice.  Inspection  Manual.  See  description  3A3<fi. 

2.  Office  Building,  Grade  A — Specifications  for  Construction  of 

(3A3</3I<j). 

3.  Structural  Defects — Suggestions  for  Their  Elimination  and 

Protection.  (Particularly  with  reference  to  safeguarding 
existing  features.)  (^A^d^ib.) 

4.  Uses  of  Wood  in  Building  Construction.  Committee  Report. 

Data  of  tests  on  inflammability  of  untreated  wood  and  of 
wood  treated  with  fire-retarding  compounds.  55  pp.,  illus- 
trated. (3A3<Q6.) 

5.  Dwelling-House  Hazards — How  to  Prevent  Fires  in  the  Home. 

4 pp.,  illustrated.  (3A3ei.) 

6.  Schoolhouses,  Fire-Protection  of.  16  pp.,  illustrated.  (3A3C4-) 

7.  Cold-Storage  Warehouses — Suggestions  for  Their  Improve- 

ment as  Fire-Risks.  Committee  Report.  (^h^d^.) 

8.  Shoe  Factories.  Suggestions  for  Their  Improvement  as  Fire- 

Risks.  Committee  Report.  (3A3^42.) 

9.  Tanneries.  Suggestions  for  Their  Improvement  as  Fire-Risks. 

Committee  Report.  (3A3741  .) 

10.  Fire-Prevention  Work  in  Small  Cities  and  Towns.  Committee 

Report.  (3A3^9.) 

11.  For  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Fire-Resistive  Construction, 

see  “Proceedings,”  1915,  p.  93,  with  Recommendations  for 
Construction  of  Private  Residences  (with  Full,  Partial  and 
Temporary  Protection);  also  Recommendations  for  Construc- 
tion of  Places  of  Amusement  (Theatres  and  Opera  Houses, 
Assembly  Halls,  Motion  Picture  Halls,  Pavilions,  Exposition 
and  Fair  Buildings,  etc.). 

(d)  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 

ance Companies: 

1.  Dry  Rot  in  Factory  Timbers.  107  pp.  with  many  illustrations 

showing  also  diagrams  of  standard  slow-burning  mill  and  fac- 
tory construction  and  with  suggested  forms  of  specifications 
for  special  grades  of  long-leaf  and  southern  pine  (3A6<245). 

2.  Fires  in  Cotton  Mills.  (3A6«I2.) 

(e)  New  York  Chapter  A.I.A.  and  the  New  York  Board  of  Fire 

Underwriters: 

1.  General  Information  Regarding  Fire  Insurance  Requirements 
with  Particular  Reference  to  Fire-Prevention.  Pamphlet.  1914. 
(/)  The  International  Association  of  Fire  Engineers: 

I.  The  safeguarding  of  Existing  School  Buildings  against  Fire.  See 
Report  of  Committee  to  recent  convention  published  in 
School  Board  Journal , Feb.,  1917.  3 pp. 

(g)  The  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4): 

I.  Tentative  Standard  definitions  of  Terms  relating  to  the  Gyp- 
sum Industry,  Serial  Designation  (Cn,  16/). 

(h)  The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers: 

I.  See  Metal  Lath  Handbook  (3C1  la)  for  general  details  of  build- 
ing construction  with  this  material  (and  plaster)  carefully 
worked  out  and  figured;  includes  a standard  diagram  for  a 
motion  picture  booth. 

(J)  National  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association,  Engineering 
Bureau  (Serial  No.  5): 

I.  Heavy  Timber  Mill  Construction  Buildings.  This  contains  also 
a chapter  describing  Standard  Mill  Construction  as  men- 
tioned under  4B3JU. 

(k)  See  the  publications  of  the  Portland  Cement  Association  referred 
to  under  4B1  cc  in  many  of  which  will  be  found  descriptive  and 
diagrammatic  recommendations  pertaining  to  the  construc- 
tion covered  by  the  title. 

(m)  See  “Natco  Hollow  Tile  Fireproofing  as  Used  in  the  Construc- 
tion of  Standard  Steel  Frame  Fireproof  Buildings.” 

4B3  Standards  Adopted 

(a)  Building  Codes.  The  mandatory  provisions  of  all 
Codes,  state  or  municipal,  must  first  govern  construction 
in  each  locality.  That  these  are  not  always  perfect  is 
freely  admitted,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  all  architects, 
engineers,  contractors  and  owners  to  cooperate,  not  only 
in  the  fulfilment  of  all  requirements,  but  in  raising  the 
general  standard  of  building  construction  in  every  way 
possible  and  to  take  part,  as  has  been  done  in  many  locali- 
ties, in  movements  to  improve  existing  codes  or  portions 
thereof.  On  this  point  the  Institute,  in  its  Document  107 
(iA8£),  says: 

“An  architect  should  be  mindful  of  the  public  welfare  and  should 
participate  in  those  movements  for  public  betterment  in  which  his  special 
training  and  experience  qualify  him  to  act.  He  should  not,  even  under 
his  client’s  instructions,  engage  in  or  encourage  any  practices  contrary 
to  law  or  hostile  to  the  public  interest;  for  as  he  is  not  obliged  to  accept 
a given  piece  of  work,  he  cannot,  by  urging  that  he  has  but  followed  his 

Vol.  I,  1917 


49 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


client’s  instructions,  escape  the  condemnation  attaching  to  his  acts.  An 
architect  should  support  all  public  officials  who  have  charge  of  building 
in  the  rightful  performance  of  their  legal  duties.  He  should  carefully 
comply  with  all  building  laws  and  regulations,  and  if  any  such  appear  to 
him  unwise  or  unfair,  he  should  endeavor  to  have  them  altered.” 

Without  referring  specifically  to  various  other  locali- 
ties where  notable  activities  obtain  with  respect  to  the 
improvement  in  and  standardization  of  Building  Codes,  it 
is  suggested  that,  as  an  example  of  the  latest  printed  word 
on  this  important  subject,  the  Building  Code  of  New  York 
City,  March  14,  1916,  be  read,  and  that  its  development, 
through  changes  officially  adopted,  be  followed.  Bulle- 
tins giving  these  changes  will  be  sent  to  those  who  register 
requests  for  the  same.  State-wide  codes  have  been 
adopted  in  whole  by  Wisconsin  and  in  part  by  Ohio. 
Tentative  codes  have  been  prepared  by  the  Commonwealths 
of  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania,  and  Illinois,  through 
commissions  created  for  this  purpose,  and  printed  drafts 
of  these  codes  have  been  distributed  for  comment  and 
criticism  preparatory  to  possible  final  adoption  by  the 
legislative  bodies  of  each  of  these  states. 

A bill  has  just  been  prepared  by  the  New  York  State 
Association  of  Architects  asking  for  a commission  to  con- 
sider the  “desirability  and  necessity”  of  a Building  Code 
for  that  state.  (See  4J2.) 

See  “Practice  Recommended  and  Suggested  by:” 
4B lb,  for  reference  to  the  Building  Code  recommended  by 
the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  which  is  a pro- 
posed standard  that  has  been  widely  distributed  and 
copiously  copied  throughout  the  country  as  well  as  used 
in  educational  institutions  and  otherwise  as  described  by 
Mr.  Woolson  under  3A4. 


For  progress  report  on  work  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards 
with  respect  to  Building  Codes,  see  Progress  and  Current 
Activities  4J. 

For  progress  report  and  valuable  suggestions,  see  report 
of  Institute’s  Committee  on  Basic  Building  Code  in 
“Proceedings”  of  1916  Convention  (1A8/). 

(t)  By  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

I.  Specifications  for  Construction  of  a Standard  Building 
(3A3431). 

(r)  By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (recommended  by 
the  N.F.P.A.): 

1.  Vaults,  specifications  for.  Intended  for  banks,  trust  com- 

panies and  others  having  large  values  to  protect.  Drawn 
primarily  from  the  point  of  view  of  fire-protection,  but 
many  of  the  provisions  have  a bearing  on  protection 
against  burglary. 

2.  Hose  Houses  for  mill  yards,  construction  and  equipment 

(3A3«i3)- 

( d ) By  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire 
Insurance  Companies: 

1.  See  qBl^i  for  small  illustrations  and  brief  reference  to 
standard,  mill  and  factory  construction. 

(f)  By  Joint  Committee  on  Concrete  and  Reinforced  Concrete: 

1.  See  Report  of  the  Committee  iE7^. 

(/)  By  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4C): 

1.  Standard  Definitions  of  Terms  Relating  to  Structural 
Timber.  Serial  Designation  D9-15. 

(g)  By  Associated  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  of  New  England: 

1.  “Standard  Mill  Construction,”  shown  in  Report  V,  issued 
by  the  Insurance  Engineering  Experiment  Station  under 
direction  of  Boston  Manufacturers  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 
ance Co.  Illustrated  and  described  in  Chapter  VIII  of 
4B2/1.  Report  now  obtainable  from  the  Associated 
Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  (3A7 c),  by 
whom  the  work  of  the  Experiment  Station  has  been 
taken  over. 

(A)  See  all  references  in  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  to  “Uniform  Require- 
ments.” 


Vertical  Structural  Features 


4C  Walls,  Chimneys  and  Flues;  Columns,  Partitions  and  Enclosures; 
Doors,  Windows  and  Shutters;  Wired  Glass  and  Other  Retardents 


[Note. — For  this  and  all  other  subdivisions,  see,  also,  the  various 
references  under  “Reports  on  Buildings”  under  Fire  3E  and  “Buildings 
and  Structures  in  General,”  4B.]  See,  also,  11D3  and  11D6. 

4Cl  Information  Obtainable 

(a)  See  particularly  all  references  under  Terra  Cotta,  Hollow  Tile  and 

Brick  3D,  and  Metal  Lath,  Gypsum,  Asbestos  and  Wired  Glass 
3d5- 

( b ) Wall  Construction,  Chapter  XX  of  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire 

Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag,  contains  text  matter  and  illustra- 
tions on: 

1.  Openings  in  walls.  2.  Furring  of  exterior  walls.  3.  Mul- 
lions.  4.  Party  and  fire  walls.  5.  Wall  Columns. 

(r)  See,  also,  in  Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection”  (Freitag): 

6.  Columns  and  Column  Protections,  Chapter  XII. 

7.  Fire-Resisting  Partitions,  Chapter  XIII. 

8.  Fire-Resisting  Shutters,  Windows  and  Doors,  Chapter  XIV. 

9.  Elevator  Shafts  and  Enclosures,  Pipe  Shafts,  Chutes,  etc., 

Chapter  XVI. 

(d)  See  various  sections  of  Crosby-Fiske-Forster  Hand  Book  of  Fire 

Protection.  (Sixth  edition  now  in  preparation.) 

(e)  See  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder.” 

Part  1,  Masons’  work. 

1.  Fireproof  Construction,  Columns,  Partitions,  Furring, 
Chapter  IX.  Also  includes  Plaster  Block,  Hollow  Tile 
and  Metal  Lath.  2.  Lathing  and  Plastering,  Chapter 
XII.  3.  Form  of  specifications,  Chapter  XIII. 

(/)  See  Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,  1916. 

1.  Various  sections  relating  to  Walls.  2.  Column  Protection, 
pp.  823-827.  3.  Recesses  for  Pipes,  p.  827. 

This  calls  attention  to  Freitag’s  conclusions  that  pipes 
should  never  be  run  within  fireproofing  encasings  of 
columns — which  practice  is  now  prohibited  in  many  of 
our  cities. 

4.  Partitions  and  Wall  Coverings,  pp.  878-896. 

5.  Metal  Doors,  Windows  and  Trim,  pp.  898-908. 

(g)  See  “Notes  on  Leakage  of  Air  Through  Windows,”  Bulletin,  Build- 
ing Data  League  (2A5 d).  See,  also,  10M. 

(A)  For  information  on  the  subject  of  fire-wall  divisions  in  buildings, 
read  Mr.  Porter’s  address  mentioned  under  4A2 d. 

Serial  No.  4 


(j)  For  references  to  “Fire  Protecting  Coverings  for  Window  and 

Door  Openings,”  see  N.F.P.A.  “Index,”  3A3A. 

(k)  See,  also,  Chimneys,  Flues  and  Fireplaces  (10H). 

(/)  See,  Windows,  Doors  and  Metal  Trim  (11B7);  also  see  11D3  and 
1 1D6. 

(m)  For  itemized  references  to  Wire  Glass,  see  12F2. 

(n)  For  references  to  materials  and  products  for  consideration  in 
connection  with  Vertical  Structural  Features,  see  pages  in  the 
Industrial  Section  as  follows: 

1.  Architectural  Terra  Cotta,  Atlantic  Terra  Cotta  Co.,  p.  207; 
Federal  Terra  Cotta  Co.,  p.  206;  O.  W.  Ketcham  p.  208. 

2.  Hollow  Tile  Fireproofing  and  Face  Brick,  Hydraulic  Press 
Brick  Co.,  p.  226,  O.  W.  Ketcham,  p.  208. 

3.  Indiana  Limestone  Quarrymen’s  Association,  p.  145. 

4.  National  Building  Granite  Quarries  Association,  p.  201;  Webb 
Pink  Granite,  p.  202;  Presbrey-Coykendall  Co.,  p.  203. 

5.  Metal  Lath  and  Plaster  Construction,  pp.  162-167. 

6.  Information  on  Evans  “Almetl”  Fire  doors  and  shutters,  p. 
224,  Merchant  & Evans  Co.  Also  see  notes  under  4C3^  and  e. 

7.  “A  sample  of  Dahlstrom  Service  to  Architects”  and  illustra- 
tion of  Hollow  Metal  Products,  p.  219,  Dahlstrom  Metallic 
Door  Company. 

8.  For  detailed  drawings  of  Bronze  Store  Front  Construction, 
see  p.  209,  The  Gorham  Co. 

9 Plans  of  Dumbwaiter  and  Elevator  Wells,  pp.  220,  221,  Sedg- 
wick Machine  Works. 

10.  Illustration  and  description  of  Glass  Enameled  Steel  Laun- 
dry Chute,  p.  213.  The  Pfaudler  Co. 

11.  Mail  Chute  data,  p.  210,  Cutler  Mail  Chute  Company.  (Also, 
11B8.) 

4C2  Practice  Recommended  or  Suggested  by 

[Note.  See,  also,  Practice  Recommended  under  Terra  Cotta  Hollow 
Tile  and  Brick  3D,  and  under  Cement  and  Concrete  1E6.] 

(a)  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

1.  “Building  Code”  sAyh.  Read  index  to  same  and  see  all 
sections  and  clauses  relating  to  walls,  chimneys  and  flues,  fire- 
doors,  fire-windows,  and  shutters,  protection  of  vertical  open- 
ings, mill  construction,  fireproof  construction,  and  fireproofing. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


5° 


SERIAL  NO.  4 


2.  “Dwelling  Houses’’  3A4J3.  Read  index  to  same.  In  addition 
to  sections  mentioned  under  482^2,  there  are  sections  on 
walls,  chimneys,  flues  and  fireplaces. 

(i)  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

1.  Read  “Index  to  all  Subjects”  (3A3A),  which  is  carefully 

cross-indexed  for  reference  to  all  subjects  under  this  sub- 
division. 

2.  Examine  contents  of  “Field  Practice”  (3 A3^/i  ) . 

(r)  Inspection  Department  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance 
Companies. 

1.  “Beltway  Fires,  Experience  showing  the  urgent  need  of, 

and  suggestions  for  providing  non-combustible,  sprinkled 
enclosures  for  main  belts”  (3A6<t4). 

2.  “Prevention  of  Large  Loss  in  a Mutual  Mill,”  treats  of 

partitions,  beltways  and  protection. 

3.  For  wood  posts  in  “Mill-Construction”  data  see  “Dry  Rot 

in  Factory  Timbers”  3A6«45- 

(d)  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers: 

1 . For  detailed  drawings  of  beltway  enclosures  and  of  ele- 

vator enclosures,  with  notes  and  descriptions,  and  for 
drawings  of  column  protections  from  the  Metal  Lath 
Handbook,  see  Industrial  Section,  pp.  162-167. 

( e ) National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association,  Engineering  Depart- 

ment (Serial  No.  5)  4B271: 

I. .Exterior  Walls,  Fire-Walls  and  Enclosures,  Chapter  II. 

2.  Posts,  or  Columns,  Chapter  IV.  (With  details  of  steel 

post  caps.) 

3.  See  Technical  Letters  Nos.  4 and  5,  August,  1 8 16.  “Build- 

ing Code  Suggestions.” 

4C3  Standards  Adopted 

(a)  See  Specifications  for  Construction  of  a Standard  Building, 
N.F.P.A.  (3A3^30. 

1.  Walls.  2.  Piers.  3.  Columns.  4.  Stair,  Elevator  and 
other  shafts.  5.  Room,  Hall  and  Fire  Exit  Partitions. 
6.  Protection  of  Exterior  Wall  Openings.  7.  Protection 
of  Interior  Wall  Openings. 

(i)  Protection  of  Openings  in  Walls  and  Partitions,  N.B.F.U.  (3A3418.) 
The  full  title  of  this  publication  is  “Regulations  of  the  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  for  the  Protection  of  Openings  in  Walls  and 
Partitions  against  Fire.  Recommended  by  the  National  Fire  Protection 
Association.  Edition  of  1915.” 

This  deals  entirely  with  the  installation  of  all  such  protection  devices 
and  does  not  cover  the  construction.  The  National  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers no  longer  issues  “Rules  and  Requirements  for  the  Construction 
and  Installation  of  Fire  Doors  and  Shutters,”  or  “Rules  and  Require- 
ments for  the  Manufacture  of  Wired  Glass  and  the  Construction  of 
Frames  for  Wire  and  Prism  Glass  Used  as  a Fire  Retardant.”  Copies 
of  same  in  existence  should  be  destroyed. 

The  Underwriters’  Laboratories  issues  special  publications,  one 
entitled  “Specifications  for  Construction  of  Tin-Clad  Fire-Doors  and 

4C4  Scuppers,  Inserts  and  Devices 

(a)  For  these  in  general  see  Field  Practice,  Inspection  Manual 
N.F.P.A.  {3A31J1.) 

{/>)  For  description  and  detail  drawings  of  scuppers  see  N.F.P.A. 
Quarterly  (3A3/;),  Vol.  4,  No.  1.  Also  see  Quarterly,  Vol.  9,  No. 
2,  and  “Proceedings,”  Vol.  19,  p.  483. 

(c)  For  detail  drawings  of  scuppers  see  “Watertight  Floors  of  Mill 

Construction  (3A6a26). 

(d)  Similar  details  shown  in  Chapter  III  of  4B2J1. 


Shutters”  another,  “Hollow  Metallic  Window  Frames  and  Sashes  for 
Wired  Glass.”  These  are  used  as  the  rules  for  such  construction  by  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  and  by  most  of  the  local  under- 
writers. 

Architects’  specifications  (unless  referring  to  (e)  which  follows) 
should  state  that  tin-clad  fire-doors  and  shutters  should  be  constructed 
in  accordance  with  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories’  specifications  and 
that  they  should  comply  with  the  rules  and  requirements  of  (name  the 
Local  Fire  Underwriters’ Association)  and  of  the  City  of  (name  the  City). 
Tin-clad  fire-doors  and  shutters  should  bear  the  label  of  Underwriters’ 
Laboratories  as  evidence  of  such  compliance  or  otherwise  they  must  be 
accepted  in  writing  by  the  local  underwriters’  association. 

Note. — The  card  quoted  as  follows  is  on  file  with  the  Editor,  but 
like  so  many  others  with  which  he  has  come  in  contact,  it  bears  no  date  or 
number  or  means  of  identification,  except  those  given  by  him.  After 
describing  the  type  of  door,  whether  tin-clad,  rolling  or  sliding,  steel  or 
metal  rolling  or  sliding  and  the  gauge,  make  or  kind  to  be  considered, 
the  following  will  apply  as: 

“Specifications  for  Automatic  Fire-Doors  to  Standard  of 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 

All  openings  in  the  fire-walls  are  to  be  equipped  on  both  sides  of 
each  opening  with  automatic  fire-doors,  to  be  released  by  an  automatic 
release,  both  doors  and  release  to  be  approved  by,  and  bear  the  label  of, 
the  Underwriters’  Laboratories.  The  doors  are  to  slide  or  swing  as 
indicated  on  the  plans,  and  to  be  installed  with  standard  approved  hard- 
ware, in  every  instance  allowing  for  proper  lap.  Doors  to  be  adjusted 
for  easy  operation  after  erection.” 

(c)  See  “Vaults”  described  under  4831:1. 

(if)“Standard  for  Counter-balanced  Elevator  Doors”  Underwriters’ 
Laboratories  (3A6A). 

(1 e ) “Specifications.  Tin  Clad  Fire  Doors  and  Shutters,  1914.”  In- 
spection Department,  A.F.M.F.I.  Co’s.  (3Aya  41.) 

Note.  Where  “Sheet  Metal”  doors  are  used  they  should  be 
installed  to  comply  with  these  requirements  for  tin-clad  doors. 

(/)  For  mechanical  appliances  and  materials  inspected  and  labeled  or 
approved,  with  names  of  the  articles  and  manufacturers,  see: 

1.  List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances  ( 3A6/& ). 

2.  List  of  Appliances  Inspected  for  Accidents  Hazard  ( 3A6d ). 

3.  Approved  Fire-Protection  Appliances,  Oct.  1916  (3A7<23). 

( g ) “Standard  Tests  for  Fireproof  Partition  Construction,”  A.S.T.M. 

(iAqr.)  Serial  Designation  C.  3-09. 

(h)  Navy  Department  specification  (3Ai«2).  “Expanded  Metal,” 

Serial  Designation  47M1,  Aug.  1,  1914. 

(_/')  For  dividing  of  floor  areas,  types  of  partitions,  stair  enclosures, 
and  other  features  of  industrial  buildings,  see  “Universal  Safety 
Standards,”  1914.  Compiled  under  the  direction  of  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Workmen’s  Compensation  Service  Bureau,  New 
York. 

(/I)  For  construction  of  Elevator  Shaftways  see  “Uniform  Regulations 
for  the  Construction  and  Installation  of  Passenger  and  Freight 
Elevators”  referred  to  under  12L22. 


(e)  Other  details  and  description  of  scuppers,  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,” 

P-  767-  J ... 

(/)  For  information  on  scuppers,  data  as  to  sizes  and  requirements 
relative  to  floor  area,  see  “Building  Code”  (3A4ifi). 

(if)  For  suggestions  on  wall  fastening  devices  see  paper  with  that 
title  read  by  Carrington  McFarland  before  Society  of  Con- 
structors of  Federal  Buildings  in  Journal  (2A4U)  for  March, 
1916. 


Horizontal  and  Sloping  Features 

4D  Beams,  Girders  and  Floors,  Ceilings  and  Roof  Construction,  Roofs 


and  Roof  Coverings  (See,  also,  1 1 D2, 
4Dl  Information  Obtainable 

[Note.  For  this  and  all  other  sub-divisions,  see  the  various  refer- 
ences under  Reports  on  Buildings  under  Fire,  3E  and  Buildings  and 
Structures  in  General,  4B.  See,  also,  references  under  3D,  and  3D5.] 

(a)  See,  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

1.  Slow-burning  or  Mill  Construction,  description  and  typical 

diagrams,  Chapter  V. 

2.  Fire-Resisting  Floor  Design,  Beam  and  Girder  Protections, 

Ceilings,  Chapter  XI. 

3.  Terra  Cotta  Floors,  Girder-Protections,  etc.  Chapter 

XVII. 

4.  Concrete  Floors  and  Reinforced  Concrete,  Chapter  XVIII. 

5.  Combination  Terra-Cotta  and  Concrete  Floors,  Chapter 

XIX. 

6.  Roofs,  Suspended  Ceilings,  Furring,  Chapter  XXL 

Serial  No.  4 5 1 


11D3,  and  11D4) 

(. b ) See  “Fire  Tests  of  Floors  in  the  United  States,”  Ira  H.  Woolson 
and  Rudolph  P.  Miller.  A completely  illustrated  paper  giving 
detailed  drawings  and  descriptions  forming  a record  for  the 
International  Association  for  Testing  Materials  of  all  fire-tests 
obtainable  upon  all  kinds  of  floors.  1912. 

(c)  See  various  sections  of  Crosby-Fiske-Forster  Hand  Book.  (Sixth 
edition  in  preparation.) 

(1 d ) See  Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,  F.  E.  Kidder. 
Part  1.  Masons’ Work. 

I.  Fireproof  Construction — Floors,  Roofs,  Ceilings,  pp.  460- 
542. 

(e)  For  much  valuable  information  on  suggested  construction  and 
floor-load  developments,  read  1916  progress  report  of  Committee 
on  Basic  Building  Code  A.I.A.  (1A8/). 

(/)  See  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,  1916.” 

1.  Strength  and  Stiffness  of  Wooden  Floors  (with  tables  of 
loads  for  floors  and  rafters)  pp.  717-750. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


2.  Fireproof  Floor  Construction,  pp.  827-871,  treats  of  all 

kinds. 

3.  Fireproof  Roof  Construction,  pp.  872—878. 

4.  Fireproof  Flooring,  pp.  897-898. 

5.  Asbestos  Roofing  Shingles,  Asbestos  Protected  Metal  and 

Other  Products,  p.  819. 

(g)  The  Bureau  of  Standards,  U.  S.  A.  issued  a “Report  of  Loading 
Test  of  a Two  Way  Reinforced  Floor  in  William  A.  Hill  Apart- 
ment Building,  Washington,  D.  C.,  June  22,  1916,”  which  was 
referred  to  the  Institute’s  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods 
by  Leon  E.  Dessez,  then  member  of  the  Washington  Chapter 
subcommittee.  Consists  of  5 pp.  typewriting,  2 detailed  blue- 
print sheets,  showing  combination  hollow-tile  and  reinforced 
concrete  construction. 

(A)  Bulletin  No.  25  “Public  Works  of  the  Navy”  under  the  cog- 
nizance of  the  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks  and  the  Corps  of 
Civil  Engineers,  U.  S.  Navy,  Jan.,  1917  (Serial  No.  8A1)  gives: 

1.  “Report  on  Inspection  of  Installation  of  Gypsum  Slab  Con- 

struction for  Roofs  and  Floors,”  Geo.  A.  McKay,  U.  S.  N. 

2.  “Report  on  Loading  Test  of  a Composition  Floor  Made  by 

the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,  Nov.  14,  1916,”  E.  B. 

Rosa.  Illustrated. 

(7 ) In  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings 
(l/K^a)  for  May,  1915,  is  an  address  by  Charles  F.  Hennig 
describing  “Gypsum  Plasters”  which  includes  reference  to 
floor-domes  and  partition-blocks. 

(A)  See  “Unit  System  of  Wood  Flooring  for  Fireproof  Manufacturing 
Buildings,”  C.  H.  Patton.  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  8,  No.  1. 

(/)  See  “Waterproofing  Floors,”  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  7,  No.  4. 

( m ) For  general  information  on  the  subject  of  composition  flooring, 
see  Industrial  Section,  pp.  174,  175,  American  Materials  Co. 

(«)  See  "Enclosures  for  Floor  Openings”  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  8, 
No.  3. 

(0)  For  "Classification  of  Roofs  and  Roofings,  see  five  references  in 
N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (3A3A). 

(p)  See  “Asbestos  Roofing,”  N.F.P.A  Quarterly,  Vol.  6,  No.  2. 

(q)  See  “Roof  Covering  Tests”  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  4,  No.  1,  and 

Vol.  10,  No.  4. 

(r)  For  descriptive  matter  pertaining  to  Slate  Surfaced  Asphalt 

Shingles,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  172,  Certain-teed  Products 
Corporation. 

4D2  Practice  Recommended  or  Suggested  by 

(a)  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

1.  “Building  Code”  (3A42A1) 

(a)  Read  index  to  same  and  see  all  sections  and  clauses  relating 
to  steel,  concrete,  and  composite  floors  and  roofs  and  to 
mill  construction,  allowable  loads. 

(A)  See  section  on  strength  test  for  floor  construction  and 
data  on  slope  of  floors  in  mill  construction  and  other 
floors  for  drainage  of  watei. 

(z)  See  section  on  skylight  construction  and  all  others  applica- 
ble to  this  subdivision. 

2.  "Dwelling  Houses”  (3A4J3). 

(a)  Read  index  to  same  and  see  recommendations  which  are 
applicable  to  this  subdivision  in  the  various  materials 
described. 

In  addition  to  those  mentioned  under  4B2A2  there  is  a section 

on  “Floor  and  Roof  Construction”  and  one  on  “Horizontal 

Cut-off  for  Cellars.” 

3.  The  publication  3A4Z8  contains  an  “Ordinance  for  Fire- 
Resistive  Roof-coverings.” 

(A)  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

Read  “Index  to  all  Subjects”  (3A3A)  which  is  carefully  cross- 
indexed  for  reference  to  subjects  under  this  subdivision  and  see 
particularly  Reports  of  Committees  to  Conventions  published 
in  the  Proceedings. 


(r)  Inspection  Department  Associated  Factory,  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 
ance Companies: 

1.  For  wooden  floor  construction  data  and  wooden  floors,  see 

"Dry  Rot  in  Factory  Timbers”  (4B2J1). 

2.  For  detail  drawings  and  recommendations  see  “Anchorage  of 

Roofs”  (3A6«i). 

3.  “Watertight  Floors  of  Mill  Construction”  (3A6a26)  contains 

also  diagrams  of  flashings  against  walls  and  around  columns. 

( d ) The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers: 

I.  See  the  illustrations  and  descriptions  from  the  Metal  Lath 
Handbook  shown  in  the  Industrial  Section,  pp.  162-167,  with 
particular  reference  to  details  of  construction  recommended 
for  Suspended  Ceilings  and  Protection  of  Mill  Construction. 

(e)  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  Engineering 

Department.  (Serial  No.  5)  4B271: 

1.  Floors,  Chapter  III.  2.  Roofs,  Chapter  V. 

(/)  Portland  Cement  Association  (1E2): 

1.  Suggested  Specification  for  Concrete  Floors. 

(g)  For  “Standard  Specifications  of  the  North  Bangor  Slate  Company’ 
for  flat  slate  roofs,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  204. 

(A)  For  suggestions  for  laying  a Tin  roof  in  accordance  with 
Standard  Specifications,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  146,  N.  & G. 
Taylor  Co.,  “Target  and  Arrow”  Roofing  Tin. 

(j)  In  using  the  Barrett  Specification  for  roofs  and  guarantee  bond, 
it  is  to  be  noted  that  the  latest  specification  should  be  referred  to 
by  date,  as  of  May  I,  1916,  as  explained  in  circular  letter  of 
March  8 from  this  Company. 

4D3  Standards  Adopted.  (See,  also,  11D2  and  11D4) 

(Observe  also  the  Standards  under  Vertical  Features,  4C3.) 

(a)  See  “Specifications  for  Construction  of  a Standard  Building,” 
N.F.P.A.  (3A3Z/3 1 .) 

1.  Floor  and  Roof  Construction.  2.  Drainage. 

(A)  See,  also,  “Skylights,”  listed  3A3<j20. 

( c ) By  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4C): 

“Standard  Tests  for  Fireproof  Floor  Construction,”  Serial 

Designation  C2-08. 

(d)  By  the  U.  S.  Navy  Department.  See  “Specifications”  (3Aia2): 

1.  For  “Cement  Flooring,”  Serial  designation  J9F-1,  Aug.  I, 

19I4‘.  „ 

2.  For  “Linoleum,  Serial  designation  29L1C,  Sept.  1,  1916. 

3.  For  “Copper,  Rolled  Bars,  Plates,  Sheets  and  Shapes,” 

Serial  designation  47C2<j,  Nov.  1,  1915. 

4.  For  “Zinc  Plates,  Rolled  or  Composition,”  Serial  designa- 

tion 47Z4,  Nov.  1,  1913. 

5.  For  “Felt,  Sheathing,  Tarred,”  Serial  designation  33F1, 

Sept.  20,  1912. 

6.  For  “Slate  Roofing”  (mentioned  under  2K7<j). 

7.  For  “Sheet  Rubber  Tiling”  Serial  designation,  59Tia, 

July  15,  1913. 

8.  For“Tinned  Plate”  Serial  designation,  qrjTia,  Jan.  2,  1915. 

(e)  By  Building  Data  League  (2A5«): 

1.  "Standard  Specification”  for  Concrete  Hardeners.  Dated 

Feb.  I,  1917. 

2.  “Standard  Specification”  for  Floors,  Concrete.  Dated 

Feb.  1,  1917. 

3.  “Standard  Specification”  for  Asbestos  Shingles.  Dated 

Sept.  23,  1915. 

(/)  For  mechanical  appliances  and  materials  inspected  and  labeled 
or  approved,  with  names  of  the  articles  and  manufacturers,  see: 

1.  List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances  (3A6A). 

This  includes  Roof  Coverings,  Class  A,  Class  B,  and 
Class  C,  and  some  thirty-three  other  materials,  and  sys- 
tems. (See,  also,  1 1 D2/.) 

2.  Approved  Fire  Protection  Appliances,  Oct.  1916  (3A6«3) 


4D4  Floor  Hangers,  Roof  Connections  and  Devices 


(See,  also,  Scuppers,  Inserts  and  Devices  4C4.)  Many 
of  these  are  included  in  the  various  references  given  under 
4D1,  2 and  3,  which  see. 

(a)  For  reference  to  details  of  steel  post-caps,  see  4C2Z. 

(A)  For  stirrups  and  hangers,  see  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  pp.  751-758. 
(z)  For  hangers,  post-caps,  and  other  floor  and  roof  connections,  see 
“Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  pp.  783-800. 

(d)  See  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (3A3A),  “Devices  and  Materials.” 


(<■)  See  Universal  Safety  Standards  (Workmen’s  Compensation  Ser- 
vice Bureau)  for  all  types  of  devices  recommended  for  pro- 
tection of  openings  in  floors  and  elsewhere  and  for  objects 
located  on  floors  or  above  roofs  in  industrial  buildings. 

(/)  For  illustrations  and  descriptions  of  vent  and  leader  connections 
through  roofs,  see  pamphlet,  but  recently  issued  by  the  Barrett 
Mfg.  Co.,  entitled  “Holt  Roof  Vent  and  Leader  Connections.” 
Especially  interesting  as  evidence  of  a manufacturing  con- 
cern’s desire  to  perfect  accessorial  details  in  the  installation  of 
their  own  specialized  product. 


4D5  Tanks  and  Reservoirs 

As  architects  have  frequent  occasion  to  specify  tanks 
of  steel  or  wood  within,  and  in  connection  with  build- 
ings for  many  purposes  other  than  fire-prevention,  the 

Serial  No.  4 5^ 


standards  are  here  enumerated  which  may  well  be  referred 
to  in  place  of  independently  specifying  the  tanks. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  4 


I.  The  "Regulations  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  for 
the  Installation  of  Gravity  and  Pressure  Tanks,  Concrete  Reser- 
voirs and  Valve  Pits”  (3A3423)  contain  diagrams  and  standard 
specifications  for  wood  tanks,  frostproof  boxing  of  pipes,  steel 
tanks  and  supports,  reservoirs,  tables  of  capacities,  and,  through- 
out constitute  valuable  and  trouble-saving  standards  to  follow. 


2.  The  same  applies  to  the  standard  specifications  of  the  Inspection 

Department  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
panies. “Gravity  Tanks  and  Towers”  (3A64I4). 

3.  See,  also,  “Elevated  Tanks,  Their  Improved  Design  and  Construc- 

tion,” N.F.P.A.  (3A3<f28.) 

4.  See,  also,  “Field  Practice”  (3A3d\)  for  installation  suggestions. 

5.  See,  also,  “Building  Code,”  N.B.F.U.  (3A4^i.)  Pp.  105,  1 95 . 


4E  Exits — Stairways  and  Fire-Escapes;  Safety  to  Life;  Slipping  Hazards 

(See,  also,  11B14  and  12F 2 and  12J) 


4El  Information  Obtainable 

( a ) For  valuable  statistics  on  the  movement  of  crowds  of  people  on 

stairways  and  ramps,  and  for  calculations  used  in  proportioning 
areas  and  exits  in  connection  with  the  planning  of  the  Hudson 
Terminal  Buildings,  see  paper  “A  Terminal  Station,”  by  J.  V. 
Davies  and  J.  H.  Wells,  read  at  Convention  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Architects,  1909,  and  published,  with  other  papers, 
in  separate  form,  from  the  Proceedings  of  that  year  under  the 
title  “The  Relations  of  Railways  to  City  Development.” 

(b)  For  “Entrance  and  Exit  Calculations”  see  Proceedings  N.F.P.A., 

Vol.  15,  p.  257. 

(c)  See  "Life  Hazards  in  Crowded  Buildings  Due  to  Inadequate 

Exits,”  H.  F.  J.  Porter.  Described  under  ^Ald. 

{d)  See  “Planning  School  Buildings  for  Safety,”  C.  B.  J.  Snyder. 

Address  before  N.F.P.A.,  1916.  Proceedings,  Vol.  20,  p.  95. 

(e)  See  “Fire  Danger  in  Schoolhouses,”  with  illustrations  and  descrip- 
tions of  stairs,  and  exits,  furnished  through  Russell  Sage 
Foundation,  Safety  Engineering,  Vonnegut  Hardware  Co.,  and 
C.  B.  J.  Snyder,  by  Miss  May  Ayres  and  F.  I.  Cooper.  Re- 
printed from  American  School  Board  journal. 

(/)  See  description  of  “Philadelphia  Fire  Escape  Tower,”  N.F.P.A. 
Quarterly,  Vol.  4,  No.  4. 

( g ) For  “Fire  Escapes,”  see  N.F.P.A.”  “Index”  (3A3h). 

(h)  See  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,”  1916.  Doors  and  Stairways,  with 

Table  of  Treads  and  Risers,”  pp.  1565-1568. 

(J ) See  Ditto  “Tower  for  Stairways,  Elevators,  etc.,”  p.  768. 

( k ) See  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

1.  Stairways  and  Fire-escapes,  Chapter  XV. 

2.  Fire  Drills,  Chapter  XXXVII. 

(/)  See  Crosby-Fiske-Forster  Hand  Book  of  Fire-Protection  (sixth 
edition  in  preparation),  many  sections  of  which  are  devoted  to 
these  subjects  specifically. 

(m)  See  “Planning  the  Schoolhouse  against  the  Fire-Hazard,”  re- 

printed from  Better  Schools  Magazine,  Dec.,  1915,  F.  I.  Cooper 
and  H.  F.  J.  Porter,  8-page  pamphlet  with  suggestions  for  state 
regulation. 

(n)  See  “Mechanical  Engineers  Hand  Book,  1916,”  Lionel  S.  Marks; 

“Prevention  of  Accidents,”  D.  S.  Beyer,  pp.  1382-1389. 

(0)  For  papers,  discussions  and  resolutions  on  ‘‘Fire  Escapes,”  “Life 
Hazards,”  “Standards,”  and  other  subjects  bearing  on  this  sub- 
division (and  others),  see  “Official  Record  of  the  First  American 
National  Fire-Prevention  Convention.”  Philadelphia,  Oct. 
13718,  I9I3-  SM  PP-  . 

( p ) For  information  on  Von  Duprin  Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Latches, 
see  Industrial  Section,  p.  147,  Vonnegut  Hardware  Company. 

4E2  Practice  Recommended  and  Suggested  by 

(a)  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

1.  Attention  naturally  centers  upon  the  important  work 
of  the  Committee  on  Safety  to  Life.  The  reports  of  this 
Committee  and  discussions  printed  in  the  1914,  1915,  and 
1916  Proceedings  should  be  carefully  read  by  everyone  plan- 
ning urban  or  other  buildings  in  which  people  congregate. 

This  Committee  was  created  in  June,  1913,  and  em- 
powered to  consider  advisable  modifications  of  the  Asso- 
ciation’s standards  in  order  to  provide  for  safety  to  life, 
additional  standards  on  safety  to  life  with  particular 
reference  to  exit  facilities  and  housekeeping  methods,  and 
to  consider  cooperation,  respecting  accidents  through 
fire,  with  existing  bodies  organized  to  study  industrial  or 
other  accident  prevention. 


The  personnel  of  the  Committee  makes  it  representative 
of  these  cooperative  interests,  including  the  National 
Safety  Council,  which  will  be  mentioned  in  another  serial 
number,  and  the  Workmen’s  Compensation  Service  Bu- 
reau, reference  to  which  is  made  herein. 

Perusal  of  the  reports  will  disclose  recommendations, 
calculations,  statistics  and  other  data  of  great  value  and 
helpfulness  in  the  planning  of  all  types  of  buildings. 
These  include: 

(a)  Escapes,  stairs,  balconies,  chutes,  and  poles. 

(b)  Location,  access,  material,  and  strength. 

( c ) Number  of  occupants  based  on  exit  capacity. 

(d)  Stair  capacity,  with  calculations  and  tables. 

(e)  Exits  based  on  area. 

(f)  Horizontal  openings;  vertical  openings. 

( g ) Report  on  outside  stairs:  8 pages  of  descriptions  and  with 

recommendations  concerning  various  types,  heights  of 
buildings  with  specifications  and  illustrations;  9 pages 
of  discussion. 

[Note. — This  report  is  published  separately  and  listed 
3H3^i5-l 

(h)  Sprinklers  as  life-savers. 

(j  ) Stair  requirements  for  buildings. 

(k)  Exit  capacity  schedule  (Massachusetts  Rating  and 
Inspection  Bureau). 

(/)  Proposed  capacity  in  number  of  persons  per  unit  of  stair- 
width. 

( m ) Classification  of  occupancies. 

2.  See  also  “Exit  Drills  for  Factories,  Schools,  Department  Stores 

and  Theatres”  (3H3</i6). 

3.  Also  “Fire  Protection  in  Schools”  in  which  are  illustrations  of 

smokeproof  school  stairway  with  wired  glass  in  metal  frames, 
plans,  diagrams  and  rules  of  the  New  York  Board  of  Educa- 
tion for  safeguarding  lives  of  school-children  (3A3C4). 

C b ) National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

1.  “Building  Code”  (3A4</i).  Read  index  to  same  for  all  sections 

applicable. 

2.  “Dwelling  Houses”  (3A4d3).  See  all  sections  applicable 

including  “Necessity  for  Secondary  Exits”  and  “Structural 
Requirements  for  Protecting  Stairways  and  Shafts.” 

(c)  In  connection  with  the  slipping  hazard: 

See  data  on  “Faralun”  Anti-Slip  Treads,  with  sectional  draw- 
ings and  “model  specification,”  of  the  American  Abrasive 
Metals  Co.,  in  Industrial  Section,  p.  168. 

(d)  In  connection  with  safety  to  life: 

See  pp.  180-183  in  Industrial  Section,  National  Automatic 
Sprinkler  Association. 

4E3  Standards  Adopted 

( a ) See  Building  Code,  New  York  City,  referred  to  under  483a. 

(b)  See  Building  Code,  City  of  Philadelphia,  with  provision  for  the 

original  smokeproof  tower. 

(c)  See  "Specifications  for  the  Construction  of  a Standard  Building,” 

N.F.P.A.  (3A3d3i). 

1.  Stairways  and  Smokeproof  Towers. 

(d)  See  “Universal  Safety  Standards”  (Workmen’s  Compensation 

Service  Bureau,  New  York)  for  diagrams  of  stairways,  exits, 
fire-escapes  and  runways. 

(e)  Navy  Department  Specification  (3A142)  “Safety  Treads,”  Serial 

Designation  i2T4a,  March  1,  1916. 

(/)  List  of  Appliances  Inspected  for  Accident  Hazard  (3A6 d). 


4F  Fittings,  Contents  and  Protection  Equipment  (See’ also’ <?ecdon!”9K)nd  Fire'Pro‘ 

4Fl  Information  Obtainable  W See^‘Fire-Prevention  and  Fire-Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag.  Part 

(a)  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines,  iA3c,  has  published,  1915,  Technical  1.  Auxiliary  Equipment  and  Safeguards,  Chapter  XXIX. 

Paper  No.  127,  “Hazards  in  Handling  Gasoline.”  2.  Sprinkler  Systems,  Chapter  XXX. 

Serial  No.  4 


53 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


3.  Automatic  Fire  Alarms  and  Sprinkler  Alarm  and  Super- 
visory Systems,  Chapter  XXXI. 

4.  Simple  Protective  Devices,  Fire-Pails  and  Extinguishers 

Paints  and  Solutions,  Chapter  XXXII. 

5.  Watchmen,  Watch-Clocks  and  Manuals,  Chapter  XXXIII. 

6.  Standpipes,  Hose -racks  and  Roof-nozzles,  Chapter 

XXXIV. 

7.  Inspection  and  maintenance  of  Fire-Protective  Devices, 
Chapter  XXXVI. 

(r)  The  new  Edition  (sixth  in  preparation)  of  the  Crosby-Fiske- 
Forster  Hand  Book  of  Fire-Protection  will  be  found  replete  with 
data,  statistics,  and  suggestions  pertaining  to  these  subjects. 

( d ) Interesting  automatic  fire-alarm  systems  for  the  detection  of  fire 

have  been  devised  and  should  be  given  consideration  in  con- 
nection with  the  installation  of  protection  equipment  in  build- 
ings. 

(e)  For  “Sprinkler  System  and  Heating,  Combined,”  see  N.F.P.A. 

Quarterly,  Vol.  6,  No.  3. 

(/)  The  subject  of  the  relative  corrosion  of  iron  and  steel  pipe  will 
always  engage  the  attention  of  those  responsible  for  sprinkler 
and  other  installations.  This  subject  will  be  more  fully  treated 
in  later  serial  numbers  when  under  heating  and  plumbing  the 
investigations  and  reports  of  the  American  Society  of  Heat- 
ing and  Ventilating  Engineers  and  of  the  American  Society 
of  Mechanical  Engineers  and  others  are  mentioned.  Mean- 
while the  following  will  be  found  of  interest  in  connection  with 
sprinkler  work: 

1.  “Corrosion  of  Automatic  Sprinklers,”  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly, 

Vol.  4,  No.  2. 

2.  “Corrosion  of  Automatic  Sprinklers,”  N.F.P.A.  “Proceed- 

ings,” Vol.  4 and  Vol.  6. 

3.  “Relative  Corrosion  of  Iron  and  Steel  Pipe  as  Found  in 

Service,"  Wm.  H.  Walker,  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  6, 
No.  3. 

4.  “Standardization  of  Pipe  and  Pipe  Fittings,”  progress 

report  of  Committee,  N.F.P.A.  “Proceedings,”  Vol.  19. 

5.  For  other  information  on  the  subject  of  pipe  and  piping,  see 

N.F.P.A.  “Index”  and  read  Reports  of  Committees  on 
Automatic  Sprinklers  in  various  “Proceedings.” 

(g)  See  “Mechanical  Engineers  Pocket  Book,”  Lionel  S.  Marks. 

1.  “Corrosion  of  Pipes,  Boilers  and  Structural  Work,”  pp. 

556-562. 

2.  “Fire  Protection,”  H.  O.  Lacount,  pp.  1390-1393. 

())  See  “Mechanical  Engineers  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent,  for  data 
on  all  kinds  of  pipe. 

(j  ) Concerning  Underground  Piping  for  Sprinkler  Installation,  see  9K1 . 
( k ) For  information  on  Sprinkler  Equipments  in  general  see  National 
Automatic  Sprinkler  Association,  (4A3)  and  Industrial  Section, 
pp.  180-183,  by  Information  Service  Department  of  same. 

(/)  For  references  to  wrought  iron  pipe,  and  to  publications  of  A.M. 

Byers  Company,  see  Industrial  Section  p.  225. 

(m)  For  references  to  cast  iron  pipe,  see  Industrial  Section,  pp.  222-223, 
Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe  Makers  Association. 


4F2  Practice  Recommended  or  Suggested 

(a)  By  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

The  work  of  certain  of  the  committees  should  be  followed  and  the 
reports  and  discussions  printed  in  the  “Proceedings”  should  be 
read  for  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  Fittings,  Contents,  and 
Protection  Equipment  of  Buildings.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  the  following  committees: 

1.  On  Safety  to  Life  (see  yEla). 

2.  On  Field  Practice  (see  publication  “Field  Practice” 

3a3^0- 

3.  On  Manufacturing  Risks  and  Special  Hazards. 

4.  On  Automatic  Sprinklers. 

There  are  other  committees  concerned  with  various  tech- 
nical and  engineering  subjects,  and  the  features  of  the 
work  of  all  of  these  committees  of  especial  significance  at 
the  time  of  need  for  reference  may  be  ascertained  through 
the  N.F.P.A.  “Index  to  Subjects”  (3A3A). 

5.  For  discussions  on  occupancy  of  buildings  and  recom- 

mendations for  licensing,  see  “Proceedings,”  1916,  pp. 
195-201. 

())  By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

1.  See  “Building  Code”  3A4J1,  and  read  classified  Index. 

2.  Read  “Dwelling  Houses”  ^A^d^  and  its  Index. 

(r)  By  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  1A4 a: 

1.  Tentative  specifications  for  2)4-,  3-  and  3)4- inch  double- 

jacketed  cotton  rubber-lined  fire  hose  for  public  fire 
department  use. 

2.  Tentative  tests  for  cotton  fabrics  for  use  in  hose,  belting 

and  similar  articles. 

{d)  By  the  Workmen’s  Compensation  Service  Bureau: 


1.  See  “Universal  Safety  Standards.”  A reference  book  of 
Rules,  Drawings,  Tables,  Formulae,  Data  and  Sugges- 
tions with  particular  reference  to  Occupancy,  Fittings 
and  Protection  Equipment  in  Industrial  Buildings. 

(<■)  For  detailed  drawings  of  metal  wainscoting  and  shelving  prepared 
by  Dahlstrom  Metallic  Door  Company,  and  reference  to  other 
Hollow  Metal  Products,  see  Industrial  Section,  219. 

4F3  Standards  Adopted 

(a)  By  the  U.  S.  Navy  Department: 

The  Navy  Department  issues  specifications  in  large  number  for 
many  kinds  of  materials,  installations,  extinguishers  and  other 
apparatus  and  devices.  These  include  specifications  for  iron, 
steel  and  wood  and  their  protection,  for  mechanical  systems 
and  appurtenances  and  for  metal  furniture  and  lockers — all  of 
which  are  of  interest  and  value  in  connection  with  fire-pre- 
vention, and  -protection  in  buildings  and  their  equipment. 
Read  the  “Index  to  Specifications”  (3A141),  for  titles  and  Navy 
Department  serial  numbers. 

())  By  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

See  Specifications  for  the  Construction  of  a Standard  Building 
(3A3431).  . 

1.  Protection  of  Exterior  Wall  Openings. 

2.  Protection  of  Interior  Wall  Openings. 

3.  Service  Equipment. 

(c)  By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  which  have  been 

adopted  by  and  are  also  distributed  by  the  National  Fire 
Protection  Association: 

1.  See  “Vaults”  referred  to  under  463)1. 

2.  “Sprinkler  Equipments — Automatic  and  Open  Systems” 

(3A3*2i). 

3.  “Fire  Pumps  (Steam)”  (3A3«7). 

4.  “Fire  Pumps,  Rotary  and  Centrifugal,  and  Electrical 

Driving  of  Fire  Pumps”  (3Aja8). 

5.  “Steam  Pump  Governors  and  Auxiliary  Pumps”  (3A3«22). 

6.  “Signaling  Systems  Used  for  the  Transmission  of  Signals 

Affecting  the  Fire  Hazard”  (3A3419). 

7.  “Tanks  (Gravity  and  Pressure),  Concrete  Reservoirs  and 

Valve  Pits”  (3A3423). 

(See  other  publications  on  specialized  subjects  in  lists 
of  publications.) 

(d)  By  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire 

Insurance  Companies: 

1.  “Rules  for  Installing  Sprinkler  Equipments,”  1911 

(3A7416). 

The  following  is  taken  from  “Approved  Fire-Protec- 
Appliances”  (3A743),  Oct.,  1916,  which  see  for  all  appli- 
ances or  materials  stipulated  as  approved: 

“Before  a sprinkler  equipment,  either  wet  or  dry  pipe, 
is  put  in,  or  before  a present  sprinkler  equipment  is 
remodeled,  complete  working  plans  of  the  piping  should 
be  sent  to  the  insurance  companies. 

“The  plans  will  be  cheerfully  examined,  criticized,  or 
approved  free  of  charge.  This  avoids  subsequent  expen- 
sive changes  and  secures  the  benefit  of  latest  experience. 
Only  the  plans  of  the  successful  bidder  should  be  sent  for 
approval.” 

2.  “Specifications  for  Rotary  and  Centrifugal  Fire  Pumps,” 

1912  (3A7420). 

3.  “Specifications  for  Underwriter  Steam  Fire  Pumps,”  1911 
(<  (3A7424). 

4.  “Rules  for  Dry  Pipe  Systems  of  Automatic  Sprinklers,” 

1912  (3A7ZZ8). 

5.  “Specifications  for  Fire  Hose,  Play-Pipes  and  Hose- 

Houses”  1911  (3A7<jio).  Purchasers  of  cotton  rubber- 
lined  and  unlined  linen  hose  are  advised  to  insist  on  the 
guarantee  given  in  the  specifications  on  inside  of  front 
cover. 

“For  outside  service  the  2ffi-inch  cotton  rubber-lined  hose 
should  be  used,  and  for  inside  the  unlined  linen,  the 
2)4-inch  for  standpipe  work  and  the  1 )4-inch  for  small- 
hose  equipment.” 

6.  “Specifications  for  Valves,  Indicator  Posts  and  Hydrants,” 
" 1914  (3a 7*25). 

7.  “Specifications  for  Gravity  Tanks  and  Towers,”  1913, 

(3A74I4). 

(See  other  publications  on  specialized  subjects  in  list  of 
publications.) 

(e)  By  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  1A4 a,  “Standard 

Specifications  for  Welded  Steel  and  Wrought-Iron  Pipe.” 
Serial  Designation  A 53-15. 

(/)  By  Underwriters’  Laboratories: 

For  mechanical  appliances  and  materials  inspected  and  labeled 
with  names  of  the  articles  and  manufacturers,  see  “List  of 
Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances”  (3A6)). 


Serial  No.  4 


54 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  4 


4G  Lightning  Protection 

4Gl  Information  Obtainable 

(a)  In  an  address  by  the  then  Architect  of  Farm  Structures  in  the 
Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  entitled  “Architectural  Problems  of  the  Farmhouse,” 
delivered  before  the  American  Society  of  Agricultural  Engineers,  in 
December,  1914,  it  was  pointed  out: 

That  the  necessity  for  and  desirability  of  lightning  protection  is 
affirmed  by  scientists  and  confirmed  by  experience.  Statistics  compiled 
by  fire  marshals  were  quoted  to  show  the  infinitesimal  proportion  of  loss 
in  different  states  of  rodded  buildings  compared  to  those  without  light- 
ning protection. 

That  in  Illinois  there  was  no  loss  whatever  from  rodded  buildings 
during  the  previous  year  and  $1, 104,693  for  buildings  not  rodded. 

That  in  the  instances  when  an  examination  was  made,  it  was  found 
that  the  rods  were  not  properly  placed  or  that,  as  in  one  instance,  they 
had  been  in  service  thirty  years  without  repair. 

It  was  also  stated  that  farmers’  mutual  insurance  companies,  after 
keeping  records  of  the  losses  from  lightning  in  both  rodded  and  unrodded 
buildings,  were  making  substantial  reductions  in  rates  for  rodded  build- 
ings, and  that  several  companies  were  refusing  to  insure  buildings  not 
provided  with  this  protection. 

(b)  In  a paper  by  Ernst  J.  Berg,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering, 
University  of  Illinois,  read  before  the  Illinois  State  Electrical  Associa- 
tion in  1912,  he  stated  that  “to  people  living  in  cities  the  lightning  pro- 
tection of  buildings  is  of  little  or  no  interest,  as  the  extensive  network  of 
wires,  metal  roofs,  etc.,  are  usually  ample  for  protection.  The  man 
living  in  the  country,  however,  is  very  much  concerned,  as  experience 
has  shown  that  in  certain  localities,  at  least,  it  is  indeed  tempting  Provi- 
dence not  to  have  some  lightning-rod  scheme.” 

(c) In  the  Price  Current-Grain  Reporter,  Dec.  23,  1914,  it  was  stated 
that  the  Mutual  Fire  Prevention  Bureau  of  Oxford,  Mich.,  quotes  data 
on  15,000  farm  buildings  all  over  the  country,  which  have  been  compiled 
by  Prof.  J.  Warren  Smith  of  the  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
Thirty-three  per  cent  of  5,000  of  the  buildings  were  rodded.  Of  the 
total  of  15,000  buildings,  1,089  were  struck  and  250  burned.  Out  of  the 
5,000  rodded  buildings,  37  were  damaged  and  6 wholly  burned.  Of  the 
ro,ooo  unrodded  buildings,  10  per  cent  were  struck  and  l]/i  per  cent 
burned.  Of  the  5,000  rodded  buildings,  of  1 per  cent  was  damaged 
and  yi  of  1 per  cent  burned. 

The  same  Bureau  also  states:  “One  insurance  company  in  Illinois 
had  never  paid  a loss  on  a rodded  building  and  had  seven  million  dol- 
lars’ insurance  in  force.  The  calculated  efficiency  of  rods  in  Michigan  is 
99.9  per  cent;  Iowa,  98.7  per  cent;  Ontario,  Canada,  94  per  cent;  and 
in  Mississippi,  99  per  cent.  These  facts  certainly  prove  that  lightning 
rods  do  protect  when  properly  installed.  A system  of  rods  not 
properly  grounded  is  no  better  than  no  rod  at  all.  It  is  not  out  of  place 
to  assume  that  a large  number  of  the  losses  on  rodded  buildings  was  due 
to  the  system  being  out  of  repair.  This  is  something  on  which  we  have 
no  data.” 

(d)  “Protection  of  Buildings  from  Lightning,”  A.  R.  Sawyer  and 
L.  J.  Smith,  August,  1907.  Michigan  State  Experiment  Station,  Agri- 
cultural College,  Mich.,  Bulletin  No.  249,  35  pages,  illustrated. 

( e ) “Preventable  Fires,  Increasing  Farm  Hazards  Due  to  Modern 
Conditions,”  Chas.  E.  Campbell,  in  the  Country  Gentleman , March  15, 
1913,  p.  431.  Curtis  Publishing  Co.,  Philadelphia.  Discusses  particu- 
larly the  lightning  risks  of  barns  and  the  advisability  of  separating  the 
hay-barn  from  the  general  farm-barn. 

(/)  “Lightning  and  Lightning  Conductors,”  J.  Warren  Smith,  Profes- 
sor of  Meteorology,  Columbus,  Ohio.  "Proceedings  and  Papers  of  the 
Nineteenth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  National  Association  of  Mutual 
Insurance  Companies,”  Columbus,  Ohio,  1914,  pp.  23-42.  Harry  P. 
Cooper,  Secretary,  Crawfordsville,  Ind.  Also  printed  separately.  Con- 
tains many  statistics  and  also  instructions  for  protecting  buildings. 

(g)  “Lightning  Loss  and  Damage,  and  Lightning  Protection,”  Prof. 
W.  H.  Day.  March,  1914.  Ontario  Agricultural  College,  Toronto, 
Canada,  Bulletin  No.  220.  Lightning  statistics  gathered  in  Ontario, 
Iowa  and  Michigan. 

(A)“Protecting  Buildings  against  Lightning,”  George  H.  Armstrong. 
The  functions  and  effectiveness  of  the  lightning  rod  considered  in  the 
light  of  modern  theory  and  practice.  Electrical  World,  New  York, 
August  21,  1 91 5,  pp.  402-406,  illustrated  by  14  figures. 

4H  Fire  Insurance 

1.  The  following  clauses  constitute  Article  21  of  the 
Standard  Documents  of  the  American  Institute  of  Archi- 
tects (iA8^): 

Art.  21 . Fire  Insurance. — The  Owner  shall  effect  and  maintain  fire 
insurance  upon  the  entire  structure  on  which  the  work  of  this  contract 
is  to  be  done  and  upon  all  materials,  tools  and  appliances  in  or  adjacent 
thereto  and  intended  for  use  thereon,  to  at  least  80  per  cent  of  the 

Serial  No.  4 


0)  “The  Use  of  Metal  Conductors  to  Protect  Buildings  from  Light- 
ning,” E.  W.  Kellogg,  Missouri  University  Engineering  Experiment 
Station,  Columbia,  Mo.,  Vol.  3,  No.  1. 

{k)  “Practical  Talks  on  Farm  Engineering,”  handbook  by  R.  P. 
Clarkson.  Doubleday,  Page  & Co.,  New  York.  Contains  short  article 
on  the  use  of  barbed  wire  for  lightning  rods  for  protecting  farm  buildings. 

4G2  Practice  Recommended  or  Suggested  by 

(a)  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  issued,  1915,  Technologic 
Paper  No.  56,  O.  S.  Peters  (iA2r),  “Protection  of  Life  and  Property 
Against  Lightning.”  This  contains  important  evidence  of  the  value  of 
lightning-rod  protection  and  a comprehensive  discussion  of  the  entire 
subject. 

(b)  The  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  published,  1909,  Farmers’ 
Bulletin  No.  367,  “Lightning  and  Lightning  Conductors,”  by  Alfred 
J.  Henry,  illustrated,  which  is  now  being  revised  and  brought  up  to  date 
by  R.  N.  Covert,  of  the  Weather  Bureau,  under  the  title  “Modern 
Methods  of  Protection  against  Lightning.” 

(c)  The  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

See  references  to  Committee  Reports  in  “Proceedings”  N.F.P.A., 
Vol.  8,  p.  251;  Vol.  9,  p.  271;  Vol.  10,  p.  264;  Vol.  17,  p.  263,  and  espe- 
cially the  very  complete  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Signaling  Systems 
in  Vol.  20  (1916).  This  contains  26  pages  of  descriptive  text  and  dis- 
cussions, is  fully  illustrated  with  details  and  diagrams,  and  is  prefaced 
with  this  explanation  by  the  Chairman,  Ralph  Sweetland. 

“This  Association  once  published  a pamphlet  entitled  'Suggestions 
for  Protection  against  Lightning,’  which  was  the  result  of  a considerable 
amount  of  work  and  investigation  and  study  of  theoretical  considera- 
tions which  had  been  found  expressed  in  various  governmental  publica- 
tions here  and  abroad.  It  served  a useful  purpose  for  some  time,  but 
with  the  development  of  the  art  and  the  extension  of  the  application  of 
lightning  rods  in  this  country  following  the  American  practice,  it 
appeared  desirable  to  revise  this  pamphlet.  Through  the  Underwriters’ 
Laboratories  and  through  committees,  a large  amount  of  work  was  done 
in  conference  with  manufacturers  of  lightning  rods,  the  U.  S.  Bureau 
of  Standards  and  other  organizations,  looking  toward  the  development 
of  a standard  of  practice  in  lightning-rod  work  and  an  investigation  of 
public  opinion  in  regard  to  the  effectiveness  of  lightning  rods  in  general. 
As  a result  the  Signaling  Committee  has  collected  and  presents  in  this 
report  the  essential  results  of  those  efforts.  The  report,  however,  gives 
a general  discussion  of  the  theory  and  goes  into  the  question  of  the  instal- 
lation of  lightning  rods;  how  they  should  be  put  on  buildings,  how  the 
grounds  should  be  made,  and  similar  installation  matters. 

“The  subject  is  one  on  which  there  is  a wide  difference  of  opinion; 
one  in  which  there  has  been  a large  amount  of  investigation,  a great 
deal  of  theory  and  some  practice.  The  investigations  of  the  last  two  or 
three  years  have  shown  the  development  of  a very  excellent  practice  in 
lightning-rod  work  and  have  thoroughly  established  in  the  minds  of  the 
Committee  the  opinion  that  the  rather  widely  prevalent  and  popular 
idea  that  lightning  rods  are  out  of  date  and  worthless  and  unimportant 
is  wholly  incorrect,  and  that  lightning  rods  are  an  important,  valuable 
and  essential  part  of  fire-protection  engineering  work  in  very  many 
locations,  when  properly  made,  installed  and  maintained. 

“I  think  we  may  say  that  the  recommendations  as  to  practice  now 
presented  afford  one  of  the  first,  if  not  the  first,  practical  and  commer- 
cially feasible  presentations  of  how  to  do  it.  This  has  been  developed 
and  worked  out  with  the  very  liberal  and  very  widespread  cooperation  of 
the  lightning-rod  manufacturers  with  this  Committee  and  with  Under- 
writers’ Laboratories. 

(d)  The  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  issues  “Suggestions 
for  Protection  against  Lightning”  as  recommended  by  the  National 
Fire  Protection  Association,  1916  (3A3<«i 5)- 

(e)  The  Underwriters’  Laboratories: 

1.  See  “Standard  (Tentative)  for  the  Construction  and  Installation 
of  Materials  for  Lightning-Rod  Equipments”  (3A6£). 

2.  The  “List  of  Inspected  Electrical  Appliances”  published  semi- 
annually by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  contains  a list  of  manu- 
facturers of  materials  for  lightning-rod  equipment  whose  standard  prod- 
ucts are  regularly  inspected  at  the  factories  and  labeled  under  the 
Laboratories’  service. 


insurable  value  thereof.  The  loss,  if  any,  is  to  be  made  adjustable  with 
and  payable  to  the  Owner  as  Trustee  for  whom  it  may  concern. 

All  policies  shall  be  open  to  inspection  by  the  Contractor.  If  the 
Owner  fails  to  show  them  on  request  or  if  he  fails  to  effect  or  maintain 
insurance  as  above,  the  Contractor  may  insure  his  own  interest  and 
charge  the  cost  thereof  to  the  Owner.  If  the  Contractor  is  damaged  by 
failure  of  the  Owner  to  maintain  such  insurance,  he  may  recover  under 
Art.  39-  ...  . 

If  required  in  writing  by  any  party  in  interest,  the  Owner  as  Trustee 

Vol.  I,  1917 


55 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


shall,  upon  the  occurrence  of  loss,  give  bond  for  the  proper  performance 
of  his  duties.  He  shall  deposit  any  money  received  from  insurance  in  an 
account  separate  from  all  his  other  funds,  and  he  shall  distribute  it  in 
accordance  with  such  agreement  as  the  parties  in  interest  may  reach,  or 
under  an  award  of  arbitrators  appointed,  one  by  the  Owner,  another  by 
joint  action  of  the  other  parties  in  interest,  all  other  procedure  being  in 
accordance  with  Art.  45.  If  after  loss  no  special  agreement  is  made, 
replacement  of  injured  work  shall  be  ordered  under  Art.  24. 

The  Trustee  shall  have  power  to  adjust  and  settle  any  loss  with  the 
insurers  unless  one  of  the  contractors  interested  shall  object  in  writing 
within  three  working  days  of  the  occurrence  of  loss  and  thereupon 
arbitrators  shall  be  chosen  as  above.  The  Trustee  shall  in  that  case 
make  settlement  with  the  insurers  in  accordance  with  the  directions  of 
such  arbitrators,  who  shall  also,  if  distribution  by  arbitration  is  required, 
direct  such  distribution. 

1.  ...  It  is  the  common  experience  of  owners  of 
buildings  which  have  been  damaged  or  destroyed  by 
fire  that,  in  the  adjustment  of  their  insurance,  they  have 
been  obliged  either  to  forego  competent  expert  advice  or 
to  pay  the  cost  of  such  advice  themselves. 

Through  the  efforts  of  the  Louisiana  Chapter  of  the 
Institute,  owners  in  that  section  of  the  country  are  now 
generally  insisting  on  the  insertion  of  the  following  clause 
in  all  fire-insurance  policies: 

4J  Progress  and  Current  Activities 

1.  The  Bureau  of  Standards  and  Building  Codes: 

The  engineering  data  resulting  (from  the  various  inves- 
tigations now  taking  place  through  cooperative  work) 
must  serve  as  the  foundation  upon  which  building  codes 
must  be  constructed.  Some  progress  has  been  made  dur- 
ing the  year  in  compiling  the  municipal  building  codes, 
not  alone  with  a view  to  furnishing  information  to  state 
and  city  building  bureaus  and  to  others  interested  along 
these  lines,  but  with  a view  to  a comparative  study  of 
existing  codes  to  assist  in  planning  a systematic  program 
of  investigations  to  definitely  answer  the  many  important 
questions  about  which  there  are  still  great  differences  of 
opinion. 

Progress  in  summarizing  the  enormous  amount  of 
material  contained  in  the  many  municipal  building  codes 
is  necessarily  slow  with  the  present  wholly  inadequate 
force  that  can  be  assigned  to  this  work;  indeed,  it  is  an 
endless  job.  Several  capable  assistants  with  a good  engi- 
neering training  and  experience,  and  as  many  clerks, 
should  be  kept  on  this  phase  of  the  work  uninterruptedly 
if  reasonable  progress  is  to  be  made.  At  the  present  time, 
as  each  city  takes  up  the  question  of  revision  of  its  build- 
ing code,  it  expends  large  sums  of  money  and  much  time 
in  making  a very  imperfect  summary  of  a few  existing 
codes — just  sufficient  to  imperfectly  serve  its  immediate 
needs — with  the  result  that  large  sums  of  money  have 
been  expended  in  the  past  for  such  work,  the  results  of 
which  are  available  to  nobody.  It  is  evident  that  this 
work  should  be  well  done  once,  and  thus  made  generally 
available.  In  addition  to  summarizing  American  build- 
ing practice  as  exemplified  in  our  building  codes,  the 
building  practice  of  the  most  important  European  cities 
should  be  collected  and  made  available  to  our  state  and 
municipal  building  bureaus  when  they  take  up  the  revision 
of  their  own  codes. — From  Report,  1916,  Bureau  of 
Standards. 

(2)  The  New  York  State  Association  of  Architects  and 
a State  Building  Code. 

In  a letter  to  Prof.  Thomas  Nolan,  Chairman  of  the 
Institute’s  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods,  Frank 
H.  Quinby,  Chairman  of  the  Brooklyn  Chapter  Subcom- 
mittee (and  recently  elected  President  of  the  New  York 
State  Association),  under  date  of  March  30,  1917,  says: 

Serial  No.  4 56 


Architect’s  or  Engineer’s  Fee  Clause. 

“It  is  understood  and  agreed  that  this  insurance  also 
covers  assured’s  liability  for  necessary  fees  for  architects 
and  engineers  employed  by  them  as  a result  of  loss  to  the 
property  insured,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  loss  and  said  fees 
combined  exceed  the  amount  of  this  policy,  nor  shall 
said  fees  exceed  6 per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  loss  in 
case  of  a total  loss,  nor  shall  said  fees  exceed  10  per  cent 
of  the  amount  of  the  loss  in  case  of  a partial  loss.” 


To  attach  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  ...  of  the 

Insurance  Company  of 

Date Agent. 


3.  See,  also,  pamphlet  “General  Information  Regarding  Fire  Insur- 

ance Requirements,”  referred  to  under  4B2CI;  also  distributed 

by  N.F.P.A.,  see 

4.  See  “Prevention  Measures  in  Buildings  versus  Fire  Insurance,” 

F.  S.  Baker.  “Proceedings”  N.F.P.A.,  Vol.  14,  p.  141. 

5.  See  “Self  Inspection  by  the  Assured,”  “Proceedings”  N.F.P.A., 

Vol.  4,  p.  206. 

(Not  previously  referred  to) 

“The  Legislation  Committee  of  the  New  York  State 
Association,  A.I.A.  has  prepared  a bill  providing  for  a 
State  Commission  to  investigate  and  report  on  the  neces- 
sity or  desirability  of  a state  building  code. 

This  measure  has  been  approved  by  the  four  chapters 
in  the  state  and  the  builders  and  fire  underwriters  and  is 
now  pending  in  the  legislature. 

I am  enclosing  copy  of  the  bill”  (which  follows). 

AN  ACT  to  provide  for  the  appointment  of  a commission 
to  investigate  and  report  on  the  necessity  or  desira- 
bility for  the  enactment  of  a state  building  code,  and 
making  an  appropriation  therefor. 

The  People  of  the  State  of  New  York,  represented  in 
Senate  and  Assembly,  do  enact  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Appointment  of  Commission : Term;  Qualifications.  A 
commission  to  investigate  and  report  on  the  desirability  and  necessity 
of  the  enactment  of  a state  building  code  is  hereby  created.  Such  com- 
mission shall  consist  of  seven  members,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Governor, 
one  of  whom  shall  be  an  employing  carpenter  contractor,  and  an  employ- 
ing mason  contractor,  both  of  whom  shall  be  actively  engaged  in  build- 
ing operations;  two  architects,  one  structural  engineer,  one  expert  in 
fire-prevention  and  one  attorney.  Each  of  such  persons  so  appointed 
shall  have  been  actively  engaged  in  his  respective  calling  or  profession  for 
at  least  ten  years.  The  term  of  each  commissioner  shall  be  two  years 
from  the  date  of  his  appointment,  unless  further  extended  by  the  Legis- 
lature on  the  recommendation  of  the  Governor,  and  each  commissioner 
shall  receive  such  pay  in  addition  to  his  actual  traveling  and  other 
expenses  as  is  consistent  and  within  the  appropriation  made  by  the 
Legislature  to  cover  the  total  expense  of  the  commission.  Before  making 
such  appointments,  the  Governor  shall  invite  recommendations  from 
architects’  and  builders’  and  engineers’  organizations  and  from  the  board 
of  Fire  Underwriters  as  to  those  best  qualified  to  serve  on  such  commis- 
sion. The  commissioner  of  public  works  and  the  chairman  of  the  com- 
mittees on  buildings  of  the  Senate  and  Assembly,  if  such  committees  are 
appointed,  shall  be  ex-officio  members  of  such  commission.  The  Gover- 
nor shall  have  the  power  to  fill  all  vacancies  in  the  commission  but  shall 
maintain  each  class  of  commissioners  as  herein  described. 

2.  Power  of  the  Commission.  Such  commission  shall  elect  a chairman 
and  an  executive  secretary.  The  executive  secretary  may  not  be,  how- 
ever, a member  of  such  commission,  and  in  the  event  that  he  is  not  a 
member  of  such  commission,  he  shall  have  no  vote  in  the  deliberations  of 
the  commission.  Such  commission  shall  fix  the  salary  of  the  executive 
secretary  and  may  appoint,  and  at  any  time  may  remove,  such  other 
assistants  as  it  shall  deem  necessary  and  fix  their  compensation. 

3.  Duties  of  the  Commission.  The  commission  shall  investigate  and 
report  on  the  desirability  or  necessity  of  the  enactment  of  a state  building 
code.  If  it  finds  that  such  a code  is  desirable,  the  commission  shall  pre- 
pare and  report  to  the  Legislature  a draft  thereof  giving  the  requirements 
essential  to  govern  the  safe  construction  of  all  buildihgs  erected  ip  the 
state,  the  maximum  working  stresses  to  be  imposed  on  materials  to  be 
used  and  the  qualities  of  the  same,  and  the  minimum  requirements  as 

Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  4 


to  safety  from  danger  of  fire  or  collapse  in  all  classes  of  buildings,  and 
the  means  whereby  such  code  shall  be  enforced  by  existing  local  machin- 
ery provided  or  to  be  provided  therefor.  Nothing  contained  in  such 
proposed  code  shall  reduce  the  requirements  of  any  existing  state  law 
with  regard  to  protection  of  health  or  property  in  factories,  mercantile 
establishments  or  tenement  houses  nor  infringe  the  right  of  any  municipal 
corporation  to  enact  and  enforce  its  own  building  or  other  ordinances, 
nor  reduce  the  requirements  of  any  such  code,  provided  the  require- 
ments of  such  ordinances  or  codes  are  equal  to  or  greater  than  those  of 
the  state  code.  Such  reports  shall  be  made  by  the  commission  not  later 
than  the  fifteenth  day  of  January,  nineteen  hundred  and  eighteen,  un- 

4K  Structural  Matters  in  General 

1.  Conventions  and  Meetings. 

Attention  is  directed  to  the  Twenty-first  Annual  Con- 
vention of  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association 
which  will  be  held  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  on  May  8-10, 
1917.  Two  days’  sessions  will  be  held  in  the  New  Wil- 
lard Hotel,  and  one  day’s  session  at  the  Bureau  of  Stan- 
dards. Members  of  the  Institute’s  Committee  on  Fire- 
Prevention  will  be  delegates,  and  members  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Materials  and  Methods  will  attend.  A cordial 
invitation  is  extended  by  the  association  to  all  members  of 
the  Institute  to  be  present. 

2.  Standard  Specification  for  Magnesia  Pipe  Covering. 

The  Editor  is  pleased  to  direct  attention  to  every 
activity  or  advance  in  connection  with  the  standardiza- 
tion of  structural  materials  or  processes. 

The  following  letter  to  the  Editor  has  been  received 
from  the  Chairman  of  the  Institute’s  Committee  on  Mate- 
rials and  Methods: 

March  12 , 1917. 

I have  before  me  the  “Specification  for  ‘85%  Mag- 
nesia’ Non-Conducting  Coverings  for  Power  and  Heating 
Systems.”  This  specification  is  issued  by  the  Magnesia 
Association  of  America  and  represents  the  best  established 
practice  based  on  over  a quarter  of  a century  of  experience. 

The  engineering  experience  upon  which  this  Specifica- 
tion is  formulated  covers  all  users  of  “85%  Magnesia” 
insulating,  including  the  U.  S.  Navy  (where  “85%  Mag- 
nesia” has  long  been  the  regulation  covering),  power- 
plants,  factories,  and  heating  systems  for  buildings  of  all 
sizes. 

I would  suggest,  as  Chairman  of  the  Institute  Com- 
mittee on  Materials  and  Methods,  that  the  attention  of 
the  profession  be  called  to  this  standard  specification 
which  may  be  obtained  in  two  forms,  one  a very  brief 
form  and  another  full  and  detailed  and  ready  for  incor- 
poration in  any  specification.  It  is  so  written  that  any 
part  not  applicable  to  any  particular  work  may  be  omitted. 

This  standard  specification  is  so  well  arranged  and  of 
such  assistance  to  architects  that  I think  the  Association 
referred  to  is  to  be  complimented  upon  its  production 
and  publication.  (Signed)  Thomas  Nolan 

Chairman  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods. 


less  the  time  therefor  is  extended  by  the  Legislature  on  the  recommen- 
dation of  the  Governor. 

4.  The  sum  of  twenty  thousand  dollars  ($20,000),  or  so  much  thereof 
as  may  be  necessary,  is  hereby  appropriated  out  of  any  moneys  in  the 
treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  to  be  paid  by  the  State  treasurer 
on  the  warrant  of  the  comptroller  on  the  audit  of  the  chairman  of  the 
commission,  ten  thousand  dollars  of  which  sum  shall  be  immediately 
available  and  the  other  ten  thousand  dollars  to  be  available  on  the  first 
day  of  January,  nineteen  hundred  and  eighteen. 

5.  This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 


3.  Gypsum  Report  Issued. 

The  Geological  Survey,  U.  S.  Department  of  the  Inte- 
rior, now  has  available  for  distribution  its  annual  state- 
ment on  Gypsum  for  1915,  which  states  the  quantity  of 
crude  gypsum  mined  in  the  United  States  during  the 
year  to  be  2,447,611  short  tons. 

4.  The  Publicity  Bureau  of  the  Associated  Metal 
Lath  Manufacturers,  in  a recent  announcement  regarding 
the  removal  of  their  offices  from  Chicago  to  Cleveland, 
and  the  appointment  of  Mr.  Zenas  W.  Carter  as  Commis- 
sioner, states  that  among  the  plans  of  the  Metal  Lath 
Association  is  one  for  a cooperative  national  campaign  of 
publicity  which  will  be  developed  by  the  Council  of  Adver- 
tising Managers  of  the  member  companies. 

Tneir  plans  cover  a series  of  extensive  and  exhaustive 
tests  of  the  fire-resistance  properties  of  metal  lath,  its 
use  in  fire-retarding  construction,  the  exploitation  to 
architects  and  the  public  of  the  saving  in  space  which  can 
be  effected  through  the  use  of  this  material,  its  vermin- 
and  rodent-proofness,  investigation  and  assistance  in  the 
revision  of  building  codes  of  cities  so  that  metal  lath  may 
receive  its  proper  recognition  by  city  officials  and  engineers. 

Mr.  Carter  was  the  first  General  Secretary  of  the 
Electric  Development  Association  when  it  was  incor- 
porated in  New  England.  The  Julian  Armstrong  Bureau 
of  Related  Industries  will  continue  its  special  work  for 
the  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers. 

Gypsum. 

A committee  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials  is  endeavoring  to  write  specifications  for  gypsum 
and  gypsum  products,  which  are  largely  used  as  wall  plas- 
ters and  fire-proof  partition  tile.  Among  other  things,  the 
committee  desires  to  develop  standard  methods  for  testing 
the  material.  This  bureau  has  cooperated  by  carrying  out 
some  of  the  necessary  laboratory  experiments  to  determine 
whether  any  one  of  the  methods  now  in  use  is  better  than 
any  other  and  to  devise  new  methods  when  needed.  The 
tests  at  present  being  investigated  are  chemical  analysis, 
microscopic  examination,  normal  consistency,  water- 
carrying capacity,  time  of  set,  tensile  strength,  and  sand- 
carrying capacity.  (From  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Stand- 
dards,  1916.) 


Serial  No.  4 


57 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  5 


WOOD  ISSUE 

TIMBER,  LUMBER,  WOOD  CONSTRUCTION  AND  FINISH 


CONTENTS 


As  indicated  by  the  title  and  explained  in  the  March 
number,  this  issue  will  be  devoted  to  all  forms  and  uses  of 
wood  in  building  construction.  At  the  same  time  it  com- 
pletes the  exterior  shell  and  covers  it,  of  the  composite 
building  with  which  this  Department  is  concerned  and 
provides  for  much  of  the  interior  finish — fittings,  furni- 
ture and  movable  features  will  be  treated  later. 

The  Index  below,  together  with  the  explanatory  notes 
under  many  of  the  separate  headings,  will  sufficiently 


explain  the  sequence  whereby  wood  is  considered,  first  as 
standing  timber  and  taken  up  by  progressive  stages  from 
its  management  and  utilization  under  Governmental 
direction  through  its  manufacture,  treatment,  use  and 
finish  in  building  construction. 

From  now  on  several  issues  will  deal  with  separate 
features  of  installation,  such  as,  for  instance,  electricity, 
which  will  be  referred  to  in  June  Serial  No.  6. 


MAY,  1917 

INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


5Al  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  and  Forest  Products 
Laboratory. 

5A2  Committee  D-7,  on  Timber,  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

5A3  Committee  of  American  Railway  En- 
gineering Association. 

5A4  Committee  on  Uses  of  Wood  in  Building 
Construction.  N.  F.  P.  A. 

5 A5  Committee  of  Illinois  Society  of  Architects. 

5A6  Educational,  Research  Work  and  Other 
Agencies. 

5Bl  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Asso- 
ciation. 

5B  la  Other  Lumber  and  Allied  Associations. 

5C  State  Wood-Using  Industry  Reports. 

5D  Standing  Timber  and  Manufactured 
Lumber. 


Branding  or  Trade-marking. 
Standardization  and  Conservation. 
Treatments  of  Woods:  Preservatives  and 
Fire-Retardants. 

5E2  Treated  Wood  Flooring  and  Paving. 

5F  Piling,  Piers,  and  Bulkheads. 

5G  Wood  in  Buildings  and  in  Structures  in 
General. 

5G4  Some  Wood-Construction  Accessories. 

5H  Exterior  and  Interior  Wood -Finish, 
Veneering  and  Finishing. 

5J  Wood  Floors  and  Finishes  and  Parquetry 
Work. 

5K  Shingles,  Lathing  and  Wall-Boards. 

5L  Recreation  Facilities — Bowling  - Alleys, 
Billiard  Tables  and  Other  Games. 

5IV1  Current  Comment. 


5D6 

5D7 

5E1 


5Ai  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service 


Forester, Henry  S.  Graves,  928  F Street,  Washington,  D.  C. 

FOREST  PRODUCTS  LABORATORY,  Madison,  Wisconsin. 
Publications: 

(a)  Department  of  Agriculture  Yearbook. 

(b)  Annual  Report  of  the  Forester. 

( c ) Professional  Papers.  Published  as  Bulletins  of  the  Department 

of  Agriculture. 

(d)  Farmers’  Bulletins. 

(r)  Contributions  to  the  Journal  of  Agricultural  Research.  For  sale 
only  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  To  be  found,  also,  in  the  libraries 
of  agricultural  colleges,  universities,  technical  schools,  and  other 
institutions. 

Serial  No.  5 


(/)  Yearbook  Separates. 

(g)  Miscellaneous  publications. 

Of  the  above  (b),  ( c ),  ( d ) and  (/)  are  in  stock,  to  a limited  number, 
and  single  copies  of  those  available  will  be  distributed  free  upon  request 
to  the  Division  of  Publications,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  The  Yearbook  can  be  obtained  free  only  through  Congress- 
men. Copies  are  also  sold  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents. 

(A)  Much  of  the  information  obtained  through  the  researches  of  the 
Service  is  published  in  various  trade  and  technical  journals. 
Lists  of  such  articles,  a great  many  of  which  are  included  under 
5 Dir,  may  be  obtained  by  application  to  the  Forest  Service, 
Washington,  D.  C.,  or  to  the  Director,  Forest  Products  Labora- 
tory, Madison,  Wis.  Frequently  reprints  are  available  in 
limited  quantities  for  free  distribution. 


58 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  5 


(j)  The  Department  of  Agriculture  issues  a monthly  list  of  publica- 

tions which  lists  all  new  publications  of  the  Department  as  they 
appear.  This  list  is  for  free  distribution  upon  application  to  the 
Division  of  Publications,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  Lists  of  those  publications  of  the  Forest  Service 
which  are  still  in  print,  but  are  no  longer  for  free  distribution, 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Price-list 
43,  which  is  kept  up  to  date  by  periodical  revision.)  The  vari- 
ous price-lists  are  the  only  documents  distributed  free  of  charge 
by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents. 

(k)  In  addition  to  the  above  series,  there  were  formerly  published  a 

series  of  Forest  Service  bulletins  and  a series  of  Forest  Service 
circulars,  many  of  which  are  still  in  print.  Copies  of  a few  of 
these  are  still  available  for  free  distribution,  and  copies  of  many 
others  can  be  obtained  only  through  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents. 

(/)  Many  publications,  containing  information  of  value,  now  out  of 
print,  are  not  listed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents  and 
may  be  seen  only  in  public  or  technical  libraries.  These  are  con- 
tained in  a mimeographed  list  of  all  publications  issued  by  the 
Forest  Service  which  may  be  had  upon  application  to  the 
Forest  Service. 

The  work  of  the  Forest  Service  consists  of  the  ad- 
ministration and  protection  of  the  National  Forests,  the 
development  and  utilization  of  their  resources,  and  re- 
search into  technical  problems  connected  with  forestry; 
also  the  discovery  and  dissemination  of  knowledge  con- 
cerning the  best  uses  of  forest  products.  Forest  products 
include  wood  pulp,  turpentine  and  rosin,  tannin,  dyes, 
charcoal,  acetate  of  lime,  alcohol,  and  a considerable 
number  of  lesser  chemical  products.  Lumber,  however, 
is  the  most  important  of  the  forest  products,  and  as  a ma- 
terial of  construction  is  the  one  of  most  concern  to  the 
architect. 

An  impression  seems  to  be  prevalent  that  the  supply  of 
timber  is  becoming  depleted,  but  there  is  still  enough  of  the 
virgin  stand  of  several  important  species  to  last  for  several 
generations,  and  with  the  growing  practice  of  forestry 
methods,  a certain  supply  of  lumber  will  always  be  avail- 
able. 

Wood  has  been,  and  still  is,  one  of  the  chief  materials 
used  in  construction.  It  has  natural  advantages  because 
of  the  ease  with  which  it  can  be  worked  and  fastened,  its 
light  weight,  its  poor  conduction  of  heat,  and  its  pleasing 
appearance.  These  properties  are  due  to  its  peculiar 
physical  structure,  which  also  makes  it  non-homogeneous 
and  highly  variable  as  compared  with  clay  and  metal 
products.  In  competition  with  these  other  materials, 
wood  has  suffered  because  of  improper  use  which  can  be 
corrected  only  by  a better  knowledge  of  its  properties.  The 
Forest  Service  is  contributing  to  this  knowledge  through 
its  experimental  investigations.  Statistical  studies  cover- 
ing the  manufacturing  of  lumber,  markets,  and  uses,  are 
made  by  the  Office  of  Industrial  Investigations  at  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.,  and  studies  relating  to  the  properties  of 
wood,  its  protection  against  fire  and  decay,  and  its  proper 
use  in  construction  of  all  kinds  are  made  at  the  Forest 
Products  Laboratory,  Madison,  Wis. 

Since  the  laboratory  was  opened  in  1910,  over  130,000 
tests  have  been  made  on  practically  all  commercial  woods 
of  the  United  States.  These  tests  include  bending,  com- 
pression, shear  tension,  cleavage,  and  hardness,  and  estab- 
lish the  comparative  strength  values  of  the  various  species. 
They  are  also  the  basis  on  which  has  been  established  the 
relation  between  the  physical  and  mechanical  properties 
of  wood,  such  as  the  relation  of  moisture,  density,  and 
rate  of  growth  to  strength.  Special  tests  are  made  on 
methods  of  fastening  and  on  finished  products  made  of 
wood,  such  as  barrels  and  boxes.  A box-testing  machine 
has  been  devised  which  approximates  closely  the  condi- 
tions met  in  actual  service  and  gives  results  easily  inter- 
preted. 

Serial  No.  5 


It  is  the  aim  usually  to  employ  the  data  from  mechanical 
tests  in  the  perfecting  of  grading  rules  and  specifications. 
That  has  already  been  accomplished  in  a number  of  cases. 
For  example,  the  grading  rules  for  southern  pine  struc- 
tural timber  adopted  by  the  American  Society  for  Test- 
ing Materials,  the  American  Railway  Engineering  Asso- 
ciation, and  the  Southern  Pine  Association;  assistance 
given  the  city  of  New  York  and  other  cities,  the  Wiscon- 
sin Industrial  Commission  and  the  National  Board  of 
Fire  Underwriters  in  the  preparation  of  building  codes 
and  specifications  for  timber;  specifications  for  canned- 
goods  boxes  adopted  by  the  National  Canner’s  Association 
and  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials;  specifi- 
cations of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  for 
shipping  containers. 

The  use  of  refractory  woods  and  the  increasing  necessity 
for  artificial  seasoning  have  added  new  problems  in  the 
conditioning  of  wood.  Improper  drying  methods  will  in- 
jure the  strength  of  wood.  It  is  also  very  necessary,  for 
many  purposes,  that  the  wood  should  stay  put  and  this 
depends  to  quite  an  extent  on  proper  conditioning.  In- 
vestigations at  the  laboratory  have  resulted  in  the  design 
of  a kiln  in  which  it  has  been  possible  to  overcome  many 
of  the  difficulties  met  with  in  common  practice.  The 
kiln  has  been  patented  and  dedicated  to  the  public. 
Direct  assistance  has  also  been  rendered  in  the  design  of 
commercial  kilns  wherever  the  Forest  Service  has  been 
called  upon  to  do  so. 

In  order  that  wooden  construction  may  be  permanent, 
it  should  be  protected  from  both  fire  and  decay.  Moisture 
is  necessary  for  decay,  but  too  little  or  too  much  moisture 
will  prevent  it.  For  instance,  interior  finish  is  protected 
under  normal  conditions,  and  wood  kept  immersed  in 
water  is  not  subject  to  decay,  except  that  in  the  sea  it  is 
attacked  by  marine  borers.  There  are  also  conditions  under 
which  wood  will  not  be  subject  to  destruction  by  fire,  but 
the  architect  at  some  time  meets  the  danger  from  both 
decay  and  fire  and  will  recognize  the  importance  of  pre- 
ventive measures. 

Tests  have  been  made  on  more  than  thirty  wood  pre- 
servatives, including  creosotes  and  various  salt  solutions, 
to  determine  their  ability  to  check  the  growth  of  fungus, 
their  ability  to  penetrate  wood,  their  effect  on  the  strength 
of  the  wood,  and  their  permanence.  The  preservative 
represents  from  50  to  75  per  cent  of  the  cost  of  treatment. 
This  is  particularly  true  of  the  creosotes,  necessitating 
their  careful  analysis  and  grading,  and  Forest  Service 
investigations  have  aided  materially  in  establishing  stan- 
dards in  commercial  practice. 

There  is  a growing  need  for  a preservative  which,  after 
injection  into  wood,  can  be  painted  over.  Wood  treated 
with  creosote  will  not  take  paint,  and  wood  treated  with 
zinc  chloride  will  not  hold  paint  well,  particularly  when 
exposed  to  the  weather.  Sodium  fluoride  offers  possi- 
bilities in  this  direction.  It  is  very  antiseptic,  practically 
non-corrosive  in  contact  with  iron  and  steel,  and  strength 
tests  show  it  has  no  apparent  effect  upon  the  mechanical 
properties  of  the  wood.  Several  panels  treated  with  sodium 
fluoride  and  zinc  chloride,  and  then  painted  with  white 
lead  and  zinc  oxide  paint,  were  exposed  to  the  weather  in 
different  parts  of  the  country,  and  after  eighteen  months 
there  was  no  difference  between  those  treated  with  the 
fluoride  and  the  untreated  paint,  while  the  panels  treated 
with  zinc  chloride  had  peeled. 

The  economy  in  the  use  of  treated  wood  depends  largely 
upon  the  comparative  life  of  the  natural  and  the  treated 
material.  As  a basis  for  comparison,  matched  specimens 
are  first  tested  on  a small  scale  where  conditions  are  readily 
controlled.  Later,  actual  service  tests  are  conducted  in 

Vol.  I,  1917 


59 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


cooperation  with  the  large  users  of  wood — railroads, 
telephone  and  telegraph  companies,  and  municipalities. 

Our  congested  districts  and  high  buildings  increase 
the  natural  fire-hazard  and  demand  fire-resistant  materials. 
Fireproof  construction  at  present  means  a minimum  use 
of  wood,  unless  wood  can  be  made  fire-resistant.  Investi- 
gations have  been  made  along  two  lines  in  developing  a 
fire-retardant — impregnation  and  surface  painting.  A 
fire-test  house  has  been  built  in  which  it  is  possible  to 
approximate  office-building  conditions,  and  a number  of 
demonstrations  have  been  made.  The  Forest  Service  has 
in  this  way  been  able  to  assist  the  National  Fire  Protection 
Association  in  developing  specifications  for  wood  in  fire- 
resistant  construction.  A patent  has  been  granted,  and 
dedicated  to  the  public,  covering  a method  of  treating 
wood  and  fibrous  materials  to  make  them  fire-resistant. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  Forest  Service  to  undertake  any 
investigative  work  pertaining  to  the  use  of  forest  products, 
provided  the  problem  is  of  general  interest,  and  it  seeks 
at  all  times  to  secure  the  cooperation  of  the  various 
associations  affected. 

5A2  Committee  D-y  On  Timber , American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials , ( 1A2 ), 
( Formerly  Committee  §f) 

Chairman:  Herman  von  Schrenk,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

This  Committee  was  organized  in  1904  for  the  purpose  of  developing 
standards  dealing  with  timber  in  its  various  forms,  both  as  to  treated 
and  untreated  timber,  and  for  developing  standard  methods  for  inspec- 
tion of  timbers,  both  treated  and  untreated,  and  processes  used  in  con- 
nection with  the  preservation  of  timber. 

The  early  work  of  this  Committee  was  devoted  to  the  adoption  of 
standard  names  for  various  kinds  of  wood  and  accurate  definitions  for 
various  types  of  defects.  These  standard  names  and  standard  definitions 
for  defects  now  form  part  of  the  Book  of  Standards  of  the  Society.  The 
Committee  has  also  devoted  considerable  time  to  specifications  for  bridge 
and  trestle  timbers,  and  in  1910  adopted  standard  specifications  for  such 
timbers,  which  were  revised  in  1915. 

The  most  important  recent  work  of  the  Committee  has  consisted  in 
formulating  a new  rule  for  southern  yellow  pine  timbers  (popularly 
known  as  the  “Density  Rule,”  and  referred  to  under  5D3  and  5D4). 
The  standard  adopted  in  1915  was  the  result  of  continuous  work  on  the 
part  of  the  Committee  since  1904.  Realizing  the  difficulty  in  the  botani- 
cal classification  of  longleaf,  shortleaf  and  loblolly  pine,  the  Committee 
endeavored  to  formulate  a definition  which  would  make  possible  the 
proper  identification  of  timbers  of  high  strength  value  by  the  ordinary 
man.  In  cooperation  with  the  United  States  Forest  Service,  this  new 
definition  was  formulated.  After  its  adoption  it  was  accepted  by  the 
manufacturers  of  southern  yellow  pine  as  their  standard,  and  has  since 
been  adopted  by  the  American  Railway  Engineering  Association,  as 
well  as  numerous  railroad  companies  and  other  users  of  structural  yellow 
pine  timber. 

The  Committee  at  the  present  time  is  engaged  in  formulating  a 
similar  standard  for  structural  Douglas  fir  timber. 

Committee  D-7  has  furthermore  formulated  standards  for  the  dis- 
tillation and  fractionation  of  creosote  oil,  and  in  its  report  this  year 
is  presenting  a tentative  standard  for  wood-block  paving. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  various  subcommittees  are  investigating 
such  questions  as  making  wood  fire-resistive,  the  relation  between  the 
qualities  of  timbers  and  their  ultimate  use,  standard  methods  for  inspec- 
tion of  timbers,  etc.,  the  subcommittees  bearing  the  following  titles: 
I,  On  Classification  and  Designation  of  Southern  Yellow  Pines;  II,  On 
Uses  of  Untreated  Yellow  Pines;  III,  On  Pacific  Coast  Timbers;  IV, 
On  Wooden  Paving  Blocks;  V,  On  Methods  of  Preservative  Treatment 
of  Timber;  VI,  On  Timber  Preservatives;  VII,  On  Inspection  of  Treated 
Timber;  VIII,  On  Fireproofing  of  Timber. 

5A3  Committee  on  Grading  of  Lumber , Am- 
erican Railway  Engineering  Associa- 
tion {1A9) 

Chairman:  Herman  von  Schrenk,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

This  Committee  was  organized  in  1 91 1 . It  has  devoted  most  of  its 
work  to  the  adoption  of  standard  names  for  timber,  and  particularly 
to  the  study  and  arrangement  of  the  classification  and  grading  rules  of 
various  classes  of  lumber.  Up  to  the  present  time  the  A.  R.  E.  A.  has 

Serial  No.  5 


adopted  standard  grading  rules  for  lumber  as  follows:  Southern  yellow 
pine,  Douglas  fir,  construction  oak  timbers,  cypress,  and  hemlock. 
Under  each  kind  of  lumber,  definitions  for  defects  are  given.  The  rules 
were  adopted  after  conferences  with  the  grading  rule  committees  of  the 
various  manufacturing  associations  in  order  to  harmonize  the  manu- 
facturers’ rules  as  far  as  possible  with  those  used  by  the  consumer. 

The  principal  work  in  which  the  Committee  is  engaged  at  the  present 
time  deals  with  the  relation  between  lumber  grades  and  the  uses  to 
which  the  various  grades  are  to  be  put.  The  preliminary  report  on  the 
general  classification  of  uses  was  made  at  the  annual  convention  in  1916, 
and  the  rules  above  referred  to  are  published  in  the  “Manual,”  as  men- 
tioned under  5D3^. 

5A4  Committee  on  Uses  of  Wood  in  Building 
Construction , National  Fire  Protection 
Association 

Chairman:  Julius  Franke,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

This  Committee  has  submitted  reports  to  the  last  two  conventions  of 
the  National  Fire  Protection  Association. 

The  Report  submitted  to  the  1915  Convention,  printed  in  the  pub- 
lished Proceedings  and  also  separately  as  referred  to  under  5Ei^,  was 
an  important  contribution  on  “The  Inflammability  of  Treated  and 
Untreated  Woods.” 

The  Report  to  the  1916  Convention  was  a progress  report  on  the 
work  of  this  Committee  concerning  the  subject  of  “Mill-constructed 
Buildings.” 

The  Report  to  the  1917  Convention  will  contain  a new  Standard  for 
Mill-construction  to  supersede  the  existing  one,  which,  although  excel- 
lent in  ways,  has  gradually  become  out  of  date  and  it  has  become  neces- 
sary to  revise  it.  The  new  features  will  deal  mostly  with  the  question  of 
the  decay  of  wood  and  how  to  avoid  it,  and  also  with  the  strength  of 
timber  and  how  to  calculate  the  same.  After  action  by  the  Convention 
in  Washington,  May  8 to  10,  1917,  the  Report  will  appear  in  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Twenty-first  Annual  Meeting. 

5A5  Committee  on  Lumber  and  Timber 
Specifications , Illinois  Society  of 
Architects 

Chairman:  Robert  S.  Linstrom,  Chicago,  111. 

No  report  being  available,  a portion  of  the  account  given  in  The 
American  Contractor , January  29,  1916,  of  the  formation  of  this  Com- 
mittee is  quoted  as  of  interest. 

The  specification  of  lumber  is  one  of  the  important  functions  of  the 
architect.  It  was  the  paramount  topic  for  discussion  and  action  at  the 
regular  monthly  meeting  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects  held  last 
Tuesday  evening  at  the  Art  Institute,  Chicago.  The  meeting  was 
attended  by  the  largest  number  of  architects  in  the  history  of  the 
organization,  and  the  program  was  a most  interesting  and  important  one. 

The  principal  speakers  of  the  evening  were  W.  J.  Haynen,  of  Hatties- 
burg, Miss.,  chairman  of  the  Grading  Rules  Committee  of  the  Southern 
Pine  Association;  A.  T.  North,  consulting  engineer,  Chicago;  and  Dr. 
von  Schrenk,  St  Louis,  consulting  engineer  of  the  Southern  Pine 
Association.  A large  number  of  Chicago  lumber  dealers  were  present. 

After  an  extended  discussion,  the  Southern  Yellow  Pine  Associa- 
tion and  the  Chicago  Lumber  Association  volunteered  to  cooperate  with 
the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects  in  formulating  standard  architectural 
specifications  for  all  classes  of  timber  and  lumber.  The  committee  to 
take  up  that  work  for  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects  was  appointed. 
(Mr.  F.  D.  Chase,  who  was  made  chairman,  has  been  succeeded  by  Mr. 
Linstrom.) 

5A6  Educational , Research  Work  and  Other 
Agencies 

The  U.  S.  Forest  Service  furnishes  lists  of  colleges  and  schools  with 
(<2)  ranger  courses  in  forestry,  ( h ) courses  in  forestry  other  than  ranger, 

( c ) courses  leading  to  a degree  in  forestry;  of  these  some  provide  facili- 
ties for  investigation,  research  and  testing,  as  mentioned  under  iB 3a, 
and  others,  as  in  the  case  of  (d)  the  University  of  Illinois,  maintain 
engineering  experiment  stations  and  issue  bulletins  and  circulars  (3C2a), 
and  one  (e),  the  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Madison,  maintains  close 
cooperative  relations  with  the  Forest  Products  Laboratory.  At  this 
University,  in  addition  to  the  courses  ( b ),  a number  of  special  lectures 
are  given  in  various  departments  by  members  of  the  Forest  Products 
Laboratory  staff,  and  opportunities  are  also  offered  in  these  Laboratories 
for  research  work.  One  (/),  the  New  York  State  College  of  Forestry, 
maintains  a Wood  Utilization  Service,  with  Henry  H.  Tryon  in  charge. 
(See,  also,  5C16.) 

When  the  New  York  State  College  of  Forestry  was  started  at  Syra- 

60  Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  5 


cuse  in  1911,  one  of  the  first  problems  that  confronted  the  institution  in 
its  state-wide  educational  campaign  was  that  of  decreasing  the  amount 
of  unnecessary  waste  which  goes  on  in  the  lumber  and  woodworking 
industries.  To  accomplish  this,  what  is  now  known  as  the  Wood  Utiliza- 
tion Service  was  instituted,  and  shortly  thereafter  the  Department  of 
Forest  Utilization  was  formed  and  was  given  full  charge  of  this  Service. 

Professor  Tryon  is  desirous  of  bringing  to  the  attention  of  all  mem- 
bers of  the  Institute  the  Correspondence  Course  in  “Lumber  and  Its 
Uses”  which  is  a part  of  the  Wood  Utilization  Service. 

One-page  bulletins  are  published  intermittently.  Each  bulletin  con- 
tains a number  of  items,  usually  ten.  The  information  used  in  the  build- 
ing up  of  these  bulletins  has  always  been  obtained  through  voluntary 
correspondence  addressed  to  the  college,  and  architects  are  invited  to 
correspond  with  the  Department  in  the  interest  of  conservation  and  a 
better  understanding  of  lumber  and  its  uses. 

5Bi  The  National  Lumber  Manufacturers 
Association 

Secretary:  R.  S.  Kellogg,  11  South  LaSalle  Street,  Chicago, 

111. 

Publications: 

Issues  a series  of  bulletins  upon  structural  timber,  mill-construction 
buildings,  and  upon  rural  architecture;  also  technical  letters  especially 
adapted  to  the  files  of  architects  and  engineers  upon  subjects  such  as 
building-code  suggestions,  creosoted  wood-block  paving,  pier  and  wharf 
and  other  forms  of  construction.  Through  these  publications  and  through 
its  Engineering  Bureau  later  referred  to,  the  Association  seeks  to  give  the 
best  and  most  helpful  advice  upon  all  species  of  wood  in  order  to  secure 
most  appropriate  use,  the  longest  service,  and  the  greatest  satisfaction  to 
all  concerned. 

These  are  published  in  series  as  follows,  the  various  titles  being 
referred  to  under  the  appropriate  later  sub-divisions  in  this  department 
of  the  Journal.  Any  of  these,  with  the  exception  of  (/),  will  be  furnished 
without  charge  to  qualified  inquirers. 

(a)  Rural  Architecture.  Valuable  suggestive  bulletins,  the  ten  of 
which  are  described  under  5G2C;. 

(£)  Engineering  Bulletins.  The  two  published  to  date  are  described 
under  ;Giai  and  under  562^4. 

( c ) Better  buildings.  Two  publications  to  date. 

(< i)  Technical  letters.  Nine  in  all. 

(e)  Miscellaneous  publications.  Three  to  date. 

(/)  Arrangements  have  recently  been  made  with  the  publisher,  the 
Radford  Architectural  Company,  Chicago,  for  a special  hand- 
book edition  of  the  400-page  volume  entitled  “Lumber  and  Its 
Uses”  which  on  behalf  of  the  National  Lumber  Manufacturers 
Association,  will  be  supplied  by  the  publisher  at  $2  per  copy. 
(Revised  Edition  now  on  the  press.)  This  volume  deals  in  a 
broad  way  with  the  properties  and  commercial  uses  of  all  the 
principal  American  woods,  and  its  contents  will  be  found  referred 
to  under  the  appropriate  sub-divisions  in  this  issue  of  the 
Journal. 

The  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  is  a federation  of 
the  principal  associations  of  lumber  manufacturers  throughout  the 
United  States,  whose  purposes,  as  set  forth  in  its  charter  are  to 

“Gather  and  disseminate  information  upon  the  production  and  ship- 
ments of  lumber,  market  conditions,  and  the  supply  of  forest  products; 
to  make  technical  and  other  investigations  of  the  properties  and  uses  of 
woods;  to  promote  uniformity  and  efficiency  in  the  methods  of  manu- 
facturing and  distributing  lumber  and  allied  products  . . . and  to 
promote  the  use  of  forest  products  by  all  lawful  means.” 

The  organizations  affiliated  with  the  National  Lumber  Manu- 
facturers Association,  and  the  kinds  of  timber  chiefly  handled  by  them 
are  indicated  in  the  list  given  under  5Bia. 

Each  of  these  associations  has  standard  rules  for  the  grading  and 
inspection  of  the  lumber  manufactured  by  its  members,  which,  together 
with  much  helpful  literature  about  their  products,  may  be  had  upon 
request.  Two  other  organizations  which  work  in  harmony  with  the 
National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  upon  problems  of  national 
interest  are  the  Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association,  Memphis, 
Tenn.,  and  the  American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association,  Mem- 
phis, Tenn. 

The  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  maintains  an 
engineering  bureau,  the  services  of  which  are  freely  available  for  advice 
and  suggestions  as  to  the  use  of  wood  for  all  structural  purposes. 

This  has  been  established  as  a clearing  house  of  authoritative  informa- 
tion relative  to  the  most  advantageous  use  of  woods  for  all  of  its  numer- 
ously great  adaptabilities.  The  purpose  is  to  encourage  the  use  of  wood 
where  wood  is  best  to  be  used  and  to  avert  the  misuse  of  wood  through 
the  public  lack  of  knowledge  of  the  special  merits  of  the  several  dis- 
tinct species. 

It  aims  to  cooperate  with  architects,  engineers,  builders,  and  others 
by  furnishing  upon  the  basis  of  the  best  engineering  and  architectural 
practice  in  wood  construction  all  latest  available  data,  and  assisting 
them  and  the  lumber-consuming  public  in  receiving  the  greatest  economic 

Serial  No.  5 6 1 


benefit  from  the  proper  application  of  wood,  without  desiring  to  urge 
that  wood  be  used  except  where  best  for  the  purpose  intended. 

5B  la  Other  Lumber  and  Allied  Associations 

Among  such  there  are  (not  including  those  interested  in  other  than 
structural  products)  the  following,  those  marked  (*)  being  affiliated  with 
the  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  (5  Bi),  immediately 
after  the  name  of  which  follows  the  kinds  of  lumber  chiefly  handled  by 
them: 

1. *West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Douglas  Fir,  Western  Red  Cedar,  Spruce,  Hemlock. 

2. *Georgia-Florida  Sawmill  Association,  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

Yellow  Pine. 

;j.*Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  United  States,  Cin- 
cinnati, Ohio. 

Ash,  Basswood,  Beech,  Buckeye,  Butternut,  Cherry,  Chestnut, 
Cottonwood,  Elm,  Gum,  Hickory,  Maple,  Oak,  Walnut,  Poplar, 
Sycamore,  Tupelo. 

4-*Michigan  Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association,  Cadillac,  Mich. 
Ash,  Basswood,  Beech,  Birch,  Elm,  Maple,  Hemlock. 

5. *Northern  Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association, 

Oshkosh,  Wis. 

Hemlock,  Ash,  Basswood,  Birch,  Elm,  Maple,  White  Cedar, 
Tamarack. 

6. *California  Redwood  Association,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Redwood. 

7*Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association,  New  Orleans,  La. 
Cypress,  Tupelo. 

8.*California  White  and  Sugar  Pine  Association,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Sugar  Pine,  California  White  Pine. 

9-*North  Carojina  Pine  Manufacturers’  Association,  Norfolk,  Va. 
North  Carolina  Pine. 

lo.*Northern  Pine  Manufacturers’  Association,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

White  Pine,  Norway  Pine,  Spruce,  Tamarack. 
n.*Southern  Pine  Association,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Southern  Pine. 

12  ^Western  Pine  Manufacturers’  Association,  Spokane,  Wash. 

Western  Pine,  Idaho  White  Pine,  Fir,  Larch. 

13.  Arkansas  Soft  Pine  Bureau,  Little  Rock,  Ark. 

14.  White  Pine  Bureau,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

15.  Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association,  Memphis,  Tenn. 

16.  National  Hardwood  Lumber  Association,  Chicago,  111. 

17.  American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association,  Memphis,  Tenn. 

18.  Carolina  Air- Dried  Pine  Association,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

19.  East  Oregon  Lumber  Producers’  Association,  LaGrande,  Ore. 

20.  Eastern  Lumberman’s  Association,  Bangor,  Me. 

21.  Eucalyptus  Hardwood  Association,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

22.  Hardwood  Dimension  Manufacturers’  Association,  Arlington,  Ky. 

23.  Hemlock  Manufacturers’  Promotion  Bureau,  Oshkosh,  Wis. 

24.  Humboldt  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association,  Eureka,  Cal. 

25.  Indiana  Hardwood  Lumbermen’s  Association,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

26.  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  of  Southern  New  England, 

Ansonia,  Conn. 

27.  Mississippi  Pine  Association,  Hattiesburgh,  Miss. 

28.  Mountain  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association,  Nelson,  B.  C. 

29.  Northern  White  Cedar  Shingle  Association,  Oshkosh,  Wis. 

30.  Tennessee  Manufacturers’  Association,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

31.  West  Alabama  Pine  Association,  Tuscaloosa,  Ala. 

5Bib  Other  Associations  Specifically  Con- 
cerned with  W ood  Problems  and 
Products 

Among  such  are  the  following,  exclusive  again  of  those  with  interests 
outside  of  building  construction,  and  not  including  also  those  interested 
in  furniture  manufacture: 

1.  American  Wood-Preservers’  Association,  Baltimore,  Md. 

2.  Association  of  Creosoting  Companies  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  Seattle, 

Wash. 

3.  Creosoted  Wood  Block  Paving  Bureau,  Chicago,  111. 

4.  Northern  White  Cedar  Shingle  Manufacturers’  Association,  Osh- 

kosh, Wis. 

5.  Redwood  Shingle  Association,  Eureka,  Cal. 

6.  Shingle  Branch,  West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association,  Seattle, 

Wash. 

7.  Maple  Flooring,  Manufacturers’  Association,  Chicago,  111. 

8.  Oak  Flooring  Manufacturers’  Association,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

9.  Eastern  Sash,  Door,  and  Blind  Manufacturers’  Association,  Holmes- 

burgh,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

10.  Millwork  Cost  Information  Bureau,  Chicago,  III. 

11.  Southern  Sash,  Door,  and  Millwork  Manufacturers’  Association, 

Atlanta,  Ga. 

12.  Curtis  Service  Bureau,  Clinton,  Iowa. 

13.  Building  Industries  Association,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


14.  National  Veneer  and  Panel  Manufacturers’  Association,  Indianapo- 

lis, Ind. 

15.  Commercial  Rotary  Gum  Association,  Memphis,  Tenn. 


In  addition  to  which,  representing  artisans  and  others  engaged  in 
some  of  the  wood  industries,  there  exists: 

16.  Brotherhood  of  Carpenters  and  Joiners,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

17.  Wood  Carvers’  and  Modellers’  Association,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

18.  International  Wood  Carvers’  Association  of  North  America, 


5C  State  Wood-Using  Industry  Reports 


Prepared  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service,  Office  of  Industrial  Investigations. 

The  Forest  Service  has  completed  studies  of  wood-using  industries 
in  a number  of  states.  The  reports,  primarily  of  local  interest,  contain- 
ing information  which  should  be  of  much  value  to  architects  and  builders, 
have  been  printed  by  some  department  of  the  Government  of  the  state 
interested,  or  by  a periodical  devoted  to  the  interest  of  lumbering  and 
conservation.  Bulletins  at  present  available  are  indicated  below  and  may 
be  secured  from  the  cooperator  whose  address  is  given.  In  ordering 
those  for  which  there  is  no  charge,  postage  should  accompany  the 
application.  (See  also  5A6.) 


State 

I. 

Ala. 

2. 

Ark. 

3- 

Ark. 

4- 

Cal. 

5- 

Conn. 

6. 

Fla. 

7- 

Ga. 

8. 

111. 

9- 

Ind. 

10. 

Me. 

11. 

Mich. 

Cooperator  Address  Price 

Lumber  Trade  Journal  New  Orleans,  La.  $ o 25 

Supt.  of  Doc.,  Gov.  Print.  Ofc.  Washington,  D.  C.  05 
Separate  Directory  of  Wood- 
Using  Plants,  Lumber 

Trade  Journal  New  Orleans,  La.  .... 

G.  M.  Homans,  State  Forester  Sacramento  .... 

W.  O.  Filley,  State  Forester  New  Haven  .... 

W.  A.  McRae,  Comr.  of  Agr.  Tallahassee  .... 

Lumber  Trade  Journal  New  Orleans,  La.  .... 

J.  C.  Blair,  Univ.  of  111.  Urbana  .... 

Forest  Service  Washington,  D.  C 

State  Forest  Commissioner  Augusta  .... 

Public  Domain  Commission  Lansing  .... 


State 

Cooperator 

Address 

Price 

12.  Miss. 

Lumber  Trade  Journal 

New  Orleans,  La. 

$ O 2J 

13.  Mo. 

St.  Louis  Lumberman 

St.  Louis 

IO 

14.  N.  H. 

E.  A.  Hirst,  State  Forester 

Concord 

2J 

15.  N.  J. 

Alfred  Gaskill,  State  Forester 

Trenton 

16.  N.  Y. 

State  College  of  Forestry 

Syracuse 

17.  N.  C. 

J.  S.  Holmes,  State  Forester 

Chapel  Hill 

18.  Ohio 

Edmund  Secrest,  State  For- 
ester 

Wooster 

19.  Pa. 

R.  S.  Conklin,  Commissioner 
of  Fores tery 

Harrisburg 

20.  S.  C. 

E.  J.  Watson,  Commissioner 
of  Agriculture 

Columbia 

21.  Tenn. 

Southern  Lumberman 

Nashville 

22.  Tex. 

Lumber  Trade  Journal 

New  Orleans,  La. 

25 

23.  Vt. 

A.  F.  Hawes,  State  Forester 

Burlington 

24.  Va. 

G.  W.  Koiner,  Commissioner 
of  Agriculture 

Richmond 

25.  W.  Va. 

H.  E.  Williams,  Comr.  of  Agr. 

Charleston 

26.  Wis. 

F.  B.  Moody,  State  Forester 

Madison 

The  supplies  of  the  wood-using  reports  in  the  following  states  are 
entirely  exhausted:  27.  Idaho,  28.  Iowa,  29.  Kentucky,  30.  Louisiana, 
31.  Maryland,  32.  Massachusetts,  33.  Minnesota,  34.  Montana,  35 
Oregon,  and  36.  Washington. 


5D  Standing  Timber  and  Manufactured  Lumber: 
Localities,  Kinds  and  Classifications 


Closely  allied  to  this  subdivision  is  that  on  Wood  in 
Buildings  and  in  Structures  in  General,  where  the  publi- 
cations pertaining  to  specific  uses  in  buildings  are  sepa- 
rated as  well  as  possible  from  those  here  described,  which 
deal  more  with  the  product,  its  source,  and  general  uses. 

5Dl  Publications  and  Articles.  Listed  by  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture , 
Forest  Service , IV ashington , D.  C.,  and 
Forest  Products  Laboratory , Madison , 

ms. 

( a ) The  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  jAi,  issues 
a large  number  of  publications  pertaining  to  the  silvicultural 
end  of  the  work — that  is  the  planting,  growing  and  management 
of  trees  in  forests — and  other  publications  relating  to  the  supply 
and  uses  of  woods  in  specified  areas.  Consult  list  of  publica- 
tions to  be  had,  as  mentioned  under  5A1  h. 

(/>)  Other  Governmental  publications  pertaining  to  this  subdivision 
and  of  interest  structurally  which  follow,  under  this  (i)  classi- 
fication, can  be  obtained  only  from  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.,  at 
the  price  stated,  until  the  supply  is  exhausted.  Remittances 
should  be  made  by  money  order  or  in  coin  (at  sender’s  risk). 
Stamps  can  not  be  accepted.  Those  indicated  by  * are  exhausted. 
For  those  not  now  obtainable  through  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  see  5A1J. 

1.  Wood-using  industries  and  national  forests  of  Arkansas:  Part 

1,  Uses  and  supply  of  wood  in  Arkansas;  Part  2,  Timber 
resources  of  national  forests  in  Arkansas.  1912.  40  pp. 

(Forest  Bulletin  No.  106.)  5 cents. 

2.  Uses  for  chestnut  timber  killed  by  bark  disease.  1914.  24  pp., 

illus.  (Farmers’  Bulletin  No.  582.)  5 cents. 

3.  Properties  and  uses  of  Douglas  fir:  Part  1,  Mechanical  proper- 

ties; Part  2,  Commercial  uses.  1911.  75  pp.,  illus.,  map. 
(Forest  Bulletin  No.  88.)  15  cents. 

4.  Southern  Cypress.  1915.  74  pp.,  illus.  (Agriculture  Bulletin 

No.  272)  20  cents.  Embraces  geographical  and  commercial 
range,  present  supply  and  annual  cut,  properties  and  use  of 
wood,  markets  and  prices,  life  history  of  the  tree,  etc. 

Serial  No.  5 62 


5.  Red  gum,  with  discussion  of  mechanical  properties  of  red  gum 

wood.  Revised  1906.  56  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  58.) 
15  cts.  Sweet  gum  or  star-leafed  gum  of  the  southern  states. 

6.  Eastern  hemlock,  Tsuga  canadensis,  Linn.,  Carr.  1915.  43  pp., 

illus.  (Agriculture  Bulletin  No.  152.)  10  cents.  Describes 
characteristics,  gives  tables  of  its  volume  and  rate  of  growth, 
and  chief  facts  regarding  its  utilization  for  lumber,  pulp, 
tanning,  etc. 

7.  Mechanical  properties  of  western  hemlock.  1913.  45  pp., 

illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  1 15.)  ij  cents.  Also  known  as 
hemlock  spruce,  western  hemlock  fir,  Prince  Albert  fir,  gray 
fir,  and  Alaska  pine. 

8.  Larch:  Mechanical  properties  of  western  larch.  1913.  45  pp., 

illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  122.)  10  cents. 

9.  Lumber  saved  by  using  odd  lengths.  1910.  5 pp.  (Forest 

Circular  No.  180.)  5 cents. 

10.  Our  timber  supply  (general  information).  1914.  8 pp.  5 cents. 

11.  Seasoning  of  timber.  1903.  48  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Bulletin 

No.  41.)  25  cents. 

12.  Strength  values  for  structural  timbers.  1912.  8 pp.  (Forest 

Circular  No.  189.)  5 cents. 

13.  Tests  of  structural  timbers.  1912.  123  pp.,  illus.,  maps.  (Forest 

Bulletin  No.  108).  20  cents.  Tests  of  Southern  yellow  pines, 
Douglas  fir,  western  hemlock,  western  larch,  redwood, 
Norway  pine,  tamarack,  red  spruce,  and  white  spruce. 

14.  Principles  of  drying  lumber  at  atmospheric  pressure,  and  humid- 

ity diagram.  1912.  19  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  104.) 
5 cents. 

15.  Timber,  elementary  discussion  of  characteristics  and  proper- 

ties of  wood;  with  key  to  more  important  woods  of  North 
America.  1895.  88  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Bulletin,  No.  10.) 
10  cents. 

16.  Forest  trees  of  Pacific  Slope.  1908.  441  pp.,  207  illus.  60  cents. 

The  illustrations  show  the  foliage  and  fruit  of  the  150  species 
described. 

17.  Mahogany:  Colombian  mahogany,  Cariniana  pyri/ormis,  its 

characteristics  and  its  use  as  substitute  for  true  mahogany, 
Swietenia  Mahogani;  with  description  of  botanical  characters 
of  Cariniana  pyrijormis.  1911.  16  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Cir- 
cular No.  185.)  5 cents. 

18.  Hardwoods  of  Americas — Mahogany.  (American  Republics 

Bulletin,  August,  1909,  pp.  386  to  402,  illus.)  25  cents. 

19.  Identification  of  important  North  American  oak  woods  based 

on  study  of  anatomy  of  secondary  wood.  1911.  56  pp.,  48 
illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  102.)  10  cents.  The  illustrations 
furnish  a means  of  identifying  commercial  woods. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL 

20.  Shortleaf  pine,  its  economic  importance  and  forest  manage- 

ment. 1915.  67  pp.,  illus.  (Agriculture  Bulletin  No.  308.) 
Paper,  15  cents. 

21.  Sugar  Pine.  1916.  40  pp.,  illus.,  map.  (Agriculture  Bulletin 

No.  426.)  15  cents. 

22.  Physical  properties  of  yellow  pine.  (Forest  Circular  No.  12.) 

*23.  Rules  and  Specifications  for  the  Grading  of  Lumber,  Adopted 

by  the  various  Lumber  Manufacturers  of  the  United  States, 
compiled  by  E.  R.  Hodson.  1906.  127  pp.  (Forest  Bulletin 
No.  71.)  15  cents. 

24.  Economic  aspects  of  the  lumber  industry.  (Agriculture  Report 

No.  1 14),  extracts  printed  in  The  American  Contractor , April 
14,  1917. 

25.  White  pine  under  forest  management.  19I4.  70  pages,  illus. 

(Agriculture  Bulletin  No.  13).  15  cents.  “Of  all  the  trees  of 
eastern  North  America  white  pine  best  combines  the  quali- 
ties of  utility,  rapid  growth,  heavy  yield,  and  ease  of  man- 
agement.” 

26.  Windbreaks,  their  influence  and  value.  1911.  100  pp.,  illus. 

(Forest  Bulletin  No.  86.)  30  cents.  Deals  with  the  best 
species  of  trees  for  planting  as  an  obstacle  to  the  surface 
winds  and  for  the  protection  of  orchards  and  field  crops  in 
various  regions  of  the  United  States. 

27.  Adhesion  of  nails,  spikes,  and  screws  in  various  woods.  (In 

Tests  of  Metals,  Watertown  Arsenal  iBi£,  1884,  pp.  448 
to  471,  illus.)  Cloth,  60  cents.  White  pine,  chestnut,  yellow 
pine,  white  oak,  and  laurel  were  tested. 

28.  Effect  of  moisture  upon  strength  and  stiffness  of  wood.  1906. 

144  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  70.)  15  cents. 

29.  Uses  of  commercial  woods  of  United  States:  Beech,  birches,  and 

maples.  1913.  56  pp.  (Agriculture  Bulletin  No.  12.)  10 

cents. 

30.  Uses  of  commercial  woods  of  United  States:  (1)  Cedars,  cypres- 

ses, and  sequoias,  1911.  62  pp.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  95.)  10 
cents;  (2)  Pines.  1 91 1 . 96  pp.  (Forest  Bulletin  No.  99.) 

15  cents. 

31.  Uses  of  wood.  Pp.  391  to  420,  illus.  (In  Agriculture  Year- 

book, 1896.)  Price  of  entire  vol.,  cloth,  50  cents. 

32.  Mechanical  properties  of  woods  grown  in  United  States,  pre- 

liminary summary  of  tests  on  small,  clear,  green  specimens 
of  forty-nine  species  of  wood.  1913.  4 pp.,  1 table.  (Forest 
Circular  No.  213.)  5 cents. 

33.  The  Strength  of  Wood  as  Influenced  by  Moisture,  Harry  Donald 

Tiemann.  August  26,  1907.  (Forest  Circular  No.  108.) 

*34.  Redwood,  Mechanical  properties  of.  Nov.  1,  1912.  (Forest 
Circular  No.  193.) 

*35.  Density  of  wood  substance  and  porosity  of  wood.  Sept.  21, 
1914.  (Published  i n Journal  of  Agricultural  Research.)  25  cents. 

*36.  Southern  pines,  Properties  and  uses  of.  1909.  (Forest  Circular 
No.  164.)  5 cents. 

*37.  Redwood,  Mechanical  properties  of.  1912.  (Forest  Circular  No. 
193.)  5 cents. 

( c ) Those  which  follow,  under  the  (c)  classification,  are  papers  pre- 
pared by  Forest  Products  Laboratory  and  published  in  pro- 
ceedings of  societies  and  technical,  trade  and  other  journals. 

The  star  before  the  name  of  an  article  indicates  that  no  reprints 
are  available  for  distribution.  Such  articles  must  be  consulted 
in  the  original  publication.  Of  the  others  a limited  supply  of 
reprints  are  available  for  general  distribution,  and  copies  will  be 
sent  free,  until  the  supply  is  exhausted,  upon  application  to 
Director,  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  Madison,  Wis. 

1.  A Few  Deductions  from  Strength  Tests  of  American  Woods, 

J.  A.  Newlin.  American  Lumberman,  Jan.  16,  1915. 

2.  Factors  Affecting  Structural  Timbers,  H.  S.  Betts.  Engineer- 

ing Record,  Aug.  29,  1914. 

3.  Grading  Rules  of  Yellow  Pine  Structural  Timber  Discussed, 

H.  S.  Betts.  American  Lumberman,  Apr.  24,  1915. 

4.  Applicability  of  Yellow  Pine  Grading  Rules  to  Other  Timbers, 

J.  A.  Newlin.  Engineering  Record,  Oct.  3,  1914. 

5.  Air  Seasoning  of  Timber,  W.  H.  Kempfer.  American  Railway 

Engineering  Bulletin  No.  161;  also  Railway  Review,  Jan. 

10,  1914. 

6.  Effect  of  Different  Methods  of  Drying  on  Strength  of  Wood, 

H.  D.  Tiemann.  Lumber  IV arid  Review,  April  10,  1915. 

*7.  Fourth  Progress  Report  on  Tests  of  Treated  Ties.  American 
Railway  Engineering  and  Maintenance  of  Way  Associa- 
tion Bulletin  No.  124. 

8.  The  Protection  of  Ties  from  Mechanical  Destruction,  H.  F. 

Weiss,  Proceedings  American  Wood  Preservers’  Associa- 
tion, 1914. 

9.  Structural  Timber  in  the  United  States,  H.  S.  Betts  and  W.  B. 

Greeley.  International  Engineering  Congress,  San  Fran- 
cisco, Sept.  20-25,  1 9 1 5. 

*10.  Discussion  of  Proposed  Forest  Service  Rules  for  Grading 
Strength  of  Southern  Pine  Structural  Timber,  H.  S.  Betts. 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  1915. 

Serial  No.  5 


NO.  8 

*1 1 . Effect  of  Moisture  and  Other  Extrinsic  Factors  on  the  Strength 
of  Wood,  H.  D.  Tiemann.  Society  American  Foresters,  Pro- 
ceedings, 1907. 

*12.  The  Effect  of  Speed  of  Testing  upon  the  Strength  of  Wood 
and  the  Standardization  of  Tests  for  Speed,  H.  D.  Tiemann. 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  Proceedings,  1908, 
Vol.  VIII. 

13.  Eucalyptus  Lumber:  Part  1,  To  What  Extent  is  California- 
grown  Eucalyptus  Suitable  for  Lumber?  Part  2,  Results  of 
Experiments  in  Drying  Blue  Gum  and  other  Species,  H.  D. 
Tiemann.  Hardwood  Record,  Sept.  25,  1913. 

*14.  Kiln-Drying  Lumber  and  a Discussion  of  the  Whole  Problem— 
A New  Kiln,  H.  D.  Tiemann.  Lumber  World  Review,  March 
10,  1914. 

IJ.  Principles  of  Kiln-Drying  Lumber,  H.  D.  Tiemann.  Lumber 
World  Review,  Jan.  25,  Feb.  10,  1915. 

16.  Improvements  in  Forest  Service  Humidity  Regulated  Dry 
Kiln,  H.  D.  Tiemann.  American  Lumberman,  Sept.  I,  Sept. 
5,  1915;  also  Hardwood  Record,  Sept.  25,  1915. 

(. d ) The  Government  statistics  of  the  lumber  industry 
were  formerly  covered  in  publications,  entitled  “Forest  Prod- 
ucts,” issued  by  the  Department  of  Commerce,  Bureau  of  the 
Census,  compiled  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Forest  Service. 

Annual  statistics  of  the  production  of  lumber,  lath,  shingles,  and  other 
forest  products  are  now  being  obtained  by  the  Forest  Service  and  are 
being  published  as  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletins,  forming  a 
part  of  this  regular  series.  The  latest  lumber,  lath,  and  shingle  statistics 
will  be  found  in  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  506,  entitled 
“The  Production  of  Lumber,  Lath,  and  Shingles  in  1915  and  Lumber 
in  1914.”  Copies  of  this  may  be  obtained  from  the  Division  of  Pub- 
lications. 

5D2  Government  Specifications 

{a)  Specifications  issued  by  the  Navy  Department  for 
naval  stores  and  materials. 

The  Navy  Department  issues  specifications,  as  mentioned  under 
3Ai«,  those  pertaining  to  wood  being  under  Serial  Designation  No.  39, 
and  covering  among  others  the  following  kinds:  Beech,  Birch  and  Maple; 
Butternut;  White  Cedar;  Douglas  Fir;  Puget  Sound  or  Oregon  Pine; 
Oak;  White  Oak  Timber;  White  Pine;  New  England  Country  White 
Pine;  Western  White  Pine  (Idaho);  Tonawanda  White  Pine,  inspection 
rules  for;  Yellow  Pine  for  decking,  lumber,  timber,  and  sticks  for  masts 
and  spars;  Spruce  and  Teak. 

ib)  Specifications  of  the  War  Department  and  Treasury 
Department  ( supervising  architect' s office'). 

The  portions  of  such  specifications  with  respect  to  lumber  and  wood- 
working are  not  separately  issued  as  in  the  case  of  specifications  for  cer- 
tain other  branches  of  the  work,  as  referred  to  under  3A1  a,  nor  are  they 
available  for  general  distribution  to  others  than  those  interested  in  the 
work  for  which  prepared. 

5D3  Specifications , Standards,  Manuals  and 
Publications  of  Technical , Professional 
and  Other  Organizations 

(a)  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials: 

1.  “Standard  Definitions  of  Terms  Relating  to  Structural  Timber” 
(Serial  Designation  D 9-15),  Book  of  Standards,  1916 
(iA4<-).  Pp.  598-601. 

(See  Mr.  von  Schrenk’s  description  under  5A2.) 

(b)  American  Railway  Engineering  Association: 

“Grading  of  Lumber.”  Adopted  report  of  committee,  completely 
illustrated  with  photographic  reproductions  of  knots,  streaks, 
holes  and  conditions,  sound  and  otherwise.  “Manual,”  1915, 
(1A9 /),  pp.  591-653,  containing: 

1.  Classification  and  Grading  Rules  for  Douglas  Fir. 

2.  Classification,  Grading  Rules  and  Dressing  Rules  for  Southern 

Yellow  Pine. 

3.  Specifications  for  Construction  Oak  Timbers. 

4.  Classification  and  Grading  Rules  for  Cypress  Lumber  and 

Shingles. 

(See  Mr.  von  Schrenk’s  description  under  5A3.) 

(c)  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

1.  “Grading  Rules  for  Timber,”  Building  Code,  1915,  pp.  278-283. 
These  are  printed  as  an  appendix  to  the  Code  and  comprise  “a 
proposed  revised  form  of  Rules  of  the  U.  S.  Forest  Service 
for  Grading  Structural  Timbers  of  Southern  Yellow  Pine;” 
also,  tables  for  computing  the  strength  of  rectangular 
wooden  beams  and  tables  of  allowable  floor-loads  for  differ- 
ent kinds  of  woods. 


63 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL 

(d)  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 

ance Companies: 

“Longleaf  Pine  Factory  Timber”  (^AybjS.) 

2.  “Dry  Rot  in  Factory  Timbers,”  1915  (^A-ja^s)-  107  pp.; 

illus.  Contains  specifications  suggested  for  a special  grade  of 
longleaf  pine  for  use  in  Mutual  factories.  Also  a full  discus- 
sion of  varying  conditions  and  precautions  to  be  taken. 
Illustrates  and  describes  timber  available  and  discusses 
interstate  rules  for  grading  lumber  and  specifications  of 
societies  and  associations  and  observations  of  the  U.  S. 
Forest  Products  Laboratory.  (See,  also,  Chapter  mentioned 
under  ;E.) 

(e)  Journal  of  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings: 

1.  “What  Is  a Plank?”  Chas.  E.  Morrell,  Jr.  November,  1914. 

. R 385: 

2.  “Inspection  of  Yellow  Pine;”  Hermann  von  Schrenk.  March, 

1916.  Paper  No.  205,  p.  152. 

5D4  Grading  and  Inspection  Rules , and  Other 
Publications  of  Lumber  and  Manufac- 
turers' Associations 

Other  publications  of  other  associations,  bureaus  and  branches  will 
be  found  mentioned  under  the  various  subdivisions  to  which  they 
chiefly  pertain. 

(a)  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association: 

I.  “Timber  for  Structural  Purposes,”  E.  A.  Sterling.  Engineering 
Bulletin  No.  1,  January,  1916,  20  pp. 

( b ) National  Hardwood  Lumber  Association: 

1.  See  “Rules  for  the  Measurement  and  Inspection  of  Hardwood 
Lumber.”  The  purposes  of  these  are  to  provide  for  the  uni- 
form inspection  and  measurement  of  the  woods  described 
therein. 

(c)  Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S.: 

I.  "Association  Standard  Grades  of  Poplar,  Oak,  Cottonwood, 
Gum  and  other  Hardwoods.”  Effective  October  1,  1915. 
1 18  pp.  Contains  Classification,  Official  Grading,  Inspec- 
tion Rules  and  Sales  Code. 

(d)  Northern  Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association: 

I.  “Rules  for  the  Inspection  of  Hemlock  Lumber,”  revised  at 
Annual  Meeting  on  January  29,  1913.  27  pp.  Includes 

Standard  Sizes  adopted  October  29,  1913. 

(e)  Northern  Pine  Manufacturers’  Association: 

1 . “Rules  for  the  Grading  of  Northern  Pine,  Spruce  and  Tamarack 
Lumber.”  Reported  by  the  Bureau  of  Grades.  Edition  of 
February  1,  1915  (ninth  issue).  72  pp. 

(/)  The  Oregon  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  (Since  merged 
with  the  West  Coast  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association): 

I.  “Merits  of  Pacific  Coast  Woods,”  E.  D.  Kingsley.  Being  an 
address  delivered  before  the  Nebraska  Lumber  Dealers’ 
Association  at  Omaha,  on  Feb.  6,  00.  16  pp. 

(gj  Southern  Pine  Association: 

1.  “Southern  Yellow  Pine  Timbers,  Including  Definition  of  the 

‘Density  Rule’.”  Authorized  reprint  from  the  copyrighted 
Standards  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials, 
approved  and  adopted  by  the  Southern  Pine  Association, 
January  1,  1917.  22  pp. 

(a)  “Discussion  of  the  Proposed  Forest  Service  Rules  for  Grad- 

ing the  Strength  of  Southern  Pine  Structural  Timbers,” 
H.  S.  Betts.  Appendix  I,  pp.  1 5-30.  Contains  diagrams 
and  illustrations. 

( b ) “Southern  Yellow  Pine  Timber  and  Density  Grading 

Rules,”  O.  T.  Swan.  Appendix  II,  pp.  31-47.  Contains 
diagram  and  tables. 

2.  “Standard  Specifications  for  Grades  of  Southern  Yellow  Pine 

Lumber.”  April  I,  1917.  j8  pp.  (Supersedes  all  previous 
issues.)  “Being  the  specifications  for  southern  yellow  pine 
lumber  generally  recognized  by  the  lumber  trade  for  years. 
Mills  of  manufacturers  subscribing  to  this  Association  are 
located  in  the  states  of  Texas,  Arkansas,  Missouri,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi,  Alabama,  Georgia,  and  Florida.” 

This  contains  specifications  for  all  forms  of  a manufactured 
lumber,  including  dimension  timbers,  siding,  fencing,  ceiling, 
flooring,  roofing  and  Byrkit  lath,  with  full-sized  detailed  and 
figured  drawings  of  all  but  the  former. 

3.  “The  Gulf  Coast  Classification  of  Pitch  Pine  Resawn  Lumber 

and  Sawn  Timber.”  Revised  May,  1910,  by  the  Gulf  Coast 
Lumber  Exporters’  Association.  Adopted  by  the  Southern 
Pine  Association  1915.  28  pp. 

4.  “Service  in  the  Department  of  Inspection  and  Grades.”  1917. 

Describes  in  detail  the  functions  of  this  Department,  which 
include:  Grading  Rules,  Grading  Methods,  Specifications 
and  Standardization,  Inspection  at  Point  of  Origin,  Inspec- 
tion at  Point  of  Destination. 

( [h ) West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association: 

1.  “The  Lumber  Users’  Guide”  (No.  8),  a general  description  of 
Douglas  fir. 

Serial  No.  5 


SERVICE  BOOK 

2.  “The  Lumber  Users’  Guide  ”(No.  12),  a general  description  of 

western  red  cedar.  22  pp.,  illus. 

3.  “Not  the  Non-Use  but  the  Proper  Use  of  Wood,”  a description 

of  fire-test. made  by  the  Building  Department  of  the  city  of 
Seattle  in  cooperation  with  the  Port  Commission,  the  City 
Fire  Department  and  the  West  Coast  Lumber  Manufac- 
turers’ Association.  18  pp.,  illus. 

4.  “Comparative  Strength  Values  for  Structural  Timbers.” 

Leaflet  giving  tables. 

(j ) California  Redwood  Association: 

1.  “California  Redwood  Lives  Forever.”  Leaflet.  8 pp.,  illus. 

2.  “Two  Births  2,000  Years  Ago — The  Marvel  God  Wrought  with 

the  Redwoods  of  California.”  Booklet.  12  pp.,  illus. 

( k ) The  North  Carolina  Pine  Association,  Inc.: 

1.  “Official  Inspection  Rules,”  January  25,  1917,  24  pp.,  covering 
kiln-dried  North  Carolina  Pine  (revised  1917),  Longleaf 
Pine  (1905  Rules),  Air-Dried  North  Carolina  Pine  (1913 
Rules),  Shortleaf  Pine  Dimensions  (1910  Rules).  It  is  stated 
that  “at  the  present  time  fully  95  per  cent  of  the  output  of 
pine  lumber  in  the  states  of  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  and 
South  Carolina  is  graded  and  classified  according  to  these 
grading  rules,  and  all  quotations  are  made  on  them  as  a 
basis.”  In  addition  to  rough  and  dressed  lumber,  describes, 
with  full-sized  drawings,  all  kinds  of  worked  material  includ- 
ing ceiling,  partition,  siding,  shiplap  and  other  forms. 

(/)  Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association: 

I.  Issues  a “Cypress  Pocket  Library”  consisting  of  41  Volumes, 
each  of  which  describes  different  features  and  uses  of  this  wood, 
some,  as  in  No.  1,  entitled  “What  It  Is,”  describing  generally 
the  wood  and  uses  (from  Forest  Service  Bulletin  No.  95, 
June  30,  191 1),  in  which  Volume  is  also  an  Index  to  all  others. 

(m)  American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association  has  in  preparation  a 
booklet  on  the  growth  and  uses  of  oak  which  will  shortly  be 
ready  for  distribution. 

5D5  Pocket-books , Textbooks  and  Publica- 
tions by  Educational  Institutions  and 
Publishers 

(a)  Engineering  Experiment  Station,  University  of  Illinois  (3C2a2): 

1.  “Tests  of  Timber  Beams,”  Arthur  M.  Talbot.  1910.  Bulletin 

No.  41.  Free. 

( b ) American  Forestry  publishes  each  month  a list  of  titles,  authors, 

and  prices  of  books  on  forestry  and  related  subjects.  These  may 
be  ordered  through  the  American  Forestry  Association,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

(r)  “Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (5B1/).  Contains,  among  others,  sections 
on:  The  Structure  of  Wood,  Mechanical  Properties  of  Wood, 
Lumber  Grades,  Standard  Sizes  of  Lumber,  Shipping  Weights, 
Lumber  Measurements,  Lumber  Manufacturing,  Structural 
Timbers,  Seasoning  of  Timber,  Lumber  Prices,  The  Uses  of 
Lumber,  Commercial  Woods,  Forest  Products,  Timber  Supply, 
Permanent  Advantages  of  Wood,  and  Sources  of  Information 
about  Timbers. 

(d)  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 
1915.  Part  II,  “Carpenters’  Work,”  contains,  among  others, 
sections  on:  The  Tree,  Physical  Properties  and  Characteristics 
of  Timber,  Seasoning  and  Drying  of  Timber,  Defects  in  Timber, 
Conversion  of  Timber,  Strength  of  Timber  as  Affected  by  Its 
Physical  Condition,  Selection  of  Timber  for  Special  Purposes, 
Decay  and  Preservation  of  Timber,  Varieties  of  Timber  Used  in 
the  United  States — Their  Characteristics  and  Uses,  Data 
Relating  to  the  Strength  of  Materials,  and  List  of  Tables. 

• (e)  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks.  1916. 

1.  “General  Properties  of  Wood,”  H.  von  Schrenk.  Pp.  577-585. 

2.  “Strength  of  Wood,”  W.  K.  Hatt. 

(/)  The  Building  Trades’  Handbook: 

1.  “Weights  of  Dry  Woods,”  p.  68. 

2.  “Description  of  Woods  and  Relative  Hardness  of  American 

Woods,”  pp.  229-233. 

3.  “Shrinkage  of  Woods,”  p.  234. 

4.  “Qualities  of  Timber,”  pp.  234-236. 

5.  “Quarter  and  Bastard  Sawing,”  pp.. 236-238. 

( g ) See  “Identification  of  the  Economic  Woods  of  the  U.  S.,”  Samuel 
J.  Record. 

(, h ) “The  Manufacture  and  Uses  of  Cypress.”  An  illustrated  address  by 
Dr.  Hermann  von  Schrenk  before  a meeting  of  Michigan  lum- 
bermen. Reprinted  from  the  Lumber  Trade  Journal , New  Orleans. 

(J)  “Southern  Cypress,”  Samuel  J.  Records.  American  Architect, 
October  18,  1916.  Descriptive  article,  illus. 

( k ) “The  Strength  of  Long-Seasoned  Douglas  Fir  and  Redwood,” 
Arthur  C.  Alvarez.  May  17,  1913.  Bulletin  of  the  Department 
of  Civil  Engineering,  University  of  California. 

(/)  “One  Thousand  Uses  for  Oak,”  to  be  had  from  Oak  Information 
Bureau  of  Hardwood  Record,  Chicago;  gives  names  of  all  oaks, 
production,  and  uses. 


64 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  5 


( m ) "American  Forest  Trees,”  Hardwood  Record.  Practical  informa- 
tion on  commercial  trees. 

(»)  See  “Principal  Species  of  Wood — Their  Characteristic  Properties,” 
Charles  Henry  Snow.  1908. 

(0)  See  “Timber  and  Timber  Trees,”  Thos.  Haslett  and  H.  M.  Ward. 
1894. 

5D6  Branding  or  Trade -marking  of  Timbers 
and  Lumber 

This  is  a subject  which  is  being  given  much  attention  by  several 
associations,  societies,  and  manufacturers,  some  of  which  have  adopted 
the  practice,  and  is  of  interest  and  importance  to  architects,  builders,  and 
general  consumers,  many  of  whom  have  also  given  consideration  to  the 
subject.  In  addition  to  being  treated  within  some  of  the  publications 
mentioned  elsewhere,  the  subject  is  dealt  with  in — 

( a ) Proceedings  of  the  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association 
( 5 B 1 ) for  1915: 

1.  “Trade-marked  Lumber,  from  the  Standpoint  of  the  Manu- 

facturer,” J.  A.  Gabel.  Pp.  123-133. 

2.  “Trade-marked  Lumber,  from  the  Standpoint  of  the  Associa- 

tion,” A.  W.  Cooper.  Pp.  134-141. 

3.  “Trade-marked  Lumber,  from  the  Standpoint  of  the  Adver- 

tising Man,”  Everett  Sisson.  Pp.  142-149. 

(, b ) Proceedings  of  the  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association 
for  1916: 

1.  “Why  Architects  and  Engineers  Want  Branded  Timber,” 

Frank  D.  Chase.  Pp.  186-192. 

2.  “Why  the  Retail  Lumbermen  Want  Identified  Merchandise,” 

F.  A.  Good.  Pp.  193-208. 

(c)  See  “Specifications  for  Structural  Timber”  in  from  which 

the  following  is  also  quoted: 

I.  Branding  as  a Guarantee. 

It  has  been  suggested  by  Mr.  Weiss,  Director  of  the  United 
States  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  that  longleaf  pine  tim- 
ber should  be  branded  by  the  manufacturers.  This  is  an 
excellent  idea.  Under  present  conditions  the  manufacturers 
are  the  only  people  who  can  positively  say  whether  the  tim- 
ber is  longleaf  or  not,  as  the  standing  loblolly,  longleaf,  and 
shortleaf  timber  exhibit  the  distinguishing  differences  in 
bark,  leaves,  and  cones,  not  shown  when  cut  into  lumber. 
After  the  trees  are  cut  into  lumber,  it  is  practically  impossible 
to  check  grades  based  upon  botanical  varieties. 

Branding,  without  a clearly  defined  description  of  the  several 
grades  of  wood,  which  can  be  checked  by  methods  within  the 
power  of  the  purchaser,  will  depend  entirely  for  its  value 
upon  the  honesty  and  carefulness  of  the  lumber  manufac- 
turer; but,  with  well-defined  physical  and  chemical  specifica- 
tions, such  as  those  in  common  use  with  iron  and  concrete, 
the  branding  can  be  checked  by  the  purchaser  when  neces- 
sary and  will  facilitate  inspection  on  the  job. 

(d)  The  Oak  Flooring  Service  Bureau  (5 J 1 5)  states  that  “Manufac- 

turers of  standard  grades  of  oak  flooring  designate  the  grades 
and  color  on  the  back  of  every  bundle.” 

( e ) A leaflet  (not  dated)  of  the  Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers’ 

Association  states: 

“This  trade-mark  MFMA  on  flooring  is  a guaranty  of  quality.  It 
has  been  adopted  as  a means  of  identifying  the  flooring  made  by 
members  of  the  Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers’  Association. 
Architects,  contractors,  dealers  and  consumers  can  hereafter 
be  sure  of  getting  what  they  want  when  they  specify  or  order 
Association  Flooring.  The  individual  factory  is  indicated  by  a 
number  following  the  trade-mark.  Trade-marking  and  adver- 
tising are  twin  pledges  of  good  faith.” 

(/)  The  following  is  quoted  from  Publication  (Jan.  I,  1917)  of  the 
Southern  Pine  Association: 

1.  Branded  Timber. 

“Proper  service  to  buyers  and  users  of  yellow  pine  timber  demands 
correct  grading  and  the  branding  or  marking  of  each  stick  of 
timber  showing  its  grade.  Variation  in  the  individual  character 
of  different  pieces  of  timber  is  responsible  for  the  difference  in 
strength.  Structurally,  some  are  much  stronger  than  others. 
Owing  to  the  confusion  which  frequently  results  in  the  proper 
classifying  of  timbers  into  longleaf,  shortleaf,  loblolly,  etc.,  a 
new  rule  has  been  devised  and  recently  adopted  by  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials,  and  known  among  the  trade  as 
the  “Density  Rule,”  which  classifies  all  southern  pine  timbers, 
irrespective  of  botanical  species,  into  two  classes,  namely, 
“dense  southern  yellow  pine”  and  “sound  southern  yellow  pine. 
The  Southern  Pine  Association  recommends  that  all  timbers  be 
branded.  All  manufacturers  and  dealers  are  invited  to  brand 
their  timber  in  accordance  with  the  grades  and  classifications 
contained  in  this  book.” 

(g)  In  a folder  received  April  24,  1916  (undated),  issued  by  the  asso- 
ciated mills  mentioned  below,  it  is  stated:  “When  you  specify 
timbers  bearing  the  brand  of  the  Associated  Calcasieu  Longleaf 
Mills,  you  are  not  only  assured  strength,  durability  and  long 
wear  n every  timber,  but  you  are  also  guaranteed  grading 

Serial  No.  5 


according  to  the  specifications  of  the  Factory  Mutuals,  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Testing  Materials,  American  Railway  Engineer- 
ing Association,  and  the  Southern  Pine  Association.” 

5D7  Standardization  and  Conservation 

These  comments,  of  course,  are  quite  independent  of  any  reference 
made  elsewhere,  principally  under  the  A and  B divisions,  to  the  impor- 
tant work  along  these  lines  being  done  by  the  Forest  Service  and  the 
Committees  and  Associations  which  cooperate  with  it,  not  only  as  con- 
cerns structural  lumber,  but  the  other  utilizations  of  forest  products. 

(a)  Concerning  these  subjects  the  two  extracts  which  follow  from  the 
Proceedings  of  the  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Associa- 
tion are  of  especial  interest: 

1.  In  1913  the  Committee  on  Standardization  reported  as  follows — 
“A  previous  committee  on  standardization  of  lumber  sizes 

made  a report  giving  the  various  sizes  which  are  standard  in 
the  different  lumber-producing  localities,  but  no  result  to- 
ward having  a single  schedule  of  sizes  adopted  and  made 
use  of  universally  was  obtained.  The  conditions  now  prevail- 
ing operate  against  such  a benefit  being  obtained,  and  it 
seems  as  if  we  must  wait  until  things  become  more  favorable.” 

2.  At  the  1916  Convention  it  was: 

“Resolved,  That  in  the  interest  of  efficiency,  economy,  and 

reasonable  conservation,  the  National  Lumber  Manufac- 
facturers  Association  approves  the  manufacture  of  odd 
lengths  in  all  forms  of  lumber  where  practical  from  a use 
standpoint,  and  urges  the  support  of  all  manufacturers, 
wholesalers,  and  retailers  in  establishing  firmly  such  practice.” 
(i)  It  is  also  of  interest  to  note  that  the  American  Railway  Engineer- 
ing Association  (1A9 c)  maintains  a Committee  on  Conserva- 
tion of  Timber  Supply,  recommendations  of  which  Committee 
will  be  found  printed  in  the  “Manual,”  1913,  pp.  60,  61. 

(c)  See  Forest  Circular  No.  180  (5 D 1 ) . “Lumber  Saved  by  Using 
Odd  Lengths,”  as  a step  not  only  in  Conservation  but  in  reduc- 
tion of  cost  of  building. 

(d)  In  “North  Carolina  Pine — Doubly  Desirable  for  Flooring  and 
Ceiling”  (5 J 1 2i>)  is  a description  of  the  saving  in  material  and 
cost  due  to  this  Association’s  standards  for  working  these 
products  with  J^-inch  allowance  for  tonguing  and  grooving 
instead  of  inch. 

(<?)  See  “Grading  Rules”  of  the  Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers’ 
Association  (3J14)  in  which  it  is  stated  that  modern  perfected 
methods  of  manufacturing  flooring  produce  a larger  proportion 
of  shorter  lengths  because  the  defects  are  cut  out  closer  and 
that  the  sentiment  in  favor  of  conservation  is  strongly  in  favor 
of  utilization  to  the  greatest  extent  of  the  valuable  woods  used. 
(/)  In  the  “Standard  Specifications  for  Grades  of  Southern  Yellow 
Pine  Lumber,”  issued  by  the  Southern  Pine  Association,  1917, 
it  is  stated,  with  respect  to  grading  of  flooring  “The  (above) 
percentage  of  short  lengths  is  customary,  and  in  the  interest 
of  Conservation  will  be  included,  so  far  as  practicable,  in  all 
shipments  of  mixed  lengths.” 

(g)  In  “California  Redwood,”  5H4 a,  in  a chapter  entitled  “The  Use 
of  Redwood  ‘Short  Lengths’  is  Highly  Intelligent  Economy,”  is 
a most  illuminating  discussion  of  the  savings  and  advantages  to 
be  obtained  by  discriminating  in  favor  of  conservation  and 
effect  through  the  use  of  lengths  and  grades  other  than  the 
longest  and  the  “select.” 

5El  Treatments  of  Woods:  Preservatives  and 
Fire-Retardants 

(See,  also,  Wood  Preservatives,  Shingle  Treatments,  and  Fire 
Retardants,  12D.) 

(The  subjects  covered  by  this  heading  will  also  be  found  described  in 
many  of  the  publications  referred  to  under  5D  and  5G,  and  elsewhere. 

See  also  descriptions  under  5A  for  activities  of  committees  concerned 
with  these  problems  and  5Bi^  for  associations  interested.) 

(a)  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture:  Publications  listed  by 
Forest  Service  and  Forest  Products  Laboratories  (5A1,  under 
which  are  also  described  current  activities). 

1.  Commercial  creosotes,  with  special  reference  to  protection  of 
wood  from  decay.  1912.  38  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Circular  206.) 
10  cents. 

2.  Relative  resistance  of  various  conifers  to  injection  with  creosote. 
1914.  43  pp.,  illus.  (Agriculture  Bulletin  101.)  13  cents. 

3.  Preservative  treatment  of  poles.  1911.  55  pp.,  illus.  (Forest 
Bulletin  84.)  13  cents. 

4.  A primer  of  wood  preservation.  (Bulletin  No.  139.) 

3.  Strength  and  stiffness  of  natural  and  treated  stringers.  (Bul- 
letin No.  286,  Sept.  27,  1915.) 

6.  Specific  heat  of  wood  (dry-kiln  operation,  wood  preservation, 
and  distillation).  1912.  28  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  1 10.) 

5 cents. 

7.  Estimation  of  moisture  in  creosoted  wood.  1908.  7 pp.,  illus. 
(Forest  Circular  134.)  5 cents. 

65 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


8.  Experiments  on  strength  of  treated  timber.  Second  edition, 

1908.  31  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Circular  39.)  5 cents.  (In  the 
tests  the  preservatives  were  creosote  and  zinc  chloride, 
and  the  wood  was  from  railroad  ties  of  loblolly  pine  of  Texas 
and  western  yellow  pine.) 

9.  Preservation  of  wood.  Pp.  19610205.  (In  Smithsonian  Report, 

1864.)  Price  of  entire  vol.,  cloth,  70  cents. 

10.  Recent  progress  in  timber  preservation.  Pp.  427  to  440.  Illus. 

(From  Agriculture  Yearbook,  1903.)  5 cents. 

11.  Report  on  condition  of  treated  timbers  laid  in  Texas.  Feb., 

1902.  45  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Bulletin  51.)  10  cents. 

12.  Strength  tests  of  structural  timbers  treated  by  commercial 

wood-preserving  processes.  1915.  15  pp.,  illus.  (Agricul- 
ture Bulletin  286.)  5 cents. 

13.  Tests  of  wood  preservatives.  1915.  20  pp.,  illus.  (Agricul- 

ture Bulletin  145.)  10  cents.  (The  results  of  testing  30 

preservatives  are  given.) 

14.  Visual  method  for  determining  penetration  of  inorganic  salts 

in  treated  wood.  1911.  5 pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Circular  190.) 

5 cents. 

15.  Wood  preservation  in  United  States.  1909.  31  pp.,  illus. 

(Forest  Bulletin  78.)  10  cents.  (Describes  various  processes 
for  treating  wood.) 

(t)  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association: 

1.  “Tests  of  Fire  Retardants,  with  special  reference  to  the  Shingle 

Roof,”  Hermann  von  Schrenk  and  Arnold  von  Schrenk. 
Technical  Letter  No.  2.  May  27,  1916. 

2.  “Preliminary  Report  on  Tests  with  Fire-Retardant  Compounds 

on  Wood,”  Hermann  von  Schrenk  and  Arnold  von  Schrenk. 
Proceedings,  1916,  pp.  96-117;  illus. 

3.  See  sections  on  “Fire  Retardants”  and  “Wood  Preservation” 

in  “Timber  for  Structural  Purposes,”  ?D4<ji. 

4.  See  one  of  the  series  of  Farm  Bulletins  referred  to  under 

5Gir,  entitled  “The  Preservative  Treatment  of  Farm  Tim- 
bers.” 

5.  See  other  publications  referred  to  under  5F  (Piling),  many  of 

which  also  deal  with  treatments  of  woods. 

(c)  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

I.  “Uses  of  Wood  in  Building  Construction.”  Committee  Report. 
Data  of  tests  on  inflammability  of  untreated  wood  and  of 
wood  treated  with  fire-retarding  compounds.  55  pp.,  illus. 
(3A3<f36);  also  in  Proceedings,  1915,  pp.  106-158. 

(d)  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 

ance Companies: 

I.  See  “Dry  Rot  in  Factory  Timbers”  (3A7«45).  Contains  a 
chapter  on  “Chemical  Treatments  to  Prevent  Rot,”  and  one 
on  “Penetration  of  Antiseptics.” 

(e)  American  Railway  Engineering  Association: 

1.  “Wood  Preservation.”  Adopted  Report  of  Committee,  with 
specifications  and  illustrations,  pp.  539-557;  Manual,  1915. 
(/)  American  Wood  Preservers’  Association: 

1.  Annual  Reports  contain  many  authoritative  and  helpful  papers 
upon  methods  of  protecting  timbers  from  decay. 

( g ) American  Society  for  Testing  Materials: 

1.  See  Report  of  Sub-Committee  VI  on  Timber  Preservatives, 

Proceedings,  1916  (iA4«),  pp.  328-339. 

2.  See  “Tentative  Specifications  for  Southern  Yellow  Pine  Tim- 

ber to  be  Creosoted,”  Proceedings,  1916  {ilK^a),  pp.  483, 

484.  Serial  designation.  D24-15T. 

3.  See  “Tentative  Specifications  for  Southern  Yellow  Pine  Piles 

and  Poles  to  be  Creosoted,”  Proceedings,  1916  (iA4<j),  pp. 

485,  486.  Serial  designation  D25-15T. 

(. h ) Southern  Pine  Association: 

1.  “Southern  Pine  Manual — Standard  Wood  Construction,” 
1917  (5G2/1),  contains  information  on  “Creosoting,”  pp. 
99-103. 

(j)  California  Redwood  Association: 

1.  “The  Test  by  Fire.”  Leaflet  on  the  remarkable  quality  of  Cali- 
fornia Redwood;  illustrated. 

(k)  West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association: 

1.  “Structural  Timber  Handbook  on  Pacific  Coast  Woods,” 
copyrighted  1916  (5G271),  contains  information  on  “Creo- 
soting Douglas  Fir.” 

5F  Piling,  Piers  and  Bulkheads  (See. 

(The  subjects  covered  by  this  heading  will  be  found  also  described  in 
many  of  the  publications  referred  to  under  other  headings.) 

1.  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture: 

{a)  Preservation  of  piling  against  marine  wood  borers.  1908.  15 
pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Circular  128.)  5 cents. 

2.  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association: 

( a ) “Chicago’s  Four  Million  Dollar  Pier.”  Technical  Letter  No. 
3,  June  12,  1916.  Reprint  from  Lumber  World  Review,  May 
10,  1916. 


(/)  Association  of  Creosoting  Companies  of  the  Pacific  Coast: 

I.  “Creosoting  Douglas  Fir  Bridge  Stringers  and  Ties  without 
loss  in  Strength,”  Feb.  1916,  27  pp.,  contains  tables,  dia- 
grams, and  illustrations. 

( m ) See  “Tests  of  Timber  Beams,”  Arthur  N.  Talbot.  Bulletin  No. 

41,  University  of  Illinois  Experiment  Station,  1910  (3C2a2); 
contains  information  on  “Treated  Timbers.” 

(n)  See  “Preservation  of  Structural  Timbers,”  Howard  F.  Weiss.  1915. 
(0)  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks,  1916. 

1.  “Timber  Preservation,”  H.  von  Schrenk;  pp.  580-583. 

( [p ) “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  Part  II,  Car- 
penters’ Work,  F.  E.  Kidder,  1915. 

1.  “Methods  of  Preserving  Timber,”  pp.  35-37. 

(?)  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

1.  “Fireproof  Wood,”  pp.  260-262. 

(r)  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings. 

1.  “Preservative  Treatment  of  Structural  Timber  and  Piles,” 
H.  G.  Richey,  April,  1917,  pp.  194-206. 

(s)  Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineer’s  Pocket-Book. 

I.  Preservation  of  Timber,  pp.  954-957. 

(/)  “Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (5B1/). 

1.  Section  on  “Wood  Preservation”  describes  prevention  of  decay, 

and  brush,  pressure,  and  open-tank  methods  of  treatment. 

2.  "Fire-Resistance”  gives  data  on  natural  and  artificial  qualities, 

and  describes“fireproofing”processes  andjfire-retardantpaints. 
See  Industrial  Section  for  reference  to  ’’Conservo  Wood  Preserva- 
tive” and  “Cabot’s  Creosote  Shingle  Stains,”  p.  190,  Samuel 
Cabot,  Inc. 

5E2  Treated  Wood  Flooring  and  Paving 

(See,  also,  Wood  Preservatives,  Shingle  Treatments,  and  Fire 
Retardants,  12D.) 

(a)  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association: 

1.  "Creosoted  Wood  Block  Paving,”  Walter  Buehler;  Technical 

Letter  No.  1,  May,  1916.  Paper  presented  before  the  Ar- 
kansas Good  Roads  and  Drainage  Association,  at  Little 
Rock,  Ark.,  April  12  and  13,  1916. 

2.  “Standard  Specification  for  Creosoted  Wood  Block  Pavement,” 

Technical  Letter  No.  8,  Nov.  25,  1916.  (14P.  Specification, 
separately  backed,  contains  several  diagrams.) 

(/>)  Southern  Pine  Association  (See  also  p.  xi): 

1.  “Noise,  the  Nerve-Wrecker — How  to  Eliminate  It  in  Your 

City.”  20  pp.  Illustrated  book  on  wood  block  pavements. 

2.  “What  the  Cities  Say  about  Creosoted  Wood  Block  Pave- 

ments,” 24  pp.,  illus.,  being  the  opinions  of  civil  engineers, 
paving  experts,  street  commissioners  and  citizens’  leagues, 
with  comments  by  the  United  States  Government. 

3.  “Floors  of  Service,  for  Factories,  Foundries,  Machine  Shops, 

Mills,  Warehouses,  Platforms,  Bridges,  Loading  Docks, 
Stables,  Barns,  etc.”  31  pp.,  illus.  Deals  with  heavy  service 
floors,  with  especial  reference  to  the  points  of  durability, 
safety,  and  practical  economy. 

4.  “Use  of  Creosoted  Wood  Blocks  for  Floors.”  Illus.,  reprinted 

from  The  Iron  Trade  Review,  March  1 1,  1915. 

5.  “Creosoted  Wood  Block  Floors  for  Railroad  Buildings.” 

Illus.,  reprinted  from  Railway  Age  Gazette,  December  17,  1915. 

( c ) The  West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association,  and  The  Association 

of  Creosoting  Companies  of  the  Pacific  Coast: 

1.  “Facts  about  Paving  Bridge  Floors.”  6-page  leaflet. 

2.  “Creosoted  Douglas  Fir  Paving  Blocks.”  46  pp.  Contains 

tables,  diagrams,  and  illustrations;  revised  Oct.,  1915. 

(d)  American  Society  of  Municipal  Improvements: 

1.  “Specifications  for  Creosoted  Wood  Block  Paving,”  adopted 
Oct.  13,  1916,  copyrighted  1917.  Any  municipality  which  is 
represented  in  the  membership  of  the  Society  by  one  or  more 
city  officials  will  be  given  free  permission  to  use  these  speci- 
fications or  any  part  of  them  upon  application  to  the  Secre- 
tary. 23  pp. 

(e)  Southern  Pine  Association  (See  also  p.  xi) : 

I.  “Southern  Pine  Manual — Standard  Wood  Construction,” 
1917  (5G2/1).  Contains  a section,  with  diagram,  on 

“Creosoted  Wood  Block  Floors,”  pp.  126,  127. 

(f)  "Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (5B1/). 

Section  on  Wood  Block  Paving  gives  “Essentials”  and  speci- 
fications. 

also,  1 2D) 

(/>)  “Interesting  Comparison  of  Two  Docks  Recently  Constructed 
in  the  City  of  Chicago,  Illinois.”  Technical  Letter  No.  7, 
Sept.  5,  1916. 

(c)  “Timber  in  Pier  and  Wharf  Construction.”  A plain  state- 
ment of  facts  and  summary  of  data  in  regard  to  the  use  of 
timber  in  water-front  structures,  together  with  authorita- 
tive testimony  from  experienced  engineers  who  have  com- 
pared its  fitness,  durability,  and  cost  with  concrete  in  similar 
cases.  Technical  Letter  No.  9,  Nov.  30,  1916. 


Serial  No.  5 


66 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  5 


3.  American  Railway  Engineering  Association: 

(a)  “Wooden  Bridges  and  Trestles.”  Report  of  Committee. 
Manual,  1 9 1 5 (iAgc)  and  (5G3.fi).  Contains  sections  on 
piles  and  pile-driving,  with  principles  of  practice  and  speci- 
fications for  same. 

4.  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

(a)  "Building  Code,”  1915  {^A^di).  Contains:  Section  19, 
“Wooden  Piles.” 

5.  West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association: 

(a)  “Structural  Timber  Handbook  on  Pacific  Coast  Woods.” 
Copyrighted  1916,  (5G2/1).  Contains  section  on  “Piling,” 
with  diagram,  pp.  255-259. 

6.  Journal,  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings: 

(a)  “Pile  Foundations,”  William  S.  Van  Loan.  Nov.,  1914,  Paper 
No.  165,  p.  409. 

{b)  “Pile  Tests  at  the  Site  of  the  Boston  Appraisers’  Stores,” 
William  N.  Collier.  Sept.  1915,  Paper  No.  187,  p.  278. 

(r)  “Test  Piles,”  Ernest  G.  Schurig.  Nov.,  1915,  Paper  No.  195, 
PP-  332-336. 


7.  The  Building  Trades’  Handbook.  See  “Piles,”  pp.  157,  158,  and 

“Spread  Footings,”  p.  162. 

8.  See  Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,  1916.  Contains  section  on  “Wooden 

Pile  Foundations,”  pp.  188-196. 

9.  American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,  1916,  M.  Merriman. 

Contains  section  on  “Piles  and  Pile-Driving,”  by  Ira  O.  Baker 
and  other  sections  on  “Piers,”  “Docks,”  “Ferries,”  and  “Harbor 
and  River  Works.” 

10.  Mechanical  Engineers’  Hand  Book,  1916,  Lionel  S.  Marks.  Also 

contains  sections  on  “Piles”  and  “Driving”  and  other  data. 

11.  Specifications  issued  by  District  Engineer,  War  Department,  New 

Orleans,  for  “Piles,  Wallings,  Lumber,  and  Bulkheads”  for 
Southwest  Pass,  Mississippi  River;  Jan.  16,  1917. 

12.  See  Proceedings  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers.  List 

of  engineering  articles  of  interest,  published  monthly. 

13.  See  index  to  Journal  of  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical 

Engineers. 

14.  See  index  to  the  Journal  of  the  Western  Society  of  Engineers. 


5G  Wood  in  Buildings  and  in  Structures  in  General 


(See  publications  mentioned  under  Standing  Timber  and  Manu- 
factured Lumber,  in  many  of  which  features  of  building  construction  are 
treated  in  connection  with  those  main  subjects.) 

(See  all  subdivisions  for  separate  features  of  construction  and  for 
accessories  and  devices.) 

5Gl  Information  Obtainable 

(«)  See,  in  addition  to  those  elsewhere  mentioned,  the  following  pub- 
lications of  the  National  Lumber  Mfrs.  Association  (5B1): 

1.  “The  One-Story  School-House  Idea,”  F.  Leather.  (Prepared  in 

cooperation  with  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Education 
(5Bic).  Feb.,  1917.  Contains  56  pages  of  valuable  data  on 
this  type  of  school  building,  with  a list  of  over  one  hundred 
one-story  schools  in  America,  and  many  plans  and  other  illus- 
trations. Includes  technical  suggestions  and  data  for  archi- 
tects, fire-resistive  wood  construction,  and  discussions  of 
heating,  ventilation,  and  other  subjects  and  is  an  important 
publication  for  every  one  interested  in  the  study  of  one-story 
buildings  as  compared  with  those  of  greater  height. 

2.  “Your  Garage — How  to  Build  it.”  November,  1916.  16  pp. 

Contains  floor-plans  and  elevations.  10  cents.  (5B1C.) 

3.  “John  Smith’s  Garage”  (5Bie). 

4.  “Wood  Construction  in  Relation  to  Fire  Losses”  (tBic). 

5.  “The  Shingle  Roof”  (5B 1 <r). 

(aa)  See  “Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (5B1/),  which  contains,  among  others, 
elsewhere  referred  to,  sections  on  the  “Uses  of  Lumber,” 
“Structural  Timbers,”  “Lumber  Prices,”  and  “Permanent 
Advantages  of  Wood.” 

( b )  See  among  others  the  following  publications  of  the  National  Fire 
Protection  Association  listed  under  3A3«  to  h: 

1.  “Mill  Construction  Buildings,”  C.  E.  Paul,  (jAjdjla). 

2.  “Requirements  for  Standard  Mill  Constructed  Building,” 

Proceedings,  Vol.  12,  p.  103,  and  Vol.  21,  1917. 

3.  See  “Warehouses,  Construction  and  Protection,”  C.  H.  Patton, 

Proceedings,  Vol.  14,  p.  125. 

4.  Read  Index  1916,  for  list  of  all  subjects  covered  in  the  printed 

records  of  the  N.F.P.A.,  many  of  which  pertain  to  the  varied 
uses  of  wood  in  general  building  construction. 

(r)  See  Crosby-Fiske-Forster  Hand  Book  of  Fire-Protection.  (Sixth 
edition  now  in  preparation.) 

1.  “Slow-Burning  Construction:  Recommendations  for  Mill  Con- 

struction.” 

2.  “Improvements  for  Existing  Buildings.” 

(d)  See  “Fire-Prevention  and  Fire-Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

1.  “Slow-Burning  or  Mill  Construction,”  Chap.  IV.  Contains 
description  and  typical  diagrams,  pp.  69-112. 

(e)  See  Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,  1916: 

1.  “Wooden  Mill  and  Warehouse  Construction,”  A.  P.  Stradling, 

Supt.  of  Surveys,  Philadelphia  Fire  Underwriters’  Asso- 
ciation, Chap.  XXII. 

2.  “Strength  of  Wooden  Columns.”  Tables  of  safe  loads,  metal 

caps  and  bolsters  for  wooden  columns,  pp.  448-454. 

3.  Data  on  wooden  beams,  formulas  and  tables,  working  unit 

stresses  for  woods,  pp.  627-647. 

4.  For  built-up  wooden  girders,  trussed  beams  and  types  of  roof 

trusses,  see  separate  Sections. 

5.  For  strength  and  stiffness  of  wooden  floors,  with  tables  of 

load  for  floors  and  rafters,  see  separate  Chapter  referred  to 
under  5J2. 

(J)  See  Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,  for  strength  of 
timber  and  wooden  columns,  and  for  price  list  and  business 
directory. 

( g ) See  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  Part  II 
“Carpenters’  Work,”  F.  E.  Kidder: 

Serial  No.  5 


1.  See  Chapter  II,  “Wooden  Framing,  Ordinary  Construction,” 

pp.  89-166.  Profusely  illustrated  with  framing  plans  and 
diagrams,  and  describing  walls,  floors,  partitions  and  roof 
construction. 

2.  See  Chapter  VII,  “Heavy  Wooden  Framing,”  pp.  668-741. 

Also  fully  illustrated  and  describing  flooring,  trusses,  girders, 
and  mill-construction  in  detail,  with  post  caps,  wall  boxes, 
hangers,  stirrups,  and  all  accessories. 

3.  See  Form  of  Specifications  (for  woodwork,  millwork,  painting, 

finishing,  and  other  parts  of  wooden  building  construction). 
Chap.  VIII,  pp.  742-810. 

4.  See  Part  III,  separate  volume  on  “Trussed  Roofs  and  Roof 

Trusses.” 

(b)  See  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,  1916,”  Lionel  S.  Marks: 

1.  “Building  Construction,”  pp.  1,264-1,304. 

2.  “Industrial  Buildings,”  Charles  Day,  pp.  1,317-1,333. 

(j ) See  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  William  Kent,  for 
notes  and  tables  on  walls,  floors,  columns,  and  other  data, 
pp.  1,385-1,394,  “Construction  of  Buildings.” 

( k ) See  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  Frank  R.  Walker, 
second  edition,  Feb.  1,  1917.  Contains,  in  addition  to  sec- 
tions elsewhere  referred  to,  a complete  treatise  on  “Rough 
Carpentry,”  Chap.  X,  including  data  on  materials  and  labor 
required,  costs  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  pertaining 
to  all  forms  of  wooden  construction  and  accessories. 

(/)  See  Proceedings  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials, 
Vol.  XVI,  Part  1 (lA4a): 

1.  Report  of  Committee  (D7)  on  Timber. 

2.  See  also  Mr.  von  Schrenk’s  description  under  5A2. 

( m ) See  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman: 

1.  “Materials  of  Construction,”  Rudolph  P.  Miller,  “Timber,” 

pp.  360-370. 

2.  “Masonry  and  Timber  Structures,”  W.  J.  Douglas,  pp.  651-702. 
(»)  See  “Materials  of  Construction,”  Johnson. 

(0)  See  “The  Building  Trades’  Handbook”  for  information  on  Car- 
pentry Joints;  Balloon  Framing;  Joints  in  Joinery;  Estimating 
Carpentry  and  Joinery;  Weights  of  Floors,  Partitions,  and 
Roofs;  Beams  and  Girders;  Roof  Trusses;  Columns;  Furring 
and  Lathing. 

(j>)  University  of  Illinois,  Engineering  Experiment  Station  (3C2«2): 
1.  “A  Study  of  Roof  Trusses,”  N.  Clifford  Ricker.  Bulletin  No. 
16,  1908.  15  cents. 

( q ) Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association: 

1.  See  the  volumes  of  “Cypress  Pocket  Library,”  covering  all 
uses  for  cypress  (5Hioa). 

For  references  to  the  use  of  yellow  pine  in  building  construction,  see 
the  Industrial  Section;  p.  186,  Southern  Pine  Association. 

For  information  on  oak,  its  characteristics  and  effects,  see  Industrial 
Section,  p.  185,  The  American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association. 

5G2  Practice  Recommended  and  Suggested  by 

(a)  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service  and 

Forest  Products  Laboratory: 

I.  See  such  of  the  publications,  which  are  listed  under  5D1,  as 
may  apply  to  this  subdivision. 

(b)  United  States  Bureau  of  Mines: 

1.  “Magazines  and  Thaw  Houses  for  Explosives.”  Technical 
Paper  No.  18  (2A3C).  34  pp.  text,  data  and  diagrams. 

(c)  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  (5 B 1 ) : 

See,  in  addition  to  those  elsewhere  mentioned: 

1.  “Building  Code  Suggestions”  (Fire  Stops,  Careful  Workman- 
ship, and  Proper  Selection  of  Materials  as  Safeguards  in 
Frame  Dwelling  Construction).  Technical  Letter  No.  4, 
Aug.,  1916.  Contains  construction  details. 


67 


Vol.  I.  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


2.  “Building  Code  Suggestions”  (Chimneys,  Flues,  Smokepipes, 

and  Fireplaces  in  Their  Relation  to  the  Fire  Hazard  in 
Dwellings,  with  Detailed  Provisions  for  Incorporation  in 
Municipal  Building  Codes).  Technical  Letter  No.  5,  Aug., 
1916.  Contains  construction  details. 

3.  “Economics  of  Concrete  and  Timber  Factory  Buildings,” 

F.  E.  Davidson,  President  Illinois  Society  of  Architects. 
Technical  Letter  No.  6,  Sept.  2,  1916. 

4.  “Heavy  Timber  Mill  Construction  Buildings,”  C.  E.  Paul. 

Engineering  Bulletin  No.  2,  May,  1916  (581^).  Contains 
chapters  on:  Mill  Construction  Defined;  Exterior  Walls, 
Fire  Walls,  and  Enclosures;  Floors;  Posts  or  Columns;  Roofs; 
Fire  Protection;  Cost  of  Mill  Construction  Buildings;  Stand- 
ard Mill  Construction;  Quality  and  Kind  of  Timber  Used; 
Formulas  for  Design  in  Mill  Construction  (with  table  of  work- 
ing unit  stresses).  67  pp.  50  cents. 

5.  Helpful  suggestive  bulletins  on  “Rural  Architecture”  (5 B 1 <3). 

The  ten  issued  to  date  bear  the  following  titles: 

(a)  Dairy  and  General-Purpose  Barns;  (b)  Teachers’  Cottages; 

(c)  Poultry  Houses;  (d)  Farm  Residences;  (<r)  Implement 
Sheds;  (/)  Ice  Houses;  (s')  Silos;  ( h ) Grain  Storage  Build- 
ings; (j  ) Swine  Houses;  (k)  The  Preservative  Treatment 
of  Farm  Timbers. 

These  publications  are  of  especial  interest  and  value  to  all 
architects  concerned  with  the  development  of  rural  or  sub- 
urban properties  along  practical,  scientific,  and  harmonious 
lines.  The  publication  of  these  Bulletins  covering  different 
farm  units  is  most  commendable  as  a distinct  step  in  the 
elevation  of  the  standards  obtaining  in  these  so  frequently 
neglected  types  of  structures.  The  reported  demand  for 
these  publications  is  indicative  of  the  interest  aroused  on  the 
part  of  architects  and  others  desirous  of  developing  a finer 
type  of  rural  architecture. 

6.  “Teachers’  Cottages,”  R.  S.  Kellogg,  in  cooperation  with  the 

United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  April, 1916  (5  B 1 a).  31  pp., 
with  illustrations  of  foreign  and  American  accommodations 
for  teachers  and  a valuable  list  of  articles  and  publications  for 
reference. 

(d)  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

1.  “Building  Code,”  1915  (3A4<fi).  (See  description  by  Mr. 

Woolson  under  3A4.)  Will  be  found  to  offer  invaluable  sug- 
gestions and  assistance  on  all  features  of  construction  both 
generally  and  specifically.  In  addition  to  buildings  in  general 
and  all  parts  of  their  construction,  the  following  are  separ- 
ately treated:  Classification  of  Buildings,  Ordinary  Timber 
Construction,  Mill  Construction,  Frame  Buildings,  Struc- 
tural Timber,  Working  Stresses  of  Structural  Timber. 
Allowable  Loads,  and  Fire  Stopping. 

2.  “Dwelling  Houses,”  1916  (3A4*?3).  (See  description  by  Mr. 

Woolson  3A4.)  Contains  sections  on  “Frame  Dwellings,” 
“Fire  Stopping,”  Floor  and  Roof  Construction,”  and  others 
of  interest.  See  index  to  same. 

(e)  National  Fire  Protection  Association: 

1.  “Field  Practice:  Inspection  Manual.”  See  description  3A3<fi. 

2.  “Structural  Defects:  Suggestions  for  Their  Elimination  and 

Protection”  (particularly  with  reference  to  safeguarding 
existing  features)  {^^d^^b). 

(/)  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 
ance Companies: 

1.  See  “Anchorage  of  Roofs”  (3A631)  for  detail  drawings  and 
recommendations  for  securing  wooden  roofs. 

( g ) The  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials: 

I.  Tentative  specifications  for  “Selected  Structural  Douglas  Fir 
Bridge  and  Trestle  Timbers,”  Proceedings,  1916  (iA4«),  pp. 
479-482.  Serial  designation  D23-16T. 

(h)  The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers  (See,  also,  pp.  162-167) : 

1.  See  “Metal  Lath  Handbook.  ” Contains  descriptions  and 

detail  drawings  for  “Protection  of  Steel  Beams  in  Slow- 
Burning  or  Mill  Construction;”  “Fire  Stops;”  and  “Mill  Con- 
struction Buildings  Protected  by  Metal  Lath  and  Plaster.” 

2.  Illustrations  from  the  Metal  Lath  Hand  Book,  showing  details 

of  ceiling  construction  and  giving  important  recommenda- 
tions on  the  weight  of  metal  lath  will  be  found  in  the  Indus- 
trial Section  on  pp.  162-167. 

(J)  West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association: 

1.  “Structural  Timber  Handbook  on  Pacific  Coast  Woods,” 

copyrighted  1916,  289  pp.  Contains  description  of  Pacific 
Coast  Woods,  specifications,  tables  for  beams  and  floors,  safe 
loads,  diagrams  and  illustrations.  $1. 

2.  "The  Douglas  Fir  Silo,”  24  pp.,  illus. 

(k)  Association  of  Creosoting  Companies  of  the  Pacific  Coast: 

1.  “Structural  Timber  Handbook.” 

2.  “Strength  Values  for  Structural  Timbers.” 

3.  “The  Douglas  Fir  Silo.” 

(/)  Southern  Pine  Association  (See,  also,  p.  186): 

I.  “Southern  Pine  Manual:  Standard  Wood  Construction,”  1917 
(fifth  edition).  Contains,  in  addition  to  sections  elsewhere 
referred  to,  diagrams,  tables,  specifications,  grades  of  tim- 

Serial  No.  5 68 


bers,  and  data  relating  to  beams,  columns,  floors,  partitions, 
etc.  128  pp.  Leather  bound,  $1. 

2.  “Implement  Sheds,”  11  pp.  Contains:  Table  Showing  Floor 

Space  and  Height  of  Space  Required  to  House  Common  Farm 
Implements. 

3.  “Service  and  Economy  in  Building,”  23  pp.,  illustrated. 

4.  “The  Home-Built  Garage,”  16  pp.,  illustrated. 

(m)  California  Redwood  Association: 

1.  “California  Redwood  on  the  Farm,”  38  pp.,  illustrated.  Con- 

tains descriptions  of  many  uses  and  recommendations  for 
painting  or  staining  this  wood.  See  reference  under  “Shin- 
gles,” 5K. 

2.  “The  Home  of  Redwood.”  Illustrating  and  describing  exterior 

and  interior  of  building  erected  at  the  Panama-Pacific  Inter- 
national Exposition  by  this  Association,  L.  C.  Mulgardt, 
architect. 

(«)  Arkansas  Soft  Pine  Bureau: 

1.  “How  to  Build,”  24  pp.,  with  illustrations  of  the  wood,  and 
diagrams  of  framing  construction  and  of  exterior  wooden 
walls,  with  other  recommended  practice  in  frame  construc- 
tion. 

(0)  White  Pine  Bureau  (See,  also,  p.  184): 

1.  “White  Pine  in  Home-Building.”  A book  of  3?  pages,  describ- 

ing the  qualities,  availability,  and  cost  of  White  Pine,  with 
many  illustrations  of  attractive  exteriors  with  “close-up” 
views  of  entrances,  fences,  and  other  features. 

2.  The  White  Pine  Series  of  Architectural  Monographs.  These 

publications,  especially  prepared  for  architects,  under  the 
direction  of  Mr.  Russell  F.  Whitehead,  are  unusually  inter- 
esting and  suggestive  as  exemplifying  the  artistic  and  lasting 
qualities  which  may  be  obtained  through  the  use  of  wood  in 
the  construction  of  buildings  and  in  the  embellishment  of 
the  structures  and  their  surroundings.  These  Monographs 
were  issued  to  present  classified  illustrations  of  wood  con- 
struction critically  described  by  representative  American 
architects,  the  pictorial  side  being  made  the  dominant  fea- 
ture and  the  example  being  selected  for  their  general  attrac- 
tiveness. Beginning  with  July,  1915,  nine  volumes  as  follows 
have  been  issued  to  January,  1917.  Copies  of  current  issues 
may  be  had  upon  application  to  Mr.  Whitehead,  the  Editor. 

Vol.  1,  No.  1,  Colonial  Cottages.  Text  by  Joseph  Everett 
Chandler. 

Vol.  1,  No.  2,  New  England  Colonial  Houses.  Text  by 
Frank  Chouteau  Brown. 

Vol.  1,  No.  3,  Farm  Houses  of  New  Netherlands.  Text 
by  Aymar  Embury  II. 

Vol.  11,  No.  1,  Houses  of  the  Middle  and  Southern  Colo- 
nies. Text  by  Frank  E.  Wallis. 

Vol.  11,  No.  2,  Domestic  Architecture  in  Massachusetts. 
Text  by  Julian  Buckly. 

Vol.  11,  No.  3,  Early  Houses  of  the  Connecticut  River 
Valley.  Text  by  Richard  B.  Derby. 

Vol.  11,  No.  4,  A Suburban  House  and  Garage.  Report 
of  Jury  of  Award. 

Vol.  11,  No.  5,  Old  Woodbury  and  Adjacent  Domestic 
Architecture  in  Connecticut.  Text  by  Wesley  S.  Bessell. 

Vol.  Ii,  No.  6,  Colonial  Architecture  of  the  Eastern  Shore 
of  Maryland.  By  Charles  A.  Ziegler. 

(p)  Carnegie  Steel  Company: 

1.  See  “Pocket  Companion,”  Jan.  1,  1916,  for  Allowable  Uniform 
Loads  for  Wooden  Beams  and  Columns  of  various  woods. 
Specific  Gravities  and  Weights,  and  other  tables. 

(q)  Jones  & Laughlin  Steel  Company: 

1.  See  “Manual”  for  Architects,  Engineers  and  Contractors,  1916, 
for  Allowable  Uniform  Loads  for  Wooden  Beams  and 
Columns  of  various  woods,  Specific  Gravities  and  Weights, 
and  other  tables. 


5G3  Standards  Adopted 

( a ) “Building  Codes.”  The  mandatory  provisions  of  all  Codes,  state 

or  municipal,  must  first  govern  construction  in  each  locality, 
as  mentioned  under  4833. 

(b)  See  also  482^,  and  the  publications  of  the  National  Lumber 

Manufacturers  Association  mentioned  under  5G2ci  and  2, 
for  reference  to  the  Building  Code  recommended  by  the  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  as  a proposed  standard. 

(, c ) By  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (recommended  by  the 
N.F.P.A.): 

I.  “Hose  Houses  for  Mill-Yards:  Construction  and  Equipment,” 
(3A3313). 

{d)  By  Inspection  Department,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire 
Insurance  Companies: 

1.  See  $D3d2  for  small  illustrations  and  brief  reference  to  stan- 
dard mill  and  factory  construction. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  5 


(<r)  By  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials: 

1.  Standard  Specifications  for  Yellow  Pine  Bridge  and  Trestle 

Timbers.  Serial  designation  Dio-15. 

2.  See  Standard  Definitions  of  Terms  (503^1). 

(/)  By  Associated  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  of  New  England: 
1.  “Standard  Mill  Construction,”  shown  in  Report  V,  issued  by 
the  Insurance  Engineering  Experiment  Stations  under 
direction  of  Boston  Manufacturers’  Mutual  Fire  Insurance 
Co.  Illustrated  and  described  in  Chapter  VIII  of  ;G2f4. 
Report  now  obtainable  from  the  Associated  Factory  Mutual 
Fire  Insurance  Companies  (3A7Z),  by  whom  the  work  of  the 
Experiment  Station  has  been  taken  over. 

( g ) By  American  Railway  Engineering  Association: 

1.  “Wooden  Bridges  and  Trestles”  (5F2 a),  Manual  1915,  pp. 

219-246.  Contains  sections  on  Standard  Defects  of  Struc- 
tural Timber;  Standard  Names  for  Structural  Timbers; 
Standard  Specifications  for  Southern  Yellow  Pine  Bridge  and 
Trestle  Timbers;  Standard  Heart  Grade,  Longleaf  Yellow 
Pine;  Standard  Grade,  Longleaf  and  Shortleaf  Yellow  Pine; 
Standard  Specifications  for  Douglas  Fir  and  Western  Hem- 
lock Bridge  and  Trestle  Timbers. 

2.  See  Grading  of  Lumber  (jD3^). 

(b)  For  dividing  of  floor  areas,  types  of  partitions,  stair  enclosures, 
and  other  features  of  industrial  buildings,  see  “Universal 
Safety  Standards,”  1914.  Compiled  under  the  direction  of 
and  approved  by  the  Workmen’s  Compensation  Service 
Bureau,  New  York. 

(J)  By  Underwriters’  Laboratories: 

List  of  appliances  inspected  for  accident  hazards,  first  issue 
July,  1916,  revised,  January,  1917,  covers  a variety  of  safety 
appliances  which  are  regularly  inspected  and  labeled  under 
the  Underwriters’  Laboratory  label  service.  This  work  is 
carried  forward  in  cooperation  with  the  Workmen’s  Compen- 
sation Service  Bureau. 

( k ) For  mechanical  post  cap  and  girder  supports  and  other  appliances 
and  materials  inspected  and  labeled  or  approved,  with  names  of 
the  articles  and  manufacturers,  see: 

1.  List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances  (3A6b). 

2.  Approved  Fire  Protection  Appliances,  Oct.  1916  (3A7 03). 


( k ) See  all  references  in  N.F.P.A.  Index  to  “Uniform  Requirements.” 

(/)  For  wood  cores  in  fire  doors  and  shutters,  see  the  various  publica- 
tions mentioned  under  4C3. 

( m ) For  wooden  tanks,  see  4D5. 

5G4  Some  Wood-Construction  Accessories 

(a)  Very  important,  with  respect  to  the  reductions  of  shrinkage  in 

construction  when  open  and  the  cracking  of  plaster  when  closed, 
is  the  consideration  of  post  caps,  hangers  and  other  devices 
designed,  not  only  for  structural  support,  but  to  overcome  some 
of  these  defects.  Reference  to  these  accessories  will  be  found  in 
many  of  the  publications  listed  in  this  issue  and  also  as  follows: 

(b)  For  Floor  Hangers,  Roof  Connections,  and  Devices,  see  4D4. 

( c ) For  Scuppers,  Inserts  and  Devices,  see  4C4. 

( d ) Pulleys.  This  is  an  important  question  in  connection  with 

millwork.  In  addition  to  the  finish  of  the  article,  so  much 
depends  upon  the  construction  and  size — determined  by  the  use, 
the  area  and  weight  of  sash,  size  of  box  and  other  considera- 
tions. The  matter  of  standardization  has  been  carefully  worked 
out  by  the  Columbian  Hardware  Co. 

( e ) “Nail  Knowledge,”  Oct.  2,  1915,  and  “More  ‘Nail  Knowledge,’  ” 

W.  T.  Flanders,  American  Lumberman , Nov.  27,  1 91 5.  Articles 
of  much  interest  in  connection  with  the  use  of  wood  and  the 
lasting  qualities  of  nails  used. 

(/)  For  correspondence  concerning  lathing  nails,  see  5M3. 

(gj  For  information  on  self-releasing  fire-exit  latches,  see  Industrial 
Section,  p.  147,  Vonnegut  Hardware  Co. 

(b)  For  Lightning  Protection,  see  4G. 

(j)  The  use  of  units  individually  applied  for  “grounds”  instead  of 
plugging  walls  for  continuous  wooden  stringers  and  for  laying 
of  “sleepers”  for  wooden  floors  is  receiving  the  attention  of 
manufacturers,  as  evidenced  by  circulars  and  catalogues  dis- 
tributed. See  same  for  information.  These  are  also  referred  to 
in  Report  of  Committee  on  Manufacturers  and  Materials  in 
Journal  of  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings  February, 
1916. 


5H  Exterior  and  Interior  Wood-Finish,  Veneering  and  Finishing 


(See,  also.  Painting,  Varnishing,  and  Finishing  in  General,  12E.) 

United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  (Forest  Service) : 

( a ) “Sugar  Pine.”  Professional  paper,  Bulletin  No.  426,  ij  cents. 

Describes  the  qualities  of  this  as  an  important  wood  in  the 
manufacture  of  special  and  general  millwork. 

(b)  “Veneers”  (statistics  and  method  of  production),  1906,  6 pp. 

(Forest  Circular  133),  5 cents.  1909,  23  pp.  (Forest  Products 
5),  J cents,  1910,  6 pp.,  J cents.  1911,  8 pp.,  5 cents. 

(c)  “Circassian  Walnut,”  1913,  12  pp.,  illus.  (Forest  Circular  212), 

J cents. 

(For  Floors  and  Floor  Finishing,  see  5J.) 

1.  See  “Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (5B1/): 

(a)  Section  on  “Standard  Sizes  of  Lumber”  gives  Association 

Standards  for  Flooring,  Ceiling,  Partition,  Siding,  Finish, 
Shiplap  Boards,  and  Dimension  Work. 

( b)  Section  on  “Permanent  Advantages  of  Wood”  treats  of  Availa- 

bility, Strength  Compared  with  Weight,  Workability,  Insu- 
lating Qualities,  and  Figure. 

(c)  Section  on  “Paints  and  Wood  Finishes”  describes:  Preparatory 

Treatments,  and  gives  Specifications  of  Master  Painters  for 
Exteriors,  Interiors,  Hardwoods,  and  Softwoods. 

2.  Southern  Pine  Association  (See  also  p.  186): 

(a)  “The  Standard  Moulding  Book,”  1916,  37  pp.,  illustrated  with 

Patterns  of  Full-sized  Mouldings  and  all  forms  of  finish  in 
Southern  Yellow  Pine. 

(b)  “Directions  for  Finishing  Southern  Yellow  Pine,”  19  pp., 

colored  facsimiles  of  finished  woods  and  other  illustrations, 
including  interiors,  with  notes  on  painting,  staining,  and 
varnishing  of  this  wood. 

(c)  Service  and  Economy  in  Building  (5G2W).  Also  similar  in 

contents  to  ( b ) without  the  colored  plates. 
id)  See  “Standard  Specifications  for  Grades  of  Southern  Yellow 
Pine  Lumber.”  Contents  described  under  5D4/2. 

3.  Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  (See  also  p.  187): 

(a)  “Technical  Information  about  Red  Gum,”  (no  date),  16  pp. 

Illustrating  and  describing  the  figure  in  this  wood,  with 
notes  on  the  care  of  hardwood  doors  and  trim. 

(b)  “Red  Gum  Facts”  (no  date),  13  pp.  Illustrating  and  describ- 

ing interior  and  other  uses  and  with  formulas  for  various 
finishes. 

(c)  For  many  illustrations  and  much  illuminating  information  on 

processes  of  manufacture,  methods  of  using,  kinds  of  veneers 
and  other  data,  see  Canadian  W oodworker  and  Furniture 
Manufacturer  for  April,  1917,  being  a Feature  Number  on 
Gum  Lumber. 

Serial  No.  5 


4.  California  Redwood  Association: 

(a)  “California  Redwood,”  70  pp.,  colored  illustrations.  Treating 

of  the  use  of  redwood  for  interior  trim  and  offering  many 
suggestions  in  addition  to  giving  “Directions  for  Rare 
Finishes  on  Redwood.”  Eight  large  colored  panels  show  in 
facsimile  varying  effects  of  grain  also.  See  5D7g  for  reference 
to  discussion  of  lengths  and  selections. 

(b)  “In  the  Home  of  Redwood”  c,Glml.  The  use  of  this  wood  in 

interiors  is  described  and  formulas  are  given  for  interior 
finishes. 

5.  Arkansas  Soft  Pine  Bureau: 

(a)  “Architects’  Manual  on  Arkansas  Soft  Pine,”  copyrighted  1916, 

62  pp.,  illus.  Includes  complete  description  of  the  wood  as  to 
Origin,  Individuality,  Physical  Characteristics,  Proper  Uses, 
Proper  Finishing,  Painting  Formulas,  and  contains  table  of 
Board  Measure  and  30  pages  of  full-sized  drawings  of  all 
kinds  of  exterior  and  interior  trim,  frames,  sills,  rails,  and 
Standard  Molding  Designs  and  Grading  Rules  for  all  forms 
of  finish. 

(b)  “Arkansas  Soft  Pine:  Interior  Trim,”  18  pp.,  colored  and  other 

illustrations. 

(c)  “Arkansas  Soft  Pine:  How  to  Finish  and  Paint  It,”  copyrighted 

1917,  23  pp.,  illus. 

( d ) “Not  a House  but  a Home.”  Home  Construction,  Hints  for 

the  Layman;  Description  of  Wood;  Cottage  and  Residence 
Designs,  with  introduction  of  Aymar  Embury  II,  architect. 
36  pp. 

6.  West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association: 

(a)  “Suggestions  for  the  Finishing  of  Western  Woods.” 

7.  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings: 

(a)  “Fumed  Oak,”  Chas.  E.  Morrell.  Journal,  Nov.,  1915,  Paper 
No.  198,  pp.  342-343. 

8.  White  Pine  Bureau  (See  also  p.  184): 

(a)  “White  Pine  Specifications.”  This  is  an  exhaustive  treatise,  in 

preparation,  and  now  almost  completed,  to  supply  the  infor- 
mation heretofore  lacking  with  respect  to  “frame  construc- 
tion” and  the  grades  of  lumber.  It  has  been  designed  espe- 
cially for  architects  to  assist  them  in  specifying  and  to  enable 
them  to  refer  in  the  language  of  the  lumber  trade  to  the 
specific  grades  of  white  pine  most  economically  adapted  to 
various  building  uses. 

(b)  See  “Architectural  Monographs,”  described  under  sG2<j2. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


69 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


9.  North  Carolina  Pine  Association: 

( a ) “Architects’  and  Contractors’  Reference  Book  on  North  Caro- 

lina Pine,”  7 pp.,  illus.  Contains  information  on  the  origin 
and  nature  of  the  wood,  its  adaptability,  its  use  in  connection 
with  interior  and  exterior  work  and  for  various  types  of 
buildings,  comparative  cost,  and  colored  illustrations  of 
finish. 

(b)  “North  Carolina  Pine  for  Architects  and  Contractors,”  15  pp., 

colored  illustrations,  of  stained  boards  and  illustrations  of 
exteriors.  Treats  of  the  character  of  the  wood,  its  exterior  and 
interior  use,  its  adaptability  to  staining  and  enameling, 
digest  of  grading  rules,  use  of  millwork  for  doors  and  sash, 
cost  and  availability. 

(r)  “Your  Home  Beautiful,”  16  pp.,  colored  illustrations  of  stained 
boards  and  colored  interior  views. 

(d)  “Planning  the  New  Home,”  24  pp.  Contains  colored  illustra- 

tions of  stained  boards;  exterior  illustrations  and  floor  plans 
of  ten  modern  homes,  together  with  information  on  the  char- 
acteristics of  this  wood,  its  adaptability  for  every  use,  its 
cost,  and  digest  of  grading  rules. 

(e)  “Architects’  Reference  Book,”  16  pp.,  color  plates. 

(j)  “Home  Builders’  Book,”  24  pp.,  color  plates. 

(g)  “N.  C.  P.  Millwork  Manufacturers,”  giving  a list  of  same. 

(h)  “Inspection  Rules,”  24  pp.  Contents  noted  under  5D4&I. 

10.  Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association: 

(a)  "Cypress  Pocket  Library.”  Consists  of  41  booklets  covering 
all  uses  for  Cypress  (5Gi?i).  See  index  to  same  in  Vol.  1. 

11.  See  "Veneered  Work  in  Building  Construction,”  G.  D.  Crain,  Jr. 

Article  printed  in  “Veneers,”  September,  1916. 

12.  See  Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,  1916,  in  addition  to  sections  elsewhere 

referred  to. 

13.  See  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  Part  II, 

“Carpenters’  Work,”  F.  E.  Kidder.  Contains,  in  addition  to 
sections  elsewhere  referred  to: 

(a)  Chapter  III  describes:  Sheathing;  Window-frames;  Sashes; 

Store-front  Construction;  Window-glass  and  Glazing;  Out- 
side-door Frames;  Superintendence. 

( b ) Chapter  IV  describes:  Outside  Finish  in  general;  Eaves,  Cor- 

nices, and  Gutters;  Gables;  Water-tables,  Corner-boards,  and 


Belt-courses;  Covering  of  Outside  Stud  Walls;  Porches  and 
Piazzas;  Dormers;  Skylights  and  Scuttles;  Roofing. 

(r)  Chapter  V describes:  Rough  Work;  Joiners’  Work;  Doors  and 
Windows,  Frames  and  Finish;  Inside  Blinds  and  Coiling 
Partitions;  Bases  and  Wainscoting;  Wooden  Cornices,  Built- 
up  Beams,  and  Columns;  Miscellaneous  Interior  Wooden 
Finish;  Stairs;  Fixtures  and  Fittings;  Dimensions  of  Furni- 
ture. 

(d)  Chapter  VIII:  “Specifications”  for:  Interior  Finish;  Painters’ 
Work;  also  Notes  on  Painting  Specifications. 

14.  See  “The  Building  Estimators’  Reference  Book,”  1917.  Frank  R. 

Walker.  Contains,  in  addition  to  sections  elsewhere  referred 
to: 

(a)  Chapter  XI:  “Mill-Work  and  Interior  Finish,  Erection  of 
Same;”  treats  of  Methods  of  Estimating  the  Labor  Cost  for 
Erecting  Exterior  and  Interior  Mill-work  and  Finish. 

15.  See  “Building  Trades’  Handbook.”  Contains,  in  addition  to  sec- 

tions elsewhere  referred  to,  information  on  Windows,  and  Outside 
and  Inside  Finish,  with  many  illustrations. 

16.  For  further  information  on  the  use  of  white  pine  for  exterior  and 

interior  finish,  with  illustration  of  doorway  to  house  at  Bedford, 
Mass.,  see  the  Industrial  Section,  p.  184,  White  Pine  Bureau. 

17.  For  more  detailed  information  concerning  red  gum,  with  illustrated 

effects  and  description  of  publications  of  the  Red  Gum  Manufac- 
turers’ Association,  see  p.  187  in  Industrial  Section. 

18.  For  greenhouse  construction,  see  12F6. 

19.  For  description  of  oak  and  its  uses,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  185, 

The  American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association. 

20.  For  other  information  on  materials  to  be  used  in  finishing  wood- 

work, see  pages  in  the  Industrial  Section  as  follows: 

(a)  References  to  “Matheson  White  Lead,”  p.  195,  Matheson  Lead 

Company. 

(b)  Cabot's  Old  Virginia  White  and  other  products,  p.  190,  Samuel 

Cabot,  Inc. 

(r)  Architectural  Varnishes  and  Enamels  and  specifications  for 
Wood  Finishing,  Murphy  Varnish  Co.,  pp.  188,  189. 

(d)  “R.  I.  W.”  “Hospital  and  Laboratory  Enamel,”  Toch  Brothers, 
P-  193- 


5J  Wood  Floors  and  Finishes  and  Parquetry  Work  (See  fehing^  and 


(Treated  wood  flooring  and  paving  referred  to  under  5E2.) 

In  addition  to  their  inclusion  in  many  of  the  publications  elsewhere 
referred  to,  these  subjects  will  be  found  treated  in: 

1.  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  Frank  R.  Walker. 

February  1,  1917. 

( a ) A complete  section  on  wood  flooring,  pp.  1318-1381,  gives 
quantities,  costs,  kinds  of  materials,  methods  of  laying  plain 
floors,  laminated  floors,  hardwood  and  parquetry  floors,  and 
of  scraping  sanding,  and  complete  finishing  with  several 
pages  of  illustrations  of  parquetry  floors  and  wood  carpets. 

2.  Kidder’s  “Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book,  1916.”  (Revised 

edition  in  preparation.) 

(a)  Strength  and  Stiffness  of  Wooden  Floors,  Thomas  Nolan. 

Chapter  XXL  Includes  framing  plans,  tables  for  plank  floor- 
ing and  all  other  kinds,  illustrations  of  joist  and  beam 
hangers. 

( b ) See  “Data  on  Lumber  and  Carpenters’  Work,”  pp.  1472-1478. 

3.  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 

Part  11,  Carpenters’  Work. 

(a)  Floors,  p.  519  and  following:  Grading  of  Flooring,  Weights  of 
Flooring,  Laying  Flooring,  Parquet  Flooring,  Parquetry 
Flooring,  illustrated  with  full-size  sections  of  flooring  boards 
and  otherwise. 

4.  Suggested  Codes  of  the  N.B.F.U.  {^k^di). 

( a ) “Building  Code,  1915.”  See  section  giving  data  on  slope  of 

floors  in  mill-construction  and  other  floors  for  drainage  of 
water,  pp.  129— 130. 

( b ) “Dwelling  Houses.”  See  Floor  and  Roof  Construction,  pp. 

31-39,  particularly  the  recommendations  under  Section  29  on 
“Wooden  Flooring”  for  double  floors  and  floors  over  fireproof 
construction,  with  notes  on  timber. 

5.  See  “Watertight  Floors  of  Mill-Construction”  (3A6a26).  Also  con- 

tains diagrams  of  flashings  against  walls  and  at  columns. 

6.  “Flooring — Hardwood.”  Standard  Specifications  (Specifications 

and  General  Notes),  Building  Data  League  (2A54),  March,  1917. 

7.  Quarterly  of  the  N.F.P.A.  See  “Index”  to  subjects,  also: 

(a)  Unit  System  of  Wood  Flooring  for  Fireproof  Manufacturing 

Buildings,  C.  H.  Patton,  Vol.  8,  No.  I. 

(b)  Waterproofing  Floors,  Vol.  7,  No.  4. 

(r)  Enclosures  for  Floor  Openings,  Vol.  8,  No.  3. 

8.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent.  1916. 

( a ) Floors,  Strength  of  floors  (planks),  pp.  1390-1394. 

9.  “Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (5B1/). 

Series  No.  5 


{a)  Hardwood  Flooring — Kinds,  Grades,  Uses  and  Methods  of 
Finishing. 

( b ) Standard  Sizes  of  Lumber — Association  Standards  for  Flooring. 

10.  “Structural  Timber  Hand  Book  on  Pacific  Coast  Woods”  (5G2J1). 

(1 a ) See  sections  and  tables  on  Laminated  Floors  and  Mill-Floors. 

11.  Publications  of  the  Southern  Pine  Association  (See  also  p.  186): 

(a)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Grades  of  Southern  Yellow  Pine 

Lumber,”  1917  Contains  sections  on  “Heavy  Floor- 

ing” and  on  “Flooring,”  with  full-size  detailed  and  figured 
drawings  and  describes  sizes  of  material  in  the  rough  and 
when  surfaced  and  finished.  Defines  sizes,  lengths,  grades, 
crook,  and  gives  a special  clause  for  determining  average  of 
defects.  Grades,  as  follows,  defined:  Edge  Grain — A,  B,  C, 
D,  and  No.  1 common; — Flat  Grain — A,  B,  C,  D,  No.  1.  Com- 
mon, No.  2,  common  and  No.  3.  Sheathing  (or  No.  3 Com- 
mon Flooring);  also  refers  to  Standard  Matched  Flooring, 
Center  Matched  Flooring,  and  No.  1,  Common  Factory 
Flooring  and  Heart  Face  Edge  Grain. 

( b ) “The  Gulf  Coast  Classification  of  Pitch  Pine  Resawn  Lumber 

and  Sawn  Timber,”  1915  (504,53),  gives  list  of  sizes  of  floor- 
ing and  defines  grades  as  follows:  Rift,  Special  (Crown  and 
French  Flooring),  Prime  (Heart  Face),  Standard  (Genoa 
Prime),  Merchantable,  and  Square  Edge. 

(c)  “Yellow  Pine — A Manual  of  Standard  Wood  Construction.” 

(5G2mi.)  See  Properties  of  Yellow  Pine  Mill  Floors  and 
Laminated  Floors  and  tables  and  other  data  on  heavy  floor 
construction. 

(d)  “Directions  for  Finishing  Southern  Yellow  Pine”  (5H2^). 

See  section  on  Finishing  Southern  Yellow  Pine  Floors;  con- 
tains general  directions  and  recommendations  as  to  the  wood, 
manner  of  laying  and  methods  of  finishing  floors  in  residences. 

(e)  See  5D7/for  note  about  short  lengths  in  flooring. 

12.  Publications  of  the  North  Carolina  Pine  Association: 

(a)  “Official  Inspection  Rules,”  January  25,  1917.  Under  “Floor- 
ing” gives  description  of  the  standard  lengths  and  defines 
the  grades,  as  follows:  Flat  grain  (unless  otherwise  specified) — 
No.  1 Flooring,  No.  2 Flooring,  No.  3 Flooring,  No.  4 Floor- 
ing; Rift — No.  1 Rift  Flooring,  No.  2 Rift  Flooring.  Also 
describes  lengths  (same  as  flooring)  for  “Factory  Flooring 
and  Roofers”  and  defines  grading  same  as  box  lumber. 
Contains  full-size  detailed  and  figured  drawings  of  standard 
gauges  for  flooring,  ceiling,  partition,  factory  flooring  and 
spline. 


70 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  5 


(, b ) “North  Carolina  Pine — Doubly  Desirable  for  Flooring  and 
Ceiling,”  4-page  folder,  describes  the  method  used  in  the 
working  of  this  wood  for  these  and  similar  purposes  and 
quotes  from  Forest  Service  Bulletin  No.  99,  about  the 
use  of  shortleaf  pine. 

For  further  reference  to  this  publication  see  sT3jd  under 
"Standardization  and  Conservation.” 

(r)  In  “North  Carolina  Pine  for  your  Home”  is  given  a digest  of 
grading  rules  adopted  by  the  Association  for  all  forms  of 
finish  including  flooring. 

(d)  In  “North  Carolina  Pine,  the  Wood  Universal”  is  given  a similar 
digest. 

13.  In  “Red  Gum  Facts”  ($H3^)  is  a description  of  the  process  of 

kiln-drying  and  reference  to  this  wood  as  flooring  material  as  well 
as  for  its  many  other  uses. 

14.  Publications  of  the  Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers’  Association: 

(a)  “Grading  Rules — for  Maple,  Beech  and  Birch  Flooring.” 

Adopted  September  24,  1913.  Copyrighted  and  reproduc- 
tion prohibited.  Definitions  given:  The  Clear  Grade,  the  No. 

I.  Grade,  The  Factory  Grade,  Special  Grades,  Standard 
Measurement,  Custom  Governing  Reinspection,  Advan- 
tages of  Standard  Lengths. 

(i)  “How  to  Lay  and  Finish  Maple  Floors.”  1915.  Contains: 
Directions  for  Laying,  Economy  of  End  Matched  Flooring, 
The  Proper  Nail  to  Use  (with  illustrations  of  kinds  and 
methods),  Scraping  and  Sanding,  Directions  for  Finishing 
Floors  (oil  treatment,  wax  finish,  and  varnished  floors), 
Repairing  Waxed  Floors,  Staining  Maple,  Beech  and  Birch, 
Selection  of  Flooring. 

(c)  “Schoolroom  Floors,”  191J.  A 16-page  illustrated  treatise. 
id)  “Individuality  in  the  Home,”  1915.  14  pages  of  suggestions 
to  home-builders  with  respect  to  flooring. 

( t ) See  statement  about  branding  under  ;T)6e  and  about  short 
lengths  under  5D74. 

15.  Publications  of  The  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S. 

and  the  Oak  Flooring  Service  Bureau: 

(a)  “Oak  Flooring.”  Seventh  Edition,  1915.  Contains  grading 
rules  as  follows:  Quarter-Sawed — Clear,  Sap  Clear,  Select; 
Plain  Sawed — Clear,  Select,  No.  1 Common,  Factory;  also 
recommendations  as  to  the  use  of  different  grades.  Also 
contains,  Standard  Thicknesses  and  Widths,  How  to  Arrive 
at  the  Amount  of  Oak  Flooring  Required,  Standard  Weights 


of  Oak  Flooring,  Handling,  Laying  Oak  Floors,  with  Direc- 
tions for  Kind  and  Spacing  of  Nails,  Scraping,  Finishing  (oil, 
wax  and  varnish),  Care  of  Oak  Floors,  and  Economical  Uses. 

(/>)  “How  to  Lay  Oak  Flooring.”  Leaflet.  (Not  dated,  received 
November  8,  1916.)  Contains  Grading  Rules  (changing 
factory  grade  of  “Plain  Sawed”  to  “No.  2 Common”  but 
with  definition  as  before),  The  Use  of  Different  Grades,  with 
detailed  drawings  of  Two  Ways  to  Deaden  a Floor,  Laying, 
Scraping,  Care  of  Oak  Floors. 

(c)  “Three-eigbths-inch  Oak  Flooring — Its  Commercial  Worth  in 

Old  Houses.”  Leaflet  with  illustrations  and  descriptions  con- 
tributing to  this  purpose,  with  the  Names  and  Uses  of  Dif- 
ferent Grades  Jjj-inch  Oak  Flooring  and  jHj-inch  Oak  Flooring 
vs.  Carpets.  (Not  dated,  received  August  28,  1916.) 

( d)  See  statement  about  branding  under  5D6 d. 

16.  Arkansas  Soft  Pine  Bureau: 

(a)  “Architects  Manual  on  Arkansas  Soft  Pine”  contains  Grading 
Rules  for  Flooring,  and  Heavy  Flooring,  with  description  of 
sizes  when  worked  and  drawings  and  photographic  illustra- 
tions of  flooring. 

17.  Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association: 

(a)  In  Vol.  1 of  the  Cypress  Pocket  Library  it  is  recommended  that 
porch  floors  should  be  of  cypress. 

18.  Northern  Pine  Manufacturers’ Association: 

(a)  In  “Rules  for  the  Grading  of  Northern  Pine,  Spruce  and  Tam- 
arack Lumber”  Association  Standard  Grades  for  Flooring 
define:  A Flooring,  B Flooring,  C Flooring,  D Flooring,  and 
Farmers’  Clear  Flooring. 

19.  In  “Heavy  Timber  Mill  Construction  Buildings”  (5G2C4)  is  a sec- 

tion devoted  to  floors,  describing  general  construction  with  details 
of  laminated  floors,  sizes  of  bays,  methods  of  flashing,  with  tables 
of  allowable  floor  loads  and  working  stresses. 

20.  See  various  publications  and  recommendations  of  manufactures  of 

floor  finishes  which  are  not  here  referred  to,  except  as  below,  the 
intention  being  to  give  at  this  time  the  recommendations  of  the 
manufacturers  of  the  floors  themselves  who  are  of  course  emi- 
nently concerned  with  the  proper  treatment  and  care  of  their 
products. 

21.  For  statements  with  respect  to  varnish  for  floors  see  Industrial 

Section,  pp.  188,  189,  Murphy  Varnish  Company. 

22.  For  references  to  oak  flooring,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  185,  The 

American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association. 


5K  Shingles,  Lathing  and  Wall-Boards 

The  subjects  covered  by  this  heading  will  be  found  included  in  a 
great  many  of  the  publications  referred  to  under  the  other  subdivisions. 

1.  See  Forest  Products — Lumber,  Lath  and  Shingles.  1909,  63  pp. 

5 cents;  1910,  45  pp.,  5 cents;  1911,  45  pp.,  J cents.  Department 
of  Commerce,  Bureau  of  the  Census,  compiled  in  cooperation  with 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service.  (Discontinued,  see 
5D1  d.)  These  are  statistical  summaries. 

2.  Standard  specifications  for  yellow  pine  shingles  are  included  in  the 

publication  of  the  Southern  Yellow  Pine  Association  mentioned 
under  which  also  includes  standards  for  lathing  and 

Byrkit  lath  and  gives  a list  of  standard  sizes  of  yellow  pine  laths. 

3.  In  “The  Lumber  Users’  Guide”  (No.  12)  listed  under  the 

use  of  Washington  red  cedar  for  shingles  is  touched  upon — grades 
not  given. 

4.  In  “California  Redwood  on  the  Farm,”  listed  under  5G201,  is  a 

section  devoted  to  redwood  shingles  and  shakes,  with  interesting 
illustrations  of  split-strakes  and  diagrams  for  laying  shingle  and 
shake  roof  construction.  Contains,  also,  a description  of  the 
grades  and  recommendations  as  to  the  manner  of  laying. 

5.  For  cypress  shingles,  see  “Classification  and  Grading  Rules  for 

Cypress  Shingles”  p.  652  of  1915  “Manual”  of  American  Railway 
Engineering  Association.  (1A9C.)  Defines  grades — Bests, 

Prints,  Star  a Star,  Economy  and  Clippers  and  standards  for 
quantities  and  inspection. 

6.  See  Pocket  Library  of  Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Associa- 

tion Vol.  7,  “Cypress  Shingles  (a  ‘Yes’  Book);”  Vol.  29,  “Cypress 
Shingle  House  No.  1;”  Vol.  34,  “Shingle  House  No.  2.” 

7.  For  red  cedar  shingles  the  Shingle  Branch  of  the  West  Coast 

Lumbermen’s  Association  adopted  grading  rules,  effective  June 
25,  1916,  entitled  “Rite-Grade  Grading  Rules.”  See  separate 
leaflet  defining  same. 

Among  the  many  other  publications  of  this  Shingle  Branch  are: 

(a)  “Distinctive  American  Homes  of  Red  Cedar  Shingles.”  18  pp. 

( b ) “Bungalow  Homes  of  Red  Cedar  Shingles.”  18  pp. 

(c)  “Farm  Buildings  of  Red  Cedar  Shingles.”  18  pp. 

Each  of  these  is  attractively  illustrated  with  perspective  views, 

plans  and  diagrams. 

( d ) “Nails,”  a leaflet  giving  sizes  and  kinds  to  use  for  different  forms 

of  material,  including  shingles. 

It  also  publishes  a set  of  twelve  “Bungalow  Designs”  (plans  and 
elevations,  specifications  and  bill  of  materials),  based  on  the 
use  of  shingles. 

8.  In  “Structural  Timber  Hand  Book”  published  by  the  same  Asso- 

ciation (listed  5G271)  will  be  found  several  pages  describing  and 

Series  No.  5 


(See  also  Wood  Preservatives,  Shingle  Treatments  and  Fire- 
Retardants,  12D,  and  Lathing  and  Plastering,  11D6) 
illustrating  the  correct  method  of  laying  red  cedar  shingles,  the 
kind  and  size  of  nail  to  use,  and  other  recommendations.  Also 
“Grading  Rules  for  Red  Cedar  Shingles  Which  Have  Been  in 
Use  Since  1908,”  as  well  as  the  “Rite-Grade”  Grading  Rules  of 
the  Shingle  Branch  of  this  Association,  above  referred  to. 

9.  See  “Architects’  Manual  on  Arkansas  Soft  Pine”  (5H 5a)  for  drawings 
and  grading  rules  of  lathing,  Byrkit  lath,  lattice  and  other  finish. 

10.  In  “Rules  for  the  Inspection  of  Hemlock  Lumber,”  adopted  by  The 

Northern  Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers’  Association 
(jD4ifi),  the  definitions  are  given,  at  length,  of  No.  1,  and  No. 
2 Lath. 

11.  In  “Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  Uses  of  Wood  in  Building 

Construction”  (5Eiri),  see  Part  III,  Investigation  of  the  Relative 
Inflammability  of  Untreated  and  Treated  Siding  and  Shingles. 

12.  See  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  F.  R.  Walker, 

1917,  for  estimating  quantities  of  shingles,  labor,  nails  and  other 
features  of  construction. 

13.  In  “Building  Trades  Hand-book”  is  a treatise  on  shingles  with 

illustrations  and  descriptions  of  laying,  gauging,  forming  hips 
and  valleys  and  table  of  quantities;  also  reference  to  lathing. 

14.  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder.  Part 

11,  Carpenters’  Work. 

( a ) Wall  Shingling.  (/>)  Shingled  Roofs  in  General,  18  pages  of 
descriptive  matter  about  kinds  and  grading  of  woods,  paper 
lining,  laying,  ridges  and  hips,  valleys  and  flashings,  and 
snow-guards,  with  various  tables  and  diagrams,  (c)  Furring 
and  lathing. 

15.  See  “Association  Standard  Grades,”  rules  for  the  grading  of  northern 

pine,  spruce  and  tamarack  lumber  of  the  Northern  Pine  Manu- 
facturers’ Association.  In  same  is  defined  No.  I White  Pine 
Lath;  No.  1 Mixed  Lath  and  No.  2 Lath. 

16.  See  Current  Comments  (5M3)  for  some  interesting  correspondence 

on  the  subject  of  lathing. 

17.  For  illustrations  and  description  of  a wooden  dovetailed  lath  (creo- 

soted)  imbedded  in  asphalt-mastic  on  a fiber-board  backing, 
making  a stucco  or  plaster-board,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  196, 
the  Bishopric  Manufacturing  Co. 

18.  Shingles  may  be  obtained  already  treated  and  stained,  whether  for 

“regular”  effects  or  for  “thatched  roofs.”  for  which  see  manu- 
facturers’ literature.  For  “Pamak”  Fire-retardant  shingle 
paints,  see  12D5. 

19.  For  illustration  and  description  of  effects  to  be  obtained  by  the  use 

of  creosote  stains  on  shingles,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  1 90,  Samuel 
Cabot,  Inc. 


71 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 

5L  Recreation  Facilities — Bowling-Alleys,  Billiard  Tables  and  Other 
Games 


As  wood  is  the  principal  material  entering  into  the  construction  of 
games  and  other  recreational  facilities  which  are  housed  from  the 
weather,  and  as  many  of  them  require  and  should  receive  proper  con- 
sideration in  planning  on  account  of  adequate  provision  which  should  be 
allowed  for  their  accommodation  in  the  structure,  it  has  been  thought 
well  to  touch  upon  the  subject  of  space  requirements  for  some  installa- 
tions here.  Other  recreational  facilities  for  indoors  and  outdoors  will  be 
treated  in  subsequent  issues. 

I.  In  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book  (1916)”  and  in  some  few  of  the  other 
books  referred  to  in  various  issues  of  the  Journal  will  be  found, 
under  the  Index,  names  of  games  and  equipment  required,  and 
in  the  text  brief  descriptions,  list  of  sizes  and  similar  data  per- 
taining to  shuffle-boards,  squash-courts,  and  other  games. 

5M  Current  Comment 

1.  Activities  to  date,  with  respect  to  lumber  and  its 
uses  structurally,  are  fully  covered  under  descriptions 
given  of  the  Forest  Service,  and  of  the  various  committees 
and  associations  at  the  beginning  of  this  issue. 

2.  The  following  notation  of  corrections  which  should 
be  made  in  the  New  York  City  Building  Code  is  of  interest: 

Attention  is  called  to  incorrect  values  of  working  stresses 
for  timber  in  compression  across  the  grain,  still  printed 
and  circulated  (May,  1917)  in  the  Code  of  Ordinances  of 
the  City  of  New  York,  Article  3,  Section  51,  as  amended 
by  ordinance  adopted  April  20, 1915,  effective  May  1,  1915. 
The  values  given  are  two  or  three  times  as  high  as  they 
should  be  and  are  due  to  errors  in  transcribing  manu- 
script, as  explained  to  the  undersigned  by  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Buildings  of  the  Borough  of  Manhattan. 

Thomas  Nolan, 

Chairman  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods. 

3.  In  connection  with  the  subject  of  lathing  referred 
to  under  5K,  the  subjoined  correspondence  between  the 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods 
and  a committeeman  is  of  interest  and  will,  it  is  hoped, 
lead  to  further  discussion  on  this  subject. 

My  dear  Prof.  Nolan:  1 am  enclosing  a copy  of  “Stan- 
dard Rules  of  the  Measurement  of  Plastering”  as  adopted 
by  the  Employing  Plasterers’  Association  of  this  city. 

These  rules  have  not  been  formally  approved  by  our 
Chapter  (which  has  a committee  appointed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  “standardizing”  workmanship  and  materials),  and 
I do  not  know  what  modifications,  if  any,  would  be  de- 
manded before  our  approval  would  be  given,  but  the 
adoption  of  “standards”  in  any  branch  makes  it  almost 
impossible  to  get  work  done  in  accordance  with  the  archi- 
tects' specifications,  if  they  vary  from  the  adopted  stan- 
dard; for  instance,  I always  specify  three-penny,  fourteen- 
gauge  wire  nails,  inches  long,  for  wood  lath.  The 
“standard”  adopted  by  the  plasterers  and  unions  calls  for 
three-penny,  “fine,”  of  sixteen  gauge,  which  is  not  much 
better  than  a good  healthy  “pin”  and  is  not  heavy  enough 
to  make  a good  job — especially  if  hard  pine  lath  are  used 
which  are  liable  to  twist  and  pull  out. 

I have  a fight  on  every  job  on  this  point — as  the  lathers 
do  not  like  the  larger  nails  (not  so  convenient  to  hold  in 
the  mouth) — and  there  are  only  about  three-fifths  as 


1.  In  the  Industrial  Section  of  this  issue  will  be  found,  on  p.  159, 
authoritative  figured  installation  drawings  and  measurements  for 
bowling-alleys  and  lists  of  sizes  of  billiard  tables  and  space- 
requirements  as  prepared  by  the  makers  themselves— the 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender  Co. 

3.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  space-requirements  given,  while  a 
liberal  minimum  for  satisfactory  playing,  do  not  purport  to 
provide  space  for  spectators  for  whom,  when  desired,  further 
space-allowance  should  be  made.  Columns,  pilasters,  chimney 
breasts  and  other  projections  should  never  be  allowed  to  encroach 
upon  the  space  required,  nor  to  interfere  with  the  player’s  enjoy- 
ment. 


many  to  the  pound,  making  them  cost  more.  However,  I 
believe  the  standardization  of  workmanship  and  materials 
will  be  of  great  benefit,  provided  the  standards  adopted 
meet  the  architects’  approval.  Yours  very  truly, 


My  dear  Mr. : 

I have  your  letter  of  February  28th,  enclosing  the  copy 
of  “Standard  Rules  of  the  Measurement  of  Plastering,” 
adopted  by  the  Employing  Plasterers’  Association  of  your 
city. 

Of  course,  all  of  the  so-called  “standard  rules,”  speci- 
fications, tests,  etc.,  recommended  by  producers  are  not 
necessarily  to  be  accepted  by  the  profession:  but  “stan- 
dards” approved  by  a society  like  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials,  I think,  may  be  accepted  by  the  profes- 
sion without  question,  because  that  Society  is  made  up  of 
membership  of  both  producers  and  non-producers,  that 
is  to  say,  of  producers  and  manufacturers  on  the  one 
hand,  and  of  engineers  and  architects  on  the  other  hand. 
The  A.S.T.M.  Standard  Specifications  for  portland  cement 
and  structural  steel,  for  example,  may  well  be  approved 
and  recommended  by  the  architectural  profession. 

Yours  very  truly, 

Thomas  Nolan,  Chairman. 

5M4  Addenda 

For  further  items  of  interest  in  connection  with  Wood 
Lathing,  see  “Uniform  Lathing  Specifications,”  described 
under  11D6/  and  many  other  references  under  that  sub- 
division. 

Also,  as  of  especial  interest  in  connection  with  wood 
work  in  general,  see  Serial  No.  12,  devoted  to  Paints  and 
Painting,  Glass  and  Glazing.  Section  12B  deals  with 
Research,  Tests  and  Paint  Materials;  12D  with  Wood 
Preservatives,  Shingle  Treatments  and  Fire  Retardants; 
and  12E  with  Painting,  Varnishing  and  Finishing  in 
General.  In  a great  many  of  the  publications  listed  under 
these  sections  and  in  the  activities  referred  to  there  the 
characteristics,  uses,  treatment  and  finish  of  woods  are 
constantly  under  consideration. 


Serial  No.  5 


72 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  6 


ELECTRICAL  ISSUE 

CONTENTS 


The  purpose  this  month  is  to  place  before  the  readers 
of  the  Journal  a resume  of  matters  electrical  applying  to 
buildings,  their  construction  and  equipment.  Practice  in 
this  respect  has  been  standardized  to  an  extent  perhaps 
not  excelled  by  any  other  science  or  industry.  And  yet 
improvement  is  constantly  taking  place.  For  some  years 
the  leading  activities  in  the  development  of  electrical 


utilization  within  and  around  buildings  have  centered 
about  the  revision  of  the  National  Electrical  Code,  the 
requirements  of  which  have  long  been  recognized  as 
affording  the  working  basis  necessary  for  a unison 
of  purpose  on  the  part  of  all  interests  in  the  electrical 
field. 

The  plan  of  presentation  is  revealed  in  the  Index: 


6A  Electrical  Societies, 

Allied  Agencies. 

6B  Others  Having  Important  Electrical  Com- 
mittees. 

6C  The  National  Electrical  Code. 

6Dl  The  National  Electrical  Safety  Code. 

6E  Apparatus,  Appliances  and  Installations 
in  General. 

6E4  Standard  Symbols  and  Charts. 

6F  Electric  Elevators  and  Dumbwaiters. 


Telephones,  Signaling  Systems,  Clocks 
and  Bells. 

6H  Illumination,  Lighting  Fixtures  and 
Lamps. 

6J  Heating,  Cooking  and  Other  Appliances 
and  Devices. 

6K  Vacuum  Cleaners. 

6L  Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal 
Buildings. 

6M  Lightning  Protection. 

6N  Electrolysis. 

60  Electrical  Specifications,  U.  S.  Army. 


JUNE,  1917 

INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 
Associations  and  6G 


Electrical  Societies,  Associations  and  Allied  Agencies 


6Ai  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neers 

Secretary:  F.  L.  Hutchinson,  33  W.  39th  St.,  N.  Y.  C. 
Publications: 

(a)  Proceedings.  Published  monthly,  in  two  sections.  One  section 

contains  news  and  notices  of  interest  to  members,  and  the  other 
contains  technical  papers,  discussions,  reports  of  committees 
and  other  matters  of  an  engineering  character.  $10  annually. 

( b ) Transactions.  Published  annually,  containing  selected  technical 

papers,  discussions,  and  reports,  and  forming  a permanent 
record  of  the  progress  of  electrical  engineering. 

Existing  bound  volumes  may  be  purchased  by  non-members 
at  $10  in  paper;  $1  i.jo  in  cloth. 

(c)  Separate  Papers  and  Discussions.  Certain  of  those  contained  in 

the  Proceedings  and  Transactions  can  be  furnished  separately 
at  50  cents  each. 

(< J)  Standardization  Rules.  Revised  Edition. 

Gives  standard  definitions  of  electrical  terms,  technical  data, 
standard  performance  specifications,  and  tests  of  electrical 
machinery,  standard  voltages  and  frequencies,  and  general 
recommendations,  as  adopted  by  the  Standards  Committee 
and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  June  30,  1915,  to  take 
effect  July  1,  1 91  J.  Price  2J  cents. 
e)  Year  Book. 

The  Institute  has  technical  committees  covering  prac- 
tically the  entire  electrical  field,  those  concerned  with 
matters  of  interest  structurally  being  Electric  Lighting 
Committee,  Standards  Committee  and  Code  Committee. 

Serial  No.  6 


The  work  of  the  Standards  Committee  is  of  great  value 
to  the  profession  and  to  every  user  of  electrical  power. 
The  main  purpose  of  this  Committee,  hitherto  aimed  at 
in  the  rules,  has  been  to  draw  up  engineering  definitions 
of  terms,  phrases,  and  requirements  relating  to  electrical 
machinery  and  apparatus,  so  that  the  meaning  of  technical 
terms  might  be  standardized  among  the  members  of  the 
Institute.  (See  6E3  for  description  of  these  Standardi- 
zation Rules.) 

6A2  The  Society  for  Electrical  Development 

General  Manager:  J.  M.  Wakeman,  29  West  39th  Street, 
New  York  City. 

Public  Information: 

Issues  no  publications  for  general  distribution.  A pos- 
sible exception  to  this  is  a reprint  of  “Useful  Electrical 
Information  for  Architects,  Contractors  and  Engineers.” 
Copies  furnished  practising  architects  upon  request. 

The  Society  maintains,  and  through  painstaking  re- 
search work  is  constantly  adding  to,  an  extensive  library 
of  electrical  information,  including  records  of  electric 
rates  and  data  concerning  engineering  work,  all  of  which 
material  is  carefully  classified  and  filed  for  ready  reference. 
One  of  the  Society’s  activities  has  been  to  cooperate 

Vol.  I,  1917 


73 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


with  the  Wiring  Committee  of  the  National  Electric 
Light  Association  and  H.  C.  Cushing  in  preparing  a 
special  section  of  over  fifty  pages  on  “House  Wiring”  in 
the  “Cushing  Standard  Wiring  Handbook.” 

[Note. — While  the  general  uses  and  advantages  of 
electricity  are  known  to  all,  it  is  impossible  for  anyone  not 
in  touch  with  the  industry  to  know  of  the  constant  changes 
which  are  being  made  in  the  means  of  supply  and  the 
many  improvements  which  are  taking  place  in  the  means 
of  its  utilization.  In  planning  electrical  service  it  is  always 
wise  to  consult  with  local  electrical  interests — the  central 
station  management,  electrical  or  consulting  engineers, 
and  electrical  contractors,  of  known  reliability — as  they 
are  familiar  with  local  ordinances,  inspection  rules,  and 
terms  of  service,  but  the  Society  will  gladly  aid  the  archi- 
tect and  all  builders  in  other  directions.] 

6A3  National  Electric  Light  Association 
Secretary:  T.  C.  Martin,  29  West  39th  Street,  N.  Y.  C. 
Publications: 

(a)  Proceedings,  and  (b)  Reports,  issued  annually. 

( c ) The  N.E.L.A.  Bulletin,  issued  monthly,  for  members  only  and  for 

distribution  to  institutions  of  learning,  so  as  to  be  accessible  to 
the  many  engineering  students. 

(d)  Handbooks,  which  are  permanently  valuable  contributions  to  the 

literature  of  electricity  and  have  received  wide  appreciation, 
not  only  from  public  utility  companies  and  their  employees,  but 
from  college  professors  and  students  in  colleges  and  technical 
schools. 

(e)  Booklets  are  issued  from  time  to  time  through  the  commercial 

section  of  the  Association,  with  the  aim  of  promoting  better 
conditions  of  service  to  the  public. 

Many  other  publications  are  issued,  some  of  which  will  be  found 
referred  to  under  subdivisions  later. 

The  National  Electric  Light  Association  was  organized 
in  1885  to  foster  and  promote  the  effectiveness  of  the  ser- 
vice furnished  by  electric  central  station  corporations 
engaged  in  the  production,  transmission,  and  distribution 
of  electricity,  in  supplying  the  public  with  light,  heat, 
power,  and  other  forms  of  service. 

At  a very  early  stage  the  Association  took  part  in  the 
now  universal  “Safety  First”  movement,  and  is  at  pres- 
ent cooperating  with  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  in  the 
development  of  the  National  Electrical  Safety  Code. 

The  Association  maintains  a Lecture  Bureau  and  is 
also  one  of  the  bodies  represented  on  the  Electrical  Com- 
mittee of  the  N.  F.  P.  A.  in  charge  of  the  National  Elec- 
trical Code. 

The  engineering  and  attendant  scientific  and  educa- 
tional work  of  the  Association  is  carried  on  through  appro- 
priate subdivisions  or  sections  of  the  national  organiza- 
tion known  as  the  Technical  and  Hydro-Electric  Section, 
the  Commercial  Section,  the  Accounting  Section,  and  the 
Electric  Vehicle  Section,  and  through  Committees,  of 
which  there  are  now  about  70  with  some  500  leading  ex- 
perts in  their  membership. 

6A4  National  Electrical  Contractors'  Asso- 
ciation of  the  U.  S. 

Secretary:  H.  C.  Brown,  41  Martin  Building,  Utica,  N.  Y. 
Publications: 

( a ) Standard  Symbols  for  Wiring  Plans,  as  adopted  and  recommended 
by  the  National  Electrical  Contractors’  Association  and  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects.  Copies  may  be  had  without 
charge  upon  application  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Association,  or 
to  the  Executive  Secretary  of  the  American  Institute  of  Archi- 
tects at  The  Octagon,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(1 b)  National  Electrical  Contractors’  Association  Standard  Conduit 
Charts,  showing  standard  sizes  of  conduits  for  the  installation  of 
wires  and  cables,  adopted  and  recommended  by  the  N.E.C.A. 

Serial  No.  6 


of  the  U.  S.  and  required  by  the  National  Electrical  Code;  com- 
pletely illustrated  with  drawings  of  conduits,  wires  and  cables 
at  one-half  full  size;  copyright  1912.  These  are  mounted  upon 
boards  21  by  30,  and  may  be  obtained  upon  application  to 
the  Secretary,  at  a price  of  $3.  Postage  additional. 

(c)  The  National  Electrical  Contractor  is  the  official  journal  of  this 

Association  and  covers  a wide  field  in  the  electrical  industry. 

This  Association  was  organized  in  Buffalo,  1901,  by 
forty-nine  progressive  electrical  contractors  who  were  desir- 
ous of  raising  the  standard  of  electrical  contracting  to  the 
plane  of  a profession,  and  the  objects  were,  in  chief,  to 
collect  for  electrical  contractors  and  dealers  important 
information  which  they  could  not  get  independently. 
The  main  objects  are; 

Committees  exist  to  solve  various  problems  for  the 
members  and  allied  electrical  interests.  The  Association 
is  represented  on  the  Electrical  Committee  of  the  N.  F.  P.  A 
in  charge  of  the  National  Electrical  Code  and  is  also  repre- 
sented in  all  the  important  electrical  societies  and  organi- 
zations. 

6A5  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 

See  March  Journal,  Serial  No.  3A4,  for  description  of 
activities  and  list  of  publications,  and  see,  also,  6C. 

6A6  Local  Underwriters'  Associations 

See  March  Journal,  Serial  No.  3A5,  for  description, 
and  3A2  for  cooperation  with  architects.  For  the  con- 
venience of  architects,  engineers,  and  constructors,  a 
colored  map  of  the  United  States,  28  x 14  inches,  is  issued 
by  Ream,  Ives  & Wrightson,  Insurance  Brokers,  24  Broad 
Street,  New  York  City.  It  shows  the  territory  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  various  boards  and  bureaus  making 
electrical  inspections  and  fire  insurance  rates.  Price,  $2.50. 

6A7  Underwriters'  Laboratories , Electrical 
Department 

For  other  descriptions  of  activities  and  publications 
see  3A6  and  previous  issues  of  the  Journal,  also  see 
Industrial  Section,  p.  141. 

Electrical  Publications: 

(a)  List  of  Inspected  Electrical  Appliances  (see  Standards  Adopted 

and  Progress  Reported,  6E31A. 

(b)  Electrical  Data  (see  Information  Obtainable,  6E1*). 

(1 c ) Standard  on  Rubber-Covered  Wires  and  Cords  (3A6/). 

(d)  Standard  on  Cabinets  and  Cut-out  Boxes  (3A67). 

(e)  Standard  on  Flexible  Steel  Armored  Cables. 

(/)  Standard  (Tentative)  for  the  Construction  and  Installation  of 
Materials  for  Lightning  Rod  Equipments  (3A6£). 

Note. — (a)  and  (b)  revised  semi-annually;  sent  free  upon  applica- 
tion. (r),  (d),  (e)  and  (/)  for  sale  in  printed  form  at  $ 1 per  copy.  Other 
standards  in  mimeographed  form,  some  of  which  will  be  printed  later. 

The  testing  of  electrical  appliances  and  electric  wiring 
materials  was  the  first  work  undertaken  by  Underwriters’ 
Laboratories;  it  has  always  been  a very  important  division 
of  the  activities  of  the  institution.  Two  electrical  labora- 
tories are  maintained,  one  in  Chicago  and  the  other  in 
New  York.  Underwriters’  Laboratories’  Councils  are 
bodies  of  experts  having  extensive  field  experience,  as 
relates  to  fire  and  accident  protection,  with  the  products 
upon  which  Underwriters’  Laboratories  is  called  to  pass. 
The  Councils  review  and  criticize  reports  on  laboratory 
tests  on  products  that  have  been  submitted  for  investiga- 
tion and  listing,  and  the  members  are  called  upon  to 
register  their  approval  or  disapproval  of  the  recommenda- 
tions of  the  Laboratories’  engineers  before  any  product 
investigated  can  be  listed  as  standard.  In  various  other 
advisory  capacities  these  bodies  also  serve  the  institution. 
There  are  three  Councils:  The  Fire  Council,  the  Casualty 
Council,  and  the  Electrical  Council. 


74 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  6 


Underwriters’  Laboratories’  Electrical  Council  consists 
of  forty-eight  prominent  electrical  engineers  and 
inspectors,  including,  in  addition  to  Underwriters’  repre- 
sentatives, two  representatives  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, a representative  of  the  Hydro-Electric  Power 
Commission  of  Ontario,  and  engineers  and  inspectors 
from  municipalities,  New  York  and  Chicago  being  among 
these. 

As  has  been  pointed  out  in  previous  issues  of  the  Jour- 
nal, suitable  supervision  of  the  factory  output  and  a com- 
prehensive field  follow-up  are  employed  on  all  products 
carried  as  standard  in  the  Laboratories’  lists.  The  Label 
Service,  described  in  detail  in  the  January,  1917,  Journal, 
is  the  system  of  supervision  follow-up  most  extensively 
employed  in  the  electrical  industry,  as  in  other  industries. 
Electrical  appliances  and  materials  passed  by  Under- 
writers’ Laboratories  may  be  identified  by  means  of  Under- 
writers’ labels  on  the  goods  themselves,  except  in  rela- 
tively few  instances  where  labeling  is  impracticable.  The 
labeling  may  consist  of  a marker  attached  or  of  a perman- 
ent marking  in  the  material,  the  latter  being  known  as 
die  labeling. 

For  further  and  more  detailed  information  in  this  issue 
concerning  Underwriters’  Laboratories  see  6C2  and 
Industrial  Section,  p.  141. 

6A8  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  In- 
surance Companies 

For  description  of  same  and  of  Inspection  Department  and  for  com- 
plete list  of  publications  see  March  Journal,  Serial  No.  3A7.  For  the 
two  publications  especially  relating  to  electrical  subjects  see  “Standards 
Adopted’’  6E^e.  Of  these  the  “Electric  Rules,”  which  is  the  National 
Electrical  Code  illustrated  by  cuts  and  with  explanatory  footnotes,  has 
been  adopted  as  a textbook  in  several  educational  institutions  throughout 
the  country. 

The  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
panies are  represented  on  the  Electrical  Committee  of 
the  N.F.P.A. 

6C  The  National  Electrical  Code 

EVOLUTION  OF  THE  CODE 

(a)  The  position  occupied  by  the  National  Electrical 
Code  is  a unique  one.  So  far  as  the  rules  themselves  go, 
they  are  but  little  more  than  recommendations.  But  they 
are  so  wisely  drawn  and  specify  so  well  what  is  necessary 
for  safety  in  electric  wiring  that  all  insurance  and  elec- 
trical interests  accept  their  recommendations  with  seldom 
a question,  while  municipal  boards  enforce  them  as 
ordinances. 

The  New  York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  issued,  in 
October,  1881,  the  first  printed  requirements  on  electric 
wiring.  A few  days  later  the  Boston  Manufacturers’ 
Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company  issued  a similar  docu- 
ment. Early  in  1882  both  of  these  organizations  issued 
circulars  containing  a few  rules  on  electric  wiring.  Soon 
thereafter  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 
adopted  the  requirements  of  the  New  York  Board.  In 
this  same  year  (1882)  the  Boston  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers issued  a set  of  rules,  as  did  the  New  England 
Insurance  Exchange  in  1885. 

In  the  first  part  of  the  year  1890,  six  of  the  insurance 
organizations  issued  quite  complete  sets  of  rules  relative 
to  the  installation  of  electric  wiring.  In  1891  the  National 
Electric  Light  Association  adopted  a code  of  wiring  rules 
prepared  by  this  bureau,  and  in  1892,  a convention  of 

Serial  No.  6 


6A9  National  Fire-Protection  Association 

For  complete  description  and  list  of  all  publications  see  March 
Journal  3A3. 

The  Biennial  revision  of  the  National  Electrical  Code  is  now  in  the 
hands  of  the  Electrical  Committee  of  the  N.F.P.A.  as  explained  in  the 
introduction  to  the  Code  under  6C.  The  contemplated  1917  revision  did 
not  take  place  for  the  reasons  stated,  in  the  Report  of  this  Committee  to 
the  Convention  of  the  N.F.P.A.  in  Washington  May  8-10,  1917,  as 
follows: 

(, a ) Report.  “Owing  to  the  injunction  granted  without  a hearing  by 
the  New  York  Court  at  the  prayer  of  a manufacturer  of  fuses 
against  all  the  members  of  the  Electrical  Committee,  the  regular 
biennial  open  meeting  of  the  Committee  was  not  completed.” 
“The  preliminary  injunction  has  been  dissolved  and  it  is  hoped  to 
complete  the  work  of  the  meeting  at  an  early  date.” 

F.  E.  Cabot,  Chairman. 

6B  Other  Electrical  Associations 

American  Electric  Railway  Association,  New  York 
City;  Associated  Manufacturers  of  Electrical  Supplies, 
New  York  City;  Association  of  Edison  Illuminating  Com- 
panies, San  Francisco,  Cal.;  Association  of  Iron  and  Steel 
Electrical  Engineers,  McKeesport,  Pa.;  Association  of 
Railway  Electrical  Engineers,  Chicago,  111.;  Canadian 
Electrical  Association,  Toronto,  Canada;  Electrical 
Manufacturers’  Club,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.;  Electrical  Supply 
Jobbers’  Association,  Chicago,  111.;  Electric  Power  Club, 
Chicago,  111.;  Jovian  Order,  St.  Louis,  Mo.;  National 
Association  of  Electrical  Inspectors,  Concord,  Mass.; 
Institute  of  Electrical  Contractors,  New  York  City. 

Other  national  associations  having  committees  con- 
cerned with  the  use  of  electricity  in  buildings  are: 

American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4),  Ameri- 
can Railway  Engineering  Association  (1A9),  American 
Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  (Serial  No.  later), 
Western  Society  of  Engineers,  with  headquarters  at 
Chicago,  maintains  an  Electrical  Section  administered  by 
an  Executive  Committee. 

(For  educational  institutions  in  connection  with  re- 
search work  in  electricity  and  testing  facilities,  see  iB 3a.) 

(See  also  other  Associations  listed  under  12L.) 


insurance  men  met  in  New  York  and  made  such  revisions 
in  the  rules  which  had  been  adopted  by  that  body  as 
seemed  wise.  At  a second  meeting  in  December  of  the 
same  year,  attended  by  representatives  from  insurance 
boards  all  over  the  United  States  and  from  many  sections 
of  Canada,  the  Underwriters’  National  Electrical  Asso- 
ciation, a permanent  organization  was  effected  and  an 
Electrical  Committee  appointed,  consisting  of  electricians 
in  the  employ  of  insurance  interests,  whose  duties  were  to 
be  the  care  of  the  rules,  the  making  of  tests,  and  the  giving 
of  information  and  advice  to  the  Association. 

At  the  next  meeting  of  the  Underwriters’  National 
Electric  Association  in  Chicago  in  1893,  and  at  a subse- 
quent meeting  in  Boston  the  same  year,  the  rules  were 
revised  again.  In  February,  1894,  they  were  adopted  by 
the  National  Electric  Light  Association;  before  the  close 
of  the  year,  by  six  additional  insurance  boards,  coming 
thus  into  use  by  insurance  inspectors  all  over  the  United 
States.  The  plan  was  then  adopted  of  having  all  the 
printing  of  the  rules  done  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire 
Underwriters  and  having  no  changes  made  in  rules 
except  through  this  Board. 

By  1895  the  rules  had  been  adopted  practically  by  all 
the  Underwriters’  associations,  forty  of  which  were  using 
copies  of  them  printed  from  the  same  type.  Moreover, 
they  had  been  accorded  the  approval  of  many  electrical 
manufacturers  and  prominent  central-station  men,  and 

Vol.  I,  1917 


75 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


had  been  incorporated  into  the  ordinances  of  fifteen  or 
twenty  leading  cities. 

In  October,  1895,  a communication  was  sent  out  on 
behalf  of  the  National  Electric  Light  Association,  sug- 
gesting a joint  conference,  to  be  composed  of  delegates  from 
the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers,  the  Ameri- 
can Street  Railway  Association,  the  National  Board  of 
Fire  Underwriters,  the  American  Institute  of  Architects, 
the  International  Fire  Chiefs’  Association,  the  American 
Bell  Telephone  Company,  the  Western  Union  and  the 
Postal  Telegraph  Companies,  the  General  Electric  Com- 
pany, the  Westinghouse  Electric  and  Manufacturing 
Company,  the  National  Electric  Light  Association. 

From  this  meeting  a National  Conference  on  Standard 
Electrical  Rules  was  organized  in  1896,  and  a Committee 
appointed  to  amend  and  codify  the  rules.  This  Committee 
decided  that  the  rules  promulgated  by  the  Underwriters’ 
National  Electric  Association  offered  the  best  basis  for  a 
standard  set  of  rules.  That  Committee  prepared  a num- 
ber of  suggestions  for  changes  in  and  additions  to  the 
Underwriters’  rules.  Most  of  these  suggestions  were 
adopted  and  the  Underwriters’  National  Electric  Associa- 
tion immediately  set  to  work  to  revise  and  recodify  the 
rules. 

The  revised  rules  were  approved  by  the  Code  Com- 
mittee of  the  National  Conference  and  promptly  indorsed 
and  adopted  by  the  National  Electric  Light  Association 
and  other  interested  organizations. 

Thus  there  came  into  existence  in  1897  the  “National 
Electrical  Code.” 

The  assistance  which  Mr.  C.  M.  Goddard,  of  Boston, 
rendered  in  the  creation  of  the  Code  attracted  such  wide 
attention  to  his  enthusiasm  and  ability  that  when  the 
Underwriters’  National  Electric  Association  was  formed 
he  was  made  its  secretary.  Because  of  the  exercise  of 
these  same  qualities,  he  was  in  1911  retained  in  the  Elec- 
trical Committee  of  the  National  Fire  Protection  Associa- 
tion in  the  hands  of  which  Committee  is  now  placed  the 
biennial  revision  of  the  National  Electrical  Code. 

When  a revision  takes  place  the  Code  is  adopted  and 
published  as  “Regulations  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire 
Underwriters  for  Electric  Wiring  and  Apparatus,  as  Recom- 
mended by  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association.” 

The  Code,  with  its  amplifications  for  the  design  and 
construction  of  appliances,  as  mentioned  under  6Eja,  then 
becomes  the  National  Standard  pertaining  to  electric 
wiring  and  apparatus — and  is  administered  by  local  Inspec- 
tion Departments,  for  which  see  6A6. 

The  Editor  wishes  to  pay  especial  tribute  on  behalf  of 
architects  to  Mr.  Alfred  Stone  who  for  over  ten  years 
so  well  and  so  assiduously  represented  the  Institute  as 
its  delegate  to  the  National  Conference  on  the  Electrical 
Code.  The  Reports  to  conventions  year  after  year  will  be 
found  printed  in  the  “Proceedings”  (1A8 /). 

(. b ) The  Code  is  divided  into  six  sections  under  the  desig- 
nations Class  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  and  F,  as  listed  below.  The 
reader  is  referred  to  the  Code  itself  for  all  detailed  des- 
criptions, except  the  General  Suggestions  which  are  here 


printed  in  full  for  the  recommendations  which  they  con- 
tain. 

Copies  of  the  Code  may  be  obtained  from  the  National 
Fire  Protection  Association,  the  National  Board  of  Fire 
Underwriters,  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  the  Asso- 
ciated Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  (see  6A8 
and  6E3e),  and  from  all  local  underwriters’  associations  or 
inspection  departments. 

6C1  National  Electrical  Code — General  Sug- 
gestions (quoted  from  the  Code) 

“The  following  general  suggestions,  as  well  as  the  fine  print  notes  in 
the  rules,  are  simply  suggestions  and  explanations  and  are  in  no  case  to 
be  considered  by  inspection  departments  as  mandatory.” 

“In  all  electric  work,  conductors,  however  well  insulated,  should 
always  be  treated  as  bare  to  the  end  that  under  no  conditions,  existing  or 
likely  to  exist,  can  a ground  or  short  circuit  occur,  and  so  that  all  leakage 
from  conductor  to  conductor  or  between  conductor  and  ground  may  be 
reduced  to  the  minimum. 

“In  all  wiring  special  attention  must  be  paid  to  the  mechanical 
execution  of  the  work.  Careful  and  neat  running,  connecting,  soldering, 
taping  of  conductors,  and  securing  and  attaching  of  fittings,  are  specially 
conducive  to  security  and  efficiency*  and  will  be  strongly  insisted  on. 

“In  laying  out  an  installation,  except  for  constant  current  systems, 
every  reasonable  effort  should  be  made  to  secure  distribution  centers 
located  in  easily  accessible  places,  at  which  points  the  cutouts  and 
switches  controlling  the  several  branch  circuits  can  be  grouped  for  con- 
venience and  safety  of  operation.  The  load  should  be  divided  as  evenly 
as  possible  among  the  branches,  and  all  complicated  and  unnecessary 
wiring  avoided. 

“The  use  of  wire-ways  for  rendering  concealed  wiring  permanently 
accessible  is  most  heartily  endorsed  and  recommended;  and  this  method 
of  accessible  concealed  construction  is  advised  for  general  use. 

“Architects  are  urged,  when  drawing  plans  and  specifications,  to 
make  provision  for  the  channeling  and  pocketing  of  buildings  for  elec- 
tric light  or  power  wires,  and  also  for  telephone,  district  messenger,  and 
other  signaling  system  wiring.” 


6C2  The  Other  Sections  of  the  Code 

Class  A,  Generators,  Motors,  Switchboards,  etc.:  (Includes  electrical 
equipment  of  Central  Stations,  Dynamo,  Motor  and  Storage-Battery 
Rooms,  Transformer  Sub-Stations,  etc.  Rules  1 to  11.):  Class  B,  Out- 
side Work;  (Not  including  wiring  for  Light,  Power  and  Heat,  Protected 
by  Service  Cutout  and  Switch.  For  Signaling  Systems  see  Class  E.) 
All  Systems  and  Voltages.  (Rules  12  to  15.):  Class  C,  Inside  Work; 
(Including  all  work  for  Light,  Power  and  Heat,  Protected  by  Service 
Cutout  and  Switch.  For  Signaling  Systems  see  Class  E.)  General  Rules, 
all  systems  and  voltages.  (Rules  16  to  19.)  Constant-Current  Systems. 
(Rules  20  to  22.)  Constant-Potential  Systems;  General  Rules,  all  volt- 
ages. (Rules  23  to  25.)  Low-Potential  Systems,  550  volts  or  less.  (Rules 
26  to  43.)  High-Potential  Systems,  550  to  3,500  volts.  (Rules  44  to  46.) 
Extra-High-Potential  Systems,  over  3,500  volts.  (Rules  47  to  48.): 
Class  D,  Fittings,  Materials  and  Details  of  Construction;  All  systems  and 
voltages.  (Rules  49  to  84.):  “This  section  of  the  Code  relating  to  the 
design  and  construction  of  appliances  is  but  a partial  outline  of  speci- 
fications. Underwriters’  Laboratories  has  complete  standards  for  elec- 
trical fittings  which  include  the  provisions  of  this  Code  and  in  addition 
specifications  for  performance  under  test  and  in  service  and  further 
details  of  design  and  construction.  Copies  of  these  standards  will  be 
furnished  electrical  inspection  departments,  manufacturing  concerns, 
national  electrical  associations,  societies  and  institutes,  and  copies  filed 
with  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington, 
to  which  Bureau  may  be  referred  questions  as  to  the  correctness  of  the 
Laboratories’  tests”:  Class  E,  Miscellaneous;  (Rules  85  to  89.): 

Class  F,  Marine  Work. 


6D1  The  National  Electrical  Safety  Code 


(a)  After  three  years  of  continuous  study  and  investiga- 
tion and  the  thorough  revision  of  successive  preliminary 
drafts  submitted  for  discussion  and  criticism,  the  Bureau  of 
Standards,  in  Circular  No.  54,  Second  Edition,  November 
15,  1916,  presents  the  completed  text  under  this  title 
“National  Electrical  Safety  Code  for  Examination,  Trial, 
and  Constructive  Criticism.”  Copies  may  be  procured 


from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.,  at  20  cents  each, 
paper  bound;  30  cents  each  in  cloth. 

In  addition  to  two  introductory  sections  giving  defini- 
tions of  terms  and  rules  for  the  grounding  of  apparatus  and 
circuits,  the  Code  consists  of  four  principal  parts,  as  fol- 
lows: 


Serial  No.  6 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  6 


1.  Rules  for  the  installation  of  machinery,  switch- 
boards, and  wiring  in  central  stations  and  substations. 

2.  Rules  for  the  construction  of  overhead  and  under- 
ground lines  for  the  transmission  and  distribution  of  elec- 
trical energy  and  intelligence. 

3.  Rules  for  the  installation  of  electrical  apparatus  and 
wiring  in  factories,  residences,  and  wherever  electricity  is 
utilized  for  light,  heat  or  power. 

4.  Rules  for  safeguarding  employees  when  working  on 
or  near  electrical  machines  or  lines. 

This  Electrical  Safety  Code,  more  particularly  Part  3, 
on  Electrical  Utilization  Equipment,  runs  parallel  with  the 
National  Electrical  Code  (for  fire-protection).  As  it  was 
desirable  that  there  be  no  conflict  between  them,  and  as 
little  overlapping  as  possible,  the  Bureau  came  to  an  early 
understanding  with  the  Electrical  Committee  of  the  Na- 
tional Fire  Protection  Association  as  to  the  relations  be- 
tween the  two  codes.  The  Bureau  offered  originally  to 
cooperate  with  the  Electrical  Committee  in  framing  safety 
rules  to  be  incorporated  in  the  present  electrical  code,  but 
at  a conference  it  was  found  to  be  the  general  desire  to 
keep  the  safety  rules  and  the  fire-prevention  rules  as  dis- 
tinct as  possible  and  have  these  two  parts  of  a complete 
electrical  code  parallel  and  separate  instead  of  interlaced 
in  such  a way  that  they  could  not  be  distinguished.  This 
separation  simplifies  their  preparation,  and  also  their  ad- 
ministration, as  in  some  cases  administrative  bodies  con- 
cerned with  one  of  the  codes  will  not  be  concerned  with 
the  other. 

Part  4 was  first  published  in  August,  1914,  as  Circular 
No.  49  of  the  Bureau,  and  after  revision,  with  the  coopera- 
tion of  the  Accident  Prevention  Committee  of  the  National 
Electric  Light  Association,  republished  in  May,  1915,  as  a 
second  edition  of  that  circular.  The  rules  have  been  used 
by  a large  number  of  companies  during  the  fifteen  months 
since  their  second  publication,  and  the  present  edition 
has  been  thoroughly  revised  in  the  light  of  considerable 
experience  in  actual  use. 

The  other  three  parts  of  the  Code  were  printed  as 
Circular  No.  54  of  the  Bureau,  in  April,  1915,  and  have 
been  very  thoroughly  studied  and  developed  since  then. 
The  complete  code  is  now  offered  for  careful  study  and 
use  in  practice,  and  the  Bureau  recommends  that  it  be 
adopted  at  present  only  for  use  on  trial.  The  Code  will 
be  revised  in  a year  or  so  in  the  light  of  such  experience, 
and  may  then  be  adopted  more  formally  and  made  manda- 
tory to  a greater  degree  than  would  be  reasonable  at 
present. 

Criticism  of  the  rules  contained  in  the  Code  and  sug- 


gestions for  their  improvement,  either  by  way  of  changes 
or  additions,  are  invited.  Before  offering  such  criticism, 
however,  the  statement  concerning  the  plan  and  scope  of 
the  code  in  the  Introduction  to  Circular  No.  54,  second 
edition,  should  be  read,  as  well  as  the  discussions  on  the 
rules. 

(i)  As  of  interest  in  offering  opportunity  for  the  further  cooperation  of 
architects  in  the  development  of  standards  pertaining  to  some 
of  those  technical  and  structural  problems  with  which  the  suc- 
cessful practice  of  the  profession  abounds,  the  following  extracts 
from  a letter  to  the  Editor  of  the  Structural  Service  Depart- 
ment from  the  Bureau  of  Standards  are  quoted. 

“We  should  be  very  glad  to  have  the  expressed  approval  of  the  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Architects  for  the  idea  and  general  character  of  the 
National  Electrical  Safety  Code  and  the  indorsement  of  the  Institute  of 
the  Bureau’s  proposal  of  giving  this  Code  a thorough  field  trial  in  the 
immediate  future  with  the  cooperation  of  all  the  agencies  concerned. 

“In  response  to  your  inquiries  as  to  such  agencies  as  may  be  already 
utilizing  the  Safety  Code,  we  may  state  that  the  State  Commissions  of 
Wisconsin,  North  Carolina,  California,  Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia, 
and  Nevada  now  use  the  Safety  Code  in  one  form  or  another.  New  York 
City,  through  its  Department  of  Water  Supply,  Gas  and  Electricity, 
is  also  making  a trial  use  of  the  Safety  Code  in  new  construction.  The 
Code  has  also  been  used  as  a basis  by  casualty  insurance  associations, 
and  in  particular  by  the  National  Workmen’s  Compensation  Service 
Bureau  operating  in  a number  of  states  and  with  headquarters  at  New 
York  City. 

“Among  those  associations  whose  committees  have  for  nearly  three 
years  been  giving  active  cooperation  in  the  preparation  of  the  Safety 
Code,  may  be  instanced  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers, 
the  National  Electric  Light  Association,  the  American  Electric  Rail- 
way Association,  the  American  Railways  Association,  the  National  Fire- 
Protection  Association,  and  many  others.  These  associations  will,  with- 
out exception,  so  we  are  advised,  continue  this  cooperation  and  we  should 
greatly  appreciate  cooperation  by  a similar  committee  of  The  American 
Institute  of  Architects,  the  possibility  of  which  you  have  suggested.  The 
interest  of  The  American  Institute  of  Architects  in  the  safety  of  wiring 
installations  is  parallel  with  their  interest  in  the  prevention  of  electrical 
fires,  and  they  have  rendered  great  service  in  the  past  to  the  Electrical 
Committee  of  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  National  Electrical  (Fire)  Code. 

“It  has  sometimes  been  proposed  that  a permanent  advisory  coun- 
cil drawn  from  the  various  national  associations  cooperating  in  the 
development  of  the  National  Electrical  Safety  Code  and  representative 
of  all  interests,  including  administrators  and  workmen  as  well  as  engi- 
neers, would  be  a desirable  method  of  assuring  the  general  correctness 
and  satisfactoriness  of  future  action  in  amending  the  National  Electrical 
Safety  Code.  We  should  be  glad  to  have  an  expression  from  The  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Architects  on  the  feasibility  of  such  a plan.  It  is  the  hope 
that  the  continued  cooperation  of  all  interested  in  the  Electrical  Safety 
Code  will  insure  its  increasing  adequacy  and  reasonableness  and  bring 
about  its  general  adoption  and  use  as  against  the  adoption  and  use  in 
different  administrative  jurisdictions  of  electrical  safety  rules  separately 
arrived  at  by  less  extended  local  study  or  by  the  efforts  of  only  a part 
of  the  interests  concerned.  The  confusion  which  would  necessarily 
result  from  such  differing  codes  is  apparent  and  would  mean  an  unneces- 
sary repetition  of  the  confusion  which  existed  as  to  electrical  fire-pre- 
vention rules  prior  to  the  formulation  and  general  adoption  of  the 
National  Electrical  (Fire)  Code.” 

Signed,  E.  R.  Rosa,  for  the  Bureau  of  Standards. 


Electricity  Within  and  Around  Buildings 

6E  Apparatus,  Appliances  and  Installations  in  General 


6E1  Information  Obtainable 

No  attempt  is  here  made  to  list  the  articles  frequently  appearing  in 
the  periodicals  devoted  to  electrical  subjects  or  in  the  bulletins,  journals,  ( b ) 

or  proceedings  of  Governmental  Departments,  professional  or  technical 
societies,  or  educational  institutions,  the  indexes  to  the  publications  of 
all  of  which,  including  especially  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical 
Engineers,  The  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  and  the 
National  Fire  Protection  Association,  should  be  consulted  by  those 
interested,  as  well  also  the  list  of  publications  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of 
Standards. 

See  especially  the  subdivision  6L  for  description  of  the  features  in- 
cluded under  this  heading  in  the  Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  , 
Buildings.  ' ' 

( a ) “Standard  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  prepared  by  a 
staff  of  specialists,  Frank  F.  Rowle,  Editor-in-chief.  2000  pp. 

Serial  No.  6 


Fourth  edition,  revised,  rewritten,  and  reset.  The  joint  pro- 
duction of  over  60  leading  engineers;  written  for  engineers  in 
practice. 

"American  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  Harold  Pender, 
Editor-in-chief,  and  26  Associate  Editors.  2023  pp.,  fully 
illustrated.  All  phases  of  electrical  engineering  and  related 
engineering  subjects  treated  to  meet  everyday  requirements  of 
the  practising  engineer. 

"Electrical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Horatio  A.  Foster,  A.I.E.E., 
with  the  collaboration  of  other  engineers  and  specialists.  1000 
pp.,  illustrated.  Useful  data  for  electrical  engineers,  architects, 
and  electricians. 

“American  Electricians’  Handbook,”  Terrell  Croft.  71 1 pp., 
pocket  size,  illustrated.  Does  not  go  into  design  and  gives  only 
enough  theory  to  explain  why  certain  things  should  be  done 
in  certain  ways. 


77 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


(f)  “Architects’ and  Builders’  Pocket-Book,”  F.  E.  Kidder,  pp.  1371- 
1399:  “Electric  Work  for  Buildings,”  W.  H.  Timbie.  Contains  a 
brief  general  treatise  on  electricity,  machines,  currents,  fuses 
and  circuit  breakers,  describes  lighting  systems,  gives  wire  cal- 
culations, and  offers  general  suggestions  for  electric  work,  con- 
duit systems  and  specifications  for  interior  wiring;  illustrated. 

( J ) “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks,  pp.  1 566— 
1779:  Section  on  Electrical  Engineering  by  M.  C.  Beebe  and 
F.  A.  Kartak,  with  tables  and  illustrations  including  wiring 
calculations  and  data  on  switches  and  fuses. 

(#)  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Mansfield  Merriman, 
pp.  1310-1340:  Section  on  Electricity. 

(h)  “Electrical  Cost  Data,  Estimates  and  Working  Tables,”  Horatio 
A.  Foster. 

(J)  “Switchboards,”  Wm.  Baxter,  Jr.  192  pp.,  illustrated. 

( к ) “Cushing’s  Standard  Wiring,  1916,”  H.  C.  Cushing,  Jr.  Based  on 

the  latest  1915  National  Electric  Code’s  Rules.  Has  special 
section  devoted  to  house-wiring,  and  explains  and  illustrates 
the  code.  Contains  tables  and  formula:  for  inside  and  outside 
wiring.  . 

(/)  “Wiring  of  Finished  Buildings,”  Terrell  Croft,  Consulting  Elec- 
trical Engineer.  275  pp.,  illustrated.  Combines  both  commer- 
cial and  technical  aspects.  The  technical  end  covers  methods  of 
wiring,  tools,  manipulation,  fixtures,  and  gives  examples  of 
successful  installations. 

( m ) “Electric  Wiring,  Diagrams  and  Switchboards,”  Newton  Har- 
rison. 272  pp.,  illustrated.  A practical  treatise,  included  in 
which  is  a development  of  a simple  circuit  with  the  position  of 
mains,  feeders  and  branches,  their  treatment  as  a part  of  a 
wiring  plan  and  their  employment  in  house-wiring. 

(»)  "Theatres  and  Motion  Picture  Houses,”  Arthur  S.  Melloy,  Archi- 
tect. 1916.  125  pp.  Includes  sections  on  Electric  Wiring, 

Auditorium  Lighting  and  Stage  Lighting. 

(0)  “Universal  Wiring  Computer,”  Carl  Hering.  44  pp.,  4 charts. 
For  determining  the  sizes  of  wires  for  incandescent  electric 
lamp  leads  and  for  distribution  in  general  without  calculation, 
with  some  notes  on  wiring  and  a set  of  auxiliary  tables. 

(p)  “Handbook  of  Electrical  Methods,”  compiled  from  the  Electrical 
World.  284  pp.,  illustrated.  A collection  of  useful  details  that 
were  contributed  to  the  Electrical  World  in  four  years  from  the 
everyday  experiences  of  the  workers  in  the  industry.  It  gives  a 
vast  amount  of  well-arranged  information  in  comparatively 
small  compass. 

{q)  “Alternating  Current  Wiring  and  Distribution,”  William  L. 
Emmet.  Second  edition,  98  pp.,  illustrated.  Contains  the 
principlesof  alternating  currents  from  the  practical  pointof  view, 
and  of  their  distribution  and  application  to  lighting  and  power, 
(r)  “Electric  Wiring  Specifications,”  J.  H.  Montgomery,  Professor  of 
Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering  in  the  University  of  South- 
ern California.  139  pp.  A book  from  which  a specification  can 
be  readily  prepared  which  will  cover  all  ordinary  electrical  work, 
(r)  “Electric  Lighting  Specifications,”  E.  A.  Merrill.  213  pp.  For 
architects  and  engineers. 

(/)  “The  Wiring  Handbook,”  with  32  complete  labor-saving  tables 
and  digest  of  underwriters’  rules,  by  Cecil  P.  Poole.  85  pp., 
illustrated. 

(u)  “Building  Estimators’  Reference  Book,”  Frank  R.  Walker,  pp. 

3300,  3301:  Section  on  Electric-Wiring. 

(e)  “How  to  Check  Electricity  Bills,”  S.  W.  Borden.  55  pp.,  illus- 
trated. 

(ic)  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  William  Kent,  pp.  1396- 
1467,  also  pp.  713,  714  and  1420-1425  for  electrical  heaters, 
heating,  and  furnaces. 

(, x ) See  “Electrical  Data,”  August,  1916.  Published  by  Under- 
writers’ Laboratories.  22  pp.,  illustrated.  Contains:  Announce- 
ment of  Label  Service  for  Cartridge-inclosed  Fuses  and  Snap 
Switches;  A Retrospect;  Causes  and  Losses  in  Fires  Due  to  Elec- 
tricity; Rats  and  Lead-covered  Cable;  Fires  and  Accidents  Due 
to  Electrical  Causes. 

(v)  In  the  “I.C.S.  Electrical  Engineers’  Handbook”  will  be  found 

much  valuable  information  presented  in  a form  useful  to  archi- 
tects and  engineers,  comprising  tables  and  sections  on  Electricity 
and  Magnetism,  Dynamos  and  Motors,  Electric  Lighting,  In- 
terior Wiring  Power  Transmission,  and  Operation  and  Main- 
tenance of  Electrical  Apparatus.  414  pp. 

(z)  The  above  handbook  is  independent  of  23  volumes  on  Electrical 
Engineering  and  allied  subjects  in  the  extensive  International 
Library  of  Technology,  each  of  which  treats  the  subject  ex- 
haustively. 

(аа)  Read  Reports  of  Committees  printed  in  Proceedings  of  the  Ameri- 

can Society  for  Testing  Materials  (1A4 a),  1916: 

1.  Committee  B 1 on  Copper  Wire,  p.  177. 

2.  Committee  D 11  on  Rubber  Products. 

(it)  Refer  to  the  various  publications  mentioned  under  the  Societies 
Associations  and  allied  Agencies  6A1  to  6A9. 

(cc)  For  information  on  electrical  apparatus,  installations  and  appli- 
ances in  general,  with  notes,  explanations  and  descriptions  per- 
taining to  the  utilization  of  electrical  energy  in  buildings  and 


with  references  in  many  cases  to  the  National  Electrical  Code, 
latest  Underwriters’  requirements,  and  other  controlling  factors. 
See  pp.  148-158  of  the  General  Electric  Company,  including 
Sprague  Works,  in  the  Industrial  Section.  This  includes  gen- 
erators, switchboards,  motors  and  other  apparatus,  conduits, 
wiring  devices  and  other  subjects  listed  in  the  special  G-E 
Index  on  p.  148. 

(dd)  For  information  concerning  subjects  under  this  heading,  see  the 
Industrial  Section,  p.  173.  National  Metal  Moulding  Co., 
“How  to  Write  Conduit  Specifications.” 

6E2  Practice  Recommended  or  Suggested  by 

(a)  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards: 

1.  See  description  of  National  Electrical  Safety  Code  (6D114). 

(J>)  National  Fire  Protection  Association  (3A3): 

1.  See  the  “General  Suggestions”  which  preface  the  National 

Electrical  Code  and  which  are  printed  in  full  under  6C1. 
Particular  attention  is  called  to  the  last  two  paragraphs 
recommending  the  general  use  of  wire-ways  for  rendering 
concealed  wiring  permanently  accessible  (conduit  systems) 
and  urging  architects  when  drawing  plans  and  specifications 
to  make  provision  for  the  channeling  and  pocketing  of  build- 
ings for  these  and  all  other  possible  arteries  for  the  utilization 
of  electrical  energy. 

2.  See  “Field  Practice,”  Inspection  Manual  of  the  N.F.P.A.; 

PP-  23,  3L  48,  77,  and  75-77  for  notes  on  the  installation, 
care  and  maintenance  of  electric  heating  devices,  irons,  motors 
and  power  equipment,  and  other  sections  for  explanations  of 
the  rules  and  requirements  of  various  inspection  departments 
of  label  service  and  of  matters  in  general  pertaining  to  good 
practice. 

(c)  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  (3A4): 

1.  From  the  “Building  Code — 1915”  OA^i)  the  following  is 

quoted  in  full  from  Section  261:  “Electrical  Installations — - 
All  electrical  wiring,  apparatus,  or  appliances  for  furnishing 
light,  heat,  or  power  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  ‘National 
Electrical  Code,’  and  no  installation  of  electrical  equipment 
shall  be  made,  except  in  conformity  thereto.” 

2.  In  “Dwelling  Houses”  {^A^dT,)  the  section  relating  to  Electrical 

Installations  is  of  exactly  the  same  purport. 

( d ) American  Society  for  Testing  Material  (1A4): 

1.  Tentative  Standard  Specifications  for  Insulated  Wire  and  Cable, 
30  per  cent  Hevea  Rubber;  Serial  Designation  D 27-16  T. 

(e)  Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings. 

1 . See  the  description  of  publication  with  this  title  given  under  6L. 

6E3  Standards  Adopted  and  Progress  Re- 
ported 

(a)  The  National  Electrical  Code: 

The  Code  (6C)  comprehends  the  allowable  approved  methods  for 
the  manufacture  of  electrical  apparatus  and  for  the  installa- 
tion of  conduits,  wiring,  switches,  fixtures  and  devices  carrying 
or  consuming  electricity  in  connection  with  buildings. 

Where  the  Code  is  printed  for  the  information  of  architects  and 
building  constructors,  sections  relating  essentially  to  methods 
of  manufacture  are  usually  omitted. 

It  is  presumed  that  such  sections  are  complied  with  by  reputable 
manufacturers  and  have  become  a precedent  to  their  products 
being  labeled  by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  which  label 
is  the  architect’s  and  user’s  evidence  of  compliance  with  the 
requirements  of  the  Code. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  the  building  codes  of  many  of  the 
larger  cities  make  no  mention  of  compliance  with  the  Code  or 
offer  any  other  requirements  which  must  be  complied  with  in 
the  wiring  of  buildings  for  electricity.  There  are  few  cities  or 
towns  where  the  electric  light  and  power  company  will  supply 
service  to  a building  until  a certificate  of  inspection  of  the  wiring 
is  secured  from  the  local  board  of  Underwriters  or  from  the 
municipal  electrical  inspection  department.  Where  there  is  a 
municipal  inspection  department,  it  is  generally  a violation  of 
the  city  ordinance  for  the  lighting  company  to  provide  service 
until  such  certificate  has  been  obtained;  in  other  cases  there  is 
an  agreement  with  the  lighting  company  not  to  connect  to  the 
building  until  the  electrical  work  therein  has  been  inspected  and 
approved.  It  is  also  well  known  to  the  framers  of  codes  that  the 
furnishing  of  such  a certificate  is  a requisite  before  fire  insurance 
may  be  placed  on  any  building,  and  that  without  such  insurance 
mortgages  cannot  be  negotiated  or  other  financing  of  building 
construction  be  consummated.  It  would  seem  then  that  this 
system  is  practical,  and  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  it  will  be 
understood  without  the  frank  acknowledgement  which  one 
might  expect  to  find  in  building  codes  of  the  procedure  to  be 
followed. 


78 


Serial  No.  6 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Specifications  will  invariably  provide  that  the  local  requirements 
shall  be  met,  for  the  same  will  be  based  upon  the  National 
Electrical  Code,  with  such  amplifications  and  variations  as 
climatic  and  other  conditions  warrant. 

{b)  Standardization  Rules  of  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical 
Engineers  (see  6Aid): 

In  these  particular  effort  has  been  directed  toward  defining  in 
engineering  terms  the  rating  of  electrical  machinery  and  the 
requirements  connoted  thereby. 

(c)  International  Standardization: 

“It  becomes  impossible  to  carry  standardization  beyond  a very 
elementary  stage  in  any  one  country,  without  influencing  the 
procedure  in  other  countries.  Cooperative  relations  have  been 
entered  into  at  different  times  between  the  A.I.E.E.  Standards 
Committee  and  corresponding  committees  in  other  countries, 
to  considerable  mutual  advantage,  but  especially  through  the 
influence  of  the  International  Electrotechnical  Commission,  an 
international  body  engaged  in  international  electrical  engineer- 
ing standardization.” 

(d)  “List  of  Inspected  Electrical  Appliances:” 

(This  list  and  a “List  of  Manufacturers  of  Inspected  Mechanical 
Appliances;”  also  “List  of  appliances  Inspected  for  accident 
Hazard”  are  published  by  Underwriters’  Laboratories.  Both 
lists  are  revised  semi-annually.)  See  I B2 a,  3A6. 

“Products  labeled  or  listed  as  mentioned  above  are  not  neces- 
sarily uniform  in  quality  or  merit,  the  labeling  and  listing 
indicating  only  compliance  with  Underwriters’  requirements.” 

(e)  “Electric  Light  and  Power  Equipments — Rules: 

“Approved  Electrical  Fittings”  (subject  to  semi-annual  revision). 

(These  two  publications  are  issued  by  the  Inspection  Department 
of  the  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies.) 
See  3A7. 

"The  ‘List  of  Approved  Electrical  Fittings’  is  designed  to  enable 
mill  managers  and  electrical  contractors  to  quickly  learn  where 
thoroughly  reliable  fittings  can  be  obtained.  This  pamphlet 
forms  a supplement  to  ‘Rules  for  Installing  Electric  Light  and 
Power  Equipments,’  which  should  be  carefully  followed  in  all 
electrical  construction  work.” 

6E4  Standard  Symbols  and  Charts 

(a)  See  Standard  Symbols  for  Wiring  Plans,  as  adopted  by  the 
National  Electrical  Contractors’  Association  of  the  U.  S.  and 
the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  mentioned  under  6A4 a. 
In  addition  to  the  copies  on  cardboard,  which  may  be  had  as 
there  mentioned,  these  Symbols  may  be  seen  illustrated  and 
explained  in: 

1.  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book — 1916,”  pp.  1398-1399. 

2.  “Sweet’s  Architectural  Catalogue — 1917,”  p.  1423. 


Complete  descriptions  will  be  found  in  some,  and  a 
very  considerable  amount  of  valuable  data  in  others,  of 
the  publications  mentioned  below: 

See  especially  the  Chapter  on  “Elevators”  from 
“Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings”  described 
under  6L. 

1.  “Standard  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  Frank  F.  Fowle: 

Section  on  “Electric  Elevators,”  by  D.  L.  Lindquist,  Chief 
Engineer  Otis  Elevator  Co.,  and  Asso.  A.I.E.E. 

2.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks:  Section  9 

treats  of  “Hoisting  and  Conveying,”  by  C.  Kemble  Baldwin, 
pp.  1006-1187. 

3.  “American  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  Harold  Pender: 

Section  on  “Electric  Elevators.” 

4.  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  F.  E.  Kidder:  Section  on 

“Elevator-Service  in  Buildings,”  pp.  1579-1597,  contains 
information  on  electric  elevators  and  gives  valuable  data  for  cal- 
culating the  number  of  elevators  required,  determining  sizes,  etc. 
— similar  to  that  mentioned  under  JLi h. 

5.  “Electrical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Horatio  A.  Foster:  Section 

on  “Electric  Elevators.” 

6.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent:  Section  on 

“Hoist  ug  and  Conveying,”  pp.  1181-1218. 


(/)  “Universal  Safety  Standards:”  A reference  book  of  Rules,  Draw- 
ings, Tables,  Formula,  Data  and  Suggestions  for  use  of  Archi- 
tects, Engineers,  Superintendents,  Foremen,  Inspectors, 
Mechanics  and  Students,  by  Carl  M.  Hansen,  M.E.,  Consult- 
ing Safety  Engineer,  Member  American  Society  Mechanical 
Engineers.  Compiled  under  the  direction  of  and  approved  by 
the  Workmen’s  Compensation  Service  Bureau,  New  York  City. 

( g ) See  also  “Electrical  Edition”  of  same. 

(/)  and  ( g ) contain  diagrams  and  descriptions  of  guards  for  motors, 
switchboards,  starting  panels,  controllers,  fuse-boxes,  and  other 
safety  devices. 

(A)  The  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  has  adopted  the 
following: 

1.  Standard  specifications  for  Hard-Drawn  Copper  Wire,  Serial 

Designation  B 1-15. 

2.  Standard  Specifications  for  Medium  Hard-Drawn  Copper  Wire, 

Serial  Designation  B 2-15. 

3.  Standard  Specifications  for  Soft  or  Annealed  Copper  Wire 

Serial  Designation  B 3-15. 

4.  And  others  relating  to  cables,  trolley  wires,  and  specialized 

products. 

(_/')  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards: 

1.  See  Circular  No.  31,  “Copper  Wire  Tables,”  referred  to  under 

6E  3b. 

2.  The  Bureau  is  cooperating  with  a number  of  testing  labora- 

tories identified  with  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials  in  investigating  the  merits  of  an  accelerated  heat- 
test  as  applied  to  rubber  insulation  on  wire.  The  object  of 
the  work  is  to  determine  the  relative  effect  of  dry  heat  160°  F., 
as  compared  with  the  effect  of  natural  aging  under  uniform 
atmospheric  conditions.  The  relative  effect  of  dry  heat,  as 
compared  with  natural  aging,  has  been  studied  in  the  case  of 
fifty-five  rubber  compounds. 

3.  Some  of  these  results  appear  in  third  edition  Bureau  of 

Standards  Circular  No.  38,“Testing  of  Mechanical  Rubber 
Goods.” 

( k ) Office  of  the  Quartermaster-General  U.  S.  Army: 

1 . See  General  Electrical  Specifications,  No.  6,  described  under  60. 


(See,  also,  7E1  j and  7M2) 

3.  “Portfolio  of  the  Architectural  Service  Corporation,”  Ser- 
vice Sheet  No.  1,  January,  1916. 

(b)  Standard  Conduit  Charts,  showing  standard  sizes  of  conduits  for 
the  installation  of  wires  and  cables,  adopted  and  recommended 
by  the  National  Electrical  Contractors’  Association  of  the  U.  S. 
and  required  by  the  National  Electrical  Code,  may  be  obtained, 
as  mentioned  under  6B2^.  (See  6G14.) 

(c)  Standard  Symbols,  also  illustrated  in  U.  S.  Army  Specifications, 60. 

(See,  also,  iiBio£  and  /) 

7.  “Building  Estimators’  Reference  Book,”  Frank  R.  Walker:  Chap- 
ter XXII  on  “Miscellaneous  Building  Specialities,”  pp.  2900- 
2906,  gives  information  on  Cost  of  Electric  Passenger  Elevators, 
Electric  Freight  Elevators,  Cost  of  Cars  and  Dumbwaiters. 

8.  “Elevator  Shaft  Construction:  Practical  Suggestions  for  the  In- 
stallation of  Elevators  in  Buildings,”  H.  R.  Cullmer  and  A. 
Bauer. 

9.  “Universal  Safety  Standards”  (described  under  6E3/)  shows  safety 
devices,  controls,  guards,  hatchways  and  entrances,  automatic 
trap-doors  and  gates,  platforms  and  guards  for  sheaves  and  for 
safe  installations  in  general. 

10.  The  codes  of  cities  or  ordinances  regulating  elevator  construction 
will  also  afford  specificational  requirements.  Valuable  suggestions 
will  be  found  in  catalogues  and  other  literature  of  manufacturers. 

11.  For  specific  information  pertaining  to  the  installation  of  electric 
elevators,  see  pages  in  the  Industrial  Section  as  follows: 

(a)  Otis  Elevator  Co.,  pp.  170,  171. 

( b ) A.  B.  See  Electric  Elevator  Co.,  pp.  160,  161. 

12.  For  information  relating  to  dumbwaiters  (hand-power),  see  Indus- 
trial Section,  pp.  220,  221,  Sedgwick  Machine  Works. 

13.  Addenda. — See  “Uniform  Regulations  for  the  Construction  and 
Installation  of  Passenger  and  Freight  Elevators,”  adopted 
Oct.  12,  1917,  as  mentioned  under  12L22. 


6F  Electric  Elevators  and  Dumbwaiters. 


6G  Telephones,  Signaling  Systems,  Clocks  and  Bells 


Attention  is  again  directed  to  the  necessity  of  providing  in  all  build- 
ings such  chases,  channels,  pipe-ducts,  or  runways  as  will  adequately 
meet  all  needs  for  installing  arteries  of  service,  not  only  for  present 
requirements,  but  allowing  also  for  reasonable  future  needs  and  the  pos- 
sibility of  installations  not  now  thought  of. 


1.  The  two  following  paragraphs  are  again  quoted  from  the  National 
Electrical  Code: 

(a)  “The  use  of  wire-ways  for  rendering  concealed  wiring  perma- 
nently accessible  is  most  heartily  endorsed  and  recom- 
mended; and  this  method  of  accessible  concealed  construc- 
tion is  advised  for  general  use.” 


Serial  No.  6 


79 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


( b )  "Architects  are  urged,  when  drawing  plans  and  specifications, 
to  make  provision  for  the  channeling  and  pocketing  of  build- 
ings for  electric  light  or  power  wires,  and  also  for  telephone, 
district  messenger,  and  other  signaling  system  wiring.’’ 

2.  “Telephone  Construction,  Installation,  Wiring,  Operating  and 

Maintenance,”  W.  H.  Radcliffe  and  H.  C.  Cushing,  Jr.  22 3 pp., 
illustrated.  Intended  for  electricians,  wiremen,  engineers,  archi- 
tects, contractors  and  others  interested  in  the  installation  of  tele- 
phone exchanges  in  accordance  with  standard  practice. 

3.  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  F.  E.  Kidder:  Section  on 

“Interphones  and  Automatic  Telephones  for  Intercommunicating 
Service,”  pp.  1627-1628. 

4.  “American  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  Harold  Pender: 

Section  on  “Telephone  Instruments  and  Circuits,”  pp.  1530- 

I55°- 

5.  “Standard  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  Frank  F.  Fowle: 

Section  on  “Telephony,  Telegraphy,  and  Radio-telegraphy.” 

6.  “Electrical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Horatio  A.  Foster:  Section 

on  “Telephony.” 

7.  “American  Telephone  Practice,”  Kempster  B.  Miller.  904  pp., 

illustrated. 

8.  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Mansfield  Merriman: 

Section  14,  Article  19,  p.  1339.  Information  on  open-circuit 
batteries  for  use  on  intermittent  service,  such  as  call  bells  and 
short  telephone  lines. 

9.  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag:  Chapter 

XXXI,  “Automatic  Fire  Alarms,  and  Sprinkler  Alarm  and  Super- 
visory Systems,”  pp.  908-921;  also  Chapter  XXXIII,  “Watch- 
men, Watch-Clocks  and  Manuals,”  pp.  944-958. 

10.  “Crosby-Fiske  Handbook  of  Fire  Protection^,”  Fifth  Edition  (Sixth 

Edition  now  in  preparation):  Section  on  “Signaling  Systems  and 
Watchman  Service,”  pp.  250-269. 

11.  “Field  Practice,”  Inspection  Manual  of  the  N.F.P.A.  Information 

on  signaling  systems,  pp.  179-182. 

12.  “I.C.S.  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Engineers’  Handbook.”  Con- 

tains useful  tables,  and  sections  on  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Systems,  Location  of  Faults,  Electricity,  Magnetism,  Electrical 
Measurements,  and  Batteries.  398  pp. 

6H  Illumination,  Lighting  Fixtures 

Most  of  the  publications  which  follow  treat  of  illumina- 
tion by  gas  as  well  as  electricity,  and  cross-reference  to 
same  will  be  made  under  the  next  Serial  Number  (7)  when 
those  which  treat  especially  of  gas  will  be  separately 
referred  to.  In  that  number  also  will  appear  a description 
of  the  Illuminating  Engineering  Society. 

6H1  Information  Obtainable 

( a ) “The  Art  of  Illumination,”  Louis  Bell,  Ph.D.  353  pp.,  illustrated. 

Dr.  Bell’s  treatise  was  the  pioneer  book  on  illumination.  The 
new  edition,  entirely  rewritten,  is  designed  primarily  for  the 
use  of  illuminating  engineers. 

(b)  “Radiation,  Light  and  Illumination,”  Charles  P.  Steinmetz,  Ph.D. 

305  pp.,  illustrated.  It  covers  illuminating  engineering  fully, 
and  will  appeal  strongly  to  the  illuminating  engineer  and  to  the 
architect  as  well. 

(c)  “Factory  Lighting,”  Clarence  E.  Clewell,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Electrical  Engineering,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  formerly 
Lighting  Expert,  Westinghouse  Co.  160  pp.,  illustrated.  Tells 
in  a simple  way  how  to  obtain  good  lighting  by  analyzing  actual 
installations,  and  gives  illustrations  to  show  good  and  bad 
lighting  in  shops,  drafting-rooms,  offices,  power-houses,  etc. 

(d)  “Illumination  and  Photometry,”  William  E.  Wickenden,  Assist- 

ant Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering,  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology.  195  pp.,  fully  illustrated.  An  investiga- 
tion of  the  scientific  principles  of  illumination.  Subject  treated 
in  a condensed  way,  but  always  with  emphasis  upon  the  prin- 
ciples. 

(e)  “Practical  Illumination,”  J.  R.  Cravath  and  V.  R.  Lansing.  356 

pp.,  illustrated.  Gives  suggestions  and  specific  data  showing  the 
application  of  the  broad  general  principles  underlying  the 
design  of  artificial  illumination  for  everyday  use  in  all  kinds  of 
buildings. 

(/)  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  F.  E.  Kidder:  Section  on 
“Lighting  and  Illumination  of  Buildings,”  by  W.  H.  Timbie,  pp. 
I3JI-I370. 

(g)  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks:  Section  1 1 
contains  a chapter  by  Louis  Bell  on  “Illumination;”  treats  of 
Computation  of  Illumination,  Practical  Sources  of  Light,  and 
Methods  of  Lighting;  pp.  1366-1381. 

(, h ) “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Mansfield  Merriman: 
Section  14,  Article  18,  pp.  1335-1338,  gives  information  on 
“Electric  Lighting  and  Illumination.” 

Serial  No.  6 


13.  See  the  “I.C.S.  Electrical  Engineers’  Handbook”  (6Ei.y)  for 

information  on  signal-bell  circuits,  pp.  369-371. 

14.  Along  the  lines  of  the  recommendations  contained  under  6Gi<j  and 

b,  above  referred  to,  it  should  be  noted  that  the  N.E.C.  does  not 
prescribe  the  sizes  for  conduits  for  signal  systems  and  that  the 
wires  permitted  by  the  telephone  companies  of  various  cities 
differ  as  to  thickness  of  insulation.  The  Chart  (described  under 
6E4^)  therefore  represents  wires  with  both  light  and  heavy  insula- 
tion and  shows  conduit  sizes  accordingly. 

15.  See  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings”  6L1/. 

16.  See  General  Electrical  Specifications  No.  6,  U.  S.  Army,  described 

under  60;  specifies  and  illustrates  bell  systems,  batteries,  bells, 
push-buttons,  annunciators,  buzzers,  transformers,  speaking- 
tubes,  etc. 

17.  Some  telephone  companies  insert  notices  similar  to  the  following  in 

their  directories:  “Adequate  facilities  for  handling  telephone 
wires  and  cables  in  new  buildings  will  mean  the  most  satis- 
factory telephone  service  for  the  tenants.  Satisfied  tenants  are 
an  asset  to  the  owner  of  a building.  The  Telephone  Company 
asks  the  cooperation  of  the  architects.  When  designing  new  build- 
ings, call  the  Plant  Engineer.” 

18.  The  New  York  Telephone  Company  states  that  of  the  two  ways  to 

wire  an  apartment  house — conduit  system  or  wires  in  a mold- 
ing— the  conduit  layout  is  now  generally  preferred. 

19.  Standard  of  Telephone  Service: 

Preliminary  studies  have  been  undertaken  to  ascertain  to  what 
extent  the  different  grades  of  telephone  service  required  under 
different  conditions  can  be  adequately  described  in  series  of 
standard  service  specifications.  Detailed  studies  under  actual 
operating  conditions,  and  under  the  manifold  variations  encoun- 
tered in  different  localities,  are  necessary  before  it  will  be  pos- 
sible for  the  Bureau  of  Standards  to  suggest  suitable  service 
standards  for  telephony  similar  to  those  already  proposed  for  gas 
and  electric  light  and  power  supply.  Such  detailed  cooperative 
studies  in  this  and  other  lines  are  necessary  before  public  utility 
commissions  can  regulate  telephone  utilities  with  full  justice  to  all 
interests  concerned.  From  Report  of  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916. 


and  Lamps  (See,  also,  7M,  11B13  and  12F5) 

O')  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent:  Section  on 
“Illumination,”  pp.  1,468-1,477. 

( k ) “Standard  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  Frank  F.  Fowle: 

Section  on  “Illumination.” 

(/)  “American  Handbook  for  Electrical  Engineers,”  Harold  Pender: 
Section  on  “Illumination,”  pp.  756-763. 

( m ) “American  Electrician’s  Handbook,”  Terrell  Croft:  Illustrated 
section  on  “Illumination.” 

(»)  “Crosby-Fiske  Handbook  of  Fire  Protection,”  (sixth  edition  now 
in  preparation).  Information  on  “Lighting  by  Electricity,” 
in  fifth  edition,  pp.  1 20-1 22. 

(0)  See  Section  on  “Illumination”  in  “Electric  Light  Wiring,”  C.  E. 
Knox.  225  pp.,  illustrated. 

(p)  See  “Electric  Lighting  Specifications,”  E.  A.  Merrill.  213  pp. 
For  architects  and  engineers. 

(7)  See  “Theatres  and  Motion  Picture  Houses,”  Arthur  S.  Melloy, 
Architect.  1916.  125  pp.  Includes  sections  on  “Auditorium 
Lighting”  and  “Stage  Lighting.” 

(r)  “Color  and  Its  Applications,”  by  M.  Luckeish. 

(r)  “Light  and  Shade  and  Its  Applications,”  M.  Luckeish. 

( l ) Consult  the  list  of  publications  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of 

Standards  for  Bulletins  bearing  on  this  subject. 

(t<)  See  the  pamphlet  entitled  “Light — Its  Use  and  Misuse,”  pub- 
lished by  the  Illuminating  Engineering  Society  (Serial  No.  7). 

(0)  See  also  the  periodical  of  the  I.E.S.  called  the  “Transactions,”  in 
which  are  printed  papers  dealing  with  all  phases  of  the  art  and 
science  of  illumination. 

( w ) See  the  “I.C.S.  Electrical  Engineers’  Handbook”  (6Ei_y)  for 

information  on  Illumination  and  Lamps. 

(x)  For  general  information  on  illumination  with  reference  to  exterior 

and  interior  lighting  units  of  the  General  Electric  Company  and 
of  its  Ivanhoe-Regent  and  Edison  Lamp  Works,  and  to  Mazda 
lamps,  see  pp.  148-158  of  the  G-E  Company,  in  Industrial 
Section.  Also  the  G-E  Index. 

(_y)  For  Types  of  Lighting,  Terms  Used,  Measurement  of  Lighting 
and  Method  of  Determining  Quantity  of  Light  with  a Table  of 
the  Average  Practice  in  this  Regard,  see  “Electrical  Informa- 
tion and  Data”  furnished  by  the  Society  for  Electrical  Develop- 
ment, Inc.,  and  printed  in  “Sweet’s  Architectural  Catalogue,” 
1916,  pp.  1316-1318.  . „ 

(z)  See  “Illustrations  of  Electrical  Fixtures  and  Equipment,’  pp. 
93-133  >n  “General  Electrical  Specifications  No  6.,  Prepared  in 
the  Office  of  the  Quartermasters-General,  U.  S.  Army,  March, 
1915”  (60). 


80 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  6 


6H2  Practice  Recommended  and  Standards 
Adopted 

(a)  Refer  to  appropriate  sections  of  National  Electrical  Code 
(N.F.P.A.)  and  National  Electrical  Safety  Code  (U.  S.  Bureau 
of  Standards). 

(i)  See  “Field  Practice”  (N.F.P.A.),  3^d\,  sections  on  “Lighting 
Hazards — Electricity,”  pp.  21-23  and  I3°- 
(r)  See  “Code  of  Lighting:  Factories,  Mills  and  other  Work  Places,” 
prepared  by  committees  of  the  Illuminating  Engineering 
Society  and  issued  under  the  direction  of  the  Society  (to  be 
described  in  Serial  No.  7).  Copyright  1915.  45  pp.,  with  half- 
tone illustrations,  plans,  sections  and  other  diagrams.  Treats 
of  daylight  requirements  as  well  as  of  artificial  illumination. 
“While  the  code  is  intended  as  an  aid  to  industrial  commissions 
and  other  similar  bodies  in  those  states  and  municipalities  which 
shall  actively  take  up  the  questions  of  legislation  as  related  to 
factory  and  mill  lighting,  it  is  intended  in  equal  measure  for  the 
industries  themselves  as  a practical  working  guide  in  individual 
efforts  to  improve  lighting  conditions.  The  language  of  the  code 
has  not  been  drafted  according  to  legal  phraseology  but  is 
simple  and  pointed  throughout,  thus  being  readily  available  for 
transforming  into  legal  orders,  and  at  the  same  time  as  a work- 
ing guide  in  practical  design  and  installation  work.” 

(1 d ) See  reports  of  various  committees  of  the  Illuminating  Engineer- 
ing Society. 

(e)  Consult,  in  Associated  Engineering  Societies’  Library,  publications 
of  the  National  Electric  Light  Association,  such  as  those  of  the 
Lighting  Sales  Bureau,  Reports  of  Subcommittee  on  Industrial 


and  Yard  Lighting,  on  residential  lighting,  and  on  other  light- 
ing problems.  Illustrated  with  diagrams  of  buildings  and  plates 
showing  installations,  lighting  fixtures  and  other  essentials. 

(/)  See  “List  of  Inspected  Electrical  Appliances”  (6Ejd). 

(g)  See  “Approved  Electrical  Fittings”  (iE^e). 

(h)  For  “Standard  Symbols”  indicating  number  and  kind  of  lights  to 

wiring  outlets  and  methods  of  control,  see  description  under 
6E4. 

(j  ) For  valuable  data  and  suggestions  on  illumination  and  the  wiring 
to  accomplish  same,  see  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal 
Buildings”  as  described  under  6L1/  and  6L1  g. 

(, k ) As  a Standard  which  may  be  followed,  see  6Hiz. 

6H3  Life  Testing  of  Incandescent  Lamps 

The  lamps  purchased  by  the  Federal  Government,  amounting  to 
about  1,250,000  annually,  are  inspected  and  tested  by  the  Bureau  of 
Standards.  The  specifications  under  which  these  lamps  are  tested  are 
published  by  the  Bureau  and  are  recognized  as  standard  by  the  manu- 
facturers as  well  as  by  the  Government.  They  are  used  also  by  many 
other  purchasers  of  lamps. 

The  lamps  are  first  inspected  for  mechanical  and  physical  defects, 
this  being  done  at  the  factory  by  Bureau  inspectors.  Representative 
samples  are  selected  and  sent  to  the  Bureau,  where  they  are  burned  on 
life  test  at  a specified  efficiency,  at  which  they  must  give  a certain  num- 
ber of  hours’  life,  depending  upon  the  kind  of  lamp.  From  3,000  to  5 ,000 
lamps  are  thus  burned  on  test  each  year. 

Scientific  Paper  No.  265  gives  a complete  description  of  the  special 
apparatus  and  of  the  methods  used  in  these  inspections  and  tests. 
From  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916. 


6J  Heating,  Cooking  and  Other  Appliances  and  Devices 


1.  These  various  appliances  and  devices  pertaining  to  the  comfort 
and  convenience  of  occupants  of  hotels,  apartment  houses,  office 
buildings,  residences,  and  other  structures  are  treated  in  but 
very  few  of  the  Electrical  handbooks  and  other  such  publica- 
tions. 

Some  will  occasionally  be  found  by  looking  in  the  index  of  publica- 
tions referred  to,  but  so  rapidly  is  development  taking  place  in 
their  manufacture  and  utilization  that  the  chief  source  of  informa- 


6K Vacuum  Cleaners 

I.  This  important  modern  development  in  building  sanitation  will  also 
not  be  found  treated  in  many  of  the  handbooks  elsewhere  listed 
though  the  operating  and  controlling  features  of  so  many  of 
these  systems,  whether  stationary  or  portable,  are  of  interest 
electrically.  For  this  reason  the  subject  is  treated  in  this  issue, 
although  vacuum  systems  will  be  again  mentioned  in  a later 
Serial  Number. 

Included  in  standard  handbooks,  the  subject  has  been  found  treated 
in: 

(a)  Kidder’s  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916.  See 
“Vacuum  Cleaning,”  pp.  1628,  1629. 

(i)  For  a complete  treatise  on  the  whole  subject,  including  a highly 
interesting  historical  review  of  the  development  of  the 
Vacuum  Cleaner,  see  “Vacuum  Cleaner  Systems,”  by  M.  S. 
Cooley,  Mechanical  Engineer  in  office  of  the  Supervising 


tion  to  be  had  concerning  them  is  through  catalogues  and  other 
literature  of  the  manufacturers  themselves. 

(a)  Some  notes  and  suggestions  on  various  devices  will  be  found  in 

Useful  Information  for  architects,  contractors  and  engineers 
referred  to  under  6A2  and  elsewhere. 

( b ) For  a list  of  many  such  devices  of  the  latest  type  and  for  pub- 

lications pertaining  to  them  see  the  General  Electric  Com- 
pany’s presentation  in  the  Industrial  Section,  pp.  148-158. 


Architect,  Treasury  Department.  Copyright  1913  by  Heat- 
ing and  Ventilating  Magazine  Company  of  New  York.  232 
pp.,  completely  illustrated. 

This  states  the  requirements  of  an  ideal  system  and  gives 
descriptions  and  diagrams  of  all  mechanical  and  electrical 
parts  of  various  systems,  including  the  pipe  and  fittings,  con- 
trolling appliances  and  tools. 

It  gives  data  on  the  selection  of  various  types,  methods  of 
testing  and  Specifications  for  five  classes  of  plants. 

It  also  describes  portable  vacuum  cleaners,  including  those  for 
attachment  to  lighting  systems. 

(c)  See  Chapter  on  “Vacuum  Cleaning  Systems”  described  under 

6L1/. 

( d ) For  detailed  drawings  of  the  mechanism  and  data  pertaining  to 

various  vacuum-cleaner  systems,  see  the  catalogues  and  other 
literature  of  the  respective  manufacturers. 


6L  Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal 

1.  A subdivision  is  given  to  this  subject  in  order  to  mention  and 
briefly  describe  a publication  with  which  all  architects  should  be 
familiar,  in  connection  with  the  mechanical  equipment  in  build- 
ings, other  than  residences,  whether  or  not  the  same  are  installed 
in  cooperation  with  consulting  engineers. 

This  refers  to  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings  under 
the  control  of  the  Treasury  Department,”  by  Nelson  S.  Thomp- 
son, Chief  Mechanical  and  Electrical  Engineer,  Office  Super- 
vising Architect,  Treasury  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  subjects  treated  are  as  follows: 

(4)  Chapter  I.  Heating  and  Ventilation. 

(i)  Chapter  II.  Commercial  Practice  in  Regard  to  Heating  Fac- 
tory and  Other  Buildings. 

(r)  Chapter  III.  Commercial  Practice  in  Regard  to  Heating  by 
Forced  Circulation  of  Hot  Water  from  a Central  Station. 

(These  will  be  described  in  the  issue  of  the  Journal  devoted  to 
Heating  and  Ventilation). 

(d)  Chapter  IV.  Plumbing,  Drainage  and  Water-Supply. 

(Will  be  described  in  Plumbing  issue.) 

Serial  No.  6 


Buildings 

( e ) Chapter  V.  Gas  Piping. 

(Will  be  described  in  next  issue.) 

(/)  Chapter  VI.  Conduit  and  Wiring  Systems. 

This  gives  the  standard  arrangement  for  electric  installa- 
tions in  Federal  buildings,  including  underground  service, 
switchboards,  distribution  tablets,  table  of  conduit  sizes  for 
conductors,  and  of  lead-encased  cable  in  unlined  metallic 
conduit,  describes  outlets  and  standard  wiring  for  lighting, 
gives  wiring  formulae  and  tables,  gives  data  on  illumination 
with  tables  of  effective  lumens  for  different  lamps  and  reflectors, 
and  estimating  data  on  electrical  appliances. 

It  also  includes  conduit  systems  for  time-clocks  and  other 
special  purposes,  also  town  clocks,  fire  alarm  and  watchman’s 
time-detector  systems,  vault-protection  systems,  telephone  and 
call-bell  conduits,  and  conduits  for  signal  systems. 

(g)  Chapter  VII.  Lighting  Fixtures. 

This  gives  “Basic  Data  in  Connection  with  Design  and 
Installation  of  Lighting  Fixtures”  and  data  for  estimating  the 
cost  of  same.  It  also  includes  a “typical  lighting  fixture  speci- 

8l  Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


fication  prepared  by  the  office”  which  covers  various  types  of 
fixtures,  glassware,  reflectors,  metals  and  finish,  switches,  and 
gives  a schedule  of  fixture  and  notes  on  inspection  and  tests. 

(A)  Chapter  VIII.  Elevators. 

This  gives  data  of  the  utmost  importance  to  architects, 
especially  in  the  preliminary  study  necessary  to  reach  a decision 
upon  the  number,  type  and  speed  of  elevators  for  all  kinds  of 
structures. 

With  the  aid  of  individual  experience  and  judgment,  a close 
approximation  of  the  number  of  elevators  and  of  the  size  of 
each  which  should  be  installed  in  a given  building  may  be  based 
on  the  facts  in  regard  to  elevator  service  in  this  chapter  which 
are  stated  by  Mr.  R.  P.  Bolton,  consulting  engineer,  of  New 
York,  in  his  treatise  entitled  “Elevator  Service.” 

It  also  gives  data  to  determine  the  loads  to  be  carried  and 
space  requirements,  and  states  recommendations  as  to  various 
forms  of  equipment,  concluding  with  a “Specification  for  the 
standard  tandem  worm  geared  electric  passenger  elevator  with 
direct  current  motor  and  full  magnet  control  such  as  is  installed 
by  the  office  of  the  supervising  architect,”  and  a supplementary 
specification  for  “Alternating  Current  Elevators,”  following 
which  is  “Instructions  Relative  to  the  Inspection  and  Test  of 
New  Elevators.” 

(j  ) Chapter  IX.  Small  Power  Plants. 

This  is  prepared  with  special  reference  to  installations  in 
Federal  buildings  under  control  of  the  Treasury  Department 
and  states  all  items  which  require  consideration  in  determining 
whether  the  mechanical  equipment  should  include  a power  plant 
for  the  generation  of  electric  current  for  light  and  power. 

It  discusses  types  of  engines  and  electric  generators,  gives 
tables  and  includes  “A  specification  for  Engines  and  Genera- 
tors as  prepared  in  the  office  of  the  Supervising  Architect.” 

(k)  Chapter  X.  Motors  and  Controlling  Apparatus. 

Discusses  direct  and  alternating  current  motors  and  gives 
various  recommendations. 

(/)  Chapter  XI.  Vacuum  Cleaning  Systems. 

This  contains  data  on  stationary  systems  of  both  the  so- 
called  high-vacuum  and  low-vacuum  types  and  gives  tables  for 
determining  the  sizes  of  plants  and  recommendations  for  instal- 
lation. 1 1 also  includes  a complete  “Specification  such  as  is  used 
by  the  office  of  the  Supervising  Architect  for  a Four-sweeper 

6M  Lightning  Protection  (For  data,  see  April 


Plant,”  included  in  which  is  a description  of  the  electric 
motor  and  its  automatic  control. 

{m)  Chapter  XII.  Operating  Data. 

This  gives  calculations  of  cost  of  operating  mechanical 
equipments  with  sample  reports  of  those  made  in  certain 
Federal  buildings  and  includes  a discussion  of  the  isolated  plant 
versus  the  central  station  as  regards  heat  as  well  as  electric 
current. 

Appendix. 

(»)  General  Instructions,  issued  to  draftsmen  by  the  Chief  Mechani- 
cal and  Electrical  Engineer,  Office  Supervising  Architect. 

This  could  well  be  read  by  all  practising  architects  as  it  con- 
tains eleven  pages  of  valuable  suggestions  which  could  be  fol- 
lowed in  the  case  of  any  building,  taking  up  as  it  does  the  pro- 
cedure followed  in  an  office  from  the  inception  of  a building 
project  to  its  conclusion.  It  not  only  treats  of  surveys  and 
data  to  be  obtained  concerning  the  site,  its  surroundings  and 
public  utilities,  but  contains  many  calculations  for  determining 
quantities  cost  and  space  requirements  with  respect  to  all 
features  of  mechanical  equipment  and  building  construction 
affected.  It  contains  also  recommendations  as  to  procedure 
and  gives  departmental  requirements  about  which  it  is  well  to 
be  informed. 

(o)  Suggestions  to  Superintendents. 

These  are  a natural  complement  of  and  extensions  to  the 
General  Instructions  to  Draughtsmen  just  referred  to. 

( [p ) Miscellaneous  Data. 

Consist  of  tables  such  as  Capacity  of  Cylindrical  Tanks  and 
many  others  of  much  usefulness. 

6L2 

In  this  subdivision  it  is  also  desired  to  call  attention  to 
the  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal 
Buildings  (2A 4a).  In  various  numbers  of  this  publication 
will  be  found  contributions  of  interest  to  architects,  engi- 
neers, and  constructors  on  electrical  installations  and 
other  matters  pertaining  to  the  mechanical  equipment  as 
well  as  the  construction  of  buildings. 


Journal,  Serial  No.  4G) 


SN  ElcCtrolySlS  (See,  also.  Corrosion  and  Treatments  of  Metals,  11B2,  11B3  and  4;  also  12C) 


References  to  this  subject  will  be  found  in  many  of  the  publications 
elsewhere  referred  to;  also  under  “Experiment  and  Practice”  in  Traut- 
wine’s  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,  pp.  1 168,  1182.  See,  also,  the  fol- 
lowing publications  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards: 

Technologic  Paper  No.  28,  “Methods  of  Making  Electrolysis  Sur- 
veys;” Technologic  Paper  No.  54,  “A  Report  on  Conditions  in  Spring- 
field,  Ohio,  with  Insulated  Feeder  System  Installed;”  Technologic  Paper 
No.  55,  “A  Preliminary  Report  on  Electrolysis  Mitigation  in  Elyria, 
Ohio;”  Technologic  Paper  No.  62,  “Modern  Practice  in  the  Construc- 
tion and  Maintenance  of  Rail  Joints  and  Bonds  in  Electric  Railways;” 
Technologic  Paper  No.  63,  “Leakage  of  Current  from  Railways;”  and 
Technologic  Paper  No.  75,  “Some  Instances  of  Track  Leakage.” 

The  following  extracts  from  the  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards, 
1916,  will  be  found  of  interest. 

“When  considering  the  enormous  value  of  the  pipe  and  cable  proper- 
ties buried  in  the  streets  of  cities  and  forming  in  many  cases  transmission 
networks  between  cities  throughout  the  country,  and  when  considering 
further  that  there  are  very  few  water,  gas,  or  lead  cable  systems  which  are 
not  more  or  less  subject  at  some  points  to  electrolytic  damage  from  stray 
currents,  it  is  possible  to  better  form  a judgment  of  the  practical  impor- 
tance of  this  subject  which  still  does  not  receive  in  many  quarters  the 
attention  that  its  importance  deserves. 


The  water-  and  gas-pipe  systems  of  this  country  alone  have  an  aggre- 
gate value  at  the  present  time  of  approximately  $ 1,500,000, 000,  and  in 
addition  to  this  there  is  a vast  extent  of  underground  lead-cable  systems 
belonging  to  telephone  and  electric  power  companies  and  to  municipali- 
ties, a considerable  part  of  which  may  be  more  or  less  subject  to  electro- 
lytic damage.  There  are  also  possibilities  of  trouble  in  the  case  of  bridge 
structures,  portions  of  steel  frame  buildings,  and  piers,  which  are  occa- 
sionally exposed  to  damage  from  this  source.  While  it  is  impossible  at 
present  to  determine  with  any  accuracy  the  extent  of  the  damage  to  pipe 
systems  by  electrolysis,  nevertheless,  the  most  conservative  estimates 
place  it  at  many  millions  of  dollars  annually. 

The  Bureau  has  been  studying  the  electrolysis  question  for  the  past 
six  years  and  has  done  a large  amount  of  work  in  connection  with  it. 
The  first  problem  investigated  was  that  concerning  the  effects  of  elec- 
trolysis in  reinforced  concrete,  after  which  special  attention  was  given 
to  electrolysis  of  underground  pipes.  This  has  included  laboratory  investi- 
gations concerning  the  effects  of  electric  current  on  concrete  and  on  metal 
pipes,  tests  of  pipe-coverings,  the  corrosion  of  metals  in  the  soil,  methods 
of  measuring  soil  resistance,  and  various  other  experimental  phases  of 
the  work;  methods  of  electrolysis  mitigation  that  have  been  used  or 
proposed;  field  studies  in  actual  practice  with  the  application  of  reme- 
dies; and  a determination  of  the  cost  and  results  obtained. 


60  Electrical  Specifications,  U.  S.  Army 


The  Office  of  the  Quartermaster-General  U.  S.  Army  has  prepared 
and  issued,  under  date  of  March,  191 5,  “General  Electrical  Specifications 
No.  6 for  Furnishing  and  Installing  Electric  Light  Wiring,  Electric 
Fixtures,  and  Electric  Bell  Systems  in  Buildings  and  the  Construction 
of  Interior  Lighting  and  Distributing  Systems,  alj  Pertaining  to  the 
Quartermaster  Corps,  U.  S.  Army.”  These  may  be  obtained  from 
Superintendent  of  Documents’  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington, 
D.  C.  The  whole  consists  of  139  pages,  and  various  Sections  relate  to 
matters  covered  by  the  title  and  to  the  construction  of  exterior  lighting 
and  distributing  systems,  complete  in  every  detail.  The  various  sections 
are  referred  to  in  this  Serial  Number  under  their  appropriate  subdivis- 
ions, including  the  Standard  Symbols  and  the  Fixtures  and  other 
illustrations. 


It  is  to  be  noted  that  it  is  stated  “Unless  otherwise  specified  all  wires 
in  new  buildings  shall  be  run  in  what  is  known  as  concealed  stiff  steel 
conduit  work,  all  conduit  being  run  concealed  except  in  unfinished  parts 
of  the  buildings  . . . Unless  otherwise  specified  all  wiring  in  old 

buildings  shall  be  done  with  flexible  steel  armored  conductors,  run 
concealed  except  in  unfinished  parts  of  buildings  ’’and  also,  “all  work  shall 
be  done  in  the  most  thorough  and  approved  manner,  in  strict  accordance 
with  these  specifications,  the  plans  and  schedules  attached  to  specifica- 
tions for  buildings,  and  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  latest  edition 
of  the  National  Electrical  Code.” 


Serial  No.  6 


82 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  7 


GAS  ISSUE 
CONTENTS 


This,  the  second  of  the  Mechanical  Equipment  group  of 
four  issues,  is  devoted  to  the  utilization  of  gases  and  vapors 
in  and  around  buildings.  The  various  gas  interests  of  the 
country  and  architects  and  owners  as  well  are,  in  this  con- 
nection, greatly  concerned  with  the  proper  installation  of 
piping  to  make  available  the  manifold  uses  to  which  gas 
may  be  put.  These  are  potential  as  well  as  actual,  and 
emphasis  has  been  laid  in  this  presentation  on:  first,  the 
feature  of  supplying  buildings  with  gas  for  all  purposes; 


and,  second,  the  proper  piping  to  secure  adequate  ser- 
vice throughout. 

In  the  existing  dearth  of  consulting  engineers  on  gas 
equipment  for  buildings,  the  national  associations  men- 
tioned and  the  local  organizations,  of  which  there  are 
many,  may  be  relied  upon  to  supplement  the  information 
given  and  to  cooperate  in  carrying  forward  the  various 
recommendations  described. 


JULY,  1917 

INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


7Al  Gas  Societies  and  Associations. 

7A2  American  Gas  Institute. 

7A3  National  Commercial  Gas  Association. 

7A4  International  Acetylene  Association. 

7B  Other  Gas  Organizations. 

7C  Supplying  Buildings  with  Gas. 

7D  The  Proposed  National  Gas  Safety  Code. 
7E  Piping  Buildings— Materials,  Methods 
and  Cost. 

7F  Gas  and  Its  Utilization  in  Buildings. 

7Ai  Gas  Societies  and  Associations 

7A2  American  Gas  Institute. 

Secretary:  George  G.  Ramsdell,  29  W.  39th  St.,  New  York 
City. 

(See  also  “Other  Gas  Organizations”  (7B)  for  those  affiliated.) 
Publications: 

(a)  “Proceedings,”  published  annually. 

(b)  Certain  committee  Reports  of  an  exhaustive  nature  are  published 

separately,  especially  those  relating  to  standardization  of 
methods  or  materials. 

( c ) Of  this  class  the  “Gas  Chemists’  Handbook”  is  a notable  example. 

(d)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Cast  Iron  Pipe  and  Special  Castings.” 

These  embrace  the  results  of  work  which  covered  a great  many 
years  and  was  first  started  by  the  Society  of  Gas  Lighting 
about  1890.  The  American  Gas  Light  Association  reported  a 
new  standard  in  1906,  and  the  American  Gas  Institute  in  1911 
and  1913  adopted  these  standards.  (See  7E3/.) 

(e)  Monthly  bulletin  entitled  “Gas  Institute  News.”  Contains:  an 

educational  article  in  each  issue,  which  articles  when  completed 
will  form  a textbook  on  the  manufacture  and  distribution  of 
both  coal  and  water  gas. 

The  “Proceedings”  and  “Gas  Institute  News”  are  furnished 
free  to  members. 

(/)  “Bulletin  of  Abstracts.”  A classified  record  of  the  best  technical 
articles  appearing  in  the  domestic  and  foreign  journals,  arranged 
for  filing  in  card-index  form. 

Serial  No.  7 


7G  Properties,  Power  Equipment  and  Gen- 
eral Uses. 

7H  Gas  Appliances  in  General. 

7J  Space  Heating  by  Gas. 

7K  Water  Heating  by  Gas. 

7L  Cooking  and  Hotel  and  Domestic  Appli- 
ances. 

7M  Illumination— Fixtures,  Equipment  and 
Ignition. 

7N  Illumination  in  General. 

7Nl  Illuminating  Engineering  Society. 


( g ) Report  of  the  Committee  on  Refractory  Materials. 

(h)  “Bibliography  of  Refractory  Materials.” 

(j)  “The  Installation  of  Cast  Iron  Street  Mains.” 

(k)  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Supplying  Large  Buildings  with  Gas 

or  Piping  Large  Buildings.  Reports  of  1914-16. 

(/)  Committee  Reports  on  Housepiping.  1915-16.  (7E2,  3 and  4.) 

( m ) “Proper  Specifications  for  and  Inspection  of  Interior  Piping,” 
Turner  (7Ei£  and  7E3C). 

(»)  Reports  of  Committee  on  Utilization  of  Gas  Fuel  Appliances. 

The  Institute  is  the  national  technical  gas  association, 
its  membership  embracing  the  prominent  gas  engineers 
and  managers  of  the  country.  The  technical  work  is 
handled  through  committees  which  also  secure  papers 
and  submit  the  results  of  their  work  in  the  form  of  reports 
for  presentation  at  the  annual  convention.  These  are 
published  later  in  the  “Proceedings”  each  year. 

In  addition  to  its  technical  activities,  the  Institute  has 
also  taken  a leading  part  in  matters  of  importance  per- 
taining to  the  relations  of  the  gas  industry  to  the  public, 
working  through  its  committees  in  cooperation  with 
various  public  service  commissions  and  regulatory  bodies. 


83 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


7 A3  National  Commercial  Gas  Association 
Secretary:  Louis  Stotz,  61  Broadway,  New  York  City. 
Publications: 

(a)  “Proceedings”  of  annual  meetings. 

( b ) “Monthly  Bulletin.”  Contains  papers,  discussions,  and  general 

information.  One  department  is  devoted  to  “Gas  Literature  for 
the  Busy  Man,”  and  gives  a list  of  journals  which  will  be  found 
valuable  if  kept  for  reference.  Subscription,  jo  cents  per  year. 
Furnished  free  to  members. 

(c)  “Industrial  Fuel  Reference  Books.”  A series  of  pamphlets  issued 

during  1916  and  1917,  dealing  with  the  “Application  of  Gas” 
to  various  needs  in  the  industries  and  within  buildings.  Prices, 
from  20  cents  to  50  cents  each. 

(, d ) “Utilization  of  Gas  Appliances.”  A series  of  eleven  pamphlets, 
covering  in  a most  thorough  manner  the  development,  construc- 
tion, and  installation  of  all  domestic  fuel  appliances.  Price  of 
complete  set  $2.50. 

There  is  available  only  a limited  number  of  copies  of  these  books, 
which  are  especially  valuable  as  reference  works. 

(e)  Pamphlets  entitled  “Lessons,”  which  accompany  the  “Practical 
Gas  Education  Course”  elsewhere  referred  to.  Subscription 
rates  given  on  application. 

(/)  “The.Gas  Equipment  of  the  Home.”  48-page  illustrated  booklet 
giving  information  on  the  many  uses  of  gas  in  the  home.  It 
treats  of  the  following: 

1.  Plan  of  House  Showing  Piping  Outlets. 

2.  Gas  Appliances  for  Each  Room  in  the  House. 

3.  Hygiene  of  Gas;  Its  Aid  in  Ventilation. 

4.  Modern  Gas-Lighting;  Treatment  of  Different  Rooms. 

5.  Plan  of  an  Ideal  Kitchen;  The  Modern  Gas-Kitchen. 

6.  Water-Heating  by  Gas;  The  Most  Rapid  System  of  Heat- 

ing ;Water. 

7.  Outdoor  Residence  Lighting. 

8.  Flue  Connections. 

9.  Gas-Furnace  Heating  and  Room-Heating. 

10.  Gas  Laundry  Equipment. 

11.  Sterilizing  Water  by  Gas. 

12.  Refuse  Destroyer. 

13.  Garage-Heating  by  Gas. 

14.  Vacuum  Cleaning  by  Gas. 

15.  Refrigeration  by  Gas. 

16.  Heating  of  Kitchen  from  Cellar  Furnace. 

7B  Other  Gas  Organizations 

The  National  Commercial  Gas  Association  and  the 
Society  of  Gas  Lighting  have  no  affiliated  associations. 
The  following  associations  are  affiliated  with  the  American 
Gas  Institute:  Illinois  Gas  Association,  Horace  H.  Clark, 
Secretary,  1325  West  Adams  St.,  Chicago,  111.;  Indiana 
Gas  Association,  James  W.  Dunbar,  Secretary,  New 
Albany,  Ind.;  Iowa  District  Gas  Association,  T.  B.  Genay, 
Secretary,  Des  Moines  Gas  Company,  Des  Moines, 
Iowa;  Michigan  Gas  Association,  Clark  R.  Graves,  Secre- 
tary, Lansing,  Mich.;  New  England  Association  of  Gas 
Engineers,  N.  W.  Gifford,  Secretary,  East  Boston,  Mass.; 
New  Jersey  State  Gas  Association,  O.  F.  Potter,  Secre- 
tary, Public  Service  Gas  Company,  Newark,  N.  J.; 
Pennsylvania  Gas  Association,  L.  R.  Dutton,  Secretary, 

7C  Supplying  Buildings  with  Gas 

Dismissing  from  present  consideration  the  properties,  manufacture, 
and  distribution  of  natural  and  artificial  gases  (which  will  be  elsewhere 
referred  to),  the  matter  of  supplying  all  buildings  with  gas  for  the  fullest 
utilization  thereof,  whether  for  illumination,  fuel,  power,  or  heat,  is  of 
the  utmost  importance  to  architects,  builders,  and  all  occupants. 

(For  data  on  materials  and  methods  of  piping  buildings  for  gas  see 
7E1,  2,  and  3.) 

1.  A committee  of  the  American  Gas  Institute,  then  called  the  Com- 
mittee on  Piping  Large  Buildings  for  Gas,  presented  at  the  annual  meet- 
ing in  1914  a report  of  much  interest.  This  report  is  incorporated  in  the 
Proceedings  (7A2 a)  for  1914,  and  is  separately  printed  (7A2 k). 

The  following  extracts  are  given  for  their  suggestive  value: 

“As  a purely  financial  investment  it  cannot  be  denied  that  the  more 
complete  the  service  that  can  be  offered  the  more  valuable  as  a rental 
proposition  the  building  will  become.” 

“Unless,  therefore,  the  building  is  piped  throughout  on  erection,  this 
lack  of  provision  may  become  a serious  handicap  in  so  far  as  the  rental 
feature  is  concerned  and  may  become  a cause  of  loss  of  revenue.” 

Serial  No.  7 84 


17.  Room-Heating  Calculations. 

18.  Gas  for  Domestic  Science  Equipments. 

19.  Gas  Piping,  Piping  Schedule,  Meters. 

(g)  Certain  committee  reports  are  also  issued  separately,  such  as 
Report  of  the  1916  Committee  on  Standardization  of  Gas 
Appliance  Specifications. 

(ti)  Standard  Gas  Range  Specification. 

(f)  Standard  Gas  Fixture  Specification. 

( k ) Miscellaneous  publications,  which  will  be  referred  to  under  other 
subdivisions. 

Any  of  the  above,  except  the  “Proceedings”  and  those  pub- 
lications with  prices  affixed,  may  be  had  without  charge  by  a 
practising  architect  or  other  qualified  inquirer  upon  applica- 
tion to  the  Secretary. 

This  Association  was  organized  in  1905  to  act  as  a 
clearing-house  of  commercial  information  in  the  gas 
industry,  to  develop  the  use  of  gas,  to  promulgate  methods 
for  its  sale,  and  to  encourage  the  manufacture  of  efficient 
and  suitable  appliances  for  the  use  of  gas  for  light,  heat, 
power,  or  whatever  proper  purpose  intended. 

7A4  International  Acetylene  Association 

Secretary:  A.  Cressy  Morrison,  42d  St.  Building,  New 
York  City. 

Publications: 

Beginning  with  August,  1917,  the  Acetylene  Journal,  established  in 
1899,  and  the  official  organ  of  this  Association,  will  be  published  in  two 
separate  editions  monthly: 

(a)  Journal  of  Acetylene  Lighting. 

(b)  Journal  of  Acetylene  IV elding. 

These  contain  articles  concerning  the  generation  and  ultilization  of 
this  product  and  (c)  a list  of  textbooks  and  other  publications  relating  to 
acetylene  and  oxy-acetylene  subjects. 

The  organization  is  composed  of  manufacturers  of  apparatus  for 
the  use  of  acetylene,  manufacturers  of  carbide  and  oxygen,  and  all  inter- 
ested in  the  advancement  of  the  acetylene  industry.  Its  activities  are 
devoted  to  the  broader  questions  of  the  use  of  acetylene  with  the 
greatest  possible  safety. 


Wyncote,  Pa.;  Wisconsin  Gas  Association,  Henry  Har- 
man, Secretary,  Milwaukee  Gas  Light  Company,  Mil- 
waukee, Wis.;  Southern  Gas  Association,  E.  D.  Brewer. 
Secretary,  General  Gas  Light  Company,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

There  is  also  the  Society  of  Gas  Lighting,  which  was 
instituted  December  1,  1875,  and  therefore  is  one  of  the 
oldest  of  the  gas  associations,  but  is  more  of  a social 
organization  than  a technical  one.  George  S.  Ramsdell 
of  New  York  is  secretary. 

There  is  also  the  Natural  Gas  Association  which  devotes 
its  activities  to  considerations  affecting  the  distribution 
and  utilization  of  this  product  of  nature. 


“The  use  of  gas  is  constantly  being  extended  to  new  applications,  and 
this  development  may  be  logically  expected  to  continue  indefinitely.” 
“Development  in  the  application  of  gas  to  space-heating,  by  direct 
radiation,  promises  much,  and  this  method  ...  is  sufficiently  ad- 
vanced to  warrant  the  belief  that  in  time  it  will  come  into  general  use, 
and  such  a possibility  alone  should  have  weight  in  planning  the  gas 
supply  systems  for  new  buildings  at  the  time  of  erection.” 

“Nevertheless,  it  is  a fact  that  the  too  general  practice  at  the  present 
time  is  to  erect  the  modern  large  building  without  making  any  provision 
for  the  utilization  of  gas  as  a source  of  light,  fuel,  and  power.  This 
lamentable  condition  can  only  be  due  to  the  lack  of  information  on  the 
part  of  the  architect,  owner,  or  builder  of  the  many  advantages  of  gas 
as  an  agent  for  light,  fuel,  and  power,  as  well  as  the  failure  to  have 
properly  emphasized  the  considerable  financial  expenditure  and  incon- 
veniences necessary  to  remedy  this  defect  after  the  building  is  completed.” 
2.  Desiring  to  emphasize  the  necessity  for  a standardized  method  of 
procedure  in  the  matter  of  proper  piping  of  buildings  for  gas,  the  first 
essential  in  any  utilization  of  gas-supply,  the  Editor  of  the  Structural 

Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  7 


Service  Department,  previous  to  the  inauguration  of  same,  took  advan- 
tage of  an  invitation  to  prepare  a paper  for  the  Mid-Year  Conference  of 
the  National  Commercial  Gas  Association,  in  June,  1916.  Therein,  the 
following  reference  to  the  subject  was  made: 

“The  first  and  most  necessary  step  in  our  cooperation  is  that  you 
furnish  architects  with  information  as  to  methods  of  installation  for  the 
piping  of  gas  in  all  buildings.  What  form  can  this  information  take?” 
“I  would  place  at  the  very  head  of  the  list  a ‘National  Electrical 
Code’  in  the  gas  industry.  That  is  a misnomer,  of  course,  but  it  will 
illustrate  to  you  what  I mean;  namely,  one  dominant  controlling  factor 
in  the  installation  of  the  arteries  of  service.” 

“A  National  Basic  Code,  with  a piping  schedule  of  minimum  stan- 
dards for  sizes,  lengths,  and  weights  would,  therefore,  work  to  the  great 
advantage  of  all  good  master  plumbers  and  contractors  who  would  be 
enabled  to  estimate  under  stable  and  equable  conditions  and  to  install 
their  work  without  being  at  the  mercy  of  varying  individual  judgment 
as  to  ‘proper  sizes,’  etc.” 

“The  piping  schedule  which  your  Association  has  this  year  adopted 


is  an  important  step  in  the  right  direction.  I feel  much  honored  to  have 
had,  as  the  Consulting  Architect  on  Sweet’s  Catalogue  Service,  a hand 
in  its  preparation,  and  I hope  that  it  may  be  taken  up  and  criticized  by 
the  American  Gas  Institute,  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  and 
all  other  interested  bodies,  and  later  adopted.  But  even  as  it  is,  if  put 
to  use  by  all  architects  and  others  to  whom  it  is  in  this  manner  made 
available,  it  will  be  of  incalculable  assistance  and  value,  for  it  may  now 
be  written  into  specifications.” 

3.  See  various  sections  of  "Gas  Equipment  of  the  Home,”  the  titles 
of  which  are  given  under  7A3/. 

4.  See  Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  N.  C.  G.  A.  (7A 3b)  for  April,  1917, 
in  which  is  reprinted  an  article  from  the  “Real  Estate  Bulletin”  for 
January,  1917,  recognizing  the  importance  of  supplying  all  buildings 
with  gas  by  means  of  adequate  piping  for  full  equipment.  In  same  is 
quoted  data  on  this  subject  from  The  Value  IV arid  for  April,  1916. 

5.  See  “The  Record  and  Guide,”  January  27,  1917.  Article  by 
Robert  B.  Mahn  on  "Coal  Situation — Should  Owners  Install  Gas  Pip- 
ing Much  Possible  expense  might  be  Avoided.” 


7Di  The  Proposed  National  Gas  Safety  Code 


(Note. — The  following  information  concerning  the  Code  has  been 
especially  prepared  for  the  Journal  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards.) 


(a)  For  some  time  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  has 
had  in  preparation  a National  Gas  Safety  Code  which 
shall  cover  a corresponding  range  of  subjects  and  accom- 
plish the  same  ends  in  safety  to  life  and  property  as  both 
the  National  Electrical  (Fire)  Code,  which  has  for  many 
years  been  the  recognized  authority  as  to  standards  of 
construction  for  electrical  utilization  installations  within 
buildings,  and  the  National  Electrical  Safety  Code  which 
the  Bureau  of  Standards  developed  through  an  unprec- 
edented cooperation  of  the  electrical  industry,  and  has 
recently  published.  The  Gas  Safety  Code  will  thus  have 
a double  function,  namely,  fire-prevention  and  protec- 
tion to  life.  The  hazards  which  result  from  the  manu- 
facture, distribution,  and  utilization  of  gas  are  of  such 
nature  that  generally  the  fire-hazard  and  the  life-hazard 
cannot  logically  be  separated.  It  is  desirable,  therefore, 
that,  in  discussing  any  phase  of  the  general  subject,  both 
the  fire-risk  and  the  hazard  of  life  should  be  recognized  by 
the  Code,  and  that  rules  be  drawn  to  minimize  both  in  so 
far  as  is  practicable. 

(b)  The  Bureau  of  Standards  is  carrying  out  this  investi- 
gation and  in  the  preparation  of  the  Code  desires  to  serve 
as  a national  coordinating  agency  to  the  end  that  the 
resulting  Code  will  be  acceptable  and  adequate,  not  only 
from  the  standpoint  of  the  user  of  gas,  but  also  for  the 
casualty  and  fire  insurance  interests,  the  gas  companies 
and  their  employees,  and  the  gas  appliance  manufacturing 
and  selling  interests.  Because  of  the  wide  variety  of 
problems  which  arise  in  the  work  in  different  parts  of  the 
manufacture,  distribution,  and  utilization  of  gas,  and  also 
because  of  the  varied  nature  of  the  gases  in  commercial 
use,  it  has  seemed  desirable  to  arrange  the  Code  so  that 
each  part  will,  in  so  far  as  is  practicable,  be  addressed  to 
a particular  interest  or  group  of  interests  and  be  con- 
venient for  their  use.  The  Code  is  therefore  divided  into 
ten  parts  as  follows: 

1.  Manufacture.  1.  Distribution.  3.  Appliance  Design. 

4.  Gas  Fitting.  5.  Appliance  Installation.  6.  Natural  Gas 
Wells  and  Field-Stations.  7.  Acetylene.  8.  Bottled-Gas 
Systems.  9.  Blast-furnace,  Producer,  and  Gasolene  Gas. 

10.  Utilization — Information  for  Users. 

(c)  Parts  1 and  2 deal  respectively  with  the  production 
of  manufactured  gas  and  its  distribution  to  the  premises 
of  the  customer.  They  are  therefore  primarily  of  interest 
to  the  gas  companies  and  their  employees.  Part  3,  having 
to  do  with  the  design  and  construction  of  gas-consuming 
appliances,  is  addressed  to  the  makers  of  such  apparatus 
and  to  those  handling  it  either  in  a wholesale  or  a retail 
way.  Part  4 deals  with  gas-fitting  and  is  primarily 

Serial  No.  7 85 


addressed  to  the  gas-fitter  or  plumber  who  is  engaged  in 
the  installation  of  the  piping,  but  is  also  of  importance  to 
the  architect  and  builder.  Part  5 deals  with  the  installa- 
tion and  adjustment  of  appliance  and  is  addressed  to  the 
same  interests  as  Part  4.  Part  6 has  to  do  with  the  pro- 
duction of  natural  gas  at  the  wells  and  its  transmission 
through  field  pumping  stations  and  high-pressure  mains 
to  the  limits  of  the  municipality.  Part  7 is  of  primary 
interest  to  the  users  of  acetylene  and  is  addressed  to  the 
manufacturer  of  generating  and  other  equipment,  the 
distributer  and  the  users  of  the  gas.  Part  8 deals  with 
bottled-gas  systems  (Pintsch,  Blau,  Gasing-head  gas,  etc.). 
Part  9 is  of  interest  both  to  the  steel  industry  and  to 
industrial  plants  since  it  deals  with  blast-furnace  and 
producer  gas,  and  also  refers  to  the  use  of  gasolene  gas. 
Part  10  is  addressed  to  the  user  of  domestic  and  industrial 
gas-consuming  appliances,  and  is  largely  non-technical 
in  its  nature. 

(t/)The  two  parts  of  the  Code  of  especial  interest  to  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects  are  Parts  4 and  5,  which 
deal  particularly  with  installations  on  the  gas  consumers’ 
premises.  In  brief  they  are  as  follows: 

( e ) Part  4 of  the  Code  includes  all  regulations  as  to  gas- 
fitting and  the  piping  of  buildings  beyond  the  service 
meter.  This  part  is  addressed  to  gas-fitters,  plumbers,  and 
others  who  install  piping  on  the  consumers’  premises,  and 
its  enforcement  is  a matter  of  piping  or  building  inspection. 
It  properly  belongs  under  the  jurisdiction  of  those  munici- 
pal departments  which  should  have  ample  jurisdiction  to 
forbid  the  use  of  dangerous  equipment  and  require  removal 
of  such  equipment  or  discontinuance  of  gas  service  until 
proper  alterations  have  been  made  to  render  the  installa- 
tion safe  for  the  users  from  the  standpoint  of  fire-preven- 
tion. The  responsibility  for  new  work  being  properly 
done,  should,  however,  rest  upon  the  fitter. 

(/)  Part  5 covers  the  subject  of  the  installation  and 
adjustment  of  gas-consuming  appliances,  gas-lighting 
fixtures  and  their  accessories.  These  rules  are  addressed 
to  gas-fitters,  plumbers,  appliance  dealers,  and  others  who 
make  such  installations  on  the  consumers’  premises.  The 
enforcement  of  this  part  is  a matter  of  appliance  and  build- 
ing inspection  and,  like  Part  4,  properly  belongs  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  municipal  departments.  Although  the 
fitter  should  be  entirely  responsible  for  the  work  being 
properly  done,  the  choice  of  appliances  to  be  installed  can 
be  placed  upon  him  to  a limited  degree.  Where  improper 
appliances  are  selected  by  an  owner  or  architect  and 
given  to  the  fitter  for  installation,  he  should,  if  aware  of 
the  fact,  advise  the  owner  or  architect  as  to  the  local 
regulation  or  desirable  procedure  to  be  followed  in  respect 
to  these  appliances,  but  if  the  owner  or  architect  insists 

Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


upon  the  installation  of  such  improper  equipment  they 
should  be  held  responsible.  The  same  authority  covering 
the  installation  of  dangerous  appliances  should  be  exer- 
cised by  the  municipal  authorities  as  in  the  case  of  Part  4. 

( g ) Part  4 is  approaching  completion,  and  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  it  and  Part  5 will  be  in  the  hands  of  those 
interested  for  trial  use  within  a short  time.  After  such 
thorough  trial,  the  Code  will  be  amended  where  necessary 
before  final  recommendation  by  the  Bureau  and  its  con- 
ferees, in  order  to  render  it  of  greatest  practicability,  and 
it  is  the  intention  to  keep  the  Code  up  to  date  whenever 
additional  matter  is  deemed  necessary  or  as  good  practice 
demands. 

(h)  The  Bureau  has  been  fortunate  in  having  associated 
with  it  in  this  work  representatives  of  the  various  pro- 
fessions and  industries  involved.  The  American  Institute 
of  Architects  has  designated  Messrs.  D.  Everett  Waid  and 


Julius  Franke  as  advisors.  The  American  Gas  Institute, 
the  National  Commercial  Gas  Association,  the  Natural 
Gas  Association,  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association, 
the  National  Safety  Council,  the  Public  Health  Service, 
and  National  Association  of  Master  Plumbers  have  like- 
wise cooperated,  and  the  Bureau  is  glad  to  acknowledge 
its  indebtedness  to  all  of  these  various  organizations  for 
their  assistance. 

(J)  It  is  hoped  that  when  the  Code  is  completed  it  will 
have  the  approval  and  sanction  of  all  interested  branches 
of  the  Industry  so  that  it  may  be  adopted  by  state  and 
municipal  authorities  throughout  the  country  as  a reason- 
able working  standard  and  thus  will  make  unnecessary 
many  diverse  sectional  specifications,  such  as  preceded  the 
National  Electrical  (Fire)  Code,  and  have  been  more  or  less 
delaying  the  universal  adoption  of  the  National  Electrical 
Safety  Code. 


7E  Piping  Buildings— Materials,  Methods  and  Cost 


See,  also,  the  publications  mentioned  under  supplying 
Buildings  with  Gas  7C  in  all  of  which  piping  is  treated. 

7El  Information  Obtainable 

(a)  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings”  (6Lie)-  Chaptet 

V,  “Gas  Piping,”  contains  a sample  specification  such  as  is 
usqd  by  the  office  of  the  Supervising  Architect  of  the  U.  S. 
Treasury  Department  for  a new  building.  Pp.  193-196. 

(b)  See  “Proper  Specifications  for,  and  Inspection  of,  Interior  Gas 

Piping”  (-jAlm).  Written  for  the  Distribution  Section  of  the 
ninth  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Gas  Institute,  October, 
19I4,  by  A.  E.  Turner. 

This  paper  is  printed  in  the  “Proceedings”  (7A2 a)  and  may 
be  separately  obtained  from  the  Secretary. 

It  includes  “Necessity  for  Standard  Specifications,”  “Present 
Practice  in  Some  Large  Cities,”  “Suggested  Specifications,” 
“Piping  Schedules,”  and  concludes  with  a table  of  “Comparison 
of  Actual  Sizes  of  Wrought  Iron  Pipe  with  the  Theoretical  Size.” 
(1 c ) “Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  F.  E.  Kidder, 
pp.  1345-1350;  Section  on  “Illuminating  Gas  and  Gas-Piping” 
contains  information  on  varieties  of  gas  and  gives  General 
Principles  and  Requirements  for  Piping  a House  for  Gas,  with 
Rules  and  Table  for  Proportioning  Sizes  and  a diagram  piping. 
(d)  "I.  C.  S.  Handbook  for  Plumbers  and  Fitters.”  See  section  on 
Gas  Fitting  which  contains  data  on  size  of  pipes,  installation 
and  testing,  and  acetylene  gas-fitting. 

(<r)  See  “I.  C.  S.  Building  Trades’  Handbook,”  p.  376,  for  informa- 
tion on  cost  of  gas-fitting. 

(/)  See  N.  F.  P.  A.  “Index”  (3A3A5)  for  reference  to  information  on 
“Gas  Mains.” 

(g)  See  “The  Installation  of  Cast  Iron  Street  Mains”  (7A 23). 

(fi)  In  “Proceedings”  of  the  N.  C.  G.  A.,  1916,  is  a paper  entitled 
“Adequate  Piping  of  Buildings,”  by  W.  T.  Rasch,  with  discus- 
sions which  followed  it. 

(j ) Piping  Symbols.  No  standard  set  of  symbols  for  marking  gas 
outlets  seems  to  have  been  developed. 

1.  Gas  outlets  in  combination  with  electric  are,  however, 
shown  by  the  “Standard  Symbols  for  Wiring  Plans”  men- 
tioned under  6E44. 

2.  A “Key”  to  the  symbols  indicating  gas  outlets  throughout 
a typical  two-floor  plan  of  modern  dwelling  is  shown  on 
p.  6 of  “Gas  Equipment  of  the  Home”  (7A3/1). 

3.  “Standard  Symbols  for  Gas-piping  Plans”  are  shown  on  p. 
1359  of  “Kidder’s  Pocket  Book”  as  referred  to  under  7M2. 

7E2  Practice  Recommended  or  Suggested  by 

( a ) American  Gas  Institute: 

1.  See  extracted  comments  from  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on 
Piping  Large  Buildings  for  Gas,  under  7C1. 

2.  This  report  also  contained  the  following: 

Piping  Necessary. — The  Committee  realizes  that  a detailed  table 
showing  the  size  of  risers,  size  of  branch  piping,  number  and  size  of 
fuel  power  and  lighting  outlets  for  various  classes  and  size  of  buildings 
and  for  various  spaces  in  them  would  be  a great  aid  to  the  gas  manager 
in  working  out  his  problems.  However,  the  compiling  of  such  a table 
would  involve  so  many  variables,  and  such  a table  would  have  to  be  in 
such  great  detail,  in  order  to  satisfactorily  meet  all  conditions,  that  it 
has  been  thought  advisable  to  endeavor  only  to  give  a few  general  sug- 

Serial  No  7 


gestions  which  it  is  believed  can  be  followed  with  satisfactory  results. 
For  this  purpose  the  space  in  large  buildings  has  been  divided  into  four 
main  classes  and  the  outlets  necessary  for  each  class  given  in  a general 
way. 

Classes  of  Space. — (1)  Large  areas  in  loft  buildings  used  for  storage 
or  manufacturing  purposes.  (2)  Large  rooms  in  public  or  office  build- 
ings used  as  assembly  halls,  courtrooms,  large  offices  and  for  miscel- 
laneous purposes.  (3)  Rooms  in  office  buildings  used  as  offices.  (4)  Rooms 
in  hotels  and  apartments  used  as  reception-rooms,  living-rooms,  bed- 
rooms, etc. 

Outlets  to  be  Installed. — (1)  This  is  generally  a case  of  exposed  pip- 
ing. Baseboard  outlets  (not  less  than  lfi  inches)  should  be  installed  at 
reasonable  distances  or  to  suit  occupancy.  Proper  outlets  should  be 
installed  for  the  lighting  system.  (2)  One  ample  baseboard  outlet  (not 
less  than  ipi  inches)  should  be  installed  for  any  possible  future  supply 
for  gaseous  fuel.  Proper  outlets  should  be  installed  for  the  lighting  sys- 
tem, and  modern  attractive  gas  fixtures  or  combination  gas  and  elec- 
tric fixtures  so  designed  that  modern  gas  burners  may  be  as  easily  and 
attractively  used  on  them  as  may  electric  lights.  (3)  Usually  one  base- 
board outlet  (not  less  than  J^-inch)  should  be  installed  for  connection 
of  portable  light  or  possible  use  of  gaseous  fuel.  One  or  more  ceiling 
outlets  for  the  lighting  sysem  with  fixtures  as  outlined  in  (2).  (4)  The 
larger  rooms  should  be  provided  as  in  (2).  The  lighting  system  should 
also  be  as  outlined  in  (2).  The  larger  living-rooms  and  bedrooms  should 
preferably  have  more  than  one  baseboard  outlet. 

Cost  of  Piping. — The  Committee  has  analyzed  the  cost  of  piping 
many  buildings  brought  to  their  attention,  from  the  simple  case  of 
piping  a loft  building,  where  the  number  of  outlets  is  few,  due  to  un- 
divided space,  and  therefore  the  branch  lines  on  each  floor  few  in  num- 
ber, to  the  case  of  the  complete  piping  of  large  office  buildings  for  light- 
ing outlets,  baseboard  outlets,  fuel,  and  power  requirements. 

(A  list  of  buildings  and  comparative  prices  is  then  given  in  the 
report.  These  figures,  both  for  the  cost  of  the  buildings  and  for  gas 
installations  would  have  to  be  proportionately  increased  to  compare 
with  prices  now  obtaining.) 

From  these  typical,  practical  examples  it  can  be  seen  that  the  gas- 
piping installation  in  a modern  building,  if  put  in  at  the  time  of  erection, 
amounts  to  an  extremely  small  figure,  varying  from  0.128  per  cent  to  1 
per  cent  of  the  total  cost  of  the  structure  for  buildings  varying  from  a 
loft  building  with  its  small  number  of  outlets  to  the  most  elaborate  pip- 
ing of  a modern  office  building. 

3.  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Gas  House-piping,  as  submitted  to 
1915  annual  meeting  of  the  A.  G.  I.  (7A2/). 

“The  rules  are  divided  for  convenience  into  general  specifications, 
building  services,  riser  locations,  outlets,  fastening  pipe,  running  of 
pipe  in  connection  with  walls,  floors,  etc.,  and  the  testing  and  inspection 
of  piping.” 

A section  is  also  devoted  to  rules  and  tables  with  explanations. 

4.  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Gas  House-piping,  as  submitted  1916. 

This  is  an  extension  of,  and  elaboration  upon,  the  previous  report 

with  General  Specifications,  Rules,  and  Tables,  so  formulated  that  they 
would  be  applicable,  with  very  minor  changes,  to  any  situation,  the  final 
decision  in  any  doubtful  case  resting  with  the  gas  company. 

While  it  expressly  stated  that  it  is  a tentative  specification  only,  and 
not  endorsed  by  the  American  Gas  Institute,  it  may  well  be  looked  upon, 
pending  the  final  issuance  of  the  National  Gas  Safety  Code,  as  a stan- 
dard to  be  followed  in  writing  specifications  for  gas  installations,  where 
local  building  codes  do  not  contain  specific  requirements,  or  for  incor- 
poration in  specifications  as  the  present  standard  to  be  followed  with 
respect  to  all  matters  of  workmanship  and  procedure. 

(b)  National  Commercial  Gas  Association: 

1.  See  “Piping  Schedule”  referred  to  under  7C2  and  printed  on  p. 

86  Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  7 


1296  of  “Sweet’s  Architectural  Catalogue,”  1917,  followed  by  “Expla- 
nation of  and  Directions  for  Using  the  Piping  Schedule,”  and  sugges- 
tions for  outlets  to  be  installed,  appliances  which  may  be  used,  and 
information  on  the  general  use  of  gas. 

This  is  also  issued  as  a reprint  obtainable  upon  application  to  the 
Secretary. 

(c)  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

1.  “Building  Code”  1915,  recommended  by  the  N.  B.  F.  U.  {^A^di). 
Sections  259  and  260  relate  to  Installations  of  Gas  Pipes  and  Gas  Appli- 
ances and  contain  valuable  recommendations  to  be  followed. 

2.  “Dwelling  Houses”  (3A4 dy).  Another  Code  by  the  N.  B.  F.  U. 
In  Section  50  contains  similar  recommendations. 

(d)  Proposed  National  Gas  Safety  Code.  Read  paragraphs  (e)  and 

( g ) under  yd\  for  informative  data  and  recommendations  shortly 
to  be  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  looking  toward 
an  eventual  standardization  of  piping  and  fittings. 

7E3  Standards  to  be  Followed 

(a)  By  the  Treasury  Department,  U.  S.  A.  (Office  of  Supervising 
Architect): 

I.  In  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings”  (6L), 
under  “General  Instructions  Issued  to  Draftsmen,”  p.  365, 
it  is  stated:  “All  buildings  must  be  piped  for  gas,  even  though 
there  are  no  local  gas  works.  This  is  a special  departmental 
requirement.” 

(, b ) The  building  codes  of  such  cities  as  prescribe  any  regulations  for 
gas-piping  will  naturally  govern  installations  within  the  muni- 
cipal jurisdiction.  Some  cities  leave  the  matter  entirely  in  the 
hands  of  the  local  gas  companies,  and  in  all  cases  where  gas- 
supply  is  available  inspection  is  made  to  determine  the  tight- 
ness of  the  supply-pipes  before  gas  will  be  turned  into  the  build- 
ings. There  remains,  however,  the  installation  beyond  or  in 
advance  of  service  mains  to  be  taken  care  of,  and  in  order  that 
the  piping  may  be  adequate  and  that  equable  conditions  may 
prevail  in  the  estimating  specifications,  should  always  provide 


that  the  selected  requirements  and  schedules  referred  to  under 
“Practice  Recommended  or  Suggested  by”  (7E2)  should  be 
followed  and  the  completed  installation  be  tested  out  as  therein 
provided  before  any  plastering  is  done. 

(e)  “Present  Practice  in  Some  Large  Cities”  will  be  found  covered 
in  “Proper  Specifications  for  and  Inspection  of  Interior  Gas 
Piping”  (7A2 m and  7Ei^). 

( d ) While  the  requirements  before  mentioned  cover  quite  fully  methods 

of  installation  and  the  manner  of  workmanship,  there  appears 
to  be  a lack  of  exact  definition  as  to  the  standards  of  quality  for 
the  steel  or  iron  pipe  to  be  used  inside  of  buildings. 

1.  In  report  of  the  Committee  on  Gas  House-piping  (A.  G.  I., 
1915)  occurs  the  following: 

Pipe  and  Finings. — All  pipe  used  should  be  of  the  best 
quality  full-weight  wrought  iron  or  steel  and  free  from  defects. 
All  fittings  (except  stop-cocks  or  valves)  should  be  of  full-weight 
malleable  iron.  Galvanized  fittings  are  preferable. 

2.  In  the  1916  report  of  above  Committee  declares  as  follows: 
Pipe  and  Fittings. — All  pipe  used  shall  be  standard,  full 

weight,  of  the  best  quality  wrought  iron  or  steel,  and  free  from 
defect.  All  fittings  (except  stop-cocks  or  valves)  shall  be  of 
best  quality  malleable  iron.  Galvanized  fittings  will  be  per- 
mitted and  fittings  galvanized  on  exterior  only  are  preferred. 

(e)  With  respect  to  “Standards”  for  wrought  or  steel  pipe  used  in- 

side buildings,  and  for  certain  information  on  the  subject  of 
pipe,  see  April  Journal  4F1,  4F2,  and  4F3,  especially  4F1/, 
which  states  that  pipe  will  he  more  fully  treated  under  later 
Serial  numbers.  (See  10J-11B2  and  11B6.) 

(/)  The  “Standards”  for  cast-iron  gas-pipe  used  outside  of  buildings 
are,  however,  quite  definite. 

1.  “Standard  Specifications  for  Cast  Iron  Pipe  and  Special 
Castings,”  American  Gas  Institute  (7  Aid)-,  “Bell  and  Spigot 
Pipe  and  Special  Castings,”  adopted  1911;  "Flanged  Pipe 
and  Special  Castings,”  adopted  1913.  (These  are  quite  in- 
dependent of  other  standards  for  cast-iron  pipe  which  will 
be  referred  to  in  next  Serial  number.) 

(g)  For  notes  on  electrolysis  in  connection  with  pipes,  see  6N. 


7F  Gas  and  Its  Utilization  in  Buildings 


On  the  properties  of  the  various  gases  and  on  the 
methods  of  production  and  use  there  is  a vast  amount  of 
lierature  which  lies  outside  our  province  to  describe. 

Reference  will  be  made  to  certain  publications,  how- 
ever, wherein  these  subjects  are  covered  in  connection 
with  the  general  application  of  gases  to  industries  con- 
nected with  building  construction  or  to  their  utilization 
within  or  adjacent  to  buildings. 


For  convenient  reference  see  Gas  Appliances  in  General 
7H,  included  in  which  some  of  the  applications  have  been 
placed  under  separate  subdivisions  such  as  for  heating  of 
space,  heating  of  water,  cooking,  and  illumination. 

Other  sources  of  information  giving  descriptions  of 
products,  their  storage,  distribution,  and  utilization,  will 
be  listed  under  the  following  main  heading,  entitled: 


7G  Properties,  Power  Equipment  and  General  Uses 


1.  The  various  bureaus  of  the  United  States  Government  at  Wash- 

ington issue  circulars,  bulletins,  technical  papers  and  other  pub- 
lications which  contain  authoritative  information  of  the  widest 
range,  all  of  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  Washington,  D.  C.  A list  of  the  most  important 
of  these,  as  concerns  gas  investigations  and  data,  mostly  of 
interest  to  the  producer  rather  than  the  consumer,  is  given  in 
the  Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  N.  C.  G.  A.  (yAji),  May,  1917, 
p.  291,  and  June,  p.  342. 

2.  The  “Gas  Chemists'  Handbook”  {yAlc)  and  other  publications 

of  the  American  Gas  Institute,  including  the  “Bulletin  of  Ab- 
stracts,” a classified  record  of  technical  articles  (7A2/). 

3.  “Industrial  Fuel  Reference  Books”  (yAje)  and  other  publications 

of  the  National  Commercial  Gas  Association,  including  “Gas 
Equipment  of  the  Home”  (7A3/3). 

4.  Also,  “Utilization  of  Gas  Appliances”  (7A 3d),  No.  10,  entitled 

“Principles  of  Industrial  Fuel.” 

5.  Various  periodicals  and  current  publications  covering  subjects 

under  this  general  heading  are  listed  in  each  issue  of  the 
“Monthly  Bulletin”  of  the  N.  C.  G.  A.,  as  mentioned  under 
7a3^- 

6.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  1916,  Lionel  S.  Marks, 

Editor-in-Chief.  Read  Index  to  same  for  references  to  proper- 
ties of  all  gases  and  gas  equipment  of  all  kinds,  including  gas 
engines,  gasolene  engines,  and  power  plants. 

7.  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  Mansfield 

Merriman,  Editor-in-Chief.  Read  Index  to  same  for  references 
to  information  on  gas,  gas-producers,  and  gas  equipment  for 
power  and  other  purposes. 

8.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  Wm.  Kent.  Read 

Index  to  same  and  refer  to  Gas,  Fuel-Gas,  Water-Gas,  Producer 
Gas,  Illuminating  Gas,  Acetylene  and  Calcium  Carbide,  and 
other  information  including  that  on  gas  engines. 

Serial  No.  7 


9.  "Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  F.  E.  Kidder; 
Thomas  Nolan,  Editor-in-Chief;  pp.  1345-1350:  Section  on 
“Illuminating  Gas  and  Gas-Piping”  contains  succinct  informa- 
tion on  five  varieties  of  gas,  namely:  Coal-Gas,  Water-Gas, 
Natural  Gas,  Acetylene-Gas,  and  Gasoline-Gas,  and  gives 
General  Principles  and  Requirements  for  Piping  a House,  as 
mentioned  under  7E1C. 

10.  “Lefax  Data  Sheets,”  issued  under  the  branches  Mechanical  and 

Chemical,  for  extracts  from  articles  in  scientific,  technical  and 
governmental  publications  on  the  subjects  covered  by  this 
heading. 

11.  In  “I.  C.  S.  Handbook  for  Plumbers  and  Fitters”  will  be  found  a 

section  on  Gas  and  Gas-Fitting  which  treats  of  the  different 
kinds  of  gas,  pressure,  measurement  of  flow,  meters  and  regu- 
lators, and  gives  data  on  piping,  acetylene  generators,  etc.,  as 
mentioned  under  7E1  d and  7L. 

12.  The  above  Handbook  is  independent  of  four  volumes  on  “Steam 

and  Gas  Engineering”  and  two  volumes  on  “Plumbing  and  Gas- 
Fitting”  in  the  extensive  International  Library  of  Technology, 
each  of  which  treats  the  subject  exhaustively. 

13.  “Universal  Safety  Standards”  (6E3/),  pp.  25  and  74-79,  contains 

information  on  gas  engines,  with  illustrations  showing  how  va- 
rious types  of  engines  should  be  guarded. 

14.  N.  F.  P.  A.  “Index”  (3A3A5)  contains  reference  to  information  on 

"Coal-Gas,”  “Gas  Engines  for  Fire  Pumps  Supplying  High 
Pressure  Service  at  Philadelphia,”  “Physical  Properties  of  Gas,” 
and  references  throughout  to  information  concerning  all  kinds 
of  gases,  their  production,  and  proper  means  to  follow  in  install- 
ing and  utilizing. 

15.  “Field  Practice”  (jAjdj).  Chapter  III  on  “Power  Hazards” 

contains  Section  3 on  “Gas  and  Gasolene  Engines,”  giving  in- 
formation on  the  installation  and  inspection  of  these  devices, 

Vol.  I,  1917 


87 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


pp.  77-79.  Other  information  in  this  publication  is  elsewhere 
referred  to,  including  7L. 

16.  “Standard  Regulations  for  Fire-Protection  and  the  Safeguarding 
of  Hazards’’  (3A 3a),  adopted  by  the  N.  F.  P.  A.  and  the  N.  B. 
F.  U. 

(a)  Acetylene-Gas  Machines,  Oxy-Acetylene  Heating  and 

Welding  Apparatus  and  Storage  of  Calcium  Carbide. 

(b)  Fuel  Oil,  Storage  and  Use,  and  Construction  and  Installa- 

tion of  Oil-burning  Equipments. 

(c)  Gas  Shut-off  Valves. 

(d)  Gasolene  Vapor  Gas-Lighting  Machines,  Lamps  and  Sys- 

tems. 

7H  G as  Appliances  in  General 

The  appliances  chiefly  used  in  buildings,  outside  of  the 
industries,  will  be  referred  to  under  the  separate  sub- 
divisions which  follow: 

This  main  heading  is  provided  in  order  to  refer  to  a few 
suggestions  or  requirements  common  to  the  utilizations  of 
appliances  in  general.  These  are  independent  of  those  to 
be  covered  eventually  by  the  National  Gas  Safety  Code, 
the  purpose  of  which  with  respect  to  appliances  is  well  set 
forth  in  paragraphs  (/)  and  (g)  under  7D1. 

I.  Standards  along  the  line  of  manufacture  and  installation  are  being 
developed  by  a Committee  of  the  American  Gas  Institute  on 
Utilization  of  Gas  Fuel  Appliances  and  a Committee  of  the 
National  Commercial  Gas  Association  on  Standardization  of 
Gas  Appliance  Specifications,  the  latter  of  which  has  already 
issued  two  standard  specifications  elsewhere  referred  to.  These 
Committees  are  also  developing  a standard  for  flexible  gas  tub- 
ing, the  safe  manufacture  and  proper  precautions  in  the  sale  of 
which  are  to  be  greatly  encouraged, 
a.  The  Manufacturers’  Section  of  the  N.  C.  G.  A.,  under  its  separate 
organization,  is  cooperating  in  the  development  of  other 
standards. 

3.  "Utilization  of  Gas  Appliances”  (7A 3d). 

( a ) No.  3 Supplement. — Elementary  Principles  of  Construc- 

tion and  Utilization  of  Energy. 

(b)  No.  6. — Hotel  and  Restaurant  Appliances. 

(r)  No.  9. — Miscellaneous  (Domestic)  Gas  Appliances. 

4.  Industrial  Fuel  Reference  Books  (7A3r). 

5.  The  “Gas  Equipment  of  the  Home”  contains  several  sections 

applicable  to  this  subdivision.  (Note  the  contents  listed  under 
7A3/-) 

7J  Space-Heating  by  Gas 

This  subject  is  engaging  more  and  more  attention,  and 
developments  are  continually  taking  place.  The  Commit- 
tee of  the  A.G.I.  reporting  in  1914  (see  7C1),  referred  to 
gas  heating,  especially  individual  space  units,  as  in  time 
coming  into  general  use,  which  possibility  it  stated  should 
have  weight  in  arranging  for  gas  supply  at  the  time  of 
erecting  all  buildings. 

The  means  of  accomplishment  are  varied,  running  from 
gas-grates,  gas-logs,  fireplace  burners,  wall-heaters,  and 
portable  heaters,  to  gas-fired  furnaces,  boilers,  and  radia- 
tors. The  results,  according  to  the  systems  used,  are 
attained  through  hot  air,  steam  or  hot-water  direct  radia- 
tion, or  hot-air  radiation. 

1.  Reference  to  some  of  these  methods  is  made  in  “Gas  Equipment  in 

the  Home,”  7A3  (/),  for  which  read  the  contents  there  printed. 

2.  The  Committee  on  the  A.  G.  I.  on  Utilization  of  Gas  Fuel  Appli- 

7K  Water-Heating  by  Gas 

1.  This  subject  will  be  found  treated  in  but  few  of  the  pocket  books 
and  handbooks  referred  to  elsewhere.  Precise  information  has 
frequently  been  difficult  to  acquire,  even  the  manufacturers 
themselves  not  furnishing  it  in  the  form  required  by  architects 
to  assure  in  advance  the  most  satisfactory  service  through  the 
best  and  most  economical  use  of  each  appliance.  A realization  of 
this  has  led  some  manufacturers  to  prepare  handbooks  and  data 
sheets  quite  independent  of  the  usual  catalogues,  and  some  gas 
companies  have  prepared  data  sheets  for  the  especial  use  of 
architects  as  mentioned  under  7H12. 

Serial  No.  7 


(e)  Internal  Combustion  Engines  (Gas,  Gasolene,  Kerosene, 
Fuel-oil)  and  Coal-Gas  Producers  (Pressure  and  Suc- 
tion Systems). 

17.  See  publications  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  for  mechanical 

appliances  and  materials  inspected  and  labeled  or  approved  with 
names  of  the  articles  and  manufacturers: 

(a)  “List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances”  ( 3A6b ). 

(b)  “List  of  Appliances  Inspected  for  Accident  Hazard” 

(5G3j)-  . . 

18.  For  publications  relating  to  “Oxy-Acetylene  Welding  Practice, 

see  list  which  can  be  obtained  as  mentioned  7A4f. 


6.  In  5 as  well  as  in  the  information  referred  to  under  7Ea£  and  some 

others  is  illustrated  and  described  a gas  receptacle  the  instal- 
lation of  which  at  frequent  intervals  makes  possible  the  attach- 
ment and  use  of  any  desired  appliance  and  by  affording  choice 
in  the  location  of  same  subsequent  to  the  piping  gives  extreme 
mobility  to  the  furniture,  fittings,  and  fixtures  in  any  room  or 
space. 

7.  “Building  Code  Recommended  by  The  National  Board  of  Fire 

Underwriters”  (yA^di),  Section  260,  relates  to  Installation  of 
Gas  Pipes  and  Gas  Appliances  and  contains  valuable  recom- 
mendations to  be  followed  in  locating  and  connecting  the 
latter. 

8.  The  same  Code  on  p.  175  gives  recommendations  for  the  con- 

struction and  use  of  flues  for  gas-burning  appliances.  The  im- 
portant subject  of  flues  is  also  treated  under  “Gas  Equipment  of 
the  Home”  and  is  especially  covered  in  the  publications  relat- 
ing to  various  appliances  referred  to  under  some  of  the  sub- 
divisions, especially  and  b. 

9.  “Dwelling  Houses”  another  code  of  the  N.  B.  F.  U.  (3A4^3),  in 

Section  jo,  contains  similar  recommendations. 

10.  Much  valuable  information  on  the  subject  of  installations  will  be 

found  in  “Field  Practice”  published  by  the  N.  F.  P.  A.  (^A^di). 
Consult  Index  to  same. 

11.  Other  information  in  the  publications  of  the  N.  F.  P.  A.  may  be 

ascertained  through  the  “Index  to  Subjects”  (3A3A5). 

12.  Some  gas  companies  maintain  an  architects’  service  department, 

those  with  which  the  Editor  is  familiar  being  within  the  Con- 
solidated Gas  Company  of  New  York,  the  New  Haven  Gas 
Light  Company,  and  the  United  Gas  Improvement  Co.  of 
Philadelphia,  the  latter  of  which  distributes  data  sheets,  of 
Institute  standard  i'/i  by  11  size,  intended  for  the  files  of 
architects.  These  include  detailed  drawings  as  well  as  other 
data  on  all  kinds  of  appliances. 


ances  made  a very  complete  report  to  the  1916  Convention, 
which  is  fully  printed  and  illustrated  on  pp.  956-988  of  Part  11  of 
the  “Proceedings,”  1916,  (-/Aza).  This  included  illustrations  of 
various  types  of  blue-  and  luminous-flame  heaters,  with  results  of 
tests  on  distribution  and  quantity  of  radiant  heat,  diagrammati- 
cally  expressed  and  much  data  on  appliances  in  general  and  on 
flexible  tubing. 

3.  A committee  of  the  N.  C.  G.  A.  exists  for  the  investigation  and 

development  of  heating  by  gas.  This  is  known  as  the  Committee 
on  Auxiliary  Heating,  George  S.  Barrows,  Chairman.  This 
Committee  at  the  1916  Convention  made  a most  interesting  and 
very  complete  report,  which  is  printed  and  fully  illustrated  in 
the  “Proceedings”  for  that  year  (-jA^a),  pp.  330-396. 

4.  “Utilization  of  Gas  Appliances”  (7A 3d),  Pamphlet  No.  8,  entitled 

“House-Heating  Appliances.” 

5.  The  Consolidated  Gas,  Electric  Light  and  Power  Co.  of  Baltimore 

has  issued  a 23-page  booklet  on  various  phases  of  this  subject, 
entitled  “House-Heating  with  Gas  in  Baltimore  a Success.” 

6.  Concerning  a system  of  space-heating  by  gas  see  the  information 

published  in  the  Industrial  Section  by  the  Hugo  Mfg.  Company, 
“Ventilating  Gas  Radiators” — Hawks  System,  p.  176. 


2.  This  subject  is,  in  cooperation  with  the  Manufacturers’  Section, 

receiving  the  attention  of  a committee  in  the  National  Com- 
mercial Gas  Association  on  Standardization  of  Gas  Appliance 
Specifications,  also  referred  to  under  7H1. 

3.  In  “Gas  Equipment  of  the  Home,”  7H3/,  will  be  found  (6)  Water- 

Heating  by  Gas;  the  Most  Rapid  System  of  Heating  Water. 

4.  Very  complete  information  may  be  found  in  the  “Lessons”  referred 

to  under  jA^e,  which  cover  the  subject  of  water-heaters,  from  a 
historical  review  through  operation,  methods  of  use,  principles 

Vol.  I,  1917 


88 


SERIAL 


NO.  7 


of  water  circulation,  sizes  of  heaters,  connections  and  flues,  to 
care,  efficiency,  and  maintenance. 

(a)  Lesson  No.  3,  1916,  is  entitled  “Water-Heating — Circulat- 
ing Types.” 

(b)  Lesson  No.  10,  1916,  is  entitled  “Water-Heating — Auto- 
matic Types.” 

5.  For  most  complete  and  exhaustive  data  on  water-heaters  in  gen- 
eral, see  the  series  of  pamphlets  ~ih.T>d  “Utilization  of  Gas  Appli- 
ances.” These  are  fully  illustrated  and  contain  diagrams,  tables, 
calculations,  descriptions,  and  recommendations  of  the  greatest 
usefulness. 

(a)  No.  4 is  entitled  “Circulating  Water-Heaters  for  Domestic 
Purposes,”  and  is  divided  into  sections  on:  Evolution  of  the 
Heater;  Combustion;  Efficiency;  Water-Circulation;  Types 
of  Circulating  Water-Heater;  Combination  Boiler  and  Gas 
Water-Heater;  Gas-Cock;  Flues;  Boilers  and  Connections; 
Causes  of  Rusty  Water;  Comparison  with  other  methods  of 
Heating  Water;  Comparative  Costs — Coal  and  Gas;  A Prac- 
tical Method  of  Making  Efficiency  Tests. 


{b)  No.  5 is  entitled  “Instantaneous  Automatic  Water-Heaters; 
Multi-Coil  Storage  Systems  and  Instantaneous  Bath-Water 
Heaters”  and  is  divided  as  follows: 

1.  Historical  Review. 

2.  Construction:  Gas  burners,  heating  surfaces,  shell,  water- 

valve,  gas-valves,  thermostat,  draft-hood. 

3.  Operation. 

4.  Installation:  Flue  conditions,  water  and  gas  supply,  location, 

reheating  or  supplementary  system,  installation  specifica- 
tions, drawings  and  data. 

5.  Care  and  Maintenance. 

6.  Selection  of  type  and  size;  special  uses. 

7.  Comparative  costs  of  gas  and  coal. 

6.  For  informative  data  on  gas  water-heaters  see  the  p.  212  in 
the  Industrial  Section,  of  the  Humphrey  Co.,  division  of  Ruud 
Mfg.  Co.,  also,  see  various  catalogues  of  the  Humphrey  Co., 
and  the  very  complete  Handbook  of  the  Ruud  Manufacturing 
Co.,  entitled  Gas  Water  Heaters,  copyright  1915. 


7L  Cooking  and  Hotel  and  Domestic  Appliances 


Aside  from  the  illustrated  literature  of  the  gas  associations 
and  companies,  the  publications  in  connection  with  gas  for 
cooking  and  other  domestic  conveniences  are  chiefly  those  of 
the  manufacturers  of  the  appliances,  whether  they  be  used  for 
home,  hotel  or  laundry — club,  cantonment  or  other  permanent 
or  temporary  use.  There  will,  however,  frequently  be  found 
articles  of  suggestive  value  and  usefulness  in  the  many  peri- 
odicals, lists  of  which  have  been  mentioned,  and  in  the  many 
popular  magazines. 

1.  Attention  is  directed  to  the  Section  on  Gas  Appliances  in  General 

and  to  the  work  of  the  Committees  on  Standardization  of  Gas 
Appliance  Specifications  referred  to  therein  under  7H1. 

2.  The  Gas  Equipment  of  the  Home  (7A3/)  takes  up  the  use  of  gas 

for  cooking  and  for  other  forms  of  domestic  utilization  separately. 
It  shows  the  plan  of  an  “Ideal  Kitchen”  and  contains  illustra- 
tions and  suggestions  relating  to  the  manifold  uses  of  gas 
throughout  the  home,  treats  of  hoods  and  canopies  and  other 
accessories  and  contains  subdivisions  which  cannot  be  fully 
described  in  the  contents  listed.  It  also  mentions  Domestic 
Science  Equipment  in  Schools. 

3.  Under  the  “Lessons”  referred  to  in  yAy  are  those  relating  to 

various  domestic  equipments. 

4.  See  especially  “Utilization  of  Gas  Appliances”  (7A 3d). 

( a ) No.  1,  is  entitled  “Domestic  Cooking  Appliances.” 

(b)  No.  6 is  entitled  “Hotel  and  Restaurant  Equipment.” 


3.  See  also  the  very  complete  Industrial  Fuel  Reference  Book  (7A 3c) 
No.  6,  which  is  entitled  “The  Application  of  Gas  to  Hotel  and 
Restaurant  Equipment.” 

6.  See  article  on  “How  to  Secure  All-Gas  Kitchens  in  old  Houses” 

by  H.  K.  Dodson,  reprinted  from  “Proceedings”  of  the  N.  C. 
G.  A. 

7.  See  the  sections  of  Field  Practice  (mentioned  under  7H)  appli- 

cable to  the  installation  of  the  appliances  alluded  to  under  this 
subdivision. 

8.  Building  Code  recommended  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire 

Underwriters  (^A^di)  has  a Section  No.  260  relating  to  installa- 
tions of  gas-pipes  and  appliances  and  contains  recommendations 
to  be  followed  in  installing  various  domestic  appliances. 

9.  “Dwelling  Houses,”  another  Code  by  the  N.  B.  F.  U.  {^A^dD 

in  Section  50,  contains  similar  recommendations. 

10.  See  publications  of  Underwriters’  Laboratories  referred  to  under 

7G17. 

11.  Read  paragraphs  (/)  and  ( g ) of  7D1  describing  the  proposed 

National  Gas  Safety  Code. 

12.  Of  interest  as  affording  the  standards  to  be  followed  in  manufac- 

ture, see  Standard  Gas  Range  Specifications  adopted  by  the 
National  Commercial  Gas  Association,  1914. 


7Rfl  Illumination — Fixtures,  Equipment  and  Ignition 


On  the  general  subject  of  illumination  and  the  modern 
science  of  illuminating  engineering  read  the  interesting 
account  of  the  Illuminating  Engineering  Society  under 
7N1  prepared  for  the  Journal  through  the  courtesy  of  Wm. 
J.  Serrill,  President. 

See,  also,  the  various  publications  referred  to  under 
6H,  most  of  which  treat  of  illumination  by  gas  as  well  as 
by  electricity. 

1.  No  more  fitting  introduction  to  the  subject  of  illumination  by  gas 
could  be  printed  than  the  following  excerpts  from  the  Report  of 
the  Committee  of  the  American  Gas  Institute  referred  to  under 
jAlk  as  they  treat  of  developments  in  fixtures,  mantles,  and 
ignition  to  suit  all  modern  requirements. 

(a) 

“With  the  latest  developments  in  both  inverted  and  upright  incandes- 
cent mantle  burners,  gas  can  be  applied  to  all  forms  of  illumination — 
direct,  semi-indirect,  or  indirect.  These  units,  made  in  several  sizes, 
giving  a light  from  the  smallest  intensity  commercially  used  to  a light 
of  as  high  intensity  as  needed  for  any  indoor  work,  with  the  great 
variety  of  glassware  which  it  is  possible  to  use,  are  made  up  in  fixtures 
varying  from  the  plain,  simple,  inornate  fixture  suitable  for  purely  com- 
mercial lighting,  to  the  rich,  heavily  ornamented  fixture  for  use  in  the 
handsomest  surroundings.” 

“This  is  not  only  true  of  the  direct  lighting  units  but  especially  true 
of  the  semi-indirect  units  where  we  find  gas  peculiarly  adapted  for  use 
with  the  large  variety  of  beautiful  glassware  that  has  been  developed  for 
this  system  of  illumination.  This  attractiveness  applies  equally  well  to 
the  numberless  portable  lamps  with  their  rich  shades  of  many  styles  and 
designs,  suitable  for  the  living-room,  library,  bedroom,  den  or  boudoir.” 

Serial  No.  7 


(i>)  Ignition. 

“Directly  connected  with  the  consideration  of  appearance  comes  the 
question  of  flexibility.  Gas  units  are  now  placed  on  the  market  in  vary- 
ing sizes.  Allied  closely  with  this  question  of  flexibility  comes  that  of 
control  of  the  units  themselves.  This  means  the  method  of  lighting  and 
extinguishing.  Before  the  advent  of  the  incandescent  mantle  light,  gas- 
lighting usually  required  the  use  of  matches  and  the  manual  lighting  of 
each  and  every  lamp.” 

“Simultaneously  with  the  development  of  the  mantle  unit,  however, 
came  the  invention  of  several  methods  for  lighting  and  extinguishing 
lamps,  and  several  methods  of  control,  from  a distance,  until  at  the 
present  time  no  installation  can  lay  any  claim  to  being  modern  or  com- 
plete that  requires  the  use  of  matches  for  ignition.  We  now  have  availa- 
ble these  distance-control  systems,  and  also  local  control,  with  single 
pendent  switch  or  chain,  similar  in  all  respects  to  the  electric  local  con- 
trol. Here  the  ignition  is  accomplished  by  a pilot  light.  This  system  has 
been  in  operation  for  many  years  and  gives  entire  satisfaction. 

(c)  Distance  Control. 

From  the  many  distance-control  systems  available,  there  are  several 
which  have  been  used  in  actual  service  and  have  proved  reliable  and 
dependable.  These  are  the  magnet  cock  with  pilot  ignition,  the  magnet 
cock  with  jump-spark  ignition,  a system  using  the  gas  pressure  for  con- 
trol and  igniting  by  pilot  light,  and  the  hot-wire,  or  filament,  ignition  in 
combination  with  the  magnet  cock.  In  actual  operation  in  various 
installations  these  have  given  satisfactory  service.  Gas,  therefore,  has 
all  the  features  of  convenience  of  any  of  the  commercial  illuminants. 
(In  the  Appendix,  Section  D of  the  Report  (7A2 k)  will  be  found  a short 
description  of  each  of  these  systems  with  diagrams  indicating  their 
method  of  operation.) 

2.  See  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  F.  E.  Kidder, 
pp.  1351-1370:  Section  on  “Lighting  and  Illumination  of 

89  Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


Buildings,”  by  W.  H.  Timbie,  contains  portion  devoted  to 
Illumination  of  Gas  and  gives  general  information,  tables,  and 
diagrams;  Table  V,  being  a chart  of  "Standard  Symbols  for  Gas- 
Piping  Plans”  as  developed  by  the  Illuminating  Engineering 
Laboratories  of  the  VVelsbach  Company. 

3.  For  a list  of  “Reference  Books  on  Illumination,”  including  those  of 

some  manufacturers,  see  p.  1370  of  Kidder’s  “Pocket  Book.” 

4.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings”  (6Li^),  Chapter 

VII,  “Lighting  Fixtures.”  This  gives  “Basic  Data  in  Connection 
with  Design  and  Installation  of  Lighting  Fixtures”  and  data  for 
estimating  the  cost  of  same.  It  also  includes  a “typical  lighting 
fixture  specification  prepared  by  the  office,”  which  covers  various 
types  of  fixtures,  glassware,  reflectors,  metals,  gas-piping,  and 
finish,  and  gives  a schedule  of  fixtures  and  notes  on  inspection 
and  tests. 

5.  In  the  “I.  C.  S.  Handbook  for  Plumber  and  Fitters”  is  a section  on 

gas-fitting  in  which  are  given  data  on  illumination  and  piping, 
including  piping  for  acetylene  gas-lighting  with  the  require- 
ments of  the  New  York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  for  the 
installation  of  acetylene-gas  generators  and  recommendations  as 
to  the  location  of  gas  fixtures.  The  subject  of  “electric  gas  light- 
ing” is  also  covered. 

6.  “Residence  Lighting,”  by  W.  A.  Morris.  A 14-page  illustrated 

booklet  which  contains  information  on  what  constitutes  satis- 
factory domestic  lighting  for  the  various  rooms  of  the  average 
residence  and  what  units  are  available. 

7.  “Some  Phases  of  the  Illumination  of  Interiors,”  by  Preston  S. 

Millar.  A paper  and  demonstration  presented  at  the  eighth  annual 
meeting  of  the  American  Gas  Institute  (joint  session  I.  E.S.  and 
A.G.I.),  October,  1913.  Treats  of  “Lighting  Effects.”  28  pp., 
illustrated.  (Printed  in  “Transactions”  of  I.E.S.,  Vol.  VIII,  p. 

99,7Ala.) 

8.  See  pamphlets  of  the  National  Commercial  Gas  Association 

"Utilization  of  Gas  Appliances,”  jAjd. 

(a)  No.  2 is  entitled  “The  Production  of  Light.” 

(b)  No.  3 is  entitled  “Planning  Lighting  Installations.” 

9.  “Gas — The  Modern  Home  Light,”  1916.  34-page  illustrated  book- 

let issued  by  the  N.C.G.A.  (yA^g),  being  a guide  in  selecting  gas- 
lighting for  each  room.  Contains  “Ten  Rules  of  Gas  Light.” 

10.  “The  Gas  Equipment  of  the  Home.”  Various  sections  described  in 

the  contents  given  under  7A3/. 

11.  “The  Hygienic  Value  of  Gas  Lighting,”  by  R.  F.  Pierce.  20-page 

booklet  reprinted  from  the  Illuminating  Engineer;  treats  of  the 
beneficial  effect  of  gas  light  upon  the  air,  and  its  hygienic  effect 
upon  the  eyes. 

12.  “Gas  Lights  for  all  Purposes.”  63-page  illustrated  booklet  issued 

by  the  United  Gas  Improvement  Company  of  Philadelphia; 


7N  Illumination  in  General 

7Ni  Illuminating  Engineering  Society. 

General  Secretary , G.  H.  Stickney,  29  W.  39th  Street, 
New  York  City. 

[Editor’s  Note. — The  activities  of  this  Society  are  con- 
cerned with  all  forms  of  illumination  whether  artificial  or 
daylight.] 

Public  Information: 

{a)  Publication  of  a periodical  called  the  “Transactions,”  in  which 
are  printed  papers  dealing  with  all  phases  of  the  art  and  science 
of  illumination. 

The  "Transactions”  are  free  to  all  members.  To  other  indi- 
viduals, $5  per  year;  to  libraries,  $4;  foreign  subscriptions,  50 
cents  additional. 

Single  copies  of  current  numbers,  55  cents  to  members  and 
75  cents  to  others.  The  Society  will  be  glad  to  furnish  sample 
copies,  if  available,  to  practising  architects. 

(b)  Publication  of  special  pamphlets  dealing  with  the  particular  phases 

of  illumination.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  the  pamphlets 
entitled  “Light:  Its  Use  and  Misuse,”  a “Code  of  Lighting 
Factories,  Mills  and  Other  Work  Places,”  and  a number  of 
reports  of  committees  of  the  Society. 

(c)  The  conducting  in  the  year  1910  of  an  elaborate  lecture  course  on 

illuminating  engineering,  jointly  with  the  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, and  the  subsequent  publication  of  reprints  of  the  lec- 
tures. At  the  present  time  there  is  in  course  of  publication  a 
similar  volume  dealing  with  a second  course  of  lectures  on  illu- 
minating engineering  jointly  conducted  in  the  year  1917  by 
the  Society  and  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  This  treatise, 
the  latest  word  on  illuminating  engineering,  will  be  available 
after  July  I. 

Serial  No.  7 


illustrates  and  gives  cost  data  on  direct  and  indirect  lighting 
fixtures  of  every  description,  portable  lamps  and  floor  standards, 
as  well  as  mantles  and  glassware  for  lighting  fixtures. 

13.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  William  Kent,  pp. 

1468-1477:  Section  on  “Illumination-Electric  and  Gas  Lighting” 
contains  general  information  and  tables  in  connection  with  the 
use  of  gas  for  lighting  purposes. 

1 4.  “Crosby-Fiske-Foster  Handbook  of  Fire  Protection”  (fifth  edition), 

pp.  122-126:  Section  on  “Lighting”  contains  recommendations 
covering  illumination  by  various  kinds  of  gas. 

15.  For  specific  information  in  relation  to  the  use  of  acetylene  gas  for 

illumination  see  publications  of  the  International  Acetylene 
Association  and  list  referred  to  under  ~]A\a. 

16.  In  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  by  Lionel  S.  Marks,  the 

section  on  “Prevention  of  Accidents”  by  D.  S.  Beyer  contains  a 
division  on  “Lighting,”  which  treats  of  the  importance  of  ade- 
quate lighting  in  relation  to  the  prevention  of  accidents. 

17.  The  Committee  of  the  National  Commercial  Gas  Association  on 

Standardization  of  Gas  Appliance  Specifications  (7H1)  devel- 
oped: 

( a ) Standard  Gas  Fixture  Specification  (7A 3g)  which  was  adopted 
by  the  Association,  December,  1914. 

18.  “Field  Practice,”  Inspection  Manual  of  the  N.F.P.A.,  1914,  pp. 

23-32,  contains  sections  on  “Lighting  Hazards”  with  subdivisions 
on  “Gas:  Public  Supply,  Artificial  and  Natural,”  “Acetylene 
Gas,”  “Compressed  or  Liquid  Gases,”  “Kerosene  and  Kerosene 
Vapor,”  “Gasolene  Vapor.” 

These  give  succinctly  the  processes  of  manufacture,  applications 
for  use  and  observations  relating  to  installations  and  maintenance 
which  should  receive  attention. 

19.  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (3A3A5)  contains  reference  to  information  on 

“Illuminating  Gas,”  Gas  Arc  Lamps,”  “Gas  Mantles,”  and  other 
subjects  of  interest  indicated  by  the  contents. 

20.  See  the  two  Codes  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters — - 

the  Sections  referred  to  under  7E2CI  and  2 contain  recommenda- 
tions also  as  to  location  and  kind  of  gas  fixtures. 

21.  Read  paragraphs  (/)  and  ( g ) under  7D1  relating  to  the  proposed 

National  Gas  Safety  Code. 

22.  Standard  Regulations  for  Fire  Protection  and  the  Safeguarding 

of  Hazards  (3A3«)  adopted  by  the  N.F.P.A.  and  the  N.B.F.U., 
obtain  with  respect  to  generators  for  independent  lighting  sys- 
tems, as  follows: 

{a)  “Acetylene-Gas  Machines,  Oxy-Acetylene  Heating  and  Weld- 
ing Apparatus  and  Storage  of  Calcium  Carbide”  (7Gi6a). 

(J>)  “Gasolene  Vapor  Gas  Lighting  Machines,  Lamps  and  Systems” 

(yG\6d). 


(d)  A committee  has  completed  popular  lectures  on  “Store  Lighting” 
and  “Residence  Lighting”  with  accompanying  lantern-slides. 
It  is  proposed  to  circulate  these  lectures  among  those  who  wish 
to  present  them  before  organizations  interested  in  these  phases 
of  lighting.  Three  other  lectures — on  industrial  lighting,  office 
lighting,  and  elementary  principles  of  lighting — are  in  course  of 
preparation. 

The  Illuminating  Engineering  Society  was  organized 
in  the  year  1906  by  a group  of  engineers  in  New  York 
City  who  were  interested  in  the  subject  of  illumination. 

At  that  date  the  profession  of  illuminating  engineering 
was  in  its  infancy.  While  the  principles  of  light  distribu- 
tion, as  a branch  of  physics,  had  been  published,  but 
little  progress  had  been  made  in  translating  those  prin- 
ciples into  practice. 

The  public  had  not  been  educated  so  as  to  create  a 
demand  for  proper  illumination,  and  the  manufacturers  of 
lighting  equipment,  in  the  absence  of  such  a demand,  were 
groping  in  the  dark  as  to  the  proper  character  of  their 
equipment.  The  knowledge  that  there  were  such  things  as 
bad  lighting,  which  is  harmful  to  the  eyes,  and  good  light- 
ing, which  is  not  only  harmless  but  a factor  in  conserving 
eyesight,  was  not  widespread.  That  illumination  is  a 
factor  in  interior  decoration  and  possesses  a distinct 
esthetic  value  practically  entered  not  into  the  conception 
of  architects  and  interior  decorators.  That  illumination  is 
an  important  element  in  workshops,  by  increasing  output, 
by  reducing  accidents,  and  by  bettering  the  morals  of 
workers,  was  not  generally  realized. 


90 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  7 


During  the  ten  years  of  its  existence  the  Illuminating 
Engineering  Society  has  wrought  a wonderful  change  in 
the  conditions  of  lighting.  A formless  mass  of  prin- 
ciples, theories,  and  practices  has  been  coordinated  so  as 
to  constitute  a definite  branch  of  engineering;  questions  of 
nomenclature  and  standards,  which  form  the  basis  of  any 
orderly  engineering  practice,  have  been  solved  and  stan- 
dardized; researches  in  the  domains  of  both  physics  and 
physiology  have  been  fruitfully  stimulated;  educational 
courses  have  been  inaugurated;  legislation  has  been,  and 
is  now  actively  being,  guided  along  intelligent  lines. 

To  the  home-lover  it  has  been  shown  that  his  evenings 
may  be  made  more  cheerful  through  proper  lighting.  Con- 
servation of  eyesight,  increased  decorative  value  of  furnish- 
ings, an  atmosphere  of  hospitality  and  warmth  are  among 
the  things  that  good  illumination  secures.  The  lighting  of 
work  places — offices,  stores  and  factories — has  been  im- 
proved, and  the  advantages  of  correct  illumination  have 
been  demonstrated.  Increased  output,  welfare  of  the 
worker,  and  a general  betterment  of  the  morals  of  the  em- 
ployees has  resulted.  Public  halls,  theatres,  auditoriums, 
churches  and  all  meeting-places  required  interior  illumina- 
tion— natural  and  artificial — which  would  give  an  atmos- 
phere appropriate  to  the  functions  of  the  place,  as  well  as 
the  necessary  illumination.  Highway  illumination  demands 
more  than  the  ability  to  see  an  approaching  vehicle  or 
pedestrian.  The  contour  and  architectural  features  of 
buildings  may  be  so  lighted  that  their  esthetic  value  is 
retained  during  the  hours  of  darkness.  The  parking  and 
landscapes  adjacent  to  the  roadway  may  be  seen  by  night 
as  well  as  by  day.  Municipalities  have  been  thus  encour- 
aged to  improve  the  grounds  surrounding  public  build- 
ings and  adjacent  to  highways.  Studios,  museums,  and 
galleries  of  art  afford  a field  for  the  development  of  illum- 
ination which  is  destined  to  awake  a new  enthusiasm  in  the 
artist  and  a new  appreciation  in  the  connoisseur.  Intensity, 
color,  and  direction  of  light  may  be  adjusted  to  give  the 
effects  which  are  so  necessary  to  this  class  of  illumination. 
The  architect  and  artist  need  no  longer  leave  out  fine 
shades  of  color  and  delicate  contours  because  of  inade- 
quate lighting. 

With  all  these  lines  of  endeavor  clearly  defined,  the 
Society  organized  its  members,  sections,  and  committees. 
It  received  the  hearty  cooperation  of  the  scientist,  manu- 
facturer, the  fixture  designer,  and  the  gas  and  electric 
central  station  men.  The  cooperation  of  all  users  was 
represented  in  the  demand  for  improved  installations. 
Many  other  professions  became  interested  and  offered 
support  to  the  movement — the  architect,  ophthalmologist, 
optician,  and  those  interested  in  civic  and  municipal 
improvements. 

During  nearly  eleven  years  of  activity  the  Society  has 


aided  materially  in  the  present  high  development  of 
lighting.  The  indirect  and  semi-indirect  systems  of 
illumination,  the  use  of  “daylight”  illuminants  and  special 
color  devices,  the  effective  distribution  of  light  from  the 
modern  lamps  and  shades,  the  development  of  flood- 
lighting and  spectacular  illumination  are  some  of  the 
things  fostered  by  the  Society.  It  should  be  emphasized 
that  the  Society  stands  for  illumination  and  is  strictly 
neutral  and  impartial  as  between  the  various  artificial 
illuminants. 

Among  important  investigations  carried  on  by  technical 
committees  of  the  Society  may  be  mentioned  those  of  the 
Committees  on  Nomenclature  and  Standards,  Glare, 
Research,  Lighting  Legislation  and  Education. 

Through  the  cooperation  of  the  Committee  on  Lighting 
Legislation,  modeled  on  a code  prepared  by  this  Com- 
mittee, several  states  have  enacted  legislation  on  this 
subject. 

At  the  present  time  the  Society  has  committees  pre- 
paring reports  on  the  following  subjects:  Automobile 
Headlamps,  Railway  Vehicle  Headlamps,  Street  Lighting, 
Diffusing  Media,  School  Lighting,  Lectures  to  Architec- 
tural Students. 

There  are  five  sectional  organizations  of  the  Society. 
These  sections  hold  regular  meetings  in  their  respective 
localities — New  York,  Philadelphia,  Pittsburgh,  New 
England,  and  Chicago.  The  membership  of  the  Society 
numbers  1,300. 

70  Addenda 

1.  In  “Report  of  the  Surgeon-General,  U.  S.  Army,  1917”  referred  to 
under  9M2,  it  is  stated,  with  respect  to  the  Department  Hospital 
at  Manilla,  P.  I.:  “During  the  year  the  installation  of  gas 
throughout  the  hospital  to  replace  the  steam  appliances  for 
sterilizing  purposes  was  started,  and  by  Dec.  31  a steam  boiler 
and  a hot-water  heater  using  gas  as  a fuel  were  erected  and  in 
working  order,  supplying  steam  for  the  kitchen  of  the  general 
mess  and  hot  water  for  the  entire  hospital. 

“Each  sterilizing  apparatus  throughout  the  hospital,  in  the  wards, 
operating-room,  and  laboratory,  has  been  equipped  with  a gas 
burner;  they  have  been  thoroughly  tested  and  found  satisfactory  in 
operation,  though  requiring  somewhat  more  care  to  avoid  injury 
to  apparatus  than  the  former  method  of  supplying  steam  from  a 
central  plant. 

“Gas  stoves  for  the  general  mess,  sick  officers’  mess,  and  nurses’ 
mess  have  been  ordered  from  the  States.  When  these  are  installed 
the  entire  steam  and  heating  system  of  the  hospital  will  be  using 
gas.” 

1.  An  interesting  contribution  to  the  subject  of  furnishing  architects 
with  more  adequate  data  on  gas  piping  and  appliances  and  the 
general  utilization  of  gas  in  buildings  will  be  found  in  the  1917 
Report  of  the  Committee  on  Relations  with  Architects,  of  the 
National  Commercial  Gas  Association,  published  in  the  January, 
1918,  Bulletin  of  that  Association.  The  Editor  of  the  Structural 
Service  Department,  as  a member  of  that  Committee,  welcomed 
the  opportunity  to  make  several  of  the  suggestions  embodied 
in  the  report. 


Serial  No  7 


91 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  8 


So  great  is  the  present  interest  in  the  con- 
structional activities  of  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment that  we  are  interrupting  the  sequential 
presentation  of  information  in  this  department 
in  order  to  give  some  account  of  the  organization 
of  those  branches  of  the  three  departments  of 


the  United  States  Government — War,*  Navy, 
and  Treasury — which  have  to  do  with  structural 
matters.  To  locate  descriptions,  in  various 
Serial  Numbers,  of  the  structural  activities  of 
other  departments  of  the  Government,  consult 
“Contents”  at  front  of  Book. 


♦Unavoidably  deferred  to  a future  issue.  (See  “Office  of  the  Cantonment  Construction  Division  of  the  Quartermasters’  Department” 
in  September  Journal,  p.  423,  and  “Office  of  the  Signal  Corps  Construction  Division,”  p.  424  of  same  issue.) 


AUGUST,  1917 

INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 

8A  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks:  Department  of  the  Navy. 

SB  Office  of  Supervising  Architect:  Treasury  Department. 

8C  Bibliography:  The  United  States  Public  Works. 

8D  The  Convention  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

8A  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks:  Department  of  the  Navy 

(Prepared  for  the  Journal  by  Rear  Admiral  Harris) 


Chief  of  Bureau:  Rear  Admiral  Frederic  Robert  Harris, 
U.  S.  N.,  Navy  Annex  Building,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

1.  Publications: 

Bulletin  “Public  Works  of  the  Navy,”  issued  quarterly,  January  I, 
April  1,  July  1,  and  October  1;  H.  D.  Rouzer,  Engineering  Secretary  to 
Chief  of  Bureau,  acting  editor. 

Information  published  in  the  Bulletin  appears  under  the  following 
heads:  Administrative,  Professional,  and  Engineering  Notes. 

Under  the  heading,  Administrative,  are  published  from  time  to  time 
explanations  of  the  manner  in  which  the  Bureau  desires  its  work  carried 
on,  information  relating  to  new  contracts,  reports  of  progress  of  work  and 
work  completed,  reports  of  expenditures  and  analyses  of  expenditures, 
and  matters  relating  directly  to  the  administrative  policy  of  the  Bureau. 

Under  the  heading,  Professional,  is  published  matter  of  professional 
interest  to  officers  of  the  Corps  of  Civil  Engineers,  U.  S.  Navy,  and  in- 
cludes proposed  new  methods  of  design;  special  cases  of  successful  con- 
struction along  new  lines,  as  well  as  cases  which  may  have  proved  unsuc- 
cessful; results  of  tests  upon  various  manufactured  articles  which  may  be 
offered  for  use  in  public  works;  and  cost  data  on  the  various  works  con- 
structed under  the  cognizance  of  the  Bureau.  Articles  descriptive  of 
engineering  projects  of  major  importance  prepared  by  members  of  the 
Corps  appear  under  this  heading. 

Under  the  heading,  Engineering  Notes,  is  printed  such  matter  as 
bibliographies,  abstracts  of  published  articles,  etc.,  which  it  is  considered 
will  be  of  value  as  reference.  Brief  articles  descriptive  of  engineering 
projects  of  somewhat  minor  importance  are  also  published  under  this 
heading. 

Bulletins  are  not  for  public  distribution;  however,  it  has  been  the 
custom  to  forward  copies  to  parties  on  request,  until  the  supply  is  ex- 
hausted. 

2.  Administration: 

The  duties  of  the  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks  comprise 
all  that  relates  to  the  design  and  construction  of  public 
works  of  the  Navy,  such  as  dry-docks,  marine  railways, 
building  ways,  harbor  works,  quarry  walls,  piers,  wharves, 
slips,  dredging,  landings,  floating  and  stationary  cranes, 
power  plants,  central  heating  plants,  coaling  plants,  fuel- 
oil  plants,  heating,  lighting,  telephone,  water,  sewer  and 
railroad  systems,  roads,  walks  and  grounds,  bridges,  radio 
towers,  hospitals,  and  all  buildings  for  whatever  purpose 
needed  under  the  Navy  and  Marine  Corps.  It  has  charge 

Serial  No.  8 


of  all  means  of  transportation,  such  as  derricks,  shears, 
locomotives,  locomotive  cranes,  cars,  motor  trucks,  and 
all  vehicles,  horses,  teams,  subsistence  and  necessary  opera- 
tors and  teamsters,  in  the  various  navy  yards. 

The  work  of  the  Bureau  is  carried  out  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau,  assisted  by  the  officers  of 
the  Corps  of  Civil  Engineers,  U.  S.  Navy.  Six  officers  are 
detailed  for  duty  at  the  Bureau,  the  remaining  number 
being  stationed  at  the  various  navy  yards  and  naval 
stations  and  supervise  the  work  in  their  respective  locali- 
ties. 

3.  Organization: 

The  Chief  of  the  Bureau  is  in  genera!  charge  of  all  work 
under  the  cognizance  of  the  Bureau.  In  his  absence  the 
Assistant  Chief  of  the  Bureau  is  in  charge. 

The  work  of  the  Bureau  is  classified  under  the  following 
main  divisions,  each  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a 
commissioned  officer  or  the  Chief  Clerk: 

( a ) Assistant  Chief  of  Bureau. 

( b ) Division  of  Mechanical,  Electrical,  and  Routine 
Design. 

(c)  Division  of  Special  Design  and  Projects. 

(d)  Construction  Division. 

(e)  Maintenance  and  Operating  Division. 

(/)  Clerical  and  Office  Management  Division. 

(a)  Assistant  Chief  of  Bureau:  This  officer  is  the  special 
respresentative  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  and  Acting 
Chief  in  his  absence.  He  has  the  general  supervision  of 
all  correspondence,  Bureau  organization  and  office  methods, 
annual  estimates,  and  coordination  of  Bureau  work. 

(b)  Division  of  Mechanical , Electrical,  and  Routine 
Design:  This  Division  operates  through  three  subdivis- 
ions— (1)  General  Drafting,  (2)  Mechanical  and  Electrical, 
and  (3)  Architectural. 

The  following  are  the  more  important  duties  of  this 
Division:  Origin  and  development  of  design  of  altera- 

92  Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  8 


dons  and  extensions  to  existing  public  works  and  utilities 
and  new  projects  of  a routine  character,  and  projects 
having  architectural  features  of  major  importance. 

Plans  and  specifications  prepared  at  the  yards,  unless 
involving  projects  under  the  division  of  special  design 
and  projects.  (See  Division  [c].) 

All  matters  relating  to  radio  work  except  contracts  and 
records  of  yard-labor  jobs. 

All  matters  relating  to  power  plant,  mechanical  and 
electrical  work,  except  contracts  and  records  of  yard-labor 
jobs. 

All  matters  relating  to  electric,  water,  power,  air,  and 
heat  distributing  systems  accessory  to  power  plants,  ex- 
cept contracts  and  records  of  yard-labor  jobs. 

(c)  Division  of  Special  Design  and  Projects:  This  Divis- 
ion has  the  following  among  its  general  duties — 

Origin  and  development  of  design,  plans  and  specifica- 
tions covering  special  projects  involved  in  extensive  devel- 
opment of  the  yards  and  stations. 

Studies  and  plans  for  future  development  and  expan- 
sion of  yards  and  stations. 

Studies  and  plans  for  standardizing  public  works  struc- 
tures. 

(d)  Construction  Division:  This  Division  has  the  fol- 
lowing among  its  general  duties — 

Advertisements  for  proposals,  opening  of  bids  in  Bureau 
and  preparation  of  recommendation  of  award. 

Work  under  Bureau  contracts  from  date  of  contract. 
This  includes  arranging  for  factory  inspection  and  ship- 
ment of  materials  and  machinery. 


All  yard-labor  jobs  from  date  of  authorization. 

The  officer  having  charge  of  this  Division  is  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  Navy  on  Committee  on  Portland  Cement 
Specifications,  on  Waterproofing  Cement,  on  Plumbing 
Board,  and  the  representative  of  the  Bureau  on  Cement 
Committee  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

( e )  Maintenance  and  Operating  Division:  This  Division 
has  the  following  among  its  general  duties— 

Supplies  and  accounts,  requisitions  and  proposals;  fur- 
niture records. 

Allotment  of  funds  under  annual  appropriations  and 
allotment  of  funds  under  public  works  appropriations. 

Periodical  reports  of  inspection  of  public  works  and 
utilities. 

Inspection  and  shipment  of  material  under  supplies  and 
accounts,  contracts,  or  requisitions. 

Subsurface  and  topographical  surveys  of  yards  and 
stations. 

The  officer  having  charge  of  this  Division  is  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  Bureau  of  Civil  Service  Examinations. 

(/)  Clerical  and  Office  Management  Division:  This 

Division  has  the  following  among  its  general  duties — 

Supervision  of  Bureau  clerical  force. 

Examination  of  legal  provisions  of  specifications. 

Preparation  of  Book  of  Yard  Maps  and  data  book, 
public  works. 

Office  management,  coordination  routine  and  office 
work  of  divisions. 


8B  Office  of  Supervising  Architect:  Treasury  Department 

(Prepared  for  the  Journal  by  James  A.  Wetmore,  Acting  Supervising  Architect) 


Publications: 

The  office  does  not  publish  a bulletin.  Advertisements  soliciting 
proposals  are  published  in  a number  of  technical  papers  and  in  local 
newspapers.  A number  of  papers  make  a specialty  of  reporting  awards  of 
contracts.  The  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  consisting 
of  the  members  of  the  field  force  and  some  members  of  the  office  force, 
issues  a monthly  journal  which,  although  not  an  official  publication, 
gives  much  information  regarding  the  activities  of  the  office. 

A dm  ini  strati  o n : 

The  activities  of  the  Office  cover  all  that  relates  to  the 
design,  construction,  and  maintenance  of  public  buildings 
in  all  parts  of  the  country,  such  as  post  offices,  courthouses, 
custom  houses,  appraisers’  stores,  power  houses,  depart- 
mental office  buildings,  wharves,  marine  hospitals  and 
quarantine  stations,  in  fact,  practically  all  buildings  for 
civic  purposes. 

With  the  exception  of  departmental  office  buildings,  it 
furnishes  the  buildings,  keeps  them  in  repair,  and  con- 
trols and  directs  the  force  required  for  their  maintenance. 

It  furnishes  estimates  for  new  projects  for  the  informa- 
tion of  Congress  and  conducts  an  extensive  correspondence 
in  relation  to  the  buildings  under  contract  and  completed 
and  in  relation  to  new  materials  and  methods  of 
construction. 

The  Office  does  not  buy  any  material  direct  but  con- 
tracts for  the  construction  of  buildings  and  supervises  the 
work  of  the  contractors  through  the  agencies  of  super- 
intendents of  construction  and  inspectors.  After  com- 
pletion buildings  are  placed  in  charge  of  custodians. 

Exclusive  of  marine  hospitals,  quarantine  stations, 
and  buildings  which  have  been  transferred  to  other 
Departments,  there  were  under  the  control  of  the  office 
on  July  x,  1917,  1,072  completed  buildings,  of  which 
approximately  one-third  have  been  extended,  some  more 
than  once. 


There  are  54  marine  hospitals  and  quarantine  stations, 
each  containing  a considerable  number  of  buildings. 
Practically  every  quarantine  station  has  one  or  several 
wharves. 

From  80  to  90  buildings  are  placed  under  contract  every 
year  and  approximately  the  same  number  of  buildings 
are  completed  every  year.  The  yearly  average  expendi- 
ture for  new  construction  work  is  $ 8,000,000 , and  approxi- 
mately the  following  amounts  are  expended  per  year  for 


completed  buildings. 

Repairs  and  preservation $800,000 

Mechanical  equipment 440,000 

Vaults  and  safes 110,000 

Furniture  and  repairs  to  furniture 775,000 

Operating  force 3,025,000 

Operating  supplies 1,700,000 


Organization : 

(a)  The  Supervising  Architect  directs  all  activities  of 
the  Office  with  the  assistance  of  the  Executive  Officer  in 
charge  of  the  administrative  divisions  and  the  Technical 
Officer  in  charge  of  the  technical  divisions;  both  officers  are 
authorized  to  sign  a certain  class  of  mail.  In  the  absence 
of  the  Supervising  Architect,  these  two  officers  in  the 
sequence  given  become  acting  head  of  the  Office. 

(b)  The  Technical  Officer  directs  the  following  divis- 
ions, each  in  charge  of  a superintendent  of  division: 

1.  Drafting. 

2.  Structural. 

3.  Mechanical  Engineering. 

4.  Computing. 

(c)  The  Executive  Officer  directs  the  following  divis- 
ions, each  in  charge  of  a superintendent  of  division: 

5.  Maintenance. 

6.  Files  and  Records. 

7.  Accounts. 

8.  Repairs. 


Serial  No.  8 


93 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


As  this  is  division  by  subject  and  not  by  territory,  the 
cooperation  of  the  eight  divisions  is  required  in  connection 
with  every  building. 

(d)  Board  of  Award:  All  expenditures  are  passed  by 
the  Board  of  Award,  which  sits  daily  and  consists  of  four 
members,  the  Supervising  Architect,  Executive  Officer, 
Technical  Officer,  and  Superintendent  of  the  Drafting 
Division. 

Recommendations  to  the  Board  for  expenditures  are  made  by  the 
Superintendents  of  Computing,  Mechanical  Engineering,  Maintenance 
and  Repairs  Divisions.  The  letters  authorizing  expenditures  are  written 
by  the  Computing  and  Maintenance  Divisions. 

(e)  Technical  Board,  consisting  of  the  Supervising 
Architect  {ex  officio ),  Technical  Officer  and  Superin- 
tendents of  the  Drafting,  Structural,  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing, Computing  and  Repairs  Divisions. 

The  principal  duties  of  the  Board  are  to  consider  technical  processes, 
pass  on  important  questions  relating  to  materials  and  methods  of  con- 
struction, and  secure  the  fullest  cooperation  between  the  different  techni- 
cal divisions.  This  Board  convenes  only  when  called  by  the  chairman. 

(/)  Construction  Field  Force,  comprises  105  superin- 
tendents of  construction,  transferred  from  point  to  point 
as  their  services  are  required.  As  there  are  constantly 
from  125  to  140  buildings  under  construction,  some  of  the 
superintendents  have  charge  of  more  than  one  building. 

The  traveling  inspection  force  consists  of  five  Supervising  Superin- 
tendents and  seven  Mechanical  Inspectors.  The  Supervising  Superin- 
tendents and  Inspectors  are  stationed  in  large  cities  and  each  covers  the 
inspection  work  of  a certain  territory. 

{g)  Custodian  Force:  Each  completed  building  is  in 
charge  of  a custodian,  who  is  a Government  official  and 
serves  without  compensation.  The  force  of  janitors,  fire- 
men, laborers,  etc.,  varies  greatly  with  the  size  of  build- 
ings. Four  traveling  inspectors  report  on  the  efficiency  of 
the  custodian  force  and  the  maintenance  of  the  buildings. 

Duties  and  normal  strength  of  the  different 
divisions: 

1 . Drafting  Division: 

Superintendent,  Assistant  Superintendent,  1 Principal 
Draftsman,  4 Foreman  Draftsmen,  43  Architectural 
Draftsmen,  3 clerks,  and  1 messenger. 

Duties:  Designs  for  the  approval  of  the  Cabinet  Board;  architectural 
working  drawings;  approval  of  architectural  samples  and  models;  recom- 
mendations for  mural  decorations  and  decorative  painting;  construing 
architectural  drawings;  checking  architectural  shop  drawings;  memo- 
randa as  basis  for  correspondence;  custody  and  maintenance  of  library; 
and  preservation  of  files  of  drawings. 

2.  Structural  Division: 

Superintendent,  Assistant  Superintendent,  18  engineers, 
1 clerk,  and  1 messenger. 

Duties:  Structural  drawings;  checking  structural  shop  drawings; 
approval  of  mill  inspection  reports;  construing  structural  drawings; 
memoranda  as  basis  for  correspondence;  and  preservation  of  files  of 
active  structural  drawings. 

3.  Mechanical  Engineering  Division: 

Superintendent,  Assistant  Superintendent,  1 8 engineers, 

3 clerks,  and  1 messenger. 

Duties:  Mechanical  engineering  drawings  and  specifications  for  new 
and  completed  buildings;  technical  advice  to  Maintenance  Division 
regarding  expenditures  in  occupied  buildings  and  engineering  supplies 
and  personnel;  approval  of  mechanical  engineering  samples  and  selec- 
tion of  mechanical  engineering  appliances;  construing  mechanical 
engineering  drawings  and  specifications;  checking  mechanical  engineer- 
ing shop  drawings;  memoranda  as  basis  of  correspondence;  preservation 
of  active  mechanical  engineering  drawings  and  specifications;  and  recom- 
mendations to  the  Board  of  Award. 

8C  Bibliography 

In  connection  with  the  structural  activities  of  the  Government,  the 
book  by  Col.  W.  M.  Black,  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  of  the  U.  S.  Army, 


4.  Computing  Division: 

Superintendent,  16  computers  and  estimators,  23 
clerks,  5 skilled  laborers. 

In  the  Photograph  and  Duplicating  Galleries,  there  are 
employed;  1 photographer,  1 foreman,  2 chemists, 4 skilled 
laborers,  and  1 messenger  boy. 

Duties:  Estimating  for  new  buildings  and  extensions;  reports  on 
contemplated  public  buildings;  writing  of  specifications;  construing 
specifications;  preparation  of  annual  construction  estimates;  miscellane- 
ous technical  correspondence;  recommendations  to  the  Board  of  Award; 
authorization  of  expenditures  from  special  appropriations;  approval  of 
structural  samples;  direction  of  movements  of  superintendents  and 
inspectors  (except  inspectors  of  furniture  and  maintenance  and  site 
agents);  management  of  all  work  on  new  buildings  and  extensions;  all 
field  correspondence;  receiving,  filing  and  shipping  samples;  in  charge 
of  duplicating  and  photograph  galleries;  files  of  active  specifications; 
files  of  advertising;  files  of  bids;  list  of  awards;  charge  of  contractors’ 
room;  and  construction  cost  keeping. 

5.  Maintenance  Division: 

Superintendent,  24  clerks,  1 electrical  engineer,  1 
foreman  vault,  safe  and  lock  shop,  1 messenger,  4 Inspec- 
tors of  Maintenance,  1 Furniture  Inspector,  1 Inspector 
of  Vaults  and  Safes. 

Duties:  Authorization  of  janitors’  miscellaneous  supplies  (fuel, 
electric  current,  gas,  washing- towels,  removing  ashes,  rubbish  and 
snow,  cutting  grass,  etc.);  purchase  of  oil  and  lamps;  purchase  of  coal. 

Direction  of  custodian  and  janitor  forces  and  engineering  personnel; 
pay-rolls  of  custodian  force. 

Drawings  and  specifications  for  furniture;  authorization  of  expendi- 
tures for  same;  furniture  record;  sale  of  old  furniture;  supplies  and 
materials;  sale  of  condemned  property. 

Purchase  of  carpets  and  linoleum;  safes,  lock-box  equipment  and 
vault  repairs  for  completed  buildings. 

Charge  of  storerooms;  issuing  flags,  towels,  sponges,  etc. 

Charge  of  supply-room;  purchase  and  distribution  of  office  supplies; 
office  printing;  multigraphing,  etc. 

Correspondence  relating  to  all  of  the  above;  Recommendations  to 
the  Board  of  Award  from  appropriations  for  operating  supplies,  furni- 
ture and  repairs  to  same  of  public  buildings,  vaults  and  safes  for  public 
buildings,  and  general  expenses  of  public  buildings. 

6.  Files  and  Record  Division: 

Chief,  Assistant  Chief,  20  clerks,  2 skilled  laborers,  and 
3 messengers. 

Duties:  Law  Section. 

Legal  work  generally;  titles  and  title  surveys;  contracts  and  bonds; 
leases,  licenses,  and  other  instruments;  correspondence  and  detail  work 
in  connection  with  sites  and  movements  of  site  agents;  authorizations 
from  appropriation  for  “Lands  and  Other  Property  of  the  United 
States;”  correspondence  relative  to  claims;  settlement  of  all  contracts; 
responding  to  calls  from  Court  of  Claims;  and  legal  correspondence. 

Duties:  Files  Section. 

All  general  files  and  records;  incoming  and  outgoing  mail;  mailing 
specifications  and  drawings  for  Computing,  Drafting,  Structural, 
Repairs  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Divisions;  preparation  of  miscel- 
laneous forms  and  circular  letters. 

7.  Accounts  Division: 

Superintendent,  19  clerks  and  accountants,  1 mes- 
senger. 

Duties:  Accounting  and  bookkeeping;  statistical  and  cost-keeping 
systems;  transmission  of  estimates  for  all  appropriations  and  incidental 
correspondence  in  connection  therewith;  annual  report;  special  and  Con- 
gressional reports;  office  pay-roll,  time-records,  and  leaves  of  absence  of 
office  force. 

8.  Repairs  Division: 

Superintendent,  4 draftsmen,  2 clerks,  and  1 mes- 
senger. 

Duties:  Drawings,  specifications,  and  estimates  for  repairs  to  com- 
pleted buildings;  technical  advice,  assistance  and  recommendations  to 
the  Maintenance  Division;  files  of  active  drawings  and  specifications; 
approval  of  samples  for  repair  work;  and  recommendations  to  the  Board 
of  Award. 


and  member  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  entitled  “The 
United  States  Public  Works”  will  be  found  instructive.  It  contains  a 


Serial  No.  8 


94 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  8 


Summary  of  the  Methods  of  Construction  and  Character  of  Materials 
and  Plant  used  in  the  Public  Works  under  the  Charge  of  the  War  and 
Treasury  Departments,  and  of  the  Commissioners  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  including  Works  of  River  and  Harbor  Improvement,  Build- 
ings at  Posts  of  the  United  States  Army,  Lighthouses,  Public  Buildings, 
Life-Saving  Stations,  and  Works  of  Municipal  Engineering  of  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.;  also  of  the  Laws,  Regulations,  and  Forms  Prescribed  for  the 


Conduct  of  Such  Works;  and  a Directory  of  the  United  States  Agents  in 
Charge  of  These  Works,  and  of  Contractors  for  Them;  also  of  Manu- 
facturers of  and  Dealers  in  Machinery,  Materials,  and  Miscellaneous 
Supplies  Used  in  Construction  of  the  Works.  Published  as  a Book  of 
Reference  for  All  Persons  Interested  in  the  Public  Works,  and  for 
Engineers  and  Contra  ctors  in  General.  276  pp.,  illustrated  with  $ 6 
half-tones  and  working  drawings. 


8D  The  Convention  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 


August  13,  1917. 

To  the  Editor  of  the  Journal: 

Dear  Sir:  I enclose  the  following  notice  relating  to  the 
recent  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Society  for  Test- 
ing Materials  and  embodying  those  matters  which  I deem 
of  especial  importance  and  interest  to  the  architectural 
profession.  Yours  very  truly, 

Thomas  Nolan 

Chairman  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Institute’s  Committee  on  Ma- 
terials and  Methods  attended  the  twentieth  annual  meet- 
ing of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  in 
Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  June  26-29,  inclusive.  There  were 
549  members  in  attendance.  The  Chairman  attended  all 
of  the  sessions  of  the  four  days  and  took  part  in  the  dis- 
cussion of  several  of  the  reports  and  papers,  especially 
in  those  relating  to  cement,  reinforced  concrete,  and  hollow 
building  tile. 

The  American  Institute  of  Architects  as  a body  is  a 
member  of  this  Society,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Materials  and  Methods  has  been,  and  is  at 
present,  the  official  representative  of  the  Institute  in  that 
Society.  That  Society  has  made  the  Chairman  of  the 
Institute’s  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods  a 
member  of  its  Committee  C-i  on  Cement  and  also  of 
Subcommittee  IX  of  that  Committee  C-i.  Two  other 
members  of  the  Institute  are  members  of  Committee  D-7 
on  Timber.  Subcommittee  IX  on  General  Clauses  and 
Publication  has  charge  of  the  editing  for  publication  this 
year  of  the  Report  of  the  Joint  Conference  which  formu- 
lated the  present  Standard  Specifications  for  Portland 
Cement. 

Your  Chairman  has  attended  important  meetings  of 
Committee  C-i  on  Cement  held  in  Philadelphia  and  in 
New  York  City  and  hopes  to  attend  the  next  meeting  of 
that  Committee,  to  be  held  next  October  in  Allentown,  Pa. 

Of  the  sixty-three  reports  and  papers  presented,  the 
following  were  of  special  interest  to  the  architectural 
profession : 

1.  Report  of  Committee  A-2:  On  Wrought  Iron. 

2.  Report  of  Committee  D-9:  On  Electrical  Insulation. 

3.  Report  of  Committee  A-3:  On  Cast-Iron. 

4.  Report  of  Committee  A-J:  On  Corrosion  of  Iron  and  Steel. 

5.  Report  of  Committee  E-i:  On  Methods  of  Testing. 

6.  Distribution  of  Pressure  through  Earth  Fills. 

7.  Annual  Address  by  the  President. 

8.  Report  of  Committee  A-i:  On  Steel. 

9.  Inspection  of  Brass  and  Bronze. 

10.  Report  of  Committee  D-i:  On  Preservative  Coatings  for  Struc- 

tural Materials. 

11.  Optical  Properties  and  Theory  of  Color  of  Pigments  and  Paints. 

12.  Report  of  Committee  C-i : On  Cement. 

13.  The  Properties  of  Cement-Lime-Sand  Mortars. 

14.  High-Silica  Portland  Cement. 

15.  The  Economical  Proportions  for  Portland-Cement  Mortars  and 

Concretes. 

16.  Tests  of  Concrete  Slabs  to  Determine  the  Effect  of  Removing 

Excess  Water  Used  in  Mixing. 

17.  Report  of  Committee  C-2:  On  Reinforced  Concrete. 


18.  Report  of  Committee  C-9:  On  Concrete  and  Concrete  Aggre- 

gates. 

19.  Report  of  Committee  C-7;  On  Lime. 

20.  Effects  of  Grading  of  Sands  and  Consistency  of  Mix  Upon  the 

Strength  of  Plain  and  Reinforced  Concrete. 

21.  A Comparison  of  the  Heat-Insulating  Properties  of  Materials  Used 

in  Fire-resistive  Construction. 

22.  Report  of  Committee  C-4:  On  Clay  and  Cement  Sewer  Pipe. 

23.  Report  of  Committee  C-6:  On  Drain  Tile. 

24.  Report  of  Committee  C-10:  On  Hollow  Building  Tile. 

25.  Report  of  Committee  C-5:  On  Fireproofing. 

26.  Report  of  Committee  D-8:  On  Waterproofing. 

27.  Report  of  Committee  D-7:  On  Timber. 

At  a meeting  of  Committee  C-i  on  Cement  your  Chair- 
man fully  explained  to  the  forty  members  present  the  work 
and  purposes  of  our  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods 
of  the  Institute,  its  desire  to  cooperate  with  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials  and  other  similar  organiza- 
tions, and  also  explained  the  Institute  Committee’s 
cooperation  with  the  Structual  Service  Department  of  the 
Journal  of  the  Institute.  Your  Chairman  also  explained 
to  the  members  of  this  Committee  the  request  made  to  all 
of  our  Chapter  subcommittees  to  urge  the  Chapters  of 
the  Institute  to  consider  the  adoption  of  the  A.S.T.M. 
Standard  Specifications  for  Portland  Cement  and  for 
Structural  Steel  for  Buildings,  and  he  stated  that  this  was 
being  done,  some  of  our  Chapters  and  one  state  associa- 
tion having  already  taken  such  action. 

During  the  latter  meetings  of  the  Convention,  Mr.  D. 
Knickerbacker  Boyd,  the  Associate  Editor  of  the  Struc- 
tural Service  Department  of  the  Journal  of  the  Institute, 
was  in  attendance  and  aided  materially  by  offering  valu- 
able suggestions  and  taking  part  in  discussions. 

During  the  Convention  your  Chairman  discussed  in- 
formally with  Mr.  A.  A.  Stevenson,  the  retiring  President 
of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  the  advis- 
ability of  some  formal  and  official  recognition  on  the  part 
of  that  Society  of  the  increasingly  successful  efforts  of  the 
Institute  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods  and  the 
Structural  Service  Department  of  the  Journal  to  secure 
recognition  and  approval,  and  to  adopt  in  practice  the 
Standard  Specifications  of  the  American  Society  for  Test- 
ing Materials.  At  the  next  annual  meeting  of  that  So- 
ciety such  action  will  probably  be  taken. 

Your  Chairman  would  urge,  also,  and  will  so  recom- 
mend in  the  final  report  of  this  Committee,  that  at  the 
next  annual  convention  of  the  Institute  formal  action  be 
taken  affirming  the  A.S.T.M.  Standard  Specifications  for 
Portland  Cement  and  for  Structural  Steel  for  Buildings 
when  these  materials  are  to  be  used  in  architectural  con- 
struction. (For  Information  concerning  these  two  stand- 
ards see  the  Journal  for  January,  1917.) 

Thomas  Nolan,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods 

Editor’s  Note. — It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  one  Chapter  of  the 
Institute,  namely,  Cincinnati,  is  a member  of  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials  and  also  that  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects  is  a 
member.  (Since  this  was  written  the  Philadelphia  Chapter  has  become 
a member.) 


Serial  No.  8 


95 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  9 

PLUMBING  ISSUE 

HYDRAULICS— SANITATION— PUBLIC  HEALTH 


CONTENTS 


A consideration  of  the  subject  of  “Plumbing”  involves 
at  once  a broad  human  problem  which  takes  in  the  health 
of  individuals,  communities,  and  the  country  at  large. 
There  will,  consequently,  be  found  in  this  issue  reference 
to  considerations  which  include,  first,  the  source  of  any 
water-supply,  then  its  storage  or  impounding,  its  distri- 
bution, and  its  purification.  Next  comes  its  utilization, 
which  has  been  considered  with  respect  to  the  materials 


and  methods  involved  in  general  plumbing  installations 
in  and  around  all  forms  of  human  habitations.  Finally 
comes  the  question  of  disposal  of  sewage  and  waste.  Infor- 
mation and  activities  concerning  all  these  subjects  have 
been  recorded  as  fully  as  possible  within  the  limitations  of 
a treatise  devoted  to  aspects  within  the  purview  of  archi- 
tects and  other  constructionists. 


SEPTEMBER,  1917 


INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


9A  U.  S.  Government  Specifications  and 

Publications.  (See,  also,  9M  and  12H.) 

9B  Public  Health,  Water  Works,  Plumbing 
and  Other  Associations. 

9Cl  Housing  Associations  and  Other  Volun- 
teer Organizations. 

9C2  Other  Allied  Interests  and  Influences. 
9C3  Educational  and  Research  Work. 

9D  Water-Supply,  Storage,  Utilization  and 
Incoming  Pipes. 

9E  Filtration  and  Water  Treatments. 

9F  Heating  and  Cooling  of  Water. 


9G  Plumbing  Installations  in  General. 

9H  Fixtures  and  Fittings. 

9Hl  Bathroom  and  Laundry  Finishes  and 
Accessories. 

9J  Swimming  - Pools,  Baths,  Bath  - and 
Change-Houses. 

@K  Sprinklers  and  Fire-Protection. 

9&2  Safeguarding  Industry — A Wartime 
Necessity. 

9L  Outgoing  Pipes,  Sewage  Disposal  and 
Public  Health. 

9SVI  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 


9A  U.  S.  Government  Specifications  and  Publications 


1.  Composed  of  representatives  of  the  Treasury,  War  and  Navy 
Departments,  there  is  a Board  on  Uniform  Plumbing  Specifica- 
tions. This  Board  has  issued  (March  1,  1916)  a “Specification 
for  Plumbing  Fixtures,  etc.,  for  the  Treasury,  War  and  Navy 
Departments.’’ 

It  is  stated  that  “These  specifications  are  published  for  the 
purpose  of  facilitating  construction  in  the  governmental  depart-  2. 
ments  concerned.  They  are  not  to  be  construed  as  prohibiting 
the  installation  of  any  fixture  desired  for  a special  purpose  and 
covered  in  the  specifications  for  any  particular  work.” 

I hese  specifications  consist  of  147  pages  of  printed  matter,  in- 
cluding J3  plates  showing  in  detail  all  types  of  plumbing  fixtures  3. 
and  their  connections.  They  cover  general  requirements  for  all 
kinds  of  piping  and  various  wares,  and  form  the  basis  of  the 


specifications  for  each  particular  installation  prepared  by  these 
departments.  They  are  also  so  used  by  some  architects  in  their 
regular  practice. 

These  specifications  may  be  obtained  from  the  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  at  75  cents  a copy. 

The  Navy  Department  issues  specifications  for  “Naval  Stores  and 
Materials,”  as  described  under  3Aia;  those  pertaining  to  plumb- 
ing materials,  other  than  the  fixtures  and  fittings  referred  to 
above,  will  be  found  completely  listed  in  the  “Index  to  Specifica- 
tions” (3Aiai). 

For  publications  by  other  governmental  departments  concerning 
materials,  devices,  and  workmanship  pertaining  to  hydraulics 
and  sanitation,  see  the  listings  under  the  different  subdivisions. 


Public  Health,  Water  Works,  Plumbing  and  Other  Associations 

United  States  Public  Health  Service  See 


9Bl  American  Public  Health  Association 

Secretary:  Salskar  M.  Gunn,  126  Mass.  Ave.,  Boston. 
Publications: 

(a)  “American  Journal  of  Public  Health.” 

( b ) Also,  “Standard  Methods  for  the  Analysis  of  Water,  Sewage, 

Air,  and  Milk.” 

Its  objects  are  to  protect  and  promote  public  and  per- 
sonal health.  The  Association  has  seven  sections:  Labora- 
tory, Public  Health,  Administration,  Vital  Statistics, 
Sanitary  Engineering,  Sociological  Industrial  Hygiene, 
and  Food  and  Drugs. 

Serial  No.  9 


9m  SB2  American  Society  of  Sanitary  Engi- 
neering 

President:  Wm.  C.  Groeniger,  State  Health  Dept., 
Columbus,  Ohio. 

Publications: 

(a)  Proceedings  of  Annual  Meetings. 

Composed  of  inspectors  of  plumbing,  sanitary  engi- 
neers, health  officers,  and  others  interested  in  its  objects. 
Any  manufacturer  of  sanitary  goods  is  eligible  as  a con- 
tributing member.  Committees  of  the  Society  engaged  in 
work  of  interest  to  architects  and  builders  are:  on  Research; 

96  Vol,  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  9 


Causes  of  Iron  Rust  in  Domestic  Water-Supply;  on  House- 
Traps;  on  Standardization  of  Brass  Goods;  on  U.  S. 
Standards  with  respect  to  Plumbing  Installation  in 
Government  Buildings. 

9B3  Water  Works  Associations 

Of  great  importance  are  the  results  accomplished  by 
organizations  formed  to  advance  the  design,  construction, 
operation,  and  management  of  water  works.  These 
include: 

9B3a  American  Water  Works  Association 
Secretary:  J.  M.  Diven,  47  State  St.,  Troy,  N.  Y. 
Publications: 

1.  The  Journal  of  the  American  Water  Works  Association.  Quarterly: 

March,  and  thereafter.  Supplements  give  the  proceedings  of  the 
annual  conventions  and  lists  of  officers,  committees,  and  members. 

2.  Standard  Specifications  for  Cast  Iron  Water  Pipe  and  Special 

Castings  (adopted  May  12,  1908). 

3.  Standard  Specifications  for  Hydrants  and  Valves  (adopted  June  24, 

1913;  revised  June  9,  1916). 

A joint  committee  is  now  at  work  on  revisions  of  these  stan- 
dards. 

Other  committees  working  on  subjects  of  interest  to  architects 
and  constructors  are  those  on:  Electrolysis,  Standard  Specifica- 
tions for  Wrought  Iron  Pipe,  Plumbing  Code  and  Control  of 
Plumbers,  City  Planning,  and  Private  Fire  Protection  Service. 

9B3b  New  England  Water  Works  Associa- 
tion 

Secretary:  Willard  Kent,  Narragansett  Pier,  R.  I. 
Publications: 

1.  Journal  of  the  New  England  Water  Works  Association.  Quarterly. 

Contains  papers  presented  at  the  six  regular  meetings  each  year, 
with  discussions,  and  list  of  officers  and  reports  of  committees. 

2.  Standard  Specifications  for  Cast-Iron  Pipe  and  Special  Castings. 

(Adopted  Sept,  io,  1902.) 

3.  Index.  Lists  articles,  papers  and  other  information  contained  in 

“The  Transactions,”  from  1883  to  1885,  and  in  the  Journal  from 
Volume  I to  date. 

9B3c  Water  Works  Manufacturers'  Associa- 
tion 

Secretary:  E.  K.  Sorenson,  15  Broad  Street,  New  York 
City. 

Issues  no  publications. 

9B4  National  Association  of  Master 

Plumbers  Of  the  U.  S.  Organized  1883. 

Secretary:  A.  A.  Zertanna,  4337  Manchester  Ave., 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Publications: 

(a)  Convention  Proceedings,  published  annually. 

Aims  to  establish  harmonious  and  equitable  relations 
between  master  plumbers,  hydraulic  and  sanitary  engi- 
neers, journeymen  plumbers,  and  other  employees,  and 
manufacturers  and  jobbers  in  supplies  used  in  plumbing, 
heating,  gas-fitting  and  the  drainage  business;  to  educate 
apprentices  in  plumbing  and  to  establish  an  apprentice- 
ship system;  and  to  promote  the  standardization  of  fittings 
and  other  plumbing  goods. 

This  Association,  together  with  the  National  Associa- 
tion of  Master  Steam  and  Hot  Water  Fitters,  was  repre- 
sented in  a joint  conference  in  November,  1913,  with  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects  to  consider  the  advisa- 
bility of  the  direct  letting  of  mechanical  equipment  con- 
tracts, which  resulted  in  the  adoption  by  the  Institute  of 
the  resolution  quoted  under  9G a. 

Serial  No.  9 


9B5  Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe  Makers'  Associa- 
tions 

Eastern  Soil  Pipe  Association 

Secretary:  Chas.  F.  Tuttle,  269  Clinton  Ave.,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y. 

Southern  Soil  Pipe  Association. 

Secretary:  M.  W.  Bush,  Birmingham,  Ala. 

Publications: 

(a)  “Complete  Specification  for  Cast-iron  Soil  Pipe  and  Fittings.” 

(b)  “A  Nation-wide  Comparison  of  House-drainage  Piping.” 

(z)  “Cast-iron  Soil  Pipe  vs.  Wrought  Pipe — for  House-drainage.” 
(J)  Numerous  reprinted  technical  papers  pertaining  to  house-drainage 
piping. 

Copies  of  any  of  the  above  will  be  sent  upon  application. 

The  chief  object  of  these  Associations  is  to  standardize 
the  manufacture  of  all  extra  heavy  cast-iron  soil  pipe  and 
fittings  so  that  a single  specification  covers  the  product 
used  by  all  consumers.  These  specifications  are  for  adop- 
tion in  Federal  and  municipal  plumbing  rules  or  regula- 
tions and  cover  in  detail  the  weights  of  fittings  as  well  as 
pipe,  the  quality  of  iron  used  in  pipe,  testing  of  pipe,  mark- 
ing, dimensions  and  radii  of  bends,  hubs,  etc.  Another 
object  of  these  Associations  is  to  promote  sanitation  by  the 
use  of  cast-iron  soil  pipe  for  all  house-drainage,  that  is 
for  house-sewers,  house-drains,  soil-stacks,  vents,  and 
leader  lines. 

9B6  American  Concrete  Pipe  Association 

Secretary-Treasurer:  J.  H.  Libberton,  210  S.  La  Salle  St., 
Chicago,  111. 

Publications: 

(a)  Proceedings  of  Annual  Conventions,  containing  papers  and  dis- 
cussions on  all  phases  of  the  manufacture,  use,  and  application 
of  cement  sewer  pipe  and  drain  tile. 

This  organization  is  composed  entirely  of  men  who  are 
interested  in  concrete  sewer  pipe,  irrigation  pipe,  and  drain 
tile,  either  as  manufacturers  of  the  pipe  itself  or  as  manu- 
facturers of  equipment  for  making  such  pipe. 

The  Association  cooperates  with  the  A.S.T.M.  and 
other  organizations  in  the  formulation  of  standard  speci- 
fications. 

SB7  The  Sewer  Pipe  Manufacturers'  Asso- 
ciation 

Field  Commissioner:  John  L.  Rice,  Second  National 

Bank  Building,  Akron,  Ohio. 

Publications: 

(a)  “Vitrified  Clay  Pipe.”  32  pp.,  illus.  Contains  description  of  Salt 

Glazing,  Results  of  Tests,  and  Specifications  for  Sewer  Pipe 
and  the  Laying  of  Sewer  Pipe. 

(b)  “About  Culverts.”  32  pp.,  illus.  Contains  Basic  Principles,  Types, 

Definitions,  Sizes,  Costs,  Diagrams  and  Culvert  Design,  the 
latter  by  P.  K.  Sheilder  from  Proceedings  of  Ohio  Engineering 
Society. 

(c)  "Clay  Products  for  Building  Construction.”  32  pp.,  illus.  Con- 

cerns Vitrified  Clay  Pipe  for  House  Drains,  Wall  Copings,  Flue 
Linings,  and  Fire  Clay  Chimney  Tops,  and  contains  Building 
Code  Suggestions  and  diagrams  from  publications  of  the 
N.B.F.U.  and  the  N.F.P.A. 

{d)  The  latter  includes,  “House  Drain  Specifications,”  approved 
by  the  Association,  with  illustrations  of  Vitrified  Clay  Sewer 
Pipe  and  Fittings. 

This  Association  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
moting the  welfare  of  the  sewer  pipe  industry  and  to  the 
end  that  the  public  might  be  more  fully  informed  as  to 
the  adaptability  of  vitrified  clay  pipe  and  other  clay 
products  and  as  to  the  best  manner  of  using  them. 

A committee  is  now  working  on  the  subject  of  stan- 
dardized practice  with  respect  to  the  manufacture  and 
laying  of  sewer  pipe. 


97 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


9Ci  Housing  Associations  and  Other  Volunteer  Organizations  Which 
Work  for  Improvement  of  Sanitation  in  Buildings 

(Written  for  the  Journal  by  John  Ihlder) 


The  importance  of  good  sanitary  standards  is  becom- 
ing generally  recognized,  but  the  old  easy  distinction  be- 
tween what  is  necessary  for  me  and  what  for  the  other  fel- 
low still  makes  necessary  a great  amount  of  educational 
work.  In  our  progressive  cities  the  operative  builders 
find  it  so  difficult  to  sell  or  rent  new  houses  without  sani- 
tary toilets  and  even  bathtubs,  that  they  themselves  often 
build  the  sewers. 

This  applies  not  only  to  expensive  houses  for  the  well- 
to-do,  but,  in  some  cases,  even  to  the  less  expensive  for 
the  wage-earner.  In  cities  where  it  is  the  policy  for  the 
municipality  to  pay  all  or  a considerable  proportion  of  the 
cost  of  sewer-extension  out  of  general  funds,  as  in  Phila- 
delphia, the  builder  of  wage-earners’  houses,  who  must 
work  on  the  smallest  possible  margin,  is  between  two  in- 
fluences. He  cannot  build  sewers  at  his  own  expense  en- 
entirely  and  yet  compete  with  the  builder  on  a city-sewered 
street;  he  cannot  sell  his  houses  unless  he  at  least  holds 
out  a promise  that  they  will  have  modern  sanitary  con- 
veniences. This  creates  a strong  demand  for  rapid  sewer 
extension,  but  pending  such  extension  he  does  all  he  can. 
For  instance,  I saw  recently  a group  of  three-bedroom 
brick  houses  on  the  far  outskirts  of  southwestern  Phila- 
delphia, now  nearing  completion,  which  are  to  sell  for 
$2,600 — a low  price  in  these  times.  Each  has  a good- 
sized  bathroom  containing  tub  and  basin  and  pipes  for 
water-closet.  The  waste  from  tub,  basin,  and  kitchen  sink 
flows  into  a temporary  wooden  sewer  that  empties  into  a 
nearby  creek.  In  the  back  yard  is  a temporary  privy  which 
will  be  replaced  by  a water-closet  in  the  bathroom  as  soon 
as  the  Ward  Business  Men’s  Improvement  Club — of 
which  the  builder  is  a very  active  member — can  secure  an 
extension  of  the  city  sewer  system.  Without  these  visible 
tokens  of  an  imminent  change  at  minimum  expense  the 
houses  would  not  be  salable. 

This  is  in  part  a result  of  the  work  of  housing  associa- 
tions and  committees  which  for  years  have  insisted  that 
the  well-being  of  the  community  demands  as  good  sani- 
tary conditions  for  the  wage-earner’s  family  as  for  families 
of  those  of  a higher  economic  status.  Not  only  has  the 
wage-earner  himself  come  to  accept  this,  but  public  opin- 
ion has  begun  to  support  it  also. 

So  the  sanitary  problem  of  the  new  house  seems  to  be 
nearly  settled  with  the  acceptance  of  a sound  public 
policy  backed  by  the  continued  interest  of  those  most 
directly  concerned.  But  this  very  acceptance  of  a right 
policy  for  new  houses  makes  more  difficult  the  problem  of 
the  old  house  in  the  poorer  districts  of  our  large  cities  in 
the  East.  Here  are  large  areas  where  houses  were  built 
long  before  modern  sanitation  began,  before  the  modern 
water-closet  had  been  invented,  before  the  stationary 
bathtub  had  been  thought  of.  In  these  houses  the  opera- 
tive builder  has  considerably  less  than  no  interest — they 
compete  with  his  new  houses,  and  he  is  quite  willing  that 
they  should  not  be  made  more  attractive  than  their  central 
location  inevitably  makes  them.  Moreover,  where  the 
city  pays  all  or  a considerable  part  of  the  cost  of  sewer 
extension,  there  is  such  competition  for  a share  in  the 
appropriations  that  these  rarely  suffice  to  go  around.  The 
owners  of  the  old  houses  are  frequently  indifferent.  To 
begin  with,  they  often  have  a backward-looking  instead  of 
forward-looking  habit  of  mind.  Their  houses  never  had 
sanitary  conveniences.  Frequently  they  are  houses  that 
once  sheltered  the  city’s  aristocrats.  What  was  good 

Serial  No.  9 


enough  for  the  former  inhabitants  certainly  is  good  enough 
for  the  present  ones.  This  habit  of  mind  is  buttressed  by 
the  fact  that  the  houses,  being  centrally  located,  are 
usually  easily  rented  so  long  as  they  are  at  all  habitable. 
The  immigrant  is  not  particular.  What  he  desires  most  is 
to  live  among  his  countrymen  and  to  be  near  his  work. 
Why  then  should  the  owner  go  to  any  expense  to  remodel 
and  refit  the  old  building?  So  in  these  old  districts  the 
housing  workers  and  allied  groups  have  a distinct  and 
more  difficult  task  since  they  are  working  for  a population 
whose  ignorance  makes  them  comparatively  indifferent 
and  against,  instead  of  with,  a strong  group  who  have 
financial  interests  in  the  properties.  Yet  even  here  they 
are  making  notable  progress,  backed  though  they  are  only 
by  a slowly  awakening  public  opinion  and  by  a slowly  in- 
creasing knowledge  on  the  part  of  the  inhabitants  as  to 
what  unsanitary  conditions  mean  to  them  personally. 

In  some  of  the  smaller  cities,  even  in  the  East,  there 
are  practically  no  houses  without  sewer-connected  sani- 
tary conveniences,  as  in  Savannah,  Ga.,  and  Mt.  Vernon, 
N.  Y.  Washington  has  reached  almost  as  high  a standing. 
In  New  York  City  practically  all  the  tenement  houses  are 
equipped  with  sanitary  water-closets,  and  an  increasing 
proportion  have  bathtubs.  In  Baltimore,  where  a new 
sewer  system  and  disposal  plant  have  recently  been  com- 
pleted, it  is  proposed  to  require  that  every  dwelling  in  the 
city  sball  be  sewer-connected,  and  it  is  already  required 
that  every  new  house  containing  four  or  more  rooms  shall 
have  a bathtub  with  all  necessary  supply  and  waste  pipes. 

Even  in  Philadelphia,  where  past  neglect  has  permitted 
the  development  of  very  unsanitary  conditions,  there  has 
been  notable  progress  in  recent  years.  According  to  the 
official  figures  more  than  8,000  privy  vaults  are  being 
abandoned  annually  and  sanitary  water-closets  installed 
in  their  places.  Were  it  not  for  the  building  of  new  vaults 
on  unsewered  streets,  Philadelphia  might  look  forward 
with  confidence  to  the  end  of  this  menace  within  a few 
years,  despite  the  opposition  of  some  owners  and  the 
slowness  of  sewer  construction  in  the  oldest  districts.  In 
these  districts  there  are  still  approximately  30  miles  of 
unsewered  streets.  Illustration  of  the  worst  of  them  is  a 
dead-end  segment  of  Spring  Street  near  the  Delaware 
River.  Spring  Street  at  this  point  is  only  about  12  feet 
wide.  Opening  off  it  is  a court  where  stands  an  old  house 
on  the  site  occupied  by  Benjamin  Franklin’s  home  in  1748. 
The  houses  here  are  packed  so  closely  together  that  in  one 
place  it  has  been  necessary  to  make  a two-story  privy  to 
provide  for  four  houses.  The  Bureau  of  Surveys  does  not 
wish  to  put  such  dead-end  streets  on  the  city  plan  because 
they  should  not  be  perpetuated.  Unless  a street  is  on  the 
city  plan,  sewer  extension  can  not  be  compelled.  Some  of 
the  owners — among  them  resident  owners — do  not  wish 
the  expense  of  sewer  extension  and  connections.  The  city 
has  not  the  power  and  there  is  as  yet  no  public  opinion  in 
favor  of  clearing  and  replanning  such  an  area. 

It  is  with  such  complicated  situations  as  this  that  hous- 
ing workers  in  the  older  cities  are  compelled  to  deal.  Con- 
sidered individually  such  situations  are  almost  hopeless; 
only  the  slow  and  uncertain  extension  of  business  and  in- 
dustrial areas  can  wipe  them  out.  But  we  are  getting 
beyond  the  individual  situation  to  the  development  of 
city-wide  policies  in  city  planning  and  rebuilding.  In  that 
lies  our  main  hope  and  to  that  we  are  led  by  our  desire  to 
improve  the  sanitation  of  the  individual  house.  Plumbing 

Vol.  I,  1917 


98 


SERIAL  NO.  9 


has  wide  ramifications.  The  well-to-do  recognize  its 
importance  for  themselves.  The  more  ambitious  of  the 
wage-earners  are  willing  to  sacrifice  time  and  carfare  to 
secure  it  for  themselves.  Public  opinion  recognizes  its 
desirability  in  a general  way  but  has  not  yet  become  con- 
vinced of  its  necessity  for  the  immigrant  and  the  unskilled 
laborer. 

To  show  this  necessity  is  one  of  the  tasks  of  housing 
associations  and  committees.  New  York,  because  it  first 
developed  intolerable  conditions,  was  the  first  to  make  seri- 
ous efforts  for  their  reformation.  It  has  had  housing,  or 
tenement  house,  committees  for  many  years.  The  present 
committees  of  the  Charity  Organization  Society  and  of  the 
Brooklyn  Bureau  of  Charities  are  very  active  organiza- 
tions, and  to  the  former  New  York  owes  its  present  tene- 
ment house  law,  enacted  in  1901.  Philadelphia,  Boston, 
Pittsburgh,  Washington,  Chicago,  and  other  large  cities 
long  ago  organized  committees  or  conferences  to  work  for 
better  sanitation  and  housing.  The  first  of  these  had  their 
inception  among  people  interested  primarily  in  social  work 
among  the  poor,  for  to  them  came  first-hand  knowledge. 
But  of  late  years  chambers  of  commerce  and  other  organiza- 
tions have  taken  up  the  work  because  of  its  direct  effect 
upon  the  continued  prosperity  of  the  community.  Phila- 
delphia was  the  first  city  to  establish  an  independent 
housing  association  which  should  deal  with  all  phases  of 
the  question  and  coordinate  the  work  of  all  other  agencies 
so  far  as  they  touch  housing.  This  the  Association’s 
independent  position  has  enabled  it  to  do  much  more 
effectively  than  could  a committee  of  an  organization 
having  other  interests.  There  are  now  nearly  seventy 
agencies  in  Philadelphia  cooperating  with  the  Housing 
Association  by  reporting  to  it  the  unsanitary  conditions 
they  find  in  the  course  of  their  work.  Among  these  are 
hospitals,  social  settlements,  local  improvement  societies, 
and  such  business  organizations  as  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce. 

The  organization  of  the  Philadelphia  Housing  Associa- 
tion in  September,  1909,  preceded  by  a few  months  that 
of  the  National  Housing  Association,  which  has  had  a 
great  influence  in  stimulating  interest  throughout  the 
country.  Its  annual  conferences  have  been  of  great  educa- 
tional value.  Largely  as  a result  of  its  work  there  are  now 
more  than  a hundred  cities  in  which  there  are  active  organ- 
izations. Most  of  these  are  committees  of  charity  organ- 
ization societies,  chambers  of  commerce,  city  clubs,  or 
improvement  associations.  But  several  cities  are  progress- 
ing beyond  this  stage  to  that  of  the  independent  association 
which  can  devote  all  its  energies  to  housing  and  can  more 
effectively  coordinate  the  housing  work  of  other  agencies. 
Among  these  are  Chicago,  Cincinnati,  and  Pittsburgh. 
There  are  several  state  organizations,  like  the  Pennsylvania 
Housing  and  Town  Planning  Association,  the  Indiana 
Housing  Association,  and  the  New  Jersey  Housing  Asso- 
ciation, besides  committees  of  such  state  organizations  as 
the  Massachusetts  Civic  League.  These  hold  annual  con- 
ferences. Even  in  the  national  field  housing  has  been 
recognized  by  the  National  Conference  on  City  Planning 
(now  the  City  Planning  Institute)  and  by  the  National 
Real  Estate  Association,  which  has  a housing  committee. 

In  addition,  there  are  in  a number  of  cities  housing 
companies  that  build  and  manage  improved  wage-earners’ 
dwellings  on  a limited  dividend  basis.  Some  of  the  earliest 
of  these,  as  is  so  often  the  case  in  first  attempts,  have  ceased 
operations  or  have  failed  to  live  up  to  their  promise.  The 
oldest  that  has  enjoyed  continuous  success  is  the  Octavia 
Hill  Association  in  Philadelphia,  founded  in  1896  and  still 
growing.  The  Housing  Association  owes  its  being  to  the 
Octavia  Hill  Association,  whose  officers  were  its  founders. 

Serial  No.  9 


Other  conspicuous  companies  of  this  character  are  the 
City  and  Suburban  Homes  Company  in  New  York  City, 
the  Sanitary  Housing  Company  and  the  Sanitary  Im- 
provement Company  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  the  Model 
Homes  Company  in  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  the  Woodlawn 
Company  in  Wilmington,  Del.,  and  the  Improved  Dwell- 
ings Company,  in  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (See  the  pamphlet 
referred  to  under  9L39  which  lists  these  companies,  village 
improvement  associations,  and  others.) 

In  all  these  developments  the  installation  of  sanitary 
conveniences  is  a conspicuous  feature,  as  is  evidenced  in 
the  names  of  some.  While  the  later  companies  do  not  lay 
the  emphasis  upon  sanitation  that  the  older  ones  did, 
this  means  not  that  sanitation  is  considered  less  important, 
but  that  it  has  become  so  generally  understood  as  not  to 
require  emphasis.  The  greatest  single  motive  for  this  work, 
as  in  that  of  the  increasing  number  of  industrial  villages 
now  being  built  by  the  large  corporations,  is  to  provide 
sanitary  dwellings  for  the  wage-earner. 

The  increasing  interest  in  this  question  is  shown  by  the 
growing  number  of  reports  describing  conditions  in  our 
cities.  Illustrative  of  them  are  the  reports  published  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Russel  Sage  Foundation  on  Springfield, 
111.,  Topeka,  Kan.,  and  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  dealing  with  public 
health  and  with  housing,  and  such  independent  reports 
as  those  on  housing  in  Providence,  R.  I.,  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.,  Minneapolis,  Cleveland,  which  concern  themselves 
largely  with  sanitary  conditions  and  methods  for  their 
improvement. — John  Ihlder. 

(Editor’s  Note. — In  certain  reports  which  will  be  found  mentioned 
under  the  various  subdivisions,  particularly  under  9L,  references  are 
made  to  the  subject  of  sanitation  and  public  health  and  to  constructional 
work  in  connection  therewith.  Among  these  are:  The  Annual  Reports  of 
the  Director  General  of  the  International  Health  Commission  to  the 
President  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation;  the  Annual  Reports  of  the 
Department  of  Engineering,  City  of  Hartford,  Conn.,  and  others.] 

9C2  Other  Allied  Interests  and  Influences 

The  American  Ceramic  Society,  mentioned  under  3C1, 
is  an  important  factor  in  the  development  of  porcelain  and 
vitreous  ware  used  in  plumbing,  in  addition  to  which  there 
are  many  state  or  local  clay  working  associations  which 
hold  meetings  and  conventions. 

There  is  record  of  the  National  Organization  of  Health 
Officials  and  also  of  the  Confederated  Supply  Association,* 
the  latter  representing  the  various  associations  of  plumb- 
ing supply  dealers,  both  of  which  are  referred  to  under  9Gb. 

There  is  also  record  of  the  Enameled  Sanitary  Ware 
Manufacturers’  Association,  concerning  which  no  infor- 
mation has  yet  been  obtained. 

There  is  also  the  American  Institute  of  Metals  and  the 
National  Association  of  Brass  Manufacturers  and  others 
which  are  interested  in  metal  plumbing  accessories.  These 
will  be  described  later  under  Metal  Products. 

For  description  of  the  Range  Boiler  Exchange  see  9F1. 

There  are,  of  course,  “labor  organizations”  of  the 
artisans,  mechanics,  and  others  employed  upon  the  various 
branches  of  the  work  embraced  within  a plumbing  instal- 
lation, an  activity  of  one  of  which  is  referred  to  under  9K1. 

*For  some  publications  of  C.S.A.,  see  9L48. 

9C3  Educational  and  Research  Work 

In  the  colleges,  technical  and  other  institutions  of  the 
country  instruction  in  hydraulics  and  sanitation  is  being 
cared  for.  A list  of  many  of  such,  including  those  wherein 
branches  of  the  A.S.M.E.  are  located,  was  given  under  1 B30. 

A practical  indication  of  interest  from  without  was 
manifested  when  recently  awards  were  made  of  the  Nelson 
Prizes  in  Plumbing.  These  were  presented  through  the 

Vol.  I,  1917 


99 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


courtesy^of  the  Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe  Makers  Advertising 
Association  for  the  best  papers  on  the  “Practice  or  Theory 
of  Plumbing”  prepared  by  any  student  or  instructor  in 
Harvard  University  or  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  or  by  any  student  or  instructor  in  other  insti- 
tutions of  learning  who  had  had  training  in  the  theory  or 
practice  of  house-drainage.  The  Chairman  of  the  Com- 
mittee in  charge  of  the  awards  was  George  C.  Whipple, 
Professor  of  Sanitary  Engineering,  Harvard  University, 
and  the  prizes  were  named  for  N.  O.  Nelson,  a manu- 
facturer of  plumbing  supplies  who  has  devoted  himself  to 
the  general  improvement  of  living  conditions. 

First  prize  of  $100  was  awarded  to  Thomas  J.  Claffy, 


Assistant  Chief  Sanitary  Inspector,  Health  Department, 
Chicago,  111.,  for  a paper  entitled  “Plumbing.”  Second 
prize  of  $50  to  James  W.  Anderson,  student  graduating 
in  the  class  of  1917  from  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  for  paper  entitled  “A 
Study  of  the  Different  Types  of  Pipes  Used  in  the  Dis- 
posal of  Rain  Water  from  Buildings.”  Third  prize  of  $50 
to  Walter  G.  Ward,  Instructor,  North  Dakota  Agricul- 
tural College,  Agricultural  College,  N.  D.,  for  a paper 
entitled  “Water  Closet  Connections.” 

A new  contest  similar  to  the  one  just  completed,  but 
involving  awards  approximating  $750,  is  planned  for  the 
ensuing  year. 


9D  Water  Supply,  Storage,  Utilization  and  Incoming  Pipes  (See,  also,  9M  and  12H) 


Many  publications  are  issued  dealing  with  investiga- 
tions and  developments  in  connection  with  hydraulics, 
public  water  supplies,  reservoirs,  standpipes,  pumping 
equipment,  and  other  phases  of  this  subject.  These 
are  also  treated  in  the  leading  pocket-books,  handbooks, 
and  other  literature  prepared  for  the  use  of  architects, 
engineers,  and  constructionists.  Independent  private 
water  supplies  will  usually  be  found  treated  in  the  publica- 
tions of  the  manufacturers  which  specialize  in  their  pro- 
duction and  installation.  Much  attention  has  been  given 
to  the  development  of  standards  in  the  manufacture  of 
water  pipes  by  associations  and  societies  whose  activities 
are  elsewhere  referred  to  and  the  results  of  which  are  listed 
under  this  heading  and  under  those  subdivisions  which 
follow  pertaining  to  water.  The  subject  of  trenching  for 
and  laying  of  pipes  has  been  carefully  studied,  the  interest 
in  which  is  confined  not  alone  to  water  or  incoming  pipes 
but  to  drains  or  outgoing  pipes.  In  other  ways  the  sub- 
jects of  water-supply  and  drainage  are  interlaced  and  so 
closely  related  to  the  public  health  that  the  references 
under  9L  which  treat  of  outgoing  pipes  should  also  be 
consulted. 

For  Tanks,  Reservoirs,  and  Tank  Supports,  being 
Regulations  and  Standards  pertaining  to  these  subjects, 
see  April  Journal  4D5. 

1.  The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  (2A1  h)  has  published  about  400 

reports  on  various  phases  of  water-supply  and  conditions  likely 
to  be  met  with  in  different  parts  of  the  country. 

2.  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  (2A3)  has  issued: 

(a)  Technical  Paper  33,  “Sanitation  at  Mining  Villages  in  the 

Birmingham  District,  Ala.”  (9L1  a),  contains  a section  on 
“Water  Supply.” 

( b ) Bulletin  87,  “Houses  for  Mining  Towns”  (ghie),  contains 

sections  on  “Responsibility  for  Water  Supply”  and 
“Sources  of  Water  Supply.” 

3.  The  U.  S.  Reclamation  Service  issues: 

(<z)“List  of  Publications,”  No.  3,  1916.  In  same  will  be  found 
many  references  to  reports  and  bulletins  on  water  supplies, 
farm  plats,  and  town  sites,  including  maps,  specifications 
and  drawings  which  may  be  had  upon  application  to 
Arthur  P.  Davis,  Director  and  Chief  Engineer,  2212  First 
St.,  Washington,  D.  C.,  or  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 
ments, Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(i)  “The  Reclamation  Record,”  a regular  bulletin  of  service, 
issued  monthly  and  contains  many  illustrated  articles. 
Subscription  50  cents  per  year. 

4.  Read  the  “Indexes  to  Transactions  and  Proceedings”  and  other 

publications  of  the  American  Water  Works  Association,  The 
N.  E.  Water  Works  Association,  and  others  described  under  9B 
for  references  to  complete  libraries  of  information  on  the  subject, 
not  alone  of  water,  but  of  all  appurtenances  and  allied  subjects. 

5.  See  “Review  of  Current  Technical  Literature”  and  ’Journal  of  the 

A.S.M.E.  for  information  on  all  phases  of  this  subject.  Also 
reports  of  committees  in  that  Society  on  Filter  Standardization. 
See,  also,  Standards  recommended  in  reports  of  committees 
received  by  the  Council  of  the  A.S.M.E.  (Serial  No.  10.)  as 
follows : 

(a)  Special  Reports  on  Standard  Pipe,  Pipe  Threads,  and  Pipe 
Unions. 


( b ) Separate  Reports  on  Standard  Threads  for  Hose  Couplings, 
Standard  of  Pipe  Thread  Gages,  and  Standard  Thickness 
Gage  for  Metals. 

(r)  The  American  Standard  for  Pipe  Flanges,  Fittings,  and 
Bolting. 

6.  See  “Proceedings”  of  the  A.S.C.E.  for  lists  of  “Current  Engineering 

Literature,”  on  matters  connected  with  water-supply.  Also 
reports  of  the  committee  in  that  Society  on  “A  National  Water 
Law.” 

7.  “Reservoirs,”  by  James  Dix  Schuyler,  573  pp.,  illus.,  contains 

sections  on  Domestic  Water  Supply,  Types  of  Dams,  and  the 
Methods,  Plans,  and  Cost  of  Their  Construction;  also  Distribu- 
tion, Application,  and  Use  of  Water  and  the  Rainfall  and  Run- 
off from  various  Watersheds. 

8.  “Water-Supply  Engineering,”  A.  Prescott  Folwell.  570  pp.,  illus. 

Included  in  the  Contents  are:  Sources  of  Supply,  Gravity  Sys- 
tems, Pumping  Systems,  Hydraulics,  Dams  and  Embankments, 
Pumping  and  Pumping  Engines,  Practical  Construction,  Pumping- 
plants  and  Filters,  Pipes  and  Conduits. 

9.  “Waterworks  Handbook,”  by  A.  D.  Flinn,  R.  S.  Weston,  and  C.  L. 

Bogert.  824  pp.,  illus.,  31 1 tables.  Contents  include:  Dams, 
Wells,  Equipment  for  Treating  Water,  Aqueducts,  Pipes, 
Pumps,  Pumping  Stations  and  Equipment,  Standpipes  and 
Tanks,  Non-ferrous  Metals  (also  corrosion  of  iron  and  steel). 

10.  “Towers  and  Tanks  for  Water  Works,”  J.  N.  Hazelhurst.  325  pp., 

illus. 

11.  “Water  Works  for  Small  Cities  and  Towns,”  John  Goodeli.  286 

pp.,  illus.  Contents  include:  Dams,  The  Utilization  of  Springs, 
Open  Wells,  Driven  Wells,  Deep  and  Artesian  Wells,  Pumps,  The 
Air  Lift,  Pumping  Stations,  Pipes,  and  The  Quantity  of  Water  to 
Be  Provided. 

12.  “Waterworks  Distribution,”  J.  A.  McPherson.  175  pp.,  illus.  A 

practical  guide  to  the  laying  out  of  systems  of  distributing  mains 
for  the  supply  of  water  to  cities  and  towns. 

13.  “Small  Water  Supplies,”  F.  N.  Taylor.  180  pp.,  illus.  A practical 

treatise  on  the  methods  of  collecting,  storing,  and  conveying 
water  for  domestic  use  in  country  estates,  small  villages,  and 
farms.  Contents  include:  Wells  and  Well-sinking,  Noises  in 
Water  Pipes  and  Their  Causes. 

14.  "American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  (9G22),  Mansfield 

Merriman,  pp.  914-927:  Section  on  “Collection  of  Water.” 

15.  “Elements  of  Sanitary  Engineering,”  (9L15),  Mansfield  Merriman, 

contains  information  on  “Water  Supply  Systems”  and  “New 
Water  Supply  for  New  York  City.” 

16.  “Clean  Water  and  How  to  Get  It,”  (9E1),  Allen  Hazen,  treats  of 

water-supply  from  various  sources. 

17  “Water  Purification  and  Sewage  Disposal,”  J.  Tillmans.  Trans- 

lated by  Hugh  S.  Taylor.  169  pp.,  illus.  A critical  survey  of  the 
work  of  German  authorities  in  developing  modern  methods  for 
suitable  water-supplies  and  the  adequate  disposal  of  sewage. 

18  “Treatise  on  Hydraulics,”  Mansfield  Merriman.  565  pp.,  illus 

Contents  include,  besides  all  Fundamental  Data:  Water  Supply 
and  Water  Power,  Water  Wheels,  Turbines,  Pumps  and  Pumping. 

19.  “Treatise  on  Hydraulics,"  Henry  T.  Bovey.  582  pp.  Contents 

include  descriptions  and  illustrations  of  Rams,  Presses,  Accumu- 
lators, Water-pressure  Engines,  Vertical  Water-Wheels,  Tur- 
bines and  Centrifugal  Pumps. 

20.  “Water  Power  Engineering,”  D.  W.  Mead,  843  pp.,  illus.  Covers 

the  theory,  investigation,  and  development  of  water  power  and 
presents  fully  the  details  of  the  entire  engineering  problem  from 
the  first  investigation  to  the  complete  plant. 

21.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings,”  Chapter  IV 

(9G1 — ),  contains  a section  on  Water  Supply,  with  information  as 
to  service  installations  and  data  on  sizes  and  kinds  of  service 
pipes  and  branch  water-supply  pipes. 

See,  also,  p.  384  of  this  book  for  Table  of  Capacity  of  Cylindrical 
Tanks. 


Serial  No.  9 


IOO 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  9 


22.  See  "Sanitation  of  Public  Buildings”  (9G4),  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard, 

for  sections  relating  to  water-supply  and  utilization. 

23.  See  “Water  Supply,  Sewerage,  and  Plumbing  of  Modern  City 

Buildings”  (9G5),  by  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard,  for  information  on 
Domestic  Water  Supply,  The  Water  Supply  of  Large  Modern 
Buildings,  and  other  data. 

24.  See  Chapter  IX  on  Water  Supply  Systems  in  “Mechanical  Equip- 

ment of  School  Buildings”  (9G8),  H.  L.  Alt. 

25.  “The  Sanitation,  Water  Supply  and  Sewage  Disposal  of  Country 

Houses”  (9G7),  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard,  dwells  upon  the  sources  of 
water,  various  modes  of  raising  and  storing  water  and  its  dis- 
tribution, and  gives  detailed  advice  on  how  to  obtain  a satis- 
factory water-supply. 

26.  See  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book”  (9G9),  F.  E.  Kidder, 

for  information  on  Private  Water  Supply  Pumps,  Construction  of 
Cylindrical  Wooden  Tanks,  Capacity  of  Tanks,  Windmills, 

Fire  Streams. 

27.  “Domestic  Sanitation  and  Plumbing”  (9G13),  A.  H.  Shaw,  con- 

tains water  supply  information  in  Part  II. 

28.  “Sanitary  Plumbing  and  Drainage”  (9G12),  J.  W.  Hart,  contains 

a section  on  water  supply. 

29.  See  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings , 

November,  1915,  pp.  336-338,  for  Paper  No.  196,  entitled  “An 
Experience  with  House  Water  Supply  Piping,”  by  Harry  G. 
Richey. 

30.  See  “I.C.S.  Plumbers’  and  Fitters’  Handbook”  (8G23),  section  on 

“Water  Supply  and  Distribution”  for  information  on  ‘Sizes  of 
Street  Service  Pipes  Suction  Lifts,  Sizes  of  Wooden  Tanks,  Size  of 
Water  Pipes  in  Building,  and  Air  Locks  in  Water  Pipes. 

31.  For  Tables  of  Capacity  of  Rectangular  Tanks,  Cylindrical  Tanks, 

Cisterns,  etc.,  see  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades’  Handbooks,”  pp. 
tt  39 9,400- 

32.  “Hydraulic  Tables,”  Gardener  S.  Williams  and  Allen  Hazen.  104 

pp.  Included  in  the  contents  are:  Observations  of  Flow  in  Cast- 
iron,  Riveted  Steel,  Wooden-Stave,  Rectangular  Wooden, 
Cement,  Wrought-iron,  Galvanized-iron,  Brass,  Lead,  and  Glass 
Pipe,  Fire-hose,  Open  Conduits,  Aqueducts,  Brick  Sewers,  and 
Canals. 

33.  “Flow  of  Water,”  L.  Schmeer.  134  pp.,  illus.  A new  theory  on  the 

motion  of  water  under  pressure  and  in  open  conduits,  and  its 
industrial  application. 

34.  “Water  Pipe  and  Sewer  Discharge  Diagrams”  (with  tables  and 

charts),  T.  C.  Ekin.  These  give  the  discharges  in  cubic  feet  per 
minute  of  every  inch  diameter  of  pipe  from  3 to  48  inches. 
Velocity  curves  are  shown  on  the  diagrams. 

35.  “Crosby-Fiske  Handbook  of  Fire  Protection”  contains  tables  on 

the  Flow  of  Water  in  Pipes,  Capacity  of  Full  Smooth  Pipes, 
Friction  of  Water  in  Pipes,  Capacity  of  Wrought  Iron  Pipe. 

36.  “Water  Hammer  in  Hydraulic  Pipe  Lines,”  A.  H.  Gibson.  68  pp. 

illus. 

9E  Filtration  and  Water  Treatments 

The  subject  of  water  purification  is  covered  in  the  fore- 
going principal  division  but  the  following  are  listed  sepa- 
rately for  their  special  interest  in  this  connection. 

1.  “Clean  Water  and  How  to  Get  It,”  Allen  Hazen.  196  pp.,  illus. 

Treats  of:  The  Action  of  Water  on  Iron  Pipes  and  the  Effect 
Thereof  on  the  Quality  of  Water,  Red-water  Troubles,  Develop- 
ment of  Water  Purification  in  America,  Storage  of  Filtered 
Water,  The  Required  Sizes  of  Filters  and  Other  Parts  of  Water 
Works,  Measurement  of  Water. 

2.  “Value  of  Pure  Water,”  Geo.  C.  Whipple.  84  pp.  Included  in  the 

Contents  are:  Benefits  of  Filtration,  Water-softening,  Cost  of 
Filtration,  The  Disadvantages  of  Hard  Water,  Use  of  Hard 
Water  in  the  Household,  in  the  Industries,  and  in  Steam  Making, 
Financial  Loss  from  the  Use  of  Hard  Boiler  Water. 

3.  “Waterworks  Handbook”  (9D9),  A.  D.  Flinn,  contains  informa- 

tion on  Equipment  for  Treating  Water,  Water  Softening,  and 
Filtration. 

4.  “Elements  of  Sanitary  Engineering  (9L15),  M.  Merriman,  con- 

tains information  on  Water  and  Its  Purification,  Water  Filtra- 
tion at  Philadelphia,  and  Water  Filtration  at  Little  Falls,  N.  J. 

5.  “Water  Works  for  Small  Cities  and  Towns”  (9D11),  John  Goodell, 

contains  a section  on  "Clarification  and  Purification  of  Water.” 

6.  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book”  (9G22),  Mansfield 

Merriman,  pp.  927-942:  Section  on  “Purification  of  Water” 
treats  of  Auxiliary  Methods,  Sedimentation,  Sand  for  Filters, 

Sand  Ejectors,  Mechanical  Filters,  and  Results  of  Filtration. 

9F  Heating  and  Cooling  of  Water 

The  same  note  as  made  under  9E  as  to  these  subjects 
being  also  covered  in  the  main  division  9D  applies  here. 

The  heating  of  water  by  gas  was  fully  treated  in  the 
July  Journal  under  subdivision  7K. 

Serial  No.  9 


37.  For  “Water  Pipe  Calculations”  see  “Lefax”  Data  Sheet  -5,  by 

J.  W.  Ledoux. 

38.  See  “The  Hydraulic  Ram,”  “Lefax”  Data  Sheet  7-83.  4 pp.  com- 

piled by  T.  M.  Lane,  with  diagrams. 

39.  For  “Windmills,”  see  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,” 
William  Kent,  1916,  pp.  627-632.  Gives  information  on  Power  and 
Efficiency,  Capacity  and  Economy  of  the  Windmill,  with  tables. 

40.  For  “Windmills,”  see  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,” 
Lionel  S.  Marks,  1916,  pp.  864-865.  Gives  two  tables  and 
important  references  on  the  subject. 

41.  For  “Water  Wheels,”  see  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,” 
Lionel  S.  Marks,  1916,  pp.  1070-1071.  Contains  diagrammatic 
illustrations. 

42.  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (^A^hs)  contains  references  to  information  on 

Cast  Iron  Coated  Water  Pipes  and  Cast  Iron  Water  Mains. 

43.  The  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  have 

issued:  “Laying  Cast  Iron  Water  Pipes  in  Factory  Yards  — 
Rules”  (3A7«i7). 

44.  The  New  England  Water  Works  Association  issues: 

(a)  Standard  Specifications  for  Cast-Iron  Pipe  and  Special  Cast- 
ings (983^2).  Adopted  September  10,  1902.  (See  46  below.) 

45.  The  American  Water  Works  Association  issues  the  following: 

(a)  Standard  Specifications  for  Cast  Iron  Water  Pipe  and  Special 
Castings  (983*2),  adopted  May  12,  1908. 

(h)  Standard  Specifications  for  Hydrants  and  Valves  (983*3), 
adopted  June  24,  1913;  revised  June  9, 1916.  (See  46  below.) 

46.  Note. — Committees  of  the  two  Water  Works  Associations  and  of 

the  Manufacturers’  Association  have  been  working  for  some  time 
in  the  endeavor  to  harmonize  the  differences  between  the  stand- 
ard specifications  above  referred  to. 

47.  The  Standard  Specifications  for  cast  iron  pipe  and  special  castings 

(Serial  Designation  A44-04)  of  the  A.S.T.M.  were  adopted 
November  15,1 904,  and  therefore  antedate  those  of  the  American 
Water  Works  Association. 

These  two  Standard  Specifications,  while  entirely  independent, 
are  identical  for  practical  purposes,  for  while  the  highpressure 
pipe  feature  of  the  A.W.W.A.  specifications  is  of  interest  to  water 
works  officers  generally,  only  the  larger  communities  install  such 
systems. 

The  whole  question  of  Standard  Specifications  for  water  pipe  and 
fittings  is  closely  connected  with  world  trade,  and  hence  the  export 
feature  is  bound  to  come  to  the  front  more  and  more.  Even  the 
present  specifications,  nearly  identical  as  they  are,  should  be  con- 
sidered only  as  fundamental  to  the  international  specifications  of  the 
future.  A very  considerable  step  has  been  taken  in  this  direction  by 
the  International  Association  for  Testing  Materials,  which  has 
before  it  at  the  present  time  a proposed  standard  for  export  use — 
each  pipe-making  country  of  the  world  retaining  its  own  specifica- 
tions but  all  uniting  on  the  international  proposal,  if  found  accept- 
able and  workable,  for  the  good  of  international  trade  relations. 

See,  also,  9M  and  12H) 

7.  See  “I.C.S.  Plumbers’  and  Fitters’  Handbook,”  section  on  “Water 

Supply  and  Distribution”  (9D30)  for  information  on  water 
Filtration. 

8.  See  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  Wm.  Kent,  for 

section  on  “Purifying  Feed-Water  for  Steam  Boilers,”  pp. 
723.  724; 

9.  See  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book”  (9G9),  F.  E.  Kidder, 

for  brief  information  on  Filters  and  Softening  Hard  Water  for 
Domestic  Use. 

10.  See  Adopted  Report  of  Committee  on  Water  Service,  published  in 

Manual  of  the  American  Railway  Engineering  Association 
(iA 9c),  pp.  443-464,  for 

(a)  Quality  of  water,  methods  of  treatment,  and  results  obtained 
therefrom. 

(h)  Efficiency  of  water-softeners. 

(c)  General  principles  of  water-supply  service. 

(d)  General  specification  for  steel  water  and  oil  tanks  (requiring 

plates  not  more  than  inch  thick). 

11.  See  reference  to  the  Report  of  Committee  on  Filter  Standardiza- 

tion A.S.M.E.  under  9DJ. 

12.  See  “Water  Purification  and  Sewage  Disposal,”  J.  Tillmans, 

described  under  9D17. 

13.  For  further  descriptive  matter  and  illustrations  pertaining  to  sub- 

jects covered  by  this  heading,  see  the  following  pages  in  the 
Industrial  Section: 

(*)  “Clean,  safe,  freshly  filtered  Water,”  Loomis-Manning  Filter 
Distributing  Co.,  p.  216. 


The  cooling  of  water  applies  chiefly  to  drinking-water 
systems  which  are  herein  referred  to  independently  of  the 
general  subject  of  refrigeration,  with  which  it  is  closely 


IOI 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


connected  and  which  will  be  referred  to  under  a separate 
heading  in  the  October  Journal,  Serial  No.  io. 

1.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings,”  Chapter  IV  (961), 

contains  a division  on  “Refrigeration,”  which  treats  of  Systems, 
Cooling  Tanks,  Cooling  Coils,  Circulating  Pump,  Circulating 
Lines,  Drinking-Water  Fountains  and  Faucets,  Methods  of 
Calculation,  and  Amount  of  Water  Circulated.  In  addition  to 
various  tables,  an  example  of  the  actual  figures  used  in  esti- 
mating a plant  in  one  of  the  larger  buildings  is  given. 

Included  in  the  above  Chapter  is  a typical  Specification  for  a 
Drinking-Water  System,  which  is  the  uniform  type  used  by  the 
Supervising  Architect’s  office. 

2.  In  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings,”  pp.  134,  135, 

is  information  on  Exhaust  and  Live  Steam  Heaters  for  heating 
of  water,  and  on  pp.  159-161  are  data  on  heating  of  water  by  gas 
and  by  coal  for  storage  and  circulating  systems  with  calculations 
for  the  number  of  outlets  and  fixtures. 

3.  “Inexpensive  Plumbing  for  Farm  Kitchens,”  W.  E.  Etherton, 

Professor  of  Rural  Architecture,  Extension  Bulletin  No.  9, 
April,  1916,  Kansas  State  Agricultural  College.  23  pp.  Describes 
and  illustrates  a unique  arrangement  for  securing  hot  and  cold 
water  from  a kitchen  range  boiler  with  the  use  of  a hand-pump 
at  the  fixture. 

4.  “Hot  Water  Circulation,”  R.  M.  Starbuck.  Ulus.  A set  of  50 

blue-prints  showing  range  boiler  connections  and  hot-water  cir- 
culation put  in  under  all  possible  conditions.  Full  notes  and  sug- 
gestions accompany  each  print. 

5.  See  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book”  (9G9),  F.  E.  Kidder, 

for  information  on  Instantaneous  Water-Heaters,  An  Automatic 
Water  Heater,  and  Heating  Water  with  Steam  Coils.  Also,  see 
section  on  “Mechanical  Refrigeration”  for  information  on  Water 
and  Milk  Cooling. 

6.  See  Hutton’s  “Hot  Water  Supply  and  Kitchen  Boiler  Connections,” 

21 1 pp.,  illus. 

7.  See  Starbuck's  “Range  Boiler-work,  Hot  Water  Supply,  etc.,”  Vol. 

II,  160  pp. 

8.  “Domestic  Sanitation  and  Plumbing”  (9L30),  A.  H.  Shaw.  Part 

II,  contains  information  on  Domestic  Hot-Water  Service. 

9.  See  Chapters  X and  XII  on  “Hot  Water  Systems"  and  “Drinking 

Water”  in  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  School  Buildings”(9G8), 
H.  L.  Alt. 

10.  See  “I.C.S.  Plumbers’  and  Fitters’  Handbook,”  section  on  “Water 

Supply  and  Distribution”  (9D30),  for  table  and  data  on  Heat 
Transmission  through  Metals  to  Water,  for  Standard  Sizes  of 
Galvanized  Boilers  and  for  Size  and  Capacity  of  Hot-Water 
Supply  Tanks. 

11.  See  reference  to  water  heaters  and  mixers  in  Technical  Paper 

“Miners  Wash  and  Change  Houses”  (9 J 1 . 

12.  See  “A  Method  for  Practical  Elimination  of  Corrosion  in  Hot 


Water  Supply  Pipe,”  paper  by  F.  N.  Speller.  1916.  12  pp. 

Reprinted  from  the  Journal  oj  the  American  Society  of  Heating 
and  V entilating  Engineers. 

13.  The  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  has  issued  Farmers’  Bulletin 

No.  475,  “Ice  Houses,”  by  L.  C.  Corbett.  1917.  20  pp.  Contains 
construction  diagrams  and  other  illustrations. 

14.  For  further  descriptive  matter  and  illustrations  pertaining  to  sub- 

jects covered  by  this  heading,  see  the  following  pages  in  the 
Industrial  Section: 

(a)  Heating  of  Water  by  Automatic  Gas  Water  Heater,  Hum- 

phrey Company,  p.  xv. 

(b)  Removal  of  Discoloration  from  Hot  Water,  Loomis-Manning 

Filter  Distributing  Co.,  p.  xviii. 

9Fl  Standardization  oj  Range  Boilers  and 
Others 

While  the  Code  of  the  A.S.M.E.  (referred  to  under  Serial  No.  10)  for 
the  “Construction  of  Steam  Boilers  and  Other  Pressure  Vessels  and  for 
Their  Care  in  Service”  covers  the  manufacture  of  steel-plate  hot-water 
boilers  over  60  inches  in  diameter,  or  where  the  grate  area  exceeds  10 
square  feet  and  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  exceeds  50 
pounds  per  square  inch,  there  appears  to  be  a noticeable  lack  of  uniform- 
ity in  the  gauge  of  metal  and  sizes  of  boilers  manufactured  for  domestic 
purposes  or  use  in  small  installations. 

The  words  “standard"  and  “heavy”  are  used  extensively  though  the 
resultant  products  seem  to  vary  according  to  various  manufacturers’ 
interpretations  of  these  terms. 

Realizing  the  great  need  of  standardization  in  the  range  boiler  in- 
dustry in  respect  to  capacities,  dimensions,  and  guarantees,  nine  manu- 
facturers organized  The  Range  Boiler  Exchange,  with  A.  A.  Ainsworth, 
Secretary,  17  Battery  Place,  New  York  City,  and  on  March  14,  1916, 
issued  a pamphlet,  “Regulations  Governing  the  Sale  and  Installation  of 
Range  Boilers  as  Adopted  by  The  Range  Boiler  Exchange.”  This  gives 
a list  of  sizes,  capacities,  and  approximate  prices  of  range  boilers  and 
expansion  tanks,  describes  standard  tappings  and  guarantees,  and  gives 
recommendations  for  the  successful  and  economical  installation  of  range 
boilers  and  expansion  tanks. 

The  State  of  Massachusetts  adopted,  as  revised  to  take  effect  July  2, 
1916,  Senate  Bill  No.  395  relative  to  the  capacity,  working  pressure,  and 
manufacture  of  range  boilers,  requiring  that  all  vessels  or  tanks  in  which 
water  is  to  be  heated  under  pressure  in  the  Commonwealth  is  to  have 
stamped  thereon  its  capacity,  the  maker’s  name  and  guarantee  that  it 
has  been  tested  to  not  less  than  200  pounds’  pressure  to  the  square  inch. 

Notwithstanding  the  above,  there  is  room  for  improvement  in  the 
matter  of  standardization,  so  that  range  boilers,  expansion  tanks,  stor- 
age, pneumatic,  and  other  tanks,  may  be  specified  with  an  exactness 
that  will  secure  equable  conditions  in  estimating  and  the  installation 
of  the  article  intended. 


9G  Plumbing  Installations  in  General  (See,  also,  9M) 


Under  this  heading  will  be  placed  those  reference 
works  and  other  publications  which  cover  the  whole  sub- 
ject fully.  For  convenience  many  of  them,  or  sections  from 
them,  will  be  found  mentioned  also  under  the  various  sub- 
divisions wherever  the  references  are  especially  applicable 
or  significant. 

The  subject  of  Piping  Buildings  for  Gas,  usually  asso- 
ciated with  plumbing  installations,  was  treated  under 
Serial  No.  7 in  the  July  issue  of  the  Journal. 

1.  "Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings”  (6L1),  pp.  137- 

193.  Chapter  IV  on  “Plumbing,  Drainage,  and  Water  Supply” 
contains  much  valuable  data  and  many  tables  and  recommenda- 
tions for  plumbing  installations,  also  a Report  of  Committee  on 
Toilet  Regulations  for  Industrial  Plants  (9H5). 

It  also  contains  several  pages  of  very  complete  “Itemized  Esti- 
mating Data”  for  fixtures,  fittings,  piping  and  all  features  of  a 
plumbing  installation. 

2.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings,”  Chapter  IV,  also 

contains  a section  on  “Tests  of  Plumbing  and  Drainage  System,” 
which  treats  of  Water,  Air,  and  Smoke  Tests,  Test  of  Water- 
Supply  System,  Cost  of  Tests,  and  Certificate. 

3.  In  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings”  will  also  be 

found  the  following  information:  p.  383,  Table  of  Standard 

Dimensions  of  Wrought  Iron  and  Steel,  Steam,  Gas  and  Water 
Pipe;  p.  388,  Table  giving  Velocity  of  flow  of  water  in  feet  per 
minute,  through  pipes  of  various  sizes,  for  Varying  Quantities  of 
Flow;  p.  389,  Table  giving  Loss  in  Pressure  Due  to  Friction  in 
Pounds,  per  Square  Inch,  for  Pipe  100  Feet  Long;  p.  392,  Table 
of  Pressure  in  Inches  of  Water;  p.  392,  Table  of  Pressure  in 
Ounces  per  Square  Inch,  and,  p.  397,  Table  of  Weights  of  Gal- 
vanized Iron  Pipe  per  Lineal  Foot. 

4.  "Sanitation  of  Public  Buildings,”  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard.  262  pp. 


Part  I deals  with  Hospital  Sanitation  including:  Disinfecting 
Station,  Garbage  Disposal,  Bibliography. 

Part  II:  Theater  Sanitation,  Ventilation,  Lighting,  Bibliography. 
Part  III:  Church  Sanitation,  Precautions  against  Fire  and  Panic, 
Seating,  Dust,  Lighting,  Heating,  Ventilation,  Plumbing, 
Bibliography. 

Part  IV:  School  Sanitation — Heating  and  Ventilation,  Lighting, 
Fire  Protection,  Sanitary  Arrangements,  School  Baths,  Bibliog- 
raphy. 

Part  V:  Sanitation  of  Markets  and  Abattoirs — Interior  features, 
Equipment,  Ventilation,  Lighting,  Removal  of  Waste  Food, 
Sanitary  Features,  Mechanical  Equipment,  Bibliography,  Ap- 
pendices. 

5.  “Water  Supply,  Sewerage,  and  Plumbing  of  Modern  City  Build- 

ings,” Wm.  Paul  Gerhard.  491  pp.,  illus.  Contents  include:  The 
Essential  Features  of  the  Hydraulic  and  Sanitary  Engineering 
of  Buildings;  The  Maintenance  of  Pipe  Systems  for  Sewage,  Gas, 
and  Water;  Rules  on  Plumbing,  Water  Supply,  and  Sewerage  of 
Hospitals  and  other  Public  Institutions;  Definitions;  and  Plumb- 
ing Specifications  Reminder. 

6.  “Sanitary  Engineering  of  Buildings,”  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard.  Illus. 

I.  Defective  Plumbing  and  Sewer  Gas.  II.  Traps  and  Systems 
of  Trapping.  III.  Sewerage  of  Buildings.  IV.  Plumbing 
Fixtures.  V.  Sewage  Removal  and  Sewage  Disposal.  VI.  The 
Leading  Principles  of  House  Drainage  and  Sanitary  Plumbing. 
VII.  Improved  Methods  ot  House  Drainage.  VIII.  The  Proper 
Arrangement  of  Water-Closet  and  Bath  Apartments.  IX.  A 
Plea  for  Sanitation  in  Factories  and  Workshops.  X.  The 
Sanitary  Drainage  of  Tenement  Houses.  XI.  On  Testing  House 
Drains  and  Plumbing  Work.  XII.  Simplified  Plumbing  Methods. 

7.  “The  Sanitation,  Water  Supply  and  Sewage  Disposal  of  Country 

Houses,”  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard.  348  pp.,  illus.  General  sanitation 
of  country  houses,  relation  of  the  soil,  subsoil,  surface  drainage, 
aspect,  surroundings,  lighting,  heating,  ventilation,  water-supply, 
sewage,  etc.,  to  a healthful  home. 


Serial  No.  9 


102 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  9 


8.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  School  Buildings,”  Harold  L.  Alt.  112 

pp.,  illus.  Contains  Chapters  as  follows  (other  Chapters  referred 
to  elsewhere):  V.  Toilet  Fixtures.  VI.  Plumbing  Fixtures.  VII. 
Number  and  Location  of  Fixtures.  VIII.  Toilet  Partitions  and 
Shower-Baths.  IX.  Water-Supply  Systems.  X.  Hot-Water 
Systems.  XI.  Fire  Protection.  XII.  Drinking  Water.  XIII. 
Sewage  Disposal. 

9.  See  “Architects’  & Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  F.  E.  Kidder. 

Contains  a section  on  “Hydraulics,  Plumbing  and  Drainage,  Gas 
and  Gas-Piping”  (pp.  1295-1350),  by  J.  J.  Cosgrove,  which  treats 
of  Hydraulics,  Private  Water  Supply,  Pumps,  Windmills,  Fire- 
Streams,  Construction  of  Cylindrical  Wooden  Tanks,  Capacity  of 
Tanks,  Plumbing  Definitions  and  Requirements,  Plumbing 
Materials  and  Details,  Testing  of  Plumbing  Systems,  Plumbing 
Specialties,  Symbols  for  Plumbing.  Includes  numerous  tables 
and  diagrams. 

10.  "How  to  Drain  a House,”  G.  E.  Waring.  229  pp.  Third  edition 

enlarged.  Illus.  Contains  practical  information  for  householders 
on  Drains,  Foundation  and  Cellar,  Sewer  Gas,  Fresh  Air  Inlets, 
Soil  Pipe,  Traps  and  trap  Ventilation,  Plumbing  Appliances, 
and  Sewage  Disposal. 

11.  “Modern  Sanitary  Engineering,”  Thomson  Gilbert.  283  pp.,  illus. 

Part  I : “House  Drainage.”  Contents  include  considerations  of  the 
Site  and  Surroundings  of  the  House,  General  Principles  of  Drain- 
age Design,  Materials  and  Size  of  Drains;  Traps — Their  Principle, 
Efficacy,  Number,  Position  and  Ventilation,  Fixtures  and  Fit- 
tings, Designing  a System  of  Drainage,  Buildings  of  Special 
Class,  Sewage  Disposal  for  Isolated  Houses. 

12.  “Sanitary  Plumbing  and  Drainage,”  J.  W.  Hart.  253  pp.,  illus. 

Contents  include:  Sanitary  Surveys,  Sanitary  Defects,  Water 
Supply,  Town  House  Sanitary  Arrangements. 

13.  "Domestic  Sanitation  and  Plumbing,”  in  two  parts,  A.  Herring- 

Shaw. 

Part  I:  Materials  and  Their  Uses.  334  pp.  illus. 

Part  II:  Water  Supply,  Domestic  Hot-Water  Services,  Warming 
and  Ventilation  of  Buildings.  374  pp.,  illus. 

14.  “Standard  Practical  Plumbing”  Vols.  I and  II,  J.  P.  Davies.  A 

complete  encyclopaedia  for  practical  plumbers  and  guide  for 
architects,  builders,  gas-fitters,  hot-water  fitters,  sanitary  engi- 
neers, and  others.  Contains  numerous  engravings. 

15.  “The  Building  Foreman’s  Pocket  Book  and  Ready  Reference,” 

H.  G.  Richey,  1118  pp.,  illus.  Contents  include  data  on  Boilers, 
Water,  Sewers,  Soil  and  Vent  Pipes,  and  miscellaneous  plumbing 
information. 

16.  “A  Handbook  for  Superintendents  of  Construction,  Architects, 

Builders  and  Building  Inspectors,”  H.  G.  Richey. 

17.  “The  Mechanics’  Ready  Reference,”  H.  G.  Richey.  Prepared  for 

each  trade. 

18.  “The  New  Building  Estimator,”  William  Arthur.  1913.  Part  II 

contains  a section  on  “Plumbing  and  Gas  Fitting.” 

19.  “Plumbing  Practice”  Vol.  1,  J.  W.  Clarke  and  Walter.  297  pp., 

illus.  Practical  lead-working  and  plumbers’  materials  described. 

20.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  1916,  Lionel  S.  Marks 

Section  on  “Pipe  and  Pipe  Fittings,”  pp.  790-842,  contain, 
information  on  Cast-Iron,  Wrought-Iron,  and  Steel  Pipe;  Pipes 
and  Tubes  of  Copper,  Brass,  Lead,  Tin  and  Aluminum;  Vitrified, 
Wooden-Stave  and  Concrete  Pipe;  Fittings  for  Wrought-Iron  and 
Steel  Pipe;  Valves;  Pipe  Supports;  Pipe  Coverings;  numerous 
diagrammatic  illustrations  and  tables  of  sizes  and  weights. 

21.  See  “Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  1913,  J.  C.  Trautwine,  pp. 

649-688.  Contains  sections  on  Consumption,  Use  and  Waste, 
Reservoirs,  Service  Pipes,  Anti-bursting  Device,  and  Fire 
Hydrants.  Also  contains  section  on  “Water  Pipes,”  which  treats 
of  Prevention  of  Concretions  in  Water  Pipes,  Gives  Weights  of 
Cast  and  Wrought  Iron  Pipes,  Wooden  and  Other  Pipes,  Costs  of 
Pipes  and  Laying,  Repairs  and  Connections. 

22.  See  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  Mansfield 

Merriman,  pp.  913-1022. 

Also  (pp.  395-397),  contains  tables  of  Standard  Pipe,  Standard 
Pipe  Fittings,  Flanges. 

23.  See  “I.C.S.  Plumbers’  and  Fitters’  Handbook,”  section  on  “House- 

Drainage  System,”  which  gives  Drainage  System  Details;  Least 
Sizes  of  Soil,  Waste,  and  Vent  Pipes;  Sizes  of  Traps  and  Back 
Vents  and  data  on  Testing  Plumbing  by  Water,  Air  and  Smoke. 
Also  see  pp.  261-375,  for  Plumbing  Materials  and  Fixtures, 
Drainage  and  Sewerage,  Water  Supply  and  Distribution,  and 
other  useful  information  for  plumbers  and  others. 

24.  See  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades  Handbook,”  section  on  “Plumbing.” 

25.  See  “I.C.S.  Mechanics’  Handbook”  for  information  on  Sizes  and 

Weights  of  Pipe,  Standard  Dimensions,  and  Cylinders. 

26.  The  above  I.C.S.  handbooks  are  independent  of  two  volumes  on 

“Refrigeration”  and  two  volumes  on  “Plumbing  and  Gas- 
Fitting”  in  the  extensive  International  Library  of  Technology, 
each  of  which  treats  the  subject  exhaustively. 

27.  See  Gray’s  “Plumbing,  Design  and  Installation”  560  pp.,  illus. 

28.  See  Hutton’s  “Country  Plumbing  Practice,”  310  pp.,  illus. 

29.  See  “Standard  Practical  Plumbing,”  R.  M.  Starbuck. 

Serial  No.  9 


30.  “American  Sanitary  Plumbing,”  J.  J.  Lawler.  320  pp.,  illus.  For 

plumbers,  steam  fitters,  architects,  builders,  apprentices  and 
householders. 

31.  “Sanitary  House  Drainage:  Its  Principles  and  Practice,”  H.  Cole- 

man. 186  pp.  A manual  for  architects. 

32.  “Treatise  on  Water  Supply,  Drainage  and  Sanitary  Appliances  of 

Residences,”  F.  Colyer.  92  pp. 

33.  For  papers  and  lectures  in  connection  with  materials,  methods, 

and  devices  used  in  plumbing  installations,  see  the  Index  to  the 
Library  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  of  the  state  of  Pennsylvania. 

34.  See  Index  to  “Lefax  Data  Sheets,”  classification  (1)  Civil,  and  (2) 

Mechanical,  for  topics  of  interest. 

35.  “External  Plumbing  Work,  J.  W.  Hart.  Second  edition.  280  pp., 

illus.  A treatise  on  leadwork  for  roofs. 

36.  See  “A  Plea  for  Strict  Plumbing  Codes”  by  Dr.  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard. 

reprinted  by  courtesy  of  The  Sanitary  Engineer  of  Toronto  in 
“Sanitary  Pottery”  for  July  and  August,  1917. 

37.  The  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Office  of  Experiment  Stations, 

A.  C.  True,  Director,  has  issued  Farmers’  Bulletin  No.  270, 
“Modern  Conveniences  for  the  Farm  Home,”  by  Elmina  T. 
Wilson.  1916.  48  pp.  Contains  a treatise  on  the  water-supply,  all 
features  of  plumbing  in  the  housq,  earth  closets,  disposal  of  waste- 
water  and  sewage,  of  ashes,  garbage  and  miscellaneous  refuse. 

38.  The  Specifications  for  Construction  of  a Standard  Building  of  the 

N.F.P.A.  (3A3<f3i)  state,  “The  lowest  floor  of  the  building  shall 
be  drained  to  a sump  chamber,  which  is  provided  with  adequate 
facilities  for  removing  surplus  water  therefrom.” 

39.  “The  Prevention  of  Corrosion  in  Pipe,”  paper  by  F.  N.  Speller. 

15  pp.  Contains  illustrations,  diagrams,  and  tables.  Reprinted 
from  the  ’Journal  oj  the  American  Society  of  Heating  and  Ventilat- 
ing Engineers. 

40.  See  publication  of  the  N.F.P.A.  entitled,  “Frozen  Water-Pipes:  A 

Winter  Hazard”  (3A3e6). 

41.  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (3A3A5)  contains  references  to  information  on 

Pipe  and  Standardization  of  Pipe  and  Pipe  Fittings. 

42.  See  “Building  Code”  recommended  by  the  N.B.  of  F.U.,  1915,  pp. 

225-229.  Contains  sections  on  “Plumbing,”  “Drainage”  and 
“Electrical  Requirements.” 

43.  “The  Superintendence  of  Piping  Installations  in  Buildings — Sani- 
tary, Hydraulic  and  Gas.”  William  Paul  Gerhard,  C.  E.  85  pp. 
A manual  intended  for  the  use  of  practising  architectural  super- 
intendents, plumbing  and  health  inspectors  and  all  interested  in 
the  installation  of  piping  systems.  Contents  include:  Sewer, 
Water,  and  Gas  Connections;  Rough  Work;  Soil,  Waste,  Vent 
and  Leader  Systems  and  Drains;  Water  Pipes,  Tanks,  Meters, 
Boilers,  Hot-Water  Tanks,  Pumps,  etc.;  Roughing  for  Plumbing 
Fixtures;  Setting  the  Plumbing  Fixtures;  Turning  on  the  Water 
and  Gas;  Tests  of  the  Work;  Records  and  Plans. 

44.  For  further  descriptive  matter  and  illustrations  pertaining  to  sub- 
jects covered  by  this  heading,  see  the  following  pages  in  the 
Industrial  Section: 

(a)  “An  Investigation  of  Pipe  Corrosion  in  125  Apartment  Build- 

ings,” A.  M.  Byers  Co.,  p.  225. 

(b)  “Crane  Drainage  Fittings,”  Crane  Co.,  p.  218. 

( c ) Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe  Mfrg.  Asso.,  pp.  222,  223. 


9Ga  Separate  Letting  of  Contracts 

A committee  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  known  as  the 
Committee  on  Conference  with  the  National  Association  of  Master 
Plumbers  and  the  National  Association  of  Master  Steam  and  Hot  Water 
Fitters,  held  meetings  with  the  joint  committee  representing  those  two 
organizations  in  1913.  As  a result  of  such  conference  the  Committee 
recommended  to  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  the  adoption  of 
the  following  Resolution,  which  was  formally  adopted  by  the  Conven- 
tion of  1913  at  New  Orleans: 

“ Resolved , That  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  in  convention 
assembled,  recommends  to  the  members  of  our  profession  the  adoption 
of  the  practice  of  direct  letting  of  contracts  for  mechanical  equipment, 
such  as  heating  apparatus,  plumbing,  and  electrical  equipment.  This 
recommendation  is  based  on  the  conviction  that  direct  letting  of  con- 
tracts, as  compared  with  subletting  through  general  contractors,  affords 
the  architect  more  certain  selection  of  competent  contractors  and  more 
efficient  control  of  execution  of  work,  and  thereby  insures  a higher  stan- 
dard of  work,  and,  at  the  same  time,  serves  more  equitably  the  financial 
interests  of  both  owner  and  contractor.” 

9Gb  Notes  on  Standardization  of  Cast-Iron 
Soil  Pipe  and  Fittings 

From  a paper  by  Harry  Y.  Carson 

For  years,  in  fact  since  the  New  York  City  Plumbing 
Code  of  1881,  there  have  been  specifications  and  require- 
ments in  all  plumbing  regulations  governing  the  weight 

Vol.  I,  1917 


103 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


and  wall  thickness  of  soil  pipe;  but  there  have  been  no  such 
specifications,  until  recently,  which  regulate  soil-pipe 
fittings. 

It  is  almost  impossible  in  foundry  practice  to  prevent 
a variation  in  individual  pieces  of  as  much  as  rs  inch,  and 
with  the  class  of  pipe  known  as  “standard”  calling  for  a 
wall  thickness  of  but  V%  inch,  when  we  consider  this  possible 
variation,  we  are  confronted  with  the  very  real  danger 
which  must  exist  in  pipe  having  a wall  thickness  at  any 
point  of  ts  inch. 

In  the  casting  of  extra-heavy  pipe  with  a wall  thickness 
of  J4  inch,  while  the  same  variation  is  both  possible  and 
permissible,  the  factor  of  safety  is  far  greater,  for  the  wall 
of  the  pipe  should  not,  with  the  observance  of  high  stan- 
dards in  foundry  practice,  be  less  than  A inch — ample 
protection  against  leakage  in  the  finished  stack.  That  the 
leakage  of  gases  of  every  nature  is  considered  harmful  is 
evidenced  by  the  regulations  adopted  by  all  cities  with 
respect  to  the  test  which  must  be  applied  to  all  plumbing 
prior  to  its  approval  by  the  plumbing  inspectors,  and  it  is 
not  only  sewer  gas  which  may  escape  through  the  use  of 
light  wall  pipe,  but  illuminating  gas  which  enters  the  sewers 
through  leaks  in  the  gas  mains. 

That  a specification  for  soil-pipe  fittings,  regulating 
not  alone  the  weight  of  each  fitting  but  its  wall  thick- 
ness, radii  of  bends,  calking  room,  depth  and  thickness  of 
hubs,  and  other  essential  dimensions,  has  long  been  needed 
is  manifest  by  the  efforts  that  have  been  made  and  the 
able  work  that  has  been  accomplished  in  this  direction 
during  the  past  six  years.  A very  desirable  standard  for 
soil  pipe  and  fittings  is  now  in  existence,  and  it  is  being 
adopted  in  the  larger  cities  of  the  United  States.  This 
standard  is  known  as  the  “Naco”  specification  for  soil 
pipe  and  fittings. 

In  1 9 1 1 a committee  made  up  of  sanitary  engineers, 
jobbers  of  plumbing  supplies,  plumbing  inspectors,  and 
others  familiar  with  trade  conditions  was  delegated  to 
report  on  this  subject  to  the  American  Society  of  Sanitary 
Engineering. 

A report  of  the  Committee  on  Organization  and  Func- 
tions of  Municipal  Health  Departments  given  in  the  Public 
Health  Officials’  Section  of  the  American  Public  Associa- 
tion, Jacksonville,  Fla.,  December  2,  1914,  as  reported  on 
page  1258  of  Vol.  V (December,  1915)  American  Journal 
oj  Public  Health , states: 

“The  lack  of  standardization  appears  in  the  require- 
ments for  some  of  the  commonest  fittings.  We  have  noted 
variations  in  the  weights  required  for  soil  pipe  when  called 
for  under  specific  names,  such  as  standard,  medium,  and 
extra  heavy.  While  in  soil  pipe  itself  the  variations  noted 
were  not  great,  yet  in  the  fittings  which  go  with  the  pipe 
and  form  an  essential  part  of  the  drainage  lines  we  find  a 
complete  absence  of  control  except  in  a few  of  the  codes  of 
very  recent  date  where  notice  has  been  taken  of  this  omis- 
sion from  previous  codes  and  the  defect  corrected.  To 
illustrate,  we  have  computed  the  per  cent,  variations  of 
the  weights  given  for  some  of  the  quite  common  fittings 
which  were  purchased  on  the  open  market  and  weighed 
by  investigators  of  this  form  of  plumbing  supplies.” 
(See  Table  on  page  1259,  American  Journal  oj  Public 
Health,  December,  1915.) 

The  Committee  of  Health  Officials  further  reported: 

“This  variation  may  have  been  due  to  variation  in 
length  of  fittings  as  well  as  to  variation  in  thickness  of 
shell,  but  members  of  your  Committee  have  personally 
examined  some  such  fittings  which  had  a thickness  of 
shell  of  less  than  rr  inch  on  one  side  and  a scant  Y%  inch 
on  the  other.” 


That  no  manufacturer  had,  prior  to  1911,  adopted  any 
fixed  standard  for  making  up  soil-pipe  fittings  is  apparent 
from  the  table  shown  in  the  report.  In  fact,  there  are 
many  instances  where  patterns  become  so  confused  that 
fittings  marked  “extra  heavy”  are  actually  of  lighter  weight 
than  those  marked  “standard.” 

A study  made  of  plumbing  codes  from  some  200  of  the 
leading  cities  in  the  United  States  revealed  the  fact  that 
no  attempt  had  as  yet  been  made  by  boards  of  health  or 
other  proper  authorities  to  regulate  the  dimensions  and 
weights  of  soil-pipe  fittings.  It  was  therefore  only  natural 
that  the  chaotic  condition  shown  by  the  above  table 
should  exist.  A chief  reason  for  the  lack  of  standardization 
has  been  that  under  the  highly  competitive  conditions  in 
the  soil-pipe  business  this  situation  has  resulted  in  the 
marketing  of  fittings  of  the  lightest  possible  weight.  Such 
fittings  are  necessarily  fundamentally  weak,  of  bad  design, 
and  a practice  permitting  this,  while  it  demands  pipe  of 
inch  wall  thickness,  is  ridiculously  inconsistent.  The 
stack  is  no  safer  and  no  more  sanitary  than  the  lightest 
and  weakest  fitting. 

At  the  present  writing  it  can  be  stated  that  all  necessary 
progress  has  been  made  in  creating  the  standard  of  weights 
and  dimensions  for  extra-heavy  soil-pipe  fittings,  so  that 
now  fittings  can  be  furnished  of  such  proportions  as  to  cor- 
respond to  the  wall  thickness  and  strength  of  extra-heavy 
pipe;  yet,  there  persists  today  a lax  attitude  in  many  of 
our  cities  with  regard  to  the  advantages  to  sanitation  and 
economy  that  follow  the  adoption  of  this  standard.  On 
the  other  hand,  some  of  the  larger  and  more  progressive 
communities,  such  as  Cleveland,  Ohio,  Portland,  Ore.,  and 
the  state  of  Wisconsin  have  not  been  slow  to  see  those  very 
real  advantages  which  do  come.  Consequently  these 
localities  have  passed  laws  that  are  now  in  effect  and  re- 
quire that  the  extra-heavy  fittings  shall  conform  to  the 
Naco  specifications. 

Recognizing  that  such  inertia  persists  in  many  of  our 
municipal  governments,  the  American  Society  of  Sanitary 
Engineering  prepared  and  adopted,  at  its  1914  convention 
in  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  a resolution  for  the  attention  of 
those  who  influence  plumbing  and  sanitary  legislation. 
This  resolution,  as  it  appears  in  the  Annual  Proceedings  of 
the  Society,  reads  as  follows: 

Whereas,  The  National  Committee  of  Confederated  Supply  Associa- 
tions, representing  the  various  associations  of  plumbing  supply  dealers, 
adopted,  July  11,  1912,  specifications  called  Naco  specifications  for  the 
standardization  of  extra-heavy  soil  pipe  and  fittings,  and 

Whereas,  Since  these  specifications  do  not  conflict  with  the  specifica- 
tions and  drawings  already  recommended  by  this  Society,  and  represent 
a simple  working  basis  for  the  establishment  of  a standard  for  extra- 
heavy pipe  and  fittings,  therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  Naco  specifications  be  adopted  by  this  Society  as  its 
standard  for  extra-heavy  pipe,  and  that  it  be  further 

Resolved,  That  the  Society,  through  its  members,  use  their  best  efforts 
toward  the  adoption  of  this  standard  in  the  plumbing  regulations  of 
municipalities  where  they  have  influence,  and  also  assist  in  the  extension 
of  the  use  of  such  pipe  and  fittings  which  comply  with  the  standard 
hereby  adopted. 

The  term  Naco  has  been  given  to  the  specification  as  an 
identification  motto,  and  this  motto  in  reality  accredits 
and  honors  the  name  of  the  National  Committee  of  Con- 
federated Supply  Associations,  they  having  been  the  prime 
movers  in  securing  data  for  the  ultimate  specification 
adopted. 

Committee  A-3  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  a Society  which  is  working  for  the  standardizing 
of  all  engineering  materials,  is  giving  the  Naco  specifica- 
tion equal  prominence  with  the  well-known  standard 
specification  of  cast-iron  water  and  gas  pipe  which  came 
originally  from  the  American  and  New  England  Water 
Works  Association. 


Serial  No.  9 


104 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  9 


9H  Fixtures  and  Fittings  (See  also  12H) 

1.  In  its  work  on  the  technology  of  clays,  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines 

has  issued: 

(<j)  Bulletin  No.  33,  “Mining  and  Treatment  of  Feldspar  and 
Kaolin  in  the  Southern  Appalachian  Region.” 

(b)  Bulletin  No.  92,  “Feldspars  of  the  New  England  and  North- 
ern Appalachian  States.” 

(r)  Technical  Paper  No.  99,  “Probable  Effect  of  the  War  in 
Europe  on  the  Ceramic  Industries  of  the  United  States.” 
(d)  A report  on  the  purification  of  the  Georgia  kaolins,  setting 
forth  how  this  American  product  may  be  substituted  for 
imported  clays  in  the  making  of  porcelain,  etc.,  will  be 
issued  shortly. 

2.  Among  the  numerous  publications  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards, 

the  following  are  of  interest  concerning  fixtures  and  fittings: 

(a)  “Annual  Report  of  the  Director,”  1916  (1A2 a),  contains  the 

following  regarding  enameled  iron:  “Work  has  been  under- 
taken upon  the  study  of  enamels  for  cast  iron  and  steel. 
It  was  first  necessary  to  secure  proficiency  in  the  proper 
treatment  of  metal  and  the  application  and  fusion  of  the 
ground  coats  and  enamel.  A number  of  excellent  under- 
coatings and  enamels  have  been  developed,  both  for  cast 
iron  and  steel.  A study  of  enamels  possessing  maximum 
resistance  to  solution  is  under  way.” 

(b)  Circular  No.  45,  “The  Testing  of  Materials,”  gives  requisite 

information  (pp.  40,  41)  on  sewer  pipes  and  drain  tiles 
made  of  hard  burnt  clay;  also,  porcelain  and  white  ware 
manufactured  from  white  burning  mixtures  of  kaolin,  ball 
clay,  feldspar,  and  flint. 

(r)  Other  circulars  and  technologic  papers,  specific  information 
about  which  will  be  furnished  through  the  Journal,  or 
copies  of  which  may  be  had  upon  application  to  the  Direc- 
tor, as  noted  under  ihlb. 

3.  The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  has  issued: 

(a)  A chapter  on  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.”  (2A1  d), 

entitled  “Clay  Working  Industries  and  Building  Opera- 
tions in  the  Larger  Cities,”  a section  of  which  is  devoted 
to  “Pottery.” 

( b ) A large  number  of  bulletins  and  separate  chapters  ( l\id  and 

g)  dealing  with  clays,  iron,  and  other  materials  entering 
into  the  manufacture  of  plumbing  fixtures  and  of  other 
plumbing  materials.  Specific  information  will  be  furnished 
through  the  Journal,  or  the  publications  may  be  had  upon 
application  to  the  Director,  as  noted  under  2A1. 

4.  For  detailed  drawings  and  descriptions  of  all  kinds  of  plumbing 

fixtures  used  as  “standard”  in  Government  installations,  see 
“Specifications  for  Plumbing  Fixtures,  etc.,  for  the  Treasury, 
War  and  Navy  Departments,”  mentioned  under  9A1  and 
described  on  p.  146  of  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Build- 
ings under  Control  of  the  Treasury  Department”  (9G1),  in 
which  it  is  said:  “The  board  which  prepared  this  specification  has 
produced  a document  remarkable  for  both  scope  and  accuracy, 
and  has  rendered  a substantial  service  to  sanitary  engineers  and  to 
the  manufacturers  in  this  line  of  business.  Engineers  and  architects 
who  have  had  to  hear  and  weigh  the  claims  and  counter  claims 
of  representatives  of  various  plumbing-material  houses  will  un- 
doubtedly appreciate  the  relief  which  the  standardization  brings.” 

5.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings,”  Chapter  IV 

(9G1),  contains  “Report  of  Committee  on  Toilet  Regulations  for 
Industrial  Plants.”  This  Committee  was  appointed  by  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Sanitary  Section  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Civil 
Engineers  to  consider  the  regulations  for  toilet  facilities  in  indus- 
trial establishments,  and  its  report  contains  valuable  basic  data 
upon  the  subject  of  proportioning  plumbing  fixtures  to  occupants 
of  buildings. 

6.  “The  Development  of  the  Ceramic  Industries  in  the  United  States,” 

A.  V.  Bleininger,  Ceramic  Chemist,  Bureau  of  Standards,  Pitts- 
burgh, Pa.  An  address  delivered  before  the  Franklin  Institute, 
November  2,  1916. 


7.  See  "Journal  of  the  Society  0}  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings, 
March,  191 5,  pp.  160-164,  f°r  address  by  Mr.  T.  Nelson  Kise  on 
“Vitreous  China  Plumbing  Fixtures”  and  discussion  which  fol- 
lowed. 

8.  For  developments  in  the  art  of  ceramics,  which  include  the  manu- 

facture of  porcelain  and  vitreous  ware  plumbing  fixtures,  see  the 
publications  of  the  American  Ceramic  Society,  listed  under  3C1, 
including  “A  Bibliography  of  Clays  and  the  Ceramic  Arts” 
, (3Ci«. 

9.  “Water-Closets,”  Glenn  Brown,  Architect.  A Historical,  Mechani- 

cal, and  Sanitary  Treatise.  Contains  over  230  engravings,  drawn 
expressly  for  the  work  by  the  author.  The  descriptions  are  par- 
ticularly full  and  thorough. 

10.  See  “Sanitary  Engineering  of  Buildings”  (9L24),  W.  P.  Gerhard, 

for  information  on  Plumbing  Fixtures,  and  The  Proper  Arrange- 
ment of  Water-Closet  and  Bath  Apartments. 

11.  In  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  School  Buildings”  (9G8),  by  H.  L. 

Alt,  note  Chapters  V,  VI,  VII,  and  VIII,  as  of  interest  in  con- 
nection with  fixtures  and  fittings. 

12.  “Modern  Sanitary  Engineering”  (9L29),  Thomson  Gilbert,  contains 

information  regarding  Water-Closets,  Flushing  Cisterns  and 
Pipes,  Urinals,  Baths,  Lavatory  Basins,  Sinks,  Tubs,  and  other 
fixtures. 

13.  “Sanitary  Plumbing  and  Drainage”  (9G12),  J.  W.  Hart,  contains 

data  on  Baths  and  Fittings,  Lavatories,  Sinks,  and  other  fixtures. 

14.  "How  to  Drain  a House”  (9G10),  G.  E.  Waring,  treats  of  Plumb- 

ing Appliances,  Wash-Stands,  Water-Closets,  Sinks,  and  other 
fixtures. 

I J.  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  1917,  Frank  R. 
Walker:  Section  on  “Plumbing,  Sewerage  and  Gas  Fitting,”  pp. 
3100-3113,  gives  information  regarding  the  size  and  cost  of 
all  plumbing  fixtures. 

16.  “I.C.S.  Plumbers’  and  Fitters’  Handbook”  (9G23):  Section  on 

“Plumbing  Fixtures”  gives  information  on  Baths,  Dimensions 
of  Baths  and  Foot-Baths,  Wash-Basins,  Water-Closets,  Urinals, 
Sinks,  Laundry  Tubs,  and  Swimming-Pools. 

17.  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades’  Handbook”  (9G24)  gives  information  and 

tables  on  the  sizes  of  fixtures. 

18.  See  reports  of  committees  of  the  American  Institute  of  Metals  and 

of  the  National  Association  of  Brass  Manufacturers  on  standardi- 
zation of  metal  plumbing  accessories. 

19.  For  further  descriptive  matter  and  illustrations  pertaining  to  sub- 

jects covered  by  this  heading,  see  the  following  pages  in  the 
Industrial  Section: 

(a)  Kohler  Enameled  Ware  Tubs,  Lavatories  and  Sinks,  Kohler 

Co.,  pp.  214,  213. 

(b)  “Impervio”  Vitreous  China  and  “Ideal”  Solid  Porcelain  Tubs, 

Lavatories  and  Water-closets,  The  Trenton  Potteries  Co., 
p.  217. 

9Hl  Bathroom  and  Laundry  Finishes  and 
Accessories 

Of  much  interest  in  connection  with  plumbing  installations  is  the 
finish  of  the  walls  and  floors  in  any  bathroom,  toilet,  and  other  place 
given  over  to  similar  use. 

The  extensive  use  of  tile  for  this  purpose  makes  it  desirable  to  call 
attention  to  the  information  pertaining  to  the  service  and  products  of 
the  Associated  Tile  Manufacturers  contained  on  page  211  of  the  Indus- 
trial Section. 

Information  concerning  marble  and  slate  will  be  found  in  the  February 
issue  under  2F  and  2K. 

Illustrations  and  descriptions  of  various  china  bathroom  accessories, 
such  as  towel-bars,  soap-holders,  and  many  others,  will  be  found  in  the 
catalogues  of  the  manufacturers. 

As  of  interest  in  connection  with  laundry  installations,  see  information 
pertaining  to  Glass  Enameled  Steel  Laundry  Chute,  on  page  213,  in  the 
Industrial  Section  by  The  Pfaudler  Co. 


9J  Swimming-Pools,  Baths,  Bath-  and  Change-Houses  (See  also  9M) 


I.  The  Bureau  of  Mines  has  issued: 

( a ) Technical  Paper  No.  33,  “Sanitation  at  Mining  Villages  in 

the  Birmingham  District,  Ala.”  (9L1  a),  which  contains  a 
brief  section  on  “Bath  and  Change  House.” 

( b ) Technical  Paper  No.  116,  “Miners’  Wash  and  Change 

Houses,”  J.  H.  White,  1913,  23  pp.  Contains  information 
on  the  advantages  of  wash  and  change  house;  extent  of 
installations;  comparative  inexpensiveness;  location  of 
building;  artificial  lighting  and  heating;  drying  arrange- 
ments; lockers;  shower  baths  preferable  to  bathtubs; 
water-mixers  and  -heaters;  number  and  construction  of 
shower-booths;  swimming-pools;  quality  and  quantity  of 
water  required;  public  laundries;  plumbing.  Contains 

Serial  No.  9 105 


illustrations,  plans,  sections  and  details  of  wash  and 
change  houses.  Price,  10  cents. 

(c)  Bulletin  No.  87,  “Houses  for  Mining  Towns”  (8Lie),  con- 
tains information  and  one  illustration  regarding  the  “Wash 
and  Change  House.” 

A number  of  wash  and  change  houses  have  been  described  in 
various  mining  magazines  and  other  publications,  and  some  of  the 
recommendations  contained  in  the  publication  described  under 
8Ji£  are  based  on  information  derived  from  these  descriptions. 
Some  of  these  references  are  given  in  the  list  following: 

2.  “Miners’  Change  and  Bath  House,”  A.  F.  Allard,  Coal  Age,  Vol.  3, 
January,  1913,  pp.  1 1 3-1 16,  describes  bath  house  at  coal-mine 
near  Clinton,  Ind. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


3.  Bulletin  No.  7 of  the  American  Iron  and  Steel  Institute,  Vol.  I, 

July,  1913- 

4.  “Report  of  Committee  Appointed  by  Illinois  Coal  Operators’ 

Association  to  Draw  up  Standards  for  Wash  and  Change 
"Houses,”  Black  Diamond,  Vol.  52,  November,  1914,  363  pp. 

5.  “Miners’  Baths,”  H.  F.  Bulman  and  W.  B.  Wilson,  Coal  Age,  Vol. 

2,  November,  1912,  pp.  619-620.  Discusses  bath  houses  in 
Europe;  also  in  Coll.  Eng.,  Vol.  3?,  October,  1914,  pp.  140-143. 
Describes  construction  and  use  of  bath-houses  in  England  and 
on  the  Continent. 

6.  “European  Wash  House  Practice,”  Coal  Age,  Vol.  1 1,  January,  1912, 

pp.  502-505;  February,  pp.  538-540,  573,  574.  Discusses  in 
detail  wash  houses  at  European  mines. 

7.  “Suggestions  for  New  Zealand  Mines,”  Coal  Age,  Vol.  2,  Septem- 

ber, 1912,  pp.  397,  398.  Describes  bath  house  recommended  by 
New  Zealand  Royal  Commission  on  Mines. 

8.  “Bath  House  at  Shamokin,  Pa,”  Colliery  Engineer,  Vol.  33,  July, 

1913,  pp.  679,  680. 

9.  “Welfare  Work  of  a Coal  Company,”  Colliery  Engineer,  Vol.  34, 

March,  1914,  pp.  497,  498.  Describes  bath  house  at  anthracite 
mine  in  Pennsylvania. 

10.  Report  of  the  Departmental  Committee  of  the  Committee  on  Pro- 

visions for  Washing  and  Drying  at  Mines,  appointed  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  for  the  Home  Department  of  Great  Britain  to 
consider  the  provision  of  washing  and  drying  accommodations  at 
mines  under  Section  77  of  the  Coal  Mines  Act  of  1911. 

11.  “Wash  Houses  at  Coal-Mines,”  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal, 

Vol.  83,  April,  May,  1 907 , pp.  675,  1012.  Short  editorials  on  the 
advantages  of  wash  and  change  houses  at  mines. 

12.  "Change  House  at  Franklin  Furnace,  N.  J.,”  Engineering  and 

Mining  Journal,  Vol.  94,  August,  1913,  pp.  358,  359. 

13.  “Change  House  with  Novel  Features,”  Engineering  and  Mining 

Journal,  Vol.  97,  March,  1914,  pp.  521-523.  Describes  wash  and 
change  house  at  mine  in  the  Menominee  Range. 

14.  “Examples  of  Modern  Sanitary  Dry  Houses,”  A.  H.  Fay,  Engineer- 

ing and  Alining  Journal,  Vol.  88,  October,  1909,  pp.  822-824. 
Describes  bath  houses  at  three  Minnesota  and  Michigan  iron 
properties. 

15.  “Observation  in  Coal  Mines  of  Europe,”  Frank  Haas,  Engineering 

and  Mining  Journal,  Vol.  89,  April,  1910,  p.  730.  Describes  bath 
house  at  a German  coal-mine. 

16.  "Wash  and  Change  Houses  Abroad,”  Iron  and  Coal  Trades  Review, 

Vol.  83,  1911,  pp.  848-850,  866,  887. 

17.  “Description  of  Several  Wash  Houses  in  England,”  Iron  and  Coal 

Trades  Review,  September,  1914. 

9K  Sprinklers  and  Fire- Protection 

References  were  given  in  the  April  Journal,  Serial  No.  4, 
under  4F  “Fittings,  Contents  and  Protection  Equipment” 
to  the  publications  of  the  various  fire  prevention  authori- 
ties. In  addition  to  those  and  to  the  papers,  articles,  and 
discussions  listed  in  the  N.F.A.  Index  therein  referred  to, 
others  on  various  phases  of  the  subject  will  be  found  listed 
in  the  indexes  of  the  water  works  associations  and  the 
engineering  societies  referred  to  in  this  issue,  and  the  use 
of  water  in  connection  with  fire  extinguishment  is  of 
course  treated  in  many  of  the  publications  listed  in  this 
issue  under  the  8D  Division. 

The  following  letter  from  the  Chairman  of  the  Institute 
Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods  is  printed  as  of 
interest  in  connection  with  this  subject. 

9Ki  Concerning  Underground  Piping  for 
Sprinkler  Installations 

July  19,  1917. 

To  the  Structural  Service  Department 
of  the  Journal  of  the  A.I.A.: 

I have  received  from  the  United  Association  of  Plumbers 
and  Steam  Fitters  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  a com- 
munication addressed  to  the  members  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Architects  and  signed  by  Mr.  John  R.  Alpine, 
the  General  President  of  this  Association.  The  letter 
states,  among  other  things,  that: 

“For  many  years  you  have  been  disturbed  because  of  industrial  con- 
flict arising  in  connection  with  your  building  operations,  and  with  which 
you  as  architects  were  not  concerned,  but  which  caused  you  builders, 
owners,  and  the  public  generally  much  discomfiture  and  great  loss  of 

Serial  No.  9 


18.  “A  Wash  House  for  Coal  Miners,”  L.  Peyton,  Engineering  and 

Mining  Journal,  Vol.  91,  March,  1911,  p.  604.  Describes  wash 
house  at  Benton,  Ind. 

19.  “A  Modern  Twin  Coal-mining  Plant,”  W.  R.  Roberts,  Coal  Age, 

Vol.  1,  December,  1914,  p.  236.  Describes  bath-house  at  coal- 
mine near  Danville,  111. 

20.  “Change  House  with  Swimming-Pools,”  A.  H.  Sawyer,  Engineering 

and  Mining  Journal,  Vol.  98,  1914,  pp.  483,  484.  Describes 
change  house  with  two  pools,  one  for  white  and  one  for  colored 
miners,  at  Raimund  mines,  near  Bessemer,  Ala. 

21.  "A  Change  House  for  Coal  Miners,”  A.  A.  Steel,  Mines  and 

Minerals,  Vol.  32,  June,  1912,  pp.  647,  648.  Suggests  plans  for 
construction  and  methods  of  keeping  building  in  order. 

22.  For  “School  Baths”  see  “Sanitation  of  Public  Buildings,”  W.  P. 

Gerhard  (9G4),  Part  IV. 

23.  For  “Toilet  Partitions  and  Shower  Baths  in  Schools”  see“Mechani- 

cal  Equipment  of  School  Buildings.”  (9G8.) 

24.  See  reference  to  Baths  and  Swimming-Pools  in  “Plumbers’  and 

Fitters’  Handbook.”  (9H61.) 

25.  “Modern  Baths  and  Bath  Houses,”  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard.  31 1 pp., 

illus.  Contents  include:  Historical  Notes  on  Bathing;  The 
Different  Forms  of  Baths;  The  Modern  Rain  Bath;  House  and 
Tenement  Baths;  Public  Bath-Houses;  People’s  Baths;  Factory 
Baths,  School  Baths;  Baths  for  Military  Barracks,  Prisons,  and 
Jails;  Hospital  Baths;  Baths  for  Club  Houses,  Gymnasia,  Hotels 
and  Barber  Shops;  River  and  Sea  Baths;  Air  and  Sun  Baths; 
Medical  and  Electric-Light  Baths;  The  Water  Supply  and  Plumb- 
ing of  Bath-Houses;  Bibliography  on  Baths  and  Bathing; 
Appendix — Bathing  in  Various  Countries;  The  Dog  Bath. 

26.  "Turkish  Baths,”  R.  O.  Allsop,  Architect.  Illustrated  with  plans 

and  sections  from  scale  drawings  by  the  author.  Describes  the 
Turkish  bath,  its  design  and  construction  for  public  and  com- 
mercial purposes,  with  chapters  on  the  adaptation  of  the  bath  to 
the  private  house  and  institutions. 

27.  “Baths,”  R.  O.  Allsop.  98  pp.,  illus.  Describes  public  baths  and 

wash  houses. 

28.  “Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book”  (9G9),  F.  E.  Kidder,  gives 

information  on  Plunge  Baths  and  Symbols  for  Plumbing. 

29.  For  further  descriptive  matter  and  illustrations  pertaining  to  sub- 

jects covered  by  this  heading,  see  “Swimming-Pools,”  a 32-page 
book,  8j^xn,  with  plans,  sections,  details  and  photographic 
illustrations  of  tiled  pools  and  accessories,  copyrighted  1917  by 
the  Associated  Tile  Manufacturers.  (See  p.  21 1 in  Industrial 
Section.) 


money  because  of  stoppage  of  work.  The  industrial  disturbances  referred 
to  are  commonly  known  as  jurisdictional  disputes  between  trades  engaged 
in  the  building  industry,  or,  in  other  words,  internecine  disputes  between 
building  trades,  each  iaying  claim  to  a certain  form  of  work,  and  one 
striking  against  the  other  in  order  that  control  over  the  work  in  dispute 
might  be  secured. 

“For  some  time  past  we  have  been  troubled  with  the  question  of  juris- 
diction as  concerns  the  installation  of  what  is  known  as  underground 
piping,  when  such  underground  piping  comes  in  connection  with  the 
installation  of  sprinkler  equipments.  The  United  Association  of  Plumbers, 
Steam  Fitters,  Sprinkler  Fitters,  etc.,  is  granted  by  the  American  Federa- 
tion of  Labor  trade  jurisdiction  over  all  forms  of  pipe  fitting,  except  con- 
duit piping  for  electrical  purposes,  and  underground  piping  of  all  de- 
scriptions comes  within  the  jurisdictional  scope  of  the  United  Association. 
We  frequently  have  internal  disputes  because  of  the  fact  that  when 
sprinkler  contracts  are  awarded,  underground  pipe  work,  in  connection 
with  sprinkler  equipments,  is  frequently  awarded  separately  from  the 
sprinkler  contract,  and  awarded  to  plumbing  and  steam-fitting  concerns. 
When  it  comes  time  to  install  this  underground  work  the  sprinkler  fitter 
contests  the  right  of  the  plumber  or  steam  fitter  to  make  the  installation, 
and  the  plumber  or  steam  fitter  maintains  his  right  to  do  this  work  be- 
cause it  comes  within  the  contract  of  his  employer. 

“Since  this  is  the  case,  we  maintain  that  neither  one  has  the  right  to 
encroach  upon  the  work  of  the  other;  yet  when  a contract  embracing 
work  that  clearly  belongs  to  one  class  of  men  is  subdivided,  and  portions 
of  such  contract  awarded  to  another  class  of  men,  our  task  is  made  ex- 
ceedingly difficult.  Trouble  ensues  and  architects,  owners,  builders, 
and  the  public  generally  are  involved  as  well  as  the  men  who  are  partici- 
pating in  the  contest.  Of  course,  ultimately,  we  dispose  of  these  disputes, 
but  not  until  much  discomfiture  and  loss  has  been  experienced  by  all 
concerned. 

“Underground  piping  herein  referred  to  means  cast-iron  or  wrought 
iron  piping,  representing  underground  mains,  branches,  etc.,  from  city 
mains,  pumps,  reservoirs,  tanks,  hydrants  when  in  connection  with 
sprinkler  equipments,  etc.,  and  I am  sending  this  letter  to  the  members  of 
your  Association  with  the  hope  that  you  may  be  helpful  in  the  future  in 
having  this  class  of  work  included  in  the  general  sprinkler  equipment  con- 
tract, thereby  obviating  the  chance  of  jurisdictional  differences  arising 
on  buildings,  since  these  jurisdictional  differences,  as  applying  to  this 
class  of  work,  are  created  because  of  the  subdivisions  of  the  contract 

Vol.  I,  1917 


I06 


SERIAL  NO.  9 


awarded  in  such  work  to  plumbing  and  steam-fitting  contractors,  when 
in  reality  the  work  should  be  included  in  the  general  sprinkler  contract, 
which  belongs  to  the  sprinkler  fitter.  Cooperation  on  your  part  in  regard 
to  retai.iing  this  underground  work,  or  other  work  in  connection  with 
sprinkler  contracts  within  the  contract  covering  sprinkler  installation, 
will  aid  us  materially,  and  tend  toward  the  successful  and  speedy  com- 
pletion of  building  operations  and  better  and  more  satisfactory  installa- 
tions of  fire-preventive  devices.” 

The  Chairman  of  the  Institute  Committee  on  Materials 
and  Methods  feels  that  this  is  a matter  which  might  at 
least  be  called  to  the  attention  of  the  profession  and  given 
careful  consideration  by  its  members.  If  further  detailed 
information  is  desired,  and  if  the  full  discussion  of  the  sub- 
ject, as  embodied  in  the  complete  circular  letter  sent  out 
by  the  Association,  is  wanted,  all  can  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  office  of  the  General  President,  401  Bush 
Temple,  Chicago,  111.  Thomas  Nolan, 

Chairman  of  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods. 

[Editor’s  Note. — Without  wishing  to  enter  into  any 
phase  of  a controversy  between  organizations  of  any  kind, 


it  would  nevertheless  appear  to  be  advantageous  to  keep 
as  much  work  as  possible  concerning  any  one  installation 
under  the  control  of  any  one  contractor  making  that 
installation,  thereby  unifying  instead  of  dividing  the  re- 
sponsibility for  the  equipment  and  its  successful  operation.] 

9K2  Safeguarding  Industry — A Wartime 

Necessity 

This  is  the  title  of  a 24-page  book  prepared  by  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  for  the  Council  of 
National  Defense,  which  is  replete  with  practical  sugges- 
tions for  reducing  fire-loss. 

This  book  is  described  and  quoted  from  with  particu- 
lar reference  to  conservation  through  the  use  of  sprinklers 
by  the  Information  Service  Department  of  the  National 
Automatic  Sprinkler  Association  on  pages  180-183  °f  the 
Industrial  Section. 


9L  Outgoing  Pipes,  Sewage  Disposal  and  Public  Health 


As  stated  in  the  introductory  paragraph  to  the  Divis- 
ion 9D,  the  question  of  water-supply  and  distribution  is 
similar  in  importance  with  the  question  of  sewage  dis- 
posal as  concerns  the  public  health. 

No  better  introduction  to  this  Division  could  be  given 
than  Mr.  Ihlder’s  article  printed  under  9C1,  to  which  the 
attention  of  the  reader  is  directed. 

Both  of  these  subjects  are  covered  by  activities  and 
publications  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Public  Health  Service 
mentioned  under  9M.  See,  also,  various  publications  of 
the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  some  of  which  follow, 
but  a fuller  list  of  which  will  be  found  under  12H. 

1.  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  has  issued: 

(a)  Technical  Paper  No.  33,  “Sanitation  at  Mining  Villages  in 
the  Birmingham  District,  Ala.,”  Dwight  E.  Woodbridge. 

1913.  26  pp.  Contains  illustrations  and  map. 

(, b ) Technical  Paper  No.  117,  “Quantity  of  Gasoline  Necessary 
to  Produce  Explosive  Conditions  in  Sewers,”  G.  A.  Burred 
and  H.  T.  Boyd.  1916.  17  pp.,  diagrammatically  illus- 
trated. Price,  5 cents. 

(f)  Miners’  Circular  No.  20,  “How  a Miner  Can  Avoid  Some 
Dangerous  Diseases,”  A.  J.  Lanza  and  J.  H.  White.  1916. 
26  pp.  Contains,  among  others,  two  illustrations,  being 
front  and  rear  drawings  of  a sanitary  privy.  Price,  5 cents, 
(e)  Bulletin  No.  87,  “Houses  for  Mining  Towns,”  J.  H.  White. 

1914.  64  pp.  Contains  a treatise  on  the  subject  of  the 
small  house  in  groups  and  as  small  towns.  Includes  a dis- 
cussion of  the  town-site  and  enlargement  of  town  with 
streets  and  alleys,  types  of  houses,  windows,  doors,  light- 
ing, ventilation,  screening,  heating,  interior  and  exterior 
finish,  construction,  the  yard  and  its  appurtenances, 
sources  of  water  supply,  disposal  of  wastes,  sewer  systems, 
substitutes  for  sewers,  and  other  subjects  of  vital  interest 
as  affecting  the  public  health.  Illustrated  with  map  of 
model  mining  town,  plans,  elevations  and  perspectives  of 
houses,  details  of  construction,  and  other  data.  Price, 
15  cents. 

2.  See  “Proceedings”  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  for 

lists  of  “Current  Engineering  Literature”  on  sanitation  and  other 
subjects  covered  by  this  issue. 

3.  See  “Review  of  Current  Technical  Literature”  and  Journal  of  the 

American  Society  oj  Mechanical  Engineers  for  information  on 
these  subjects.  Also  reports  of  committees  in  that  Society  on 
Flanges  and  on  Standardization. 

4.  “Modern  Methods  of  Sewage  Disposal  for  Towns,  Public  Institu- 

tions, and  Isolated  Houses,”  G.  E.  Waring.  247  pp.,  illus.  Con- 
tents include:  Selection  of  Method  of  Disposal;  Sewage  Irriga- 
tion, Farming  and  Filtration;  Chemical  Treatment;  Rights  and 
Obligations  of  Riparian  Owners;  Disposal  for  Large  Institutions, 
and  Hotels;  Disposal  for  Village  and  Country  Houses. 

5.  “Sewerage  and  Land  Drainage,”  G.  E.  Waring.  Illus. 

6.  “How  to  Drain  a House”  (9G10),  G.  E.  Waring. 

7.  “Guide  to  Sanitary  Inspections,”  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard.  229  pp. 

Contents  include:  Essentials  of  a Healthful  Home;  Schedule  for 
Sanitary  Inspection  of  Tenement  Houses;  Inspection  of  Country 
Houses;  Summer  Boarding-Houses  and  Summer  Resorts;  Schedule 
for  Sanitary  Inspection  of  Schools,  Hospitals,  and  Institutions; 


Sanitary  Inspection  of  Dairies;  Sanitary  Surveys  of  Cities  and 
Towns;  Bibliography  on  Sanitary  Surveys  and  Inspection. 

8.  See  “Sanitation  of  Public  Buildings”(9G4),  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard, 

for  sections  relating  to  drainage  systems  and  sewage  disposal. 

9.  “Water  Supply,  Sewerage,  and  Plumbing  of  Modern  City  Build- 

ings” (9G5),  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard. 

10.  “The  Sanitation,  Water  Supply  and  Sewage  Disposal  of  Country 

Houses”(9G7),  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard.  Treats  of  the  general  sani- 
tation of  country  houses  and  shows  relation  of  the  soil,  the  sub- 
soil, surface  drainage,  sewage,  etc.,  to  a healthful  home.  The 
question  of  sewage  disposal  for  houses  not  in  reach  of  sewers  is 
taken  up,  and  latest  developments  in  methods  of  disposal  are 
given  particular  attention. 

11.  See  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book”  (9G22),  M.  Merri- 

man,  pp.  967 — 980:  Section  on  “Sewerage  Systems.” 

See,  also,  section  on  “Sewage  Disposal,”  pp.  980-997. 

12.  “The  Separate  System  of  Sewerage:  Its  Theory  and  Construction,” 

C.  Staley  and  G.  S.  Pierson.  324  pp.,  illus.  Contents  include: 
Plans,  Specifications  and  Contract,  Construction,  House  Drainage 
and  Plumbing,  Purification  of  Sewage  by  Application  to  the  Soil. 

13.  “The  Design,  Construction  and  Maintenance  of  Sewage  Disposal 

Works,”  Hugh  P.  Raikes.  429  pp.,  illus.  A practical  guide  to 
modern  methods  of  sewage  purification. 

14.  “The  Purification  of  Sewage,”  S.  Barwise.  234  pp.,  illus.  A brief 

account  of  the  scientific  principles  of  sewage  purification  and 
their  practical  application. 

15.  “Elements  of  Sanitary  Engineering,”  M.  Merriman.  250  pp., 

illus.  Contents  include:  Sewage  Systems;  Disposal  of  Sewage, 
Refuse  and  Garbage;  The  Chicago  Drainage  Canal;  British 
Commissions  on  Sewage  Disposal. 

16.  "Practical  Methods  of  Sewage  Disposal,”  Henry  N.  Ogden  and  H. 

Burdett  Cleveland.  132  pp.,  illus.  Contents  include:  The  Set- 
tling Tank;  Valves,  Siphons,  and  Siphon  Chambers;  Subsurface 
Irrigation;  Sewage  Filters;  Broad  Irrigation;  Estimates  of  Cost. 

17.  “Sewer  Design,”  H.  N.  Ogden.  248  pp.,  illus.  Contents  include: 

Preparatory  Maps  and  Data;  Estimating  Future  Population; 
Amount  of  Sewage  per  Capita;  Ground-water  Reaching  Sewers; 
Sewer  Diagrams;  Plans  and  Cross-section. 

18.  “Sewer  Construction,”  Henry  N.  Ogden.  335  pp.,  illus. 

19.  “Sewage  Disposal,”  Leonard  P.  Kinnicutt,  C.  E.  A.  Winslow,  and 

R.  Winthrop  Pratt.  435  pp.,  illus. 

20.  “Sewerage,”  A.  Prescott  Folwell.  506  pp.,  illus.  The  Designing, 

Construction,  and  Maintenance  of  Sewerage  Systems,  in  three 
parts. 

21.  “Sewage  Disposal,”  G.  W.  Fuller.  767  pp.,  illus.  A comprehensive 

work  with  a comparison  of  values  and  data  on  methods,  which 
includes  a chapter  on  Institutional  and  Residential  Plants. 

22.  For  “Sewage  Purification  Plants  for  Small  Country  Residences  and 

Isolated  Buildings,”  see  paper  with  this  title  by  A.  P.  I.  Cotterell, 
in  the  Journal  oj  the  Royal  Sanitary  Institute , June,  1916. 

23.  For  recommendations  as  to  “Sanitary  Provisions  for  Medium-Sized 

Stations,”  see  adopted  Report  of  Committee  on  Buildings, 
Manual  of  the  American  Railway  Engineering  Association 
(1A9A,  p.  218. 

24.  See  “Sanitary  Engineering  of  Buildings,”  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard, 

which  contains  Chapters  on  Sewerage  of  Buildings;  Sewage 
Removal  and  Sewage  Disposal;  A Plea  for  Sanitation  in  Fac- 
tories and  Workshops;  The  Sanitary  Drainage  of  Tenement 
Houses,  and  others  as  listed  under  9G6. 

23.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  School  Buildings”  (9G8),  H.  L.  Alt. 
Chapter  XIII  contains  information  on  Sewage  Disposal. 


Serial  No.  9 


107 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


26.  See  “Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book”  (9G9),  F.  E.  Kidder, 

for  information  on  Plumbing  and  Drainage,  including  reliable 
rules  for  same,  and  data  regarding  drains,  sewers,  etc. 

27.  “Architectural  Hygiene  and  Sanitary  Science  as  Applied  to  Build- 

ings,” R.  F.  and  M.  T.  Fletcher.  Illus.  A textbook  for  archi- 
tects, surveyors,  engineers,  and  others,  with  many  diagrams  and 
figures. 

28.  See  “A  Guide  to  Sanitary  House  Inspection”  or,  “Hints  and  Helps 

Regarding  the  Choice  of  a Healthful  House  in  City  or  Country,” 
by  Wm.  Paul  Gerhard. 

29.  See  “Modern  Sanitary  Engineering:”  Part  1,  “House  Drainage,” 

Thomson  Gilbert,  for  principles  of  drainage  design,  materials, 
gradients  and  other  data  as  listed  under  9G. 

30.  “Domestic  Sanitation  and  Plumbing”  (9G13),  A.  Herring-Shaw, 

contains  sections  on  Soil,  Waste  and  Vent  Pipes;  Sanitary  Fit- 
tings; House  Drainage;  Cesspools;  Disposal  of  House  Sewage. 

31.  “I.C.S.  Plumbers’  and  Fitters’  Handbook”  (9G23)  contains  a 

section  on  Drainage  and  Sewerage,  which  treats  of  Capacity  of 
Circular  Sewers;  Sewer  Pipe;  Double  Strength  Sewer  Pipe; 
Roof  Leaders;  Sewage  Ejection;  and  Disposal  of  Sewage. 

32.  See  Starbuck’s”  Drainage  and  Venting,”  Vol.  I,  160  pp.,  illus. 

33.  Gillette’s  “Handbook  of  Cost  Data,”  1850  pp.,  contains  informa- 

tion on  the  cost  of  Sewers. 

34.  “American  Sewerage  Practice,”  Leonard  Metcalf  and  H.  P.  Eddy: 

Vol.  I,  “Design  of  Sewers,”  747  pp.,  illus. 

Vol.  II,  “Construction  of  Sewers,”  564  pp.,  illus.,  gives  detailed 
descriptions  of  every  step  of  trenching  and  the  construction  of  pipe, 
masonry,  and  concrete  sewers. 

Vol.  ill,  “Disposal  of  Sewage,”  878  pp.,  illus.,  explains  in  simple 
language  the  nature  of  sewage  and  the  changes  that  take  place  in 
it  when  it  is  subject  to  different  conditions  and  describes  the  struc- 
tures designed  to  produce  these  various  conditions. 

35.  For  descriptions  and  illustrations  of  reinforced  concrete  sewers 

installed  by  the  city  of  Hartford,  see  Eighth  Annual  Report  of 
the  Department  of  Engineering,  City  of  Hartford,  Conn. 

See  Ninth  Annual  Report  of  same  Department,  concerning  tile 
block  sewers. 

36.  See  “Water  Pipe  and  Sewer  Discharge  Diagrams,”  T.  C.  Ekin, 

listed  under  9D34. 

37.  The  “Building  Code”  recommended  by  the  N.B.F.U.  (9G42)  con- 

tains Section  257  on  Plumbing  and  Drainage,  which  gives  require- 
ments to  be  followed  in  connection  with  the  alteration  or  change 
of  plumbing  and  drainage  systems. 

38.  “Water  Purification  and  Sewage  Disposal,”  J.  Tillmans.  Trans- 

lated by  Hugh  S.  Taylor.  169  pp.,  illus.  Embodies  a critical  sur- 
vey of  the  work  of  the  German  authorities  during  the  past  few 
years  in  developing  modern  methods  for  the  provision  of  suitable 
water-supplies  and  the  adequate  disposal  of  sewage,  with  a 
chapter  on  the  disposal  of  industrial  sewage. 

39.  See  “What  Our  Cities  Do  Not  Know,”  published  1915  by  National 

Housing  Association.  Describes  existing  conditions  in  cities 
throughout  the  country  as  to  vaults,  privies,  sewers,  and  general 
sanitation,  with  progress  in  legislation,  law  enforcement  and 
improved  dwellings,  with  a list  of  limited  dividend  companies  in 
the  United  States  and  Canada  which  are  seeking  to  improve 
wage-earners’  dwellings  in  villages,  together  with  a list  of  official 
commissions  or  departments  and  of  volunteer  housing  associa- 
tions or  committees. 

40.  The  National  Housing  Association  issues  many  pamphlets,  book- 

lets, and  other  publications  pertaining  to  all  phases  of  housing,  in 
many  of  which  the  subject  of  sanitary  conditions  is  fully  gone 
into.  These  are  to  be  had  at  very  nominal  prices,  and  their 
study  and  distribution  is  to  be  encouraged. 

41.  For  description  of  existing  sanitary  conditions,  with  summary  and 

recommendations  as  to  improving  conditions  in  the  city  of 
Providence,  R.  I.,  and  surrounding  communities  and  some  mill 
villages,  and  as  applicable  to  many  others,  see  “The  Houses  of 
Providence,”  John  Ihlder  and  others,  1916. 

42.  See  the  “Annual  Report  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation,”  1915,  for 

information  on  “The  Latrine  Problem,”  pp.  60-65,  as  sub- 
mitted in  the  Report  of  the  Director  General  of  the  International 
Health  Commission  to  the  President  of  the  Rockefeller  Founda- 
tion from  which  the  following  is  quoted. 

9M  United  States  Public  Health  S 

1.  There  is  in  the  Treasury  Department  a Bureau  of  the  Public 
Health  Service  in  charge  of  Surgeon-General,  Rupert  Blue, 
Surgeon-General’s  office,  3 B Street,  S.  E.  This  Service  main- 
tains a Hygienic  Laboratory  at  25th  and  E Streets  and  issues: 
(a)  Hygienic  Laboratory  Bulletins. 

(£)  Public  Health  Bulletins. 

(r)  Reprints  from  Public  Health  Reports. 

These  relate,  among  other  things,  to  Water  Supplies, 
Rural  Sanitation  and  Sewage  Pollution.  List  of  related 
publications  will  be  found  in  back  of  Bulletin  No.  89  below, 
and  those  not  exhausted  may  be  obtained  without  charge 
from  the  Service.  Among  these  are: 


“In  what  has  already  been  done  there  is  sufficient  volume  and 
variety  of  experience  to  afford  a satisfactory  basis  for  a critical 
study  of  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  or  relative  efficiency  of 
the  various  methods  employed  for  the  disposal  of  sewage  at  the  rural 
home.  The  state  departments  of  health  are  eager  to  have  this  study 
made  and  offer  cooperation  in  carrying  it  out;  the  Commission  is 
prepared  to  cooperate  by  supplying  the  necessary  funds  for  the 
work;  working  plans  are  being  matured;  the  results  of  the  many 
scientific  studies  that  have  been  made  of  different  phases  of  the 
problem  are  being  summarized;  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  investiga- 
tion may  be  under  way  within  the  coming  year.  The  work,  if 
undertaken,  will  need  to  extend  over  a long  period  of  time  and  to 
cover  a considerable  area  of  field  work  in  order  to  test  experience 
under  all  seasons  and  under  a sufficient  variety  of  conditions.  The 
aim  will  be  to  subject  present  procedures  to  scientific  examination 
with  a view  to  pointing  the  way,  if  possible,  to  a method  for  the 
disposal  of  sewage  at  the  country  home  that  will  be  safe  and  that 
will  be  workable  under  prevailing  conditions.” 

43.  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  has  issued  Technologic  Paper  No. 

44,  “Investigation  of  the  Durability  of  Cement  Drain  Tile  in 
Alkali  Soils.”  1915.  56  pp.  Contains  illustrations,  tables  and 
diagrams.  Price  35  cents. 

44.  For  information  on  “Vitrified  Salt-Glazed  Sewer  Pipe,”  with 

dimensions,  weight  and  cost,  see  “Lefax”  Data  Sheet  6-94. 

45.  For  publications  dealing  with  the  make  and  use  of  especial  kinds  of 

pipes  and  sewers,  see  those  referred  to  elsewhere  as  follows: 

(a)  Cast  Iron  Soil-Pipe  Makers  Association  (9B5). 

(b)  American  Concrete  Pipe  Association  (9B6). 

(f)  The  Sewer  Pipe  Manufacturers’  Association  (9B7). 

46.  See  Paper  read  at  the  1917  Convention  of  the  A.S.T.M.,  entitled 

“Distribution  of  Pressure  through  Earth  Fills,”  A.  T.  Goldbeck. 

47.  Besides  the  Standard  Specifications  for  Cast-Iron  Pipe  and  Special 

Castings,  mentioned  under  (9D41)  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials  has  issued: 

(a)  Standard  Specifications  for  Drain  Tile,  Serial  Designation 

C4-16,  adopted  1914,  revised  1916.  These  specifications 
cover  three  classes  of  drain  tile,  namely,  Farm  Drain  Tile, 
Standard  Drain  Tile,  and  Extra-Quality  Drain  Tile,  and 
apply  to  drain  tile  made  of  shale,  fire-clays  or  surface  clays, 
and  to  drain  tile  made  of  concrete.  See  reference  to  Report 
of  Committee  C-6  on  Drain  Tile. 

(b)  Standard  Definitions  of  Terms  Relating  to  Sewer  Pipe, 

Serial  Designation  C8-15,  adopted  1915. 

(r)  Report  of  Committee  C-4  on  Clay  and  Cement  Sewer  Pipe, 
1916,  presents,  under  the  title  Appendix  I,  “Analytical 
Data  for  Sewer  Pipe.” 

(d)  In  the  report  of  the  same  committee,  C-4,  for  1917,  the  Com- 
mittee presents  the  following,  with  a recommendation  that 
these  proposed  standards  be  printed  as  tentative  for  one 
year  before  being  presented  to  the  Society  for  adoption: 
Proposed  Tentative  Specifications  for  Clay  Sewer  Pipe. 
Proposed  Tentative  Specifications  for  Cement-Concrete 
Sewer  Pipe. 

Proposed  Revised  Tentative  Recommended  Practice  for 
Laying  Sewer  Pipe. 

Proposed  Tentative  Specifications  for  Trench  Pressures 
upon  Sewer  Pipe. 

48.  The  Public  Comfort  Station  Bureau  of  The  National  Committee 

of  the  Confederated  Supply  Association  (J.  J.  Cosgrove,  Director, 
261  Broadway,  New  York  City)  has  published  the  following: 

(a)  A circular  of  “Suggestions  for  Organizing  Locally  in  the 

National  Campaign  for  Public  Comfort  Stations.”  4 pp. 

(b)  “The  American  Plan  for  Public  Comfort  Stations,”  approved 

by  the  Bureau.  8 pp. 

(r)  Standards  for  Public  Comfort  Stations,”  approved  by  the 

Bureau.  8 pp. 

49.  See  “Public  Comfort  Stations,”  8 pp.,  text  and  illustrations 

(foreign)  in  Modern  Sanitation,  August,  1913. 

50.  For  further  descriptive  matter  and  illustrations  pertaining  to  sub- 

jects covered  by  this  heading,  see  the  following  pages  in  the 
Industrial  Section: 

(a)  Crane  Drainage  Fittings,  Crane  Co.,  p.  218. 

(b)  Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe  Mfgs.  Asso.,  pp.  222,  223. 


(d)  “Safe  Disposal  of  Human  Excreta  at  Unsewered  Homes,” 
Public  Health  Bulletin,  No.  68.  L.  L.  Lumdsen,  C.  YV. 
Stiles,  and  A.  W.  Freeman.  1915.  22  pp. 

(e)  “A  Sanitary — Privy  System  for  Unsewered  Towns  and 
villages,  Public  Health  Bulletin  No.  89,  August,  19171  by 
L.  L.  Lumdsen,  Surgeon.  28  pp.,  illustrated  and  with  list 
of  Service  Publications. 

2.  As  of  further  interest,  see  “Report  of  the  Surgeon-General,  U.  S. 
Army,  to  the  Secretary  of  War.”  1917.  474  pp.,  with  diagrams 
and  tables,  descriptions  of  conditions  affecting  military  Hos- 
pitals, Laboratories,  Medical  Schools,  etc. 


9 


Serial  No. 


108 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  10 


HEATING  AND  VENTILATING  AND 
MECHANICAL  EQUIPMENT  IN  GENERAL 


OCTOBER,  1917 


INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


1 OA  Societies,  Associations  and  Other  Interests. 

1 OB  Educational  and  Research  Work, 
t OC  Boilers  and  Heating  in  General. 

10D  Warm-Air  Heating,  Stoves,  Ranges  and  Dryers. 
10E  Blowers,  Fans  and  Ventilation  in  General. 

10F  Air  Conditioning,  Temperature  Control. 

IOC  Natural  Ventilation. 


10H  Chimneys,  Flues  and  Fireplaces. 

1 0 J Pipes,  Valves  and  Fittings. 

10K  Radiators,  Registers  and  Grilles. 

10L  Metal  Work,  Ducts,  Chase  Lathing. 

1 ONI  Air-Leakage,  Guarantees  and  Formulas. 

1 ON  Heat  Transmission,  Insulation,  Coverings. 
1 OO  Mechanical  Equipment  in  General. 


10A  Societies,  Associations  and  Other  Interests 


The  publications  and  activities  of  the  following  Societies  in  the 
development  of  mechanical  equipment  will  be  mentioned  wherever 
possible  in  connection  with  the  main  heading  or  subdivision  under  which 
they  would  naturally  fall. 

1.  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 

Secretary:  Calvin  W.  Rice,  29  W.  39th  Street,  New  York  City. 

2.  American  Society  of  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers 

Secretary:  C.  W.  Obert,  29  W.  39th  Street,  New  York  City. 

3.  American  Institute  of  Consulting  Engineers 

Secretary:  F.  A.  Molitor,  3J  Nassau  Street,  New  York  City. 

4.  National  Association  of  Master  Steam  and  Hot  Water 

Fitters 

Secretary:  Henry  B.  Gombers,  50  Union  Square,  New  York  City. 

5.  National  District  Heating  Association 

Secretary:  D.  L.  Gaskill,  Electric  Building,  Greenville,  Ohio. 

6.  National  Warm  Air  Heating  and  Ventilating  Association 

Secretary:  A.  W.  Williams,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


7.  American  Association  of  Refrigeration 

Secretary:  J.  F.  Nickerson,  431  S.  Dearborn  Street,  Chicago,  111. 

8.  American  Society  of  Refrigerating  Engineers 

Secretary:  W.  H.  Ross,  154  Nassau  Street,  New  York  City. 

9.  American  Uniform  Boiler-Law  Society 

Chairman  Administrative  Council:  Thomas  E.  Durban,  Erie,  Pa. 

10.  American  Boiler  Manufacturers’  Association 

Secretary:  H.  N.  Coveil,  191  Dikeman  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

11.  National  Boiler  and  Radiator  Manufacturers’  Association 

Secretary:  F.  W.  Herendeen,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 

12.  Magnesia  Association  of  America 

Secretary:  C.  J.  Stover,  Bulletin  Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

13.  Low  Pressure  Covering  Manufacturers’  Association 

Secretary:  C.  J.  Stover,  Bulletin  Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa 

There  is  also  record  of  the 

14.  Boiler  Tube  Manufacturers  of  America 

15.  National  Tubular  Boiler  Manufacturers’  Association 

16.  National  Association  of  Valve  Manufacturers 


10B  Educational  and  Research  Work 

I.  In  the  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine,  April,  1917,  it  is  stated 
that  President  Lyle,  of  the  A.S.  of  H.  and  V.  Engineers  has 
appointed  a committee  to  investigate  the  matter  of  the  establish- 
ment of  a bureau  of  research  to  be  conducted  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Society.  When  John  Bartlett  Pierce,  one  of  the  founders 
of  the  American  Radiator  Company,  and  its  Vice-President, 

IOC  Boilers  and  Heating  in  General 

lOCl  Departments  of  U.  S.  Government 

Issue  publications  concerning  heating,  ventilation,  and  mechanical 
equipment,  both  as  scientific,  technical  papers  on  the  production, 
combustion,  and  utilization  of  fuel,  and  popular  literature  on  home 
conveniences  and  economies. 

(a)  Fuels.  See  2A3,  2A1C  and  d. 

(b)  Bureau  of  Mines:  Technical  Paper  97,  “Saving  Fuel  in  Heating 

a House.”  1915.  3 5 pp.,  illus.  Also,  ioC4jj. 

(c)  Bureau  of  Standards:  “Investigation  of  Fusible  Tin  Boiler 

Plugs,”  191J,  and  other  Technologic  Papers;  also  Bulletins  and 
other  publications  (iA2^)  for  index  to  which  see  “Publications 
of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,”  May  8,  1917. 

(d)  Navy  Department  issues  specifications  in  large  number  for 

many  kinds  of  materials,  pipes,  tubing,  valves,  and  other  appa- 
ratus and  devices,  and  for  mechanical  systems  and  appurte- 
nances. Read  the  “Index  to  Specifications”  (^Aiai),  for  titles 
and  Navy  Department  serial  numbers. 

(«)  War  Department.  (See  Journal  for  September,  pp.  423-424.) 

(/)  Treasury  Department,  office  of  Supervising  Architect  (see 
8B,  p.  93).  Specifications  are  issued,  but  not  for  general  dis- 
tribution, as  mentioned  under  sD2^. 

Serial  No.  10 


(See,  also,  iB3£  and  3Cla) 

died  at  his  home  in  Lynnfield,  Mass.,  June  23,  1917,  his  will 
was  found  to  create  a substantial  surplus  fund  to  be  used  for 
the  establishment  of  the  John  B.  Pierce  Foundation  for  tech- 
nical research  in  heating,  ventilating,  and  sanitation  “to  the  end 
that  the  general  hygiene  and  comforts  of  human  beings  and 
their  habitations  may  be  advanced.” 


( g ) Department  of  Agriculture:  For  one  of  the  many  interesting 

publications,  see  10D1,  and  for  list  of  others  see  12H. 

(h)  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau  compiles  for  the  Heating  and  Ventilating 

Magazine  complete  records  of  the  weather  in  five  different 
localities,  which  are  published,  with  charts  and  complete  data. 

O')  Department  of  Commerce:  “Abstract  of  the  Census  of  Manu- 
facturers, 1914,”  but  actually  taken  in  1915.  Contains  data  on 
hot-air  furnaces,  radiators,  cast-iron  boilers,  stoves  and  ranges, 
steam  and  fittings.  Price  65  cents,  from  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. 

10C2  Boiler  Standards 

(a)  While  the  Constitution  of  the  A.S.M.E.  states  that  “the  Society 
shall  not  approve  or  adopt  any  standard  or  formula,”  the  Report 
of  the  Boiler  Code  Committee,  commonly  known  as  the  “Boiler 
Code,”  was  accepted  by  the  Council  of  the  Society  on  Feb.  13, 
1915,  and  ordered  printed.  It  is  now  recognized  as  a Standard 
and  has  been  printed  by  some  states,  either  in  toto  or  with 
modifications,  as  the  law  of  the  commonwealth.  It  has  also 
official  recognition  by  the  important  insurance  companies  featur- 
ing this  class  of  protection. 

The  official  title  is  “Report  of  the  Committee  to  Formulate 

Vol.  I,  1917 


IO9 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


Standard  Specifications  for  the  Construction  of  Steam  Boilers 
and  other  Pressure  Vessels  and  for  Their  Care  in  Service,  Known 
as  the  Boiler  Code  Committee.”  These  "Rules  for  the  Con- 
struction of  Stationary  Boilers  and  for  Allowable  Working 
Pressures”  are  divided  into  Section  I,  Power  Boilers;  Section  II, 
Heating  Boilers. 

The  A.S.M.E.  Boiler  Code  was  issued  over  the  signatures  of 
twenty-four  experts,  representing  every  phase  of  steam-boiler 
practice,  and  this  body  has  been  continued  as  a committee  to 
interpret  the  Code  when  occasion  requires.  Thus  far  172  rulings 
and  interpretations  of  importance  to  engineers  have  been  pub- 
lished. (See  Journal  of  the  A.S.M.E.  for  the  monthly  reports 
of  “The  work  of  the  Boiler  Code  Committee.”)  The  Boiler 
Code  is  now  undergoing  its  first  revision. 

( b )  Many  of  the  specifications  for  materials  comprised  within  the 
Code  are  identical  with  or  modifications  of  separate  standards 
of  the  A.S.T.M.,  which  see. 

(r)  The  A.S.M.E.  also  issues  reports  containing  specifications  for 
boiler  plate,  rivet  steel,  steel  castings,  and  steel  forgings. 

(See  10O  for  reference  to  the  A.S.M.E.  Power  Test  Code 
which  includes  Boilers.) 

(i i)  See  “Standard  Specifications  for  Boiler  Steel,”  adopted  by  the 
Association  of  American  Steel  Manufacturers,  revised  1914, 
known  as  Manufacturers'  Standard  Specifications  (1F3). 

(r)  Cast  Iron  with  respect  to  its  use  in  boilers,  radiators,  etc.,  see 
publications  of  the  American  Foundrymen’s  Association,  Inc. 
(1F1).  . . , 

(/)  The  American  Uniform  Boiler-Law  Society  exists  for  the  purpose 
of  promulgating  the  A.S.M.E.  Code  as  the  legal  boiler  construc- 
tion code  for  all  the  states.  It  has  now  been  made  operative 
in  nine  states  and  eight  municipalities.  There  has  been  published 
(87  pp.) 

“Condensed  Report  of  The  American  Uniform  Boiler 
Code  Congress,”  held  under  the  auspices  of  the  Industrial 
Commission  of  Ohio,  December,  1916,  and  issued  by  the  Amer- 
ican Uniform  Boiler-Law  Society. 

(g)  The  National  Boiler  and  Radiator  Manufacturers’  Association 

issues  Part  I,  Section  II,  of  the  A.S.M.E.  Boiler  Code,  which 
deals  only  with  boilers  for  low-pressure  steam-  and  hot-water 
heating  and  hot-water  supply. 

(h)  “Universal  Safety  Standards,”  Workmen’s  Compensation  Bureau 

ofNew  York,  1914.  Contains  section  on  Boilers,  Valves,  and 
Fittings. 

(j)  “A  Textbook  of  Engineering  Thermodynamics,”  Charles 

Edward  Lucke  and  John  J.  Flather.  688  pp.,  illus.  Gives  a 
numerical  answer  to  the  everyday  problems  of  design  and  per- 
formance of  heating,  refrigerating,  and  power  apparatus. 

( k ) “Steam  Boilers,”  E.  M.  Shealy.  374  pp. 

(/)  For  illustrations  and  description  of  Ideal  Smokeless  Down- 
Draft  Boilers,  see  page  177  in  Industrial  Section  of  American 
Radiator  Company. 

(m)  For  illustration,  table  of  tests,  and  other  information  on  Mills 
Water  Tube  Boiler,  see  page  179  in  Industrial  Section,  of 
The  H.  B.  Smith  Company. 

(»)  Inspection  and  Testing  of  Steam  Boilers,  see  information 
on  page  144  of  the  Industrial  Section,  by  Robert  W.  Hunt  & 
Company 

10C3  Rating  and  Testing  of  House-Heating 
Boilers 

[Note. — House  heating  is  the  term  applied  to  all  boilers  not  used  for 
power  and  does  not  apply  merely  to  residences.] 

(a)  In  “History,  Aims  and  Achievements”  issued  1916  by  the 

N.A.  of  M.S.  and  H.W.F.  (10A4),  it  is  stated:  “About  the 
year  1909  this  Association  first  took  up  with  the  manufacturers 
the  question  of  a proper  and  uniform  rating  of  house-heat- 
ing boilers.  Later  on  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.  E.  joined  in  the 
negotiations,  with  the  result  that  today  the  National  Boiler 
and  Radiator  Manufacturers’  Association  has  an  accepted  basis 
for  the  rating  of  house-heating  boilers.” 

The  commonly  accepted  method  of  rating  has  been  on  the 
basis  of  the  amount  of  radiation  which  it  is  claimed  a given  size 
of  boiler  will  serve.  Much  has  been  written  and  said  on  this 
subject. 

(b)  See  “The  Testing  of  House-Heating  Boilers”  in  the  Heating 

and  Ventilating  Magazine , December,  1916,  by  L.  P.  Brecken- 
ridge  and  D.  B.  Prentice,  as  presented  before  the  A.S.M.E. 
In  this  it  is  stated  that  “originally  the  foot  of  radiation  meant  a 
square  foot  of  radiating  surface,  but  improvements  in  design 
and  arrangement  enabled  manufacturers  to  secure  this  con- 
densation with  less  surface,  and  consequently  less  iron.  The 
result  has  been  a variable  and  decreasing  value  in  square  inches 
for  the  ‘foot  of  radiation.’  In  fact,  the  unit  has  become,  as  it 
should,  dependent  entirely  on  condensation  of  steam,  which 
means  a heat  transfer,  rather  than  on  any  particular  area  of 
metal.” 


The  authors  propose,  therefore,  the  following  definition  of  a 
unit  for  stating  the  capacity  of  radiators  and  heating  boilers: 
The  "foot  of  radiation ” shall  be  a quarter  of  a pound  of  steam 
condensed  from  and  at  21 2°  F.  per  hour. 

( c ) See,  also,  discussions  which  followed  this  paper,  printed  in  March, 

1917,  issue  of  this  same  magazine. 

(d)  In  a letter  to  the  Editor  from  a prominent  manufacturer  of  boilers, 

connected  with  an  important  association,  it  is  stated: 

“If  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  could  bring  about  the 
establishment  of  a standard  method  of  rating  heating  boil- 
ers it  would  mean  a great  step  forward  in  boiler  manufacturing. 

“Practically  every  boiler  manufactured  today,  no  matter 
what  its  catalog  rating,  will  actually  develop  its  catalog  rating, 
but  the  manufacturer  does  not  tell  how  it  has  to  be  handled  to 
develop  its  rating.  Some  boilers,  to  deliver  their  rating,  have 
to  be  fired  every  four  hours  with  a draft  so  intense  that  it  almost 
equals  a forced  draft,  so  great  is  the  rate  of  combustion  per 
square  foot  of  grate.  Such  a condition,  of  course,  is  not  reason- 
able for  a heating  plant,  and  the  only  way  to  eliminate  it  is  to 
surround  the  definition  of  how  a boiler  should  be  rated  with 
certain  safeguards. 

Amount  of  Heating  Surface  Required  on 
House-Heating  Boilers 

“For  maximum  economy  with  any  kind  of  fuel,  a boiler 
should  be  proportioned  so  that  at  least  one  square  foot  of  heat- 
ing surface  should  be  given  for  every  3.45  pounds  of  water  to 
be  evaporated  from,  and  at  212°  F.  per  hour. 

“For  each  100  square  feet  of  standard  direct  cast-iron  radia- 
tion in  still  air,  or  its  equivalent,  7.25  square  feet  of  heating  sur- 
face should  be  used,  or  that  each  square  foot  of  heating  surface 
in  heater  take  care  of  13.8  square  feet  of  standard  direct  cast- 
iron  radiation  or  its  equivalent,  which  is  3.45  pounds  of  water 
per  hour  from  and  at  21 2°  F. 

“The  above  figures  are  based  on  the  calculation  that  for  each 
square  foot  of  direct  radiation,  Si  pound  of  water  is  condensed 
per  hour  from  and  at  2120  F.  The  heating  surface  is  as  recom- 
mended by  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers. 

“Due  to  the  wide  difference  in  coal,  it  is  impossible  to  specify 
the  exact  ratio  of  grate  to  heating  surfaces,  but  the  following 
will  cover  the  situation. 

Grate  Area 

“That  a grate  area  or  its  equivalent  be  furnished  so  that  a 
firing  period  of  not  less  than  eight  hours  may  be  obtained.” 

(e)  The  A.S.  of  H.  & V.  E.  has  a Committee  on  “Code  for  Testing 

Low-Pressure  Heating  Boilers”  and  is  working  on  this  sub- 
ject. (See  10C4.)  In  its  Journal  and  “Transactions”  will  be 
found  many  interesting  and  valuable  contributions,  some  of 
these,  issued  as  reprints  are: 

1.  “Testing  and  Rating  House-Heating  Boilers,”  Wm. 

Kent.  1909.  10  cents. 

2.  “Standards  and  House-Heating  Boilers,”  Report  of 

Committee.  1910.  10  cents. 

3.  “Basis  for  Rating  House-Heating  Boilers,”  F.  L.  Busey. 

1911.  10  cents. 

4.  “Definition  of  a Unit  of  Heat,”  R.  P.  Bolton.  1912.  10 

cents. 

5.  “Code  for  Testing  House-Heating  Boilers,”  Report  of 

Committee.  1913.  10  cents. 

10C4  Heating  in  General 

(See  6J  for  Heating  by  Electricity  and  7J  for  Heating  by  Gas.) 

(a)  The  following  Pocket  Books  and  Handbooks,  which  cover  the 

whole  range  of  this  issue,  will  not  be  referred  to  again  under 
the  subjects  into  which  this  issue  has  been  subdivided.  Other 
publications  or  articles  devoted  principally  to  those  subjects 
are  separately  listed. 

1.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  William  Kent. 

1916. 

2.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks. 

1916. 

3.  “Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  Frank  E. 

Kidder.  1916. 

(b)  The  following  books  contain  information  on  many  of  the  subjects 

treated  in  this  issue: 

1.  “Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  J.  C.  Trautwine.  1913. 

2.  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

1912. 

3.  “Crosby-Fiske  Handbook  of  Fire  Protection,”  fifth 

edition. 

4.  “I.C.S.  Handbooks,”  and  books  included  in  Index  to 

International  Library  of  Technology. 

(r)  See  “Review  of  Current  Technical  Literature”  and  Journal 
of  the  A.S.M.E.  for  information  on  all  phases  of  this  subject. 
Also  reports  of  committees  in  that  Society.  See,  also,  Standards 
recommended  in  reports  of  committees  received  by  the  Council 
of  the  A.S.M.E.  as  follows: 


Serial  No.  10 


I IO 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL 

On  Standard  Tests  and  Methods  of  Tests,  covering,  among 
other  things,  the  subject  of  testing  of  steel. 

( d ) See  “Proceedings”  of  the  A.S.C.E.  for  lists  of  “Current  Engi- 
neering Literature.” 

(r)  The  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  is  conducting  investigations  to  determine 
the  relative  efficiency  of  a heating  plant  during  the  different 
periods  of  the  heating  season,  dividing  it  up  into  periods  of 
twenty  days  for  each  period  and  considering  a heating  season 
as  160  days,  more  or  less,  the  first  ten  days  and  the  last  ten  days 
being  considered  as  one  period  and  so  on;  this  will  determine 
the  efficiency  of  the  plant  at  slow,  medium,  and  maximum  com- 
bustion, and  thus  determine  the  relative  efficiency  of  each  rate 
of  combustion  from  a number  of  such  tests. 

Through  committees  and  in  cooperation  with  other  organ- 
izations, it  is  considering  problems  affecting  all  phases  of  heating. 
The  A.S.  of  El.  & V.E.  issues  these  reprints  of  papers: 

1.  “Design  of  Indirect  Heating  Systems — Maximum 

Economy  and  Operation,”  F.  L.  Busey,  and  W.  H. 
Carrier.  1913.  20  cents. 

2.  “Heating  and  Ventilating  of  Federal  Buildings,” 

N.  S.  Thompson.  1910.  10  cents. 

3.  “Development  in  Heating  and  Ventilating  Industrial 

Buildings,”  E.  L.  Hogan.  1915.  10  cents. 

4.  “Office  Practice  in  Estimating  Heating  and  Ventila- 

tion,” J.  D.  Small.  1912.  10  cents. 

5.  “Heating  a Swimming-Pool,”  C.  Teran.  1912.  10  cents. 

6.  “Report  of  Committee  on  Steam  Heating  Residences.” 

1910.  10  cents. 

7.  “Hot  Water  Heating  System  of  Crane  Co.,  Chicago 

Works,”  F.  E.  McCreary. 

(/)  See  the  following  in  the  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine. 

1.  “Notes  on  the  Rise  of  the  Smokeless  Boiler.”  October, 

1916. 

2.  “Relative  Economy  of  Heating  by  Steam  at  Different 

Pressures,”  A.  Bement.  February,  1917. 

3.  “The  Care  of  a Vacuum  Heating  System  in  the  Summer 

Months.”  August,  1917. 

4.  “A  Survey  of  Operating  Costs  in  Thirteen  School 

Buildings,”  Jamestown,  N.  Y.,  J.  M.  Cushman.  Novem- 
ber, 1916. 

5.  “The  Comparative  Effects  of  Wind  and  Sunshine  on 

Buildings,”  D.  B.  Prentice.  June,  1916. 

6.  “Fuel  Economies  in  House  Heating,”  H.  R.  Johnson. 

December,  1916. 

7.  “Failure  to  Heat  Premises — Tenant’s  Remedy.” 

February,  1916. 

8.  “An  extensive  Open-Tank  Gravity  Hot  Water  Heating 

System,”  George  Stumpf,  Jr.  October,  1914. 

9.  “Hot  Water  Heating  on  a Large  Scale,”  New  York  State 

School  of  Agriculture,  November,  1915. 

( g ) “Lefax”  issues,  among  others,  the  following  data  sheets: 

1.  “Heating,”  from  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal 

Buildings,”  N.  S.  Thompson,  Chief  Mechanical  and 
Electrical  Engineer,  Supervising  Architect’s  Office.  (3-52.) 

2.  “Design  of  Steam  and  Hot  Water  Heating  Systems,” 

M.  William  Ehrlich.  (4-96.) 

(h)  See  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Buildings,”  a reference  book 

for  engineers  and  architects,  by  Louis  A.  Harding  and  Arthur 
C.  Willard. 

1.  Volume  I:  “Heating  and  Ventilation.”  A reference 

book  for  architects  and  engineers.  1916.  619  pp.  The 
authors  have  found  it  necessary,  in  their  own  experience, 
to  make  extensive  use  of  manufacturers’  data  in  design- 
ing the  various  mechanical  systems  or  plants  required  in 
modern  buildings.  They  have  therefore  not  hesitated  to 
include  such  data  in  the  text,  in  order  to  illustrate  and 
facilitate  the  design  of  similar  systems  in  each  subject 
treated. 

2.  Volume  II:  “Power  Plants  and  Refrigeration.” 

(J)  “School  Architecture,”  W.  G.  Bruce.  Fourth  edition.  For 
architects  and  school  authorities.  Chapter  on  Heating  and  Ven- 
tilating treats  most  of  the  subjects  in  this  issue. 

( k ) “Handbook  for  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers,” 
James  D.  Hoffman.  With  tables  and  charts,  on  design  and 
installation,  widely  used  in  colleges. 

(/)  “The  Heating  and  Ventilating  of  Buildings,”  Rolla  C.  Car- 
penter. 

(m)  “Manual  of  Heating  and  Ventilation,”  F.  Schumann. 

(»)  The  Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings  under 
Control  of  The  Treasury  Department,  N.  S.  Thompson, 
has  chapters  on: 

I.  Heating  and  Ventilation.  II.  Commercial  Practice  in 
Regard  to  Heating  Factory  and  other  Buildings.  III.  Com- 
merical  Practice  in  Regard  to  Heating  by  forced  Circulation  of 
Hot  Water  from  a Central  Station. 

(See,  also  description  under  6L.) 

Serial  No.  10 


NO.  10 

This  book,  written  by  the  Chief  Mechanical  and  Electrical 
Engineer,  office  of  Supervising  Architect,  is  especially  interest- 
ing as  an  exemplification  of  the  practice  in  that  office  and  con- 
tains, besides  data  elsewhere  referred  to,  discussions  on  general 
practice,  schedules  of  piping  sizes,  sample  specifications  of  the 
office,  estimating  data  for  apparatus  in  new  federal  buildings, 
ducts,  flues,  tables,  and  other  information  applicable  to  all 
features  of  heating  and  ventilating  in  all  kinds  of  buildings. 
(0)  “Heating  and  Ventilating  Plants,”  Charles  L.  Hubbard. 
Covers  heating  and  ventilation  as  applied  to  all  classes  of  build- 
ings, from  the  small,  furnace-heated  dwellings  to  structures  of 
the  largest  size.  300  pp.,  illus. 

{p)  “Heating  and  Ventilation,”  C.  L.  Hubbard.  A practical 
manual  of  hot-air,  steam  and  hot-water  heating,  and  of  modern 
systems  of  ventilation.  256  pp.,  illus. 

(q)  See  “Heat  Engineering,”  Arthur  M.  Greene,  Jr. 

(r)  “Notes  on  Heating  and  Ventilation,”  Prof.  John  R.  Allen. 

A resume  of  lectures  delivered  to  classes  in  heating  and  ventila- 
tion at  the  University  of  Michigan.  272  pp. 

(j)  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  School  Buildings,”  Harold  L. 
Alt.  1 12  pp.,  illus.  Contains  Chapters  as  follows  (other  Chap- 
ters referred  to  elsewhere): 

I.  Heating  and  Ventilating.  II.  Ducts  and  Flues.  III. 
Heating  and  Ventilating  Special  Rooms.  IV.  Ventilating 
Toilets  and  Laboratories.  XIV.  The  School  Power  Plant. 
XVIII.  Vacuum  Cleaning. 

(/)  “The  Ventilation,  Heating  and  Management  of  Churches 
and  Public  Buildings,”  J.  W.  Thomas.  148  pp.,  illus. 

(«)  “Modern  Theater  Construction,”  Edward  Bernard  Kinsila. 

Contains  information  on  Heating  and  Ventilation. 

(r)  “Heating  by  Hot  Water,  Ventilation  and  Hot-Water  Sup- 
ply,” Walter  Jones.  360  pp.,  illus. 

(w)  “Hot-Water  Heating  and  Fitting,”  William  J.  Baldwin.  306 

pp.,  illus. 

(x)  “Warming  Buildings  by  Hot  Water,”  Frederick  Dye.  319 

pp.,  illus. 

( y ) “Practical  Steam  and  Hot-Water  Heating  and  Ventilation,” 

Alfred  G.  King.  Contains  rules,  tables,  and  300  illustrations, 
showing  in  detail  all  the  various  heating  systems,  with  pipe, 
radiator,  and  boiler  connections. 

(z)  “Steam  Heating  for  Buildings,”  Wm.  J.  Baldwin,  M.  Am.  Soc. 

C.  E.  Descriptive  of  steam  heating  apparatus  for  warming  and 
ventilating  large  buildings  and  private  houses.  404  pp.,  illus. 
(aa)  “Heating  by  Steam  and  Hot  Water,”  Charles  B.  Thompson. 
Has  short  rules  for  computing  radiation,  heat-losses,  charts, 
illustrations,  and  descriptions  of  how  best  to  heat  water  for 
baths,  swimming-pools,  etc.  265  pp.,  illus. 

(it)  The  Engineering  Experiment  Station  of  the  University  of  Illinois 
issues: 

1.  “The  Economical  Purchase  and  Use  of  Bituminous  Coal 
for  Heating  Homes.”  A new  bulletin.  2.  A circular  on 
the  installation  of  a house-heating  system,  showing  the  most 
economical  methods  of  firing  soft  coal  and  operating  a house- 
heating plant. 

(ee)  See  “Building  Code"  recommended  by  the  N.B.  of  F.U.,  1915. 
Part  XXVI,  pp.  173-184,  entitled  “Chimneys,  Flues  and 
Heating  Apparatus,”  contains  Sections  178-1 85  on  Chimneys, 
Smoke-Flues,  Gas-Flues  and  Fireplaces;  Smoke-Pipes;  Heating 
Furnaces  and  Appliances;  Stoves  and  Ranges;  Hot-Air  Pipes 
and  Registers;  Steam  and  Hot-Water  Pipes;  Vent-Flues  and 
Ducts;  and  Dry  Rooms.  Includes  diagrams. 

(dd)  See  “Field  Practice,”  Inspection  Manual  of  the  N.F.P.A.,  1914. 
Contains  sections  as  follows: 

1.  Sec.  II:  “Heating  Hazards.”  Treats  of  Radiation  and  Con- 
duction of  Heat;  Effect  of  Continuous  Heat  upon  Heating 
Devices;  Furnaces  and  Heating  Devices  of  a Fixed  or  Sta- 
tionary Type — Grading  of  Furnaces — Setting  and  Mount- 
ing— Clearance — General  Features  of  Installation;  Furnace 
Stacks,  Chimneys  and  Flues,  Breeching-Features  of  Install- 
ation; Hand  or  Movable  Furnaces;  Special  Treatment  of 
Miscellaneous  Heating  Devices;  Common  Miscellaneous 
Hazards,  in  connection  with  Use  of  Heat  (including:  Blower 
Systems  for  Heating,  Ventilating,  Stock  and  Refuse 
Conveying). 

2 Sec.  Ill:  “Power  Hazards,  including  Refrigeration.”  Treats 
of  Steam  Boilers;  Electric  Power — Electric  Motors;  Gas  and 
Gasoline  Engines;  Fuel-Oil  under  Boilers  and  Furnaces,  and 
for  Domestic  Use;  Refrigeration. 

3.  Sec.  VII:  “Chimneys  and  Flues.”  Treats  of  proper  construc- 
tion of  chimneys  and  flues  and  gives  Instructions  for  Repair- 
ing Old  Chimneys. 

(ee)  “A  Handbook  for  Superintendents  of  Construction,  Archi- 
tects, Builders,  and  Building  Inspectors,”  H.  G.  Richey. 
35 7 pp.  Superintendent  of  Construction,  U.  S.  Public  Buildings. 
(JJ)  “Building  Foreman’s  Pocket  Book  and  Ready  Reference,” 
H.  G.  Richey.  1,1 18  pp.,  656  figures. 


1 1 I 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


(gg)  See  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  Frank  R. 
Walker.  1917.  Contains  a Chapter  on  “Steam  and  Hot  Water 
Heating,”  pp.  3,200-3,207,  which  gives  data  for  Estimating 
Steam  and  Hot  Water  Heating,  Sizes  and  Costs  of  Boilers,  Pipe 
and  Fittings,  Radiation  and  Bronzing. 

(hh)  Principles  of  Heating,  Wm.  G.  Snow.  224  pp.,  illus. 

(jj)  “Firing  Bituminous  Coals  in  Large  House-Heating  Boilers,” 

S.  B.  Flagg,  Technical  Paper  No.  180,  Bureau  of  Mines,  1917. 


(kk)  “Economical  Use  of  Fuel  In  the  Home,”  A.  A.  Potter  and 
S.  L.  Simmering,  Bulletin  No.  8,  Engineering  Experiment  Sta- 
tion, Kansas  State  Agricultural  College,  1917. 

(//)  See,  also,  Industrial  Section,  p.  177,  American  Radiator  Company 
and  p.  179,  The  H.  B.  Smith  Company. 

10C5  Separate  Letting  of  Contracts 

(See  9Ga  for  Resolution  A. I. A.  Convention,  1913.) 


10D  Warm-Air  Heating,  Stoves,  Ranges  and  Dryers 


1.  The  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  has  issued  Farmers’  Bulletin 

No.  270,  “Modern  Conveniences  for  the  Farm  Home.” 
1916.  48  pp.,  illus.  (Hydraulic  and  Sanitary  features  described 
under  9G37.)  Gives  a description  of  a hot-air  furnace  installation. 

2.  See  “Saving  Fuel  in  Heating  a House,”  of  the  Bureau  of  Mines, 

listed  under  \oG\b.  See,  also,  ioC4bb  and  ioC4kk. 

3.  The  Federal  Furnace  League,  which  disbanded  some  five  or  six 

years  ago,  published,  previous  to  that  time,  “The  Warm  Air 
Furnace,”  a handy  reference  book  containing  a compilation  of 
rules  and  formulae  to  aid  in  estimating  and  installing  warm-air 
furnaces.  It  was  the  official  Handbook  on  warm-air  furnace 
heating  adopted  by  the  National  Association  of  Master  Sheet 
Metal  Workers.  Cloth  bound,  96  pp.,  including  diagrammatic 
illustrations  and  tables. 

4.  The  latest  publication  of  this  kind  is:  “Formula  and  Rules  for 

Installation  of  Warm  Air  Heating”  issued  by  the  National 
Warm  Air  Heating  and  Ventilating  Association  (10A6).  1917. 
10  pp.  Contains  Full  Rule  for  Determining  Heat  Requirements; 
Rules  for  Pipe;  Table  of  Pipe  and  Register  Sizes;  Results  of 
Tests  on  Wall  Pipe  and  Fittings;  Directions  and  Rules  for  Cold 
Air  Supply;  Fresh-Air  Room;  Chimney  Flues;  Desirability  of 
Shapes  with  Table  of  Sizes  and  a Short  Rule  for  Determining 
Heat  Requirements  with  table  of  Exposures  and  other  tables. 

5.  The  A.  S.  of  H.  & V.E.  is  gathering  data  from  tests  to  determine  the 

economic  value  of  stoves  for  heating  purposes.  Tests  will  cover 
different  rates  of  combustion  and  transmission  at  different  tem- 
peratures to  determine  the  actual  value  of  these  appliances  for 
utilizing  the  heat  in  the  fuel  used. 

Tests  of  hot-air  furnaces  will  be  conducted  under  the  auspices  of 
the  Society  to  determine  the  best  ratios  for  these  appliances,  in 
every  particular,  including  the  ratio  of  size  of  grate  to  flue  area, 
ratio  of  grate  to  chimney  area  and  height,  the  ratio  of  heating  sur- 
face to  grate  surface,  and  the  relative  value  of  cast-iron  or  wrought- 
iron  surfaces  on  different  operations. 


Read  the  Journal  and  “Transactions”  of  the  Society  for  current 
reports. 

6.  The  following  reprints  of  papers  by  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  are  of 

interest: 

(a)  “Engineering  Data  for  Designing  Furnace  Systems,” 
A.  C.  Willard.  1915.  10  cents. 

{b)  “Rational  Methods  of  Warm-Air  Heating,”  Roy  E. 

Lynd.  1915.  10  cents. 

(c)  “Design  of  Furnace  Heating  Systems — 10-Room  Resi- 

dence,” J.  D.  Hoffman.  1909.  20  cents. 

(d)  “Hot-Air  Furnace  in  Cellarless  Houses,”  R.  S.  Thompson. 

1908.  10  cents. 

(e)  “Report  of  Committee  on  Furnace  Heating.”  1910. 

20  cents. 

7.  See  the  Warm  Air  Heating  and  Sheet  Metal  Journal , monthly, 

National  Association  of  Sheet  Metal  Contractors.  (Serial  No.  1 1 .) 
Contains  articles  of  interest  on  heating  in  general. 

8.  “Furnace  Heating,”  William  G.  Snow.  A practical  and  compre- 

hensive treatise  on  warming  buildings  with  hot  air.  259  pp., 
completely  illus. 

9.  Progressive  Furnace  Heating,  Alfred  G.  King.  A practical 

manual  of  designing,  estimating,  and  installing  modern  systems. 
Supplemented  by  a treatise  on  construction  and  patterns  of 
furnace  fittings  by  W.  Neubecker.  280  pp.,  illus. 

10.  The  Furnaceman’s  Hand  Book,  contains  58  pages  of  Practical, 

Simplified  Rules  and  Tables  for  Warm-Air  Furnace  Heating,  by 
M.  H.  Smith. 

11.  “Drying  Machinery  and  Practice,”  Thomas  G.  Marlow.  A 

handbook  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  drying  and  desiccating, 
with  classified  description  of  installations,  machinery,  and 
apparatus.  388  pp.,  illus. 

12.  See  “Heating  of  Water”  (9F)  for  other  information  of  collateral 

interest,  and  Industrial  Section,  p.  212,  Humphrey  Co.,  for 
heating  of  water  by  gas. 


10E  Blowers,  Fans  and  Ventilation  in  General 


(See  the  references  under  Heating  in  General  (10C4),  the  majority 
of  which  contain  sections  covering  the  subjects  included  in  this  heading.) 

1.  The  A.S.H.  and  V.E.  is  cooperating  with  biologists,  physiologists, 

sanitarians,  and  psychologists  to  determine,  if  possible,  whether 
the  air  in  buildings  is  necessarily  less  healthful  than  the  outer  air, 
and  if  so,  why.  This  work  is  covering  a wide  range  of  research 
and  a thorough  investigation  into  every  phase  of  the  subject. 

It  is  investigating  the  question  of  improvements  in  washing 
and  conditioning  the  air  to  further  improve  the  art  of  ventilation 
and  is  conducting  experiments  to  standardize  the  various  opera- 
tions necessary  to  furnish  adequate  ventilation. 

Its  committees  are  at  work  formulating  requirements  for  ven- 
tilating buildings  to  guide  the  various  state  legislatures  in  making 
up  codes  for  the  regulation  of  such  requirements  in  public  and  semi- 
public buildings. 

2.  See  “Report  of  Committee  on  Minimum  Ventilation  Require- 

ments for  Public  and  Semi-Public  Buildings  for  Legisla- 
tion Purposes”  of  the  A.S.H.  and  V.E.  Contains  General  Sug- 
gestions on  Compulsory  Ventilation,  applicable  to  all  classes  of 
buildings,  and  Special  Minimum  Heating  and  Ventilating 
Requirements  applying  to  all  Schools,  Colleges,  Factories,  Work- 
rooms, Theatres,  and  Motion-Picture  Houses.  23  pp. 

3.  Reprints  of  papers  by  the  A.S.H.  and  V.E.: 

(a)  “Report  of  Committee  on  Blower  Systems,”  A.  M.  Feldman. 

1914.  10  cents. 

(b)  “Report  of  Committee  on  Fan  Blast  Heating  (1).”  1909. 

10  cents. 

(c)  “Report  of  Committee  on  School-room  Ventilation.”  1913. 

10  cents. 

(d)  “New  York  State  Commission  on  Ventilation — 19IJ,” 

Geo.  T.  Palmer.  1916.  20  cents. 

( e ) “Open  Windows  with  Mechanical  Ventilation,”  R.  C.  Tag- 

gert.  1912.  10  cents. 

(/)  “Ventilation  of  Telephone  Booths,”  R.  L.  Douglass.  1914. 

10  cents. 

(g)  “The  Centrifugal  Fan,”  F.  L.  Busey.  1915.  20  cents. 

( h ) “Report  of  Committee  on  Method  of  Taking  Anemometer 

Readings.”  1913.  10  cents. 

Serial  No.  10 


4.  See  “Suggested  Regulations  of  the  N.B.F.U.  for  Blower  Systems 
for  Heating  and  Ventilating,  Stock  and  Refuse  Conveying  as 
Recommended  by  the  N.F.P  A.”  and  3A3/n)  These 

have  also  been  published  in  the  Heating  and  V entilating  Maga- 
zine as  Standard  Heating  and  Ventilating  Data  Sheets,  August, 
1917. 

J.  “Ventilation  Laws  in  the  United  States,”  published  by  the  Heat- 
ing and  Ventilating  Magazine  Company.  Contains  Board  of 
Health  Requirements  and  Regulations  of  N.B.F.U.,  together 
with  Model  Ventilation  Requirements  as  Promulgated  by  the 
A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  178  pp. 

6.  “Some  Modern  Methods  of  Ventilation,”  R.  Grierson.  187  pp. 

With  special  reference  to  public  buildings.  Contains  information 
for  health  authorities,  architects,  heating,  sanitary  and  elec- 
trical engineers,  sheet-metal  workers,  and  others  who  may  be 
called  upon  to  install  ventilating  apparatus. 

7.  See  “The  Design  of  Blower  Heating  Systems  for  Factory  and 

Shop  Buildings,”  L.  A.  Harding  and  J.  A.  Moyer.  Published  by 
the  Pennsylvania  State  College  Engineering  Experiment  Station 
in  Pennsylvania  State  College  Bulletin,  June,  1913.  60  pp. 

8.  The  Ventilation  Hand  Book,  C.  L.  Hubbard.  218  pp.  and  dia- 

grams relating  to  Ventilation  as  applied  to  Furnace  Heating; 
Ducts,  Flues,  and  Dampers  for  Gravity  Heating;  Fans  and  Fan- 
work. 

9.  “The  Ventilation  of  the  School-room,”  Wm.  J.  Baldwin,  M.E. 

46  pp.,  illus. 

10.  "The  Ventilation,  Heating  and  Lighting  of  Dwellings,”  J. 

W.  Thomas.  Illus. 

11.  “The  Fan,”  Charles  H.  Innes.  1916.  302  pp.,  illus.  Includes  the 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Centrifugal  and  Axial  Fans,  revised  by 
W.  M.  Wallace  and  F.  R.  Jolley. 

12.  See  “Motion-Picture  Houses  in  New  York  City  Inadequately 

Ventilated,”  The  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine,  May,  1916. 

13.  For  notes  on  “Air  Cooling  of  Houses,”  from  an  address  by  Alex- 

ander Graham  Bell  in  National  Geographic  Magazine,  see  The 
Builders’  Guide  of  Philadelphia,  October  10,  1917. 


112 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  10 


10 El  Duct  Charts 

(See,  also,  all  references  under  10L.) 

(a)  “Tables  for  Ventilating  Ducts,”  Chouteau  E.  Pearce,  M.E., 
published  on  stiff  cards  by  the  Heating  and  Ventilating 
Magazine  Company.  These  tables  are  useful  in  rapidly 
estimating  superficial  area  and  weights  of  galvanized  sheet- 


iron  rectangular  ducts,  as  usually  employed  in  ventilating 
work.  ;o  cents. 

(b)  “Chart  for  Figuring  Round  and  Rectangular  Ventilating 
Ducts,”  Chas.  A.  Fuller.  The  Heating  and  Ventilating 
Magazine,  August,  1916. 

(c)  See  Pipe  Fitting  Charts  (10J15)  for  section  on  Galvanized 

Iron  Work,  Weight  of  Ducts,  etc. 

(d)  See  Pehl’s  Everready  Pipe  and  Elbow  Chart.  54  pp. 


10F  Air  Conditioning,  Temperature 

Publications  listed  under  Heating  in  General  (ior),  but  especially 
many  of  those  in  the  preceding  subdivision  on  Ventilation  in  General 
will  be  found  to  treat  of  these  subjects. 

1.  These  are  also  embraced  within  the  activities  of  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E. 

in  connection  with  Ventilation  investigations,  and  in  the  Report 
of  the  Committee  on  Minimum  Ventilation  Requirements  it  is 
stated: 

“Temperature  control,  preferably  of  an  automatic  type,  shall  be 
required  for  all  heated  and  ventilated  rooms.  The  temperature 
regulator,  whether  by  automatic  or  hand  control,  shall  be  so 
arranged  that  its  operation  will  not  decrease  the  required  volume 
of  air-supply  for  ventilation.” 

2.  The  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  is  investigating  to  determine  the  best  method 

of  dust  prevention  and  humidifying  the  air  from  furnaces,  and 
to  regulate  or  control  the  same.  Also  to  test  and  determine  the 
value  of  temperature-controlling  devices  for  hot-air  apparatus. 

3.  The  following  reprints  of  papers  by  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  are  of 
interest: 

(a)  “Report  of  Committee  on  Air  Washers.”  1910.  10  cents. 

(b)  “Preliminary  Report  of  Committee  on  Standardizing  the  Test- 

ing of  Air  Washers,”  A.  E.  Stacey,  Jr.  1914.  10  cents. 

(r)  “Humidity  in  Relation  to  Heating  and  Ventilation,” 
L.  C.  Soule.  1912.  10  cents. 

IOC  Natural  Ventilation 

This  term  is  used  to  differentiate  between  forced  ventilation  and 
that  of  skylights  and  continuous  sash  and  of  those  forms  of  metal  ven- 
tilators used  to  accelerate  and  accomplish  ventilation  without  other 
mechanical  accessories.  These  will  also  be  referred  to  in  Serial  No.  1 1 
under  Metal  Products. 

1.  Attention  is  directed,  however,  to  the  following  information  in  the 
Industrial  Section  especially  prepared  for  presentation  in  con- 
nection with  Ventilation. 

(a)  Specifications  for  and  illustration  of  Swartwout  Rotary  Ball- 
Bearing  Ventilators  with  reference  made  to  Ventilation  Data 
Card  published  by  The  Ohio  Blower  Company,  p.  178. 


Control 

(d)  “Improved  Air  Conditions  in  a Boston  Residence,”  F.  I. 

Cooper.  1913.  10  cents. 

(e)  “Studies  in  Air  Cleanliness,”  G.  C.  Whipple  and  M.  C. 

Whipple.  1915.  10  cents. 

(/)  “Problem  of  City  Dust,”  R.  P.  Bolton.  1915.  10  cents. 

(g)  “Temperature  Equivalents  of  Wind  Velocities,”  H.  W. 
Whitten.  1912.  10  cents. 

4.  See  Heating  and  V entilating  Magazine: 

(a)  “New  Ideas  in  Air  Conditioning,”  W.  E.  Watt.  February, 

1916. 

( b ) “Air  Conditioning  for  Factory  Offices.”  May,  1917. 

(1 c ) “Tests  of  Air  Conditions  in  an  Illinois  School,”  E.  V.  Hill, 
M.D.  May,  1916. 

( d )  “Heating  and  Ventilation  of  School  Buildings.”  Washed 
recirculated  air  compares  favorably  with  fresh  air.  Septem- 
ber, 1916.  (See,  also,  correspondence,  October,  1916.) 

(f)  “A  Simple  Method  of  Figuring  the  Economy  of  Humidity.” 

May,  1917. 

(/)  “Fuel  Economy  with  Increased  Humidity.”  March,  1917. 

( g ) “Humidity  and  Automatic  Control,”  Harold  L.  Alt. 

July,  1916. 

(h)  “Re-establishment  of  Temperature  Control  on  a central 

Station  Hot  Water  Plant.”  April,  1917. 

5.  The  literature  of  manufacturers  of  these  specialities  will  usually 

be  found  to  go  fully  into  details. 


( b ) For  description  and  illustrations  of  Ventilating  Gas  Radiators 

Hawkes  System,  see  p.  176,  Hugo  Mfg.  Co. 

( c ) For  notes  on  Ventilation  of  Mausoleums,  see  p.  203,  Presbrey- 

Coykendall  Co. 

(d)  For  reference  to  the  “Star”  Ventilator,  see  p.  224,  Industrial 

Section,  Merchant  & Evans  Co. 

2.  “Natural  Ventilation  in  the  Federal  Hill  School,”  Harold  L. 

Alt,  in  the  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine,  June,  1916. 

3.  See,  also,  references  under  10L  “Metal  Work,”  and  many  of  those 

under  10E  “Ventilation  in  General.” 


10H  Chimneys,  Flues,  and  Fireplaces 

In  the  design  of  these,  efficient  proportions  and  construction  tightness 
should  be  the  first  considerations,  as  a protection  against  fire  and  to 
afford  a proper  draft.  The  successful  operation  of  any  installation  may 
be  greatly  impaired,  if  not  entirely  defeated,  by  inadequate  size  or  lack 
of  tightness  in  the  joints  of  the  flue. 

The  N.F.P.A.,  and  the  N.B.F.U.  have  issued  valuable  illustrated 
literature  on  the  subject.  Drawings  and  descriptions  are  to  be  found 
therein  and  in  many  of  the  handbooks  and  other  publications  hereto- 
fore listed,  as  follows: 

1.  Terra  Cotta,  Hollow  Tile  and  Brick  (3D). 

2.  Walls,  Chimneys  and  Flues  (4C). 

3.  The  Suggested  Municipal  Ordinance  for  Regulating  Fire  Hazards 

of  the  N.F.P.A.,  entitled  “Chimneys  and  Flues,  to  Provide  for 
the  Safe  Construction  of  Chimneys,  Flues  and  Fireplaces”  listed 
under  3A3ri  and  the  recommendations  of  the  N.B.F.U.  for 
chimneys  and  flues  in; 

4.  “Dwelling  Houses — A Code  of  Suggestions  for  Construction  and 

Fire  Protection  (3A4^3)  will  also  be  found  printed  and  illus- 
trated with  line  constructional  drawings  in; 

5.  “Clay  Products  for  Building  Construction”  issued  by  The  Sewer 

Pipe  Manufacturers’  Association  (9B7C);  also  describes  and  illus- 
trates fire-clay  flue-linings  and  chimney-tops. 

Valuable  data  for  calculating  the  area,  height,  design,  erection, 
and  successful  use  of  chimneys  and  flues  will  be  found  in  many  of 
the  publications  listed  under  Heating  in  General  and  Hot-Air 
Heating  and  in  some  of  the  handbooks  and  literature  of  manufac- 
turers who  are  alive  to  the  necessity  of  providing  adequate  draft 
as  a precedent  to  satisfactory  operation  of  any  plant. 

6.  The  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  proposes  experiments  to  determine  a standard 

for  the  size  and  height  of  chimneys  and  the  strength  of  draft 
needed  for  a given  operation;  the  value  of  round  and  square 

Serial  No.  10  1 1 3 


chimneys;  the  relative  efficiency  of  smooth  tile-lined  flues  com- 
pared with  the  ordinary  brick  flues;  the  effect  on  the  draft  of 
diving  and  underground  flues,  the  friction  and  heat-loss  neces- 
sary to  overcome  the  extra  travel;  the  explanation  in  a practical 
manner  of  the  laws  governing  drafts  in  chimneys  and  for  formu- 
lating a standard  method  of  building  chimneys  to  prevent 
defective  drafts. 

7.  Read  “Chimneys:  Their  Design  and  Construction,”  by  Harold  L. 

Alt,  in  the  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine  for  March  and 
April,  1917.  Mentions  common  errors  in  chimney  work,  describes 
the  use  of  draft  gage  and  methods  to  obviate  chimney  leakage, 
gives  recommendations  for  construction,  making  connections 
and  a table  for  calculating  sizes  of  flues  for  residences  in  pro- 
portion to  cubical  contents  of  building.  Contains  illustrations 
and  table  of  commercial  sizes  and  areas  of  flue  tile.  Gives  design- 
ing data  for  chimneys  and  power  plant  stacks,  frictionless  charts 
for  brick  and  steel  stacks,  and  a theoretical  draft  chart  for  stacks. 

8.  “Chimney  Design  and  Theory,”  W.  W.  Christie.  A book  for 

engineers  and  architects.  200  pp.,  illus.  Contains  Formulas; 
Tables;  Wind-Pressure;  Flues;  Lightning  Protection;  General 
Information. 

9.  “Chimney  Design,”  edited  from  various  sources,  by  Walter 

Loring  Webb,  C.  E.  “Lefax”  Data  Sheet  No.  4-106. 

10.  See  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine: 

(a)  “Things  to  Remember  about  Chimneys,”  E.  C.  Molby. 
October,  1916. 

11.  “The  Ideal  Fitter”  of  the  American  Radiator  Company  gives,  in 

connection  with  each  boiler  described  and  illustrated,  the  size 
and  height  of  chimney  flue  required.  It  also  contains  “Notes  on 
Chimney  Flues”  with  a table  of  commercial  sizes  of  tile  and 
unlined  brick  flues. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


10J  Pipes,  Valves  and  Fittings 

1.  The  A.S.T.M.  has  adopted  “Standard  Specifications  for  Welded 

Steel  and  Wrought  Iron  Pipe,”  Serial  Designation  A-53-15. 

2.  See  Navy  Department:  Specifications  loCi<f  and  Standards  of 

Water  Works  Associations,  The  American  Gas  Institute,  and 
other  Standards  which  have  been  referred  to  under  different 
subdivisions  in  previous  issues,  including  Sprinkler  Equipments 

(4F3O. 

3.  Tests,  reports  and  discussions  on  the  treatment  and  corrosion  of 

iron  and  steel  in  pipes  will  be  taken  up  in  the  next  Serial  Number 
(1 1 ),  under  Metal  Products. 

4.  A.S.M.E.  Standards  recommended  in  reports  of  committees 

received  by  the  Council  of  the  Society  and  separately  published 
on: 

(a)  Standard  pipe,  pipe-threads  and  pipe-unions. 

( b ) Identification  of  power-house  piping. 

(c)  Standard  threads  for  hose-couplings. 

( d ) Standardization  of  pipe-thread  gages. 

(e)  The  American  Standard  for  pipe  flanges,  fittings,  and  bolting. 

5.  The  National  Association  of  Master  Steam  and  Hot  Water  Fitters 

issues: 

(a)  The  1915  U.  S.  Standard  Schedule  of  Flanged  Fittings  and 

Flanges,  on  which  is  stated:  “The  dimensions  of  the  ‘Ameri- 
can Standard’  are  identical  with  the  above,  and  this  Schedule 
was  adopted  March  20,  1914,  by  a joint  committee  of  this 
Association,  the  A.S.M.E.,  and  the  Committee  of  Manufac- 
turers on  Standardization  of  Fittings  and  Valves.”  Card- 
board. 24x35  inches.  $1. 

(b)  The  same  as  a Chart,  9x12  inches. 

(c)  A folder  giving  separate  schedule  of  the  “Standard”  flanges 

and  “extra  heavy”  flanges. 

6.  The  N.F.P.A.  prints  in  “Proceedings:” 

(a)  Reports  of  Committee  on  Standardization  of  Pipe  and  Pipe 
Fittings. 

7.  The  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  has  issued  Reports  of  Committee  on  Corrosion 
in  pipe,  which  will  be  referred  to  in  next  issue,  and  is  now  collect- 
ing data  relating  to  sizes  of  pipes  used  in  steam-  or  water-heating 
plants;  will  tabulate  such  data  that  the  sizes  needed  for  any  part 
of  a plant  will  be  readily  understood,  and  continue  experiments  to 
add  what  data  may  be  needed  to  complete  the  subject. 


8.  “Dimensions  and  Weights  of  Pipe  and  Fittings,”  compiled 

by  the  Editors  of  Power.  Covers  all  standard  pipes  and  their 
fittings. 

9.  See  “Lefax”  Data  Sheets,  as  follows: 

(a)  “Economical  Design  of  Steam  Piping,”  A.  Langstaff 
Johnson,  Jr. 

(, b ) “Resistance  of  Pipes  to  Internal  and  External  Pressure,” 

K.  F.  Adamson. 

10.  “The  Friction  of  Water  in  Iron  Pipes  and  Elbows,”  paper  by 

F.  E.  Giesecke,  of  the  University  of  Texas,  read  before  A.S.  of 
H.  & V.E.,  July,  1917. 

11.  See  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine: 

(a)  “Pipe  Symbol  Chart,”  T.  W.  Reynolds.  February,  1916. 

(b)  “A  Handy  Chart  for  Determining  the  Weight  of  Pipe,”  W. 

F.  Schaphorst.  March,  1917. 

(r)  “Pipe  Hangers,”  Harold  L.  Alt.  March  and  April,  1916. 

(d)  “A  British  Tribute  to  the  Superiority  of  American  Pipe.” 
October,  1916. 

(r)  “Importance  of  Supervising  Piping  in  Customers’  Build- 
ings,” D.  E.  Karn,  of  Consumers’  Power  Company,  Grand 
Rapids,  Mich.  August,  1917. 

12.  "A  Handbook  on  Piping,”  Car!  I,.  Svensen.  350  pp.,  illus.  Has 

convenient  information  and  data  on  piping,  fittings,  pipe  joints, 
valves,  piping  drawings,  pipe  lines,  and  their  accessories. 

13.  “Pipes  and  Piping,”  Hubert  E.  Colling.  Included  in  the  contents 

are:  Steam-pipe  conduits;  pipe  fittings;  sizes  of  pipe;  how  to  dis- 
tinguish steel  from  iron  pipe;  a color  scheme  for  pipe  lines;  effect 
of  superheated  steam  on  cast-iron  valves  and  fittings. 

14.  "The  Design  of  Valves  for  Use  in  High  Class  Buildings,”  M.  W. 

Link.  Paper  No.  172  in  the  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors 
of  Federal  Buildings,  March,  1915,  pp.  133-142. 

15.  Pipe  Fitting  Charts,  Wm.  G.  Snow.  284  pp.,  220  figures  of  piping 

and  apparatus  for  hot-water,  steam,  and  other  types,  including 
ducts. 

16.  For  data  on  Inspection  and  Tests  of  Pipe,  Valves  and  Fittings,  see 

the  information  concerning  such  services  printed  on  pp.  142-144 
in  the  Industrial  Section  by  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company. 

17.  For  reference  by  A.  M.  Byers  Company  to  book  on  pipe  issued  by 

that  Company,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  225. 


10K  Radiators,  Registers  and  Grilles  (For  treatments  and  coatings,  see  12C) 


For  many  references  to  these  subjects  see  other  divisions,  particu- 
larly Heating  in  General  (10C)  and  Hot  Air  Heating  (10D). 

1.  The  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  has  special  committees,  to  Determine  the 

Most  Effective  Place  for  a Radiator  in  a Room  and  to  Recom- 
mend a Standard  Method  of  Testing  Radiators.  Investigations 
are  being  conducted  to  determine: 

(a)  The  relative  value  or  ratio  of  one-,  two,-  three-  and  four-column 
radiators;  (b)  the  relative  value  or  ratio  of  different  heights  of 
radiators  from  18  to  45  inches;  (c)  the  effect  of  painting,  bronz- 
ing, or  enameling  radiators;  (d)  the  loss  in  efficiency  when  the 
radiator  is  enclosed  in  a recess  with  only  the  front  exposed, 
with  the  front  covered  with  a grill,  with  the  radiator  all  enclosed 
with  only  an  opening  at  the  bottom  for  air  and  a register  in  the 
top  of  the  enclosure,  to  determine  the  size  of  openings  at  the 
bottom  and  size  of  register  at  top  in  proportion  to  the  surface  in 
the  radiator;  (e)  the  ratio  of  efficiency  of  a window  radiator 
enclosed  under  a seat;  (f)  the  ratio  of  fresh-air  inlet  and  warm-air 
outlet  per  square  foot  of  indirect  surface;  ( g ) the  ratio  of  register 
to  indirect  surface,  to  determine  the  frictional  resistance  of  the 
ornamental  face  of  a register. 

2.  The  following  reprints  of  papers  by  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  are  of 

interest: 


(a)  “Wall  Radiators  vs.  Long  Pipe  Colls,”  J.  A.  Donnelly.  1906. 

10  cents. 

(b)  “Effect  of  Painting  Radiating  Surfaces,”  J.  R.  Allen. 

1909.  10  cents.  (See,  also,  12C13.) 

(c)  “Determining  Volume  of  Air  Passing  through  Register,” 

J.  H.  Kinealy.  1897.  10  cents. 

(e)  “Comparison  of  Pipe  Coils  and  Cast-Iron  Sections  for 
Warming  Air,”  Prof.  J.  R.  Allen.  Contains  tests  demon- 
strating that  condensation  for  both  types  of  surface  depends 
upon  friction  of  air  through  the  heater. 

3.  See  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine: 

(a)  “Determination  of  Radiator  Sizes  for  Hot  Water  Heating 

Plants,”  Freywid  Wegelius.  January  and  April,  1916. 

(b)  “Best  Position  for  a Radiator  in  a Room,”  September,  1916. 

(c)  “Requirements  for  Radiator  Humidifiers,”  E.  P.  Lyon. 

August,  1917.  Contains  description  of  a new  type  capable  of 
evaporating  2.9  gallons  per  sq.  ft.  of  hot  water  radiator  per 
day. 

(d)  “Apparatus  for  Testing  Heat  Transmission  from  Radia- 

tors.” May,  1916. 

4.  For  Ventilating  Gas  Radiators,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  176, 

Hugo  Mfg.  Co. 


10L  Metal  Work,  Ducts,  Chase  Lathing  (See,  also,  11B5  and  12C) 


See  especially  the  references  to  Warm-Air  Heating,  Ventilation,  In- 
direct Heating  and  the  Section  on  Duct  Charts  (10E14)  and  the  reference 
to  The  Warm-Air  Heating  and  Sheet  Metal  Journal  (10D7). 

1 . See  Heating  and  V entilating  Magazine: 

{a)  “Practical  Sheet  Metal  Duct  Construction,”  William 
Neubecker.  July,  1916. 

{b)  “Standard  Practice  for  Sheet  Metal  Work  in  Ventilat- 
ing Systems.  ”T.  W.  Reynolds.  December,  1916. 

( c ) “Comparison  of  various  methods  of  Figuring  Duct  and 
Flue  Sizes,”  Harold  L.  Alt,  October,  1916. 

2.  Of  the  publications  under  10E,  see  particularly  “The  Ventilation 

Handbook”  (10E8)  as  a complete  exposition  of  the  metal  work 
features  pertaining  to  all  forms  of  heating  and  ventilating. 

3.  See,  also,  “Sheet  Metal,”  the  publishers  of  which  also  publish: 

(a)  “Practical  Sheet  Metal  Duct  Construction,”  W.  Neu- 
becker. 194  pp.,  diagrams. 

Serial  No.  10 


(b)  “Practical  Exhaust  and  Blow  Piping,”  W.  H.  Hayes. 

160  pp.,  illus. 

(c)  “Elbow  Patterns  for  all  Forms  of  Pipe,”  F.  S.  Kidder. 

73  PP-.  35  figures. 

4.  See,  also,  The  Sheet  Metal  Worker. 

5.  For  notes  on  steel  and  iron  base  of  galvanized  sheets,  see 

1 1 B50. 

6.  For  important  data  in  connection  with  the  painting  of  gal- 

vanized metal,  see  11B5P,  i2Ci,  and  12E9 

7.  For  the  Painting  of  Tin,  see,  also,  same  references  as  well  as 

11D2A4  and  Industrial  Section,  p.  146. 

8.  Furring  and  plastering  over  heat-pipes  and  ducts  in  chases, 

halls  or  partitions.  The  importance  of  using  metal  as  a protec- 
tion against  fire  is  evident.  For  data  on  Metal  Lath,  see  Indus- 
trial Section,  pp.  162-167. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


1 14 


SERIAL  NO.  10 


10M  Air-Leakage,  Guarantees  and  Formulas 


1.  In  an  address  before  the  N.A.M.S.  and  H.W.F.  in  June,  1916,  the 

Editor  of  the  S.S.D.  said: 

“Can  you  not,  in  cooperation  with  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.,  work  on 
developing  a basic  formula,  or  officially  approving  one  of  those  in 
existence,  for  computing  the  amount  of  radiation  recommended  in 
proportion  to  cubical  contents,  to  outside  wall  area  (for  different 
kinds  of  walls  and  different  exposures),  to  window  and  door  open- 
ings, etc.,  and  make  this  available  to  all  architects  for  instant 
reference?” 

Several  formulas  have  been  put  forth  for  calculating  the  amount 
of  radiation  required  to  heat  given  spaces  under  varying  expos- 
ures, but  until  of  late  years  not  much  data  was  obtainable  with 
respect  to  transmission  of  heat  and  other  factors  affecting  the 
materials  of  construction. 

2.  One  that  has  been  largely  used  was  promulgated  by  John  H.  Mills 

in  his  work  “Heat”  published  over  twenty  years  ago.  Others  in 
use  known  as  Carpenter’s,  Thompson’s,  or  Holbrook’s  formulas 
will,  with  others  offered  by  various  authorities,  be  found  in  the 
references  under  Heating  in  General. 

3.  C.  B.  Thompson,  in  a pamphlet  published  in  1909,  entitled  “Heat 

Transmission,”  completely  discusses  the  subject  and  offers 
his  formula,  giving  a chart  for  ready  use,  with  an  accompanying 
diagram  for  making  quick  calculations. 

4.  Particular  attention  is  directed  to  the  complete  and  extensive 

tables  and  formulae,  based  on  Professor  VVoodbridge’s  calcula- 
tions, in  “The  Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings” 
(loC4»),  being  the  Basis  for  Calculating  Radiating  Sur- 
face used  in  the  office  of  the  Supervising  Architect,  Treasury 
Department. 

5.  See  next  following  Section  on  Heat  Transmission  for  activities  of 

the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.,  which  will  have  an  important  bearing  on 
developments  of  formulas. 

6.  With  respect  to  performance  affecting  guarantees,  the  A.S.  of  H.  & 

V.E.  is  conducting  investigations  to  determine  what  constitutes 
a standard  performance  of  a steam-  or  water-heating  apparatus 
and  to  determine  a standard  method  by  which  any  heating  appa- 
ratus may  be  tested  in  any  weather  at  o rbelow  50°  F.  that  will 
be  equivalent  to  a performance  of  70°  inside  in  zero  weather,  or 
below. 

7.  “Heat  Loss  from  Buildings  and  How  to  Reduce  \t,”  Engineer- 

ing and  Contracting , March  28,  1917.  An  editorial  advocating 
and  describing  the  double  glazing  of  windows. 


8.  See  “Lefax”  Data  Sheets,  as  follows: 

“Calculating  Heat  Losses  from  Buildings,”  Charles  L.  Hub- 
bard. From  Power  (4-158),  May  19,  1914. 

“Cubical  Contents  of  Rooms”  (5-346).  Giving  tables  for 
instantly  calculating  same. 

9.  Experiments  to  determine  the  relative  heat  lost  through  single- 

and  double-glazed  wood,  steel  and  hollow  metal  sash  have  been 
conducted  recently  under  the  direction  of  A.  N.  Sheldon.  In  a 
paper  before  the  A.S.M.E.,  printed  in  January,  1917,  “Pro- 
ceedings,” Mr.  Sheldon  gives  the  results  of  his  tests. 

10.  In  Bulletin  of  Building  Data  League,  (2A5 d)  April,  1916,  is  printed 

the  results  of  tests,  entitled  “The  Leakage  of  Air  through 
Windows,”  initiated  and  directed  by  Mr.  Stephen  F.  Voorhees, 
with  apparatus  purchased  by  the  New  York  Telephone  Co.  The 
general  results  are  given  in  relative  form  only,  as  further  tests  are 
in  progress  to  determine  absolute  values,  if  possible.  The  results 
show  how  serious  the  leakage  of  air  may  be. 

11.  See  Reprints  of  papers  by  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.: 

(a)  “Formula  for  Radiation  for  Hot  Water  Heating,”  Jas. 
A.  Donnelly.  1914.  10  cents. 

(J>)  “Effect  of  Wind  on  Heating  and  Ventilating,”  H.  W. 

Whitten.  1909.  10  cents. 

(e)  “Performance  of  Heating  Guarantees,”  Wm.  Kent.  1910. 
10  cents. 

(d)  “Report  of  Committee  on  Heating  Guarantees.”  1912. 

10  cents. 

(e)  “Window  Leakage,”  Stephen  Voorhees  and  Henry  C.  Meyer, 
Jr.  1916. 

12.  See  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine: 

(a)  “Contractor’s  Guarantee  of  Heating  Installations.” 
January,  1916. 

(t)  “Contractor’s  Guarantee  for  Heating  System.”  August, 
1916. 

13.  See  “The  Control  of  Air  Leakage  Around  Windows,”  H. 

McGeorge,  in  Furnace  Heating  (10D8)  pp.  237-246. 

1 4.  Metal  Weather  Strips.  Building  Data  League  conducted  inves- 

tigations and  issued  “Preliminary  Specifications  and  Notes,” 
September,  1916,  for  discussion  among  members. 

15.  It  is  of  especial  interest  to  note  that  in  the  calculations  of  the 

office  of  the  Supervising  Architect  (10M4)  a different  formula 
is  used  for  buildings  equipped  with  metal  weather  strip  equal 
to  about  a 10  per  cent  reduction  in  the  amount  of  radiation. 


ION  Heat  Transmission,  Insulation,  Coverings 


(See,  also,  10M  and  10O,  as  well  as  the  Heating  and  Cooling  of 
Water  9F). 

1.  The  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E.  is  collecting  and  tabulating  data  of  all  tests 

relating  to  heat-losses  through  building  materials.  It  will  col- 
late the  results  of  new  tests  till  the  heat-losses  of  all  materials 
used  in  a modern  building  have  been  ascertained,  and  then  main- 
tain authoritative  data  for  use  as  a basis  in  determining  the  heat- 
ing surfaces  necessary  for  buildings  of  various  types. 

It  will  collect  data  relative  to  the  heat-loss  through  covering 
materials  and  make  tests  to  verify  them  and  determine  the  value 
of  insulating  materials  used  for  insulating  buildings,  boilers,  pipes, 
cooling  pipes,  cooling  machinery,  and  other  apparatus. 

2.  In  an  address  before  the  N.A.M.S.  and  H.W.F.  in  June,  1916,  the 

Editor  of  the  S.S.D.  then  said:  “In  the  matter  of  sectional  cover- 
ing and  banding  on  lateral  runs,  plastic  covering  on  flanges, 
couplings  and  fittings,  and  on  the  heating  apparatus  itself, 
surely  some  standards  of  practice  could  be  developed  which 
would  greatly  aid  in  establishing  a uniform  basis  of  estimating.” 

3.  See  “Specification  for  85  per  cent  Magnesia  Non-Conducting 

Coverings  for  Power  and  Heating  Systems”  (received  March 
8,  1917,  but  not  dated),  described  in  a letter,  from  Prof.  Thomas 
Nolan,  Chairman  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods,  A.I.A., 
quoted  under  4K2. 

4.  The  Low  Pressure  Covering  Manufacturers’  Association  has  under 

consideration  the  recommendations  of  its  Standard  Committee 
for  a specification  on  Air  Cell  and  Wool  Felt  Covering.  It  is 
expected  that  specifications  for  the  uniform  proper  application 
of  such  coverings  will  be  given  consideration  later  on. 

5.  See  “List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances,”  published  by 

Underwriters’  Laboratories,  for  Heat  Insulating  Coverings  and 
Pipe  Coverings. 

6.  See  "Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.,”  issued  by  U.  S.  Geological 

Survey,  1915,  Part  II,  “Nonmetals,”  for  Chapter  on  “Asbestos.” 

7.  See  “Practical  Laws  and  Data  on  the  Condensation  of  Steam  in 

Covered  and  Bare  Pipes,”  C.  P.  Paulding.  To  this  is  added  a 


translation  of  Peclet’s  “Theory  and  Experiments  on  the  Trans- 
mission of  Heat  Through  Insulating  Materials.”  107  pp.,  illus. 

8.  See  “Transmission  of  Heat  Through  Cold-Storage  Insula- 

tion,” C.  P.  Paulding.  Formulas,  Principles,  and  data  relating 
to  insulation  of  every  kind.  41  pp.,  illus. 

9.  See  Reprints  of  Papers  by  the  A.S.  of  H.  & V.E. : 

( a ) “Heat  Transmission  with  Pipe  Coils  and  Cast  Iron 

Heaters,”  L.  C.  Soule.  1913.  10  cents. 

( b ) “Heat  Losses  through  Building  Materials,”  L.  A.  Hard- 

ing. 1913.  10  cents. 

(c)  “Heat  Losses  and  Heat  Transmission,”  Walter  Jones. 

1906.  10  cents. 

(d)  “Heat  Transmission  through  Building  Materials,” 

John  R.  Allen.  August,  1916. 

10.  See  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine: 

( a ) “Government  Experiments  on  Heat  Transmission  through 
Walls.”  September,  1916. 

(, b ) “Effect  of  Velocity  and  Humidity  of  Air  on  Heat  Trans- 
mission through  Building  Materials,”  J.  A.  Moyer. 
February,  1916. 

(c)  “The  Heat  Insulating  Properties  of  Commercial  Steam 
Pipe  Coverings,”  L.  B.  McMillan.  January,  1916. 

11.  The  Bureau  of  Standards,  in  addition  to  several  commercial  tests, 

has  been  making  investigations  upon  about  twenty-five  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  materials,  the  samples  being  purchased  in  the 
open  market.  These  include  flax,  asbestos,  and  cork  products, 
and  a wide  variety  of  special  materials.  An  investigation  of  the 
thermal  conductivity  of  wood  is  in  progress,  several  varieties 
having  been  measured.  The  very  great  importance  of  confined 
air-spaces  in  the  construction  of  insulating  walls  led  to  an  ex- 
tended investigation  of  the  laws  governing  heat  transmission 
by  confined  air,  which  is  being  continued. 

12.  See.  “A  Comparison  of  the  Heat  Insulating  Properties  of 

Materials  used  in  Fire-resistive  Construction”  (8D21). 

13.  See,  also,  report  of  A.S.T.M.  Committee  C5  on  “Fireproofing” 

for  tentative  standard  time-temperature  curve  and  Standards 
of  the  A.S.T.M.  mentioned  under  iiD3^  and  c. 


Serial  No.  10 


”5 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


10  O Mechanical  Equipment  in  General — Power  Houses  and  Cold 
Storage  Plants 


Concerning  the  various  features  of  same  there  is,  in  addition  to  the 
many  publications  already  listed  in  this  issue,  such  a vast  array  of 
literature  that  no  attempt  is  now  made  to  do  more  than  mention  a few 
of  the  books  generally  applicable  and  list  some  of  the  controlling  factors. 

10  Ol  Information  Obtainable. 

( a ) For  many  features  of  Mechanical  Equipment,  see  Serial  No.  4, 

Fire  Prevention  and  Protection;  No.  6,  Electricity;  No.  7,  Gas; 
No.  9,  Hydraulics  and  Sanitation. 

(b)  “Engineering  of  Power  Plants,”  Robert  H.  Fernald  and 

George  A.  Orrok.  1916.  596  pp.,  illus. 

(r)  “Steam  Power  Plants,”  Charles  L.  Hubbard.  299  pp.,  illus. 

( d ) “Combined  Power  and  Heating  Plants,”  Charles  L.  Hubbard. 

408  pp.,  illus.  Contents  include:  Power,  heating,  and  ventilat- 
ing requirements  for  different  types  of  buildings;  hot-blast 
heating  and  ventilation;  central  plants. 

(e)  “Small  Power  Plants.”  See,  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal 

Buildings,”  Chapter  IX,  described  under  6L1 j. 

(/)  “Steam  Power  Plants,”  Henry  C.  Meyer,  Jr.  219  pp.,  illus. 
Includes  new  data  on  chimneys. 

( g ) “Heat  and  Thermodynamics,”  F.  M.  Hartmann.  346  pp., 
illus.  Home  study  book,  based  on  the  course  which  the  author 
gives  at  the  Cooper  Union  Schools. 

(//)  “Heat,”  E.  M.  Shealy.  265  pp.,  illus.  Treats  of  the  steam  engine, 
gas  engine,  refrigerating  machine,  and  air  compressor.  Ele- 
mentary. 

O'  ) “Heat  Engines,”  J.  R.  Allen  and  J.  A.  Bursley.  320  pp.,  illus. 
A book  of  practice  (not  design). 

(k)  "The  Method  of  the  Future  Central  Station  Heating,”  A. 

Williams.  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine,  August,  1916. 

(/)  “District  Heating,”  S.  M.  Bushnell  and  Fred.  B.  Orr.  19x5. 
A brief  exposition  of  the  Development  of  District  Heating  and 
its  Position  among  Public  Utilities.  290  pp.,  illus. 

( m ) “Lefax”  issues  among  others  the  following  data  sheets: 

1.  “Central  Station  Hot  Water  Heating  by  Forced  Circulation,” 

Leon  A.  Warren.  From  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal 
Buildings”  (6-264),  N.  S.  Thompson. 

2.  “Vacuum  Cleaning  in  Large  Buildings,”  Charles  L.  Hubbard. 

From  Practical  Engineer  (4-1 11),  March  15,  1914. 

( n ) See  “Vacuum  Cleaners,”  described  under  6K. 

(0)  “Hydraulic  Elevators,”  William  Baxter,  Jr.  300  pp.,  illus. 

Various  makes  of  elevators  fully  described. 

(p)  See  “Electric  Elevators  and  Dumbwaiters,”  under  6F. 

10  Oiq  Refrigeration  and  Cold  Storage 

See,  also,  Heat  Transmission,  Insulation,  Coverings  (10N),  and  for 
information  on  cooling  of  water,  see  9F. 

1.  The  American  Association  of  Refrigeration  issues: 

(a)  “Proceedings.”  Reports  of  committees,  papers,  and  dis- 

cussions. 

( b ) “Bulletins.”  Reports  of  investigations  made  by  various  com- 

mittees and  commissions  of  the  Association. 

(r)  Translation  in  three  languages  of  the  entire  Proceedings  of 
the  Third  International  Congress  of  Refrigeration  is  now  in 
preparation. 

2.  Data  pertaining  to  the  publications  of  The  American  Society  of 

Refrigerating  Engineers  not  yet  received. 

3.  See,  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  Federal  Buildings,”  N.  S.  Thomp- 

son. (ioC4».) 

4.  See  “Power  Plants  and  Refrigeration,”  L.  A.  Harding  and  A.  C. 

Willard.  (ioC4^2.) 

J.  “Refrigeration,”  Chas.  Dickerman  and  Francis  H.  Boyer.  A 
guide  to  the  principles,  details,  and  practice  of  modern  systems 
of  artificial  cooling,  including  construction,  equipment,  and 
operation.  128  pp.,  illus. 

6.  “Pocket  Book  of  Refrigeration  and  Ice-Making,”  A.  J.  Wallis- 

Tayler.  A reference  book  on  refrigeration  and  cold  storage,  illus. 

7.  “Refrigeration,  Cold-Storage  and  Ice-Making,”  A.  J.  Wallis- 

Tayler.  590  pp.,  diagrams. 

8.  “A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Production  of  Low  Temperatures  as 

Applied  to  the  Manufacture  of  Ice  and  to  the  Design  and  Opera- 
tion of  Cold  Storage  Plants,”  M.  W.  Arrowood.  1916.  290 
pp.,  illus. 

9.  “The  Elements  of  Refrigeration,”  A.  M.  Greene,  Jr.  478  pp., 

illus.  Contains,  in  logical  order,  data  from  which  to  design,  con- 
struct and  operate  refrigeration  apparatus. 


10.  “Elementary  Mechanical  Refrigeration,”  F.  E.  Matthews.  172 

pp.,  illus.  A treatise  for  the  person  who  is  not  a specialist  but 
needs  concise  working  data. 

11.  “Principles  and  Practice  of  Artificial  Ice-making  and  Refrigera- 

tion,” L.  M.  Schmidt.  232  pp.,  illus.  Comprises  Insulation  of 
Cold  Storage  and  Ice  Houses,  Refrigerators,  etc. 

12.  “Ice-Making  Machines,”  M.  Ledoux.  The  theory  of  the  action 

of  the  various  forms  of  cold-producing  machines.  258  pp. 

13.  See  “Air-Cooling  and  Refrigeration,”  being  Notes  on  Air- 

Cooling  Practice  in  Heating  and  Ventilating  Magazine,  May, 
I9,7- 

14.  The  Bureau  of  Standards  is  conducting  extensive  investigations, 

with  the  cooperation  of  committees  of  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Refrigeration  and  the  American  Society  of  Refrigera- 
ting Engineers.  These  investigations  relate  to  ice,  ammonia, 
brines,  the  thermal  conductivities  of  insulating  materials,  and 
10O1  continued,  will  form  the  subject  of  papers. 

(r)  “Hand  Firing  Soft  Coal  under  Power-Plant  Boilers,”  Henry 
Kreisinger,  Technical  Paper  No.  80  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of 
Mines,  1916. 

CO  “Boiler-Room  Economics,”  A.  A.  Potter  and  S.  L.  Simmering, 
Bulletin  No.  2,  Engineering  Experiment  Station  of  Kansas  State 
Agricultural  College. 

(/)  See  A.S.M.E.  Condensed  Catalogs  of  mechanical  equipment 
with  general  classified  directory  and  an  engineering  data  section. 

( u ) See  Sweet’s  Catalogue,  Engineering  Edition,  comprising  Ma- 

terials of  Construction,  Contractors’  Plant  and  Power-Plant 
Equipment,  indexed  and  cross-referenced,  and  containing 
Specification  Digest  and  Checking  List. 

( v ) For  data  on  Capacity  and  Efficiency  Tests  of  Power  Plants,  and 

on  Acceptance  Tests  of  Power  Plant  Equipment,  see  the  informa- 
tion concerning  such  services  printed  on  pp.  142-144  in  the  Indus- 
trial Section  by  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company. 

10  02  Practice  Recommended  and  Standards 
to  be  Followed 

(a)  See  the  various  publications  of  the  N.F.P.A.,  the  N.B.F.U. 

and  A.F.M.F.I.  Co.  concerned  with  mechanical  equipment  as 
listed  in  the  Journal  for  March,  pp.  144-146,  which  includes: 

1.  “Cold-Storage  Warehouses:  Suggestions  for  Their  Improve- 

ment as  Fire-Risks”  (^A^d^). 

2.  See,  also,  other  recommendations  of  these  authorities  men- 

tioned under  Heating  in  General  (10C). 

3.  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (3A3A5)  contains  references  to  Refrigeration 

and  other  forms  of  mechanical  equipment. 

(b)  See,  also,  the  appliances  and  devices  pertaining  to  Mechanical 

Equipment  inspected  and  labeled  by  the  Underwriters’  Labora- 
tories embraced  within: 

1.  List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances  (3A6 b). 

2.  List  of  Inspected  Electrical  Appliances  (3A6C). 

3.  List  of  Appliances  Inspected  for  Accident  Hazard  (3A6 d). 

( c ) See  Bulletins  of  the  American  Association  of  Refrigeration 

(ioOiyia). 

(d)  See  Navy  Department  specifications  (3Aia2)  for  “Refrigerators 

for  U.  S.  Navy  (except  torpedo  craft  and  tugboats),”  Serial 
designation  12R6,  March  10,  1913.  Others  mentioned  under 
10C1. 

( e ) See  “Boiler  Standards”  10C2. 

(/)  See  “Pipes,  Valves  and  Fittings”  (10J)  for  the  standards  men- 
tioned thereunder. 

(g)  See  Reports  of  Committees  of  the  A.S.M.E.,  the  A.S.H.  and  V.E., 
and  others  listed  under  various  subdivisions. 

10  02h  Power  Test  Code 

I.  The  A.S.M.E.  Power  Test  Code,  entitled  “Rules  for  Conducting  Per- 
formance Tests  of  Power  Plant  Apparatus”  is  a new  set  of  testing 
codes  of  the  Society  to  replace  those  in  force  up  to  the  present  time, 
relating  to  boilers,  pumping  engines,  locomotives,  steam  engines 
in  general,  and  apparatus  and  fuels  therefor,  and  extended  so 
as  to  apply  to  such  power- generating  apparatus  as  the  present 
codes  do  not  cover,  including  water  power,  bringing  them  into 
harmony  with  each  other  and  with  the  best  practice  of  the  day. 


1 16 


Serial  No.  10 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  11 


METAL,  PLASTIC  AND  OTHER  PRODUCTS 


CONTENTS 


Previous  issues  have  dealt  with  all  main  structural 
features  of  a building;  the  last  four  issues  have  treated  all 
forms  of  mechanical  equipment;  this  issue  treats  of  prod- 
ucts and  devices,  the  installation  of  which  would  occur 
at  or  about  this  stage  of  progress  in  the  construction  of  a 
composite  building.  The  wood  trim  and  finish  having 
been  included  in  the  wood  issue,  when  lathing,  plaster- 


ing, metal  windows,  doors,  trim,  hardware,  and  other  metal 
and  plastic  products,  including  roofing,  have  been  treated 
herein,  there  will  remain  only  the  painting,  finishing, 
and  glazing  to  complete  the  structure.  These,  with  mis- 
cellaneous items,  will  be  covered  in  the  December  issue, 
or  No.  12  Serial,  which  will  also  conclude  the  first  year’s 
review. 


NOVEMBER,  1917 


INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


1 1 A Societies,  Associations  and  Allied  Interests. 

1 1 B Metals  and  Metal  Products. 

1 1 B1  Metals  in  General. 

1 1 B2  Corrosion  and  Treatments  of  Metal. 

1 1 B3  Protective  Coatings. 

1 1 B4  Electrolysis. 

1 1 B5  Metal  Products  in  General. 

1 1 B6  Pipes,  Conduits,  Wires  and  Drawn  Products. 
1 1 B7  Windows,  Doors  and  Metal  Trim. 

1 1 B8  Mail  Chutes. 

1 1 B9  Laundry  Chutes. 

1 1 Bio  Appliances,  Fixtures,  Fittings  and  Devices. 

1 1 Bll  Hardware. 

1 1 B12  “Ornamental”  Metal  Work. 

1 1 B13  Lighting  Fixtures. 

1 1 B14  Stairways,  Fire-Escapes,  Slipping  Hazards. 
11C  Plastic  Materials  and  Products. 


1 1 Cl  Cement,  Lime  and  Gypsum,  in  General. 

1 1 C2  Bituminous  Materials — Damp-proofing  and  Water- 
proofing. 

1 1 C3  Cast  Stone. 

1 1 C4  Floor,  Wall  and  Ceiling  Tile. 

1 1 C5  Roofing  Tile. 

1 1 D Metal  and  Plastic  Products. 

1 1 D1  Materials  in  General. 

1 1 D2  Roof  Coverings — also  Sheet  Metal  Work,  Cornices, 
Skylights  and  Ventilators 
1 1 D3  Floor  Systems,  Partitions,  Furring,  etc. 

1 1 D4  Floor  Treatments  and  Coverings,  and  Paving. 

1 1 D5  Terms  Relating  to  Plastic  Products,  Chiefly 
Plastering. 

1 1 D6  Lathing  and  Plastering. 

1 1 D7  “Ornamental  and  Decorative”  Work, 
t 1 E Committee  Meetings;  Field  Investigations. 


11A  Societies,  Associations,  and  Allied  Interests 


The  publications  and  activities  of  the  following  bodies  and  of  any  of 
the  governmental  departments  concerned  with  matters  affecting  metal, 
plastic  and  other  products  treated,  will  be  mentioned  wherever  possible 
in  connection  with  the  main  subject  heading  or  subdivision  under  which 
they  would  naturally  fall. 

1.  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

Secretary:  Chas.  Warren  Hunt,  220  W.  J7th  Street,  N.  Y.  City. 

2.  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 

Secretary:  John  Reed  Fugard,  Harris  Trust  Building,  Chicago,  111. 

3.  Western  Society  of  Engineers 

Secretary:  Edgar  S.  Nethercut,  1735  Monadnock  Block,  Chicago. 

4.  Engineers’  Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania 

Secretary:  Elmer  K.  Hiles,  568  Union  Arcade  Bldg.,  Pittsburgh. 

5.  American  Society  of  Municipal  Improvements 

Secretary:  Charles  C.  Brown,  Wulsin  Building,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

6.  American  Chemical  Society 

Secretary:  Charles  L.  Parsons,  Box  505,  Washington,  D.  C. 

7.  American  Institute  of  Metals 

Secretary:  W.  M.  Corse,  106  Morris  Avenue,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

8.  Architectural  Iron  and  Bronze  Manufacturers 

Secretary:  W.  A.  Morrison,  331  Madison  Avenue,  New  York  City. 

9.  National  Association  of  Ornamental  Iron  and  Bronze  Manu- 

facturers 

President:  H.  H.  Suydam,  care  of  Cincinnati  Manufacturing 
Company,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

10.  National  Association  of  Sheet  Metal  Contractors  of  the 

United  States 

Secretary:  Edwin  L.  Seabrook,  261  S.  Fourth  Street,  Philadelphia. 

11.  National  Association  of  Brass  Manufacturers 

Chairman  Standardization  Committee:  H.  N.  Gillette,  Oliver 
Building,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Serial  No.  11  I 


12.  National  Association  of  Manufacturers  of  Approved  Hollow 

Metal  Window  Frames  and  Sash 
Secretary:  Thomas  Shean,  2799  Fifth  Avenue,  Chicago,  111. 

13.  American  Hardware  Manufacturers’  Association 

Secretary:  F.  D.  Mitchell,  Woolworth  Building,  New  York  City. 

14.  National  Retail  Hardware  Association 

Secretary:  M.  L.  Corey  Argos,  Ind. 

15.  National  Hardware  Association  of  the  United  States 

Secretary:  T.  James  Fernley,  505  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

16.  Wood,  Wire  and  Metal  Lathers’  International  Union 

Secretary:  Ralph  Grandt,  401  Superior  Building,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

17.  Associated  Tile  Manufacturers 

Secretary:  F.  W Walker,  Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

18.  Gypsum  Industries  Association 

1 61 1 Harris  Trust  Building,  Chicago,  111. 

19.  National  Association  of  Master  Slag  and  Gravel  Roofers 

Secretary:  John  A.  Duroff,  Drexel  Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

20.  Asbestos  Paper  Manufacturers’  Association 

Secretary:  C.  J.  Stover,  Bulletin  Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa 

There  is  also  record  of: 

21.  American  Electro-Chemical  Society 

22.  American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers 

23.  Asphalt  Publicity  Bureau 

24.  Sand-Lime-Brick  Association 

25.  International  Union  of  Bricklayers,  Masons  and  Plasterers 

Other  bodies,  interested  in  the  subjects  now  treated,  have  been 
mentioned  under  previous  serial  numbers,  particularly  under  Nos.  1 
2,  3,  and  4. 

7 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 
11B  Metals  and  Metal  Products 


11  Bi  Metals  in  General 

Considerations  here  do  not  include  Structural  Iron  and  Steel,  which 
were  treated  in  Serial  No.  I.  Many  of  the  publications  listed  there, 
however,  are  applicable  here.  See,  also.  Metal  Products  11B5  and, 
also,  Metal  and  Plastic  Products,  11D. 

For  “Tests  of  Metals,”  Watertown  Arsenal,  War  Department, 
U.S.A.,  see  i Bi^. 

(a)  See  Proceedings  of  the  A.S.T.M.  (iAqa)  for  reports  of  the  follow- 
ing committees,  and  for  papers  presented  before  conventions: 
Cast  Iron  (A.S.T.M.:  A3);  Wrought  Iron  (A  S.T.M.:Aa); 
Non-Ferrous  Metals  and  Alloys  (A.S.T.M.:  B2). 

(, b ) See  “Review  of  Current  Technical  Literature”  and  Journal  of  the 
American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  (10A1). 

(r)  See  index  to  list  of  Engineering  Articles  of  Interest,  and  to  papers 
and  discussions,  contained  in  each  issue  of  the  Proceedings  of 
the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  (11A1). 

(i i)  An  investigation  has  been  concluded  of  the  initial  stresses,  cause 
of  failure,  and  properties  of  structural  brasses,  an  account 
of  which  is  to  be  published  as  a technologic  paper.  (See  e,  below.) 
A great  deal  of  this  work  has  been  materially  aided  by  the  co- 
operation of  brass  manufacturers  and  of  users  of  brass,  such  as 
the  Navy  Department,  the  New  York  Board  of  Water  Supply, 
the  City  of  Minneapolis,  the  Panama  Canal  Commission,  and 
others.  It  is  expected  that  the  results  obtained  will  be  service- 
able in  framing  specifications  for  the  use  of  structural  brass. 
(From  Report  of  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916.) 

(1 ? ) “Failure  of  Brass.  2.  Effect  of  Corrosion  on  Ductility  and 
Strength  of  Brass,”  Paul  D.  Merica.  Technologic  Paper  No. 
83,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards.  1916.  7 pp.,  illus.  5 cents. 

(/)  “Manufacture  and  Uses  of  Alloy  Steels,”  H.  D.  Flibbard. 
Bulletin  No.  100,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines.  1915.  78  pp.  10  cents. 
A general  statement  on  the  composition  and  heat  treatment  of 
various  steels,  and  their  use  for  special  purposes. 

( g ) See  “General  Metallurgy,”  H.  O.  Hoffman.  999  pp.,  illus. 

(h)  See  “An  Introduction  to  Metal-Working,”  J.  C.  Pearson. 

1916.  126  pp.,  illus. 

(J)  See  “The  Coloring  of  Non-Ferrous  Metals  and  Alloys,” 
Jerome  Brandes.  Lefax  Data  Sheet  7-278 
Ik)  See  “The  Story  of  Abrasives,”  Iron  Tradesman , January,  1917. 

11B2  Corrosion  and  Treatment  of  Metals 

The  references  which  follow  are  selected  for  consideration  in  connec- 
tion with  the  proper  use  and  care  of  metals  quite  independent  of 
the  various  sections  and  articles  which  are  part  of  the  Pocket  Books, 
Handbooks  and  other  publications  mentioned  under  nDi£,  which  see. 
See,  also  “Corrosion  of  Steel”  (iF8a  and  1F8/). 

In  connection  with  sprinkler  pipe,  see  five  N.F.P.A.  references 
listed  under  4F1/;  also  4F1  h;  also,  Pipes,  Valves,  and  Fittings  (10J). 

See,  also,  “Corrosion  of  Pipes,  Boilers,  and  Structural  Work” 
(4Figi);  also  Treatments  and  Coatings  for  Metals  (12C). 

{a)  “Structure  of  Coating  on  Tinned  Sheet  Copper  in  Relation 
to  a Specific  Case  of  Corrosion,”  P.  D.  Merica.  Technologic 
Paper  No.  90,  Bureau  of  Standards.  April  21,  1917.  18  pp. 

5 cents. 

{b)  “A  Curious  Case  of  Corrosion  of  Tinned  Sheet  Copper,” 
P.  D.  Merica.  Paper  read  before  the  American  Institute  of 
Metals,  September,  1916.  12  pp.,  illus.  Contains  “Conclu- 

sions,” by  the  Bureau  of  Standards. 

(c)  See  “Proceedings,”  A.S.T.M.,  for  the  following: 

1.  “The  Relative  Corrosion  of  Wrought  Iron  and  Steel,” 

H.  M.  Howe,  Vol.  VI,  p.  155,  1906. 

2.  “The  Relative  Corrosion  of  Steel  and  Wrought  Iron 

Tubing,”  H.  M.  Howe  and  Bradley  Stoughton,  Vol.  VIII. 

3.  "The  Value  of  the  Sulphuric  Acid  Corrosion  Test,” 

C.  M.  Chapman,  Vol.  XI,  p.  609,  1911. 

4.  “The  Marked  Influence  of  Copper  in  Iron  and  Steel  on 

the  Acid  Corrosion  Test,”  W.  H.  Walker,  Vol.  XI. 
J.  Report  of  Committee  A-5,  A.S.T.M.,  on  Corrosion  of  Iron 
and  Steel,  1917. 

Id)  “To  Study  Corrosion  of  Steel  Imbedded  in  Gypsum  and 
Concrete”  (in  connection  with  work  of  Committee  A-5, 
A.S.T.M.).  Construction,  July,  1917. 

( e ) “Methods  of  Testing  the  Durability  of  Pipe  under  Corro- 
sion,” F.  N.  Speller,  Part  II,  “Technical  Papers,”  A.S.T.M., 
1916. 

(/)See  “Proceedings”  of  the  American  Gas  Institute  (7A2 a)  for  the 
following:  (For  quotations  from  1,  see  lYL^d.) 

1.  “Report  of  Committee  on  Gas  House  Piping,”  Vol.  X. 

2.  “The  Installation  and  Maintenance  of  Services,” 

R.  B.  Duncan,  Vol.  IX,  1914,  p.  1052. 

3.  “Proper  Specifications  for,  and  Inspection  of,  Interior  Gas 

Piping,”  A.  E.  Turner,  Vol.  IX,  1914,  p.  1311. 

4.  “The  Installation  of  Mains  and  Pipe  Lines  of  Steel 

and  Wrought  Iron,”  H.  L.  Rice,  Vol.  VIII,  1913,  p.  145. 

Serial  No.  11 


lg)  “Relative  Corrosion  of  Wrought  Iron  and  Soft  Steel  Pipes,” 

T.  N.  Thomson,  “Proceedings,”  American  Society  of  Heating 
and  Ventilating  Engineers,  Vol.  XIV,  1908. 

( h ) See  reprints  of  papers  by  the  A.S.H.  & V.E.: 

1.  “The  Prevention  of  Corrosion  in  Pipe,”  F.  N.  Speller. 

1916.  10  cents. 

2.  “Report  of  Committee  on  Corrosion  in  Pipes.”  1909.  10c. 

(j)  “The  Relative  Corrosion  of  Iron  and  Steel  Pipe  as  Found  in 

Service,”  W.  H.  Walker,  “Proceedings”  new  England  Water 
Works  Association,  1911. 

( k ) “Steel  Pipe  vs.  Wrought  Iron  Pipe  in  Refrigerating  Work,” 

P.  DeC.  Ball,  “Proceedings”  American  Society  of  Refrigerating 
Engineers,  1911. 

(/)  “Structural  or  Mechanical  Theory  of  the  Effect  of  Rust  on  Cast 
Iron  and  Wrought  Iron  and  Steel,”  R.  C.  McWane  and 

H.  Y.  Carson.  Paper  before  American  Foundrymen’s  Asso. 

{ m ) See  the  following  “Lefax  Data  Sheets:” 

I.  “Oxides  and  Other  Coatings  for  the  Prevention  of  Corro- 

sion of  Iron  and  Steel,”  L.  C.  Wilson,  Engineering  Maga- 
zine, February,  March,  and  April,  1915.  (5-286.) 

2.  “Copper  in  Steel — Its  Influence  on  Corrosion,”  D.  M. 
Buck.  1913.  (5-31.)  Digest  of  paper  read  before  American 
Chemical  Society. 

(n)  “Corrosion  of  Hot  Water  Piping  in  Bath-Houses,”  Ira  H. 

Woolson,  Engineering  News,  December  3,  1910,  p.  630. 

(0)  “Observations  upon  the  Atmospheric  Corrosion  of  Commer- 
cial Sheet  Iron,”  E.  A.  Richardson  and  L.  T.  Richardson, 
Metallurgical  and  Chemical  Engineering.  Paper  read  before 
American  Electro-Chemical  Society,  October  15,  1916. 

Ip)  “Corrosion  in  a Steel  Gasholder  Tank,”  William  Wilson, 
Journal  of  Gas  Lighting,  London,  England,  September  12,  1916. 
(?)  “Theory  of  the  Corrosion  of  Steel,”  Leslie  Aitchison,  Journal, 
Iron  and  Steel  Institute,  Vol.  93.  Illus. 

(r)  “Influence  of  Carbon  and  Manganese  upon  the  Corrosion 

of  Iron  and  Steel,”  Robert  Hadfield  and  J.  N.  Friend,  Journal, 
Iron  and  Steel  Institute,  Vol.  93.  Illus. 

(s)  “The  Corrosion  of  Metals,”  Wm.  E.  Bibbs,  Richard  H.  Smith 

and  Guy  D.  Bengough,  Mechanical  Engineer,  May  5,  1916. 
Report  to  the  Institute  of  Metals. 

(t)  “Effect  of  Rust  on  the  Rate  of  Corrosion,”  James  Ashton, 

Steel  and  Iron,  May,  1916.  Paper  read  before  American  Electro- 
Chemical  Society. 

(«)  “Repairing  Split  and  Corroded  Pipe  with  an  Oxy-Acety- 
lene  Welder,”  Engineering-Contracting,  May  3,  1916.  Illus. 
(a)  “No  Rust  in  Galvanized  Steel  Tower  at  Iloilo  After  Twelve 
Years,”  J.  L.  Harrison,  Engineering  Record,  Jan.  6,  1917.  Illus. 
(te)  “The  Design  of  Hot  Water  Supply  Systems  to  Minimize 
Corrosion,”  F.  N.  Speller,  Engineering  News,  Feb.  13,  1913. 
(at)  “The  Relative  Corrodibilities  of  Iron  and  Steel,”  J.  Newton 
Friend,  “Proceedings”  Faraday  Society,  London,  Vol.  XI. 

( y ) In  “Practical  Steam  and  Hot-Water  Heating  and  Ventila- 

tion,” (10C4J),  see  Chapter  VI.,  Alfred  G.  King. 

(z)  In  “American  Stationary  Engineering,”  W.  E.  Crane,  see 

pp.  54-81. 

(aa)  In  “Modern  Plumbing,”  R.  M.  Starbuck,  p.  263  and  following. 
(bb)  “The  Decay  of  Metals,”  Cecil  H.  Desch,  Scientific  American 
Supplement,  September  16,  1916.  From  Transactions,  Institute 
of  Engineers  and  Ship-Builders  in  Scotland. 

Icc)  “Physical  and  Mechanical  Factors  in  Corrosion,”  Cecil  H. 
Desch,  Scientific  American  Supplement,  May  6,  1916.  Paper 
read  before  the  Faraday  Society. 

idd)  “Electrolytic  Corrosion  of  Iron  in  Concrete,”  Charles  F. 
Burgess,  Journal  of  the  Association  of  Engineering  Societies, 
i.9”»  P-397- 

lee)  Fireproof  Construction  and  Prevention  of  Corrosion,” 
William  Sooy  Smith,  Journal  of  the  Association  of  Engineering 
Societies,  1898.  p.  930. 

Iff)  See  Cosgrove’s  “Principles  and  Practice  of  Plumbing,”  second 
revised  edition,  for  Chap.  XVI  on  “Solvent  Power  of  Waters 
on  Pipes  and  Tank  Linings.” 

(gg)  In  Cosgrove  Appendix,  see  Chap.  XXXIII,  “Life  of  Cast  Iron 
Pipes  in  Earth”  and  “Life  of  Wrought  Iron  Pipes  in  Earth.” 

11 B3  Protective  Coatings  (See,  also,  12C) 

See  the  Reports  of  Committee  Di,  A.S.T.M.,  on  “Protective  Coat- 
ings for  Structural  Materials,”  referred  to  in  January  Issue  (1F8) 
and  subdivision  “Protective  Coatings"  (1F8/&);  also,  “Manufacture  of 
Oils  and  Pigments”  (iF8r),  and  addenda  1F8/. 

(a)  “Rustless  Coatings;  Corrosion  and  Electrolysis  of  Iron  and 
Steel,”  M.  P.  Wood.  432  pp.,  illus. 

{b)  “Iron  Corrosion,  Anti-fouling  and  Anti-corrosive  Paints,” 
L.  E.  Andes.  283  pp.,  62  illus.  Translated  from  the  German. 
lc)  “Protective  Coatings  for  Structural  Materials,”  R.  S.  Perry, 
Journal  of  the  Association  of  Engineering  Societies,  1909,  p.  399 

Vol.  I,  1917 


1 18 


SERIAL  NO.  11 


id)  Many  of  the  publications  referred  to  under  Roof  Coverings,  etc. 
(11D2),  will  be  found  to  treat  of  methods  of  protection  and 
painting.  The  subject  will  also  be  treated  under  Serial  No.  12. 

(e)  For  other  information  on  this  subject,  see  Industrial  Section,  p. 
192,  “Solvay  Protective  Paints.”  The  Solvay  Process  Com- 
pany, Semet-Solvay  Company;  R.I.W.  “Tockolith”  and 
other  products,  Toch  Brothers,  p.  193;  Patton’s  “Ironhide,” 
Patton  Paint  Co.,  p.  194. 

11 B4  Electrolysis 

See,  also,  “Electrolysis”  (6N). 

(a)  “Electrolysis  in  Underground  Pipes,”  Canadian  Engineer, 

Oct.  12,  1916.  Abstract  from  Report,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards. 

[b)  “Insulation  as  a Means  of  Minimizing  Electrolysis  in  Under- 

ground Pipes,”  E.  B.  Rosa  and  Burton  McCollum,  “Proceed- 
ings,” American  Gas  Institute,  Vol.  VI,  1 9 1 1 , Part  1,  p.  233. 

11B5  Metal  Products  in  General  (See,  also,  9d5) 

Next  to  questions  concerning  the  corrosion  and  preservation  of  metals 
and  the  determination  of  the  most  appropriate  kinds  for  especial  uses 
and  the  proper  treatment  and  care  of  each,  comes  the  matter  of  the 
thickness  and  weight  of  metal  to  be  used  for  any  particular  product. 

(a)  The  Editor  wishes  to  express  the  opinion  that  a most  desirable 

thing  for  architects  and  others  specifying  the  use  of  metals  to 
have  constant  access  to  would  be  a chart  illustrating  graphically 
and  minutely  the  gauges  for  metals,  the  numbers  for  wires  and 
other  forms  and  factors  in  the  fabrication  of  metal  products. 
Such  a presentation,  accompanied  by  descriptive  data,  would 
afford  opportunity  to  visualize  the  material  to  be  incorporated 
and  provide  equable  conditions  in  estimating  and  a ready  means 
of  ascertaining  compliance  with  specificational  requirements 
that  could  work  to  the  advantage  of  all  those  interested  in 
adequate  and  proper  installations.  The  words  “gage”  or 
“gauge”  apparently  also  need  standardization. 

(b)  An  interesting  illustration  of  the  possibilities  of  such  a chart  will 

be  found  in  the  Manual  of  the  American  Railway  Engineering 
Association  (1A9 c)  where,  on  page  303,  appear  cuts  in  section 
and  elevation  (shaded)  showing  the  exact  sizes  of  No.  1 to 
No.  20  gage  steel  wire  by  American  Steel  and  Wire  Company 
gage  with  tables  of  weights  and  comparative  sizes  of  all  wire  gages. 

(c)  The  U.  S.  Standard  Gauge  for  Sheet  and  Plate  Iron  and 

Steel,  1893: 

Kent’s  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  states: 
“There  is  in  this  country  no  uniform  or  standard  gauge,  and 
the  same  numbers  in  different  gauges  represent  different  thick- 
nesses of  sheets  or  plates.  This  has  given  rise  to  much  mis- 
understanding and  friction  between  employers  and  workmen 
and  mistakes  and  fraud  between  dealers  and  consumers.” 
“An  Act  of  Congress  in  1 893  established  the  Standard  Gauge 
for  sheet  iron  and  steel  (which  is  given).  It  is  based  on  the 
fact  that  a cubic  foot  of  iron  weighs  480  pounds.” 

"A  sheet  of  iron  1 foot  square  and  1 inch  thick,  weighs  40 
pounds,  or  640  ounces,  and  1 ounce  in  weight  should  be  1/640 
inch  thick.  The  scale  has  been  arranged  so  that  each  descrip- 
tive number  represents  a certain  number  of  ounces  in  weight 
and  an  equal  number  of  640ths  of  an  inch  in  thickness.” 

“The  law  enacts  that  on  and  after  July  1,  1893,  the  new  gauge 
shall  be  used  in  determining  duties  and  taxes  ievied  on  sheet 
and  plate  iron  and  steel;  and  that  in  its  application  a variation 
of  2P2  per  cent  either  way  may  be  allowed.” 

“The  Decimal  Gauge: — The  legalization  of  the  standard 
sheet  metal  gauge  of  1893  and  its  adoption  by  some  manufac- 
turers of  sheet  iron  have  only  added  to  the  existing  confusion  of 
gauges.  A joint  Committee  of  the  American  Society  of  Mechan- 
ical Engineers  and  the  American  Railway  Master  Mechanics’ 
Association  in  1895,  agreed  to  recommend  the  use  of  the  decimal 
gauge,  that  is,  a gauge  whose  number  for  each  thickness  is  the 
number  of  thousandths  of  an  inch  in  that  thickness,  and  also 
to  recommend  ‘the  abandonment  and  disuse  of  the  various 
other  gauges  now  in  use,  as  tending  to  confusion  and  error.’ 
A notched  gauge  of  oval  form  (shown  in  cut),  has  come  into  use 
as  a standard  form  of  the  decimal  gauge.” 

“In  1904  the  Westinghouse  Electric  and  Mfg.  Co.  abandoned 
the  use  of  gauge  numbers  in  referring  to  wire,  sheet  metal,  etc.” 

( d ) Kidder’s  “Architects  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  states: 

“The  Brown  and  Sharpe  gauge  (B.  & S.)  is  commonly 
used  for  designating  size  of  copper  wires  (see  p.  1424),  also  for 
sheet  copper  and  brass.  The  American  Steel  and  Wire  Company 
uses  the  old  Washburn  & Moen  gauge  for  all  their  steel  and  iron 
wire  and  also  for  wire  nails.  The  sectional  areas  for  this  gauge 
are  given  on  page  1426.  When  placing  orders  for  sheets  and 
wire,  it  is  always  best  to  specify  the  weight  per  square  or  linear 
foot  or  the  thickness  or  diameter  in  thousandths  of  an  inch. 
The  gauge  for  steel  wire,  used  by  the  J.  A.  Roebling’s  Sons  Co., 
is  given  on  page  403,  and  the  circular-mil  gauge  on  page  1387.” 

(e)  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  has  issued: 

“Standard  Gage  for  Sheet  and  Plate  Iron  and  Steel,” 
1911,  Circular  No.  18,  4 pp.  5 cents. 

Serial  No.  1 1 


(/)  See  “Standard  Gauges”  of  Sheet  Metal  and  Wire,  "Lefax 
Data  Sheet”  6-120. 

(g)  For  recommendations  of  the  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers 

as  to  gauge  and  weight  of  metal  lath,  see  Lathing  and  Plaster- 
ing (11D6). 

( h ) See,  also,  11B12  as  to  standardization  of  metal  gauges,  and 

1 1 D27  for  weights  of  roofing  tin. 

O')  The  subjects  of  gauges,  weights,  and  sizes  of  metal  sheets  and 
other  data  pertaining  to  all  kinds  of  metals  and  various  processes 
of  manufacture  and  use  will  be  found  in  the  following  Hand- 
books and  Pocket  Books  which  are  here  listed  separately  from 
others  which  have  been  placed  under  “Metal  and  Plastic  Pro- 
ducts” by  reason  of  containing  information  about  equally  in 
detail  as  to  each. 

1.  Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,  Wm.  Kent.  1916. 

2.  Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,  Lionel  S.  Marks.  1916. 

The  above  are  independent  of  the  Proceedings  and  other 
publications  of  the  various  societies,  associations,  and  other 
allied  interests.  Lists  of  such  publications  and  of  many  peri- 
odicals and  textbooks  will  be  found  in: 

3.  Kent’s  Pocket  Book,  facing  p.  I. 

4.  Mark’s  Handbook,  p.  21. 

J.  Kidder’s  Pocket  Book,  pp.  1703-1712. 

( k ) See  “Transactions”  of  the  American  Institute  of  Metals  (11A7) 
for  proceedings,  papers,  discussions,  and  all  Bulletins,  which 
contain  many  valuable  abstracts  of  metallurgical  literature. 

The  American  Institute  of  Metals  was  instrumental  in  form- 
ing an  Advisory  Committee  to  confer  with  the  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards. This  Committee  consists  of  representatives  of  several 
technical  societies  and  meets  at  Washington  semi-annually  to 
suggest  to  the  Bureau  practical  problems  in  the  solution  of 
which  it  might  be  interested  and  equipped  to  aid.  The  results 
of  these  conferences  are  recorded  in  the  “Transactions.” 

(/)  “Old  and  New  Methods  of  Galvanizing,”  Alfred  Sang, 
“Proceedings”  of  Engineers’  Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania; 
November,  1907,  36  pp. 

{m)  “Industrial  Applications  of  Zinc,”  Ernest  A.  Smith,  Mechan- 
ical Engineer , Oct.  6,  1916.  Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the 
Institute  of  Metals. 

(»)  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  has  had  a considerable  amount  of 
testing  to  do,  mainly  for  the  Government  Departments,  of 
plated  or  coated  metals,  especially  galvanized  iron.  A syste- 
matic study  of  the  manufacturing  limitations  and  properties 
of  this  class  of  material  was  considered  desirable  and  has  been 
begun,  and,  together  with  a committee  of  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials,  the  experimental  data  and  experience 
are  being  accumulated  for  forming  specifications  for  galvanized 
materials,  including  sheets,  wire,  and  pipe. — From  Report  of 
Bureau  of  Standards,  1916. 

(0)  The  commercial  galvanized  sheet  product  in  today’s  market 
has  a base  of  steel  and  not  iron,  and  specifications  should 
either  call  for  galvanized  steel,  if  the  regular  commercial  prod- 
uct is  desired,  or  else  should  be  explicit  with  respect  to  the  iron 
or  whatever  other  metal,  or  metal  base,  is  to  be  used,  for  the 
words  “galvanized  iron”  by  themselves  have,  through  common 
usage  and  general  acceptance,  come  to  apply  to  the  existing 
steel  product. 

{p)  As  to  the  painting  of  galvanized  metal,  the  Secretary  of  the 
National  Association  of  Sheet  Metal  Contractors  (11A10)  says 
in  a letter  “Galvanized  cornice  and  other  work  should  not  be 
painted  until  the  surface  has  been  somewhat  roughened  by 
exposure  to  the  weather.  Two  very  thin  coats  of  red  lead  and 
linseed  oil  will  prevent  the  paint  subsequently  applied  from 
peeling  off.  (See,  also,  12C1  and  12E9.) 

11 B6  Pipes , Conduits , Wires  and  Drawn 
Products 

Attention  is  directed  to  the  last  two  paragraphs  of  the  General  Sug- 
gestions of  the  National  Electrical  Code  (6C1),  urging  architects  to 
make  provision  for  the  channeling  or  pocketing  of  buildings. 

The  final  tests  and  inspection  of  all  enclosable  pipes,  conduits,  and 
other  metal  products  before  they  are  lathed  and  plastered  should  not 
be  overlooked. 

(a)  As  of  much  interest  in  connection  with  this  Section,  see  “Corro- 

sion and  Treatment  of  Metals”  (1 1 B2). 

(b)  For  Automatic  Sprinkler  Pipes,  see,  “Fittings,  Contents,  and 

Protection  Equipment”  (4F);  also  “Sprinklers  and  Fire 
Protection”  (9K). 

(c)  For  Gas  Piping,  see  “Piping  Buildings — Materials,  Methods, 

and  Cost”  (7E). 

(d)  For  Plumbing  Pipes,  see  “Water  Supply,  Storage,  Utilization 

and  Incoming  Pipes”  (9D);  “Plumbing  Installations  in  Gen- 
eral” (9G);  “Outgoing  Pipes,  Sewage  Disposal,  and  Public 
Health”  (9L). 

(e)  For  Pipes  in  Connection  with  Heating,  see  “Boilers  and  Heat- 

ing in  General,”  (10C);  “Pipes,  Valves,  and  Fittings”  (10J). 

Vol.  I,  1917 


119 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


(/)  For  Electric  Conduits,  see  N.  E.  Code,  6C2  and  6E1  zz,  and  for 
“Standard  Symbols  and  Charts,”  6E4A 
(g)  The  Editor  of  the  S.  S.  D.  in  an  address  before  the  N.  A.  of  M.  S. 
and  H.  W.  Fitters  (10A4)  said: 

“Why  not  cooperate  to  get  rid  of  words  in  specifications  which 
say,  but  do  not  mean,  ‘very  best  quality,’  and  the  ‘or  equal,’  in 
favor  of  calling  for  the  brands,  thickness  and  weight  of  pipes 
and  for  the  various  other  products  by  the  several  names  which 
will  be  acceptable? 

“More  and  more  frequently  a distinction  is  being  made  as  to 
quality  in  materials  of  building  construction,  and  stronger  en- 
couragement is  being  given  to  those  producers  who,  in  spite  of 
rigid  competition,  adhere  to  their  standards  of  manufacture 
and  make  names  for  themselves  under  established  brands.  By 
conducting  an  educational  campaign  along  these  lines  you  will 
oblige  architects  to  use  names  and  brands  and  standards  of 
quality  in  their  specification  requirements  which  will  assist 
them  and  reputable  contractors,  manufacturers,  and  producers 
in  furnishing  owners  with  the  best  that  the  market  affords — 
when  that  is  what  they  are  paying  for.” 

C h ) “Steel  In  Wrought-Iron  Pipe:  A New  and  Quick  Etching 
Test  for  Its  Detection,”  Iron  Age,  May  n,  1916.  Illus. 

0)  “Manufacture  and  Characteristics  of  Wrought  Iron  Pipe,” 

W.  A.  Phillips,  Gar  Age,  May  1,  1916. 

( k ) For  data  on  Lightning  Rods,  see  “Lightning  Protection”  (4G). 

(/)  Fences.  See  the  Manual  of  the  American  Railway  Association 
(1A9Z).  The  Section  on  “Signs,  Fences,  and  Crossings”  has  a 
complete  glossary  of  terms  relating  to  fences,  gates,  etc.,  and 
contains  Specifications  for  Standard  Right-of-Way  Fences, 
including  materials  and  erection,  with  recommendations  as  to 
galvanizing.  Contains,  also,  illustrations  and  tables  of  gages 
for  plain  wire,  barbed-wire,  and  barbless  fencing,  and  a specifica- 
tion for  concrete  fence-posts. 

(m)  Nails.  In  this  Manual  will  also  be  found  illustrations  of  the  actual 
size  of  standard  “wire  nails”  with  tables. 

(»)  For  “Nail  Knowledge,”  and  “More  Nail  Knowledge,”  see  564;. 

(0)  For  leaflet  entitled  “Nails,”  see  5K7;/. 

(р)  For  other  information  on  these  subjects,  see  Industrial  Section: 

1.  Wrought  Iron  Pipe,  A.  M.  Byers  Company,  p.  225. 

2.  Sherardized  rigid  steel  conduit,  p.  173,  National  Metal 

Molding  Co. 

3.  Cast-Iron  Pipe  for  House-Drainage,  p.  223;  and  Drainage 

Fittings,  p.  218. 

11B7  Windows , Doors  and  Metal  Trim 

(«)  The  following  should  be  consulted  before  equipping  building  walls 
or  partitions  with  windows  or  doors: 

1.  “Regulations  of  the  N.B.F.U.  for  the  Protection  of  Open- 

ings in  Walls  and  Partitions  against  Fire.  Recom- 
mended by  the  N.F.P.A.  Edition  of  1915”  (4Cj^). 

2.  Underwriters’  Laboratories’  “Specifications  for  Construction 

of  Tin-Clad  Fire-Doors  and  Shutters”  and: 

3.  “Hollow  Metallic  Window  Frames  and  Sashes  for  Wired 

Glass”  (4C3^). 

4.  Also,  “Specifications:  Tin-Clad  Fire-Doors  and  Shutters, 

1914”  (4C3Z),  Inspection  Department,  A.F.M.F.I.  Co’s. 
This  specification  is  likewise  applicable  to  the  installation 
of  sheet-metal  doors. 

5.  Also  “Beltway  Fires”  (3A744). 

6.  For  Fire-Doors  and  Shutters,  Frames  for  Fire-Doors 

and  Shutters,  Frames  and  Sash  for  Wired  Glass, 
Fire  Window-Frames,  see  “List  of  Inspected  Mechanical 
Appliances”  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  {3A6F). 

7.  For  same,  see,  also,  “Approved  Fire  Protection  Appli- 

ances” of  the  A.F.M.F.I.  Co’s  (3A743). 

8.  For  Hardware  for  the  above,  see  1 1 B 1 1 A. 

(b)  For  “Standards  for  Counterbalanced  Elevator  Doors,”  see 
Underwriters’  Laboratories  (3A6/1). 

( с ) The  Committee  on  Construction  of  the  National  Association  of 

Manufacturers  of  Approved  Hollow  Metal  Window-Frames 
and  Sash  has  been  working  with  a committee  appointed  by 
the  Laboratories,  and  this  joint  committee  has  decided  to  test 
various  constructions,  some  of  which  have  passed  through 
tests,  apparently  with  great  success,  others  are  still  to  be  put 
through.  One  thing  which  has  already  been  definitely  and 
officially  accomplished  is  the  abolition  of  a mullion  which  the 
Laboratories  demanded  should  be  placed  between  two  units,  if 
the  opening  was  larger  than  5x9  feet.  The  old  style  mullion 
was  made  of  a 5-inch  I-beam,  surrounded  by  concrete  and  en- 
closed in  sheet  metal. 

The  new  mullion  now  made,  if  non-bearing,  is  composed  of 
two  channel  irons  made  of  No.  16  gauge,  which  are  tied  together 
with  a strip  of  No.  24  gauge  galvanized  iron.  This  permits  the 
two  windows  to  be  set  back  to  back  and  not  only  eliminates 
the  expense  of  the  old-style  mullion,  but  also  permits  the  dis- 
tance from  glass-line  to  glass-line,  in  this  new  mullion  window, 
to  be  5 inches  narrower  than  the  old  style.  As  in  modern  con- 
struction the  glass  area  in  a window-opening  is  of  the  utmost 

Serial  No.  1 1 1 20 


consequence,  this  advantage  is  very  great. — (Extract  from  a 
letter  from  President  Fred  De  Coningh.) 

{d)  “Flre-retardent  Windows,"  S.  H.  Pomeroy.  Address  delivered 
before  New  York  Chapter  of  N.F.P.A.  Printed  in  Construction 
for  June  and  July,  1917. 

(e)  “The  Casement  Sash,”  James  C.  Plant,  Journal  of  the  Society 
of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  September,  1916.  Illus. 
(J)  “Fire-tests  of  Doors  and  Windows  at  Underwriters’  Labora- 
tories,” M.  L.  Carr,  Construction,  July,  1917.  Illus. 

(g)  For  reference  to  experiments  to  determine  the  relative  heat  lost 

through  single-  and  double-glazed  wood,  steel  and  hollow  metal 
sash,  and  many  other  matters  of  interest,  see  “Air  Leakage, 
Guarantees  and  Formulae”  October  Issue,  10M. 

(h)  For  Metal  Weather-strips,  see  10M14  and  15. 

O')  For  “Aimed”  Fire-doors  and  Shutters,  see  Industrial  Section, 
p.  224,  Merchant  & Evans  Co. 

11 B8  Mail  Chutes 

(a)  The  U.  S.  Post  Office  Department  issues  “Section  720,  Postal 

Laws  and  Regulations”  under  an  “Order  No.  148  of  the  Post- 
master General,”  dated  Aug.  8,  1905,  which  describes  the  kinds 
of  buildings  in  which  mail  chutes  may  be  installed,  the  loca- 
tion therein  of  same,  and  the  essential  characteristics  of  con- 
struction. 

(b)  Copies  of  these  regulations  may  be  also  obtained  from  the  Cutler 

Mail  Chute  Co.,  which,  in  a recent  circular  letter,  calls  attention 
to  a letter  from  the  Post  Office  Department,  stating  that  it  will 
not  in  future  waive  the  rule  requiring  the  Mail  Chute  Box  to 
be  placed  within  fifty  (50)  feet  of  the  main  entrance  of  a build- 
ing. 

(z)  See  Industrial  Section,  p.  210,  Cutler  Mail  Chute  Company. 

11 B9  Laundry  Chutes 

(a)  For  reference  to  Glass  Enameled  Steel  Laundry  Chutes,  see  9H1 

and  Industrial  Section,  p.  213,  Pfaudler  Co. 

IIB10  Appliances , Fixtures , Fittings  and 
Devices 

{a)  For  Electrical  Appliances,  see  “Apparatus,  Appliances  and 
Installations  in  General”  (6E);  “Electric  Elevators  and 
Dumb  Waiters”  (6F);  “Heating,  Cooking  and  Other  Appli- 
ances and  Devices”  (6J). 

For  Electric  Switches  and  Wiring  Devices,  see  Industrial 
Section,  pp.  148-158,  General  Electric  Co. 

(b)  For  Gas  Appliances,  see  “Gas  Appliances  in  General”  (7H); 

“Space-Heating  by  Gas”  (7J);  “Water-Heating  by  Gas” 
(7 K) ; “Cooking  and  Hotel  and  Domestic  Appliances”  (7L). 

See  Industrial  Section,  p.  212,  for  Automatic  Gas  Water 
Heater,  Humphrey  Co. 

(z)  For  Radiators,  Registers,  and  Grills,  see  10K;  also  Industrial 
Section,  p.  176,  for  Ventilating  Gas  Radiator,  Hugo  Mfg.  Co. 
(d)  For  Stoves,  Ranges  and  Dryers,  see  “Warm-Air  Heating, 
Stoves,  Ranges  and  Dryers”  (10D). 

(z)  For  Plumbing  Fixtures  and  Fittings,  see  “Fixtures  and  Fit- 
tings” (9H),  and  “Bathroom  and  Laundry  Finishes  and 
Accessories”  (9H1). 

See  Industrial  Section  for  Plumbing  Fixtures  and  Fit- 
tings, as  follows:  (1)  Crane  Co.,  p.  218;  (2)  Kohler  Co.,  pp. 
214-215;  (3)  Trenton  Potteries  Co.,  p.  217;  (4)  Loomis-Manning 
Filter  Distributing  Co.,  p.  216. 

(/)  For  Valves  and  Fittings,  see  “Pipes,  Valves,  and  Fittings”  (10J). 

( g ) Post-Caps,  Hangers,  Stirrups  and  similar  structural  devices 

are  important  metal  products,  references  to  which  will  be  found 
in  many  of  the  publications  listed  in  the  Wood  issue,  Serial  No.  5, 
May,  and  are  specifically  referred  to  also  under  5G4. 

1.  These,  together  with  anchors,  bolts,  angles,  clamps,  and 

other  fasteners  and  supports  for  terra-cotta  work,  cornices, 
etc.,  and  for  interior  false  work,  will  be  found  described 
and  illustrated  in  many  of  the  references  given  in  March 
and  April  issues  especially,  4D4. 

2.  For  Wall-Hangers,  Post-Cap  and  Girder  Supports, 

see  “List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances,”  Under- 
writers’ Laboratories  (3A61&). 

3.  For  same,  see,  also,  “Approved  Fire  Protection  Appli- 

ances,” A.F.M.F.I.  Co’s  (3A743). 

(h)  “Anchors  for  Lateral  Stability  for  the  Architectural  Detailer 

and  Stone  Setter,”  Ernest  G.  Schurig,  Journal  0}  the  Society  of 
Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  May,  1916.  Illus. 

( j ) “Wall-Fastening  Devices,”  C.  McFarland,  followed  by  dis- 
cussions, Journal  0}  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Build- 
ings, March,  1916. 

(ft)  “Safety  Devices  for  Elevators,”  Jacob  Gentz,  Jr.,  Power, 
Jan.  9,  1917.  Illus. 

(/)  See  “The  Arrangement  and  Requirements  of  Elevators  in 
Office  Buildings,”  Cecil  F.  Baker  (from  the  Architectural 
Record),  “Engineering-Contracting,”  May  17,  1916. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  11 


(m)  For  Electric  Elevators,  see  Industrial  Section:  (i)  Otis  Elevator 

Co.,  pp.  170,  1 7 1 ; (2)  A.  B.  See  Electric  Elevator  Co.,  pp.  160, 
161. 

(n)  For  Hand  Power  Elevators  and  Dumb  Waiters,  see  Industrial 

Section,  pp.  220,  221,  Sedgwick  Machine  Works. 

(0)  For  Hydraulic  Elevators,  see  10O10  and  for  Vacuum  Cleaners, 
see  6K  and  ioOitw. 

11B  11  Hardware 

(a)  “The  American  Hardware  Manufacturer”  is  the  official  organ  of 
the  American  Hardware  Manufacturers’  Association  (11A13). 

This  Association,  which  recently  accepted  membership  on 
the  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  has,  through  its 
officers  and  Executive  Committee,  inaugurated  a significant 
movement  in  which  architects  and  the  prospective  owners  of 
buildings  throughout  the  country  may  greatly  aid. 

Started  in  May  of  this  year,  specifically  for  the  purpose  of 
conserving  men  and  money  in  time  of  war,  but  destined,  with 
that  approbation  which  will  surely  be  forthcoming,  to  make  for 
permanency  and  lead  to  standardization  of  purpose  and  pro- 
cedure, the  members  have  concurred  in  a Resolution  to  reduce 
the  number  of  styles  of  hardware,  to  curtail  the  different 
kinds  of  finishes,  and  to  eliminate  all  slow-selling  items. 

This  action  has  been  commended  by  the  Commercial  Econ- 
omy Board  of  the  Council  of  National  Defense  which  has  said, 

“in  practically  every  trade  there  have  grown  up  non-essential 
services,  some  of  them  mere  conveniences,  and  others  hardly 
that;  in  time  of  peace  they  may  be  permissible;  in  time  of 
war  they  are  a serious  waste  and  should  be  stopped  . . . con- 
cerns should  curtail  excess  variety  of  styles.” 

Architects,  in  specifying  and  selecting  hardware,  are  urged 
to  take  an  important  part  in  this  desirable  economic  reform. 
The  saving  in  the  publication  and  examination  of  manufac- 
turers’ catalogues  alone  would  be  very  considerable  in  money 
and  in  time,  to  say  nothing  of  the  vastly  greater  reduction  in 
cost  of  manufacture  and  handling,  in  the  wake  of  which  other 
improvements  would  result. 

The  Structural  Service  Department  may  be  counted  upon  to 
do  its  part  in  this  direction  and  in  others,  such  as  establishing 
definitions  of  “right  and  left-hand”  doors,  and  steps  are 
already  being  taken. 

(A)  The  National  Retail  Hardware  Association  (11A14)  is  devoting 
attention  to  research,  the  analytical  study  of  modern  hardware 
problems,  and  the  devising  and  recommendation  of  methods 
and  standards  for  the  application  of  greater  economies  to  hard- 
ware distribution  and  more  efficient  merchandising.  The  official 
organ  of  the  Association  is  the  National  Hardware  Bulletin , 
published  monthly. 

(r)  “Details  to  Which  Standard  Hardware  Can  Be  Applied”  is 
a series  of  27  plates,  Sfi  x 1 1,  bound  in  cloth,  drawn  by  F.  M. 
Snyder,  Architect,  for  twelve  hardware  manufacturers,  by 
whom  it  has  been  distributed.  It  bears  on  the  title  page  “As 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods  of  the 
A.I.A.  I am  glad  to  have  this  opportunity  of  expressing  approval 
of  this  much-desired  publication.- — Thomas  Nolan.” 

(d)  The  Navy  Department  issues  specifications  for  various  kinds  of 
hardware,  including: 

Double-Acting  Spring  Butt  Hinges  (42H204),  illus.; 
Liquid  Door  Checks  (42C84);  Sash  Cord  (42C94);  and  others, 
for  index  to  which  see  3 Alai. 

(<?)  See  “Finishing  Hardware,”  Fred  G.  Hammer,  followed  by  dis- 
cussion, 'Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Build- 
ings, March,  1916. 

(/)  “Troubles  with  Hardware,”  Charles  E.  Morrell,  Jr.,  Journal  of 
the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  September,  1915. 

(g)  See,  Locks  and  Builders’ Hardware,  Henry  M.  Towne.  1117  pp. 

(h)  For  Hardware  for  Fire-Doors  and  Shutters,  Automatic 

Closers,  Door-Checks,  Panic-Bar  Latch  Release,  Hard- 
ware for  Fire  Window-Frames,  Fusible  Links,  Transom 
and  Transom  Operators,  and  other  devices,  see  “List  of 
Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances,”  Underwriters’  Laboratories. 

(J)  For  same,  see,  also,  “Approved  Fire-protection  Appliances” 
of  the  A.F.M.F.I.  Co’s  (3A7 af). 

( k ) For  reference  to  Self-releasing  Fire-exit  Latches,  see  564^. 
and,  also,  Industrial  Section,  p.  147,  Vonnegut  Hardware  Co. 

(/)  For  reference  to  Pulleys  and  standardization  data,  see  5G4 d. 

( m ) “Method  of  Fastening  Sash  Tape,”  Harry  G.  Richey,  Journal 
of  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  September,  1915. 

(n)  The  Bureau  is  frequently  called  upon  to  test  the  wearing  quality 
of  window-sash  cord.  To  carry  out  this  work,  there  has  been  in 
use  for  several  years  a special  testing  machine  which  was  de- 
signed by  the  Bureau  to  duplicate  as  far  as  possible  the  actual 
conditions  of  service.  The  results  obtained  in  testing  a variety 
of  sash-cord  prove  that  the  wearing  quality  of  the  cord  is, 
within  wide  limits,  quite  independent  of  its  tensile  strength, 

Serial  No.  11  1 21 


but  is  dependent  in  a remarkable  fashion  upon  oils,  greases,  and 
other  substances  which  are  naturally  present  or  are  added  by 
design. — (From  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916.) 

11B  12  “ Ornamental ” Metal  Work 

(a)  The  Standardization  Committee  of  the  Architectural  Iron  and 
Bronze  Manufacturers  (11A8),  Mr.  Hugh  White,  Chairman,  has 
for  several  months  been  working  on  standard  specifications, 
but  on  account  of  abnormal  conditions  the  project  has  been  in- 
definitely postponed. 

(A)  The  National  Association  of  Ornamental  Iron  and  Bronze 
Manufacturers  (11A9)  is  working  with  the  Government  to 
standardize  metal  gauges  of  all  kinds. 

(c)  The  Standardization  Committee  of  the  National  Association  of 

Brass  Manufacturers  (11A11)  will  report,  in  December. 

(d)  “Architectural  Bronze,”  Clarence  A.  Fullerton,  followed  by 

discussion,  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal 
Buildings,  March,  1916.  Illus. 

( e ) “Architectural  Wrought  Iron,  Ancient  and  Modern,” 

W.  W.  Kent.  A compilation  from  various  sources  of  German, 
Swiss,  Italian,  French,  English,  and  American  ironwork,  from 
medieval  times  to  the  present  day.  Illus. 

(/)  “A  Handbook  of  Art  Smithing,”  F.  S.  Meyer.  For  the  use  of 
practical  smiths,  designers  of  ironwork,  technical  and  art 
schools,  and  architects.  Illus. 

(g)  “Plain  and  Ornamental  Forging,”  Ernst  Schwarzkopf.  1916. 

(h)  “Making  Thin  Wall  Ornamental  Brass  Castings,”  R.  S.  B. 

Wallace,  Mechanical  Engineer,  Jan.  12,  1917.  Paper  read  before 
American  Institute  of  Metals. 

0)  Members  of  the  art  commissions  of  the  cities  of  New  York,  Phila- 
delphia, and  Detroit,  as  well  as  certain  art-bronze  manufac- 
turers, have  urged  the  Bureau  to  take  up  the  question  of  the 
standardization  of  art  bronzes  for  outdoor  statuary.  This  should 
include  a determination  of  the  most  suitable  chemical  compo- 
sition, the  production  of  a desirable  and  agreeable  patina,  and 
methods  of  care  and  cleaning  such  statues.  In  the  different 
cities  of  the  country,  statues  oftentimes  take  on  an  unsightly 
appearance,  largely  caused  by  the  contaminated  atmosphere. 
It  is  believed  a systematic  study  will  go  far  toward  improving 
this  condition. — (From  Report,  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916.) 
(ft)  For  “The  Equestrian  Statues  of  the  World,”  see  32-page  booklet 
by  The  American  Scenic  and  Historic  Preservation  Society 
(nL). 

(/)  See  Industrial  Section,  p.  209  for  illustration  and  details  of  Bronze 
Store-Front  Construction,  The  Gorham  Co.,  Architectural 
Bronze. 

( m ) See  Industrial  Section,  p.  219,  for  illustrations  and  details  of 
Steel  Wainscot  and  Bookcases,  Dahlstrom  Metallic  Door  Co. 

11B  13  Lighting  Fixtures 

(a)  Specifications  for  same  will  be  found  in  “Mechanical  Equip- 
ment of  Federal  Buildings”  (6Li,j). 

{A)  For  electric  lighting  fixtures,  see  “Illumination,  Lighting  Fix- 
tures and  Lamps”  (6H). 

( c ) For  gas  lighting  fixtures,  see  “Illumination — Fixtures,  Equip- 

ment and  Ignition”  (7M,  especially  7M17). 

(d)  See,  also,  Report  of  Committee  of  the  American  Gas  Institute  on 

Piping  Large  Buildings  for  Gas  (yA2k),  which  contains  an 
extended  section  on  “Fixture  Illustrations”  pp.  39-53. 

{e)  See  Electrical  Specifications,  U.  S.  Army  (60).  Illustrated. 

11B14  Stairway  s,  Fire-Escapes , Slipping 
Hazards 

(a)  For  information  on  “Exits — Stairways  and  Fire-Escapes, 
Safety  to  Life,  Slipping  Hazards,”  see  Sections  4E  to  4E3. 
(A)  For  Fire-Escapes  and  Safety  Treads,  see  “List  of  Inspected 
Mechanical  Appliances,”  Underwriters’  Laboratories  (3 A6^), 
and  “List  of  Appliances  Inspected  for  Accident  Hazard.” 

(c)  “Selecting  Abrasives  for  Specific  Uses,”  R.  G.  Williams, 

Industrial  Management,  January,  1917.  Illus. 

(d)  “Some  Hazards  and  Safety  Suggestions,”  H.  W.  Mowery. 

Illustrated  address  presented  under  the  auspices  of  The  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Safety,  December,  1915. 

(e)  “Slipping  and  Tripping,”  H.  W.  Mowery.  Presented  to  the 

Philadelphia  Local  National  Safety  Council,  at  Franklin  Insti- 
tute, March,  191 

(/)  For  detailed  data  on  “Feralun”  Anti-Slip  Treads,  see,  p.  168, 
American  Abrasive  Metals  Co. 

[Note. — Though  this  issue  treats  of  Metal  Products  in  General,  the 
subject  of  Store-Front  Construction  will  be  covered  in  Serial  No.  12, 
on  account  of  its  relation  to  Plate  Glass,  see  12F4. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


lie  Plastic  Materials  and  Products 

See,  also,  Metal  and  Plastic  Products  (i  iDi^)  for  handbooks  and  other 
publications  which  treat  of  both  together,  and  see  various  subdivisions 
of  that  heading  wherein  plastic  products  are  mentioned  in  connection 
with  metal  products. 

IICi  Cement , Lime  and  Gypsum , in  General 

(a)  See  Proceedings,  A.S.T.M.  (lA4a),  for  the  following  reports  of 
committees: 

Cement  (A.S.T.M.:  C-i);  Lime  (A.S.T.M.:  C-7);  Concrete 
and  Concrete  Aggregates  (A.S.T.M.:  C-9);  Gypsum  and  Gyp- 
sum Products  (A.S.T.M.:  C-11). 

(&)  “Cements,  Limes,  and  Plasters:  Their  Materials,  Manufac- 
ture, and  Properties,”  Edwin  C.  Eckel,  Assistant  Geologist 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  712  pp.,  illus. 

(c)  “Concretes,  Cements,  Mortars,  Plasters,  and  Stuccos,” 

F.  T.  Hodgson,  Architect.  500  pp.,  illus. 

(d)  For  detailed  information  and  references  Lime  and  Hydrated 

Lime  for  various  purposes  (chiefly  mortars),  see  2B  to  2B10. 
{e)  The  plasticity  and  sand-carrying  capacity  of  lime  are  properties 
of  great  importance  commercially,  yet  their  measurement  has 
always  been  an  extremely  difficult  matter.  A method  for  mak- 
ing this  measurement  has  finally  been  developed,  and  an  instru- 
ment has  been  built  for  the  purpose.  A lime  paste  or  mortar  is 
molded  into  form  and  immediately  subjected  to  compression. 
The  load  required  to  produce  rupture  and  the  amount  of 
deformation  before  rupture  are  found  to  depend  upon  the  plas- 
ticity of  the  material.- — (Report,  Bureau  of  Standards,  1916.) 
(J)  For  Gypsum  used  in  Building  Construction,  see  references 
listed  under  4B1  it. 

( g ) See  reference  to  Annual  Statement  of  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  per- 

taining to  Gypsum,  listed  under  4K3. 

(h)  In  the  matter  of  evolving  standard  specifications  for  Gypsum 

and  methods  for  testing  the  material,  see  4K5. 

(j)  “Gypsum  Deposits  in  the  U.  S.,”  G.  I.  Adams  and  others. 

Bulletin  No.  223  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  1904.  129  pp. 

( k ) See,  1E1  to  1E8  for  references  to  Cement  and  Concrete  of 

structural  significance,  the  following  being  given  chiefly  in 
connection  with  the  consideration  of  surfacing  these  materials. 
The  finishing  of  cement  and  other  surfaces,  as  in  “stucco,”  will 
be  more  fully  treated  under  Lathing  and  Plastering,  11D6. 

(/)  “The  Decorative  Possibilities  of  Concrete,”  C.  W.  Boynton  and 
J.  H.  Libberton,  Journal  oj  the  Association  oj  Engineering 
Societies,  1913,  p.  719. 

( m ) “Concrete  Construction  for  Rural  Communities,”  Roy  A. 

Seaton.  225  pp.;  illus. 

( n ) See  sections  in  “Inspector’s  Handbook  of  Reinforced  Con- 

crete,” W.  F.  Ballinger  and  E.  G.  Perot,  Architects.  64  pp. 
(0)  “The  Cement  Gun,”  Engineering  (London),  June  9,  1916.  Illus. 
(p)  “The  Cement  Gun  and  Its  Work,”  Carl  Weber,  journal  oj  the 
Association  oj  Engineering  Societies,  1914,  p.  272. 

(1 q ) “Coating  Steel  at  Grand  Central  Terminal  with  Cement 
Gun,”  W.  F.  Jordan,  Engineering  News  Record,  May  25,  1916. 

(r)  “Sand  Lime-Brick  in  1915,”  Jefferson  Middleton.  Reprint  from 

“Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.,”  Part  II,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey,  1 916. 

(s)  “Manufacture  and  Properties  of  Sand-Lime  Brick,”  Warren  E. 

Emley,  March,  1917.  Technologic  Paper  No.  85,  Bureau  of 
Standards.  10  cents. 

(/)  “Properties  of  some  European  Plastic  Fire  Clays,”  A.  V. 
Bleininger  and  H.  G.  Schurecht.  1916.  Technologic  Paper 
No.  79,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards.  34  pp.,  illus.  10  cents. 

(u)  Concerning  Cement,  see,  also,  Industrial  Section:  (1)  The 

Atlas  Portland  Cement  Co.,  pp.  198,  199;  and  concerning 
Gypsum,  see  p.  205,  United  States  Gypsum  Company. 

11C2  Bituminous  Materials— Damp-proofing 
and  W aterproofing 

For  other  information  on  “Waterproofing  and  Damp-proofing,” 
see  iD  to  1D6,  inclusive. 

{a)  See  Reports  of  Committee  D-8,  A.S.T.M.,  on  Waterproofing. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  the  A.S.T.M.  at  its  Convention 
in  June  recommended  that  hereafter  the  word  "damp-proofing” 
shall  be  added  to  the  word  “waterproofing”  and  combined  as 
"damp-proofing  and  waterproofing”  in  committee  reports. 

In  accordance  with  the  programme  outlined  last  year,  the 
Committee  submitted — four  “proposed  tentative  specifications” 
(see  Titles  in  A.S.T.M.  Book)  for  Asphalt,  for  Primer,  for  Coal- 
Tar  Pitch,  and  for  Creosote  Oil,  all  when  used  for  damp-proofing 
and  waterproofing  under  uniformly  moderate  temperatures. 

Because  of  present  conditions,  arising  from  the  state  of  war 
in  which  our  country  is  involved,  no  conclusive  work  in  the 
matter  of  conveying  media — saturated  felts  and  woven  fabrics — 

Serial  No.  1 1 


has  been  accomplished,  and  before  specifications  covering  these 
materials  can  be  drawn  up,  the  questionable  part  which  they 
actually  play  in  a finished  waterproofing  membrane  must  be 
definitely  settled.  The  present  unnatural  state  of  the  rag  market 
is  another  controlling  economic  feature  which  at  present  mili- 
tates against  the  preparation  of  specifications  covering  media. 

( b ) See,  also,  “Heat  Transmission,  Insulation,  Coverings”  (10N), 

which  contains  many  publications  of  interest. 

(c)  “The  Asphalt  Industry”  (from  an  interview  with  James  L. 

Rake),  “Proceedings,”  Engineers’  Club  of  Philadelphia, 
January,  1917.  Illus. 

(d)  “Asphalts:  Their  Sources  and  Utilization,”  T.  Hugh  Boorman. 

Contains  addenda  treating  on  general  waterproof  construction. 

(e)  “Effects  of  Exposure  on  Tar  Products,”  C.  S.  Reeve  and  B.  A. 

Anderton,  Journal,  Franklin  Institute,  October.  Illus. 

(/)  “Waterproofing,”  Thomas  Appleton,  Journal  oj  Society  oj 
Constructors  oj  Federal  Buildings,  May,  1915. 

(g)  See  the  following  in  the  Journal  oj  the  Society  oj  Constructors  oj 

Federal  Buildings,  issue  of  February,  1917: 

1.  “Waterproofing,”  a paper  by  A.  Grothwell. 

2.  “Integral  Waterproofing,”  a paper  by  Mr.  Horn. 

3.  “Technical  Paints,”  a paper  by  A.  H.  Rhett. 

(h)  “Prevention  of  Dampness  in  Buildings,”  A.  W.  Keim. 

Translated  from  the  second  revised  German  edition.  1 1 5 pp. 
O')  “Modern  Methods  of  Waterproofing,”  Myron  H.  Lewis. 

Covers  principles,  methods  and  precautions.  44  pp.,  illus. 

(k)  “Waterproofing  of  Engineering  Structures,”  W.  H.  Finley, 
Journal  oj  the  Association  oj  Engineering  Societies,  1912,  p.  545. 
(/)  See  “Smoke  and  Water  Damage,”  F.  E.  Roberts,  N.F.P.A. 
Quarterly,  Vol.  7,  No.  4 (4D1/). 

(m)  For  references  to  information  in  Industrial  Section,  see  1D2A. 

11C3  Cast  Stone 

( a ) In  addition  to  its  inclusion  within  some  of  the  publications  referred 

to  elsewhere,  this  subject  will  be  found  treated  in  the  literature 
of  the  manufacturers. 

( b ) “Concrete  Stone  Manufacture,"  H.  Whipple.  1915.  77  pp.,  illus. 
(r)  Some  Physical  Properties  of  Magnesian  Cement  Mortars  and 

Concrete,  Univ.  of  Calif.  Bulletin,  March  4,  1915. 

(d)  See  Recommended  Practice  of  American  Concrete  Institute 

(1E6  m). 

(e)  See  Standard  Specifications  of  A.C.I.  referred  to  under  1E7 g. 
(/)  See  Standard  Building  Regulations  of  A.C.I.  under  iE7^, 

11C4  Floor , Wall  and  Ceiling  Tile  (See, also,  9Hi) 

(a)  The  purpose  of  the  Associated  Tile  Manufacturers  (1 1 A 1 7)  and 
its  offers  of  practical  service  to  architects  are  mentioned  in  the 
Industrial  Section  on  p.  21 1.  Among  the  publications  of  the 
Association  are: 

1.  “Specifications  for  Setting  Tile.”  The  Association  is 

working  on  the  revision  of  these  specifications. 

2.  “Tile  Floors  and  Walls  for  Hospitals.” 

3.  “Swimming-Pools.”  (See  9J29.) 

4.  “Plates,”  showing  different  classes  of  work  in  buildings, 

which  are  mailed  to  architects  at  frequent  intervals. 

(i)  For  “A  Bibliography  of  Clays  and  the  Ceramic  Arts”  and  other 

publications  of  the  American  Ceramic  Society,  Inc.,  see  3C1. 

(c)  The  U.  S.  Navy  Department  issues  specifications  (3Aia2)  for 

“Tiles”  serial  designation  59T2,  August  1,  1916. 

(d)  “The  Craft  of  Tile-Making  and  Its  Relation  to  Architecture,” 

J.  H.  Dulles  Allen,  in  the  Journal  of  the  A.I.A.,  January,  1915. 

(e)  “Pottery,”  A.  Beckwith.  Observations  on  materials  and  manu- 

facture of  terra  cotta,  stoneware,  firebrick,  porcelain,  earthen- 
ware, brick,  majolica,  and  encaustic  tiles.  101  pp. 

(J)  “A  Treatise  on  Ceramic  Industries,”  Emile  Bourry.  A manual 
for  pottery,  tile,  and  brick  manufactures.  488  pp.,  illus. 

( g ) See,  also,  “Building  Stones  and  Clay  Products,”  Heinrich 

Ries.  A handbook  for  architects.  415  pp.,  illus. 

(h)  “Tests  of  Adhesion  of  Face  Tile  to  Concrete  Backing,” 

Engineering  News  Record,  June  22,  1916.  Illus. 

11C5  Roofing  Tile  (See,  also,  Roof  Coverings,  11D2) 

(a)  See  some  of  the  publications  listed  under  Terra-Cotta,  Hollow 
Tile  and  Brick  (3 D 1 ) ; also  literature  of  University  of  Illinois 
(3C2);  also  some  of  those  in  preceding  Tile  Section. 

( h ) In  its  report  at  recent  annual  meeting,  the  Committee  on  Allied 
Arts  of  the  Philadelphia  Chapter  of  the  A.I.A.  made  the  recom- 
mendation that  the  Institute’s  Committees  on  Allied  Arts  and 
Materials  and  Methods  exert  an  influence  with  the  large  fac- 
tories to  turn  out  a more  interesting  product. 

(r)  For  reference  to  this  product,  see  Industrial  Section,  p.  208, 
O.  W.  Ketcham. 


122 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  11 


HD  Metal  and  Plastic  Products 

See  Metals  and  Metal  Products  (11B);  also  Plastic  Materials  and 
Products  (11C)  for  references  to  each  of  these  separately.  The  intention 
is  under  this  combined  heading  to  refer  to  those  publications  which  treat 
of  both  products  equally  in  detail  and  to  those  branches  of  construction 
where  both  metal  and  plastic  products  are  under  consideration  at  the 
same  time. 

Attention  is  directed  to  the  offers  made  placing  the  facilities  of  their 
departments  for  investigation,  research,  and  cooperative  work  at  the 
disposal  of  architects  and  other  citizens  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards 
(1A2)  and  the  Geological  Survey  (2A1). 

The  Government  has  published  a very  interesting  report  upon  “Sub- 
stitution of  Other  Materials  for  Wood,”  which  forms  a part  of  the  in- 
vestigation of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  and  of  the  Forest  Service 
into  conditions  within  the  lumber  industry,  and  is  now  for  the  first  time 
made  available  to  the  general  public. 

The  report  is  illustrated  with  charts,  showing  the  relative  trend  in 
prices  of  lumber,  brick,  cements,  structural  iron  and  general  prices  for 
twenty-five  years,  ending  1915;  also  other  charts  showing  (in  part)  the 
consumption  of  building  brick,  of  iron  and  steel  structural  shapes,  natural 
and  Portland  cement,  of  clay  building  materials,  and  of  cut  and  wire 
nails.  There  is  also  a graphic  study  of  building  permits  in  twenty  of  the 
larger  cities  of  the  country.  The  increasing  use  of  metal  trim  and  metal 
furniture  is  graphically  shown  by  another  diagram.  Copies  of  the  report 
may  be  obtained  for  15  cents  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
Washington,  D.  C. — (From  November  News  Letter,  1917,  N.F.P.A.) 

11  Di  Materials  in  General 

(a)  See  “Mineral  Resources  of  the  U.  S.”  Part  I,  “Metals;” 

Part  II,  “Non-Metals,”  separate  Chapters  of  which  are  devoted 
to  various  metals  and  plastic  products  (2Aib  and  c),  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey. 

( b ) “The  Testing  of  Materials,”  Circular  No.  45  of  the  Bureau  of 

Standards.  1913.  10  cents.  Treats  of  the  tests  of  Metals  and 
Metal  Products,  Composite  Metal  Products,  Cements  (hydrau- 
lic) and  Concrete,  Burnt  Lime,  Hydrated  Lime,  and  Sand- 
Lime-Brick. 

(c)  For  account  of  the  fire-tests  on  columns  and  coverings — which 

include  various  metal  and  plastic  products — being  conducted 
at  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  in  Chicago,  and  at  the 
Bureau  of  Standards  in  Pittsburgh  and  at  Washington,  see  3E3. 

(d)  See,  also,  “Reports  on  Buildings  under  Fire  ’’(3E1),  and  “Reports 

on  Fire  Tests  of  Materials”  (3E2). 

( e ) The  Navy  Department  issues  specifications  for  many  metal  and 

plastic  products,  such  as: 

Expanded  Metal — 47M1;  Safes — 5481a;  Metal  Furniture 
for  Use  of  Vessels  of  the  U.  S.  Navy — 26Fi£;  Cotton  Can- 
vas— 2^db\  Asbestos  Plaster-Plastic  Lagging  Material— 
32P2a;  Tarred  Sheathing  Felt — 33Fia;  Trinidad  Asphalt — 
59A1;  Asbestos  Plaster  Cement — 32P1;  and  others,  for  index 
to  which  see  3Aiai. 

(/)  A large  number  of  manufactured  products  of  various  kinds  referred 
to  herein  may  be  seen  at  Architects’  Samples  Corporation  dis- 
play rooms,  Architects  Bldg.,  101  Park  Avenue,  N.  Y.  City. 

(g)  See  the  Sections,  articles,  descriptions,  and  illustrations  pertain- 
ing to  practically  all  metal  and  plastic  products,  including  those 
covered  by  various  headings  and  subdivisions  in  this  issue,  in : 

1.  Kidder’s  Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book.  1916. 

2.  Trautwine’s  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book.  1913. 

3.  American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,  Merriman.  1916. 

4.  Building  Construction  and  Superintendence:  Part  I, 

Masons’  Work,  Kidder.  1914-  Revised  and  enlarged  by 
Thomas  Nolan. 

5.  The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,  Frank  R. 

Walker.  1917. 

6.  The  New  Building  Estimator,  William  Arthur. 

7.  Handbook  of  Cost  Data,  Halbert  P.  Gillete. 

8.  Building  Code  Recommended  by  the  N.B.F.U.,  1915. 

9.  Dwelling  Houses — A Code  of  Suggestions  for  the  Construc- 

tion and  Fire-Protection  {^A^di). 

10.  Field  Practice — Inspection  Manual  of  the  N.F.P.A.(3A3^i). 

11.  The  Metal  Lath  Handbook  (3C1 1^). 

12.  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

13.  “Fireproofing  of  Steel  Buildings,”  J.  K.  Freitag.  1909. 

14.  Crosby-Fiske  Handbook  of  Fire  Prevention.  1914. 

ij.  “A  Handbook  for  Superintendents  of  Construction,  Archi- 
tects, Builders,  and  Building  Inspectors,”  H.  G.  Richey. 
742  pp.,  illus. 

16.  “Building  Foreman’s  Pocket  Book  and  Ready  Reference,” 

H.  G.  Richey.  1 1 18  pp.,  illus. 

17.  "Materials  of  Construction,”  Adelbert  P.  Mills.  Treats  of 

manufacture,  properties,  and  use.  682  pp.,  illus. 

18.  "Inspection  of  Materials  and  Workmanship  Employed  in 

Construction,”  Austin  T.  Bryne.  A reference  book  for 
the  use  of  inspectors,  superintendents,  and  others  engaged 
in  the  construction  of  public  and  private  works. 


19.  “Materials  of  Construction,”  C.  B.  Johnson.  A treatise  on 

the  strength  of  engineering  materials.  795  pp.,  illus. 

20.  “Cyclopedia  of  Architecture,  Carpentry,  Building,”  Amer- 

ican School  of  Correspondence.  10  volumes. 

21.  International  Library  of  Technology,  International  Text- 

22.  I.C.S.  Building  Trades  Pocket  Book.  [book  Company. 

23.  Universal  Safety  Standards,  Carl  M.  Hanson.  1914. 

24.  “Handbook  for  Architects  and  Builders.”  Illinois  Society 

of  Archilects,  Vol.  xx.  1917. 

(h)  See,  also,  Industrial  Section,  p.  197,  concerning  Engineering  Ser- 
vice Department,  Corrugated  Bar  Co.,  and  pp.  142-144  co 
cerning  Engineering,  Inspection  and  Laboratory  Services, 
Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company. 

11 D2  Roof  Coverings — also  Sheet  Metal  PVork, 
Cornices , Skylights  and  Ventilators 

Before  arranging  for  the  placing  of  light-shafts,  roof-openings,  ven- 
tilators, cornices,  etc.,  a study  should  be  made  of  the  latest  report  of  the 
Committee  on  Roof  Openings  and  Cornices  in  Proceedings  N.F.P.A., 
with  discussion  which  followed — pp.  317-333  in  1917 — and  of  the 
Section  on  Skylights  in  the  N.B.F.U.  Building  Code,  1915  (3 A4^i ) . 
The  “Regulations”  of  the  N.B.F.U.  as  recommended  by  the  N.F.P.A. 
on  Skylights  (3A3«2o)  should  also  be  obtained  and  followed. 

( a ) A most  interesting  symposium  on  the  subject  is  the  Section 

“Roofings”  in  the  Manual  of  the  American  Railway  Associa- 
tion (iA 9t),  in  which  are  taken  up  considerations  in  selecting 
roofings,  classification  of  important  materials,  under  which  is 
discussed  the  properties  and  relative  advantages  and  econ- 
omies of  each.  Felts  are  described  and  discussed,  also  built- 
up  roofs,  tile,  brick,  slate,  asbestos  shingles,  cement  tile, 
metallic  roofings  and  ready  roofings,  with  conclusions  and 
recommendations  given  with  respect  to  flashings,  flat  roofs, 
allowable  slopes  and  other  features. 

(b)  Wood  Shingles,  see  “Shingles,  Lathing  and  Wall  Boards”  (5K). 

(c)  For  Slate  Roofing,  see  2K1  to  2K8,  inclusive. 

(d)  For  Tile  Roofing,  see  11C5. 

(r)  For  various  kinds  of  roofing,  see  references  under  “Horizontal 
and  Sloping  Features”  (4D). 

(/)  Skylights  and  Ventilators,  see,  also, “Natural  Ventilation”  (10G). 

(g)  For  sheet  metal  work,  see,  especially, “Metal  Work,  Ducts,  Chase 

Lathing”  (10L),  and  “Metal  Products  in  General”  11B5. 

(h)  The  National  Association  of  Sheet  Metal  Contractors  of  the  U.  S. 

(11A10)  issues  the  following: 

1.  “Warm  Air  Heating  and  Sheet  Metal  Journal”  (See  10D7.) 

2.  “Tin  Roofer’s  Handbook,”  1907.  Contains  “A  Brief 

History  of  Tin  Roofing;”  “Advantages  of  a Good  Tin 
Roof;”  “Working  Specifications;”  “Standard  Specifica- 
tions;” “Practical  Hints”  and  weight  per  square  of  different 
kinds  of  roofing.  23  pp.,  diagramatically  illustrated,  show- 
ing the  development  and  completion  of  the  seams  in  flat 
and  standing-seam  roofing.  Free  upon  request. 

3.  Circular  entitled  “Tin  Roofing  Facts  for  Architects’  Use” 

states  the  application,  cost,  maintenance,  advantages,  and 
quality  of  tin  roofing. 

4.  “Standard  Specifications  for  Tin  Roofing  Work,”  1909. 

These  specifications  were  compiled  for  the  original  Asso- 
ciation then  known  (organized  1905)  as  the  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Master  Sheet  Metal  Workers  by  a joint  committee 
of  tin  roofers,  representing  all  sections  of  the  country,  and 
manufacturers  of  tin  roofing  plate.  They  were  adopted 
by  the  Association  as  standard  in  August,  1909,  and  have 
remained  unchanged  since.  They  have  been  widely  referred 
to  and  are  printed  and  distributed  by  certain  manufac- 
turers of  tin  roofing  and  recommended  for  use.  They  are 
comparatively  brief  and  so  worded  that  they  may  be  incor- 
porated into  architects’  specifications. 

Application  suggested  by  the  Editor  of  the  S.S.D.: 
"Wherever  tin  roofing  is  shown , marked , indicated  or 
specified  it  shall  be  of  ( name  the  brand  only , not  the  thickness 
which , for  differing  portions  of  the  roof , is  covered  by  the 
specification)  laid  and  painted  in  accordance  with  the  Stan- 
dard Specification  for  Tin  Roofing  Work  of  the  National 
Association  of  Sheet  Metal  Contractors  of  the  U.  S.,  edition 
of  August,  /pop,  with  any  subsequent  official  amendments 
thereto.  ( This  proviso  is  added  merely  to  make  the  applica- 
tion up  to  date,  no  matter  when  used.)” 

This  specification  is  referred  to  with  especial  interest  as 
indicating  how  a product  shall  be  used,  the  literature  of 
many  manufacturers  concerning  itself  chiefly  with  the  why. 

O')  The  following  notes  explain  the  terms  indicating  the  weight  rather 
than  the  thickness  governing  the  manufacture  and  use  of  roof- 
ing tin  and  are  furnished  by  a leading  manufacturer: 

The  terms  “IC”  and  “IX”  are  universal  in  the  Tin  Plate 
Industry  throughout  the  world,  as  denoting  the  gauges  of  the 

Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  11 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


plates  that  are  most  generally  used.  Originally  the  “IC”  was 
simply  “C”  and  denoted  the  word  “common,”  that  is,  the  com- 
mon thickness  of  plates,  which  was  I pound  for  each  sheet  of 
14  x 20  inches,  or  2 pounds  for  each  sheet  of  20  x 28  inches. 
These  plates  were  always  packed  112  sheets  to  a box,  thus  giv- 
ing the  English  hundredweight  for  the  14X  20,  which  was  the 
usual  size,  or  two  hundredweights  for  the  20  x 28  inches. 

A thicker  plate  is,  of  course,  better,  and  the  next  heaviest 
thickness  to  the  “C”  was  marked  with  a “X”  (as  on  bags  of 
flour,  XX  and  XXX  to  indicate  quality)  but  in  the  Tin  Plate 
business  these  marks  indicated  thicknesses. 

The  British  used  the  hundredweight  of  112  pounds,  and 
their  IX  plate  for  the  1 12  sheets  of  14  x 20  inches  was  a quarter 
of  a hundredweight  heavier  than  the  “C”  plate,  or,  in  other 
words,  was  140  pounds.  They  had  plates  which  weighed  168 
pounds,  and  these  they  marked  “XX”  and  on  up,  which  thick- 
nesses, however,  are  used  only  for  tinware,  dairy  utensils,  etc. 

It  became  quite  usual  to  put  a one  before  the  cross  in  order  to 
indicate  that  it  was  IX  only,  and  as  time  elapsed,  the  original 
meaning  of  the  signs  became  obscured,  and  people  in  the  trade 
began  to  write  this  figure  one  (1),  or,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  a 
letter  “I,”  before  all  the  gauges,  hence  the  expression  “IC.” 
Another  leading  manufacturer  states  that  the  term  “IC” 
originated  as  the  abbreviation  of  “1  cwt.”  and  that  the  symbol 
is  pronounced  “eyesee.” 

(£)The  unusual  demands  for  Tin  Plate  in  this  war  year  have  led  mills 
to  tin  a much  greater  proportion  of  their  black  plate  production 
than  is  ordinarily  the  case.  This  practice,  says  a statement 
issued  by  the  Bureau  of  Foreign  and  Domestic  Commerce,  will 
also  be  followed  next  year,  judging  from  figures  just  made 
public  by  the  Tin  Plate  Conservation  Committee  and  which 
are  based  on  returns  from  the  large  producers. 

(/)  See  “TheManufacture  of  Terne  Plates,”  W.  Sebald,  Journal 
of  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  March,  1916. 

(m)  “Metallic  Roofing,”  D.  M.  Buck.  48  pp.  Paper  and  discussion 
in  "Proceedings”  of  Engineers’  Society  of  Western  Pennsyl- 
vania for  December,  1911. 

(n)  “Laying  Copper  Roofing  and  Gutters,”  William  Neubecker. 
Fifth  of  a series  of  six  articles  showing  methods  employed  in 
providing  for  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  metal — laying 
copper  roofing  on  wood  battens.  Illus.  In  Sheet  Metal  for 
September,  1917. 

( 0 ) “Copper  Roofs,”  John  W.  Ginder,  Journal  of  the  Society  of 
Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  November,  1914. 

(p)  “Sheet  Metal  Work,”  William  Neubecker.  A practical  guide  to 
sheet  metal  work,  cornice  work,  skylight  work,  metal  roof- 
ing, pattern  drafting,  etc.  267  pp.,  illus. 

(?)  “Practical  Metal  Plate  Work,”  P.  N.  Hasluck.  Illus. 

(r)  See  “Practical  Sheet  Metal  Work  and  Demonstrated  Pat- 
terns.” 8K  x 1 1 inches.  Bound.  Illus.  Some  of  the  volumes  are: 

1.  Leaders  and  Leader  Heads.  113  pp.  2.  Gutters  and  Roof 
Outlets.  1 16  pp.  3.  Roofing.  138  pp.  4.  Ridging  and 
Corrugated  Iron  Work.  132  pp.  5.  Cornice  Patterns. 
119  pp.  6.  Circular  Cornice  Work.  126  pp.  7.  Practical 
Cornice  Work.  139  pp.  8.  Skylights.  122  pp. 

(t)  See  “Smith’s  Tables  for  Skylights  and  Roofs.”  84  pp.,  illus. 

(/)  For  Roof  Coverings,  other  than  metal,  see  “List  of  Inspected 

Mechanical  Appliances,”  Underwriters’  Laboratories  (3A6 h). 
The  same  are  classified  under  Underwriters’  Standards  for  Roof 
Coverings  according  to  their  fire-retardant  qualities,  as  follows: 
Class  A,  Class  B,  Class  C.  The  following  is  quoted:  “Roof 
coverings  should  be  suitable  for,  and  in  keeping  with,  the  types 
and  classes  of  buildings  upon  which  they  are  installed  Roof 
coverings  of  any  of  the  above  classes  can  be  employed  in  situa- 
tions where  the  fire  exposure  is  less  severe  than  if  used  in  situ- 
ations where  the  fire  exposure  is  more  severe  than  that  for  which 
they  are  classified;  the  increased  fire  hazard  should  be  recog- 
nized. Inspection  Departments  having  jurisdiction  should 
be  consulted  regarding  which  class  roof  covering  will  be 
acceptable  in  the  locations  proposed.” 

( u ) For  “Classification  of  Roofs  and  Roofings,”  see  five  references 

in  N.F.P.A.  “Index”  (3A3A5). 

(0)  See  “Roof  Covering  Tests,”  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  X ol.  4,  No  1, 
and  Vol.  10,  No.  4. 

(w)  See  “Asbestos  Roofing,”  N.F.P.A.  Quarterly,  Vol.  6,  No.  2. 

( x ) For  “Standard  Specifications  for  Asbestos  Shingles,”  see 

4Dd^3- 

(y)  See  “Asbestos  Roofing  Shingles,  Asbestos  Protected  Metal 

and  Other  Products”  (4D1/5),  F.  E.  Kidder. 

(z)  The  publication  3A4C3  contains  an  “Ordinance  for  Fire-Resis- 

tive Roof  Coverings.” 

(aa)  “Taking  care  of  Water  from  Roofs.”  Metal  Worker,  Jan.  5,  1917. 

(hi)  “Discussion  of  Conductor  Heads  for  Roof  Drainage,”  Alfred 
M.  Wolf,  Engineering  News  Record,  May  II,  1916.  Illus. 

(cc)  For  data  on  proportioning  gutters  and  conductors  to  the 
roof  surface,  see  Kidder,  1916,  p.  1578. 

(dd)  For  detailed  working  drawings  showing  the  methods  of  apply- 
ing tin  for  roofing,  cornice  decks  and  on  domes,  dormers,  etc., 

Serial  No.  1 1 


with  flat  seams,  standing  seams,  ribs  and  various  forms  of 
construction,  see  Service  Sheets  No.  1 8—1,  2 and  3.— Copyright 
by  N.  & G.  Taylor  Co.,  published  by  Architectural  Service 
Corporation,  Philadelphia.  On  the  backs  of  these  sheets  and 
in  the  Industrial  Section  on  p.  146  will  be  found  specification 
notes  and  other  data  on  roofing  tin. 
fee)  For  other  information  on  materials  and  products  applicable  to 
this  Section,  see  pages  in  the  Industrial  Section  as  follows: 

1.  Detailed  data  on  Swartwout  Rotary,  Ball-bearing  Ven- 

tilators, p.  224,  The  Ohio  Blower  Co. 

2.  Specifications  for  Flat  Slate  Roofs  and  other  data,  North 

Bangor  Slate  Co.,  p.  204. 

3.  Slate  Surfaced  Asphalt  Shingles,  Certain-teed  Products 

Corporation,  p.  172. 

4.  Roofing  Tin,  p.  224,  Merchant  & Evans  Co. 

11 D3  Floor  Systems , Partitions , Furring , etc. 

(a)  The  principal  literature,  and  the  latest,  pertaining  to  these  prod- 
ucts is  issued  by  the  manufacturers.  Descriptions  and  illus- 
trations of  various  types  of  construction  with  these  materials 
will  be  found  specifically  in  the  following,  and  in  some  of  the 
Handbooks  and  others  mentioned  elsewhere  in  this  issue  and 
in  April  issue  under  4B,  4C,  and  4D. 

1.  “Architects’  and  Builders’  Pocket  Book,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 

2.  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence;”  Part  1, 

“Masons’  Work,”  F.  E.  Kidder. 

3.  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

4.  “Fireproofing  of  Steel  Buildings,”  J.  K.  Freitag. 

(/>)  “Standard  Tests  for  Fireproof  Floor  Construction,"  A.S.T. 
M.,  Serial  Designation  C.  2-08. 

(c)  “Standard  Tests  for  Fireproof  Partition  Construction,” 

A.S.T.M.,  Serial  Designation  C.3-09. 

(d)  “Report  on  Inspection  of  Installation  of  Gypsum  Slab  Construc- 

tion for  Roofs  and  Floors,”  “Public  Works  of  the  Navy” 
UDi^i). 

(e)  “Report  on  Loading  Test  of  a Composition  Floor  Made  by  the 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,”  “Public  Works  of  the  Navy” 
(4D1A2). 

(/)  For  “Composite  Floors  and  Roofs,”  see  4D2aia. 

(g)  Report  listed  under  jAjdji  contains  information  on  “Floor  and 

Roof  Construction”  in  a standard  building. 

(h)  For  “Floor  Hangers,  Roof  Connections  and  Devices,”  see 

Section  4D4. 

(j)  For  Asbestos  Building  Lumber,  Plaster  Boards,  Partitions, 

and  Gypsum  Blocks,  see  “List  of  Inspected  Mechanical 
Appliances,”  Underwriters’  Laboratories  f^ASb). 

( k ) See  Industrial  Section  for  information  applicable  to  Cement, 

pp.  1 97—199;  Gypsum,  205;  Metal  Lath,  162-167;  Plaster  or 
Stucco  Board,  196. 

11 D4  Floor  Treatments  and  Coverings , and 

Paving  (For  Tile,  see  1 1 C4) 

For  “Wood  Floors  and  Finishes  and  Parquetry  Work,”  see  5J  and 
12E,  and  for  individual  units  for  grounds,  see  5G4J. 

For  concrete  floors,  underfills  and  various  top  coats,  and  for  the 
treatment  of  concrete  floors  and  surfaces,  see  1E9,  1E10  and  12C. 

{a)  Among  others,  the  Portland  Cement  Association  (1E2)  has  issued 
the  following  publications: 

1.  “Suggested  Specifications  for  Concrete  Floors.” 

2.  “Specifications  for  Concrete  Roads,  Streets  and  Alleys, 

with  Recommended  Practice.” 

3.  “Tennis  Courts  of  Concrete.” 

4.  “Concrete  Feeding  Floors,  Barnyard  Pavements  and  Con- 

crete Walks.” 

(, b ) See,  also,  “Suggested  Specifications  for  Concrete  Floors.” 
Engineering-Contracting,  Jan.  24,  1917.  (From  pamphlet  issued 
by  Portland  Cement  Association.) 

(r)  “Concrete  Floors  in  the  Home,”  Scientific  American  Supple- 
ment, July  8,  1916. 

( d ) “Construction  of  Concrete  Porch  Floors  and  Steps,”  Cement 

and  Engineering  News.  Serial  beginning  October,  1916. 

(e)  “Concrete  Floors  and  Sidewalks,”  A.  A.  Houghton.  The 

construction  of  square,  hexagonal  and  other  forms  of  mosaic 
floor  and  sidewalk  blocks  or  tiling  are  illustrated  and  explained. 
(/)See  “Concrete  Surfaces,”  Cement  and  Engineering  News, 
January,  1 917.  Illus. 

( g ) “Standard  Specifications  for  Concrete  Hardeners”  and, 
“Standard  Specifications  for  Concrete  Floors,”  of  Building 
Data  League  are  referred  to  under  4D3f. 

{h)  “Concrete  Hardener,”  a paper  by  Mr.  P.  W.  Nelson,  Journal 
of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  February,  1917. 

( j ) “Causes  of  Cracks  in  Cement  Concrete  Pavements,”  A.  T. 
Goldbeck,  Canadian  Engineer,  Jan.  25,  1917.  Paper  read  before 
American  Association  for  Advancement  of  Science. 

(i)  For  “Terrazzo  Floors,”  see  2F4S. 

Vol.  I,  1917 


124 


SERIAL  NO.  11 


(/)  See,  also,  “A  Recent  Experience  with  Terrazzo  Work,”  J.  E. 
Langley,  "Journal  of  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings, 
May,  1915. 

(m)  “Investigation  of  Composition  Flooring,”  R.  R.  Shively, 
Engineering-Contracting,  Sept.  27,  1916.  Paper  read  before  the 
American  Chemical  Society. 

(»)  For  a complete  exposition  of  the  subject  of  Composition  Floor- 
ing, see  reprint  with  that  title  from  “Proceedings”  of  the 
Engineers’  Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania  (11A4).  50  cents. 
This  consists  of  60  pages,  including  an  address  by  H.  M. 
Hooker,  containing  illustrations  and  many  tables  relating  to  all 
phases,  followed  with  discussions  on  the  subject  in  general  by 
architects,  engineers,  and  others. 

(0)  “Mastic  Floors  for  Industrial  Buildings,”  Engineering-Contract- 
ing, Sept.  27,  1916.  Ulus. 

(j>)  For  Navy  Department  Specifications  for  “Linoleum”  and 
other  flooring  materials,  including  tiles,  see  4D 3d. 

(?)  “Asphalt  Construction  for  Pavements  and  Highways,” 
C.  Richardson.  For  engineers,  contractors,  and  inspectors.  Illus. 
(r)  “Latest  Advance  in  the  Technology  of  Asphalt  Paving,”  D.  T. 

Pierce,  “Proceedings,”  Engineers’ Club  of  Phila.,Oct.  1916. 

CO  “The  Modern  Asphalt  Pavement,”  C.  Richardson.  580  pp.,  illus. 
(/)  “City  Roads  and  Pavements,”  W.  P.  Judson.  197  pp.,  illus. 
(«)  “Specifications  for  Street  Roadway  Pavements,”  S.  Whinery. 
(0)  Among  the  standard  specifications  published  by  the  American 
Society  of  Municipal  Improvements  (11A5),  are  those  for:  (1) 
Cement  Concrete  Paving;  (2)  Sheet  Asphalt  Paving;  (3) 
Asphaltic  Concrete  Paving. 

( w ) “Light  Traffic  Pavements  for  Boulevards,  Residence  Streets 

and  Highways,”  Linn  White  and  A.  C.  Schrader,  Journal  of 
the  Association  of  Engineering  Societies,  1912,  p.  385. 

( x ) For  “Scuppers,  Inserts,  and  Devices,”  see  4C4. 

(y)  See  University  of  California  Bulletin  (1 1 C3O  for  composition  floor- 

ing. 

(z)  See  Industrial  Section  for  information  as  follows: 

1.  Specifications  for  Flooring  Foundations,  p.  174,  American 

Materials  Co.,  Inc. 

2.  Concrete  and  Cement  Floor  Treatments,  p.  188,  Murphy 

Varnish  Co. 

3.  Lapidolith  for  concrete  floors,  p.  1 9 x , L.  Sonneborn  Sons,  Inc. 

4.  Cement  Filler  and  Cement  Floor  Paints,  p.  193,  Toch  Bros. 

11 D5  Terms  Relating  to  Plastic  Products , 
Chiefly  Plastering 

(a) The  following  letter  from  a firm  of  architects  in  the  Middle  West 

has  resulted  in  correspondence  which  will  lead  to  further  con- 
sideration of  all  structural  nomenclature  by  the  Institute’s 
Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods  in  collaboration  with 
committees  in  the  A.S.T.M.,  the  N.F.P.A.,  and  other  bodies. 

“We  find  a lack  of  consistency  in  the  use  of  several  words 
among  architects,  contractors  and  manufacturers,  and  we  feel 
that  some  committee  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 
should  define  what  certain  words  would  mean  when  used 
on  the  drawings  and  in  the  specifications  by  architects. 

“We  find  a great  deal  of  difficulty  with  one  in  particular,  the 
word  “stucco.”  With  some  it  is  synonymous  with  rough-cast 
plastering;  with  others  it  means  moulded  plastering  run  in 
place;  and  then,  again,  others  interpret  it  as  ornamental 
plaster.  In  our  office  we  refer  to  rough-finished  plastering  as 
“rough  cast”  although  the  cement  manufacturers’  literature 
refers  to  it  as  “stucco.”  We  refer  to  plaster  work  run  in  place 
as  “stucco.”  We  refer  to  all  ornamental  plastering  which  is 
cast  in  moulds  and  fastened  in  position  as  “staff  work.” 

(b)  The  word  stucco  is  an  old  one,  originally  used  in  connection  with 

anything  run  in  place,  such  as  moulding,  or  modeling,  or  other 
fine  work  as  distinguished  from  ordinary  plaster  surfaces. 

(c)  The  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  in  its  “Proceedings,” 

Vol.  16,  Part  1 (1916),  pp.  452  to  471,  gives  the  development 
of  definitions,  glossary  of  terms,  and  a description  of  all 
processes  connected  with  cement,  lime,  gypsum  and  all  other 
kinds  of  mortars,  plasters  and  plastic  materials  and  products 
under  the  caption  of  “Tentative  Definition  of  Terms  Relating 
to  the  Gypsum  Industry — Serial  Designation  C11-16T.”  This 
calls  attention  to  the  origin  of  words  now  commonly  used  and 
the  inconsistency  with  which  they  are  applied  to  various  prod- 
ucts and  processes. 

In  this,  stucco  is  described  as  “a  material  used  in  a plastic 
state  to  form  a hard  covering  for  the  exterior  walls  or  other 
exterior  surfaces  of  any  building  or  structure.”  The  word 
“stucco”  is  used  without  regard  to  the  composition  of  the 
material,  defining  only  its  use  and  location  of  its  use,  as  con- 
trasted with  the  words  “plaster”  and  “mortar.” 
fd)  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,  in  Techifologic  Paper  No.  70, 
says:  “The  word  ‘stucco’  as  used  in  this  report  may  be  defined 
as  a material  used  in  a plastic  state  to  form  a hard  coating  for 

Serial  No.  1 1 


the  exterior  walls  or  other  exterior  surfaces  of  any  building  or 
structure.  ‘Stucco,’  as  here  used,  is  a mixture  of  one  or  more 
cementitious  materials,  with  sand  or  other  fillers  and  with  or 
without  other  materials,  such  as  hair,  coloring  matter,  etc. 
The  word  ‘stucco’  is  used  without  regard  to  the  composition  of 
the  material,  defining  only  its  use  and  location  of  its  use,  as 
contrasted  with  the  words  ‘plaster’  and  ‘mortar’.” 

(e)  The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers  have  defined  “stucco” 

as  referring  solely  to  a covering  of  an  exterior  wall  without  regard 
to  the  composition  of  the  material. 

(f) The  Portland  Cement  Association,  in  Bulletin  No.  22,  on  “Port- 

land Cement  Stucco,”  uses  the  word  “stucco”  to  mean  a 
covering  of  an  exterior  wall  only. 

(g)  See  “Nomenclature”  in  Construction,  July,  1917,  including 

letter  from  Thomas  Nolan  on  that  subject. 

11 D6  Lathing  and  Plastering 

(See,  also,  “Shingles,  Lathing  and  Wall  Boards”,  ;K.) 

For  correspondence  concerning  Lathing  Nalls,  see  5M3. 

For  “Mill  Construction  Buildings  Protected  by  Metal  Lath  and 
Plaster,”  see  5G2/;i. 

(a)  For  units  individually  applied  to  walls  and  partitions  as 

“grounds”  before  plastering,  see  reference  under  5G47. 

(b)  “Temporary  Grounds  for  Plastering,”  paper  by  Ernest  G. 

Schurig,  illus.  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal 
Buildings,  May,  1916. 

(r)  In  the  March  Journal,  under  3E3.J,  brief  announcement  was  made 
concerning  Technologic  Paper  No.  70,  just  then  received  from 
the  Bureau  of  Standards,  entitled  “Durability  of  Stucco  and 
Plastic  Construction,”  R.  J.  Wig,  J.  C.  Pearson,  and  W.  E. 
Emley.  In  this  connection  the  following  is  quoted  from  Report, 
Bureau  of  Standards,  1916: 

“A  series  of  tests,  primarily  to  determine  the  comparative 
durability  of  various  types  of  plastered  metal  lath  on  exterior 
walls,  was  undertaken  in  1911.  The  results  of  these  tests,  ob- 
tained from  the  exposure  of  small  panels,  indicated  the  necessity 
of  carrying  out  an  investigation  on  a much  larger  scale.  Accord- 
ingly, a new  and  more  comprehensive  series  of  tests  was  planned, 
the  program  of  which  was  put  into  the  hands  of  a cooperating 
committee,  consisting  of  representatives  of  the  Government, 
engineering  societies,  the  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers, 
the  Portland  Cement  Association,  the  Gypsum  Industries 
Association,  the  National  Lime  Manufacturers’  Association, 
The  Hollow  Tile  Manufacturers  Association,  and  a number  of 
contracting  plasterers.  The  recommendations  of  this  com- 
mittee were  followed  in  the  construction  of  a test  structure 
(described  under  3E3,j),  and  the  panels  were  plastered  with  a 
number  of  typical  stuccos,  the  work  being  carried  out  under  the 
supervision  of  the  cooperating  committee.  No  general  recom- 
mendations are  given  in  the  first  progress  report,  nor  will  such 
recommendations  be  attempted  until  additional  test-panels 
have  been  erected  and  an  extensive  field  examination  made 
of  stucco  houses  which  have  been  standing  five  years  or  longer. 
The  report,  however,  contains  many  illustrations  and  much 
suggestive  information  of  value  to  architects,  builders,  and 
prospective  home-owners.  This  report  will  be  amended  from 
year  to  year  as  results  become  available.” 

(d)  To  the  original  test  structure  there  has  been  built,  since  the  report 

was  prepared,  an  addition,  which  affords  twenty-two  new  panels. 
These  have  been  constructed  in  accordance  with  specifications 
prepared  on  the  basis  of  suggestions  resulting  from  develop- 
ments in  the  original  test-panels.  Quite  recently  three  additional 
stucco  buildings  have  been  built  for  purposes  of  emergency 
testing,  and  are  experimental,  so  far  as  the  stucco  construction 
is  concerned. 

(e)  I.  A Committee  to  Standardize  Architects’  Specifications 

exists  in  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects.  This  Committee 
called  together  plastering  contractors,  manufacturers,  and 
dealers,  individually  and  as  representing  various  associations, 
and  endeavored  to  secure  cooperation  in  the  forming  of  a joint 
committee.  Emory  Stanford  Hall,  Chairman,  furnishes  the 
following  notes: 

The  proposition  has  been  to  get  the  plasterers  and  the  plaster- 
ing material  dealers  to  agree  on  a standard  specification  for 
material  and  workmanship;  then  to  have  the  plastering 
material  men  guarantee  their  material  to  comply  absolutely 
with  the  standard  specification,  stamping  their  guarantee  on 
the  packages  or  furnishing  a certificate  with  each  shipment, 
with  the  hope,  ultimately,  that  laws  might  be  enacted  which 
would  make  it  fraud  to  sell  building  material  under  a false 
label,  the  same  as  is  the  case  under  the  Pure  Food  and  Drug 
Act  with  reference  to  food  and  drugs.  With  a known  and 
acknowledged  formula,  it  would  be  a comparatively  simple 
matter  to  ascertain  adulteration  of  material.  With  a material 
complying  strictly  with  an  acknowledged  specification,  it  would 
be  a comparatively  simple  matter  to  place  responsibility  for 
defective  workmanship. 


125 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


The  plan  further  provides  that  if,  on  receipt  of  material  at 
the  job,  the  contractor  is  not  satisfied  that  same  is  in  accord 
with  standard  specifications,  then  he  may  notify  the  architect 
and  material  dealer  and  have  samples  taken  for  analysis,  pro- 
ceeding with  the  work  only  upon  the  material  dealer’s  instruc- 
tions. If  the  analysis  proves  that  the  material  delivered  was  in 
strict  accord  with  standard  specifications,  then  the  responsi- 
bility for  results  is  clearly  upon  the  contractor,  whereas,  if  the 
material  delivered,  upon  analysis,  proves  not  to  have  been  in 
strict  accord  with  standard  specifications,  then  the  respon- 
sibility for  results  may  be  properly  placed  on  the  material  man, 
and  he  should  be  compelled  to  pay  all  expense,  including  labor, 
of  replacing  any  defective  work. 

The  Committee  has  been  recognized  by  the  municipal  au- 
thorities to  the  extent  that  it  has  been  asked  to  fix  a standard 
for  common  plaster  on  wood  lath,  which  shall  be  used  as  the 
basis  of  tests  for  determining  the  comparative  value  of  substitute 
materials. 

2.  In  the  “Handbook  for  Architects  and  Builders”  of  the  Illinois 
Society  of  Architects  (nDi£24)  will  be  found  “Standard 
Rules  of  the  Measurement  of  Plastering”  adopted  by  the 
Employing  Plasterers’  Association  of  Chicago.  These  include 
also  a Tentative  Outline  Specification  for  Lath  and  Plas- 
ter Work;  also  Recommendations,  Jurisdiction  Claims  and 
Patching  of  Plastering  after  other  Trades  as  well  as  the 
city  ordinance. 

(f) The  Employing  Plasterers’  Association  and  the  Journeymen 

Plasterers’  Association  Local  No.  96,  of  Washington,  D.  C., 
through  a joint  committee  are  drawing  up  a specification  for 
lathing  and  plastering  which  is  to  be  submitted  to  the  Com- 
missioners for  incorporation  in  the  Municipal  Building  Regula- 
tions of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

(g)  In  some  of  the  pocket  books  and  other  publications  listed  there 

will  be  found  descriptions  and  diagrams  pertaining  to  the  use 
of  metal  lath.  The  subject  of  supports  for  suspended  ceil- 
ings, cornices,  beam-effects  and  vaulting,  etc.,  is  of  par- 
ticular importance  and  is,  perhaps,  most  fully  treated  in  the 
four  books  listed  under  1 1 T>3a. 

(h)  None  of  these,  however,  goes  into  this  subject  as  completely  as  does 

the  Metal  Lath  Handbook,  which  is  described,  together  with 
many  activities  of  The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers, 
under  3C11.  In  this  handbook  the  subject  of  supports  for 
metal  lath  has  been  covered  by  diagrams  and  descriptions 
showing  the  practice  recommended  with  respect  to  walls, 
partitions,  column  and  beam  coverings,  ceilings  and 
other  types  of  construction.  In  the  case  of  the  latter,  and 
most  important  feature,  several  drawings  serve  to  show  Stand- 
ard Details  for  Suspended  Ceilings  for  all  types,  which  are 
accompanied  by  notes  and  recommendations.  A detail  of  cor- 
nice and  cove  furring  is  also  shown. 

Illustrations  of  various  types  of  metal  lath  are  also  given, 
with  tables  of  gauges  and  weights  of  each.  In  this  connection 
attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  The  Associated  Metal  Lath 
Manufacturers  have  standardized  the  weights  per  gauge 
for  metal  lath  at  the  figures  given  on  pages  xiv  and  xv  in  the 
Industrial  Section,  where,  also,  may  be  found  “Standard 
Details  for  Fire  Retardent  Belt  Enclosures  and  Elevator 
Shafts  Using  Metal  Lath  and  Plaster,”  and  other  data. 
Attention  is  called  to  error  on  page  iv  of  Industrial  Section, 
September  issue,  where  the  omission  of  a decimal  point  after 
the  first  figure  in  the  weight  made  it,  for  24  gauge,  appear  340 
lbs.  per  sq.  yd.  instead  of  3.40 — likewise  with  the  other  weights 
given. 

It  is  of  especial  interest  to  note  the  attention  which  these  metal 
lath  manufacturers  have  devoted  to  the  subject  of  plastering, 
as  an  indication  of  the  importance  which  should  be  attached 
by  all  manufacturers,  not  to  their  product  alone,  but  to  all 
factors  connected  with  its  proper  utilization.  There  will  be 
found  in  the  Handbook: 

“Interior  Plastering,”  “Specifications  for  Interior 
Plastering,”  “Gypsum  Plaster  on  Metal  Lath,”  “Exte- 
rior Plastering,”  “Standard  Specifications  for  Exterior 
Plastering”  (with  detail  showing  recommended  construction 
for  outside  wall,  omitting  sheathing,  and,  instead,  back 
plastering  metal  lath  between  studs),  “Overcoating”  and 
“Fire-stops.” 

O')  The  before-described  methods  of  procedure  which  are  being 
developed  for  the  supporting  and  applying  of  lathing  for 
ceiling  construction  are  of  particular  interest  in  view  of  the 
many  specifications,  some  of  them  governmental,  which  call  for 
the  lath  on  all  suspended  ceilings  and  for  all  cornices,  beam 
work,  vaulting,  and  false  work  to  be  “supported  and  secured 
in  a rigid,  thoroughly  satisfactory,  and  workman-like  manner 
to  approval.”  In  consideration  of  this  all  too  frequent  practice, 
it  is  no  wonder  that  equable  conditions  do  not  always  prevail, 
even  in  the  estimating,  and  that  controversies  frequently  arise 
as  to  the  interpretation  of  “stiff,”  “rigid,”  “satisfactory,” 

“to  approval”  and  the  other  terms  which  are  used  instead  of 

Serial  No^i  1 126 


definite  Instructions  or  direct  reference  to  a standard 

to  be  followed. 

( k ) In  the  case  of  New  York  City,  for  instance,  this  does  not  apply,  for 
in  its  Building  Code  are  probably  as  complete  and  detailed 
requirements  for  ceiling  construction  and  other  lathing 
as  will  be  found  anywhere.  Such  definite  provisions  make  not 
alone  for  that  safety  which  is  essential  under  ordinary  conditions, 
but  take  into  consideration  the  additional  factors  required 
under  heat  expansion  in  localized  fires  and  plenum  conditions 
in  the  case  of  a conflagration.  (Referred  to  in  many  publications 
listed  under  3E1  and  2.) 

(/)  The  absence  of  such  provisions  in  some  other  cities  makes  all 
the  more  significant  and  worthy  of  encouragement  the  action 
of,  for  instance,  the  “Local  53  for  Philadelphia  and  Vicinity”  of 
the  Wood,  Wire  and  Metal  Lathers’  International  Union.  This 
local,  which  is  an  affiliate  of  that  listed  under  1 1 A16,  has  recently 
issued  and  sent  to  all  architects  and  contractors  in  the  local  dis- 
trict “Uniform  Lathing  Specifications”  in  which  are  incor- 
porated some  excellent  provisions.  The  point  is  made  that  if, 
when  such  action  is  contemplated,  it  could  be  taken  as  a result 
of  conferences  with  architects,  plasterers,  and  builders,  it  would 
insure  a more  appreciative  reception  and  a more  general  use 
than  when,  as  in  the  case  referred  to,  the  specifications  bear  no 
address  or  date  and  do  not  contain  the  endorsement  of  any  other 
organization  or  any  individual  known  to  the  recipient. 

( m ) The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers  have  plans  and  speci- 
fications at  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  for  making  tests 
of  wire,  expanded,  and  sheet  metal  lath  upon  wooden  studs, 
and  joists  in  the  form  of  fire-retardent  partitions  nd  ceilings. 
In  this  series  of  tests  the  same  type  of  metal  lath  will  be  secured 
to  metal  studs  and  to  metal  members  so  as  to  constitute  incom- 
bustible partitions  and  incombustible  suspended  ceilings. 

Under  date  of  Oct.  3,  the  Commissioner  of  the  Associated 
Metal  Lath  Manufacturers  has  requested  the  cooperation  of 
the  Gypsum  Industries  Association,  in  that  this  Association 
will  undertake  to  provide  a recommended  gypsum  plaster 
to  be  used  as  the  plastering  material  upon  the  already  men- 
tioned types  of  partitions  and  ceilings. 

(n)  The  value  of  lime  as  a wall  plaster  depends,  not  only  on  its  plas- 
ticity, but  on  its  ability  to  retain  water,  so  that  it  may  be  spread 
freely  on  the  absorbent  surface  of  the  preceding  coat.  A method 
has  been  devised  for  measuring  this  so-called“workingquality” 
by  spreading  the  mortar  on  a standard  absorbing  surface  and 
adopting  a standard  means  of  determining  when  it  has  dried 
out  so  much  that  it  can  no  longer  be  worked. — (Report,  Bureau 
of  Standards,  1916.) 

(0)  From  “The  Painting  of  Green  Plaster,”  paper  by  John  E.  Langley, 
discussion  by  Ernest  G.  Schurig,  journal  of  the  Society  of  Con- 
structors of  Federal  Buildings,  July,  191 5,  the  following  is  quoted: 

“One  authority  (the  I.C.S.)  in  speaking  of  new  walls  states: 
‘It  does  not  appear  that  any  painting  in  oil  can,  with  service- 
able effects,  be  done  on  stucco  (and  this  will  apply  to  plaster 
also),  unless  the  stucco  is  dry,  in  itself,  and  the  walls  have  stood 
sufficiently  long  to  have  given  the  brickwork  the  requisite 
degree  of  dryness.  Stucco,  on  furred  walls,  may  be  painted 
much  sooner  than  otherwise.’  All  masonry  walls  should, 
therefore,  be  furred  for  plastering,  if  they  are  to  be  painted 
immediately  upon  completion  of  the  building.” 

(?)  For  list  of  the  publications  of  the  I.C.S.  just  referred  to, 
(International  Correspondence  Schools)  and  others  bearing 
upon  this  section,  see  nDi£,  Materials  in  General. 

(?)  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  Part  1:  “Masons’ 
Work,”  F.  E.  Kidder,  contains  Chaper  XII  on  “Lathing  and 
Plastering,”  pp.  772-812. 

See,  also,  Chapter  XIII  of  the  above  for  specifications  on 
“Lathing  and  Plastering — ordinary  work  lathing,  plaster- 
ing, hard  wall  plasterwork,  wire  lathing  and  metal,  fur- 
ring, stiffened  wire  lathing,  metal  lath  on  iron  work.” 
Also  on  “Solid  Partitions — metal  lath  and  studding.” 

(r)  The  Committee  on  Treatment  of  Concrete  Surfaces  of  the 

American  Concrete  Institute  which  has  under  consideration  the 
development  of  specifications  for  stucco  and  for  surface 
treatments  of  concrete  will  be  actively  engaged  during  the 
coming  year  in  inspection  of  existing  structures  and  in  supple- 
mentary laboratory  and  experimental  work.  Chairman, 
J.  C.  Pearson,  Bureau  of  Standards. 

(s)  See  “Plain  and  Decorative  Plastering,”  William  Millar.  Has 

an  introductory  paragraph  entitled  “A  Glimpse  of  Its  History,” 
G.  T.  Robinson.  1897. 

(/)  “Facts  about  Stucco,”  reprinted  from  "Pacific  Builder ,”  in 
journal  of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings, 
November,  1914. 

Reference  to  the  above  reprint  is  made  in  a brief  section  de- 
voted to  “Stucco”  in  Paper  No.  189,  journal  of  the  Society  of 
Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  entitled:  “Some  Suggestions 
for  Improvement  of  Drawings,”  H.  G.  Richey. 

(«)  “Cement  Workers  and  Plasterers’  Edition  of  the  Building 
Mechanics’  Ready  Reference  Series,”  H.  G.  Richey,  Superin- 
tendent of  Construction,  U.  S.  Public  Buildings.  458  pp.,  illus 

Vol.  I,  1917 


S E[R  I A L NO.  11 


For  other  publications  of  the  American  Concrete  Institute,  see  iE6, 
1E7,  and  1E9. 

(»)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Portland  Cement  Stucco  on 
Metal  Lath,  Brick,  Tile  or  Concrete  Block,”  American  Con- 
crete Institute.  Referred  to  under  1E77. 

(u>)  “The  Reasons  for  Specifying  Stucco” — what  one  architect 
learned  from  twenty  years’  special  study — the  result 
of  practical  experimentation  in  building  materials,  William  Hart 
Boughton.  Printed  in  House  and  Garden , July,  1917.  Ulus. 

( x ) “Artistic  Stucco:  Its  History  and  Development  and  How 

It  Should  Be  Done,”  John  B.  Orr.  Presented  at  annual 
Convention  of  American  Concrete  Institute,  February,  1917. 
Printed  in  Concrete , March,  1917. 

( y ) “Solving  the  Crazing  Problem:  A score  of  valuable  discussions 

of  the  prevention  and  the  removal  of  hair-checks,”  briefly 
abstracted  and  compiled  by  Harvey  Whipple.  Printed  in 
Concrete,  October,  1917. 

(z)  In  addition  to  those  elsewhere  mentioned,  see  the  publication  of 

the  Portland  Cement  Association, “Portland  Cement  Stucco.” 
( aa ) See  “Modern  Stucco  Specifications”  of  the  Atlas  Portland 
Cement  Co.,  contained  in  an  illustrated  monograph  on  Early 
Stucco  Houses  of  America.  (Furnished  upon  request.) 

(ih)  See,  also,  “Color  Tones  in  Stucco,”  by  the  Atlas  Portland 
Cement  Co.,  which  reproduces  some  of  the  panels  in  the  recent 
experiments  conducted  by  The  Atlas  Technical  Department  in 
toning  stucco  with  exposed  colored  aggregates.  See  further 
information  in  the  Industrial  Section,  pp.  198,  199,  by  Atlas 
White  and  Atlas  Portland  Cement  Company. 

(cc)  In  addition  to  those  previously  mentioned,  the  Hydrated  Lime 
Bureau  publishes  the  following: 

1.  “Standard  Plaster  for  Hospital  and  School  Construc- 

tion,” Bulletin  G3. 

2.  “Hydrated  Lime  Plaster  for  Scratch  and  Brown  Coats,” 

Pamphlet  G. 

3.  “Auditorium  Acoustics,”  Bulletin  G4. 

(dd)  See  “Better  Plastering  and  Better  Acoustics,”  Lawrence 
Hitchcock.  1915.  A treatise  on  interior  plastering.  36  pp.,  illus. 
{ee)  Brief  reference  to  acoustics  is  also  made  in  the  Metal  Lath  Hand- 
book (11D6/Q. 

{ff)  “Hydrated  Lime  and  Its  Qualifications  as  a Structural  Ma- 
terial,” Bela  Nagy.  “Proceedings,”  Engineers’  Society  of 
Western  Pennsylvania  for  October,  1917. 

{gg)  “Rigid  Forms  for  Reinforced  Concrete  to  Obtain  Better  Re- 
sults in  Plastering,”  Ernest  G.  Schurig,  Journal  of  Society 
of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  November,  1915.  Illus. 


( hh ) “Plastering,”  W.  Kemp.  A compendium  of  plain  and  orna- 
mental plaster  work. 

(jj)  “Automatic  Stucco  and  Plastering  Machine,”  Ludwig 
Eisenkramer,  Journal,  Engineers  Club  of  St.  Louis,  May,  1916. 
Illus. 

( kk ) “Gypsum  Plasters,”  address  by  Charles  F.  Henning  before 
Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings.  Also  4D13. 

(//)  For  Sand  and  Gravel,  see  “Stone  Masonry,  Broken  Stone,  Sand 
and  Gravel,”  aC  to  2C6,  inclusive. 

{mm)  See,  also,  “River  Sand,”  E.  G.  Schurig,  Paper  No.  222,  Journal 
of  the  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings , November,  1916. 
(nn)  See  Industrial  Section  for  information  regarding: 

1.  Elastica  Stucco,  p.  173,  American  Materials  Co.,  Inc.,  and 

U.  S.  Materials  Co. 

2.  Bishopric  Stucco  or  Plaster  Board,  p.  196,  The  Bishopric 

Manufacturing  Co. 

3.  Cabot’s  Stucco  Stains,  p.  190,  Samuel  Cabot,  Inc. 

4.  “R.I.W.”  Liquid  Konkerlt  and  Primer,  p.  193,  Toch  Bros. 


11 D 7 “ Ornamental  and  Decorative  ’ Work 

See,  also,  some  references  in  preceding  Section. 

(a)  “The  Art  of  the  Plasterer,”  George  P.  Bankart.  An  account  of 
the  decorative  development  of  the  craft  (chiefly  in  England), 
and  modern  plaster  work.  350  pp.,  illus. 

(h)  “Collection  Thiebault,”  A.  Thiebault,  French  sculptor  and  plastic 
decorator.  A reprint  of  the  best  plates  from  the  “Motifs  de 
Decoration  Interieure  et  Exterieure.” 

(c)  “Plaster  Casts,”  Frank  Forrest  Frederick,  Professor  of  Art  and 

Design  in  the  University  of  Illinois.  A brief  historical  review  of 
the  art  of  casting.  Directions  for  making  casts  by  the  waste, 
piece,  elastic,  and  sulphur-mould  process,  and  notes  upon 
clay  modeling. 

(d)  “Plastic  Ornaments,”  H.  Friling.  Contains  designs  for  capitals, 

pillars,  friezes,  finials,  corners,  panels,  cartouches,  shields  and 
many  other  ornamental  details  of  facades. 

(r)  An  interesting  description  of  Fresco  and  a discussion  of  its  possi- 
bilities is  contained  in  “The  New  France,”  October,  1917,  under 
“A  Renaissance  of  Communal  Art,”  Henry  Caro-Delvaille. 
if)  “The  Timepiece  of  Shadows,”  H.  S.  Spackman.  A history  of  the 
sun-dial,  illustrating  many  noted  sun-dials,  with  practical 
rules  for  construction. 


11E  Committee  Meetings;  Field  Investigations 


1.  The  following  extracts  are  from  a letter  to  Mr.  E.  C.  Kemper, 
Executive  Secretary  A.  I.  A. 

November  1,  1917. 

I beg  to  submit  the  following  condensed  account  of  my  attendance  at 
the  meetings  of  Committee  C-i  on  Cement  and  of  Subcommittee  IX, 
of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  held  in  Allentown,  Pa., 
on  October  2j  and  26  last. 

At  these  meetings  I officially  represented  the  A.I.A.,  which  is  a 
member  of  this  Committee  C-i  on  Cement,  and  also  of  Subcommittee  IX, 
of  this  same  Committee. 

The  function  of  this  Subcommittee  IX  of  Committee  C-i  on  Cement 
is  to  arrange  for  the  publication  of  the  joint  conference  reports,  and  the 
reports  of  subcommittees,  which  resulted  in  the  Standard  Specifications 
for  Portland  Cement,  and  which  represents  the  work  and  research  of 
special  committees  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  the  United 
States  Government,  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  the 
American  Railway  Engineering  Association,  and  representatives  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects,  the  Portland  Cement  Association,  and 
other  affiliated  organizations. 

The  personnel  of  this  Subcommittee  IX  of  Committee  C-i  on  Cement 
is  as  follows:  Ernest  Ashton,  Chairman,  Chemical  Engineer  of  the  Lehigh 
Portland  Cement  Co.,  Allentown,  Pa.  R.  W.  Lesley,  Philadelphia, 
Member  of  the  International  Association  for  Testing  Materials.  J.  M. 
Porter,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering,  Lafayette  College,  Easton,  Pa. 
Percy  H.  Wilson,  Consulting  Engineer,  Philadelphia.  American  Institute 
of  Architects,  represented  by  Thomas  Nolan. 

The  special  business  of  the  meetings  at  Allentown  was  the  discussion 
of  the  reports  of  Subcommittee  III  (on  the  Fineness  of  Cement)  and  of 
Subcommittee  VII  (on  the  Strength  of  Cement).  The  Subcommittee 


VII  presented  important  reports  which  gave  the  results  of  tests  continued 
during  the  past  year.  Important  conclusions  were  arrived  at  resulting 
from  investigations  and  tests  made  during  the  last  year  which  will  be  of 
value  to  the  engineering  and  architectural  professions  when  they  are 
properly  revised,  classified,  and  arranged  for  publication.  While  reports 
were  submitted  by  other  of  the  nine  Subcommittees  of  Committee  C-if 
the  reports  of  Subcommittees  III  and  VII  and  IX  were  made  the  special 
order  of  business. 

During  a part  of  the  second  day  of  the  meetings  a visit  was  made  to 
the  cement  plant  of  the  Lehigh  Portland  Cement  Co.,  a few  miles  out 
of  Allentown,  where  an  opportunity  was  presented  for  studying  the 
manufacture  of  Portland  cement  from  the  blasting  of  the  stone  from  the 
quarries  to  the  loading  of  the  cement  in  the  railroad  cars. 

Yours  very  truly, 

Thomas  Nolan, 

Chairman,  Committee  on  Materials  and 
Methods  of  the  A. I. A. 

1.  On  October  27,  Professor  Nolan,  as  chairman  of  the  Institute’s 
Committee,  with  D.  Knickerbacker  Boyd,  chairman,  and  W.  L.  Plack, 
a member  of  the  Philadelphia  Chapter  Subcommittee  on  Materials  and 
Methods,  together  with  Thomas  B.  Lippincott,  another  Philadelphia 
architect,  was  one  of  a party  comprising  also  several  prominent  local 
plasterers  and  lathers  who  accompanied  J.  C.  Pearson,  of  the  Bureau  of 
Standards,  J.  J.  Earley,  of  the  cooperating  committee  referred  to  under 
llD6r,  and  others  in  making  a field  examination  of  stucco,  cast-stone, 
cement-work  and  plastering  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia.  This  investi- 
gation will  be  one  of  many  contributing  its  results  to  the  amplification  of 
the  Bureau  of  Standards’  Report  on  “Durability  of  Stucco  and  Plastic 
Construction.” 


Serial  No.  11 


127 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Serial  No.  12 

PAINTS  AND  PAINTING,  GLASS  AND  GLAZING,  AND 
CONCLUDING  SECTION,  1917 


DECEMBER,  1917 

INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  IN  THIS  ISSUE 


1 2A  Associations,  Societies  and  Allied  Interests. 

1 2B  Research,  Tests  and  Paint  Materials. 

1 2C  Treatments  and  Coatings  for  Metals  and  for  Walls 
and  Floors,  Exclusive  of  Wood. 

1 2D  Wood  Preservatives,  Shingle  Treatments  and  Fire- 
Retardants. 

1 2E  Painting,  Varnishing  and  Finishing  in  General. 

1 2Fl  Glass  and  Glazing  in  General. 

1 2F2  Wire  Glass,  Roof  Openings  and  Vault  Lights. 

1 2F3  Leaded  and  Decorative  Glass. 


Store-Front  Construction  and  Store  Fittings. 
Glassware  and  Glass  Products. 

Greenhouses,  Landscape  Design, Garden  Accessories. 

Concluding  Section 

1 2C  Schoolhouses,  Grounds  and  Equipment. 

1 2H  Farm  Buildings,  Accessories  and  Rural  Engineering. 
1 2 J Workmen’s  Houses,  Workmen,  Industry,  Safety 

to  Life. 

1 2K  Acoustics  and  Sound-Transmission  Prevention. 

1 2L  Other  Organized  Bodies. 


1 2F4 
12F5 
12F6 


12A  Associations,  Societies  and  Allied  Interests 


The  publications  and  activities  of  the  following  bodies  and  of  any 
of  the  governmental  departments  concerned  with  Paint,  Varnish,  Glass, 
and  other  products  treated  will  be  mentioned  in  connection  with  the 
main  subject  heading  or  subdivision  under  which  they  would  natu- 
rally fall. 

1.  Paint  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S. 

Secretary:  G.  B.  Heckel,  The  Bourse,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

[Mr.  Heckel  is  Secretary  of  the  Educational  Bureau  and  H.  A. 

Gardner  is  Director  of  the  Scientific  Section  of  same.] 

2.  The  Institute  of  Industrial  Research 

Secretary:  P.  H.  Butler,  Washington,  D.  C. 

3.  National  Varnish  Manufacturers’  Association 

Secretary:  G.  B.  Heckel,  The  Bourse,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

4.  National  Paint,  Oil  and  Varnish  Association 

Secretary:  Henry  W.  Sawyer,  ioo  William  Street,  New  York  City. 


5.  International  Association  of  Master  House  Painters  and 

Decorators  of  the  U.  S.  and  Canada 
Secretary:  A.  H.  McGhan,  Southern  Building,  Washington,  D.  C. 

6.  Paint  Jobbers’  Association.  Secretary:  E.  R.  Drake,  Chicago,  111. 

7.  Brotherhood  of  Painters,  Decorators  and  Paperhangers  of 

America.  (See,  also,  American  Federation  of  Labor,  I2jn«.) 
Secretary:  J.  C.  Skemp,  LaFayette,  Ind. 

8.  The  National  Glass  Distributors’  Association 

Secretary:  T.  James  Fernley,  505  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

9.  The  Plate  Glass  Manufacturers  of  America 

Eastern  Representative:  G.  Osgood  Andrews,  393-95  Canal 
Street,  New  York  City. 

Wes  tern  Representative  :M.G. Holding, Harris  Trust  Bldg., Chicago. 

10.  The  National  Ornamental  Glass  Manufacturers’  Associa- 

tion OF  THE  U.  S.  AND  CANADA 

J.  E.  Flanagan  (Editor),  152  West  Chestnut  Street,  Chicago,  111. 

11.  Railway  Bridge  and  Building  Painters’  Association 


12B  Research,  Tests  and  Paint  Materials 


Reference  was  made  under  1F8  to  investigational  work,  with  respect 
particularly  to  the  preservation  of  iron  and  steel,  which  has  for  years 
been  conducted  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  and  the 
Paint  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S.,  separately  and  in  coopera- 
tion. The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  has  also  made  investigations  and  is 
conducting  tests.  The  progress  reports  and  publications  pertaining  to 
these  activities  constitute  a most  interesting  story,  even  to  laymen. 

Reference  was  also  made  under  3A1  to  researches  and  investigations  by 
all  the  technical  bureaus  of  the  Navy,  the  conclusions  drawn  from  which 
result  in  the  various  specifications,  Index  to  which  is  there  mentioned. 

In  connection  with  this  section  see  Waterproofing  and  Dampproofing 
iD,  also  Bituminous  Materials  11C2. 

1 U.  S.  Bureau  0/  Standards 

The  following  excerpts  are  given  from  the  current  Report  of  the 
Bureau,  1916. 

(a)  There  are  a number  of  apparently  very  important  and  little  under- 
stood physical  and  physical-chemical  problems  relating  to 
paints  which  demand  investigation  by  an  experienced  and  able 
chemist.  Among  these  phenomena  may  be  mentioned  apparent 
great  differences  in  the  effects  of  different  liquids  on  the  surface 
of  finely  divided  solids,  such  as  pigments,  changes  in  viscosity 
or  plasticity  of  paints  in  keeping,  or  on  addition  of  substances 
which  are,  so  far  as  known,  chemically  inert. 

{/>)  The  paint-exposure  tests,  begun  over  a year  ago,  are  in  progress, 
but  several  years  may  elapse  before  conclusions  can  be  drawn. 
A record  will  be  kept  by  means  of  photographs  and  inspection 
of  the  test  panels,  which,  in  three  kinds  of  wood,  have  been 
painted  with  a number  of  well-known  brands  of  white  paints  for 
outside  exposure. 

(r)  A method  for  the  determination  of  oil  and  resin  in  varnish  . . . 
and  for  the  detection  of  resin  in  driers  . . . has  been  worked 
out  at  the  Bureau,  which  is  believed  to  be  more  reliable  than 

Serial  No.  12 


any  previously  published  method.  (See  Technologic  Paper 
No.  66.) 

(d)  An  investigation  of  the  constants  of  linseed  oil  mixed  in  paste 

form  with  white  lead  and  zinc  indicates  that  no  material 
changes  take  place  when  the  pastes  are  kept  in  closed  cans. 
The  results  of  this  investigation  are  embodied  in  Technologic 
Paper  No.  71. 

(e)  In  Technologic  Paper  No.  76  it  is  shown  that  for  the  determina- 

tion of  volatile  thinner  in  oil  varnish,  any  one  of  a number  of 
proposed  methods  yields  results  that  are  sufficiently  accurate 
for  ordinary  purposes. 

(/)  The  electrical  division  of  the  Bureau  is  testing  an  insulating 
varnish,  prepared  in  the  chemistry  division,  after  considerable 
work  extended  over  a period  of  several  months.  The  varnish 
is  made  from  tung  oil,  calcium  resinate,  cellulose  acetate, 
acetone,  and  pyridene  or  other  organic  base. 

(g)  A large  amount  of  matter  has  been  prepared  for  use  in  a projected 
circular  of  information  on  paint  materials. 

(A)  A chapter  on  paint,  paint  oils,  and  varnishes  has  been  prepared 
for  the  projected  circular  on  household  materials. 

[Note. — We  are  advised,  Nov.  19,  1917,  by  Director  Stratton 
that  it  will  probably  be  some  time  before  ( g ) and  (h ) are  avail- 
able for  distribution.] 

2 American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 

(a)  Committee  Di  on  Preservative  Coatings  for  Structural 
Materials,  P.  H.  Walker,  Chairman,  Bureau  of  Standards, 
Washington,  D.  C.,  is  one  of  the  dominating  factors  in  this 
country  with  respect  to  all  matters  concerning  paint  and  other 
coatings.  It  consists  of  ninety-one  members  drawn  from 
authorities  in  the  producing  and  non-producing  fields,  and 
includes  representatives  from  the  Bureau  of  Construction  and 
Repair,  U.  S.  Navy,  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  Maintenance 
of  Way  Divisions  of  Railroads,  Paint  Manufacturers’  Associa- 

Vol.  I,  1917 


128 


SERIAL  NO.  12 


tion  of  the  U.  S.,  National  Varnish  Association,  chemists,  manu- 
facturers and  others. 

An  excellent  idea  of  its  work  may  be  obtained  from  the 
“Statement  of  Plan  and  Policy  of  Committee  Dl,”  pp. 

685-689  in  A.S.T.M.  Book  of  Standards,  1916. 

The  range  of  the  subjects  covered  are  indicated  by  the  char- 
acter of  its  subcommittees,  named  as  follows:  Advisory, 

Testing  of  Paint  Vehicles,  Linseed  Oil,  Definitions  of  Terms 
Used  in  Paint  Specifications,  Accelerated  Tests  and  the 
Influence  of  Pigments  on  Corrosion,  Methods  and  Analysis 
of  Paint  Materials,  Varnish,  Paint  Thinners  Other  Than 
Turpentine,  Turpentine,  Shellac,  Preparation  of  Iron  and 
Steel  Surfaces  for  Painting,  Specifications  for  Pigments  Dry  ( b ) 

and  in  Oil  When  Marketed  in  the  Form,  Terms  used  in  Report- 
ing the  Condition  of  Painted  Surfaces,  Testing  of  Pigments  for 
Fineness  by  the  Use  of  Screens,  Physical  Properties  of  Paint 
Materials. 

( b ) There  were  formerly  subcommittees  on  Inspection  of  Havre  de 

Grace  Bridge,  on  Inspection  of  Steel  Plates  at  Atlantic 
City,  and  on  Inspection  of  White  Paint  Test  Fence  at  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  but  these  were  discontinued  in  1916,  their  duties 
having  been  performed. 

The  reports  of  these  Committees  printed  in  A.S.T.M.  Pro- 
ceedings previous  to  that  date  form  interesting  documentary 
records  of  these  tests  and  of  examinations  also  made  by  the 
leading  railroads  of  the  country  and  others  interested. 

(c)  The  most  extensive  series  of  panel  paint  tests  ever  conducted 

were  those  located  at  the  Experimental  Farm  of  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  at  Arlington,  Va.  At  this  place  over 
one  hundred  white  paints  of  different  compositions,  used  upon 
lumber  surfaces,  were  exposed  in  1912.  The  tests,  to  be  typical, 
were  located  in  the  center  of  farming  lands,  within  close  prox- 
imity to  a river  and  a railroad.  Inspections  of  the  tests  were 
annually  made  and  reported  to  the  Society. 

(d)  The  exhaustive  reports  of  Committee  Di  are  always  a feature  of 

the  conventions  of  the  A.S.T.M.  and  of  the  published  Proceed- 
ings (1A4),  in  addition  to  which  these  reports  have  been  issued 
as  a separate  bound  volume  as  mentioned  under  1F8. 

3 Standards  Adopted 

See,  also,  the  A.S.T.M.  Standards  under  11C2S. 

(a)  Standard  Definitions  of  Terms  Relating  to  Paint  Specifica- 
tions (A.S.T.M.  Serial  Designation  D 16-15).  All  architects 
and  other  specifiers  and  users  of  paints  and  allied  products 
should  certainly  familiarize  themselves  with  the  terms  here 
given  as  relating  to  various  materials,  processes,  and  methods  of 
application  and  endeavor  through  usage  and  constructive 
criticism,  or  suggestions  for  amplification  and  additions,  to  still 
further  crystallize  understanding  of  these  subjects.  (See,  also, 

( b )  next.) 

(i)  The  Paint  Manufacturers’  Association  at  its  meeting,  November 
1916,  adopted  Definitions  and  Nomenclature  to  replace 
manufacturers’  titles  or  trade-names  in  common  use,  consonant 
with  (a),  and  issues  Circular  No.  42,  4 pp.,  giving  same. 

(c)  Standard  Specifications  for  Purity  of  Raw  Linseed  Oil  from 

North  American  Seed.  A.S.T.M.  serial  designation  Di-15. 

(d)  Standard  Specifications  for  Purity  of  Boiled  Linseed  Oil  from 

North  American  Seed.  A.S.T.M.  serial  designation  Du-15. 

(()  Standard  Specifications  for  Purity  of  Raw  Tung  Oil.  A.S.T.M. 
serial  designation  D 12-16. 

(/)  Standard  Specifications  for  Turpentine.  A.S.T.M.  serial  designa- 
tion D 13-15. 

(g)  Standard  Tests  for  Paint  Thinners  other  than  Turpentine. 

A.S.T.M.  serial  designation  D 28-17. 

(h)  Standard  Tests  for  Shellac.  A.S.T.M.  serial  designation  D 29-17. 

(_/')  Standard  Methods  for  Routine  Analysis  of  White  Pigments. 

A.S.T.M.  serial  designation  D 34-17. 

(k)  Standard  Methods  for  Sampling  and  Analysis  of  Creosote  Oil. 

A.S.T.M.  serial  designation  D 38-17. 

(/)  Tentative  Tests  for  Analysis  of  Creosote  Oil.  A.S.T.M.  serial 
designation  D 38-17  T.  To  be  added,  when  adopted,  to  the 
Standard  Methods  tor  Sampling  and  Analysis  of  Creosote  Oil 
(A.S.T.M.  serial  designation  D 38-17). 

( m ) For  specifications  for  Red  Lead  (dry  and  paste),  and  other 
paint  materials  as  issued  by  U.  S.  Navy  Department,  see 
“Index”  (3Aiai).  Classification  52  consists  of  “Paints,  Alcohol, 

Cements  and  Enamels  (Navy  Formulas),  paint  oils,  pigments, 
pitch,  rosin,  tar,  turpentine,  varnishes.” 

(»)  For  U.  S.  Army  Specifications  (for  Prepared  Paints),  see  12E1. 

4 Paint  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S. 

This  Association  maintains  an  Educational  Bureau,  instituted  in 
1904,  which  was  in  1906  subdivided  into  three  sections:  A Scientific 
Section  to  have  charge  of  research  work  and  demonstration;  a Profes- 
sional Section  to  have  charge  of  lecture  work;  and  a Publicity  Section 
to  have  charge  of  newspaper,  circular,  and  similar  work. 

(a)  In  “The  Educational  Bureau — A Resum£  of  Its  Activities  from 
Its  Establishment  to  the  Present  Time  (1915),’’  will  be  found 


historical  data  concerning  various  tests  conducted  by  the 
Association  or  in  cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Forest  Products 
Laboratory,  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  the 
Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association,  colleges, 
technical  institutions,  and  others,  at  Fargo,  N.D.,  Pittsburgh, 
Pa.,  Atlantic  City,  N J.,  Nashville,  Tenn.,  Washington, 
D.C.,  Manhattan,  Kan.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  and  elsewhere. 

The  results  of  all  these  tests  at  different  stages  are  published 
in  one  form  or  another  by  the  Association  and  may  be  found  on 
the  list  of  publications,  with  prices,  obtainable  from  its  Secre- 
tary. Many  of  them  are  also  referred  to  in  the  Proceedings  of 
the  A.S.T.M.  and  other  publications,  particularly  in  (h)  and  (r). 
“Paint  Researches  and  Their  Practical  Application,”  H.  A 
Gardner,  Director  Scientific  Section  P.M.A.,  and  Assistant 
Director  of  the  Institute  of  Industrial  Research.  Dedicated, 
1917,  to  past  and  present  members,  Educational  Bureau,  P.M.A. 
Describes  the  tests  elsewhere  referred  to  and  draws  deductions 
to  date  from  the  results;  contains  chapters  on  prepared  paint 
and  pigment  industries,  physical  characteristics,  etc.,  and 
others  that  will  be  found  referred  to  under  the  subdivisions  in 
this  issue. 

(c)  “Paint  Technology  and  Tests,”  H.  A.  Gardner.  Presents  results 
of  exposure  tests  and  research  work  for  the  Scientific  Section  of 
the  P.M.A.  256  pp.,  illus. 

5 The  Institute  of  Industrial  Research 

The  Division  of  Paint  Technology  is  under  the  direction  of  H.  A. 
Gardner,  who  has  long  been  in  charge  of  the  experimental  work 
carried  on  by  the  Paint  Manufacturers’  Association,  which  is  being 
continued  in  the  paint  laboratories  of  the  P.M.A.  at  the  Institute. 
The  extensive  exposure  tests  in  different  sections  of  this  country, 
which  were  designed  to  determine  the  comparative  merits  of 
protective  coatings  and  paint  products  for  various  structural 
materials,  are  being  continued  and  inspected  from  time  to  time 
in  order  that  reports  and  bulletins  may  be  issued  and  information 
distributed,  in  conjunction  with  important  laboratory  researches 
to  determine  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  oils  and  oil 
mixtures. 

Bulletin  No.  3 describes  the  scope  and  organization  of  the  Institute 
and  contains  a list  of  publications  issued  by  it  or  under  its  auspices. 

6.  In  “The  Specifying  of  Paints  and  Varnishes,”  in  The  Ameri- 

can Architect , Oct.  3,  1917,  G.  B.  Heckel  writes:  “Beyond  the 
painter  as  a basis  for  intelligent  specification  stands  experience. 
...  It  would  seem  imperative,  therefore  that  the  practising 
architect  should  have  always  in  progress  a series  of  field  tests 
systematically  examined  and  reported  on  at  regular  intervals. 

. . . Better  still  would  it  be  if  the  American  Institute  of  Archi- 
tects, for  example,  through  a standing  committee  should  conduct 
such  tests  continuously  for  the  benefit  of  the  entire  craft,  issuing 
from  time  to  time  lists  of  approved  brands  or  materials.  One  can 
easily  conceive  how  such  a committee  or  organization  might  event- 
ually speak  with  authority  on  the  entire  range  of  products  and 
materials.  There  is  such  an  organization  now  in  operation  in  New 
York  (Building  Data  League)  and,  if  wisely  conducted  and 
developed,  it  should  accomplish  much.” 

7.  See  references  under  “Manufacture  of  Oils  and  Pigments”  (iF8c). 

8.  See  “Paints  and  Pigments,”  A.  H.  Sabin,  Journal,  Association 

of  Engineering  Societies.  1911. 

9.  “The  Analysis  of  Paints  and  Painting  Materials,”  H.  A. 

Gardner  and  J.  A.  Schaeffer. 

10.  “White  Paints  and  Painting  Materials,”  W.  G.  Scott.  A 

treatise  on  source  and  manufacture,  composition  and  properties, 
use  and  formulas.  493  pp. 

11.  See  “Painters’  Colors,  Oils  and  Varnishes,”  George  H.  Hurst. 

12.  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman,  1916, 

section  on  “Paints  and  Oils,”  p.  374. 

13.  “Paint  and  Painting,”  P.  W.  Nelson,  Journal,  Society  of  Con- 

structors of  Federal  Buildings,  February,  1917. 

14.  See  “Students’  Handbook  of  Paints,  Colors,  Oils  and  Var- 

nishes,” J.  Furnell.  94  pp.  illus. 

15.  “Simple  Method  for  Testing  Painters’  Materials,”  A.  C.  Wright. 

160  pp.,  illus. 

16.  “Pigments,  Paints  and  Painting,”  George  Terry.  392  pp.,  illus. 

17.  “The  Industrial  and  Artistic  Technology  of  Paint  and  Varnish,” 

A.  H.  Sabin.  372  pp.,  illus. 

„ 18.  “Chemistry  and  Technology  of  Paints,”  Maximilian  Toch.  373 
pp.,  illus. 

19.  “Drying  Oils,  Boiled  Oil,  and  Solid  and  Liquid  Driers,”  L.  E. 

Andes.  356  pp.,  illus. 

20.  “The  Manufacture  of  Paint,”  J.  C.  Smith.  285  pp.,  illus. 

21.  “The  Manufacture  and  Comparative  Merits  of  White  Lead  and 

Zinc  White  Paints,”  G.  Petit.  103  pp. 

22.  “Manufacture  of  Varnishes  and  Kindred  Industries,”  J.  G 

McIntosh.  Illus.  Three  volumes. 

23.  “Dictionary  of  Chemicals  and  Raw  Products  Used  in  the  Manu- 

facture of  Paints,  Colors,  Varnishes  and  Allied  Preparations,” 
G.  H.  Hurst.  392  pp. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


24.  “Paint  and  Varnish  Facts  and  Formulas,”  J.  N.  Hoff.  179  pp. 
2 3.  “Chemistry  of  Paints  and  Paint  Vehicles,”  C.  H.  Hall.  Ulus. 

i6.  “Linseed  Oil  and  Other  Seed  Oils,”  Wm.  D.  Ennis.  330  pp. 

12C  Treatments  and  Coatings  for 
Exclusive  of  Wood 

See  Preservation  of  Iron  and  Steel  (1F8);  Protective  Coatings 
( I F8/&) ; Corrosion  and  Treatment  of  Metals  (11B2);  and,  Protective 
Coatings  (11B3).  Also,  as  of  interest,  see  Floor  Treatments  and  Cover- 
ings (11D4)  and  reference  to  Committee  on  Treatment  of  Concrete 
Surfaces  (ilD6r).  See,  also,  12E7  and  9;  also  iD  and  11C2. 

1.  In  “Paint  Researches  and  Their  Practical  Application”  (12641!’) 

see  Chapters:  VI — Paint  Protection  for  Portland  Cement 
Surfaces;  VII — Paints  to  Prevent  Electrolysis  in  Concrete 
Structures;  VIII — Paints  for  Metal  (this  includes  recommenda- 
tions for  painting  galvanized  iron,  and  painting  tinned  sur- 
faces); IX — Marine  Paints  (includes  preservation  of  tanks); 
XVI — The  Light  Reflecting  Values  of  White  and  Colored 
Paints  (this  includes  a page  of  colored  samples  giving  the 
coefficients  of  reflection  of  various  wall  colors  compared  with  a 
block  of  white  magnesium  carbonate). 

2.  Lefax  Data  Sheet,  6-224,  “Paints  for  Metal  Surfaces,”  con- 

tains information  from  Chapter  VIII  of  above. 

3.  See  “Building  Code”  recommended  by  the  N.B.F.U.,  1913,  for 

“Protection  of  Structural  Metal  against  Corrosion,”  p.  96. 

4.  See  requirements  for  Shop  Painting  of  steel  work,  Manual 

American  Railway  Engineering  Association,  1915  edition,  p.  jo 3. 
3.  “Red  Lead  Paints  for  Metal  Surfaces,”  G.  W.  Thompson,  Metal 
Worker , Jan.  19,  1917. 

6.  The  Painting  of  Iron  and  Steel,”  J.  Scott,  Railway  Engineer- 

ing,  June,  1916.  Illus. 

7.  “Paints  to  Prevent  Electrolysis  in  Concrete  Structures,”  H.  A. 

Gardner,  Journal,  Franklin  Institute,  March,  1915.  24  pp. 

8.  See  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent,  1916,  for 

information  on  Roof  Paints,  p.  192;  Chrome  Paints,  p.  469. 

9.  See  “American  Civil  Engineers’ Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman,  1916, 

for  painting  of  structural  steel,  paints  commonly  used  for 
painting  steel  in  buildings,  and  paint  for  steel  bridges. 

10.  See  "Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  J.  C.  Trautwine,  1913, 

regarding  paint  coatings  for  iron,  zinc,  bridges,  and  concrete. 

11.  See  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades’  Handbook,”  for  information  on  fire- 

proofing and  painting  of  metal  columns,  p.  120;  and  for  paint- 
ing of  tin  roofs,  p.  312. 

12.  Among  the  Miscellaneous  Rules  in  the  “Hand  Book  of  Fire  Pro- 

tection,” E.  U.  Crosby  and  H.  A.  Fiske,  is  one  on  Painting  and 
Bronzing  (p.  340),  which  says:  “Where  pipes  are  painted  or 
bronzed  for  appearance,  the  moving  parts  of  sprinkler  heads 
should  not  be  so  coated.” 

13.  Paint  for  Steam  and  Hot  Water  Radiators,  Circular  No.  7, 

P.M.A.,  1913,  gives  a resume  and  tables  showing  results  of 
investigations  conducted  by  Prof.  J.  P.  Allen  at  University  of 
Michigan  (see,  also,  10X2^)  in  which  it  is  stated  that  “aluminum, 
copper  and  metal  pigments  in  bronzes  reduce  the  heat  trans- 
mission.” Results  of  these  “Transmission  Values”  given 
also  in  a table  on  p.  1247,  Kidder’s  Pocket  Book  1916.  These 
tests  also  described  in  “Painting  School  Buildings,”  S.  B.  Heckel 
in  School  Board  Journal,  November,  1917,  in  which  is  also 
described  treatment  of  other  special  surfaces. 

14.  “Technical  Paints,”  A.  H.  Rhett,  Journal  of  Society  of  Construc- 

tors of  Federal  Buildings,  February,  1917. 


27.  For  references  in  Industrial  Section  applicable  to  this  division,  see; 

(a)  Inspection  Service,  Laboratory  Service,  Robert  W.  Hunt 

& Company,  pp.  142-I44. 

( b ) Matheson  White  Lead,  Matheson  Lead  Company,  p.  193. 

Metals  and  for  Walls  and  Floors, 


13.  For  labor  applying  waterproof  paints,  see  “The  Building  Esti- 
mator’s Reference  Book,”  Frank  R.  Walker,  Chapter  IV  on 
“Water-  and  Damp-Proofing.” 

16.  In  1909,  in  Philadelphia,  the  Educational  Bureau,  P.M.A., 

instituted  a series  of  tests  on  cement  coatings.  See  Bulletin 
No.  20  on  Cement  Paints. 

17.  In  1912,  the  Bureau  Laboratories  having  been  transferred  to  the 

Institute  of  Industrial  Research  at  Washington,  a concrete 
test  fence  was  erected  there  for  the  testing  of  cement  coatings. 
The  general  results  of  the  tests  at  the  end  of  a two-year  period, 
in  “Paint  Researches  and  Their  Practical  Application”  (1284^). 

18.  In  1910  a series  of  similar  tests  was  instituted  on  the  concrete 

walls  and  floors  of  the  Institute  building  itself.  The  results  are 
given  in  Circular  No.  24,  Educational  Bureau,  P.M. A.,  and  in  a 
paper  entitled:  “Paint  Protection  for  Portland  Cement  Sur- 
faces,” presented  by  H.  A.  Gardner  to  the  A.S.T.M.  in  1914. 

19.  The  results  of  these  tests  are  quite  in  line  with  the  results  obtained 

by  Ware  and  Schott.  (See  “Paint  Films  as  Protective  Coatings 
for  Concrete,”  Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemis- 
try, Vol.  VI,  No.  3,  March,  1914)  in  a series  of  paint-exposure 
tests  made  upon  exterior  concrete  surfaces. 

20.  The  Building  Data  League  (2A5)  has  issued  the  following: 

(a)  “Standard  Specifications  for  Concrete  Hardeners;”  No.  398, 

“Liquid  Penetrating  Coatings;”  No.  902,  “Incorporated 
Additions.” 

(b)  "Standard  Specifications  for  Damp-proofing  Exterior  Walls 

above  Grade,”  No.  393-1. 

(c)  News  Letter,  July,  1917.  4-page  digest  of  paper  by  Bassett 

Jones  on  “The  Characteristics  of  Interior  Building  Fin- 
ishes as  Affecting  Illumination — to  show  the  real  econ- 
omy in  applying  finish  to  walls  and  ceilings  that  will  make 
them  permanently  efficient  as  reflecting  surfaces  and 
how  such  finishes  may  be  produced.” 

21.  See  article  on  “The  Economic  Value  of  Mill  Whites”  in  Textile 

World  Journal,  June  2,  1917. 

22.  In  Journal  of  Society  of  Constructors  of  Federal  Buildings,  see, 

1.  “The  Painting  of  Green  Plaster,”  J.  E.  Langley;  discussion 

by  E.  G.  Schurig.  July,  1913;  also  in  May,  1916. 

2.  “My  First  Experience  with  Distemper,”  C.  M.  Pritchett. 

23.  “Paint  and  Painting”  (12B13)  contains  information  on  “Paint- 

ings of  Interior  Surfaces  of  Ceilings  and  Walls.” 

24.  For  “Government  Whitewash”  Formulas,  see  2891^. 

23.  See  “Navy  Department  Specifications”  (3Aia)  for  Cold  Water 
Paint,  Aluminum  Paint  and  Copper  Paint. 

26.  For  references  in  Industrial  Section  applicable  to  this  division,  see: 

(a)  “A  Rust-proofing  Process,  Patton’s  Ironhide,”  p.  194. 

( b ) R.  I.  W.  Protective  Products,  Toch  Brothers,  p.  193. 

(c)  Solvay  Protective  Paints,  The  Solvay  Process  Co.,  Semet- 

Solvay  Co.,  p.  192. 

(d)  “Lapidolith”  for  Floors,  “Cemcoat”  for  Walls,  L.  Sonne- 

born  Sons,  Inc.,  p.  191. 

(e)  Brick  and  Stucco  Stains,  Samuel  Cabot,  Inc.,  p.  190. 

(/)  “Konkreto,”  for  floors,  walls  and  ceilings,  Murphy  Varnish. 
Co.,  pp.  188,  189. 

(g)  Inspection  and  Laboratory  Services,  Robert  W.  Hunt  & 
Company,  pp.  1 42-1 44. 


12D  Wood  Preservatives,  Shingle  Treatments  and  Fire-Retardants 


See  “Treatments  of  Woods:  Preservatives  and  Fire-Retardants” 

(3E1),  and,  “Piling,  Piers,  and  Bulkheads”  ( 5 F) . 

See,  also,  “Treated  Wood  Flooring  and  Paving”  (5E2).  3. 

1.  “Specifications  for  the  Purchase  and  Preservation  of  Treatable 

Timbers,”  from  Report  to  American  Wood  Preservers’  Associa- 
tion; Railway  Age  Gazette,  Jan.  26,  1917.  4. 

2.  See  Journal  of  the  Association  of  Engineering  Societies  for  the  fol- 

lowing papers:  3. 

( a ) “Paints  for  Preservation  of  Wood  and  Metal  Structures,” 

Onward  Bates,  1898,  p.  1168. 

(b)  “Preservation  of  Timber,”  Samuel  M.  Rowe,  1899,  p.  283. 

(r)  “Preservative  Treatment  of  Timber,”  O.  Chanute,  1900. 

( d ) “The  Preservation  of  Railroad  Cross  Ties”  (abstract),  1900. 

(e)  “Preservation  of  Timber  from  Decay”  (bibliography),  1900. 

(/)  “Factors  Which  Cause  the  Decay  of  Wood,”  Hermann  von 

Schrenk,  1901,  p.  89. 

(g)  “Timber  Treating  Plants,”  W.  W.  Curtis,  1903,  p.  541. 

Qi)  “Preservation  of  Wood  from  Fire  and  Decay,”  Joseph  L. 

Ferrell,  1904,  p.  38. 

Serial  No.  12 


( j ) “Wood  Preservation  from  an  Engineering  Standpoint,”  C.  T 
Barnum,  1910,  p.  346. 

In  “Paint  Researches  and  Their  Practical  Application"  (1284^),  see 
Chapters:  XII — Impregnated  Panel  Tests;  XIII— Fire- 

Retardant  Paints  for  Shingles  and  Other  Wooden  Structures. 

“Test  Compounds  for  Making  Wood  Fire-Retardant,”  Engineer- 
ing Record,  June  17,  1916. 

In  cooperation  with  the  National  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Asso- 
ciation and  others,  a series  of  tests  was  instituted  by  the  Educa- 
cational  Bureau,  P.M. A.,  in  1912,  on  Fire-Retardant  Shingle 
Paints,  and  a preliminary  report  was  made  thereon  in  Bulletin 
No.  42.  Later  the  Scientific  Section,  at  the  suggestion  of  the  U.  S. 
Forest  Products  Laboratories,  prepared  three  series  of  tests  in 
duplicate,  which  were  exposed  in  Washington,  St.  Louis,  and 
Atlantic  City.  These  comprise  both  impregnated  and  unim- 
pregnated woods,  panels  for  which  were  prepared  by  the  Forest 
Products  Laboratories.  The  test  is  described  in  Bulletin  No.  44. 
The  final  report  is  now  in  course  of  preparation  by  Dr.  von 
Schrenk. 


130 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  12 


The  results  of  these  tests  have  led  to  the  manufacture  of 
fire-retardant  shingle  paints  in  accordance  with  a formula 
licensed  by  the  P.M.A.  of  the  U.  S.,  the  same  being  known  as 
"Pamak."  The  Educational  Bureau  of  the  P.M.A.  has  just 
issued  a leaflet  containing  information  on  this  subject  and  a list 
of  manufacturers  licensed  to  manufacture  fire-retardant  shingle 
paints  under  the  official  trade-marks  of  the  Association. 

6.  “Woods  treated  either  with  antiseptic  materials,  for  purpose  of 
preservation,  or  with  chemical  salts,  to  render  them  fire-resist- 
ant, are  coming  into  general  use.  In  conjunction  with  the 
United  States  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  the  lumber  asso- 
ciations, etc.,  the  Scientific  Section  of  the  P.M.A.  is  investigat- 
ing the  proper  method  of  painting  wood  so  treated.  The  work 
is  described  in  Bulletin  No.  44  and  in  the  Section  Reports.” 


7.  See  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag,  1912, 
“Fireproof  Wood,”  p.  260;  Fire-retarding  Paints,  p.  938. 

8.  See,  “Hand  Book  of  Fire  Protection,”  E.  U.  Crosby  and  H.  A. 

Fiske,  Fire-Retardant  Paints,  pp.  81-82. 

9.  “Notes  on  Preservation  of  Wood — Some  Microscopic  Features,” 

James  Scott,  Railway  Engineer,  January,  1917,  illus. 

10.  “The  Preservation  of  Structural  Timber,”  H.  F.  Weiss.  361  pp., 

illus. 

11.  “American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman,  1916, 

painting  of  drydocks,  p.  1476. 

12.  See  Index  to  Navy  Department  Specifications  (3A141),  Classifica- 

tion 52. 

13.  For  references  in  Industrial  Section  applicable  to  this  division,  see: 
(a)  Cabot’s  Old  Virginia  White  for  shingles,  siding  and  woodwork 

Conservo  Wood  Preservative,  Samuel  Cabot,  Inc.,  p.  190.. 


12E  Painting,  Varnishing  and  Finishing  in  General 


See,  also,  references  to  Coatings,  Mill-whites,  etc.,  under  12C. 

See  Index  to  Navy  Department  Specifications  (3Ai«i).  Classification 
J2,  consists  of  Paints,  Alcohol,  Cements  and  Enamels  (Navy  For- 
mulas), Paint  Oils,  Pigments,  Pitch,  Rosin,  Tar,  Turpentine, 
Varnishes. 

1.  In  “Paint  Researches  and  Their  Practical  Application”  (1264^), 

see  various  Chapters,  including:  XI — Observations  on  Painted 
Lumber;  XVII — Formation  and  Inhibition  of  Mildew  in 
Paints;  XVIII — Fungi  on  Painted  Surfaces;  XXII — Paint 
Driers  and  Their  Application;  XXIV — The  Application  of 
Paints  and  Finishes  to  Wood.  In  the  latter  Chapter  it  is  stated: 

(4)  “The  majority  of  the  high-grade  paints  to  be  purchased  from 
reliable  dealers  will  closely  approximate  the  prepared  paint 
called  for  by  the  specifications  of  the  U.  S.  Army,  which 
are  as  follows: 

(i)  “The  paint  must  be  furnished  in  prepared  form,  ready  for  ap- 
plication. White  paint  must  contain  not  less  than  65  per 
cent  nor  more  than  70  per  cent  of  pigments,  the  balance  to 
be  liquids.  The  liquids  shall  consist  of  pure  raw  linseed  oil, 
containing  a total  of  not  over  10  per  cent  of  turpentine 
and  turpentine  drier.  The  pigment  portion  of  the  paint 
shall  consist  of  white  lead  (basic  carbonate  or  basic  sul- 
phate) and  zinc  oxide.  There  shall  not  be  less  than  25  per 
cent  nor  more  than  50  per  cent  by  weight  of  zinc  oxide. 
Paints  of  this  composition  containing,  in  addition,  not  over 
15  per  cent  by  weight  of  such  white  pigments  as  barytes, 
china  clay,  whiting,  asbestine,  and  silica  will  be  accepted 
under  these  specifications.’  ” 

2.  The  P.M.A.  of  the  U.  S.  (12A1)  issues  circulars,  bulletins  of  the 

Scientific  Section,  tabloids,  pamphlets  and  booklets.  Many  of 
these  are  of  special  interest  to  architects  and  constructionists. 

3.  At  its  Convention,  on  Nov.  16  and  17,  1917,  the  P.  M.  A.  of  the 

U.  S.  took  the  following  action: 

To  reduce  the  number  of  paints  and  shades  offered  on 
color  lists  to  a maximum  of  42,  exclusive  of  black  and  white. 
(Some  of  the  leading  manufacturers  have  already  reduced  to  36.) 

To  eliminate  the  half-gallon  can  for  all  paint  products  on 
and  after  July  1,  1918.  (The  varnish  manufacturers  are  expected 
also  to  fall  in  line  with  this  action.) 

To  eliminate  the  pint  can  at  the  same  time  for  liquid  house 
paints. 

4.  The  National  Paint,  Oil  and  Varnish  Association  issues  a Year 

Book  and  Bulletin  to  members  and  maintains  a Bureau  for  the 
registration  of  trade  names  and  trade  titles,  having  over 
5,000  listed. 

5.  The  “International  Association  of  Master  House  Painters  and 

Decorators  of  the  U.  S.  and  Canada”  (12A5)  is  devoting  particu- 
lar attention  to  the  trade  education  of  the  youth  through  a spe- 
cial committee  and  has  a Paint  Legislative  Committee  of  which 
John  Dewar,  of  Pittsburgh,  is  Chairman,  which  is  actively 
agitating  for  a Federal  law  requiring  the  plain  paint  label  with 
a correct  analysis  attached  to  all  packages. 

(a)  Note. — This  activity  is  along  the  lines  of  the  action  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects  at  its  1916  Convention  in 
Minneapolis  in  adopting  Mr.  Tomlinson’s  motion  that  “the 
Committee  on  Materials  and  Methods,  or  another,  be  instruc- 
ted to  work  for  Federal  legislation  analagous  to  that  govern- 
ing weights  and  measures  or  to  that  governing  pure  foods 
which  shall  provide  penalties  for  furnishing  other  than  the 
kinds  and  qualities  of  materials,  or  the  weights  and 
measures  required  under  specifications  and  contracts.” — 
“Proceedings”  Fiftieth  Annual  Convention  A.I.A.,  p.  28. 

(The  P.M.A.  is  opposed  to  the  formula  on  practical  grounds  but 
advocates  the  passage  of  laws  forbidding  any  form  of  misbrand- 
ing and  requiring  statement  of  net  weights  or  measure  simi- 
lar to  those  now  in  operation  in  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and  some 
other  states.) 

(i)  At  the  next  Convention  of  this  Association  (12A5)  at  Peoria, 
Feb.  5-8,  1918,  Prof.  E.  F.  Ladd,  President  of  the  Agricul- 

Serial  No.  12  j 


tural  College  of  North  Dakota,  under  whose  auspices  the 
first  paint-test  fence  in  this  country  was  erected,  will  deliver 
an  address  on  “Paint  and  Paint  Materials.” 

6.  The  Brotherhood  of  Painters,  Decorators  and  Paperhangers  of 

America  (12A7)  issues  monthly  The  Painter  and  Decorator,  its 
official  publication,  containing  items  of  interest  in  connection 
with  the  craft. 

7.  “A  Paint  Catechism  for  Paint  Men,”  G.  B.  Heckel,  Secretary 

P.M.A.  48-page  booklet.  Third  Edition.  Revised  and  extended 
February,  1917.  25  cents.  This  handy  collection  of  terse,  practical 
definitions  of  paint  materials  and  answers  to  questions  met  in 
everyday  practice  will  be  found  helpful  to  all  specifiers  and  users 
of  paint.  It  describes  Lithophone,  Soya  Bean  Oil,  and 
other  products  of  recent  usage  and  gives  recommendations  of 
the  kind  and  character  of  applications  to  be  made  to  wood, 
metal,  and  other  materials  under  varying  conditions. 

8.  “A  Varnish  Catechism  for  Varnish  Men,”  also  by  Mr.  Heckel, 

is  similar  in  the  informative  character  of  its  contents  to  the  next 
preceding  reference.  45  pp.  1912.  25  cents. 

9.  “Painting  with  Prepared  Paint — A Guide  for  Consumers”  is 

the  title  of  a 32-page  booklet  reprinted  from  Drugs,  Oils  and 
Paints,  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Editor,  Bourse  Build- 
ing, Philadelphia.  Defines  classes  of  lumber  and  recommends 
treatments  for  each  and  for  new  and  old  work,  and  for 
metals  (including  galvanized  iron),  bricks,  plaster,  and  other 
materials. 

10.  The  proper  treatment  of  the  woods  in  which  they  are  interested  has 
naturally  appealed  to  the  various  lumber  interests  to  the  extent 
that  they  have  issued  instructive  literature  on  the  subject,  much 
of  it  in  collaboration  with  painting  and  varnishing  interests,  and 
in  some  cases  under  the  guidance  of  individual  authorities.  Some 
of  the  following  references  merit  partial  repetition  from  “Exterior 
and  Interior  Wood  Finish,  Veneering  and  Finishing”  under  5H: 

(a)  In  “Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (5B1/)  see  Section  on  “Paints  and 
Wood  Finishes,”  describing  Preparatory  Treatments  and 
giving  Specifications  of  Master  Painters  for  Exteriors, 
Interiors,  Hardwoods,  and  Softwoods. 

Southern  Pine  Association  issues: 

{/>)  “Directions  for  Finishing  Southern  Yellow  Pine,”  19  pp., 
containing  colored  facsimiles  of  finished  woods  and  other 
illustrations,  including  interiors,  with  notes  on  painting, 
staining,  and  varnishing  of  this  wood. 

(c)  “Service  and  Economy  in  Building”  (5624).  Similar  in  con- 

tents to  (/>)  without  colored  plates. 

(d)  “The  Interior  of  Your  Home,”  24  pp.,  8^2  x 10,  1917,  contain- 

ing color  plates  of  Popular  Finishes  in  Southern  Pine  Inte- 
rior Trim,  many  illustrations  and  descriptions  with  Direc- 
tions for  Finishing  Southern  Pine  Interiors  as  to  Paint- 
ing, Enameling,  Staining  and  Natural  Finish  and  as  to 
Floors.  Also  Painting  Exteriors. 

Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  issues: 

(e)  “Technical  Information  about  Red  Gum”  (no  date),  16  pp., 

with  notes  on  the  care  of  hardwood  doors  and  trim. 

(/)  “Red  Gum  Facts,”  13  pp.  Formulas  for  various  finishes. 

California  Redwood  Association  issues: 

( g ) “California  Redwood,”  70  pp.,  giving  “Directions  for  Rear 

Finishes  on  Redwood.”  Eight  large  colored  panels  show  in 
facsimile  varying  effects  of  grain  also. 

(h)  “In  the  Home  of  Re'dwood”  (sGlml),  formulas  are  given  for 

Interior  finishes. 

Arkansas  Soft  Pine  Bureau  issues: 

(j)  “Arkansas  Soft  Pine:  Interior  Trim,”  18  pp.,  colored  and 
other  illustrations. 

I k ) “Arkansas  Soft  Pine:  How  to  Finish  and  Paint  It,”  1917. 

(/)  “Not  a House  but  a Home.”  Hints  for  the  Layman;  Cottage 
and  Residence  Designs,  with  introduction  by  Aymar  Embury 
II,  architect.  36  pp. 

West  Coast  Lumbermen’s  Association  issues: 

(»;)  “Suggestions  for  the  Finishing  of  Western  Woods.” 

Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


North  Carolina  Pine  Association  issues: 

(»)  “Architects’  and  Contractors’  Reference  Book  on  North  Caro- 
lina Pine,”  7 pp.,  illus.  Contains  colored  illustrations. 

(o)  “North  Carolina  Pine  for  Architects  and  Contractors,”  15  pp., 

colored  illustrations  of  stained  boards,  and  adaptability  to 
staining  and  enameling. 

( p ) “Your  Home  Beautiful,”  16  pp.,  colored  illustrations  of  stained 

boards  and  colored  interior  views. 

(7)  “Planning  the  New  Home,”  24  pp.  Contains  colored  illustra- 
tions of  stained  boards;  exterior  illustrations  and  floor  plans 
of  ten  modern  homes,  together  with  information  on  the  char- 
acteristics of  this  wood. 

(r)  “Architects’  Reference  Book,”  16  pp.,  color  plates. 

(r)  “Home  Builders’  Book,  24  pp.,  color  plates. 

Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers’  Association  issues: 

(/)  “Cypress  Pocket  Library.”  Consists  of  41  booklets  covering 
all  uses  for  Cypress  QGiji).  See  index  to  same  in  Vol.  1. 

11.  The  next  following  publications,  some  of  them  issued  by  the  manu- 

facturers of  the  flooring  themselves,  and  one  by  a varnish  asso- 
ciation, refer  to  the  finishing  of  wood  floors,  the  remaining 
contents  having  been  referred  to  under  5H.  (Treated  wood  floor- 
ing and  paving  referred  to  under  5E2.) 

(a)  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  F.  R.  Walker, 

1917,  contains  a complete  section  on  wood  flooring,  pp. 
1318-1381,  which  gives  data  on  scraping,  sanding,  and  com- 
plete finishing,  with  several  pages  of  illustrations  of  par- 
quetry floors  and  wood  carpets. 

( b ) In  “Lumber  and  Its  Uses”  (jBi /),  see  Hardwood  Flooring — - 

Kinds,  Grades,  Uses  and  Methods  of  Finishing. 

( c ) In  “Directions  for  Finishing  Southern  Yellow  Pine”  (5H2), 

see  section  on  Finishing  Southern  Yellow  Pine  Floors. 
Publication  of  the  Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers’  Association: 

(d)  “How  to  Lay  and  Finish  Maple  Floors.”  1915.  Includes 

Scraping  and  Sanding,  Directions  for  Finishing  Floors  (oil 
treatment,  wax  finish,  and  varnished  floors),  Repairing 
Waxed  Floors,  Staining  Maple,  Beech  and  Birch  Flooring. 

( e ) Publication  of  The  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association  of  the  U.  S. 

and  the  Oak  Flooring  Service  Bureau:  “Oak  Flooring.” 

Seventh  Edition,  1915.  Contains  Directions  for  Scraping, 
Finishing  (oil,  wax  and  varnish),  Care  of  Oak  Floors,  and 
Economical  Uses. 

(/)  The  National  Varnish  Manufacturers’  Association  (12A3) 
issues  (1 9 1 1 ) “Modern  Floors”  which  treats  of  Preparation 
of  Surface,  Paste  Wood  Fillers,  Staining,  Varnishing,  Proper 
Conditions,  Refinishing  Old  Floors  and  Proper  Treatment 
and  Care  of  Floors.  16  pp. 

(g)  “Care  and  Operation  of  Federal  Buildings,”  by  J.  Morton, 
Journal  oj  Society  oj  Constructors  oj  Federal  Buildings,  July, 
1915,  describes  the  preparation  used  in  Federal  buildings  for 
oiling  wood  floors,  for  preservation  of  the  wood,  reduction 
of  dust,  and  simplification  of  cleaning. 

(A)  “Laying  and  Finishing  Hardwood  Floors,”  F.  G.  Odell.  50 
pp.,  illus. 

(J)  The  treatment  and  finishing  of  floors  with  various  materials 
is  described  in  the  Specifications  which  follow  (11  and  12). 

12.  For  “Specifications  on  Painters’  Work,”  and  Notes  on  Paint- 

ing Specifications,  see  Part  II  of  “Building  Construction  and 
Superintendence,”  F.  E.  Kidder,  which  treats  of  painting,  re- 
painting, staining,  varnishing,  graining,  enameling,  finishing  and 
waxing,  with  regard  to : old  and  new  exterior  woodwork,  brickwork, 
plaster,  cement  and  concrete;  exterior  iron  and  steel;  iron  fences, 
and  galvanized  iron;  copper;  tin;  shingles;  interior  woodwork 
and  softwoods;  interior  plaster  and  cement;  hardwoods;  pine 
and  hardwood  floors. 

13.  For  complete  notes  and  observations  on  “the  Painting,  Enameling, 

Staining  and  Finishing  of  Woods  Generally — in  a Medium  and 
First  Class  Manner,  also  for  the  Painting  of  Brick,  Plaster, 
Cement  Concrete,  Iron,  etc.”  see  “Architectural  Specifica- 
tions,” John  Dewar.  Endorsed  by  the  Pennsylvania  State  Asso- 
ciation of  Master  House  Painters  and  Decorators,  Jan.  15,  1913. 

14.  See  “Kidders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  “Paint  and  Varnish.” 

IJ.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent,  1916.  Section 
on  “Preservative  Coatings,”  pp.  471-472,  describes  Paint,  Var- 
nishes, Methods  of  Application,  Quantity  of  Paint  for  a Given 
Surface,  and  Qualities  of  Paints. 

16.  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks.  1916. 

Section  on  “Paints  and  Protective  Coatings,”  H.  A.  Gard- 
ner, treats  of  preparation  of  surfaces,  cost,  paints  for  wooden  sur- 
faces, paint  oils,  carbon  paints.  See  also  p.  532  for  information  on 
aluminum  bronze;  p.  627,  for  insulating  varnishes;  and  p.  643 
for  shellac. 

17.  In  “Handbook  for  Architects  and  Builders,”  published  under  the 

auspices  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects,  Vol  XX,  1917,  see 
“Varnish,”  by  R.  B.  Johnson,  pp.  341  and  343;  also,  “Protec- 
tive, Preservative  and  Decorative  Coverings,”  pp.  345,  351. 

18.  See  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  F.  R.  Walker, 

1917,  Chapter  XIX  on  “Painting  and  Varnishing”  for 
information  on  the  Measurement  of  Buildings  for  Painting; 

Serial  No.  ia  X 


Covering  Capacity  of  Various  Kinds  of  Paints;  Material,  Labor 
and  Actual  Costs  of  Painting  and  Varnishing;  Dry,  Cement  and 
Oil  Colors. 

19.  See  “Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  J.  C.  Trautwine,  1913,  for 

information  on  paints  and  painting,  and  for  cost  data. 

20.  See  “The  Building  Foreman’s  Pocket  Book  and  Ready  Reference,” 

H.  G.  Richey,  “Painting  and  Glazing,”  p.  504. 

21.  “Cyclopedia  of  Architecture,  Carpentry  and  Building,”  American 

School  of  Correspondence,  Vol.  1,  contains  information  on  Out- 
side Finish,  Inside  Finish,  and  Decorating. 

22.  See  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades’  Handbook,”  section  on  “Estimating" 

for  Painting  and  Papering,  pp.  372-375. 

23.  “Color  in  Architecture  at  the  Panama-Pacific  Exposition,”  Wm. 

L.  Woollett,  Architectural  Record,  May,  1915.  Illus. 

24.  “The  Use  of  Paint  on  the  Farm,”  P.  H.  Walker,  Farmers’  Bulle- 

tin No.  474,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (12H1). 

25.  In  the  “Proceedings”  of  the  Municipal  Engineers  of  the  City  of 

New  York,  1915,  will  be  found  a paper  by  Houston  Lowe  on 
“Some  Paint  and  Painting  Factors,”  followed  by  discussions, 
comprising  39  pages  of  illustrated  data  of  interest  in  connection 
with  the  use  of  paints  and  the  maintenance  of  bridges,  buildings, 
and  other  structures.  In  same  is  given  a form  of  “Specifications 
for  Mixed  Paints  for  Wood — Outside,”  as  prepared  for  the 
Board  of  Water  Supply,  particularly  for  use  on  fences  and  build- 
ings along  the  Catskill  aqueduct. 

26.  “House  Painting,”  Alvah  Horton  Sabin.  121  pp. 

27.  “The  Preparation  and  Uses  of  White  Zinc  Paints,”  P.  Fleury. 

28.  “Commercial  Paints  and  Painting,”  Arthur  S.  Jennings.  236  pp. 

29.  “How  to  Get  Good  Results  with  Paint,”  G.  W.  Thompson,  The 

American  Architect,  April,  1915. 

30.  “Painting  Schoolhouses,”  S.  B.  Heckel,  School  Board  Journal , 

various  issues  prior  to  November,  1917.  (See  12C13.) 

31.  “How  to  Mix  Paints,”  C.  Godfrey.  Illus. 

32.  “Paint  and  Color  Mixing,”  A.  S.  Jennings. 

33.  “Enamels  and  Enameling,”  P.  Randau.  196  pp.,  illus. 

34.  “Practical  Painters’  Work,”  Paul  N.  Hasluck.  160  pp.,  illus. 

35.  "Facts  and  Figures  in  Connection  with  Outside  Painting,” 

G.  E.  Walsh,  House  and  Garden,  September,  1911.  Illus. 

36.  “739  Paint  Questions  Answered,”  Wm.  T.  Comstock.  383  pp. 

(Reprinted  from  the  Painters’  Magazine.) 

37.  “One  Thousand  More  Paint  Questions  Answered,”  Wm.  T. 

Comstock.  630  pp.  (Reprinted  from  the  Painters’  Magazine.) 

38.  “Philosophy  of  Color,”  Chandler  R.  Clifford. 

39.  “Color,  Harmony  and  Contrast,”  James  Ward.  Illus. 

40.  “Grammar  of  Coloring,”  G.  Field.  New  edition  enlarged  by  E.  A. 

Davidson. 

41.  See  the  following  in  Journal  of  Society  oj  Constructors  of  Federal 

Buildings : 

(a)  “The  Priming  Coat,”  Harry  G.  Richey,  May,  1915. 

( b ) “The  Painting  of  Green  Plaster,”  July,  1915. 

(r)  “High  Grade  Varnishes;  Their  Manufacture  and  Use,”  C.  T. 
Bragg,  March,  1915. 

(d)  “Fumed  Oak,”  C.  E.  Morrell,  November,  1915. 

(r)  “Transparent  Finishes,”  E.  G.  Schurig,  July,  1915. 

42.  Lefax  Data  Sheet,  6-303,  “Light-Reflecting  Values  of  White  and 

Colored  Paints,”  contains  material  from  Chapter  XVI  of  “Paint 
Researches  and  Their  Practical  Application”  (izB^b). 

43.  In  “What  You  Should  Know  When  Building  A Little  House,”  C.  E. 

White,  Jr.,  see  the  following:  “Finishing  the  Interior,”  p.  26; 
and  Painting  and  Finishing  of  Trim  on  the  back,  p.  27. 

44.  “Architectural  Hardwood  Finisher,”  Geo.  Whigelt. 

45.  “Natural  Woods  and  How  to  Finish,”  Wm.  T.  Comstock. 

46.  “The  Modern  Wood  Finisher,”  F.  Maire. 

47.  “The  Up-To-Date  Hardwood  Finisher,”  F.  T.  Hodgson,  Archi- 

tect, 320  pp.,  illus. 

48.  “Wood-Finishing,”  Paul  N.  Hasluck. 

49.  “The  Hardwood  Finisher,”  C.  Godfrey.  112  pp.,  illus. 

50.  “Polishes  and  Stains  for  Wood,”  D.  Denning. 

51.  “Care  and  Operation  of  Federal  Buildings”  (i2Eio^).  See  p.  231 

for  reference  to  Treasury  Department’s  formula  for  furniture 
polish,  and  to  other  preparations  for  the  removal  of  ink  and 
grease  stains  from  varnished  surfaces. 

52.  “Painting  for  the  Imitation  of  Woods  and  Marbles,”  as  taught 

and  practised  by  A.  R.  Van  der  Burg  and  P.  Van  der  Burg.  Illus. 

53.  “Practical  Graining  and  Marbling,”  Paul  N.  Hasluck.  160  pp. 

54.  “French  Polishing  and  Enameling,”  R.  Bitmead. 

55.  “Painter,  Gilder  and  Varnisher’s  Companion,”  Wm.  T.  Comstock. 

56.  “Modern  Mural  Decoration,”  A.  Lys  Baldry.  Illus. 

57.  “House  Decorating  and  Painting,”  W.  N.  Brown.  150  pp.,  illus. 

58.  “Three  Hundred  Shades  and  How  to  Mix  Them,”  A.  Desaint. 

59.  “House  Painting,  Glazing,  Paper-Hanging  and  White 

Washing,”  A.  H.  Sabin.  121  pp. 

60.  The  following  will  be  found  in  House  and  Garden: 

{a)  “Papering  and  Painting  Problems,”  H.  D.  Eberlein,  March, 
1914.  Illus. 

(h)  “Color  Schemes  in  Exterior  Paint,”  Suggestions  for  Paint- 
ing the  New  House  and  Re-Painting  the  Old,  A.  A.  Kelly, 
February,  1917. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  12 


(r)  “Thirty-six  Facts  about  Color,”  The  Fundamental  Principles 
Governing  Color  Selection  and  Color  Arrangement  in  a 
Room,  October,  1917. 

{d)  “The  Return  of  the  Painted  Panel,”  Its  effective  Use  in  the 
Modern  Room — Other  Suggestions  for  Paneled  Wall  Treat- 
ment, A.  Foster,  January,  1916.  Illus. 

61.  See  The  Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute  for  various  papers  read 

before  the  Society  applicable  to  all  phases  of  painting. 

62.  For  references  in  Industrial  Section  applicable  to  this  main  head- 

ing, see: 

(a)  Architectural  Varnishes,  list  of  Publications,  and  Speci- 

fications for  Wood  Finishing,  Murphy  Varnish  Co.,  pp. 
188,  189. 

(, b ) Matheson  White  Lead,  Matheson  Lead  Co.,  p.  195. 

12Fl  Glass  and  Glazing  in  General 

( a ) The  National  Glass  Distributors  Association  (12A8)  has  issued, 
1916,  “Glass  and  Glazing,”  a 46-page  booklet,  “to  present  to 
the  users  of  glass  a standard  or  guide  for  the  architect,  owner,  or 
contractor,  by  which  the  material  may  be  better  known  and 
more  readily  understood.” 

It  contains  brief  instructive  and  interesting  descriptions  of  the 
process  of  manufacture  of  various  kinds  of  glass,  and  gives  the 
commercial  thickness  and  size  and  the  terms  used  in  designating 
the  different  grades  and  qualities,  the  characteristics  of  which 
are  defined.  It  also  includes  notes  on  installation,  puttying, 
and  many  pages  illustrating  various  kinds  of  glass  and  gives 
tables  of  maximum  sizes,  thicknesses,  and  approximate 
weights. 

Among  the  kinds  referred  to  are:  Plate  Glass,  including 
Special  Quality  and  Bevelling  and  Wheel-cut  Mitred  Work; 
Mirrors;  Window  Glass,  including  Crystal  Sheet;  Bent  Glass; 
Glazing,  including  Appeal  to  Architects;  Metal  Store  Front 
Construction;  Leaded  Glass;  Wire  Glass,  including  Under- 
writers’ Requirements  and  illustrations  of  typical  patterns  or 
surfaces;  Rolled  Figured  Glass,  with  illustrations  of  kinds; 
Ornamental  Polished  Plate  Prismatic  Glass;  Prism  Glass; 
Sidewalk  Glass;  Skylight,  Floorlight,  Milk-white,  Opalite, 
Vitralite,  Carrara,  Chipping  and  Grinding,  Enameling, 
Embossing,  Etching  Colored  Glass,  all  except  the  latter  con- 
taining illustrations  appropriate  to  each  section. 

(b)  The  Plate  Glass  Manufacturers  of  America  (12A9)  issue  a 12- 

page  booklet  called  “Plate  Glass”  which  is  in  large  part 
similar  in  context  to  the  plate-glass  section  of  Glass  and 
Glazing  and  bears  the  imprint,  “Issued  by  Permission  of 
The  National  Glass  Distributors  Association.”  It  contains, 
however,  additional  material  relating  to  Sizes  and  Thick- 
nesses, under  which  it  is  stated:  “Polished  plate  glass  is 
manufactured  in  thicknesses  ranging  from  5/16"  to  • 
The  Standard  product  runs  from  Vi"  to  5/16"  full. 
The  other  thicknesses  (whether  thicker  or  thinner)  are  made 
specially  and  at  an  increased  cost.  The  sash  or  rabbet  for 
regular  plate  glass  glazing  should  be  made  to  accommodate 
glass  full  5/16"  thick.  It  also  treats  of  Mirrors  and  Glazing. 

1.  This  Association  has  a Bureau  of  Publicity  and  Information 
“to  furnish  free  of  expense  to  architects,  contractors,  builders 
and  owners  general  information  relative  to  Plate  Glass  Prod- 
ucts and  the  many  uses  to  which  they  may  be  put.” 

(r)  The  Building  Data  League  issued  (to  members)  August,  1917,3 
6-page  “News  Letter”  containing  resumes  of  articles  on: 

1.  “Glass,  Specifications  and  Tests,”  Prof.  A.  Silverman. 

2.  “Glass,  A Series  of  Notes,”  E.  H.  Bostock.  These  notes 

were  submitted  to  several  glass  manufacturers  and  their 
criticisms  and  comments  embodied  in  the  article. 

In  a later  letter  the  subject  of  transmission  and  diffu- 
sion of  light  by  glass  will  be  discussed. 

(d)  See  “Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  J.  C.  Trautwine,  1913,  for 
cost,  dimensions,  expansion,  friction,  strength,  and  weight. 

(r)  See  Part  II  of  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,”  F.  E. 
Kidder,  “Window-Glass  and  Glazing.”  Fables  and  illus. 

(/)  See  “Kidders’  Pocket-Book,”  1916,  “Window-Glass  and  Glaz- 
ing,” with  tables  of  cost,  pp.  1487-1495. 

(g)  In  “Handbook  for  Architects  and  Builders,”  by  Illinois  Society  of 

Architects  (12E16),  see  section  on  “Glass  and  Glazing,”  pp.  353 
and  355,  treating  of  Window,  Plate,  Cast  or  Rolled,  Wire, 
Ornamental,  Colored,  and  Prismatic  Glass,  and  containing 
details  for  “art  glass”  glazing  as  mentioned  under  I2F2^. 

( h ) "Mechanical  Engineers’  Handbook,”  Lionel  S.  Marks,  1916,  on 

glass,  including  window,  plate,  skylight,  pressed,  prisms, 
quartz  and  wire  glass. 

O')  “The  American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merriman, 
1916,  information  on  glass. 

(k)  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent,  1916,  informa- 
tion on  the  weight  of  glass,  p.  177,  and  the  strength  of  glass. 

(/)  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades’  Handbook,”  pp.  273-275,  on  “Glass,” 
contains  table  of  weights  and  thicknesses  of  glass,  and  illus- 
trations. 

Serial  No.  12 


(to)  For  “Classification,  Manufacture  and  Strength  of  Glass,”  see 
LeFax  Data  Sheet,  7-213,  compiled  by  C.  H.  Riggs. 

(»)  “The  Building  Estimator’s  Reference  Book,”  F.  R.  Walker,  Chap- 
ter XVIII  on  “Glass  and  Glazing”  contains  information  on  How 
to  Estimate  the  Quantity  of  Glass  Required  in  any  Building; 
Labor  Cost  of  Glazing;  Putty  Required  for  glazing  Wood  and 
Steel  Sash;  Net  Prices;  Leaded  and  Art  Glass;  Structural 
Glass;  and  the  Actual  Costs  of  Glazing.  Also  contains  com- 
plete illustrations. 

(0)  “The  New  Building  Estimator,”  William  Arthur,  contains  sections 
on  Millwork  and  Glass. 

( J> ) “Plate  Glass,”  H.  S.  Wherett,  Journal  of  Society  of  Constructors 
of  Federal  Buildings,  March,  1915. 

(f)  Read  “The  Heat  Loss  from  Buildings  and  How  to  Reduce  It,” 
Engineering  and  Contracting,  March  28,  1917.  An  editorial  advo- 
cating and  describing  the  double  glazing  of  windows. 

(r)  “Glass  Manufacture,”  Walter  Rosenhain.  264  pp.,  illus. 

(r)  “Distinction  in  Windows” — Devices  for  Glazing — The  Possibili- 
ties for  Making  the  Most  of  Our  Windows,  M.  H.  Northend, 
House  and  Garden,  October,  1914.  Illus. 

(/)  Navy  Department  Specifications  (3A1  a),  “Plate  Glass  and  Win- 
dow Glass,”  Feb.  1,  1917,  No.  59,  Gic. 

12F2  Wire  Glass , Roof  Openings  and  Vault 
Lights 

( a ) See,  also,  i2Fl«  and  other  references  under  Glass  and  Glazing  in 

General. 

(b)  In  connection  with  the  use  of  Wire  Glass,  whether  for  windows  or 

doors  in  either  exterior  or  interior  openings,  the  procedure  to 
be  followed  is  described  in  4C3,  Standards  Adopted,  under 
Vertical  Structural  Features,  with  especial  reference  to  Under- 
writers’ Laboratories  “Hollow  Metallic  Window  Frames  for 
Wired  Glass.”  Many  other  references  to  Wire  Glass  will  be 
found  under  this  4C  Section. 

(c)  The  1915  N.B.F.U.  Building  Code  defines  “Wired  Glass”  thus: 

“Glass  not  less  than  bi"  thick  enclosing  a layer  of  wire  fabric 
reinforcement  having  a mesh  not  larger  than  7/8"  and  the  size 
of  the  wire  not  smaller  than  No.  24  B.  and  S.  Gauge.” 

It  gives  recommendations  for  the  use  of  wired  glass  under 
several  instances.  See  “Wired  glass”  and  “Fire  windows.” 

(d)  See  Reports  of  the  Committee  on  Fire  Resistive  Construction 

N.F.P.A.  in  various  Proceedings  resulting  in  "Specifications  for 
Construction  of  a Standard  Building”  and  others  therein  de- 
scribed. Also  see  “Index  to  Subjects  Covered  in  the  Printed 
Records”  under  “Wire-Glass”  and  Fire  Protecting  Coverings 
for  Window  and  Door  Openings.” 

(f)  The  Building  Code  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1916,  says:  “When 

wire  glass  is  required  or  permitteed  ...  for  fire-doors,  fire- 
shutters,  or  fire-windows,  the  panes  shall  not  exceed  seven 
hundred  and  twenty  square  inches  in  area  and  shall  not  be  less 
than  pi,"  in  thickness,  and  shall  be  set  not  less  than  %"  in  the 
frame.  When  the  use  of  glass  is  permitted  in  any  fire-door  or 
fire-shutter,  only  wire  glass  shall  be  used.  For  the  glazing  of 
fire-window  only  wire  glass  shall  be  used.” 

It  also  states  “All  opening  protectives  required  or  permitted 
. . . shall  be  constructed  as  prescribed  in  such  rules,  consistent 
with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  as  may  be  promulgated  by 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  or  in  the  absence  of  such  rules 
as  specified  in  the  standard  requirements  of  the  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters;  or  they  may  be  constructed  in  any 
manner  and  of  any  material  that  will  comply  with  the  fire-test 
hereinafter  prescribed.” 

(/)  The  use  of  wire  glass  for  stairway  and  other  enclosures  will 
be  found  illustrated  and  referred  to  in  many  of  the  publications 
listed  under  Exits,  Stairways,  Fire  Escapes,  etc.  (4E.) 

(g)  See,  also,  Windows,  Doors  and  Metal  Trims  (11B7). 

(h)  See  List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances,  Underwriters’ 

Laboratories  (3A6b)  for  makes  and  distinctive  characters  of 
meshes  of  wired  glass.  The  following  is  quoted:  “One-quarter 
inch  wired  glass  manufactured  by  the  following  companies  is 
standard  for  protection  against  moderate  exposure  when  used 
in  sizes  not  exceeding  720  square  inches  and  with  neither 
dimension  in  excess  of  48  inches,  and  provided  with  distinctive 
marking  as  noted.  Wired  glass  protection  is  not  the  equivalent 
to  that  furnished  by  standard  fire-doors  and  shutters  except  for 
moderate  exposure.  Notice  is  called  to  the  need  of  using  stand- 
ard frames  and  sash  and  glazing,  and  to  the  necessity  for 
careful  inspection  before  acceptance,  in  order  to  obtain  wired 
glass  of  the  required  thickness.” 

(j)  See,  also,  reference,  under  1 1 D2,  to  latest  report  of  Committee  on 

Roof  Openings  and  Cornice6,  1917  Proceedings  N.F.P.A.; 
section  on  “Skylights,”  in  1915  N.B.F.U.  Building  Code;  and, 
the  “Regulations”  of  the  N.B.F.U.,  as  recommended  by  the 
N.F.P.A.,  on  “Skylights.”  (3A3<j2o) 

(k)  See  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection,”  J.  K.  Freitag,  1912,  for 

information  and  for  Illustrations  of  Wire  Glass,  p.  264;  and 
for  data  on  Prism  Glass,  p.  267.  See,  also,  pp.  450-461. 

Vol.  I,  19x7 


133 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


(/)  For  sizes  and  weight  of  Skylight  Glass,  see  “Mechanical  En- 
gineers’ Pocket  Book,”  Win.  Kent,  1916,  p.  196. 

( m ) The  chief  information  obtainable  on  “Vault  Lights”  and  other 

forms  of  glass  construction  for  sidewalks,  roofs,  and  similar 
purposes  is  that  issued  by  the  various  manufacturers  which 
usually  includes  details,  though  not  always  for  the  setting, 
caulking  or  other  manner  of  making  the  surrounding  joints 
water-tight.  In  12F1  a are  illustrations  and  descriptions  of  Prism 
Glass  and  Tiles,  Sidewalk  Glass,  Glass  Lenses,  Skyllght- 
Floorlight,  Description  of  Installation  Conditions. 

(n)  For  “Prismatic  Sidewalk  Lights,”  see  “The  Building  Esti- 

mator’s Reference  Book,”  F.  R.  Walker  pp.,  2901-2903. 

(0)  For  references  in  Industrial  Section  applicable  to  this  division,  see: 
1.  “Model  Specification”  for  use  of  “Feralun”  set  flush  in  cement 
of  sidewalk  Vault  Lights,  p.  168,  American  Abrasive  Metals 
Co. 

12  F3  Leaded  and  Decorative  Glass 

(a)  The  National  Ornamental  Glass  Manufacturers’  Association 

(12A9),  which  publishes  the  “Ornamental  Glass  Bulletin  of  the 
U.  S.  and  Canada,”  at  a meeting  June  2,  1914,  Resolved: 

“That  the  use  of  zinc,  commonly  known  as  hard  metal,  for 
the  use  of  glazing  church  windows  shall  be  discouraged  on  the 
ground  that  it  is  impractical  and  not  a proper  material  to  use 
in  exterior  glazing  as  a substitute  for  lead  (for  four  reasons 
which  are  amplified). 

(b)  See  details  approved  and  recommended  by  the  above  Associa- 

tion as  the  minimum  size  of  rabbets,  jambs  and  sills  for  art 
glass  glazing;  also  details  for  metal  sash  and  ventilator  con- 
struction in  “Handbook  of  Illinois  Society  of  Architects,”  1917. 

(c)  The  following  are  a few  of  the  special  references  which  might  be 

given;  others  will  be  found  under  1 2E  and  1 2F1 , including  “Sug- 
gestions and  Practical  Points”  and  “colored  glass,”  cathedral 
glass,  etc.,  in  i2Fi<j: 

{d)  “Vitrail  (Stained  Glass),”  par  Mons.  Viollet  le  Due,  translated 
by  Leicester  B.  Holland,  Architectural  Record , December,  1912, 
p.  487.  Illus.  English  translation  from  the  “Dictionnaire 
Raisonne  De  L’Architecture  Francaise”  by  M.  Viollet-le-duc. 
This  is  the  first  of  a series  of  four  articles  comprising  the  entire 
treatise. 

(e)  “Decorative  Glass  Processes,”  Arthur  Louis  Duthie.  279  pp. 
(/ ) “The  Art  of  Making  a Stained  Glass  Window,”  with  notes  on  the 
Work  of  C.  M.  Burd,  by  C.  H.  Dorr,  Architectural  Record , 
February,  1914,  p.  163.  Illus. 

(g)  “The  Development  of  Art  Glass  Windows”  in  The  Painter  and 

Decorator , October,  1917,  by  Col.  Livermore,  from  “Ornamental 
Glass  Bulletin.” 

( h ) “Treatise  on  the  Art  of  Glass  Painting,”  E.  R.  Suffling.  i;opp. 
(j)  See  especially  the  chapter  on  “Decorative  and  Stained  Glass” 

in  the  book,  “Church  Buildings,”  by  Ralph  Adams  Cram. 

{k)  “Stained  Glass  Work,  a Text  Book  for  Students  and  Workers  in 
Glass,”  by  C.  W.  Whall,  with  designs  and  complete  illustra- 
tions pertaining  to  the  craftsmanship.  Artistic  Crafts  Series  of 
technical  handbooks,  edited  by  W.  R.  Lethaby.  1905.  380  pp. 
(/)  “Stained  Glass  of  the  Middle  Ages  in  England  and  France,”  by 
Lawrence  B.  Saint  and  Hugh  Arnold.  270  pp.  Colored  illus. 

( m ) “Windows,  a book  about  Stained  and  Painted  Glass,”  by  Lewis 
F.  Day.  1909.  420  pp.  Illus. 

12F4  Store-Front  Construction  and  Store 
Fittings 

The  chief  literature  concerning  latest  developments  in  the  metal 
and  glass  construction  of  store  and  shop  windows  is  put  forth  by  the 
manufacturers  of  either  the  metal  or  the  glass,  frequently  by  the  two 
together.  These  publications  generally  give  details  for  the  setting  of 
the  frames  as  well  as  of  the  glass,  which  provide  for  ventilating,  con- 
densation and  other  essential  features. 

See  some  of  the  references  given  under  Glass  and  Glazing  in  General, 
particularly  12F1  a and  c. 

(a)  See  Part  II  of  “Building  Construction  and  Superintendence,” 

F.  E.  Kidder,  for  early  and  modern  forms  and  methods  of 
"Store-Front  Construction,”  pp.  221-229,  showing  plans, 
details,  and  sections.  See,  also,  Specifications  for  Store- 
Front  Construction,  pp.  790  and  791. 

(b)  “English  Shop-Fronts,  Old  and  New,”  Horace  Dan  and  E.  C. 

M.  Willmott.  A series  of  examples  by  leading  architects,  selected 
and  specially  photographed,  together  with  descriptive  notes 
and  illustrations. 

(c)  “Store-Fronts  and  Interior  Details,”  W.  T.  Comstock,  gives 

designs,  plans,  and  details  for  small  stores;  also  designs  for 
special  fronts  for  restaurants,  cafes,  banks,  etc. 

(d)  “Store  Fittings,”  W.  T.  Comstock,  counter  and  showcase, 

wall-shelving,  telephone-case,  etc.,  with  details. 

(e)  For  detailed  drawings  of  Bronze  Store-Front  Construction, 

see  Industrial  Section,  p.  209,  The  Gorham  Co. 

Serial  No  12 


12  F5  Glassware  and  Glass  Products 

( a ) For  information  on,  and  illustrations  of,  glassware  for  use  in 

connection  with  lighting  fixtures,  see  references  under  “Light- 
ing Fixtures”  (11B13). 

(b)  See  “Illustrations  of  Electrical  Fixtures  and  Equipment,”  pp.  93- 

133  (includes  glassware  for  inside  and  outside  use)  in  “General 
Electrical  Specifications  No.  6,  Prepared  in  the  Office  of  the 
Quartermaster  General,  U.  S.  Army,  March,  1915.”  (9M1). 

(c)  For  brief  information  on  Glass  Tile,  see  section  on  “Memoranda 

on  Tiling”  in  “Kidders’  Pocket  Book,”  1916,  p.  1520. 

(d)  See  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades’  Handbook,”  for  brief  information  on 

glass  tile,  p.  317. 

(e)  “American  Glassware,  Old  and  New,”  A Sketch  of  the  Glass 

Industry  in  the  U.  S.,  and  Manual  for  Collectors,  E.  A.  Barber. 
(J)  “The  Art  of  Repairing  and  Riveting  Glass,  China  and  Earthen- 
ware,” J.  Howorth.  23  pp.,  illus. 

( g ) “Recipes  for  Flint  Glass  Making,”  D.  Van  Nostrand  Company. 

12F6  Greenhouses , Landscape  Design , Garden 
Accessories 

With  respect  to  the  construction  of  greenhouses,  the  details  and  litera- 
ture obtainable  from  the  makers  is  the  chief  source  of  information  to 
be  had. 

{a)  For  publications  of  interest  in  connection  with  this  section,  obtain 
from  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.C.,  list 
of  publications  issued  by  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau 
of  Plant  Industry,  Federal  Horticultural  Board,  and  Forest 
Service;  also  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park 
Service,  and  Reclamation  Service  (for  reference  to  the  latter, 
see  9D3).  Also  of  Bureau  of  Education  (12G1)  for  School  Gar- 
dens, etc. 

{b)  “Greenhouse  Construction,”  L.  R.  Taft.  210  pp.,  illus. 

(r)  “Greenhouse  Management  for  Amateurs,”  W.  j.  May.  Illus. 
id)  “Greenhouse  Construction  and  Heating,”  B.  C.  Ravens- 
croft.  Illus. 

(e)  See  “Mechanical  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  Wm.  Kent,  1916,  for 
information  on  heating  greenhouses  by  steam  and  hot-water. 
(/)  “America  First  in  Conservatories,”  The  Possibilities  of  Plant- 
growing under  Glass  the  Year  Around — Tropical  Gardens  for 
Northern  Winters,  R.  Dixon,  House  and  Garden,  January,  1917. 
(g)  “Does  the  Small  Greenhouse  Pay?”  Yes.  . . . The  Vital  Ques- 
tions of  Cost  and  Yield,  F.  F.  Rockwell,  House  and  Garden , 
November,  1917.  Illus. 

ih)  “Plants  That  Live  in  Glass  Houses,”  W.  C.  McCollom,  in  The 
Independent,  Nov.  3,  1917.  Describes  procedures,  illustrates 
greenhouses,  and  gives  cross  sections  showing  details  of 
construction. 

(j)  For  numerous  valuable  articles  on  the  relation  of  landscape  design 

to  architectural  practice  and  for  descriptions  of  outdoor 
theatres,  skating-rinks,  balustrades,  steps,  approaches, 
pools,  fountains,  garden-houses  and  garden  accessories, 
see  Landscape  Architecture,  a quarterly  magazine  published  by 
Lay,  Hubbard  & Wheelwright,  1 5 E.  40th  Street,  New  York  City. 
Also  important  reviews  of  books  on  landscape  matters. 

( k ) See  “Garden  Craft  in  Europe,”  by  H.  Inigo  Triggs.  Contains 

historical  data,  numerous  illustrations,  and  a bibliography.  1913. 

332  pp‘  T 

(/)  See  “Gardens  for  Small  Country  Houses,”  by  Gertrude  Jekyll 
and  Lawrence  Weaver.  Valuable  articles  on  garden  design  and 
accessories  from  English  Country  Life.  260  pp.  Completely  illus. 
(i m ) See  “The  Planning  and  Planting  of  Golf-Courses,”  F.  N.  Evans, 
in  Landscape  Architecture,  1917.  Illus. 

(»)  “Outdoor  Theatres;  The  Design,  Construction,  and  Use  of 
Open-Air  Auditoriums,”  R.  G.  Badger,  Boston.  1917.  1 5 1 pp., 
illus.  A collection  of  examples,  many  in  the  United  States. 

(0)  “American  Gardens,”  edited  by  Guy  Lowell.  240  pp.,  illus. 
(p)  See  “City  Planning  Progress  in  the  U.  S.,”  1917,  American 
Institute  of  Architects,  and  sections  on  Town  Planning  and 
Housing  in  The  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 
for  review  of  subjects  of  allied  interest. 

(?)  “A  classified  List  of  References  on  City  Planning”  (50  cts.), 
prepared  by  T.  Kimball,  Librarian  of  the  School  of  Landscape 
Architecture,  Harvard  University,  is  issued  by  the  National  Con- 
ference on  City  Planning,  now  the  American  City  Planning 
Institute,  which  also  publishes  The  City  Plan,  its  official  organ, 
quarterly,  and  issues  many  other  publications  as  of  interest  here. 

(r)  A bibliography  of  recent  publications  of  interest  to  landscape 

architects  (compiled  by  Harvard  University,  School  of  Land- 
scape Architecture)  was  published  in  Landscape  Architecture 
(quarterly);  1917. 

( s ) “Popular  Education  in  Architecture  and  Landscaping,”  A 

Summary  of  The  Work  of  Federal  and  State  Agencies,  C.  F. 
Pilat,  Architectural  Record,  June,  1917,  p.  542. 

(/)  “Landscape  Architecture,”  George  Burnap,  The  American 
Architect,  January,  1914,  Illus. 


U4 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  12 


(k)  See  “Gardens  Old  and  New, ”4  vols.,  edited  by  H.  Avrary  Tipping 
and  Chas.  Latham.  Profusely  illustrated  articles  from  English 
Country  Life. 

(ti)  See,  also,  series  of  books  on  garden  design  by  Gertrude  Jekyll 
published  by  English  Country  Life. 


(w)  “The  Final  Touch  to  the  Landscape  Scheme,”  is  supplied  by  the 
Water  Feature,  be  it  Pool  or  Fountain,  Stream  or  Lake — Sug- 
gestions for  Planning,  Construction  and  Care,  R.  S.  Lemmon, 
House  and  Garden,  June,  1917.  Illus. 


12G  Schoolhouses,  Grounds  and  Equipment 


12Gi  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education,  Department 
of  the  Interior 


Commissioner:  Philander  P.  Claxton,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Anyone  interested  in  the  planning  and  designing  of  schoolhouses 
and  in  the  development  of  general  educational  matters,  including 
vocational  training  and  civic  education,  should  not  fail  to  send  for 
and  read  the  latest  “Statement  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior”  and  to  secure  “Available  Publications  of  the 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education,  July,  1917.”  Some  of  these  are  still  in  stock 
for  free  distribution,  others  may  be  obtained  from  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents  at  the  price  stated.  The  Bureau  serves  as  a clearing-house 
for  accurate  and  comprehensive  information  in  respect  to  all  educational 
agencies  and  all  forms  of  education  in  the  U.  S.  and  all  foreign  countries, 
and  to  disseminate  this  information  among  school  officers,  teachers, 
students  of  education,  and  all  others  directly  interested  in  any  form  of 
educational  activity.  It  also  undertakes,  after  correspondence  and  per- 
sonal conference,  to  formulate  the  consensus  of  expert  opinion. 

It  makes  or  directs  surveys  of  state,  county  and  city  school  systems, 
of  individual  schools  or  groups  of  schools,  and  reports  its  findings,  to- 
gether with  constructive  suggestions,  to  the  proper  officials.  It  works 
out  plans  for  promoting  education  in  agriculture,  trades,  and  industries; 
for  home-making  and  for  the  consolidation  of  rural  schools;  for  making 
homes  for  teachers  and  school-farms  part  of  the  equipment  for  rural 
schools;  for  bringing  the  school  and  the  home  closer  together;  and  for 
everything  which  makes  for  better  schoolhouses  and  the  care  of  the 
health  of  school-children. 

A special  agent  of  the  Bureau  located  at  Nashville,  Tenn.,  has,  on 
request,  given  specific  advice  to  school  authorities  in  regard  to  the  archi- 
tecture of  school-buildings  and  the  hygiene  and  sanitation  of 
schoolhouses  and  grounds,  particularly  in  rural  communities.  He 
has  had  charge  of  the  models  of  rural  schoolhouses  which  the  Bureau 
has  been  lending  to  communities  about  to  erect  new  buildings,  and  has 
distributed  them  among  school  officers  where  they  could  be  utilized  to 
the  greatest  advantage  in  guiding  and  developing  a taste  for  a better 
type  of  rural  school  architecture.  Counties  in  several  states  have  taken 
these  models  as  standards  and  are  working  out  better  school-buildings 
for  their  rural  districts. 

In  cooperation  with  S.  C.  Kingsley  of  the  Elizabeth  McCormack 
Memorial  Fund  of  Chicago,  this  special  agent  has  prepared  a bulletin 
on  open-air  schools  (1916,  No.  23),  and  in  cooperation  with  Miss 
H.  Le  Garde,  of  Providence,  he  is  preparing  a bulletin  on  school-baths. 
He  has  also  completed  a bulletin  on  schoolhouse  architecture,  which 
is  supplementary  to  a comprehensive  bulletin  which  he  prepared  for  this 
Bureau  in  1910,  and  which  has  been  of  very  definite  value  to  school 
boards  and  school  architects  in  this  and  other  countries.  The  Bureau  has 
on  file  approximately  1,000  bibliographies  on  various  subjects  of 
education  and  school  administration  which  will  be  sent  to  those 
making  special  request.  The  Bureau  carries  on  an  extensive  correspond- 
ence and  will  place  upon  its  mailing-list  the  names  of  those  who  de- 
sire to  be  notified  when  publications  relating  to  school  architecture 
are  issued. 

Among  these  publications  are: 

(a)  “American  Schoolhouses,”  F.  B.  Dresslar,  Professor  of  Phil- 
osophy and  Education  in  the  University  of  Nebraska,  Bulletin 
No.  5,  1910  (75  cents),  contains  106  pp.  of  text  relating  to 
every  consideration,  from  the  selection  of  architect  and  site  to 
all  phases  of  the  subject,  including  lighting,  stairways,  and  com- 
plete equipment.  Illustrated  with  267  plates,  including  “Stand- 
ard Designs”  of  states.  Contains  also  an  appendix  in  which  is 
given  “References  on  School  Architecture  and  Sanita- 
tion” (to  that  date). 

{h)  “Rural  Schoolhouses  and  Grounds”  by  same  author  as  ( a ), 
Bulletin  No.  12,  1914,  162  pp.  of  text  completely  treating  the 
subject,  including  collateral  sanitary  features  and  44  plates, 
among  which  are  included  illustrations  of  some  of  the  models 
referred  to  in  the  foregoing  description  of  the  Bureau. 

(r)  “Sanitary  Schoolhouses,”  Bulletin  No.  52, 1913,  legal  require- 
ments in  Indiana  and  Ohio.  5 cents. 

2.  See  the  reference  under  5Gi<*  to  “The  One-Story  Schoolhouse 

Idea”  issued  November,  1917,  by  the  National  Lumber  Manu- 
facturers’ Association,  prepared  in  cooperation  with  the  U.  S. 
Bureau  of  Education.  See,  also,  “Teachers  Cottages,” 
5G2C6. 

3.  For  the  many  other  references  which  have  been  made  through- 

out the  year  to  various  features  of  schoolhouse  construction, 
particularly  in  Serials  Nos.  4 and  5,  see  the  Index  to  Vol.  I of 
the  Structural  Service  Book. 

Serial  No.  12 


4.  Many  states  have  “School  Codes,”  some  provisions  of  which 

relate  to  area  of  rooms,  area  of  light,  ventilation,  fire-resistant 
construction,  exits,  and  other  important  structural  features.  The 
Division  of  School  Administration  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion compiled  a digest  of  the  general  school  laws  of  all  the 
states  which  has  been  published  as  Bulletin  No.  47,  1915. 

5.  The  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching 

in  its  1916  Report  covers  studies  undertaken  in  Agricultural 
Education  and  Engineering  Education  but  apparently  nothing 
of  structural  significance. 

6.  The  National  Educational  Association  has  a Committee  on 

Standardization  of  Schoolhouse  Planning  and  Construc- 
tion, of  which  F.  Irving  Cooper,  Architect,  Boston,  is  Chair- 
man. The  work  of  this  Committee  is  not  intended  to  hamper  or 
bind  freedom  of  design  by  architects  but  to  present  to  the  Asso- 
ciation certain  definite  standards  in  connection  with  details  of 
construction  and  in  minimum  requirements  of  space  for  stated 
school  activities. 

7.  Accounts  of  investigations  undertaken  and  various  results 

accomplished  along  the  above  lines,  and  other  matters  of  inter- 
est, will  be  found  with  frequency  in  The  American  School  Board 
Journal  whose  cooperation  with  the  Institute  in  matters  of 
public  information  has  heretofore  been  acknowledged. 

8.  The  American  School  Hygiene  Association  in  Proceedings  of 

Fifth  Congress  publishes  “Schoolhouses  and  the  Law,”  an 
address  by  F.  I.  Cooper,  containing  a chart  and  digests  giving 
status  of  compulsory  regulation  of  schoolhouse  construction  in 
the  U.  S.  (to  1910). 

9.  See  “Building  Code”  recommended  by  the  N.B.F.U.,  1915.  States 

when  schools  may  be  non-fireproof,  p.  20;  when  doors  should 
open  inward,  p.  56;  describes  and  illustrates  stairs  and  stair- 
ways, smokeproof  towers  and  other  means  of  egress,  and 
gives  the  height  of  stairway  risers  in  primary  schools,  pp.  55-77. 

10.  See  other  references  under  Exits,  Stairways  and  Fire 

Escapes,  etc.,  4E. 

11.  Chapter  XXIII  on  “Schools,”  in  “Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Pro- 

tection,” by  J.  K.  Freitag,  1912,  pp.  740-756,  treats  of  fire- 
resistive  construction  and  contains  plans  and  tables. 

12.  “School  Architecture,”  Edmund  M.  Wheelwright.  Illus. 

13.  See  “The  Schoolhouse  Department  of  Boston,  Mass.,  viewed  as 

a method  of  relieving  boards  of  education  or  school  committees 
of  the  direct  responsibility  for  the  purchase  of  land  and  erection 
of  buildings,”  R.  Clipston  Sturgis,  formerly  chairman  Boston 
Board  of  Schoolhouse  Commissioners,  in  School  Board  Journal , 
1913- 

See,  also,  Annual  Reports  of  the  Schoolhouse  Department, 
City  of  Boston. 

14.  See  “The  Cost  of  School  Buildings”  by  William  B.  Ittner, 

formerly  Architect  to  the  Board  of  Education,  St.  Louis,  in  School 
Board  Journal,  August,  1915. 

15.  “American  School  Building  Standards,”  Wilbur  T.  Mills. 

225  pp.,  illus. 

16.  “Modern  Schoolhouses,”  A.  D.  F.  Hamlin  and  C.  B.  J.  Snyder. 

17.  See  Bruce’s  School  Architecture  Library,  prepared  under  the  direc- 

tion of  Wm.  C.  Bruce,  Editor  American  School  Board  Journal. 

(a)  “High  School  Buildings.”  200  pp.,  illus. 

( b ) “Grade  School  Buildings.”  256  pp.,  illus. 

18.  “School  Architecture,”  Wm.  Geo.  Bruce,  assisted  by  W.  C. 

and  F.  M.  Bruce. 

19.  “Mechanical  Equipment  of  School  Buildings,”  Harold  M. 

Alt.  1 12  pp.,  illus. 

20.  “Modern  School  Building,”  Wm.  T.  Comstock. 

21.  “Modern  School  Buildings — Elementary  and  Secondary,”  Felix 

Clay.  Illus. 

22.  “Modern  American  School  Buildings,”  Warren  R.  Briggs. 

41 1 pp.,  illus. 

23.  “I.C.S.  Building  Trades’  Handbook,”  contains  a section  on 

“Schoolroom  Data,”  pp.  397,  398. 

24.  “For  Fireproof  Schools,”  The  American  Architect,  February,  1914. 

25.  See  “The  American  Civil  Engineers’  Pocket  Book,”  M.  Merri- 

man,  1916,  for  information  on  floor  loads  for  schools,  pp.  715 
and  722. 

26.  “The  Ventilation  of  the  Schoolroom,”  Wm.  J.  Baldwin.  46 

pp.,  illus. 

27.  See  “High  School  Planning,”  Dwight  H.  Perkins,  School  Board 

Journal,  for  Oct.,  1917.  Plans  and  illustrations  of  four  buildings. 

Vol,  I,  1917 


135 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


28.  Also  “Relations  between  Boards  of  Education,  their  Superin- 

tendents and  the  Architect,”  John  J.  Donovan,  A. I. A.,  School 
Board  Journal,  November,  1917. 

29.  “The  School  Building  as  a Neighborhood  Center,”  R. 

Weintrob,  School  Board  Journal,  December,  1917. 

30.  See  “Social  Center  Features”  in  New  Elementary  School  Archi- 

tecture and  the  Plans  of  Sixteen  Socialized  Schools,”  C.  A.  Perry. 

33  pages  of  text  and  other  illustrations.  Published  by  the  Division 
of  Recreation,  Russel  Sage  Foundation,  1912.  25  cts. 

31.  The  Department  of  Child  Hygiene,  Russell  Sage  Foundation, 

publishes  many  pamphlets,  among  them  (full  list  upon  applica- 
tion to  12L7): 

(a)  Vacation  Schools.  32  pp.  Illus.  and  Bibliography.  3 cts. 

12H  Farm  Buildings,  Accessories  and 

12 Hi  Department  of  Agriculture , U.  S.  A. 

(a)  Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering. 

(b)  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry. 

(c)  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry. 

(d)  Weather  Bureau. 

( c ) (Forest  Service,  described  under  5A1). 

(J)  (Federal  Horticultural  Board,  referred  to  under  i2F6a). 

The  activities  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  which  are  of  interest 
to  those  concerned  in  structures,  their  equipment  and  accessories,  are 
confined  to  subjects  bearing  upon  agriculture  and  are  centered  chiefly 
in  the  Division  of  Rural  Engineering  of  the  Office  of  Public  Roads  and 
Rural  Engineering,  although  information  relating  to  structures  of  various 
kinds  and  their  equipment  may  be  found  in  publications  emanating  from 
other  Bureaus. 

With  regard  to  structural  matters,  the  public  service  of  the  Office  of 
Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  consists  of  the  preparation  of  de- 
signs for  all  kinds  of  farm  structures  and  equipment,  the  planning 
of  farmsteads,  and  the  designing  of  farm  water-supply  and  sewage- 
disposal  systems. 

Upon  request,  accompanied  by  a statement  of  the  requirements  or 
conditions  to  be  met,  a selection  of  the  available  designs  which  most  nearly 
meet  the  conditions  are  issued  without  charge.  Advice  is  given  on  ail 
matters  relating  to  these  subjects. 

There  are  a number  of  publications  issued  by  the  Department  of 
Agriculture  which  bear  directly  or  indirectly  on  subjects  pertaining  to 
agricultural  construction.  The  Division  of  Publications  of  the  De- 
partment of  Agriculture  publishes  a list  of  the  Bulletins,  etc.,  issued 
since  Juiy,  1913.  Some  of  these  publications  are  available  for  free  distri- 
bution, while  others,  so  designated,  may  be  had  only  from  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  for  the  prices  stated. 
This  list  is  revised  once  a year  and  is  mailed  upon  request. 

The  Division  of  Publications  also  issues  a monthly  list  of  new  pub- 
lications which  is  sent  regularly  to  those  making  application  for  it. 
Reference  to  reports  of  the  Weather  Bureau  of  interest  to  architects, 
heating  contractors,  and  owners  was  made  under  ioCl^. 

The  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government  Printing  Office, 
publishes  a price-list  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  publications,  that 
is,  Farmers’  Bulletins,  Department  Bulletins,  and  Yearbook  Separates. 
This  list  is  available  upon  request,  and  the  following  is  a selection  applic- 
able to  this  section: 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry: 

Circular  No.  131 — Designs  for  Dairy  Buildings.  5 cents. 

Circular  No.  136 — How  to  Build  a Stave  Silo.  3 cents. 

Circular  No.  173— The  Sanitary  Construction  and  Equipment  of 
Abattoirs  and  Packing-Houses.  3 cents. 

Circular  No.  195 — A Plan  for  a Small  Dairy-House. 

Farmers'  Bulletins : (Price,  from  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
is  5 cents  each.) 

No.  32 — Silos  and  Silage.  Chas.  S.  Plumb.  1895. 

No.  40 — Farm  Buildings.  E.  G.  Elliott.  1896. 

No.  43 — Sewage-Disposal  on  the  Farm  and  Protection  of  Drink- 
ing-Water. T.  Smith.  1896. 

No.  126 — Practical  Suggestions  for  Farm  Buildings.  Geo.  G.  Hill. 
No.  138 — Irrigation  in  Field  and  Garden.  E.  J.  Wickson.  1901. 

No.  150 — Clearing  New  Land.  F.  Williams.  1902. 

No.  187 — Drainage  of  Farm  Lands.  E.  G.  Elliott.  1904. 

No.  235 — Cement  Mortar  and  Concrete.  P.  L.  Worseley.  1903. 
No.  239 — The  Corrosion  of  Fence  Wire.  A.  S.  Cushman.  1905. 

No.  270 — Modern  Conveniences  for  the  Farm  Home.  E.  T.  Wilson. 
1906. 

12J  Workmen’s  Houses,  Workmen, 

1 Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics , U.  S.  Department  of  Labor: 

Commissioner:  Royal  Meeker,  Mills  Building,  Washington,  D.  C. 
The  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  collects  and  collates  statistics  of  the 
conditions  of  labor  and  distribution  of  the  products  of  labor,  and  the 

Serial  No.  12  I 


(£)  Evening  Recreation  Centers.  32  pp.  Short  Bibliography.  5 cts. 
(r)  The  Community-Used  School.  9 pp.  5 cts. 

32.  See  “Wider  Use  of  the  School  Plant,”  C.  A.  Perry,  Department 

of  Child  Hygiene,  R.  S.  F.  404  pp.,  illus. 

33.  ‘‘Among  School  Gardens,”  M.  L.  Greene.  380  pp.,  illus. 

34.  The  American  Institute  of  Architects  has  a Committee  on  School 

Building  Measurements,  Wm.  H.  Brainerd,  Chairman,  the 
reports  of  which  are  awaited  with  interest. 

35.  The  National  Association  of  School  Accountants  has  a committee 

which  has  reported  on  the  classification  of  school  buildings,  of 
construction  and  division  of  cost. 

36.  See  Standard  Requirements  in  Regard  to  Plans  and  Specifi- 

cations of  Minnesota  School  Buildings,  by  S.  A.  Challnan, 
The  Improvement  Bulletin,  Dec.  29,  1917. 

Rural  Engineering 

No.  338 — Macadam  Roads.  A.  B.  Fletcher.  1908. 

No.  367 — Lightning  and  Lightning  Conductors.  A.  J.  Henry. 

No.  403 — -The  Construction  of  Concrete  Fence-Posts.  1910. 

No.  4?8 — Hog-Houses.  J.  A.  Warren.  1911. 

No.  461 — The  Use  of  Concrete  on  the  Farm.  1911. 

No.  463 — The  Sanitary  Privy.  C.  W.  Stiles  and  L.  L.  Lunsdem.  1911. 
No.  474— The  Use  of  Paint  on  the  Farm.  P.  H.  Walker.  1911. 
No.  475 — Ice-Houses.  L.  B.  Corbett.  1 9 1 1 . 

No.  481 — Concrete  Construction  on  the  Live-Stock  Farm. 

No.  524 — Tile  Drainage  on  the  Farm.  A.  G.  Smith.  1913. 

No.  574 — Poultry-House  Construction.  A.  H.  Lee.  1914. 

No.  623 — Ice-Houses  and  the  Use  of  Ice  on  the  Dairy  Farm.  J.  T 
Bowen  and  G.  H.  Lambert.  191J. 

No.  628 — A Simple  Trap-Nest  for  Poultry.  A.  R.  Lee.  1915. 

No.  689 — A Plan  for  a Small  Dairy-House.  E.  Kelly  and  E.  E. 
Parks.  1915. 

No.  744 — -The  Preservation  Treatment  of  Farm  Timbers.  G.  M. 
Hunt.  1916. 

No.  786 — The  Windbreak  as  a Farm  Asset.  C.  G.  Bates.  1917. 

No.  810 — Equipment  for  Farm  Sheep-Raising.  V.  O.  McWhorter. 
1917. 

No.  825 — Pit  Silos.  T.  P.  Metcalf  and  G.  A.  Scott.  1917. 

No.  828— Farm  Reservoirs.  Samuel  Fortier.  1917. 

No.  842 — Modern  Methods  of  Protection  Against  Lightning. 

Department  Bulletins: 

No.  37 — Water-Supply,  Plumbing  and  Sewage-Disposal  for 
Country  Homes.  R.  W.  Trullinger,  Office  of  Experi- 
ment Stations.  1914.  10  cents. 

No:  230 — Oil-Mixed  Portland  Cement  Concrete.  1 9 1 5.  10  cents. 

No.  277 — Cotton  Warehouse  Construction.  R.  L.  Nixon.  1913. 
10  cents. 

No.  532 — The  Seasoning  of  Wood  (Professional  Paper).  H.  S.  Betts. 
1917. 

Yearbook  Separates: 

No.  634 — Y.  B.  1914.  Clean  Water  and  How  to  Get  It  on  the  Farm. 
10  cents. 

No.  712 — Y.B.  1916.  Sewage-Disposal  on  the  Farm.  3 cents. 

2 Other  References: 

(a)  See  General  Index,  under  the  name  of  the  building  desired,  for 

references  made  throughout  this  book  to  types  of  rural  buildings 
in  other  than  the  governmental  publications  above  noted. 
These  appear  chiefly  in  Serial  Nos.  1,  3,  4,  3 and  11,  notably  the 
ten  “Rural  Architecture”  Bulletins  of  the  National  Lumber 
Manufacturers’  Association  described  under  3G2  c;,  the 
several  publications  of  the  Portland  Cement  Association  devoted 
to  Agricultural  Buildings  and  accessories,  listed  under 
iiD4<j  and  others  separately  indexed. 

(b)  Articles  and  illustrations  featuring  all  kinds  of  Farm  Buildings 

will  be  found  in  the  Cement  and  other  technical  publications  and 
in  much  of  the  literature  of  manufacturers  of  cement,  hollow- 
tile,  brick,  lumber,  and  other  building  materials. 

(c)  See,  also,  “Modern  Farm  Buildings”  by  Alfred  Hopkins,  Architect. 

Important  plans,  illustrations  and  details,  of  barns  and  other 
farm  buildings,  dairies,  poultry-houses,  etc.  1913.  206  pp. 

{d)  As  a result  of  competitions  held  by  the  Minnesota  State  Art 
Commission,  plans  and  illustrations  of  eighteen  “model  farm- 
houses,” in  folio  form,  may  be  obtained  from  the  Commission 
for  $1.73.  A folio  of  eighteen  “small  homes”  may  also  be  had 
for  $2.  A booklet,  “Your  Home,”  will  be  sent  by  the  Com- 
mission for  4 cents  in  stamps. 

Industry,  Safety  to  Life 

Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Labor  publishes  such  statistical  informa- 
tion in  his  Annual  Report. 

It  issues,  “Monthly  Review  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics” 
and  also  publishes,  from  time  to  time,  Bulletins.  No  charge  is  made  for 
any  Department’s  publications  in  stock. 

36 


Vol.  I,  1917 


SERIAL  NO.  12 


The  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  has  recently  conducted  a study  of 
housing  conditions  in  the  U.  S.  A full  report  is  now  being  prepared  for 
publication,  and  an  article  in  summarization  and  anticipation  of  this 
report  appeared  in  the  November  issue  of  the  Monthly  Review,  in 
which  also  will  be  found  “Employers’  Housing  In  the  U.  S.,”  by 
Leifur  Magnusson,  describing  company  towns  and  houses,  with  illus- 
trations and  plans  of  typical  company  houses  in  various  towns. 

In  the  January,  1917,  Monthly  Review  will  be  found  "Some  Recent 
Housing  Literature”  and  an  account  of  the  discussion  on  Industrial  Hous- 
ing at  the  12th  Annual  Convention  of  the  American  Civic  Association. 

(a)  In  September,  1904,  the  Bureau  of  Labor,  then  a part  of  the 

Department  of  Commerce  and  Labor,  issued  Bulletin  No. 
54  (1490  pages,  266  plates),  describing  the  housing  of  work- 
ing people  and  giving  statistics  on  labor,  descriptions  of 
public  baths  in  the  U.  S.,  trade  and  technical  education, 
with  plans  and  illustrations  of  employees’  homes. 

(b)  The  Department  of  Labor  issued  Bulletin  Whole  No.  158, 

Miscellaneous  Series  No.  5,  1915,  entitled  “Government 
Aid  to  House  Owning  and  Housing  of  Working  People 
in  Foreign  Countries,”  450  pp. 

2 The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  (2 A3)  has  issued: 

(a)  Bulletin  No.  87:  “Houses  for  Mining  Towns,”  described 
under  yhie. 

C b ) Technical  Paper  No.  1 1 6:  “Miners’  Wash  and  Change 
Houses,”  described  under  gjib. 

3 The  Journal  of  the  A. I. A.,  October,  1917,  contains  a bibli- 

ography or  selected  list  of  references  on  Industrial  housing, 
and  in  that  and  other  recent  issues  of  the  Journal  appear  what 
are  perhaps  the  most  important  contributions  to  this  subject  now 
to  be  found. 

In  the  bibliography  are  listed  specific  articles  and  books  as  well  as 
proceedings  and  other  publications  of  the  several  foreign  and  American 
Associations  which  hold  conferences  and  other  meetings  at  which  papers 
are  presented  and  discussed.  These  include  the  National  Housing 
Association,  the  American  City  Planning  Institute,  The  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science  and  others  which  are  referred  to 
in  this  book.  Consult  the  lists  issued  by  each.  See,  also,  Bulletins  of 
the  American  Iron  and  Steel  Institute  (iF2a). 

4 National  Association  of  Real  Estate  Boards 

Secretary:  Tom.  Ingersoll,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

At  a meeting  of  the  Housing  Committee  it  was: 

"Resolved,  That  we,  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Real  Estate  Boards,  in  regular  meeting  assembled,  in  the  city 
of  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  on  Oct.  23,  1917,  approve  of  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  financing  the  building  of  workingmen’s  homes  as  a 
war-measure  in  munition  centers,  provided  such  homes  are  built  in  a 
substantial  manner.” 

5 The  International  Association  of  Industrial  Accident 

Boards 

Sec.-Treas.:  Royal  Meeker,  Mills  Building,  Washington,  D.  C. 

This  Association,  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Labor,  the  various  state 
labor  agencies,  the  American  Federation  of  Labor,  and  the  seven  next 
named  bodies  are  concerned  with  the  subject  of  accident  prevention, 
safety  to  life,  and  improvement  of  conditions  in  the  building  trades. 
Their  activities  will  be  recorded  in  subsequent  issues. 

6 American  Museum  of  Safety 

Secretary:  Wm.  J.  Moran,  14-18  W.  24th  Street,  New  York  City. 

7 National  Safety  Council 

Secretary:  W.  H.  Cameron,  Continental  and  Commercial  Bank 
Bldg.,  Chicago,  111. 

12  American  Society  of  Safety  Engineers 

Secretary:  W.  John  Pedroncelli,  30  E.  42d  Street,  New  York  City. 

8 National  Association  of  Manufacturers  of  the  United 

States  of  America 

Secretary:  G.  S.  Boudinot,  30  Church  Street,  New  York  City. 


9 The  National  Association  of  Builders'  Exchanges , of  the 

United  States  of  America 

Secretary:  E.  M.  Tate,  Fulton  Building,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Sixty-three  Builders’  Exchanges  in  various  cities  throughout  the 
country,  some  of  which  issue  Bulletins  and  similar  publications,  are 
affiliated  with  the  National  Association. 

This  Association  is  one  of  those  which  has  greatly  assisted  the 
Insttute  in  the  preparation  of  “The  Standard  Documents,”  briefly 
referred  to  under  iA8^and  described  in  the  Journal  for  January,  1918. 

10  The  Master  Builders'  Association , of  Boston 
Secretary:  W.  H.  Sayward,  166  Devonshire  Street,  Boston. 

Issues  “Monthly  Letter”  to  members  and  others  interested. 


11  American  Federation  of  Labor  ( Building  Trades 
Department ) 

Secretary:  Wm.  J.  Spencer,  A.  F.  of  L.  Building,  Washington,  D.  C. 
The  entire  resources  of  the  Department  have  been  placed  at  the  dis- 
posal of  the  Council  of  National  Defense  in  connection  with  the  war 
program  of  the  Government,  in  the  belief  that  a recognition  of  workmen’s 
rights  and  standards  should  be  maintained  in  order  that  normal  con- 
ditions may  prevail  in  the  building  industry  when  the  war  is  over.  In 
various  states  there  exist  building  trades  councils,  and  the  following 
is  a list  of  the  affiliated  Internationals  which  comprise  the  Building 
Trades  Department: 

(a)  International  Association  of  Heat  and  Frost  Insulators,  and 

Asbestos  Workers:  Sec’y:  T.  J.  McNamara,  4833a  Natural 
Bridge  Avenue.  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

(b)  Bricklayers,  Masons  and  Plasterers’  International  Union. 

Sec’y:  Wm.  Dobson,  University  Park  Bldg.,  Indianapolis. 

(c)  International  Association  of  Bridge  and  Structural  Iron  Work- 

ers. Sec’y:  Harry  Jones,  422  American  Central  Life  Bldg  , 
Indianapolis,  Ind. 

(d)  United  Brotherhood  of  Carpenters  and  Joiners.  Sec’y:  Frank 

Duffy,  Carpenters  Bldg.,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

(<r)  International  Brotherhood  of  Electrical  Workers.  Sec’y: 
C.  P.  Ford,  Reisch  Bldg.,  Springfield,  111. 

(/)  International  Union  of  Elevator  Constructors.  Sec’y:  F.  J. 

Schneider,  Perry  Bldg.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

(g)  International  Union  of  Steam  Engineers.  Sec’y:  J.  G.  Hanna- 
han,  6334  Yale  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 
fh)  Granite  Cutters’  International  Association  of  America.  Pres.: 
James  Duncan,  Hancock  Bldg.,  Quincy,  Mass. 

(j)  International  Hod  Carriers,  Building  and  Common  Laborers’ 

Union.  Sec’y:  A.  Persion,  82  State  St.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

( k ) International  Union  of  Wood,  Wire  and  Metal  Lathers.  Sec’y: 

R.  V.  Brandt,  Superior  Bldg.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

(/)  International  Association  of  Marble  and  Stone  Polishers, 
Rubbers  and  Sawyers.  Pres.:  S.  C.  Hogan,  406  E.  149th 
St.,  New  York  City. 

( m ) International  Alliance,  Amalgamated  Sheet  Metal  Workers. 

Sec’y:  J.  E.  Bray,  Nelson  Bldg.,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

(«)  Brotherhood  of  Painters,  Decorators,  and  Paperhangers 
Sec’y:  J.  C.  Skemp,  Drawer  99,  Lafayette,  Ind. 

(0)  Plasterers  Operative  and  Cement  Finishers’  International 
Association.  Sec’y:  T.  A.  Scully,  Castell  Bldg.,  Middletown, 
Ohio. 

(j>)  United  Association  of  Plumbers  and  Steam  Fitters.  Sec’y: 
T.  E.  Burke,  41 1 Bush  Temple  of  Music,  Chicago,  III. 

(?)  International  Brotherhood  of  Composition  Roofers,  Damp- 
and  Waterproof  Workers  of  United  States  and  Canada. 
Sec’y:  D.  J.  Ganley,  14  N.  Oxford  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

(r)  International  Union  Slate  and  Tile  Roofers.  Sec’y:  J.  M. 

Gavlak,  3643  W.  47th  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

(r)  Journeymen  Stone  Cutters’  Association  of  North  America, 
Sec’y:  W.  W.  Drayer,  Central  Life  Bldg.,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 
ft)  Ceramic,  Mosaic  and  Encaustic  Tile  Layers’  and  Helpers’ 
International  Union.  Sec’y:  J.  P.  Reynolds,  Martin  Bldg.. 
North  Side,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

13.  For  references  in  Industrial  Section  applicable  to  this  division,  see: 
(a)  Assurance  of  Safety  to  Life,  National  Automatic  Sprinkler 
Association,  pp.  180-183. 


12K  Acoustics  and  Sound-Transmission  Prevention 


It  had  been  the  intention  to  publish  a list  of  references  on  this 
important  subject,  but  the  collection  has  increased  to  such  an  extent  that 
it  is  impossible  to  give  space  here  for  a proper  listing.  The  S.S.D.  posses- 
ses a complete  list  of  references,  beginning  with  discussions  in  the  16th 
Congress  of  the  U.  S.,  1821,  and  the  21st  Congress,  1830,  taken  part  in 
by  Charles  Bulfinch  and  Wm.  Strickland,  Architects,  down  to  the  pres- 
ent writings  of  Wallace  C.  Sabine,  W.  R.  C.  Rowan,  Alexander  Cooper, 
Serial  No.  12  t 


and  others,  copy  of  which  list  will  be  furnished  upon  request  to  the 
Journal. 

See  11D6  fee),  (1 id),  and  fee)  for  brief  references. 

For  references  in  Industrial  Section  to  the  subject  of  Acoustics,  see: 
1.  Acoustile,  The  Perfector  of  Acoustics,  Mazer  Acoustile  Com- 
pany, p.  169. 


Vol.  I,  1917 


STRUCTURAL  SERVICE  BOOK 


12L  Other  Organized  Bodies 

1 American  City  Planning  Institute,  formerly  the  National 

Conference  on  City  Planning. 

Secretary:  Flavel  Shurtleff,  io  Congress  Street,  Boston. 

At  the  first  meeting  of  the  new  Institute  in  New  York  City,  Nov. 
24,  1917,  the  President  was  authorized  to  appoint  a committee  to  con- 
sider the  feasibility  of  proposing  principles  which  should  be  incorpo- 
rated in  all  districting  or  zoning  regulations. 

In  the  1915  Proceedings  will  be  found  the  results  of  a start  made  to 
determine  the  Standard  size  of  lot  and  block,  and  in  "The  City  Plan ” 
for  October,  1915,  these  are  summarized  by  E.  P.  Goodrich,  "Best 
Methods  of  Land  Subdivision,”  and  P.  A.  Harsch,  “Land  Subdivision, 
The  Point  of  View  of  the  Real  Estate  Developer.” 

Other  references  to  its  publications  under  12F6?. 

2 Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  United  States  of  America 

Secretary:  Elliot  H.  Goodwin,  Riggs  Building,  Washington,  D.  C. 
‘‘The  Nation’s  Business”  is  published  by  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce of  the  United  States  “to  furnish  executive  officers  of  business  cor- 
porations with  authoritative  information  regarding  all  events  and  ten- 
dencies in  business  and  government  that  are  of  fundamental  importance.” 
A call  has  been  issued  by  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  United 
States  for  a meeting  in  Washington,  December  12,  of  the  chairmen  of 
war-service  committees,  representative  of  every  industry  in  the  coun- 
try, primarily  to  perfect  plans  for  co-operation  with  the  Government. 
This  will  develop  discussion  of  the  readjustment  of  industries  to  meet 
war  demands. 

3 The  National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents 

Secretary:  L.  F.  Boffey,  25  Beaver  Street,  New  York  City. 

This  Association  advocates,  and  is  working  for,  a standard  size  of 
catalog.  It  recommends  the  adoption  of  letterhead  size,  8V2  x 11,  for 
all  catalogs  or  other  advertising  literature  designed  for  filing  purposes. 

This  action  is  in  consonance  with  that  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Architects  which  adopted  this  size  as  Standard  and  issues  a “Circular 
as  to  Size  and  Character  of  Printed  Matter  intended  for  Architects 
Files”  (iA8£). 

4 United  Engineering  Society 

Secretary:  Calvin  W.  Rice,  29  W.  39th  Street,  New  York  City. 
Formed  in  1904  to  advance  the  engineering  arts  and  sciences  in  all 
their  branches,  and  to  maintain  a free  public  engineering  library. 
Issues  no  publications  and  is  not  to  be  confused  with  the  Association  of 
Engineering  Societies  which  formerly  existed  for  the  purpose  of  publish- 
ing a cooperative  journal  containing  papers  read  before  the  member 
societies,  frequent  reference  to  which  Journal  will  be  found  in  the  S.S.D. 

5 American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 

Secretary:  L.  O.  Howard,  Smithsonian  Institute,  Washington,  D.C. 

6 The  Rockefeller  Foundation 

Secretary:  Edwin  R.  Embree,  61  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

7 Russell  Sage  Foundation 

1 Madison  Avenue,  New  York  City. 

See  references  to  Division  of  Recreation  and  Department  of  Child 
Hygiene,  12G1,  30 b and  31. 

8 The  American  Hospital  Association 

Secretary:  William  H.  Walsh,  728  Seventh  Street,  N.  W.,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

9 American  Association  of  Engineers 

Secretary:  Arthur  Kneisel,  29  S.  La  Salle  Street,  Chicago,  111. 

10  The  Municipal  Engineers  of  the  City  of  New  York 

Secretary:  George  A.  Taber,  29  W.  39th  Street,  New  York  City. 

1 1 Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Engineering  Education 

Secretary:  F.  L.  Bishop,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

12  American  Society  of  Engineering  Contractors , Inc. 

Secretary:  J.  R.  Wemlinger,  44  Whitehall  Street,  New  York  City. 

13  General  Contractors'  Association 

Secretary:  C.  A.  Crane,  ;i  Chambers  Street-  New  York  City. 

14  National  Erectors'  Association 

Secretary:  C.  E.  Cheney,  286  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City. 

Other  associations,  not  previously  mentioned,  which  are  inter- 
ested in  various  phases  of  structural  activities,  are: 

Serial  No.  11 


15  Factory  Insurance  Association 

Manager:  H.  L.  Phillips,  266  Pearl  Street,  Hartford,  Conn. 

16  International  Association  of  Municipal  Electricians 

Secretary:  C.  R.  George,  Houston,  Tex. 

1 7 Mutual  Fire  Prevention  Bureau 

Secretary:  William  Reed,  Oxford,  Mich. 

18  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners 

Secretary:  Fitzhugh  McMaster,  Columbia,  S.  C. 

19  The  Union 

Insurance  Exchange,  Jackson  Street,  Chicago,  111. 

20  Society  Advocating  Fire  Elimination 

Secretary:  Ralph  P.  Stoddard,  356  Leader  News  Bldg.,  Cleveland 
Ohio. 

2\  IV estern  Association  of  Electrical  Inspectors 

Secretary:  W.  S.  Boyd,  175  Jackson  Building,  Chicago,  111. 

22  The  Elevator  Manufacturers'  Association  of  the  U.  S. 

Secretary:  I.  N.  Haughton,  Haughton  Elevator  Co.,  Toledo,  Ohio 
Adopted  October  12,  1917,  “Uniform  Regulations  for  the  Con- 
struction and  Installation  of  Passenger  and  Freight  Elevators.” 
This  consists  of  Definitions,  Regulations  applying  to  New  Elevator 
Installations,  Shaftways,  being  40  pages  of  specifications  in  detail  as  to 
all  regulations  and  accessorial  requirements. 

23  National  Building  Granite  Quarries  Association,  Inc. 

Field  Secretary:  John  S.  McDaniel,  31  State  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

24  National  Housing  Association 

Secretary:  Lawrence  Veiller,  105  E.  22d  Street,  New  York  City. 

25  American  Civic  Association 

President:  J.  Horace  McFarland,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

26  American  Society  of  Landscape  Architects 

Secretary:  Ailing  S.  DeForest,  222  Sibley  Block,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

27  The  American  Scenic  and  Historic  Preservation  Society 

28  American  Road  Builders'  Association 

Secretary:  E.  L.  Powers,  150  Nassau  Street,  New  York  City. 

29  American  Highway  Association 

(Dissolved  in  1917.) 

30  National  Association  of  Mixer  Manufacturers 

Secretary:  Harold  E.  Smith,  1125  32d  Street,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 
There  is  also  record  of: 

31  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science 

Secretary:  J.  P.  Lichtenberger,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

32  National  Association  of  Building  Owners  and  Managers 

Park  Building,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

33  Building  Construction  Employers'  Association 

Secretary:  E.  M.  Craig,  Chicago,  111. 

34  National  Builders'  Supply  Association 

Secretary:  L.  F.  Desmond,  1211  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Chicag 

35  National  Association  of  Insurance  Agents 

55  Kilby  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

36  National  Association  of  Credit  Men 

41  Park  Row,  New  York  City. 

37  Association  of  Superintendents  of  Bridges  and  Buildings 

Secretary:  C.  A.  Lichty,  Care  of  C.  & N.  W.  Railway,  Chicago,  111 

38  American  Railway  Bridge  and  Building  Association 

39  Association  of  Government  Contractors 


Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 

of  the 

Structural  Service  Book 


Alphabetical  List  of 

Producers,  Manufacturers,  and  Organizations 
Represented  in  the  Industrial  Section 


For  the  materials,  products,  and  processes  mentioned  within  the  following  pages, 

see  the  General  Index  at  front  of  book 


Page 

American  Abrasive  Metals  Co.  . .168 

American  Materials  Co.,  Inc.  . 174-175 

American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association,  The  185 

American  Radiator  Company  . 177 

Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers,  The  162-167 

Associated  Tile  Manufacturers  . .211 

Atlantic  Terra  Cotta  Company  207 

Atlas  Portland  Cement  Company,  The  198-199 

Atlas  White  Cement  198-199 

Bishopric  Manufacturing  Co.,  The  196 

Brunswick-Balke-Collender  Company,  The  1 59 

Byers  Company,  A.  M 225 

Cabot,  Inc.,  Samuel  .190 

Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe  Makers’  Association  222-223 

Certain-teed  Products  Corporation  . 172 

Corrugated  Bar  Company  197 

Crane  Co 218 

Cutler  Mail  Chute  Company  210 

Dahlstrom  Metallic  Door  Company  219 

Federal  Terra  Cotta  Co.  . 206 

General  Electric  Company  . 148-158 

Gorham  Co.,  The  209 

Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  . 187 

Hugo  Manufacturing  Co.  176 

Humphrey  Company  . .212 

Hunt  & Company,  Robert  W.  142-144 

Hydraulic-Press  Brick  Company  . 226 

Indiana  Limestone  Quarrymen’s  Association  . 145 

Ketcham,  O.  W.  . 208 

Kohler  Co.  214-215 

Loomis-Manning  Filter  Distributing  Company  216 

Matheson  Lead  Company  .195 


Page 

Mazer  Acoustile  Company 169 

Merchant  & Evans  Co. 224 

Murphy  Varnish  Co.  . 188-189 

National  Automatic  Sprinkler  Association  . . . 180-183 

National  Building  Granite  Quarries  Association, 

Incorporated 201 

National  Metal  Molding  Co 173 

North  Bangor  Slate  Co.  204 

Ohio  Blower  Co.,  The.  178 

Otis  Elevator  Company  170-171 

Patton  Paint  Company  194 

Pfaudler  Co.,  The  . . 213 

Presbrey-Coykendall  Company . 203 

Quantity  Survey  Co.,  The  . . 140 

Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Company  200 

Sedgwick  Machine  Works 220-221 

See  Electric  Elevator  Company,  A.  B.  1 60-1 61 

Semet-Solvay  Company  . 192 

Smith  Company,  The  H.  B.  179 

Solvay  Process  Company,  The  192 

Sonneborn  Sons,  Inc.,  L.  191 

Southern  Pine  Association  . 186 

Taylor  Co.,  N.  & G.  146 

Toch  Brothers 19 3 

Trenton  Potteries  Company,  The  217 

Underwriters’  Laboratories  141 

United  States  Gypsum  Company 205 

U.  S.  Materials  Co 174-175 

Vonnegut  Hardware  Co. . . . 147 

Webb  Pink  Granite  Company  . 202 

White  Pine  Bureau  . .184 


gllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllM 


140 


P'llTH-'i 


The  Quantity  System  is  simple.  The  Building 
Owner  has  detailed  Quantities  prepared  which  he 
supplies  free  and  guarantees  to  Contractors.  The 
Quantities,  together  with  the  drawings  and  specifi- 
cations, give  a complete  exposition  of  the  require- 
ments of  a job. 

Their  preparation  affords  great  assistance  to 
Architects  to  clarify  and  make  definite  the  draw- 
ings and  specifications.  Contractors’  queries  as  to 
“intent"  are  answered  in  the  Quantities. 

Their  use  as  a basis  for  bids  or  estimates,  for 
buying  material  or  for  checking  material  bills,  gives 
protection  to  Contractor  and  Owner  alike. 

SPECIAL  NOTICE 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  we  offered  our  services  at 
cost  to  the  various  Governmental  Departments.  The  Bureau 
of  Yards  and  Docks  has  used  our  Quantities  extensively. 

We  extend  the  same  offer  to  all  Architects,  Engineers, 
and  Contractors  engaged  on  government  work. 

Write  us  for  further  information. 

The  Quantity  Survey  Co.,  inc. 

WM.  GRAVES  SMITH,  President 

°21  West  45th  Street.  New  York  City 


MiU.|il.lllllllllllin!tlHllllinilllHI»lllllMlHlHWII)lltli:illlUliin-t;:4l:.:-'!<l|llililli!ll!i:illllUllillllH*i<liill>-r  Hill  .ihli.lTl  iimiltllllllli  I!'  I . ' : UlRlIll!  >!U .i.Hl!.l|li, l'IIM:i!U|Uiill.1II,I.M!iMtimiUlllill!^n!illliHi:itlM4rill..'llt: 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Rook,  Voi  . I,  iqi? 


UNDERWRITERS'  LABORATORIES  iB2u 

1111 1 11111111,1,11 1 1 11 


141 


Underwriters’  Laboratories 

207  East  Ohio  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 


Underwriters’  Laboratories,  a corporation  chartered  in  November,  1901,  by  the  state  of  Illinois 
is  authorized  to  establish  and  maintain  laboratories  and  inspection  service  on  building  materials  and 
other  products,  and  to  enter  into  contracts  with  the  owners  and  manufacturers  of  such  materials  and 
products  respecting  the  recommendation  thereof  to  insurance  organizations.  Underwriters’  Labora- 
tories, Inc.,  was  established  by,  and  is  maintained  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters, 
For  Service  — Not  Profit. 


It  is  the  task  of  Underwriters’  Laboratories  to  secure 
and  make  available  to  all  who  may  profit  by  it  the  best 
obtainable  opinion  regarding  the  merits  of  materials, 
appliances  and  systems  in  respect  to  the  fire  and 
accident  hazards. 

Equipment  for  this  work  includes  a large  plant  at 
Chicago,  a branch  testing  station  in  New  York  City 
and  branch  offices  for  the  operation  of  inspections  at 
factories  and  labeling  of  standard  products  in  more 
than  a hundred  cities  and  towns  in  the  United  States 
and  Canada,  and  in  London,  England.  The  Chicago 
plant  occupies  a three-story  and  basement  building 
of  the  best  modern  fireproof  construction,  containing 
about  50,000  square  feet  of  floor-space  and  provided 
with  ample  yard-space  for  huts  and  large  testing 
furnaces. 

The  plant  is  kept  well  supplied  with  apparatus,  much 
of  which  is  of  special  design,  for  the  proper  performance 
of  all  necessary  research  work  and  for  making  labora- 
tory tests  in  a thorough,  systematic,  comprehensive 
and  practical  way.  There  are  about  one  hundred  and 
fifty  engineers  and  assistants  on  the  Chicago  staff. 
Each  department  is  under  the  direction  of  an  expert  of 
long  experience  and  much  special  training  for  his 
particular  line  of  work. 

The  work  of  the  branch  laboratory  at  New  York  is 
mainly  electrical  testing. 

Inspections  at  Factories  and  Labeling 

A laboratory  test  on  a sample  material  cannot  of  itself 
usually  be  depended  upon  as  a reliable  criterion 
of  the  quality  of  the  daily  output  of  the  factory.  Test 
work  that  ends  when  tests  on  a sample  material  have 
been  completed  is  necessarily  of  limited  practical  value; 
the  importance  of  proper  check  methods  on  run  of 
goods  is  obvious.  Years  of  study  by  Underwriters’ 


Laboratories  of  this  problem  of  securing  quality  main- 
tenance led  to  the  establishment  of  its  Label  Service. 

When  the  product  of  a manufacturer  is  admitted  to 
the  Label  Service,  following  suitable  investigation  of 
sample  goods,  inspection  is  established  in  his  factory. 
Inspectors  and  engineers  in  the  employ  of  the  Labora- 
tories follow  the  daily  run  of  material  through  various 
processes  of  production  and  conduct  such  tests  as 
have  been  specified,  and  to  goods  thus  found  to  be  of 
suitable  quality,  Underwriters’  Laboratories’  labels  are 
attached.  Check-tests  that  cannot  be  conveniently 
made  at  the  factory  are  made  on  samples  forwarded  by 
the  inspector  to  headquarters.  This  service  is  further 
reinforced  by  tests  on  labeled  material  purchased  from 
dealers  and  on  samples  of  labeled  product  taken  out  of 
service  and  sent  in  from  the  field. 

Thus,  for  a large  class  of  products,  the  label  on  the 
goods  or  the  absence  of  it,  tells  the  architect,  inspector, 
builder,  and  property  owner  whether  the  product  has 
been  inspected  and  passed. 

PUBLICATIONS 

(a)  Organization,  Purpose  and  Methods  . . . 1917 

The  Laboratories  also  publish  the  following  lists  of 
manufacturers  prepared  to  make  standard  products: 

(b)  List  of  Inspected  Mechanical  Appliances. 

(c)  List  of  Inspected  Electrical  Appliances. 

(d)  List  of  Appliances  Inspected  for  Accident  Hazard. 

( e ) Standards  on  Rubber-Covered  Wires  and  Cords, 

Fire  Hose,  Fire  Doors,  Electric  Cabinets  and  Cut- 
Out  Boxes,  and  Lightning  Conductors  now  ready 
for  distribution.  Other  Standards  in  preparation. 

Note:  (b),  (c),  ( d ),  revised  semi-annually,  sent  free 
on  request.  ( e ) supplied  at  $1  per  copy. 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


14  2 


iiniiiiiiiiiiiinimiimniimfflramiiiimtniiiit 


LABORATORIES  (Testing  and  Research)  lB 


ROBERT  W.  HUNT  JNO.  J.  CONE  JAS.  C.  HALLSTED  D.  W.  McNAUGHER 

ROBERT  W.  HUNT  & COMPANY 

Engineers  • Inspectors  • Chemists  • Metallurgists 

Chicago  New  York  Pittsburgh  St.  Louis  San  Francisco  Montreal  Toronto  Vancouver  London 

Pioneers  in  their  profession,  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company  maintain  an  International 
Bureau  of  Inspection,  Tests  and  Consultation,  composed  of  competent  and  experienced 
Engineers,  Chemists,  Metallurgists  and  Inspectors  who  are  permanently  employed  in  the 
divisions  of  Engineering  and  Inspection,  and  in  the  various  Laboratories. 

The  Company  maintains  offices  in  the  principal  cities  of  North  America  and  Europe. 
Resident  members  of  the  organization  are  in  charge  of  these  offices,  and  resident  inspectors 
are  maintained  at  all  of  the  leading  industrial  centers  of  the  countries  in  which  these  offices 
are  located.  The  personnel  of  the  present  technical  organization  is  the  result  of  continuous 
conservative  Engineering  work  during  the  past  quarter  of  a century  in  the  business  of 
Inspection,  Tests  and  Consultation. 

Members  of  this  firm  were,  even  prior  to  the  organization  of  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company, 
intimately  associated  with  the  Iron  and  Steel  Industry  in  America.  This  long  and  successful 
service  affords  the  assurance  that  any  work  entrusted  to  the  Organization  relating  to  the 
Metallurgy,  Manufacture,  Inspection,  and  Testing  of  Steel  and  Iron  Products  will  receive 
the  most  thorough  and  careful  attention.  The  developmental  period  of  reinforced  concrete 
construction  lies  within  the  life  of  the  company,  and,  from  the  beginning,  the  testing  of 
cement  and  other  concrete  materials,  checking  of  plans,  and  supervision  of  construction  have 
received  continuous  and  ever-widening  application. 

The  divisions  of  the  Organization  and  their  Departmental  Sub-Divisions  are  as  follows: 

{Examinations  and  Reports 
Consultation  and  Checking  of  Plans 
Construction  and  Testing 

j Structural  Steel 

Inspection  Rails,  Fastenings,  Cars  and  Locomotives 
I Materials  of  Construction 

The  knowledge,  experience  and  ability,  and  the  accumulated  data  of  the  various  divisions 
of  the  Organization,  are  the  property  of  all  divisions,  and  are  made  use  of  freely  in  the  inter- 
ests of  their  clients.  Highly  specialized  skill  of  many  kinds  has  been  welded  into  practical 
cooperation,  capable  of  effective  and  rapid  performance. 

This  effective  cooperation  enables  the  Engineering  Division  to  make  investigations  and 
to  solve  Engineering  problems  in  the  most  efficient  manner. 

The  Inspection  Service  is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  Engineering  Staff,  located 
at  the  various  general  offices,  and  engineering  advice  in  connection  with  inspection  work  is 
freely  extended. 

The  Laboratory  Service  maintained  at  all  of  their  offices  is  an  effective  supplement  to  the 
work  of  the  Engineering  and  Inspection  Divisions.  Over  six  hundred  employees  are  regularly 
in  the  exclusive  service  of  the  company,  and  depression  in  general  business  conditions  exer- 
cises little  effect  in  their  number  or  location.  To  properly  serve  their  clients  at  all  times,  the 
Organization  must  be  kept  intact,  and  many  men  have  been  continued  in  their  positions 
during  months  of  idleness  of  the  mills  and  shops  where  they  are  located.  This  policy,  rein- 
forced by  salaries  commensurate  with  the  responsibility  they  are  called  upon  to  bear,  has 
ensured  the  loyalty  and  absolute  fidelity  required  in  the  performance  of  judicial  functions. 

The  steady  growth  of  the  Organization  indicates  that  such  ideals  are  heartily  supported 
by  the  Architectural  profession,  and  further  have  established  recognition  of  the  Testing 
Engineer  in  ethical  brotherhood  with  the  other  specialized  branches  of  professional  struc- 
tural activity. 

Illllilllllillll «»lIIIIIIII!lllilII*l!liI!Illilllllili«lllliillIBIIIIIIIil!IIIIllIilll* 

Industrial  Section 


I Chemical 
Physical 
Laboratory  Electrical 
Cement 

'Micro-Photography 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


illiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiP 


LABORATORIES  (Testing  and  Research)  iB  . 143 

l!llllllllllllllll!llllllllllllllllliilllllllllllllll!llll!llllll!lllllllllllllllllll!ll!ll!lllllll!lllll!lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll!llllllllllll!llll!ll!lll!l!ll!llllllllllllll!llll^ 

ROBERT  W.  HUNT  & COMPANY 


EQUIPMENT 

The  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company  Bureau  of  Inspection  maintains  an  extensive  equip- 
ment of  highly  specialized  cement,  physical  and  chemical  laboratories  with  specially  trained 
chemists  and  inspectors,  which  combined  with  the  fact  that  they  have  established  offices  in 
all  parts  of  the  United  States,  Canada  and  in  Europe  enables  them  to  offer  every  advantage 
commensurate  with  first-class  service  to  architects  and  engineers  who  desire  to  obtain  the 
best  of  a manufacturer’s  output  and  protect  their  clients  by  full  assurances  of  obtaining  con- 
struction materials  in  strict  compliance  with  the  accepted  specification. 

It  is  a fact,  beyond  dispute,  that  Inspection  Service  is  most  efficient  when  rendered  by 
men  who  are  familiar  with  manufacturing  processes,  who  are  in  constant  practice,  and  con- 
tinually on  the  watch  for  defects,  whose  profession  is  the  detection  of  faults  and  who  are 
acquainted  with  the  practices  at  the  different  plants.  Fewer  inaccuracies  escape  such  men 
than  other  men,  no  matter  how  highly  trained  technically,  who  undertake  inspection  only 
occasionally  and  who  are  detailed  from  an  office  or  field  force  without  special  training  in 
this  specific  line. 

This  Company  has  thoroughly  systematized  their  inspection  work  and  the  points  covered 
in  inspection  of  construction  materials  are  many  and  must  be  of  interest  to  architects  and 
engineers  and  to  prospective  owners  of  steel  and  reinforced  concrete  structures. 

STRUCTURAL  STEEL 

Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company’s  inspectors  permanently  located  in  the  mills  and  foundries 
serve  their  clients  by  making  a thorough  inspection  of  the  structural  steel  and  iron  used  in 
construction,  seeing  that  these  materials  are  of  the  quality  specified,  of  the  proper  section 
and  free  from  injurious  defects. 

In  the  shop  their  inspectors  serve  their  clients  by  a thorough  inspection  of  all  finished 
work,  carefully  checking  each  individual  member,  seeing  that  they  are  carefully  fabricated  in 
accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications,  that  the  workmanship  is  first  class  in  every 
respect,  so  that  the  various  members  will  fit  together  properly  at  the  building  site,  thus 
avoiding  unnecessary  and  expensive  delays.  They  will  see  that  the  material  is  properly 
cleaned  and  painted  and  use  their  best  efforts  to  have  the  material  shipped  in  the  proper 
sequence  so  that  erection  may  proceed  without  interruption. 

REINFORCING  STEEL 

Their  inspectors  at  the  mills  inspecting  reinforcing  steel  select  specimens  from  the  various 
sizes  of  finished  product  of  each  heat,  as  rolled,  on  which  they  make  cold  bend  and  tensile 
tests,  check  the  various  sizes  to  see  that  they  are  of  the  proper  section  and  that  only  accepted 
material  is  shipped,  and  furnish  detailed  reports  covering  each  shipment  and  reports  of  tests 
identifying  them. 

SUPERVISION  OF  ERECTION 

In  the  field  their  inspectors  see  that  the  various  members  are  erected  in  the  proper  position, 
columns  plumb,  floors  level,  rivets  tight  and  well  driven  and  that  painting  is  properly  done. 

CEMENT  LABORATORIES 

The  inspection  and  testing  of  cement  should  be  made  at  the  mills  or  in  warehouses  and 
the  strongest  argument  substantiating  the  need  of  testing  and  inspection  of  cement  is  the 
unconditional  requirement  of  the  standard  specifications  for  Portland  cement  adopted  by 
the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  and  approved  by  the  American  Society  of  Civil 
Engineers  which  says:  “All  cement  shall  be  inspected.” 

Such  a recommendation  or  requirement  would  not  be  adopted  by  two  such  authoritative 
bodies  of  engineers  and  cement  chemists  without  adequate  basis  therefor  and  it  may  be  said 
that  practical  experience  in  the  use  of  Portland  cement  had  taught  them  that  such  a speci- 
fication was  necessary. 


Illlllllllllllllllllllll 

Industrial  Section 


i.  Ililll!f!lilllilllli!lllll!lllf|llllll||||l!llll!lllllillllllllilllllllllllllllll|lll^^ 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Ililill llllllllllllilllllllllllllllllllllililllllH 


144 


LABORATORIES  (Testing  and  Research)  iB 

ROBERT  W.  HUNT  & COMPANY 


Of  the  value  of  Portland  cement  when  “up  to  specifications”  too  much  cannot  be  said. 

Of  the  danger  of  its  use  when  unfit,  also,  too  much  cannot  be  said,  and  whether  it  is  fit  and 
therefore  ot  great  value,  or  unfit,  and  therefore  of  infinitely  less  value  than  nothing,  can  only 
be  determined  by  the  tests  prescribed. 

The  testing  of  the  aggregate,  also  of  prime  importance,  should  be  made  to  determine  suita- 
bility; the  general  character  of  the  material,  the  grading  and  the  cleanness  are  most  important. 
Determinations  can  also  be  made  to  obtain  the  best  possible  and  most  economical  mixtures. 

Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company  maintain  specially  trained  chemists  and  testers  at  each  of 
their  main  offices,  also  experienced  inspectors  at  the  principal  cement  producing  centers. 

PHYSICAL  TESTING  LABORATORIES 

The  physical  testing  laboratories  contain  all  standard  testing  equipment  including  tensile 
and  compression  testing  machines  of  capacity  trom  200  pounds  to  300,000  pounds,  vibration 
testing  machines,  abrasion  testing  machines,  complete  nietallographic  apparatus,  etc. 

All  standard  tests  of  engineering  materials  can  be  made  and  special  investigations  of  the 
relative  merits  of  any  materials  of  construction  can  be  determined. 

CHEMICAL  LABORATORIES 

At  each  chemical  laboratory  the  equipment  is  complete  for  varied  lines  of  materials,  and 
for  research  work.  The  chemists  are  selected  with  great  care  and  each  laboratory  is  in  charge  of 
a chemical  engineer  of  wide  experience.  Thoroughness,  accuracy,  and  promptness  are  assured. 

Architects,  engineers  and  manufacturers  are  depending  more  and  more  on  the  chemist — 
in  the  first  place  to  tell  the  architect  and  engineer  the  character  of  materials  needed,  and  in 
the  second,  to  tell  the  manufacturer  how  to  produce  them.  Many  organizations  so  interested 
maintain  their  own  laboratories.  To  those  who  do  not,  Robert  W.  Hunt  & Company  offer 
their  services  for  moderate  fees. 

ACCEPTANCE  TESTS  OF  POWER  PLANT  EQUIPMENT 

The  Testing  Department  is  prepared  to  witness  and  report  upon  performance  tests  of  oil 
and  gas  engines;  generators,  motors,  and  other  electrical  apparatus;  and  centrifugal  or  recipro- 
cating pumps  at  the  manufacturers’  works,  thus  securing  the  purchaser  against  the  acceptance 
of  power  plant  equipment  which  does  not  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  specifications. 

INSPECTION  AND  TESTING  OF  STEAM  BOILERS 

The  advantage  of  boiler  inspection  during  construction  is  emphasized  by  the  many  failures 
reported  each  year  due  to  hidden  defects.  In  the  interest  of  public  safety,  thorough  inspec- 
tion cannot  be  too  strongly  insisted  upon  when  ordering  new  boilers. 

The  inspection  service  this  Company  offers  includes  the  inspecting  and  testing  of  the 
plates  and  tubes  at  the  mills  and  supervision  of  the  boiler  during  construction  by  competent 
men  experienced  in  plate  manufacture  and  boiler  construction. 

TESTS  OF  FLOORS,  WALLS  AND  COLUMNS 

The  constantly  increasing  use  of  reinforced  concrete  and  of  terra  cotta  tile  as  a protective 
and  structural  material  necessitates  the  testing  of  full-sized  floor  and  wall  sections,  in  order 
to  obtain  authentic  data  for  the  designing  engineer  and  to  demonstrate  the  durability, 
strength,  and  reliability  of  these  materials  in  service. 

Load  tests  of  floors  in  new  buildings  are  frequently  required  by  architects  and  city  build- 
ing departments  to  demonstrate  that  the  deflection  under  load  does  not  exceed  that  per- 
mitted by  specifications  or  by  the  rules  of  the  department. 

The  Testing  Department  is  prepared  to  witness  and  report  upon  load  tests  of  slabs  and 
floors,  compression  tests  of  walls  and  columns,  and  tests  by  fire  and  water  on  floors  and  walls. 

Write  for  booklets  containing  standard  specifications  and  describing  services  in  Engi- 
neering Division  and  in  Inspection  of  steel  and  cement. 

IjMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii’iHyiiiiwiiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiMiiiiifl 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  19 1 


Nlilllll!!! Illlll lllilHIl lllHlIIIIIIIMIIIIMIII'llilllllllllllilllllll ■HIIIIIIIUIinUninNg|IFIHnUIWIIIIiinaiHBBIIIIIIIII]aBDEIIIUnBIWHaWIIHI)MKILl!liUIEBIIIlUIUIBlilull^0illWMnii 


LIMESTONE  2G1 


145 


Condensed  Information 


For  the  convenience  of  architects  who  desire  in  condensed  form  the  principal 
facts  bearing  upon  the  successful  use  of  Indiana  Limestone  we  offer  the  following: 


COLORS:  Indiana  Limestone  is  to  he  had 
in  three  distinct  varieties:  GRAY  (a  silvery, 

slightly  bluish  gray);  BULK  (a  delicate  yellowish 
or  warm  gray) ; and  VARI EGATED  (a  pleasing 
irregular  mixture  of  the  two). 

These  three  principal  varieties  each  offer  a 
choice  of  lighter  or  darker  shades.  No  two  units 
of  the  variegated  stone  are  apt  to  be  alike,  yet 
the  color  variation  is  never  harsh  or  contrasty.  It 
is  therefore  much  liked  for  the  interest  it  gives  to 
Hat  surfaces. 

TEXTURE:  Indiana  Limestone  may  be  had 
in  degrees  of  fineness  from  the  texture  of  marble 
to  distinctly  coarse.  One  variety  is  so  coarse  as 
to  be  sometimes  called  American  Travertine,  and 
some  very  quaint  and  beautiful  effects  have  been 
attained  with  it  in  various  uses. 

HARDNESS:  Indiana  Limestone,  freshly 
quarried,  is  comparatively  soft.  It  is  non- 
crystalline and  very  homogeneous,  but  is  extremely 
strong  and  bears  the  finest  carving  perfectly  and 
permanently.  Gray  stone  is  the  hardest  variety. 
All  varieties  are  of  ample  hardness  for  use  under- 
foot in  a residence,  but  in  a building  where  the 
traffic  is  heavy  special  selection  must  be  made. 


MOULDED  AND  TURNED  WORK: 

All  turned  work  such  as  columns,  balusters,  urns, 
etc.,  and  particularly  all  moulded  work,  is  easily 
made  by  machinery  at  reasonable  cost.  Circular 
Indiana  Limestone  columns  in  all  but  the  smallest 
sizes  cost  rather  less  than  built-up  wood  columns. 
Fluted  columns,  unless  they  involve  carving,  etc., 
also  are  made  entirely  by  machinery,  with  con- 
sequent economy. 

SETTING:  Indiana  Limestone  should  be  set 

in  lime  mortar  or  non-staining  cement  mortar. 
Portland  Cement  may  be  used  under  careful 
conditions,  which  we  will  gladly  describe  on  re- 
quest. 

FINISHES:  The  mechanical  finishes  com- 
monly used  are  smooth-planed  and  tooled. 
Rock  face,  especially  with  smooth  or  tooled 
trim,  is  considerably  used.  The  “bats”  of  the 
tooled  surface  may  be  either  grooves  or  flutes. 

There  are  several  other  finishes  in  use  and  still 
others  will  occur  to  architects.  The  tooled  fin- 
ish, two  bats  to  the  inch,  was  recently  devised 
and  most  successfully  used  by  a prominent 
architect. 


Architects  are  referred  for  more  detailed  treatment  of  the  subject  to  Volume  1 of 
“The  Indiana  Limestone  Library’’  and  to  Sweet’s  Architectural  Catalog;  Sweet’s 
shows  among  other  things,  suggested  forms  of  specifications. 

Volume  4 treats  of  Indiana  Limestone  bank  buildings  exclusively  and  gives  a long 
list  of  such,  scattered  over  the  United  States  and  Canada.  It  is  written  for  the  banker  but 
many  architects  find  it  interesting  and  a convenient  means  of  exposition  to  their  clients. 

There  is  also  a series  of  8 inch  by  1 1 inch  plates  showing,  in  plan  and  perspective, 
the  Prize,  Mention  and  other  designs  submitted  in  a “Competition  for  a Detached 
$12,000  Residence  of  Indiana  Limestone.”  A very  interesting  document. 

Your  name  will  he  placed  on  our  permanent  mailing  list  on  request  and  other 
Volumes  sent  as  issued.  The  undersigned  will  he  glad  to  answ  er  specific  questions 
and  supply  the  booklets  above  alluded  to,  with  samples,  if  desired. 


Indiana  Limestone  Quarrymen’s  Association 

Box  509,  Bedford,  Indiana 


Indi  striai  Sfctton 


Structurai  Sfratcf  Rook,  Voi  . I,  1917 


pllllllillllllllllllllll 


146 

iiDiniiiiiiiiniiiiniiiniiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiniiiiiiiTniiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiniiiiniiiiiiiiniiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiniMiiiinimiiniiiiiiiini 


ROOFING  (Tin)  Nos.  4,  5,  and  11D2 


“Target-and- Arrow 

Brand  of 

ROOFING  TIN 


Manufactured  by 

N.  & G.  TAYLOR  CO.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

STANDS  FOR 

Low  Cost  of  Maintenance 
Durability 
Moderate  First  Cost 
High-Grade  Appearance 

A weatherproof,  fire  resistive  and  lightning  protective 
roof  which  has  back  of  it  107  years  of  continuous  busi- 
ness experience. 

What  more  can  you  wish  ? 

Suggestions  for  laying  a Tin  Roof  made  in  accordance 
with  the  standard  working  specifications  adopted  by  the 
National  Association  of  Sheet  Metal  Contractors. 

Slope  of  Roof 

If  the  tin  is  laid  fiat  seam  or  flat  lock,  the  roof  should 
have  an  incline  of  one-half  inch  or  more  to  the  foot.  If  laid 
standing  seam,  an  incline  of  not  less  than  two  inches  to  the 
foot.  Less  pitch  is  often  successfully  used  but  a good  pitch 
is  desirable  to  prevent  any  accumulation  of  water  and  dirt 
in  shallow  puddles,  gutters,  valleys,  etc.,  and  should  have 
sufficient  incline  to  prevent  standing  in  them  or  backing  up 
in  any  case  far  enough  to  reach  standing  seams. 

Tongued  and  grooved  sheathing-boards  are  recommended, 
of  well-seasoned  dry  lumber,  narrow  widths  preferred,  free 
from  holes,  and  of  even  thickness. 

A new  tin  roof  should  never  be  laid  over  old  tin,  rotten 
shingles,  or  tar  roofs. 

Sheathing-paper  is  not  necessary  where  boards  are  laid 
as  specified  above.  If  steam,  fumes,  or  gases  are  likely  to 
reach  the  under  side  of  the  tin,  use  some  good  waterproof 
sheathing-paper,  such  as  black  Neponset.  Never  use  tar- 
paper. No  nails  should  be  driven  through  the  sheets. 

Flat-Seam  Tin  Roofing 

When  the  sheets  are  laid  singly,  they  should  be  fastened 
to  the  sheathing-boards  by  cleats,  using  three  to  each  sheet, 
two  on  the  long  side  and  one  on  the  short  side.  Two  i-inch 
barbed  wire  nails  to  each  cleat.  If  the  tin  is  put  on  in  rolls 
the  sheets  should  be  made  up  in  long  lengths  in  the  shop,  the 
cross  seams  locked  together  and  well  soaked  with  solder.  The 
1 sheets  should  be  edged  L2  inch,  fastened  to  the  roof  with  cleats 
| spaced  8 inches  apart,  cleats  locked  into  the  seam  and  fastened 
1 to  the  roof  with  two  i-inch  barbed  wire  nails  to  each  cleat. 

Standing-Seam  Tin  Roofing 

The  sheets  should  be  put  together  in  long  lengths  in  the 
shop,  the  cross  seams  locked  together  and  well  soaked  with 
solder.  The  sheets  should  be  applied  to  the  roof  the  narrow 


Facsimile  of  trade-mark  now  stamped  on  each  sheet  of  Target-and-Arrow  Tin 


way,  fastened  with  cleats  spaced  one  foot  apart.  One  edge 
of  the  course  is  turned  up  1 inches  at  a right  angle,  and  the 
cleats  are  installed.  The  adjoining  edge  of  the  next  course  is 
turned  up  1 1 inches  and  these  edges  are  locked  together, 
turned  over,  and  the  seam  flattened  to  a rounded  edge.  (Illus- 
trations showing  these  operations  furnished  upon  application.) 

Valleys  and  Gutters 

These  should  be  of  IX  tin,  and  formed  with  flat  seams, 
applying  the  sheets  the  narrow  way.  It  is  important  to  see 
that  good  solder  is  used,  bearing  the  manufacturer’s  name, 
and  guaranteed  one-half  tin  and  one-half  lead,  new  metals, 
using  nothing  but  rosin  as  a flux.  The  solder  should  be  well 
sweated  into  all  seams  and  joints. 

Painting 

All  painting  should  be  done  by  the  roofer.  The  tin  should 
be  painted  one  coat  on  the  under  side  before  it  is  applied  to 
the  roof.  The  upper  surface  should  be  carefully  cleaned  of  all 
rosin  spots,  dirt,  etc.,  and  immediately  painted.  The 
approved  paints  are  metallic  brown,  Venetian  red,  red  oxide, 
and  red  lead  mixed  with  pure  linseed  oil.  No  patent  dryer  or 
turpentine  to  be  used.  All  coats  of  paint  should  be  applied 
with  a hand-brush  and  well  rubbed  on.  Apply  a second  coat 
two  weeks  after  the  first.  The  third  coat  to  be  applied  one 
year  later. 

Sizes,  Weights,  Etc. 

Roofing  tin  is  usually  furnished  in  two  sizes,  sheets  14  x 
20  inches  and  28  x 20  inches,  packed  112  sheets  to  the  box. 
“TARGET-AND-ARROW”  tin  is  furnished  in  three  thick- 
nesses, 1C  thickness  (approx.  30  gauge  U.  S.  Standard).  IX 
thickness  (approx.  28  gauge).  2X  thickness  (approx.  27 
gauge),  etc.  Weight  per  100  square  feet  laid  on  the  roof, 
about  65  pounds  for  1C  thickness. 


Tables  showing  covering  capacity  and  cost  furnished  upon  request 

N.  & G.  TAYLOR  CO.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

1IIIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1INIIIIII1I1IINHIIHIHIIINIIIMIIIIUIIIIUIIIIIIN 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1Q17 


HARDWARE  (Self-releasing  Fire  Exit  Latches)  4E 


147 

=n 


Approved! 

Architects  and  Boards  of  Underwriters  are  severe  critics — especially  in 
devices  pertaining  to  the  saving  of  lives.  It  is  only  natural  that  they  should 
be,  for  the  responsibility  placed  upon  them  is  a serious  one. 

Necessarily,  therefore,  they  investigate  thoroughly  before  they  approve 
any  such  devices.  Hence  we  apprize  very  highly  the  approval  of 


Won  Huprm 

J>elMfielea£mg  iFire  Cxit  Hatches 


Manufacturers  and  Distributors 


by  such  authorities  as  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters, 
New  York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  New  York  Bureau  of 
Buildings,  International  Association  of  Building  and  Factory 
Inspectors — by  architects  in  the  service  of  our  own  and 
foreign  governments — and  by  leading  school  and  theater  archi- 
tects in  all  parts  of  the  country. 

Investigation  on  your  part  will  undoubtedly  lead  you 
to  the  same  conclusions.  The  strength,  the  simplicity,  the 
durability  of  ©on  I^uprtn  Devices  have  made  them  the 
standard  of  the  world. 


The  slightest  pressure  on  any  part  of  the  crossbar  instantly 
and  unfailingly  releases  lock  and  latches  simultaneously. 

©on  Kuprin  Devices  are  always  shipped  ready  for 
installation. 


Vonnegut  Hardware  Company 

Indianapolis,  Indiana 


Our  service  department  is  always  ready  to 
cooperate  with  you  and  to  advise  you  as  to  the 
©on  Kuprin  design  best  adapted  to  meet  your 
requirements.  Ask  for  Catalog  12-S. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


148 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 

G-E — Its  Service  to  Architects  and  Engineers  and  Its 
Relation  to  the  Electrical  Features  of  Building  Construction 

The  General  Electric  Company  welcomes  this  opportunity  to  present  in  the  Electric  Issue  of 
the  Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  an  outline  description  of  its  organization, 
manufacturing  facilities,  output  and  service,  and  to  express  its  desire  to  cooperate  with  architects 
in  perfecting  and  maintaining  a uniform  standard  of  excellence  in  the  electrical  installation  and 
equipment  of  all  buildings. 

G-E  INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS  TREATED  AND  TO  PUBLICATIONS 

REFERRED  TO 


C-E1  Resources  and  Unified  Responsibility. 

G-E  2 Suggestions  for  Specifying  Electrical 
Equipment. 

C-E3  Universality  of  Production  and  Use. 

C-E4  Sources  of  Energy — -Electrical  Apparatus 

Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Steam  Turbines 42206,42201 

Steam-Driven  Generator 40500 

Belt-Driven  Generator 40400 

Gas-Driven  Generator 42400 

C-E5  Control  and  Distribution. 

Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Switchboards “Standard  Units”  B-3303 

Circuit  Breakers 47502,  47503 

Electrical  Instruments 46013 

Electrical  Meters 42691, 46253,  46203 

C-E6  Power  Appliances — Electric  Motors. 

Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Induction  Motors 41302 

Direct  Current  Motors  (constant  speed) 41013 

Direct  Current  Motors  (variable  speed) A-4130 

Direct  Current  Motors  (crane  and  hoist) 48108 

C-E7  Transmission — Wiring  and  Conduit  Data 


Publications,*  also 

Sprague  Bulletin 49600 

Sprague  Pamphlets 117 


Various  Sprague  Folders 

C-E8  Local  Centers  of  Distribution — Panel 
Boards  and  Cabinets. 

Publications,*  also  Sprague  Special  Pamphlet,  “Safety  Panels’* 

G-E9  Switches  for  Every  Use. 

Publications:  See  Supply  Catalogue,  Remote  Control  Switches, 
G-E  Bulletin  A-4070 

G-EIO  Sockets  and  Receptacles. 

Publications:  See  Supply  Catalogues 


C-E11  Utilization  ol  Electrical  Energy — Cook- 


ing and  Heating. 

Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Ranges,  Domestic B-3353 

Disk  Stoves,  Domestic B-3410 

Radiant  Grill,  Domestic  Table B-3278 

Ranges,  Hotel Y-898 

Broiler,  Hotel Y-898 

Ovens,  Hotel Y-898 

Toaster,  Hotel Y-898 

Air  Heaters,  Domestic B-3423 

Luminous  Radiator B-3329 

Irons,  Flat,  Domestic.  . B-3318 

Irons,  Flat,  Tailors’ B-3394 


C-E12  Hotel  Equipment. 

Publications* 

C-E13  Special  Transformers. 


Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Night  Lamp B-3341 

Bell  Ringing  Systems B-3400 

C-E14  Fans. 

Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Desk  Fans B-3367 


G-E  Ventilating  Outfits'* 

G-E15  Battery  Charging  Outfits. 

Publication:  G-E  Bulletin  B-3374 

G-E16  Moving  Picture  Apparatus. 

Publications* 

G-E17  Illumination. 

Publications: 

Flood  Lighting  Projectors.  G-E  Bulletin  43850.  Novalux 
Ornamental  Units,  43503. 

I vanhoe-Regent  catalogues  and  pamphlets. 

Bulletins  of  Edison  Lamp  Works  of  the  G-E  Company. 

G-E18  Generation,  Transmission,  Distribution 
and  Application  of  Electric  Power 
Everywhere. 

♦Information  may  be  obtained  at  our  nearest  office.  See  page  158. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


149 


ITS  SERVICE  TO  ARCHITECTS  AND  ENGINEERS 


G-E1  Resources  and  Unified  Responsibility 

The  factory,  engineering  and  laboratory  equipment  of  the  General  Electric  Company  is  prac- 
tically unlimited.  Therefore,  it  is  able  to  manufacture  complete  lines  of  apparatus,  appliances  and 
devices  which  possess  the  important  features  of  uniformity  and  interchangeability  to  a degree 
possible  only  in  the  products  of  a single  large  manufacturer. 


{A)  Organization 

The  organization  of  the  General  Electric  Company 
comprises  subsidiary  corporations  specializing  in  all 
features  of  installation  equipment  that  make  it  possible 
for  G-E  products  to  be  adopted  from  the  source  of  elec- 
trical energy  to  its  fullest  utilization  within  and  without 
any  type  of  building,  monumental,  industrial,  or  residential. 


( B)  Standardized  G-E  Equipment 

It  is  entirely  practical,  therefore,  for  the  architect  to 
standardize  with  G-E  equipment  throughout.  By  this 
procedure  all  parts  interrelate  and  much  time  and 
annoyance  can  be  saved.  The  added  advantage  of  hav- 
ing all  electrical  equipment  provided  by  one  company, 
ready  for  immediate  installation  and  operation  is  obvious. 


G-E2  Suggestions  for  Specifying  Electrical  Equipment 

We  believe  that  the  sequence  of  presentation  hereafter  followed,  the  descriptions  given,  and 
the  publications  listed,  will,  with  the  known  reliability  of  all  G-E  products  and  service,  so  impress 
architects  that  they  may  feel  warranted  in  considering  a paragraph  similar  to  the  following  as 
most  appropriate  for  inclusion  in  their  specifications: 

Wherever  makes  or  names  are  mentioned  in  this  specification  for  generators , switchboards , motors , 
wiring , conduits,  fittings,  switches , receptacles  and  all  other  electrical  appliances  or  devices , and  any 
alternative  choice  is  provided , it  is  to  be  understood  that  preference  will  be  given  to  that  estimate , not 
necessarily  the  lowest , which  proposes  to  incorporate  in  the  contract  and  the  building  the  greatest  num- 
ber of  fixtures,  fittings,  and  materials  of  a standardized  line  from  one  manufacturer  under  recognized 
names  fully  indentifiable  on  every  piece  or  part  of  the  equipment. 

This  suggestion  is  made  with  the  full  consciousness  of  the  fact  that  no  other  maker  can  so  fully 
meet  the  conditions,  under  all  usual  circumstances,  as  the  General  Electric  Company  and  in  the 
belief  that  the  greater  the  quantity  of  materials  of  one  reputable  manufacturer  which  is  installed 
under  any  one  contract  the  greater  is  the  responsibility  of  manufacturer  and  contractor  on  the 
one  hand  and  the  better  served  are  the  interests  of  both  architect  and  owner  on  the  other  hand. 


G-E3  Universality  of  Production  and  Use 

The  products  of  the  General  Electric  Company  comprise  practically  every  kind  of  apparatus 
and  machinery  used  in  the  generation,  transmission,  distribution,  and  use  of  electrical  energy.  Its 
thousands  of  products,  in  use  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  have  established  the  G-E  Trade  Mark  as 
the  Guarantee  of  Excellence  on  Goods  Electrical.  As  in  the  past  the  General  Electric  Company 
will  continue  to  be  foremost  in  all  developments  and  improvements  tending  toward  the  perfec- 


tion of  present  electrical  service  and  its  extension 
{A)  Engineering  and  Sales  Departments 

Eor  the  convenience  and  use  by  architects,  engineers, 
and  the  consuming  public,  in  the  cooperative  develop- 
ment ot  a universal  service  and  the  highest  standards  of 
efficiency  for  both  original  installation  and  upkeep,  the 
G-E  Company  has  established  a complete  chain  of  sales 
offices  which  are  listed  on  last  page.  These  departments 
and  the  engineering  staff  are  prepared  to  assist  architects 
and  engineers  in  any  way  desired  in  the  planning,  selec- 
tion, and  use  of  apparatus,  materials,  and  devices  most 
appropriate  to  each  demand  of  service  and  to  all  climates, 
inspection  and  code  requirements  to  which  reference  will 
be  found  under  the  various  subdivisions. 

(B)  Publications  and  Informative  Data 

The  G-E  Company  issues  a complete  series  of  publica- 
tions, in  the  form  of  Bulletins  and  Supply  Catalogues, 


into  new  fields  of  usefulness. 

which  are  available  to  all  architects  and  engineers.  A 
list  of  those  current  is  printed  in  connection  with  the  In- 
dex for  their  convenience,  and  reference  to  these  is  made 
under  the  various  subdivisions. 

In  addition  to  these  certain  tables  of  capacities  and 
dimensions,  space  requirements,  and  other  data  pertain- 
ing to  general  requirements  will  be  found  in  the  G-E 
pages  of  Sweet’s  Architectural  Catalogue  (pp.  1425-1439 
in  1917  edition)  and  recommendations,  notes,  and  formulae 
of  interest  will  be  found  in  electrical  information  and  data 
furnished  by  The  Society  for  Electrical  Development, 
Inc.,  also  printed  therein  and  referred  to  under  6A2  and 
elsewhere  in  this  issue  of  the  Journal.  See  also  pages  in 
Sweet’s  of  Sprague  Electric  Works  (1440)  and  of  Ivanhoe- 
Regent  Works  (1466-1467). 

It  is  a well  recognized  fact  that  a knowledge  of  the 
many  functions  which  electricity  performs  in  modern 
building  practice  is  necessary  to  every  architect.  In  this 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


150 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 


outline  description  of  G-E  facilities  and  service,  the  meth- 
ods of  obtaining  electric  power,  controlling  it,  and  apply- 
ing it  to  various  uses  are  described  and  illustrated  with 
concrete  suggestions  which  will  aid  in  the  preparation  of 


electrical  specifications  for  building  construction.  Com- 
plete detailed  information  will  be  found  in  the  various 
G-E  publications  of  interest  structurally,  under  the  G-E 
Index  on  p.  148. 


G-E4  Sources  of  Energy — Electrical  Apparatus 

In  designing  an  electrical  installation  it  is  essential  to  determine  in  advance  whether  central 
station  current  will  be  used  or  a complete  power  plant  is  to  be  installed.  When  central  station 
current  is  available,  it  is  generally  conceded  to  be  more  economical,  except  in  special  cases,  to  use 
such  power  than  to  install  a generating  plant.  In  the  latter  case  it  is  recommended  that  the  cur- 
rent generated  shall  correspond  to  the  class  of  current  obtainable  from  the  public  service  company, 
for  in  case  of  a breakdown  of  generating  plant,  central  station  power  will  be  suitable,  and  there 
will  be  no  occasion  for  interruption  of  service. 


In  any  case,  it  is  wise  to  consult  with  the  central  sta- 
tion management,  as  they  are  always  familiar  with  the 
latest  regulations  affecting  the  industry,  both  those  of  the 
local  city  administration  and  of  the  local  underwriters’ 
inspection  department.  It  is  advisable  also  to  confer  with 
the  latter  authorities,  the  territorial  jurisdictions  of  which 
are  stated  under  6A6. 

As  a rule,  alternating  current  is  used  when  transmis- 
sion is  over  one-quarter  mile,  and  where  constant  speed 
and  constant  service  are  required,  and  whenever  lighting 
systems  are  the  principal  load.  In  buildings  where  stopping 
and  starting  of  various  machines  will  be  frequent,  and 
where  a large  number  of  adjustable  speed  motors  are 
desired,  or  battery  charging  or  electroplating  is  required, 
direct  current  is  best  adapted. 

{A)  Where  Central  Station  Power  is  Avail- 
able 

When  power  is  purchased  from  a lighting  or  power 
company  it  is  possible  to  connect  incoming  wires  direct  to 
switchboard.  Suitable  switchboard  panels  with  main 
switch  and  meters  for  measuring  current  should  be 
specified  when  ordering  switchboard.  When  incoming 
current  is  not  suitable  for  requirements,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  change  the  form  of  the  current  to  meet  these  con- 
ditions by  using  motor  generator  sets,  rotary  converters, 
transformers,  or  mercury  arc  rectifiers.  Whenever  such 
conditions  are  encountered,  it  is  advisable  to  get  in  touch 
with  the  nearest  G-E  office  which,  will  gladly  give  detailed 
information. 

For  power  stations  supplying  electric  light  and  power 
to  office  buildings,  machine  shops,  mills,  etc.,  the  Curtis 
steam  turbines  are  admirably  adapted  for  this  class  of 
work.  Their  operation  is  characterized  by  a minimum  of 
vibration  and  noise.  They  are  very  compact,  requiring 
minimum  floor-space,  headroom  and  attendance.  The 
exhaust  steam  is  free  from  oil  and  may  be  used  for  heating. 


Turbine  sets  are  available  in  sizes  ranging  from  100  kw. 
to  50,000  kw.  for  alternating  current,  and  from  15  kw.  to 
any  larger  tor  direct  current. 


Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Steam  Turbines 42206,  42201 

Steam-Driven  Generator 40500 

Belt-Driven  Generator 40400 


( B)  Where  Steam  Power  is  Available 

When  central  station  service  is  not  available  for  small 
isolated  plants  requiring  100  kw.  or  less,  the  steam  engine 
generating  set  is  used.  These  sets  were  designed  originally 
to  meet  the  severe  conditions  of  marine  work,  which 
demand  light,  compact,  and  durable  sets  of  close  regula- 
tion and  quiet  operation.  These  sets  have  been  used 
extensively  for  both  power  and  lighting  service. 

When  it  is  desired  to  provide  tor  taking  power  from  an 
outside  source  in  case  of  emergency,  double-throw  switches 
may  be  added  to  main  panel  of  the  switchboard  equipment. 

For  the  production  of  electrical  energy  from  mechanical 
sources  of  power,  belt-driven  generators  are  used.  Such 
units  are  available  in  sizes  up  to  300  kw.  for  direct  current 
and  up  to  500  kw.  for  alternating  current. 


Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Steam  Turbines 42206,  42201 

Steam-Driven  Generator  . 40500,  A4189 

Belt-Driven  Generator 40400 


(C)  Where  No  Power  is  Available 

For  rural  residences,  hotels,  farms,  country  estates, 
rural  railroad  stations,  camps,  etc.,  electrical  power  and 
light  is  obtained  from  the  internal  combustion  engine- 
driven  generator  set.  Several  of  these  sets  are  on  the 
market  equipped  with  G-E  generators.  These  types  of 
generators  are  also  designed,  and  are  available,  for  direct 
connection  to  gas  engines  of  other  manufacturers. 

Publication:  G-E  Bulletin 

Gas-Driven  Generator 42400 


G-E5  Control  and  Distribution — Switchboard  Data 

For  the  control  and  distribution  of  current  the  General  Electric  Company  offers  a complete 
line  of  switchboards  for  all  systems  of  electric  distribution.  These  boards  are  equipped  with  latest 
improved  instruments  and  controlling,  measuring,  and  other  devices. 

All  devices  mounted  on  these  boards  are  made  by  a single  company,  thus  centralizing  respon- 
sibility for  the  behavior  of  the  entire  switchboard  and  providing  for  the  utmost  efficiency  in  opera- 
tion. 

For  the  convenience  or  assistance  of  architects  and  consulting  engineers,  switchboard  specialists 
are  stationed  in  the  principal  branch  offices  of  the  Company.  Architects  and  consulting  engineers 
are  invited  to  confer  with  these  engineers  in  planning  a switchboard  to  meet  any  unusual  require- 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


151 


ITS  SERVICE  TO  ARCHITECTS  AND  ENGINEERS 

ment  or  space  condition.  Sketches,  detailed  drawings,  and  specifications  of  any  such  special  boards, 
or  the  adaptation  of  standard  panels,  will  be  furnished  promptly  on  request. 

While  the  General  Electric  Company  will  make  any  switchboard  to  meet  any  and  every  con- 
dition or  requirement,  it  recommends,  in  the  interest  of  economy  and  efficiency,  that,  wherever 
possible,  fullest  utilization  be  made  of  the  very  complete  lines  of  standard  panels  which  it  has 
developed  on  the  unit  principle,  known  as: 


(. A ) G-E  Standard  Unit  Switchboards.  These  panels  are 
so  designed  that  they  can  be  assembled  in  different  com- 
binations, to  fit  any  usual  condition  and  to  form  a complete 
switchboard  having  a neat  uniform  appearance,  both  front 
and  back,  all  parts  on  the  back  being  easily  accessible. 
They  are  constructed  for  both  direct  and  alternating  cur- 
rent, complete  with  all  switches,  instruments  and  other 
equipment  necessary. 

They  not  only  cost  less  than  special  boards  but  can  be 
delivered  quickly,  completely  equipped  and  ready  for 
erection. 

This  is  the  most  advanced  system  of  switchboard  manu- 
facture and  obviates  the  time  and  expense  necessary  when 
original  specifications  are  drawn  up  for  each  individual 
installation  by  the  architect,  consulting  engineer  or  con- 
tractor. Each  panel  is  listed  as  a separate  unit  and  has  its 
own  catalogue  number.  There  are  thousands  of  these 
“Standard  Units,”  and  they  are  listed  in  22  separate  lines 
for  different  classes  of  service. 

( B ) Construction  Notes  on  Standard  Panels 

(a)  Panels. — All  panels  are  of  slate,  those  for  isolated  or  small  plants, 
of  dull  black  marine  finished  slate,  and  for  central  station  boards, 
of  natural  black  slate.  Slate  is  \l/Z  inches  thick,  with  pi  inch 
bevel.  Widths  vary  from  12  to  32  inches;  height  of  panel  varies 
from  20  to  90  inches.  The  sizes  being  determined  by  the  instru- 
ments and  controlling  devices. 

(Panels  of  marble  can  be  substituted  at  prices  which  may  be 
obtained  from  any  of  the  G-E  offices.) 

(, b ) Framework. — A complete  supporting  framework  of  1 >4-inch  pipe, 
with  necessary  fittings,  is  included  for  each  panel.  Total  height 
never  exceeds  90  inches. 


(c)  Switches,  Fuses , and  Card-holders . — The  sizes  and  types  of  switches 

furnished  with  each  panel  are  determined  by  amount  of  current 
carried,  and  their  number  depends  upon  the  number  of  circuits 
which  they  control. 

The  fuses  furnished  in  connection  with  switching  apparatus 
open  the  circuits  if  overloads  occur  and  protect  the  electrical 
apparatus. 

One  card-holder  to  designate  the  different  circuits  should 
be  specified  for  each  switch. 

(d)  Connections . — Each  panel  is  furnished  complete,  unless  otherwise 

specified,  with  small  wiring  on  back  of  panel  and  with  copper 
connections  between  the  appliances  which  comprise  the  equip- 
ment of  the  panel. 

The  connections  from  generator  to  panel  and  from  panel  to 
all  distribution  points  are  invariably  made  by  the  electrical 
contractor  and  are  not  furnished  by  the  manufacturers. 

Publications . 

The  “Standard  LTnit”  panel  may  be  ordered  direct  from  a bulle- 
tin. This  is  explained  in  G-E  Index  Bulletin  No.  47001. 

Details  of  framework  are  covered  in  G-E  Bulletin  No.  47750. 

Rules  governing  the  installation  of  switchboards  will 
be  found  in  the  National  Electrical  Code,  see  Class  A, 
Rules  3 and  4.  Familiarity  with  all  features  of  the  Code, 
except  details  of  manufacture,  covered  in  Class  D and  sup- 
plemented by  Underwriters’  Laboratories’  requirements 
and  publications,  is  advisable  on  the  part  of  all  architects. 
The  various  rules  epitomize  the  essential  standards  to  be 
observed  in  installation  and  operation  of  all  apparatus 
and  devices. 

Publications:  G-E  Bulletins 

Switchboards “Standard  Units”  B-3303 

Circuit  Breakers 47502,47503 

Electrical  Instruments 46013 

Electrical  Meters 42691,  46253,  46203 


G-E6  Power  Appliances— Electric  Motors 

The  G-E  motors  cover  a wide  range  of  application  of  electric  power  to  mechanical  service. 
Constant  and  variable  speed  motors  for  both  alternate-  and  direct-current  service  are  built.  Com- 
plete lines  of  these  motors  are  manufactured,  varying  in  size  from  1-200  horsepower  up  to  any 
requirement.  Complete  detailed  information  and  illustrations  pertaining  to  motors,  with  dimen- 
sions, space  requirements  and  other  data,  will  be  furnished  on  request.  State  horsepower,  voltage, 
frequency,  etc.,  in  making  request. 

Motors  suitable  for  mounting  on  walls  or  ceilings  can  be  furnished  for  installations  where  it  is 
desirable  to  economize  space. 

Costs  of  installation  can  be  greatly  reduced  by  adhering  to  standard  speeds.  Contrary  to  the 
generally  accepted  idea,  the  cost  of  a motor  of  1,800  RPM  is  less  than  that  of  a 1,200  RPM  motor 
of  the  same  horsepower.  The  1,800  RPM  motor  is  also  smaller  and  lighter  in  weight. 

The  G-E  service  is  available  to  all  in  connection  with  motor  problems,  and  only  those  best 
adapted  to  the  service  required  will  invariably  be  furnished. 


Publications: 

Induction  Motors 

Direct  Current  Motors  (constant  speed)  . 
Direct  Current  Motors  (variable  speed)  . 
Direct  Current  Motors(  crane  and  hoist) 


G-E  Bulletins 
....  41302 
. . . . 41013 

. . . . A-4130 

. . . . 48018 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


152 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 

G-E7  Transmission  of  Electrical  Energy— Wiring  and  Conduit  Data 

It  is  a well-known  fact  that  electricity  is  the  simplest  and  easiest  form  of  power  to  transmit. 
An  old  building  is  readily  provided  with  a system  of  concealed  wiring.  A new  building  should  be 
designed  to  accommodate  the  future  as  well  as  the  present  uses  of  electricity.  One  of  the  most 
important  movements  in  this  regard  is  the  increasing  use  of  electrical  devices  which  consume  more 
power  than  allowed  on  lighting  circuits  and,  therefore,  require  heavier  wiring.  In  any  event, 
these  devices  can  usually  be  operated  at  a lower  cost  if  a separate  wiring  system  on  a power  cir- 
cuit meter  is  installed.  Most  electric  companies  give  a lower  rate  when  current  is  consumed  on  a 
special  circuit  in  this  manner,  because  such  use  represents  a service  furnished  during  the  day  when 
their  equipment  is  not  required  to  furnish  current  for  the  lighting  service. 


(A)  Power  Plugs  on  Separate  Circuits 

All  power  receptacles  should  be  designed  to  take  the 
same  plug,  and  these  should  be  made  to  fit  only  the  power 
outlets,  so  as  to  prevent  their  attachment  to  the  lighting 
circuits,  which  are  not  designed  to  carry  the  relatively 
heavy  currents  required  by  the  power-consuming  devices. 

( B ) Locate  Distribution  Centers  in  Easily 

Accessible  Places 

In  planning  various  circuits,  one  should  endeavor  to 
locate  distribution  centers  in  easily  accessible  places,  so 
that  cutouts  and  switches  controlling  circuits  can  be 
grouped  for  convenience  and  safety  of  operation.  The 
load  should  be  divided  as  evenly  as  possible  among  the 
different  circuits,  and  all  complicated  and  unnecessary 
wiring  should  be  avoided. 

(C)  Provide  for  Future  Uses  in  Installing 

Wires 

When  installing  wires,  ample  outlets  should  be  pro- 
vided in  all  rooms  for  future  use,  to  take  care  of  the  rapidly 
increasing  use  of  electric  devices  of  various  sorts,  included 
in  which  may  be  mentioned:  electric  vacuum  cleaners, 
portable  lamps,  all  kinds  of  heating  apparatus  and  electric 
ranges  and  cooking  utensils,  small  motors  for  various 
industries  in  office  and  other  buildings,  and  for  silver 
buffing,  ice-cream  making,  sewing-machine  operation 
dishwashers  and  washing-machine  operation  and  for  other 
conveniences  in  the  home. 

(D)  G-E  Motor-driven  Office  and  Home 

Devices 

As  an  indication  of  the  almost  unlimited  possibilities  in 
small  electrically  driven  devices  for  home  and  office  use  it 
is  of  interest  to  note  that  there  are  on  the  market  over 
three  hundred  of  such  with  G-E  motors  attached. 

(FI)  Study  the  Standard  Symbols  for  Direc- 
tions and  Suggestions 

For  the  greatest  ultimate  convenience  and  economy  in 
the  use  of  electricity,  switches  should  be  freely  installed  and 
receptacles  placed  at  frequent  intervals.  Not  only  in  the 
interest  of  standardization,  but  for  the  suggestions  which 
will  be  afforded  through  the  various  conveniences  which 
they  provide  for,  it  is  recommended  that  the  Standard 
Symbols  for  Wiring  Plans  as  adopted  by  the  National 
Electrical  Contractors’  Association  and  the  American 
Institute  of  /Architects  be  carefully  studied  at  the  time 
each  installation  is  contemplated  as  well  as  followed  in 
the  marking  of  plans.  These  Symbols  may  be  obtained  or 


seen  as  indicated  under  “Standard  Symbols  and  Charts,” 
6E,  4,  on  page  79. 

(F)  Consult  our  Engineers  about  Present 
and  Future  Uses  of  Electricity 

The  National  Electrical  Code,  in  the  General  Sugges- 
tions which  preface  the  Code,  distinctly  urges  architects, 
when  drawing  plans  and  specifications,  to  make  provisions 
for  the  channeling  and  pocketing  of  buildings  tor  electric 
light  or  power  wires  as  well  as  for  all  other  means  of  trans- 
mitting electrical  energy.  To  this  the  General  Electric 
Company,  in  the  interest  of  affording  all  architects  and 
owners  the  satisfaction  which  will  eventually  come  with 
the  fullest  utilization  of  electrical  energy  in  manners  not 
now  fully  foreseen,  repeats  the  further  recommendation 
that  a new  building  should  be  designed  to  accommodate 
the  future  as  well  as  the  present  uses  of  electricity.  The 
General  Electric  Company  also  offers  the  facilities  of  its 
engineering  forces  in  forecasting  these  and  in  drawing 
attention  to  every  present  advantageous  utilization. 

(Ci)  The  Question  of  Wire 

For  the  transmission  of  electrical  energy  wire  in  one 
form  or  another  is  invariably  the  conductor.  From  the 
source  to  the  outlet,  for  whatever  form  of  use,  current 
must  pass  through  insulated  wire. 

Not  only  architects,  but  owners  of  buildings  are  now 
more  fully  alive  to  the  desirability  ol  calling  for  wire  by 
a given  name  or  brand.  The  National  Electric  Code 
formulates  the  basis  of  manufacture  which  the  Under- 
writers’ Laboratories  elaborates  upon  in  its  requirements 
which  become  a precedent  to  its  label  service  signifying 
compliance.  But  discriminating  architects  and  apprecia- 
tive clients  are  no  longer  content  to  specify  or  pay  for 
wire  or  conduit  that  is  the  “best  quality  or  equal.”  In 
addition  to  requiring  the  use  of  that  which  has  passed  the 
code  and  received  the  label,  they  encourage  the  use  of  that 
which  in  the  competition  of  service  and  not  of  price  aims  to 
excel  in  one  point  or  another  the  product  that  does  not 
identify  itself  or  its  maker. 

More  and  more  frequently  a distinction  is  being  made 
as  to  quality  in  materials  of  building  construction,  and 
stronger  encouragement  is  being  given  to  those  producers 
who,  in  spite  of  competition,  adhere  to  their  standards  of 
manufacture  and  make  names  for  themselves  under 
established  brands. 

(11)  Open  Wiring  and  Conduit  W ork 

Whether  run  “open”  or  in  conduits,  the  quality 
demands  of  the  wire  must  remain  the  best.  There  is  an 
ever-increasing  trend  toward  the  use  of  conduits,  whether 
flexible  or  rigid,  in  which  to  incase  the  wiring  in  all  build- 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


153 


ITS  SERVICE  TO  ARCHITECTS  AND  ENGINEERS 


ings — on  this  point  the  General  Suggestions  of  the  National 
Electrical  Code  state  “The  use  of  wire  ways  lor  rendering 
concealed  wiring  permanently  accessible  is  most  heartily 
endorsed  and  recommended;  and  the  method  of  accessible 
concealed  construction  is  advised  for  general  use.” 

The  Quarterly  and  other  publications  of  the  National 
Fire  Protection  Association  are  replete  with  instances 
where  open  and  inferior  wire  has  been  the  accredited  cause 
of  fires.  In  Electrical  Data , one  of  the  latest  publications 
of  Underwriters’  Laboratories  elsewhere  referred  to  in  the 
Journal,  other  instances  are  given.  In  the  interests  of 
safety  and  ultimate  economy,  conduit  work  is  invariably 
recommended.  Many  cities  now  require  this  form  of 
construction. 

Nelson  E.  Thompson  in  “Mechanical  Equipment  of 
Federal  Buildings”  described  under  6L  in  his  chapter  on 
“Conduit  and  Wiring  Systems”  states  that  all  wiring  in 
Federal  buildings  is  run  in  rigid  metal  conduits. 

(J)  G-E  Wires  and  Cables 

Wires  and  cables  are  manufactured  by  the  General 
Electric  Company  in  varieties  suitable  for  all  uses  of  the 
architect.  This  product  includes  cable  with  weatherproof, 
flameproof  rubber  (National  Electric  Code  and  better 
grades  to  meet  severer  requirements),  paper,  varnished 
cambric,  or  asbestos  insulation,  and  with  all  special  finishes. 

(a)  Rubber  Insulation. — Three  types  of  rubber  insula- 
tion have  been  standardized:  Red  Core,  Tricoat,  and  30 
per  cent  Para  (black  or  white  core).  In  addition  we  are 
prepared  to  manufacture  special  types  and  grades  of 
rubber-insulated  conductors  to  meet  unusual  conditions. 

(b)  Red  Core  is  a high-class  insulation  used  primarily 
on  wires  for  house-wiring,  and  exceeds  the  requirements  of 
the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

(c)  Tricoat  insulation  was  designed  for  those  desiring  a 
very  high-grade  wire,  somewhat  better  than  Red  Core, 
but  less  expensive  than  the  30  per  cent  grade. 

(d)  jo  per  cent  Para  insulation  meets  the  Specifications 
of  the  Rubber-Covered  Wire  Engineers’  Association  and  is 
the  best  rubber  compound  lor  absolutely  high-grade  work. 
The  core  may  be  white  or  black,  as  desired. 

(e)  Braided  IV ire. — All  wires  and  cables  No.  8 B.  & S. 
and  smaller  carry  a single  braid,  while  No  6.  B.  & S.  and 
larger  are  regularly  made  with  either  2 braids  or  a tape 
and  1 braid;  which,  in  accordance  with  Underwriters’ 
requirements,  is  equal  to  double  braid  and  suitable  for 
conduit  work.  If  tape  and  2 braids  are  required,  an  extra 
charge  will  be  made. 

(/)  N.  E.  Code,  Red  Core,  braided,  twin  wire  is  finished 
with  talc,  which  assures  ease  in  pulling  wire  into  conduits; 
no  extra  charge  made  for  this  feature.  All  our  braided, 
rubber-covered  wires  may  be  finished  in  this  way,  if 
desired,  without  additional  cost. 

Our  rubber-covered  braided  wires  and  cables  are  dis- 
tinguished by  1 red  and  1 back  thread  woven  parallel 
in  braid. 

( g ) Weatherproof  and  Underwriters'  Cable. — Standard 
weatherproof  wires  and  cables  are  manufactured  strictly 
in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  National  Board 
of  Fire  Underwriters,  with  3 braids  placed  directly  over 
the  copper  core,  thoroughly  impregnated  with  a black, 
weatherproofing  compound,  and  then  polished  to  remove 
all  superfluous  compound  and  give  a smooth  exterior 
finish.  Double-braid  weatherproof  wire  furnished  on  order. 

When  the  number  of  braids  is  not  specified,  wire  with  3 
braids  commonly  called  triple  braid,  is  always  furnished; 


if  double  braid  is  required,  requisitions  or  requests  for 
quotations  should  so  state.  A stock  of  triple-braid  wire  is 
carried. 

(A")  Steel  Armored  Conductors:  A Safe  and 
Economical  Method  of  Wiring  Old 
Buildings  {also  New) 

These  consist  of  insulated  wires  with  interlocking 
convex  and  concave  galvanized  steel  strips  wound  spirally 
over  the  insulation. 

Recognizing  the  necessity  for  a system  of  wiring  which 
would  be  flexible,  safe,  economical  and  easily  installed 
without  disfiguring  walls,  ceilings,  or  decorations  in  exist- 
ing buildings  which  were  not  originally  wired  for  elec- 
tricity and  in  which  it  became  desirable  to  have  the  com- 
forts and  conveniences  which  electrical  appliances  afford, 
the  Sprague  Electric  Works  of  General  Electric  Company 
eighteen  years  ago  placed  on  the  market  a line  of  flexible 
armored  conductors  under  the  trade  name  “B.  X.”  These 
have  been  constantly  adding  to  a well-earned  enviable 
reputation. 

Specify  Greenfield  “B.  X.”  flexible  steel  armored 
conductors,  which  in  addition  to  use  in  existing  buildings 
are  equally  well  suited  for  new  work  as  they  make  a safe, 
economical  wiring  system. 

This  Greenfield  Sprague  product  is  also  made  in  cables 
known  as  “B.  X.  L.”  which  are  covered  by  a continuous 
lead  sheath  over  which  the  steel  armor  is  wound.  These 
are  admirably  suited  for  use  in  wet  places  and  when 
embedded  in  concrete. 

Publication:  Sprague  Bulletin  No.  49600. 

(A)  Flexible  and  Rigid  Conduits 

(a)  Greenfield  Flexible  Conduit  is  equal  in  flexibility  to 
the  above  mentioned  armored  wires  or  conductors  and  can 
be  used  in  a great  many  cases  where  it  would  be  imprac- 
ticable to  use  rigid  conduit,  particularly  in  finished  build- 
ing work. 

This  is  made  in  Single  Strip  type  and  Double  Strip 
type  and  is  invariably  furnished  galvanized  inside  and  out. 
For  existing  buildings  the  use  of  Double  Strip  Conduit  is 
recommended  on  account  of  its  extreme  flexibility. 

See  Sprague  Bulletin  No.  49600  for  all  data  on  these  con- 
duits and  for  couplings,  outlet,  junction  and  switch  boxes, 
covers  and  all  fittings  for  conduits  and  armored  conductors. 

{b)  Greenfielduct  is  a rigid  pipe  or  conduit  developed  by 
Sprague  Works.  It  is  treated  on  both  the  interior  and 
exterior  by  a patented  hot  galvanized  wiped  process  mak- 
ing the  galvanization  of  both  surfaces  and  pores  thoroughly 
effective.  The  interior  is  afterward  given  a black  Japan 
finish  the  accidental  removal  of  which  will  not  impair  the 
integrity  of  the  conduit.  This  conduit  is  easily  bent  for 
installation  and  is  proof  against  rust,  cracking,  flaking, 
and  caking. 

The  enameling  on  the  interior  is  not  for  the  purpose  of 
rust  prevention  as  in  some  makes  of  galvanized  conduits, 
but  merely  for  identification  of  the  product  as  an  electrical 
conduit  as  required  by  the  National  Electrical  Code, 
Rule  58-t. 

(c)  Spragueduct  is  a black  enameled  rigid  conduit  of 
the  highest  type  to  be  used  where  item  of  expense  is  a 
consideration.  The  use  of  the  galvanized  or  Greenfielduct 
is  recommended  as  the  cost  is  but  approximately  7E2  per 
cent  more  than  the  black  pipe. 

See  Sprague  Pamphlet  No.  117  and  other  folders  for 
data  on  ( b ) and  ( c ). 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


154 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 


( M ) Sites  and  Methods  of  Installing  Conduits 

(a)  Code  and  Underwriters'  Requirements 

The  National  Electrical  Code  prescribes  the  sizes, 
methods  of  elbowing,  cutting,  supporting  and  installing 
conduits,  and  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  standards 
obtain  in  manufacturing  and  labeling. 

For  the  convenience  of  architects  and  engineers  the 
National  Electrical  Contractors’  Association  has  pub- 
lished a chart  diagrammatically  illustrating  the  Code  re- 
quirements. This  may  be  obtained  as  mentioned  under 
6A \b. 

The  brief  summary  and  the  table  which  follows  will  be 
of  help  in  familiarizing  readers  with  the  more  detailed 
requirements  of  the  Code. 

(b)  Circuits  Permissible  in  One  Conduit 

The  same  conduit  must  not  contain  more  than  four 
2-wire  or  three  3-wire  circuits  of  the  same  system,  except 
by  special  permission  of  the  Inspection  Department  and 
must  never  contain  circuits  of  different  systems. 

No  conduit  tube  having  an  internal  diameter  of  less 
than  pi  inch  shall  be  used.  All  elbows  or  bends  must  be 
so  made  that  the  conduit,  or  lining  of  same,  will  not  be 
injured.  The  radius  of  curve  of  the  inner  edge  of  any  elbow 
not  to  be  less  than  p/2  inches.  Must  have  not  more  than 
the  equivalent  of  four  quarter  bends  from  outlet  to  outlet, 
the  bends  of  the  outlet  not  being  counted. 

(c)  Supporting  Conductors  in  Vertical  Conduits 

In  tall  buildings  special  provision  must  be  made  to 
support  the  conductors  in  the  vertical  conduits,  to  remove 
their  weight  from  their  connections,  and  spacing  of  sup- 
ports in  such  cases  is  prescribed  in  the  Code. 

In  laying  out  conduit  work,  first  ascertain  the  size  and 
number  of  wires  required,  then  take  the  size  of  conduit 
from  the  table  in  next  column. 

C-E8  Local  Centers  of  Distribution 

The  next  step  in  installation  is  the  local  distribution 
through  the  various  circuits  of  the  current  brought  by  the 
feed-wires  from  the  main  source  of  control. 

{A)  Panelboards 

G-E  panelboards  are  compact  and  well  finished, 
possess  high-grade  features  throughout,  and  represent 
the  latest  and  most  satisfactory  devices  on  the  market. 
W e can  furnish  a complete  line  of  standard  panels  and 
are  prepared  to  furnish  promptly  special  panels  to  meet 
the  most  exacting  specifications. 

(a)  Switches. — Individual  circuits  with  the  following 
arrangements  can  be  supplied: 

Fused  terminals.  Knife  switches,  punched  clip  or 
sweated  and  pinned.  Rotary  snap  switches,  moulded 
covers.  Push-button  switches,  moulded  covers.  Safety 
type  rotary  snap  switches.  Safety  type  push-button 
switches. 

Any  of  the  above  types  may  be  fused  between  buses 
and  switches,  or  outside  of  switches,  with  NEC  enclosed, 
Edison  plug  or  open  link  fuses. 

Publications:  See  Supply  Catalogue,  and  for  Remote  Control 

Switches,  G-E  Bulletin  A-4070. 

( b ) Alains  and  Branches. — Elighest  grade  copper,  having 
98%  conductivity,  is  used  for  the  mains  and  branches. 
The  main  terminals,  bus  bars,  switches,  and  fuses  are 
designed  for  a capacity  of  6 amperes  per  circuit  on  2 to 


SIZE  OF  CONDUITS  FOR  THE  INSTALLATION  OF 
WIRES  AND  CABLES 


Number  of  Conductors  in  System 


One 

Conductor 
in  a 

Conduit 

Size 

Conduit,  Ins. 

Two 

Conductors 
in  a 

Conduit 

Size 

Conduit,  Ins. 

Three 

Conductors 
in  a 

Conduit 

Size 

Conduit,  Ins. 

Four 

Conductors 
in  a 

Conduit 

Size 

Conduit,  Ins. 

Size 
B & S 

Electrical 
T ra  de 
Size 

Electrical 

Trade 

Size 

Electrical 

Trade 

Size 

Electrical 

Trade 

Size 

14 

V 

x 

X 

X 

12 

V 

y 

X 

X 

10 

V 

y 

X 

1 

8 

y 

1 

I 

1 

6 

V 

1 

IX 

iX 

iX 

5 

x 

iX 

IX 

4 

y 

1 X 

IX 

IX 

3 

x 

iX 

T-X 

IX 

2 

y 

IX 

IX 

*x 

I 

y 

i y 

iX 

2 

OO 

1 

1 y 

2 

2 

OO 

1 

2 

2 

zX 

OOO 

1 

2 

2 

zX 

OOOO 

CM 

1 y 

2 

255 

zX 

200000 

1 y 

2 

zX 

zX 

250000 

1 y 

z-X 

zX 

3 

300000 

1 y 

zX 

zX 

3 

400000 

1 x 

3 

3 

3X 

500000 

iy 

3 

3 

3X 

600000 

iX 

3 

3X 

700000 

2 

3X 

3X 

800000 

2 

3'X 

4 

900000 

2 

3'X 

4 

1000000 

2 

4 

4 

12^0000 

z-X 

4^ 

aX 

1500000 

z'X 

aX 

5 

1750000 

3 

5 

5 

2000000 

3 

5 

6 

— Panel  Boards  and  Cabinets 

2 wire  and  3 to  3 wire  125-volt  panels,  and  3 amperes 
per  circuit  on  3 to  2 wire  125-volt  and  2 to  2 wire  250-volt 
panels.  Mains  can  be  arranged  for  lugs  only,  NEC 
enclosed  or  open  link  fuses,  or  with  fused  or  unfused  main 
switch. 

( c ) Frames. — By  the  use  of  a slate  frame  or  set  of 
barriers  around  the  panel,  a more  finished  appearance  is 
given,  as  it  separates  the  wiring  in  the  cabinet  from  the 
active  part  of  the  panel. 

This  frame  consists  of  four  pieces  of  slate  mounted  on 
the  face  of  the  panel  and  fastened  to  the  back  of  the  cabinet 
by  adjustable  corner  irons.  The  slot  in  the  frame  opposite 
each  terminal,  through  which  the  wire  passes,  permits  the 
complete  wiring  of  the  panel  before  the  slate  frame  is 
placed  in  position  and  simplifies  the  work  of  connecting 
the  circuit  wires. 

( d ) Finishes. — Any  finish  desired  or  called  for  in 
specifications  can  be  furnished,  but  the  General  Electric 
Company  strongly  recommends  its  No.  1,  or  dull  black 
slate,  with  satin  finished  bar  and  branch  connections. 
This  is  a very  durable  finish  and  renders  the  appearance 
of  the  panel  very  attractive. 

(B)  Safety-type  Panels 

This  type  of  panel  has  been  developed  by  Sprague 
Electric  Works  of  the  General  Electric  Company  to  meet 
an  increasing  demand  for  a strictly  high-grade  safety  type 
of  panel.  It  is  so  arranged  that  the  switch  compartment 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


155 


ITS  SERVICE  TO  ARCHITECTS  AND  ENGINEERS 


is  covered  by  a door,  fastened  with  a spring  catch,  while  the 
fuse  compartment  is  covered  by  a larger  door,  supplied 
with  a lock.  By  this  construction  only  authorized  persons 
may  have  access  to  that  part  of  the  panel  which  is  alive. 

These  panels  are  arranged  for  either  push-button  or 
rotary-snap  switches,  and  NEC  enclosed,  open-link  or 
Edison  plug  fuses  in  the  branches. 

Salient  features. — Switches  operated  without  opening 
door  exposing  current-carrying  parts. 

All  live  metal  parts  covered  by  lock  door,  elimin- 
ating possibility  of  shock  to  operator. 

Unit  switch  construction. 

Plates  may  be  engraved  with  name  or  number  of  cir- 
cuit controlled. 

Recommended  for  use  in  all  public  places,  department 

G-E9  G-E  Switches  for  Every  Use 

(A)  G-E  Lever  and  Knife  Switches  are  con- 
structed to  withstand  severe  and  constant  usage,  and  they 
will  carry  their  rated  capacity  indefinitely  without  over- 
heating. Moreover,  they  embody  certain  other  minor 
details  of  construction  which,  though  not  essential,  add 
considerably  to  their  efficiency. 

( B ) Snap  Switches . — The  General  Electric  Com- 
pany manufactures  a line  of  mechanically  and  electrically 
efficient  snap  switches  in  all  standard  rating,  too  numer- 
ous to  be  listed  here. 

( C ) G-E  Flush  Switches , both  push-button  and 
rotary  types,  are  known  for  their  absolute  reliability.  They 
are  furnished  with  adjusting  nuts,  which  feature  insures 
accurate  alignment.  The  locking  type  is  recommended  for 
use  in  public  buildings,  to  prevent  the  switch  from  being 
operated  by  unauthorized  persons.  Flush  switch  plates 
can  be  furnished  in  any  finish  required.  White  enameled 
plates  should  be  used  with  delicately  tinted  walls  and 
woodwork,  and  in  bathrooms  and  toilets. 

(D)  Luminous  Kadieye. — The  self-luminous 
“Radieye”  pull-socket  pendant  or  switch-plate  attachment 
enables  one  to  locate  the  exact  spot  for  turning  on  the 
light,  even  from  across  the  room. 

G-EIO  Sockets  and  Receptacles 

The  standard  and  special  lamp  sockets  made  by  this 
Company  cover  all  possible  requirements  in  electric 
installation. 

{A)  G-E  Quick  Alake  and  Break  Socket , 

660  watts,  250  volts,  fills  a long-felt  need  for  a key  or  pull 
socket  which  can  be  used  interchangeably  with  keyless 
socket  and  switch  control  where  electric  heating  devices 
and  other  small  portables  are  used  on  lighting  circuits. 

(B)  G-E  Locking  Sockets  and  Receptacles 

afford  a positive  protection  to  lamps  and  also  prevent  the 
theft  of  current.  When  the  key  is  removed,  the  screw 
shell  of  the  socket  swivels  freely,  preventing  injury  to 
either  the  lamp  base  or  the  socket  if  an  attempt  is  made  to 
remove  the  lamp  without  the  key. 


stores,  private  residences,  factories,  or  any  place  where 
the  switches  are  likely  to  be  operated  by  persons  unfamiliar 
with  the  damage  or  possibility  of  personal  injury  caused 
by  short  circuit  or  accidental  contact  with  live  conductors. 

(C)  Panelboard  Cabinets. — The  General  Electric 
Company  has  developed  a complete  line  of  standard  con- 
struction cabinets  in  steel  and  wood  with  solid  and  glass 
doors  and  with  and  without  trims.  These  can  be  furnished 
in  any  color  or  finish  desired. 

In  addition  to  the  standard  line,  special  cabinets  can 
be  supplied  to  meet  any  requirement,  but  holding  to  the 
standards  will  effect  an  economy  and  facilitate  prompt 
delivery. 


These  attachments  contain  an  actual  radium  composi- 
tion protected  by  glass.  The  luminosity  is  thus  practi- 
cally permanent.  The  body  is  made  of  brass  with  all 
standard  finishes  and  can  readily  be  attached  to  either 
pull-socket  chain  or  switch-plate  without  the  aid  of  tools. 

(. E ) Removable  Mechanism , Flush  Push- 

Button  Switch. — Constructed  especially  to  comply 
with  the  restriction  of  the  Underwriters  in  regard  to  hav- 
ing loose  wires  in  buildings  during  erection.  With  this 
type  of  switch,  only  the  porcelain  box,  with  a temporary 
fiber  cover,  is  installed  with  the  wiring  during  plastering 
and  other  rough  building  operations.  The  removable 
mechanism,  separately  packed,  is  retained,  ready  for  inser- 
tion as  soon  as  there  is  no  longer  any  danger  of  injury  to  it. 

(F)  Remote  Control  Switch. — The  Type  R, 

Form  C-2,  electrically  operated  remote  control  switch 
can  often  be  used  to  advantage  to  connect  and  disconnect 
lighting  circuits,  motors  not  subject  to  heavy  overloads, 
vacuum  cleaners,  or  other  electrical  devices  located  at  a 
distance.  It  is  especially  adapted  for  use  in  large  build- 
ings, libraries,  theaters,  halls,  stores,  etc.,  where  control 
from  a central  point  is  desired. 

Publications:  See  Supply  Catalogue.  For  Remote  Control  Switches, 
see  G-E  Bulletin  A-4070. 


(C)  Double  Door  Flush  Receptacle.  — When 

installed  in  the  wall  or  baseboard,  only  the  small  porcelain 
flange  of  the  plug  is  visible.  Two  perfectly  fitting  doors 
in  the  plate  open  to  allow  the  insertion  of  the  plug. 

(D)  Flush  Receptacles  for  Electric  Portables. 

— This  flush  receptacle  will  take  any  medium  screw  base 
attaching  plug.  Catalogue  No.  GE002,  for  instance,  is  a 
miniature  swivel  plug,  and  is  particularly  well  adapted  to 
use  with  small  electric  portables  in  connection  with  recep- 
tacle, Catalogue  No.  36817.  The  swiveling  feature  pre- 
vents the  cord  from  twisting  when  the  plug  is  screwed  into 
the  receptacle. 

The  very  complete  line  of  wiring  devices  manufac- 
tured by  this  Company  includes  a variety  of  other  flush  re- 
ceptacles for  use  as  outlets  for  various  electric  portables.  For 
suggestion  for  use  see  Wiring  and  Conduit  Data,  G-E7C. 
Publications:  See  Supply  Catalogue. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


156 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 
C-E11  Util  ization  of  Electrical  Energy 


(A)  Cooking  and  Heating 

A wide  range  of  domestic  appliances  is  now  practical 
for  the  modern  building.  These  devices  are  of  vital  inter- 
est to  the  architect  in  two  ways.  First,  because  the  value 
of  the  complete  structure  as  a working  unit  can  be  vastly 
increased  by  their  use,  and,  secondly,  because  special 
wiring  is  invariably  required  and  should  be  provided  for 
in  the  original  plans  of  the  building.  By  installing  sepa- 
rate wiring  circuits  and  meter,  as  before  stated,  the  charges 
for  current  consumption  will  be  much  lower  than  for 
lighting  circuits. 

Since  the  limit  established  by  the  Underwriters  is  660 
watts  for  a lighting  circuit  wire,  the  architect  can  readily 
determine  the  advisability  of  a separate  circuit  by  noting 
the  wattage  of  the  various  devices  which  will  probably  be 
used.  Kitchen  ranges,  three-unit  and  four-unit  radiators, 
circulating  water-heaters,  and  air-heaters,  for  instance,  are 
above  the  660-watt  limit,  and  must,  therefore,  be  con- 
nected to  the  special  power  circuit  wire. 

The  General  Electric  Company  offers  a complete  line  of 
electric  heating  and  cooking  appliances  for  domestic,  hotel, 
and  restaurant  installations  and  industrial  applications. 

( B ) Electric  Ranges. Are  easy  to  operate,  the 

heat  is  quickly  available,  and  is  readily  regulated.  They 
are  clean,  safe,  and  labor-saving,  and  their  use  promotes 
comfort  and  cleanliness.  There  is  no  fire  requiring  con- 
stant attention;  no  excess  heat,  smoke,  or  fumes,  to  vitiate 
the  atmosphere.  There  is  no  longer  need  of  continued 
scouring  and  scrubbing  to  keep  cooking  utensils  clean  and 
free  from  soot.  Dust  and  dirt,  together  with  the  bother 
and  burden  of  handling  and  storing  coal  and  ashes,  are 
entirely  eliminated.  The  same  current  will  always  pro- 
duce the  same  temperature;  therefore,  other  things  being 
equal,  uniform  results  are  obtained. 

The  electric  range  performs  all  kinds  of  cooking  and 
baking.  Ordinary  cooking  utensils  are  used  with  them. 
The  broiler  is  combined  with  the  oven,  the  meat  being 
broiled  by  radiant  heat  from  above.  The  cooking  top  is 
equipped  with  hot  plates  for  boiling  and  frying  and  elec- 
tric cookers  for  steaming  and  slow  cooking. 

(C)  Flatirons . — 3-,  6-,  8-lb.  sizes.  With  separate  or 
attached  stand.  Full  nickeled  or  with  barffed  base. 

(Z))  Tailors'  Irons. — For  tailors,  clothing  houses, 
and  pressing-rooms  in  private  residences,  etc.  Made  in 
1 2-,  1 5-,  1 8-,  and  24-  lb.  sizes. 

( F)  Stoves.  — Portable  disks  for  many  purposes. 
4-in.,  single  heat.  6-in.  and  8-in.,  3 heats  each. 

(E)  Hot  Plate. — Does  the  same  work  as  the  ordinary 
gas  hot  plate. 

( G)  Toaster. — Convenient  and  ornamental  for  use  on 
the  dining-room  table.  Makes  fresh  toast  as  needed.  Ten 
slices  cost  one  cent. 

(H)  Air-Heaters . — Particularly  adapted  for  the 
heating  of  rooms  in  buildings  or  residences  where  the  hea 
is  to  be  used  continuously.  The  heating  units  are  so  con- 
structed as  to  allow  a free  passage  of  air  over  the  heating 
element,  the  heat  being  rapidly  conducted  away  to  the 
surrounding  air.  Heating  units  easily  renewable.  Snap- 
switch  heat-control. 


(jl')  dower  Radiators . — Adapted  for  intermittent 
service,  particularly  in  removing  the  chill  before  or  after 
the  heating  system  is  in  use.  Ideal  for  nurseries  and  bath- 
rooms. Consists  of  a handsomely  finished  ornamental 
metal  frame  with  a highly  polished  reflector,  and  two, 
three,  or  four  luminous  heating  units.  Safety  from  danger 
of  fire  or  fumes. 

{K)  Circulating  Water-Heater. — The  circulating 
water-heater  may  be  readily  connected  with  the  ordinary 
kitchen  hot-water  tank. 

It  is  designed  for  low  wattage  continuous  heating,  but 
the  larger  wattages  adapt  it  for  intermittent  use. 

No  tank  or  piping  furnished. 


Publications:  G-L  Bulletins 

Ranges,  Domestic B-3353 

Disk  Stoves,  Domestic B-3410 

Radiant  Grill,  Domestic  Table 8-3278 

Ranges,  Hotel  . . . . Y-898 

Broiler,  Hotel  ...  Y-898 

Ovens,  Hotel Y-898 

Toaster,  Hotel  Y-898 

Air  Heaters,  Domestic  . B-3423 

Luminous  Radiators B-3329 

Irons,  Flat,  Domestic  B-3318 

Irons,  Flat,  Tailors’  B-3394 


G-E12  Hotel  Equipment 

The  complete  G-E  line  consists  of  ranges,  boilers,  bake- 
ovens,  toasters,  and  all  other  desirable  utensils.  Informa- 
tion in  detail  may  be  obtained  from  the  nearest  G-E  office. 

G-E13  Special  Transformers 

For  small  devices,  such  as  bells,  toys,  small  lamps,  etc  , 
the  use  of  batteries  has  been  replaced  by  small  trans- 
formers which  give  the  required  low  voltages  at  a small 
cost  and  without  attention.  Transformers  can  be  used 
only  on  alternating  current  systems. 

(A)  For  Night  Light. — A miniature  transformer 
(the  All-nite-lite)  is  screwed  to  the  lamp-socket  in  place 
of  the  ordinary  lamp,  and  transforms  the  supply  voltage 
to  operate  a 6-volt  2-c.p.  bayonet  base  Mazda  lamp,  the 
same  as  used  for  automobile  rear  and  speedometer  lighting. 

Publications:  G-F.  Bulletin  B-3341 

( B ) For  Bell-Ringing  Systems. — The  Wayne 

bell-ringing  transformer  serves  every  ringing  requirement- 
Catalogue  No.  179541,  for  instance,  is  adapted  for  operat- 
ing household  type  electric  bells,  annunciators,  door-open- 
ers, thermostats,  etc.  It  has  sufficient  capacity  to  operate 
three  3-inch  bells  simultaneously.  It  has  been  approved 
by  Fire  Underwriters. 

A bell-ringing  transformer  should  be  included  in  all 
wiring  specifications. 

Publications:  G-Fl  Bulletin  B-3400 

C-E14  Fans 

Fans  for  residences  and  offices  are  made  in  three  sizes, 
9,  12  and  16  inches  in  diameter,  and  with  three-speed  con- 
trol except  the  9-inch,  which  has  a two-speed  control. 
Can  be  furnished  for  desk  or  wall  mounting,  either  oscilla- 
ting or  non-oscillating.  These  fans  are  quiet  in  running, 
light  in  weight,  every  efficient  and  durable.  Made  for  dif- 
ferent voltages  for  both  alternating  and  direct  current. 
Publications:  G-E  Bulletin  B-3402.  For  Ventilation  oj  Buildings 
by  use  of  electric  blowers,  fans  and  exhaust  fans,  ask  for  Special 
Bulletin  devoted  to  this  subject. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


157 


ITS  SERVICE  TO  ARCHITECTS  AND  ENGINEERS 


G-E15  Battery  Charging  Outfits 

Electrically  propelled  vehicles  demand  reliable  charg- 
ing equipments  of  high  commercial  efficiency.  Battery 
charging  equipments  of  all  kinds  can  be  furnished  by  the 
General  Electric  Company,  either  as  individual  charging 
sets  with  control  panels  for  private  garages  or  in  large 
equipments  for  charging  vehicle  batteries  in  public  garages. 
Publications:  G-E  Bulletin  B-3374 

[A)  Individual  V ehicle  Charging  Sets  may  be 
used  for  charging  either  Lead  or  Edison  vehicle  batteries. 


(B)  Ignition  Battery  Charging  Outfits  can  be 

supplied  for  home  or  garage  use  in  charging  automobile 
starting  and  ignition  batteries.  In  the  case  of  large  garages 
it  is  best  to  take  up  individual  requirements  with  the 
engineers  of  the  General  Electric  Company. 

C-E16  Moving  Picture  Apparatus 

Fort  Wayne  Compensarcs  for  the  production  of  vol- 
tage incident  to  the  operation  of  moving-picture  machines. 
Used  for  transforming  direct  or  alternating  current  and 
transforming  alternating  to  a usable  direct  current  vol- 
tage. Simple  to  install;  no  sub-base  or  special  founda- 
tions required;  easily  connected  into  circuit. 


G-E17  Illumination  — Interior  and  Exterior 

Illumination  has  become  one  of  the  modern  sciences.  Its  practice  has  developed  the  profession 
of  illuminating  engineering.  The  commercial  demands  for  lighting  efficiency,  the  varied  effects 
both  on  the  exterior  and  interior  of  buildings  which  may  be  produced  by  artificial  lighting,  and  the 
development  of  a wide  range  of  methods  and  devices  for  diffusing  and  directing  light  have  neces- 
sitated specialized  study  such  as  now  comes  within  the  province  of  the  illuminating  engineer.  There 
still  remain  the  simple  problems  of  modern  lighting  practice. 

It  is  not  here  possible  to  explain  the  comparatively  easy  calculations  involved  in  the  design  of 
a simple  lighting  installation.  For  information  on  this  subject  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  numer- 
ous handbooks  and  publications  listed  under  the  subdivision  6H  in  the  June  issue  of  the  Journal. 
Further  information  is  always  obtainable  from  reputable  manufacturers  of  lamps  and  lighting 
appliances  who  issue  such  data  in  convenient  and  reliable  form. 

Publications:  The  Ivanhoe-Regent  Works  of  the  G-E  Company  issues  a complete  catalogue  on  this  subject,  which  is  sent  on  application. 

See  Bulletins  of  Edison  Lamp  Works  of  the  G-E  Company  on  Modern  Lighting  Methods  in  various  Industries. 


(A)  Arrangements  of  Lighting  Systems — 
Interior 

Under  the  three  following  designations  the  lighting 
systems  in  modern  practice  are  briefly  outlined: 

{a)  Local  Lighting. — Denotes  concentrated  illumina- 
tion under  small  spaces,  such  as  a lamp  over  a tool  or 
machine  or  a piece  of  furniture. 

(b)  General  Illumination. — Denotes  an  attempt  to  dif- 
fuse the  same  intensity  of  light  throughout  an  entire  room. 

(c)  Localized  General  Illumination  or  Group  Lighting. — 
Denotes,  roughly,  a compromise  between  the  two  previous 
systems  and  suggests  the  placing  of  lamps  to  give  proper 
direction  of  light  and  maximum  intensity  at  important 
points. 

( B)  Types  of  Lighting  Units 

(a)  Direct  Lighting.— Denotes  a type  of  lighting  unit 
such  as  the  clear  or  frosted  incandescent  lamp,  where  the 
light  is  not  deflected  by  the  ceiling  or  other  reflective 
surfaces. 

( b ) Indirect  Lighting. — Denotes  a lighting  unit,  such  as 
cove  lighting  or  lamps  concealed  by  inverted  opaque 
reflectors,  which  reflect  all  the  light  on  a ceiling  or  some 
other  large  surface,  whence  it  is  re-reflected  in  desired 
directions. 

( c ) Semi-indirect. — Denotes  a light  in  which  a translu- 
cent reflector  is  used.  By  this  means  most  of  the  light  is 
reflected  to  the  ceiling  or  any  other  large  surface,  while  a 
small  portion  of  the  light  is  transmitted  directly  through 
the  reflector. 

(C)  Choice  of  a Semi-indirect  Unit 

The  type  of  lighting  unit  which  is  best  is  a matter 
which  does  not  fall  within  our  province  and  upon  which 
we  express  no  opinion.  Present  practice  tends  toward  the 


use  of  the  semi-indirect  method,  which  is  susceptible  of 
wide  variations  according  to  the  density  of  the  bowl  or 
reflector  which  governs  their  translucent  quality.  This 
density,  in  its  direct  application,  is  of  course  governed  by 
the  needs  where  it  is  used  and  each  problem  requires  dif- 
ferent treatment.  In  order  that  the  lights  may  be  evenly 
deflected  from  the  bowl  to  the  ceiling,  the  fixture  or  hanger 
should  be  carefully  calculated  as  to  length,  and  the  proper 
position  of  the  socket  accurately  determined.  Wherever 
feasible,  glass  should  be  used  which  is  smooth  on  the 
inside  and  on  the  outside  also,  if  possible.  Rough  glass 
collects  dirt  and  is  not  easily  cleaned.  The  suspension 
should  be  such  as  to  eliminate  all  danger  of  falling  glass 
and  should  provide  convenient  means  for  cleaning.  Deco- 
rations should  be  very  simple,  avoiding  deep  crevices, 
which  invite  dust  accumulation. 

( D ) Exterior  Lighting 

The  G-E  Novalux  ornamental  units  are  well  designed 
and  are  practical  units  built  to  accommodate  the  Mazda 
C lamp.  They  are  used  for  lighting  streets  and  sidewalks 
and  for  throwing  light  upward  to  illuminate  building 
fronts.  They  combine  lighting  efficiency  with  an  attrac- 
tive appearance  and  are  made  for  all  standard  lighting 
circuits  and  candle  powers. 

Publications:  Information  may  be  obtained  at  our  nearest  office; 
see  page  158. 

( E)  Flood  Lighting  Projectors 

Since  the  extensive  use  of  flood  lighting  as  applied  to 
the  exteriors  of  the  buildings  at  the  Panama-Pacific 
International  Exhibition,  the  illumination  of  building 
exteriors  has  attained  considerable  prominence  and  popu- 
larity, due  to  the  fact  that  the  building  and  not  the  light- 
ing method  is  presented  to  the  eye. 

The  G-E  Flood  Lighting  Projector  is  made  expressly 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


158 


ELECTRICAL  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES  6E 


GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 


for  this  work  and  accommodates  either  the  200-  or  400- 
watt  Mazda  C lamps,  which  also  are  made  expressly  for 
this  purpose. 

Publications:  See  G-E  Bulletin  No.  43850 

(F)  For  all  Types  of  Illumination 

Complete  equipment,  including  glassware  and  lamps, 
is  furnished  by  the  General  Electric  Company  and  its 
subsidiaries. 

For  Opal  Glass  Reflector,  Regent  Semi-Indirect  Bowls, 
Holophane  Prismatic  Reflectors  and  all  other  lighting 


units,  as  well  as  for  general  information  on  the  subject  of 
illumination,  including  that  from  concealed  sources,  con- 
sult various  General  Electric  publications. 

(G)  Lamps 

The  Mazda  is  the  standardized  lamp  for  all  general 
uses.  Mazda  is  not  the  name  of  a thing  but  the  mark  of  a 
service,  centered  in  the  General  Electric  Research  Labora- 
tories at  Schenectady,  N.  Y.  The  trade-mark,  which  is 
the  property  of  the  G-El  Company,  can  appear  only  on 
lamps  which  meet  the  standard  of  Mazda  service. 


G-E18  Generation,  Transmission,  Distribution  and  Application  of  Electric 
Power  Everywhere 

Other  products  meeting  every  known  requirement  in  electrical  installation,  as  well  as  the  equip- 
ment of  buildings,  are  produced,  including  those  for  all  industrial  establishments,  power-houses, 
hotels,  apartment  houses,  residences  and  all  other  types  of  structures. 

As  before  mentioned,  the  engineering  staff  and  various  departments  of  the  General  Electric 
Company  are  available  to  all  architects  and  engineers  through  the  principal  works  and  sales 
offices  of  the  General  Electric  Company  which  are  established  through  the  United  States,  Canada 
and  foreign  countries.  See  below. 

The  principal  manufacturing  plants  of  the  General  Electric  Company  are  located  at  Schenec- 
tady, N.  Y.;  Lynn  and  Pittsfield,  Mass.;  Harrison,  Newark  and  Watsessing,  N.  J.;  Cleveland, 
Ohio;  Erie,  Pa.;  and  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.  The  total  floor  space  is  nearly  15,000,000  square  feet. 

To  insure  correspondence  against  avoidable  delay,  all  communications  to  the  Company  should 
be  addressed  to  the  sales  office  nearest  the  writer. 


THE  SALES  OFFICES  OF  THE  GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY  ARE  AS  FOLLOWS: 


Atlanta,  Ga Third  National  Bank  Building 

Baltimore,  Md Lexington  Street  Building 

Birmingham,  Ala Brown-Marx  Building 

Boston,  Mass 84  State  Street 

Buffalo,  N.  Y Electric  Building 

Butte,  Mont Electric  Building 

Charleston,  W.  Va Charleston  National  Bank  Building 

Charlotte,  N.  C Commercial  National  Bank  Building 

Chattanooga,  Tenn.  . . James  Building 

Chicago,  111 Monadnock  Building 

Cincinnati,  Ohio Provident  Building 

Cleveland,  Ohio Illuminating  Building 

Columbus,  Ohio Columbus  Savings  & Trust  Building 

"“Dallas,  Tex Interurban  Building 

Dayton,  Ohio  . Schwind  Building 

Denver,  Col First  National  Bank  Building 

Des  Moines,  Iowa Hippee  Building 

fDetroit,  Mich Dime  Savings  Bank  Building 

Duluth,  Minn Fidelity  Building 

Elmira,  N.  Y.  Hulett  Building 

*E1  Paso,  Tex 500  San  Francisco  Street 

Erie,  Pa.  . Marine  National  Bank  Building 

Fort  Wayne,  Ind 1600  Broadway 

Hartford,  Conn.  . Hartford  National  Bank  Building 

"’Houston,  Tex Third  and  Washington  Streets 

Indianapolis,  Ind Traction  Terminal  Building 

Jacksonville,  Fla Heard  National  Bank  Building 

Joplin,  Mo Miners’  Bank  Building 

Kansas  City,  Mo Dwight  Building 

Knoxville,  Tenn Bank  & Trust  Building 


"“Southwest  General  Electric  Company. 
fGeneral  Electric  Company  of  Michigan. 

For  Hawaiian  business  address 

Catton  Neill  & Company,  Ltd.,  Honolulu. 

For  all  Canadian  business  refer  to 

Canadian  General  Electric  Company,  Ltd.,  Toronto,  Ont. 


Los  Angeles,  Cal.  ....  724  S.  Spring  Street 

Louisville,  Ky Starks  Building 

Memphis,  Tenn Randolph  Building 

Milwaukee,  Wis.  ...  Public  Service  Building 

Minneapolis,  Minn.  . . 410  Third  Ave.,  North 

Nashville,  Tenn Stahlmann  Building 

New  Haven,  Conn.  . Second  National  Bank  Building 

New  Orleans,  La ....  Maison-Blanche  Building 

New  York,  N.  Y.  . ......  120  Broadway 

Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y. Gluck  Building 

"“Oklahoma  City,  Okla.  Terminal  Building 

Omaha,  Neb Union  Pacific  Building 

Philadelphia,  Pa.  Witherspoon  Building 

Pittsburgh,  Pa Oliver  Building 

Portland,  Ore . . . Electric  Building 

Providence,  R.  1.  112  Turks  Head  Building 

Richmond,  Va. Virginia  Railway  and  Power  Building 

Rochester,  N.  Y.  Granite  Building 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  ......  Newhouse  Building 

San  Francisco,  Cal Rialto  Building 

Schenectady,  N.  Y G-F.  Works 

Seattle,  Wash.  Colman  Building 

Spokane,  Wash . . Paulsen  Building 

Springfield,  Mass. . . Massachusetts  Mutual  Building 

St.  Louis,  Mo Pierce  Building 

Syracuse,  N.  Y Onondaga  County  Savings  Bank  Building 

Toledo,  Ohio  Spitzer  Building 

Washington,  D.  C ......  Evans  Building 

Youngstown,  Ohio Stambaugh  Building 


For  business  in  Great  Britain  refer  to 

British  Thomson-Houston  Company,  Ltd.,  Rugby,  Eng. 

General  Foreign  Sales  Offices:  Schenectady,  N.  Y.;  120  Broadway, 
New  York  City;  83  Cannon  St.,  London,  E.  C.,  Eng. 


FOREIGN  OFFICES  AND  REPRESENTATIVES 


Argentina:  Cia.  General  Electric  Sudamericana,  Inc.,  Buenos  Aires; 
Australia:  Australian  General  Electric  Co.,  Sydney  and  Melbourne; 
Brazil:  Companhia  General  Electric  Co.,  Brazil,  Rio  de  Janeiro;  Cen- 
tral America:  G.  Amsinck  & Co.,  New  York,  U.  S.  A.;  Chile:  Inter- 
national Machinery  Co.,  Santiago,  and  Nitrate  Agencies,  Ltd.,  Iquique; 
China:  Anderson,  Meyer  & Co.,  Shanghai;  Colombia:  Wesselhoeft  & 
Wisner,  Barranquilla;  Cuba:  Zalso  & Martinez,  Havana;  England: 
General  Electric  Co.  (of  New  York),  London;  India:  General  Electric 


Co.  (of  New  York),  Calcutta;  Japan  and  Korea:  General  Electric  Co. 
and  Bagnall  & Hilles,  Yokohama;  Mitsui  Bussan  Kaisha,  Ltd.,  Tokyo 
and  Seoul;  Mexico:  Mexican  General  F.lectric  Co.,  Mexico  City; 

New  Zealand:  The  National  Electric  & Engineering  Co.,  Ltd.,  Well- 
ington, Christchurch,  Dunedin  and  Auckland;  Peru:  W.  R.  Grace  & 
Col,  Lima;  Philippine  Islands:  Frank  L.  Strong  Machinery  Co., 

Manila;  South  Africa:  South  African  General  Fllectric  Co.,  Johan- 
nesburg, Capetown  and  Durban. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


BILLIARD  TABLES  AND  BOWLING  ALLEYS  5L 


159 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIllilllllllH 


Billiard  Table  Information  for  Architects 

We  make  seven  sizes  of  billiard  tables.  The  space  required  for  each  of 
these  tables  is  listed  below: 


Table 


Outside  dimensions 


Room  space  required 


Length  of  cue  used 


ayr  x 

5 

2' 

9" 

X 

4' 

10” 

10'  x 12' 

42" 

46” 

5l" 

3 x 

6 

3' 

4" 

X 

5' 

11  A" 

1 1'  x 14' 

3'A  x 

7 

3' 

11" 

X 

1' 

1" 

12'  x 15' 

4 x 

8 

4' 

7" 

X 

8' 

5" 

n'  x 17' 
14'  x 18' 

58”  (standard  cue) 
S8" 

58” 

4 K x 

9 

4' 

n }4" 

X 

9' 

iH" 

5 x 

IO 

5' 

sA" 

8" 

X 

I o' 

1 A" 

15' x2o'  (regulation  table) 

1 6'  X 22'  (We  recommend  this  size 

6 x 

12  (“English  Table”) 

6' 

X 

12' 

6" 

58" 

wherever  possible.) 

For  dimensions  required  to  use  two  or  more  tables  of  any  size  or  sizes,  we 
will  make  suggestions  and  furnish  complete  information  on  request. 

Bowling  Alley  Information  for  Architects 

Below  we  present  two  drawings  to  show  the  minimum  width  required  for  a 
single  pair  of  alleys,  and  the  maximum  width  required  when  alleys  are  arranged 
in  a larger  series. 

T^oTE 

73/=//  / /Czrz-o'/e  ty 

O/V 

^?27//Y/?/?S>£>5 
3-6“- 


9~f 

~ 1 jOTZm  1,1.1 

dd c '7 H 

w?  y vv.a“ 


*LL£Y  0£O 


/~Zi  " -+■///“  -4*—//#“ — * — /-7i“ 

\SPftCE  CJ/y^EjO  /0'~6^:- 

‘‘/)/y/5/offS  s /o'- 


7?OC>C,tt  TiooRINQ 

3 "'tq-"8£VerL£D 

Cembnt 


S-O 


t?r 


JVO'r£ 

077)/3i.  /.  b/y  Floozy. 


S-  o" 


4l 


~pr 

=*a= 


1ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ2&^&ZZZ2Z. 


'ZSZZZZZZZZZ^ZZZZZZZZZZZ. 


\A  * ! ’.  w 

ZA  ' •,  a.  1^2 

'AlT)'  ^ % 
r"  <v  > » A 

V/ty-> 

/9k"- 


i/i 


-///■ 


r-7i 


7?£Qv/K>E&  //-Si  , , v 

W/r#  /^  £>/y/s/ons  ftequ/REs  //-<:?:  - 

The  length,  from  back  wall  to  the  front  of  the  approach,  should  never  be  less 
than  82'-o".  This  allows  for  pit  and  swinging  cushion  q'-o";  for  alley  (to  foul 
line)  63'-o";  and  for  run-way  1 5'-o".  Space  for  players’  seats  or  for  spectators 
should  be  in  addition  to  the  lengths  and  widths  given. 

For  installations  of  all  kinds,  we  invite  correspondence.  We  will  gladly  and 
without  charge  make  suggestions  and  furnish  complete  information  to  help  in 
the  solution  of  any  bowling-alley  problem. 

The  Brunswick-Balke-Collender  Company 

623-633  South  Wabash  Avenue,  Chicago 
29-35  West  32nd  Street,  New  York  City 


IIVIIHM 

Industrial  Section 


illlilililllilillilllililllliillllilllliliiiiliiiiililliilllli: 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


.■  i:  ■:  I!,I ,i ,i  ii  :i';h:  ;',i  .,i;r  ,i  ii  ,i ; ,i'  ;i  ,u  ilir.l  :uu,i  .i'll n ;■  nil!.,l  ,i  I- ii  ,U'  im.  N I'.i.-i  ir.iM  i: ::  i.^ 


160 


ELEVATORS  (Electric)  6F 


A.  B.  SEE  ELECTRIC 

The  A.  B.  See  Electric  Elevator  Company 
Manufactures  and  Installs  all  Types  of 
Electric  Passenger  and  Freight  Elevators: 

Single  and  Tandem  Gear  Drum  Type,  Single  and  Tandem  Gear  Traction  Type, 
Heavy  Duty  Freight  and  Automobile  Elevators,  and  Sidewalk  Elevators 

(All  of  the  above  may  be  operated  by  direct  or  alternating  current) 

Direct  and  2-1  Gearless  Traction  Elevators 

(For  operation  under  direct  current  only) 


THE  DIRECT  CONNECTED  DRUM  TYPE  ELEVATOR 

The  Direct  Connected  Drum  Type  Elevator  machine  consists  of  a winding  drum, 
connected  by  worm  gearing  to  an  electric  motor,  all  mounted  on  a cast-iron  bed  plate. 
A brake  placed  between  the  motor  and  gear  housing  is  released  electrically  in  operating 
the  car  and  in  the  event  of  failure  of  current  from  any  cause  brings  the  car  to  a stop 
gradually  and  smoothly. 

Control.  The  elevator  is  operated  by  a controller,  placed  on  or  near  the  hoisting 
* machine,  connected  by  conducting  cables  with  a switch  in  the  car.  A safety  switch  in 
the  car  releases  a circuit  breaker  on  the  machine,  when  opened,  cutting  off  all  current 
from  the  motor  and  stops  the  elevator.  Freight  elevators  are  frequently  operated  by 
means  of  a flexible  hand-rope  passing  through  the  car  and  attached  to  the  operating 
mechanism  on  the  machine. 

Speeds.  This  type  of  elevator  may  operate  at  speeds  of  ioo  feet  to  400  feet  per 
minute,  the  size  of  machine  depending  upon  the  lifting  capacity,  type  of  building,  and 
character  of  service  required. 

Location  and  Installation.  The  drum  machine  may  be  placed  in  the  basement  or 
over  the  elevator  hatch,  the  latter  arrangement  being  preferable.  In  an  installation 
of  this  character  steel  guides  are  erected  at  the  sides  or  corners  of  the  hatchway  attached  to  the  building  construction. 

The  car  is  suspended  in  a steel  channel  girdle  or  frame,  to  which  is  attached  the  iron  hoisting  cables,  the  other  end  being 
fastened  to  the  drum.  Counterbalancing  is  effected  by  means  of  weights,  running  in  steel  guides,  connected  by  cables  to  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  drum.  When  the  counterweight  is  in  two  sections  the  top  section  is  connected  to  the  car.  In  this  arrangement  two 
hoisting  and  four  counterweight  cables  are  used.  A car  safety  is  placed  under  the  platform  connected  by  means  of  a cable  to  a 
centrifugal  governor  at  the  top  of  the  shaft.  When  the  car  exceeds  a predetermined  speed  the  governor  acts  and  operates  the  safety, 
bringing  the  car  to  a gradual  stop. 

An  automatic  stop  motion  on  the  machine  provides  means  for  stopping  the  car  at  the  limits  of  travel.  A slack  cable  safety 
is  also  provided  to  stop  the  motor  if  the  car  is  obstructed  in  any  manner  while  descending. 

Coiled  spring  bumpers  are  placed  under  the  car  and  counterweight  in  the  elevator  pit. 

Safe  Hoisting  Attachment.  In  an  office  building,  the  character  of  which  does  not  warrant  the  installation  of  a freight 
elevator,  it  is  advisable  to  equip  one  of  the  passenger  elevators  with  a safe  hoisting  attachment.  The  car  girdle  is  equipped 
with  a locking  device  to  hold  the  car  at  the  floors  when  loading  and  unloading  safes. 

Automatic  Push-Button  Control.  In  residences  and  for  private  use  the  Automatic  Push-Button  controlled  elevator  is 
installed.  This  type  is  operated  by  push-buttons  placed  at  each  landing,  with  corresponding  buttons  in  the  car.  The  elevator 
shaft  doors  are  provided  with  locks  and  switches  so  that  only  the  door  at  which  the  car  has  stopped  may  be  opened.  The  car 
can  not  run  unless  all  the  shaft  doors  and  the  collapsible  gate  on  car  are  closed.  Pressing  a button  in  the  car  or  at  any  floor  will 
send  or  bring  the  car  to  the  desired  floor.  This  type  of  elevator  is  also  suitable  for  use  in  small  apartment  houses  where  a regular 
operator  is  not  required. 

GEARED  TRACTION  ELEVATOR  MACHINE 

The  Geared  Traction  Elevator  machine  is  designed  for  installation  over  the  elevator  hatchway.  A wide  grooved  sheave  is 
bolted  to  the  worm  gear,  both  of  which  are  mounted  on  a shaft  running  in  large  bearings.  The  general  arrangement  of  the  motor 
and  gearing  is  similar  to  the  drum  machine.  An  idler  is  fastened  under  the  machine  foundation  beams. 


A.  B.  See  Single  Gear  Drum 
Elevator  Machine 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


illlillHI 


ELEVATORS  (Electric)  6F 


161 


lll|||||||il||||||||||lll|llllllilllllll!llllllllllllllli™^^ 

ELEVATOR  INFORMATION 

The  Cables,  usually  six,  of  mild  steel,  are  attached  to  the  car 
girdle,  pass  over  the  driving  sheave,  around  the  idler,  return  over  the 
driving  sheave  and  continue  to  the  counterweight,  to  which  they  are 
fastened  by  means  of  adjustable  shackles,  providing  equal  tension  on 
each  cable. 

The  Counterweight  is  composed  of  a steel  frame  fitted  with 
adjustable  weights  and  having  suitable  guide  shoes. 

Compensating  Chains,  or  Cables,  are  attached  to  the  car  and 
counterweight  to  compensate  the  changes  in  the  weight  of  cables  due 
to  the  varying  position  of  car  and  counterweight  in  the  shaft. 

Oil  Buffers  are  provided  in  the  pit  under  car  and  counterweight 
to  bring  the  car  to  a stop  at  the  extreme  limits  of  travel. 

The  Car  Safety  Speed  Governor  at  top  of  shaft  is  equipped  with 
A.  B.  See  Single  Gear  Traction  Elevator  Machine  a switch  connected  with  a circuit  breaker  on  the  machine  which  dis- 

connects the  main  line  current  in  the  event  of  the  governor’s  tripping. 
An  Automatic  Stop  Motion,  consisting  of  a series  of  switches  built  as  an  integral  part  of  the  elevator  car  controller,  is 
operated  by  cams  in  the  hatchway  in  such  a manner  as  gradually  to  stop  the  car  at  upper  and  lower  limits  of  travel  indepen- 
dently of  the  operator.  Ultimate  limit  switches  are  provided  at  top  and  bottom  of  hatchway,  to  prevent  car  overrunning 
in  either  direction. 

A Controlling  Switch  is  placed  in  the  car  for  starting,  stopping,  varying  the  speed,  etc.  A safety  switch  also  is  provided  for 
operating  the  circuit  breaker  to  stop  the  car  in  case  of  emergency. 

Independent  conducting  cables  connect  the  car  switches  with  the  machine  controllers. 

The  Speed  of  this  type  of  elevator  may  be  1 50  feet  to  450  feet  per  minute,  depending  upon  the  load  and  size  of  machine  used. 

GEARLESS  DIRECT  TRACTION  ELEVATOR 

The  Gearless  Direct  Traction  Elevator  consists  of  a multipolar  slow-speed  motor, 
to  the  armature  of  which  is  attached  the  driving  sheave  and  brake  wheel,  compactly 
mounted  on  a cast-iron  bed  plate,  placed  directly  over  the  elevator  shaft. 

The  power  from  the  motor  is  transmitted  to  the  car  without  gears  by  cables  con- 
necting the  car  and  counterweight,  passing  over  the  driving  sheave  on  the  armature 
shaft,  around  an  idler  underneath  and  again  over  the  driving  sheave,  to  secure  ample 
traction.  Adjustable  shackles  are  used  to  obtain  proper  tension  on  each  cable. 

The  Car  Control,  counterweight,  oil  buffers,  etc.,  are  similar  to  those  outlined  for 
the  Geared  Traction  Elevator. 

This  type  of  high-speed  elevator  runs  450  feet  to  600  feet  per  minute.  A magnetic 
speed  governor  regulates  the  revolutions  of  the  motor.  If  the  speed  is  excessive  the 
governor  operates  the  car  safety  device  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  2 to  1 Gearless  Traction  Elevator  is  adapted  for  department  stores  or  for 
lifting  heavy  loads  at  speeds  of  about  400  feet  per  minute.  In  this  method  a sheave  is 
provided  on  the  crosshead  of  the  car  and  counterweight  under  which  the  cables  pass, 
the  ends  being  anchored  in  adjustable  shackles  attached  to  the  overhead  beams. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION  GOVERNING  INSTALLATIONS 

On  Gearless  Traction  Installations  a hand  traveling  crane  with  chain  fall  should 
be  provided  over  each  bank  of  elevators  to  facilitate  handling  when  making  repairs 
A trapdoor  should  also  be  placed  in  the  penthouse  floor  so  that  the  machinery  may 
be  lowered  to  the  upper  car  landing,  if  necessary. 

Ample  room  should  be  provided  in  the  penthouse  or  machine-room  to  provide  access  to  the  machinery  for  oiling  and  cleaning. 
When  machines  are  placed  overhead,  it  is  very  important  that  sufficient  means  of  ventilating  the  penthouse  be  provided  to 
prevent  motors  overheating.  On  overhead  installations  it  is  recommended  that  a concrete  floor  be  placed  over  the  hatchway, 
openings  being  left  for  the  cables  to  pass  through,  to  eliminate  noise  and  prevent  dust  in  the  shaft  from  settling  on  the  machine 
The  owner’s  work  usually  covers  the  following  items:  Provides  shaft,  enclosure,  doors,  and  pit  of  proper  depth  at  lower  land- 
ing, supports  for  sheave  beams  or  overhead  machine  foundation,  track  and  support  for  traveling  crane  on  traction  installations; 
furnishes  proper  electric  power,  wiring  and  switches  to  bring  current  to  elevator  controller;  provides  outlet  in  shaft  midway 
between  bottom  and  top  landings  for  light  in  car. 

Architects  are  urged  to  consult  our  nearest  office  for  information  concerning  elevator  problems. 

A.  B.  SEE  ELECTRIC  ELEVATOR  COMPANY 

220  Broadway,  NEW  YORK  CITY 

Philadelphia  Baltimore  Boston  Washington  Hartford  Cleveland  Montreal  Toronto 

!llllllllilllliMlil!llllflill!l!l!IM 


A.  B.  See  Gearless  Traction 
Elevator  Machine 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


162 


METAL  LATH  Nos.  3 and  4 

«iu» 

This  Association 
Offers  a Real  Service 

The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers  is  an  organization 
of  the  producers  of  metal  lath  for  the  purposes  of  promoting 
better  conditions  in  the  manufacture,  distribution  and  the 
methods  of  using  metal  lath. 

The  value  of  metal  lath  construction  for  resisting  fire  has 
been  proven  by  fire  tests  conducted  in  different  localities,  and 
plans  are  now  under  way  for  a series  of  elaborate  and  complete 
tests  by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories. 

The  acoustic  properties  of  metal  lath  and  plaster  for  parti- 
tions are  being  tested  by  the  University  of  Illinois. 

Standard  specifications  for  metal  lath  construction  have 
been  adopted  by  the  Association. 

A handbook  of  metal  lath  construction,  profusely  illustrated, 
is  distributed  free  of  charge,  and  may  be  obtained  by  address- 
ing the  Association  office  or  any  of  the  members  listed  below. 

Insure 

the  construction  that  you  may  design  by  specifying  your 
metal  lath  by  weight  as  well  as  by  gauge. 

Standardized  Weights 

24  gauge,  3.40  lbs.  per  sq.  yd.  25  gauge,  3.00  lbs.  per  sq.  yd. 

26  gauge,  2.50  lbs.  per  sq.  yd.  27  gauge,  2.33  lbs.  per  sq.  yd. 

THE 

ASSOCIATED  METAL  LATH  MANUFACTURERS 
901  Swetland  Bldg.,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

AMERICAN  ROLLING  MILL  CO.,  Middletown,  Ohio 
THE  BOSTWICK  STEEL  LATH  CO.,  Niles,  Ohio. 

THE  GENERAL  FIREPROOFING  CO.,  Youngstown,  O. 

NORTHWESTERN  EXPANDED  METAL  CO.,  Chicago,  111. 

SYKES  METAL  LATH  AND  ROOFING  CO.,  Niles,  O. 


■■■»«— — — — 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


THE  BERGER  MANUFACTURING  CO.  Canton,  Ohio. 
CONSOLIDATED  EXPANDED  METAL  CO'S 

Braddock.  Pa. 

MILWAUKEE  CORRUGATING  CO.,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 
PENN  METAL  COMPANY,  Boston,  Mass. 

TRUSSED  CONCRETE  STEEL  CO.,  Youngstown.  O. 


METAL  LATH  Nos.  3 and  4 163 

■I ■■■Ill in mi mi Ill) in 1 inn ijiiiiiiib»iii:iiiibiiiiiii]iiiijiii[j 


Reproduced  from  the  Metal  Lath  Handbook 

Various  Details  of  Suspended  Ceiling  Construction 


Mr£GM  F/fBff/C  USED /N  SUSPENDED  CE/HN6 


SUSPENDED  CEILING  CONSTRUCTION 
FS  USED  WITH  CONCRETE  ROOFS 


F/<£.  32- J 


A copy  of  this  book  will  be  forwarded  upon  request  by  any  of  the  Member 
Companies  or  from  the  Commissioners. 


SUSPENDED  CEILING 


SUSPENDED  CF/L/P/6 


jC 


■Roof  Seams  S'-o‘ fo  6-o’C?/-s. 


1 

O 

4-J  + 

— 

f 

l2‘- 

1 


-Stfx£Harjfer 


/ T**aejB7 


,7 

iLm 


FIG.  32-1 

The  Metal  Lath  Handbook  recommends  Metal  Lath  of  2%  lbs.  weight. 

The  Manufacturers  are  standardizing  material  of  the  following  weights: 

24  gauge  . . .3.4  lbs.  per  sq.  yd.  26  gauge  . . . 2.5  lbs.  per  sq.  yd. 

25  “ 3.0  “ “ “ “ 27  “ ...  2 3 “ “ “ “ 

To  insure  a standard  material  being  used  upon  their  work,  Architects  would 
confer  a favor  by  specifying  the  weight  as  well  as  the  gauge  of  the  Metal  Lath 
they  require. 

MEMBER  COMPANIES 


The  American  Rolling  Mill  ....  Middletown,  Ohio 

The  Berger  Mfg.  Co Canton,  Ohio 

The  Bostwick  Steel  Lath  Co Niles,  Ohio 

Consolidated  Expanded  Metal  Companies 

Braddock,  Pa. 

The  General  Fireproofing  Co.  . . . Youngstown,  Ohio 


Milwaukee  Corrugating  Co Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Northwestern  Expanded  Metal  Co. 

918-950  Old  Colony  Building,  Chicago,  111. 
Penn  Metal  Co.  . 201  Devonshire  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 
The  Sykes  Metal  Lath  & Roofing  Co.  . . Niles,  Ohio 

Trussed  Concrete  Steel  Co Youngstown,  Ohio 


THE  ASSOCIATED  METAL  LATH  MANUFACTURERS 
901  Swetland  Building,  Cleveland,  Ohio 


annum ■ 

Industrial  Section 


null! 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  T,  1917 


164  METAL  LATH  Nos  .3  and  4 

mn—ii>Ti»m. 


Metal  Lath  and  Plaster  Construction 

The  Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers  have  published  a Handbook  designed  to  place  concisely 
before  architects,  contractors  and  others  interested  the  best  methods  of  using  Metal  Lath,  giving  illus- 
trations and  descriptions  of  various  types  of  the  material  and  observations  by  the  best  authorities  on 
construction  affected  by  its  use. 

In  this  Handbook  are  also  given  condensed  records  of  various  scientific  experiments  and  reports  of 
fire-tests  made  to  determine  fundamental  data  affecting  the  use  of  Metal  Lath. 

A copy  of  this  book  will  be  sent  to  all  architects  making  request  for  it  by  any  of  the  member  com- 
panies or  the  Publicity  Bureau  of  the  Association.  (See  addresses  below.) 

Summary  of  Subjects  Treated  in  the  Metal  Lath  Handbook 


Report  of  Cleveland  Fire-Test 
Report  of  New  York  Fire-Test 
Vertical  Openings 
Beltways 

Elevator  Enclosures 


Beam  and  Girder  Protection 
Column  Protection 
Suspended  Ceilings 
Partitions 

Specifications  Interior  Plastering 


Specifications  Exterior  Plastering  (Stucco) 

Overcoating 

Fire-Stops 

Cornice  and  Cove  Furring 
Protection  of  Mill  Construction 


The  Cleveland  Fire-Test  fully  described  with  official  pyrometer  readings,  curves,  etc.,  in  the  Hand- 
book was  made  in  June,  1912,  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Virgil  D.  Allen,  Inspector  of  Buildings,  who 
named  as  his  committee  to  conduct  the  test,  Mr.  W.  S.  Lougee,  City  Architect;  Prof.  John  H.  Nelson, 
Case  School  of  Applied  Science;  Mr.  I..  H.  Miller,  Bethlehem  Steel  Co.  This  showed  Metal  Lath  and 
plaster  construction  an  efficient  fire-stop  after  exposure  to  fire  reaching  1929°  Fahr.  for  two  hours,  and 
the  application  of  water  at  fire-pressure  thirty  seconds  after  the  fire  was  withdrawn.  The  New  York 
Test  was  made  July  17,  1914,  by  Prof.  James  S.  McGregor,  under  the  regulations  of  the  Committee  on 
Fire-Hazards  of  the  Industrial  Board  of  the  New  York  State  Department  of  Labor  and  was  equally 
convincing. 

BELTWAYS.  See  description  on  page  165 


V 

Noi/ 

(tor  fas/eniny  O) 

Tote  2 i ‘/ony  cf net 
/ess  /hen  A/a.  € mre 


[||P  ^li'Anyh 

1) 

<9— 

\ 

if -B 

| tV/red  G/ass 

i( 

« 1 

) 

j r/z  * Tee 

\ 

1 ( 

\ 

f Wired  G /ass 

^ 1 

5!  \ 

} 

|*^ — 2 ' f/ny/e 

§ 

\ 

|L didny/c 

M / 

L 

Conditions  sometmres\ 
r eg  a ire  t/>/s pan*/  So  be 
recessed  //he  Snatch  3 > 
to  /Teop  bear/ny  oufs/de\. 
of  enclosure  J 


C.\'£‘L  ay  Screrr. 

P/a  s for-  f Permanent y. 


SKETCH  n-. 
W/ndon/ (Att  J'x S') 
(Framing) 


£ " Through  3o/ts\.  ■ 

to  fasten  pane/s  / 1 ' ' * 1 

/Yasher- 


ShCFTCH  1. 

SEC  TIONS  OF  PARTITIONS  SHOWING  FRA  N1 1NG. 


■Meta/  Lati 

. — tydrerv  par/Xarr  /s  ccn//nu£ws  fo . 
a than  K>fTf  introduce  as  a stiffener  a 2 
be"  upriebf  tagged  to 
Jf  /eng  fh  otparf/ton 
space  those  stiffeners 

//end  orer  ho/ fend  after 
nut is  screwed  up  tight 
^/  Channe/s 


3 /ft •morab/e  rtna/e  a/t  round 
frame  fo  ho/d m *Siredg/**a 


7'Pny/e  Sft  hgfh 
4 -j'  Softs  or  /neats 
about  / 6" apart 


~d/o.24-(5a.  fietat  Lath  n 
to  channe/s  at  /east  entry 
'3  ~/4ng/e  secure /y  /ayyed 
to  f to  or  and  c citing 


SECT /ON  D-D. 


3 Chans*/  netted  to  2 /day, to 
m fh g /fleets.  cfs/T.  head*, 
spaced  20-'  esparf 

£ Stone  3otfs(for  attaching 
I ’Channe/s)  spaced  24-’ 
apart  intermediate  he  tee  on 
meets 


2 slny/e* 

SECTION 


3 "3^ 


T/h  C/ad  //em  \rao/e  Fi///nyfcs 
(a-P/y  Conrne&rtdh  /och you?  fed  fur) 

/feary  ^/id/ny  3o/t  y 

y . ^-2.-2/h)j/et 

('Peer  y Spring  L ate /?  1 


F/P£  | DOOffS 

2-P/u  corer  \d  ivifh  toc/f  J 
jointed  tn;  \7  ft  hgh.  md/h\ 
fo  a//omremo\  at  of  pa//ey.  • 

•eyh  £oftx 

J ( Latch  not  /ett 
. than  /J*i’ 

Sc 


J fAroue/?  bo/.  tS. 


| Peary  Jpr,ng  /.afc A 

1 /a 

m 


- 2~f/ng/es  rise  ted  together 
miff}  J /ft  refs,  countersue//  /seeds, 
spaced  20  apart 

y ‘-,- 

*~/yferr  Door  Opening  exceeds  Sft.  use 
a-  "Channe/s  for  jambs  and  2-2- ' ~~o/es 
for  transom  bar 


Threshold  P/ate 


SKETCH  2. 

(Door  & Pane/) 


SECTION 

^Standard  Details  For 

Fire  Retardant  Belt  Enclosures 

Pua3TER4  MetauUath  on  Sttel  Frame  Partition 

Industrial  Section 


Cuts/de  face  of  Ear f/f/on^Ka 

Section  FF 


SKETCH  3. 

fences s for  3ear/ng. 


SPFC/F/CPT/OA/S  FO/?  PL* STEF? 

F//PST  COX  7~.  - /part  Fort /and  Cement 
depart  h/y  dr  a fed  Lime, 

2 2 parts  sand. 

/I// part  by  ro/ume.  a sac// of 
Cement  bemy  counted  as  ona 
cubic  foot 

One  pound  of  /ong  hair  or 
fibre  per  bay  of  Cement 

SECOND  COAT.  - Same  as  first  coat  with 
hair  omitted. 

IF  F/A//SU  COA  Tl  - l/se  f-port  Cement  /o  2k 
parts  sand. 


FIG.  26-A 


FIG.  26-B 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


165 


METAl.  LATH  Nos.  3 and  4. 


mi mi tin 111 111111111 111111111111 1 mi mm tin 1 1 mini 1111 1 mi 1 a 1 mini 1 mm 

B 

■ 

BELTWAYS,  continued 

The  Associated  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  (3A7),  after  much  research,  have  had  their  Engi- 
neering Department  design  beltway  protection  with  Metal  Lath  and  plaster  as  shown  by  the  cuts  on 
page  164.  Their  Inspection  Department  also  recommends  this  construction  for  non-bearing  enclosures 
| of  stairs  and  elevators,  and  for  setting  off"  special  hazards  such  as  waste  and  oil  supplies. 


Z7ETA/L  Or  ■*' HOLLO*  METAL  LATH  PA/TT/T/OFT 

AHCHOXAGE  FOB  ELEVATOA  SrAFTS,  STA/F  WCtii  4k. 


ELEVATOR  ENCLOSURES 

The  Bacon  fire  in  Boston  and  the  McCrory 
fire  in  Pittsburgh  have  emphasized  the  effi- 
ciency of  Metal  Lath  and  plaster  for  elevator 
enclosures;  they  have  stood  after  fierce  con- 
flagration monuments  of  their  own  efficiency, 
where  brick  walls  had  crumbled  and  steel 
beams  were  twisted.  The  importance  of  pro- 
tecting the  elevator  shafts  is  recognized;  the 
figures  show  a form  of  anchorage  that  typi- 
fies the  best  in  construction,  one  for  hollow 
Metal  Lath  enclosure,  the  other  for  2}4  inch 
solid  wall.  The  materials  in  this  type  of 
wall  yield  naturally  with  the  contraction 
and  expansion,  and  their  integrity  is  so 
assured  that  a constant  can  be  used  in 
computations. 


ELEVATOR  SHAFTS,  STA/R  WELLS  AMO  OTHER 
VERT/ CAL.  OREM//VG3 


dTsZAZDsIPD  CEZLZNG  D£T/UL 

: > > • ' ^ ^ -*V.  ■ '*  & .•  / 


A • A Ar  y r f />  ? > a a , 


-RfeZa/  ZaZA  yrirec/  6 "<fi  Zo£  rri/A 
C/nnea/ed  Ga/x'd.  iron  wire. 


^CZ/ps  /E  "<£  Zo  (f. 

or?  £3  earns 


SZes/  C/2 

(u|  <T7o<T  for  "Span. 
gRaiZ  Sfee/  C /2  " 
<pfo<f  for  S-L  Span. 


SUSPENDED  CEILINGS 

(From  report  of  Committee  of 
Members  of  American  Society  of 
Civil  Engineers.) 

“It  may  be  stated  that  one  of  the 
most  obvious  lessons  taught  by  the 
San  Francisco  fire  is  the  protection 
to  concrete  floors  and  floor-beams 
by  the  suspended  ceiling  of  lath  and 
plaster.  In  all  cases  where  used  it 
afforded  complete  protection — 
where  not  used  concrete  was  des- 
troyed and  beams  distorted.” 

The  Metal  Lath  Handbook  has 
diagrams  covering  all  classes  of  sus- 
pended ceiling  work,  the  construc- 
tion of  which  is  approved  in  the 
best  practice.  The  San  Francisco 
report  quoted  is  a typical  instance 
of  results  in  actual  service — columns 
and  beams  are  similarly  protected. 


SUSPENDED  CEZLZNG 

f—GoncreZe  E/oor  S/aA 


} -dxv  yyl  y j 

Expanded  AfeTa/ d 

^Hanger 

s-F/af  Bar 

rC//pS-£ 

1 

^~/r/n/s/?e  d CTe  i/inc^  cZaanH  J Atstaiz  ath 


Further  information  upon  Metal 
Lath  and  plaster  construction  will 
appear  in  these  pages  in  the  Indus- 
trial Section  of  the  Journal  from 
time  to  time.  The  engineering  de- 
partments of  the  member  companies 
will  also  give  data  upon  any  special 
construction  required.  The  Metal 
Lath  H andbook  can  be  obtained 
from  any  of  the  following  member 
companies: 


The  American  Rolling  Mill  Co.,  Middletown,  Ohio 
The  Berger  Manufacturing  Co.,  Canton,  Ohio 
The  Bostwick  Steel  Lath  Co.,  Niles,  Ohio 
Consolidated  Expanded  Metal  Companies,  Braddock,  Pa 
The  General  Fireproofing  Co.,  Youngstown,  Ohi/' 

OR  THE 

Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers  Publicity  Bureau 

Swetland  Building,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

.idlMviiiiBniiMiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiM^^^^^ 


The  Sykes  Metal  Lath  and  Roofing  Co.,  Niles,  Ohio 
Milwaukee  Corrugating  Co.,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin 
Northwestern  Expanded  Metal  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Penn  Metal  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Trussed  Concrete  Steel  Co.,  Youngstown,  Ohio 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


i'lll’linillllll.lllHi  ''al^lltllifilVIlni  .i. 1 ■ ' :l  'l.  ; ;n.J-:ill'll  .;l'l|:  T||.  : . 1 'I. I' ; ;|i  ill! .|■lll.|:ll!lill|■i|■||l:l: ll:ll.li:in|!||!:ll:l' II l;nl!lll<il:ll' MhiMI'll',,  „■  I l■':!|:|lT:l:|:l 'I'M lll:ll:ll:i;^:|:!l:ll iril'II.'IJ1  .r-'.:-  .'I I ll II,II',i:T:|' ' 'Mr lLil'!,:'l'!|::i:l!;ll'il'!l,!l'[l:ll'l!li.ll:!!'IHMI:IJ:!!'l'll'll I !' I II 'Uni I i,'!l'l''lili!iS 


166 


METAL  LATH  Nos.  3 and  4 


UlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllimilllMlllIM 

Fire  Retardant  Partition 


Expanded  Metal  Lath  on  2"  x 4"  Wood  Studs 


In  fire  tests,  this  type  of  partition  has  held  fire  of  1700°  heat  in  one 
room  for  over  one  hour. 

It  is  particularly  recommended  for  residence  construction  as  a means 
of  cutting  down  fire  loss  and  providing  a more  substantial  structure. 

Care  should  be  taken  to  join  lath  and  plaster  tight  to  floor  and  ceiling 
to  prevent  flame  and  sound  being  transmitted  to  next  room. 


Associated  Metal  Lath  Manufacturers,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

“What’s  Behind  Your  Plaster?’’ 


MEMBER  COMPANIES 


The  American  Rolling  Mill  ....  Middletown,  Ohio 


The  Berger  Mfg.  Co Canton,  Ohio 

The  Bostwick  Steel  Lath  Co Niles,  Ohio 


Consolidated  Expanded  Metal  Companies 

Braddock,  Pa. 

The  General  Fireproofing  Co.  ...  Youngstown,  Ohio 


ttiiimiiiniiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiniiiniiiiiiiiiiiuuiuuiiiiii 


Milwaukee  Corrugating  Co Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Northwestern  Expanded  Metal  Co. 

918-950  Old  Colony  Building,  Chicago,  111. 
Penn  Metal  Co.  . 201  Devonshire  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 
The  Sykes  Metal  Lath  & Roofing  Co.  . . Niles,  Ohio 

Trussed  Concrete  Steel  Co Youngstown,  Ohio 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


lllil!!llllllll!!llllllllll 


METAL  LATH  Nos.  3 and  4 


167 


A Message  and  a Suggestion 


From  a group  of  manufacturers  to  the  Architectural  profession: 

When  designing  Metal  Lath  and  plaster  construction  you  figure  the  strength  of 
the  re-enforcement  upon  the  weight  as  well  as  the  gauge  of  metal. 

To  insure  the  use  of  what  YOU  require  SPECIFY  WEIGHT  as  well 
as  by  gauge. 

The  manufacturers  are  standardizing  Metal  Lath  at  the  following  weights: 

24  gauge  3.4  lbs.  per  square  yard 

_ „ u _ u u u « 

25  3 

26  “ 2 .5  “ “ 

27  <C  2.3  “ “ 

The  manufacturers  recommend  3.4-lb.  Metal  Lath. 

See  the  Metal  Lath  Handbook. 

SEE  TECHNOLOGIC  PAPER  No.  70 

Entitled  “Durability  of  Stucco  and  Plaster  Construction,”  which  was  referred  to  under  3-E-3-g 
on  page  144  of  The  Journal  for  March,  1917.  This  is  a progress  report  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau 

of  Standards  on  test  of  Stucco  for  permanency. 


THIS  CONSTRUCTION  IS  GIVING  RESULTS 


Oetoil  Shoeing  Section  of  Exterior  Watt 

Full  details  and  complete  specifications  are  given  in  the  Metal  Lath  Handbook,  pages  90  to  97. 
Overcoating  Frame  Buildings  is  fully  treated  on  pages  88  to  91. 

A copy  of  the  Handbook  will  be  sent  you  by  any  of  the  following 

Member  Companies: 


The  American  Rolling  Mill  . Middletown,  Ohio 

The  Berger  Mfg.  Co Canton,  Ohio 

The  Bostwick  Steel  Lath  Co.  . . Niles,  Ohio 

Consolidated  Expanded  Metal  Companies 

Braddock,  Pa. 

The  General  Fireproofing  Co.  . Youngstown,  Ohio 


Milwaukee  Corrugating  Co.  . Milwaukee,  Wis. 
Northwestern  Expanded  Metal  Co. 

918-950  Old  Colony  Bldg.,  Chicago,  111. 
Penn  Metal  Co.  201  Devonshire  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 
The  Sykes  Metal  Lath  & Roofing  Co.  Niles,  Ohio 
Trussed  Concrete  Steel  Co.  . Youngstown,  Ohio 


OR  FROM  THE  OFFICE  OF  THE 


Associated  Metal  Lath  Manutacturers 

901  Swetland  Building,  Cleveland,  Ohio 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


iiiiiiiiiiiiioiiiiiiiiii 1 miiiii 1 1 iiiiti 


iiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiifliniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii* 


168 


SAFETY  TO  FIFE,  SLIPPING  HAZARDS  4E  and  11B14 


Eliminate  Slipping  Hazards 

IN  a single  year  170  people  were  killed  by  falls  on  Stairs  and 
1 Sidewalks  in  New  York  City  (Manhattan).  Only  65  were  killed 
by  fires,  47  by  elevators  and  53  by  surface  cars. 

The  nation-wide  agitation  for  Accident  Prevention  has  brought  forth  new  State 
and  Municipal  laws  and  requirements.  The  elimination  of  the  slipping  hazard  has 
become  essential  in  all  types  of  structures;  and  Architects,  Engineers  and  others 
concerned  with  construction  are  urged  through  these  laws  to  specify  for  surfaces  on 
which  people  must  walk  or  work  only  those  materials  which  are  made  and  can  be 
maintained  in  such  manner  that  slipping  and  tripping  casualties  will  be  prevented. 


“FERALUN” 


1 "■ 

UND.LAB.  INSP. 

FERALUN 

A.A.M.CO.-N.Y. 


Anti-Slip  Treads 


Only  Safety  Tread  receiving  CRAND  PRIZE  from  American  Museum  of  Safety 
Approved  by  National  Board  of  UNDERWRITERS  without  qualification 


preventable  hazards 

Every  surface  of  cast  iron,  steel  or  brass  on  which  people 
must  walk  or  work,  constitutes  an  incipient  hazard. 
Mud,  oil,  soapy  water  or  concentrated  wear  make  such 
surfaces  dangerously  slippery. 

SAFETY  SUGGESTION 

"FERALUN,”  which  is  metal  with  an  abrasive  grit  em- 
bodied in  the  tread  surface,  is  not  slippery  even  when  cov- 
ered with  oil;  is  made  in  any  desirable  design;  is  extremely 
durable;  and  not  expensive. 

As  a stair  tread,  "FERALUN”  is  particularly  desirable  as 
there  are  no  heel  catching  grooves  or  projections;  and  the 
nosing  edge,  which  is  the  contact  point  of  the  foot  when 
descending,  has  the  anti-slip  element  in  it. 


treads  approved  for  safety  and  fire-resistance  by  the 
Underwriters’  Laboratories.  These  treads  shall  be  set 
flush  with  the  cement  surface  and  firmly  secured  with 
cast  iron  anchors  and  screws.  They  shall  extend  con- 
tinuously along  the  step  to  within  4"  of  strings;  and  in 
width  shall  be  not  less  than  % the  distance  between  nosing 
and  riser. 

2.  — All  other  stairs  (give  location)  shall  have  American 
Abrasive  Metal  Co.’s  “FERALUN”  (give  style — -“O,” 
“K,”  “L,”  etc.)  or  equal  one-piece  anti-slip  treads  approved 
by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  for  safety  and  fire 
resistance. 

3.  — Cement  sidewalk  vault  lights  shall  have  American 
Abrasive  Metal  Co.’s  “FERALUN,”  or  equal  crosses, 
approved  by  Underwriters’  Laboratories  for  safety,  set 
flush  in  the  cement  between  each  glass. 


MODEL  SPECIFICATION 

1 . — All  concrete  steps  shall  be  equipped  with  American 
Abrasive  Metal  Co.’s  "FERALUN”  or  equal  anti-slip 


4. — All  (give  forms — coal  hole  covers,  elevator  saddles 
and  floor  landings,  etc.)  shall  be  American  Abrasive  Metal 
Co.’s  “FERALUN,”  or  equal  anti-slip  tread,  approved  for 
safety  by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories. 


Also  see  SWEETS — send  for  sample  and  literature 


AMERICAN  ABRASIVE  METALS  CO. 

Fifty  Church  Street  New  York,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIH  


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


^ll!lll!llllllllllll!lllll!li:illllllllllllllllli!l!!l^  


ACOUSTICS  12K 


169 


Dominion  Parliament  Building 
Ottawa.  Can. 


Municipal  Auditorium 
Denver,  Colo. 


Stanley  Presbyterian 
Church.  Montreal,  Canada 


St.  Columba's  Catholic 
Church.  Johnstown,  Pa. 


Court  House 
Uniontown,  Pa. 


Court  House 
Asheville.  N.  C. 


Some  of  the  Prominent  Buildings  Equipped  With 


Municipal  Auditorium 
Houston.  Texas 


Kingan  & Co..  Offices 
Indianapolis,  Ind. 


coustile 


Temple  Rodef  Shalom 
Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


Court  House,  Ironton,  Ohio 


A permanent  wall  and  ceiling  treatment  GUAR- 
ANTEED to  produce  perfect  conditions  for  hearing 
in  all  classes  of  buildings,  both  old  and  new,  with- 
out marring  the  appearance  or  altering  the  design. 

Acoustile  meets  all  the  requirements  of  the  architect. 
It  is  sanitary,  fireproof,  and  durable,  and  its  surface 
permits  of  any  scheme  of  decoration  desired. 

When  designing  auditoriums,  churches,  etc.,  architects 
may  practically  disregard  the  questions  of  form,  propor- 
tion, and  dimensions  in  so  far  as  the  acoustical  effect  is 
concerned.  The  proper  introduction  of  the  right  quantity 
of  Acoustile  will  give  perfect  conditions  for  hearing.  This 
permits  a latitude  heretofore  considered  impossible  where 
good  acoustics  were  desired,  and  makes  our  patented 
Acoustile  an  indispensable  item  in  building  construction. 

We  maintain  an  expert  engineering  department  which  is  entirely  at 
your  service  without  charge.  We  will  gladly  examine  plans  for  any 
of  your  buildings,  recommend  proper  surfaces  to  treat  in  order  to  ob- 
tain the  best  acoustical  results,  and  GUARANTEE  SATISFACTION. 
ACOUSTILE  HAS  NEVER  FAILED. 

Our  new  booklet,  “Acoustile,”  describes  the  advantages 
of  our  distinctive  service,  and  presents  illustrations, 
specifications,  and  other  data  of  real  practical  value  to 
architects.  YOUR  COPY  IS  FREE. 


State  Capitol  Building 
Cheyenne,  Wyo. 


Jas  H.  Matthews  & Co. 
Offices,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


Temple  Beth  Zion 
Buffalo.  N.  Y. 


Main  Street  M.  E.  Church 
Suffolk,  Virginia 


Hershey  Auditorium 
Hershey,  Pa. 


Court  House,  Wichita,  Kansas 


Mazer  Acoustile  Company 


Court  House,  Houston,  Texas 


ESTABLISHED  1909 

Acoustical  Engineers  and  Contractors 

529  Third  Ave.  PITTSBURGE 


Temple  Israel 
Louis,  Missouri 


Soldiers’  Memorial  Hall 
Dayton.  Ohio 


Central  Presbyterian  Church 
Denver,  Colo. 


American  Bank  Building 
Suffolk.  Va. 


Court  House 
Scranton,  Pa. 


Second  Presbyterian 
Church, Wilkinsburg.  Pa. 


Court  Hou 
Beaver.  P 


St.  Cecelia’s  Catho 
Hastings,  li 

ic  Church 
eb. 

Avondale  Temple 
Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


170 


ELEVATORS  (Electric)  6F 


ELECTRIC  ELEVATOR  INFO 


Electric  Winding  Drum  Type  Elevators 

With  the  winding  drum  type  elevator  the  car  is  raised  and 
lowered  by  winding  and  unwinding  the  hoisting  ropes  on  a 
cast-iron  drum.  This  type  of  elevator  is  used  for  high-grade 
service,  passenger  or  freight  duty.  The  machines  are  made  to 
operate  on  alternating  and  direct  current  circuits  and  can  be 
provided  for  light  and  heavy  capacities. 

In  this  type  of  elevator,  a worm  and  gear  reduction  is  used 
between  the  motor  and  winding  drum.  Worm  gear  elevator 
machines  are  built  in  what  are  known  as  the  single-screw  and 
double-screw  types.  In  order  to  preserve  alignment,  the 
machine  parts  are  mounted  on  a continuous  heavy  iron  bed. 
When  it  is  desired  to  lift  heavy  loads  at  comparatively  low 
speeds,  a spur  gear  reduction,  usually  of  the  internal  gear 
and  pinion  type,  is  provided  between  the  worm  gear  drive  and 
winding  drum. 

Motors. — For  direct  current  circuits,  moderate  speed  com- 
pound wound  motors  are  used,  combining  high  starting 
torque  with  reasonably  low  starting  current.  For  alternating 
current  circuits  induction  motors  are  used,  which  are  wound 
for  the  proper  voltage,  phase  and  frequency  of  the  supply 
circuit. 

Control. — This  type  of  elevator  can  be  provided  with  car 
switch,  push  button  or  hand-rope  control,  so  arranged  as  to 
give  the  attendant  complete  control  of  the  elevator.  The  con- 
troller boards  are  provided  with  the  necessary  direction,  ac- 
celerating and  speed  switches,  all  of  which  are  of  the  electro- 
magnetic type,  except  with  hand-rope  type  controllers  which 
are  usually  provided  with  mechanically  operated  reversing 
switches. 

Safety  Devices. — This  type  of  equipment  is  pro- 
vided with  all  necessary  complete  and  effective  safety 
devices  to  suit  the  respective  equipment.  These  devices 
include  machine  automatic  terminal  stopping  device, 
hatchway  limit  switches,  slack  cable  device,  car  safety 
device,  overspeed  governor,  etc. 


Automatic  Push-Button  Electric 
Winding  Drum  Elevator 

This  type,  with  which  many  of  the  finest  residences 
throughout  the  world  are  equipped,  affords  all  the 
safety,  comfort  and  convenience  so  long  demanded  for 
transporting  persons  from  one  floor  to  another.  It  is 
also  applicable  to  small  apartments,  private  business 
houses,  banking  institutions,  and  for  freight  and  pas- 
senger service  where  an  operator  is  not  desired. 

A series  of  push  buttons  automatically  controls  its 
starts  and  stops  and  does  away  with  the  necessity  of  an 
operator. 

At  each  floor  there  is  a button  similar  in  appearance 
to  the  ordinary  call-bell,  which  is  pressed  momentarily 
by  the  person  wishing  the  car.  If  unoccupied,  the  car 
will  start  from  whatever  point  it  last  stopped,  come  to 
the  proper  floor,  stop  and  unlock  the  door.  All  the 
doors  except  the  one  opposite  to  which  the  car  stops  are 
automatically  locked. 

These  elevators  are  built  to  operate  on  either  Direct 
or  Alternating  Current  Circuits. 


Otis  Direct  Current 
Single  Screw  Elevator 
Machine.  Winding 
Drum  Type.  Car 
Switch  Control 


Otis  A.  C. 

Internal  Geared 
Elevator  Machine. 
Winding  Drum 
Type.  Hand- 
Rope  Control 


Otis  Gearless  Traction 
Elevator  Machine 
and  Controller 
1:1  Roping 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


ELEVATORS  (Electric)  6F 


171 


MATION  FOR  ARCHITECTS 

Traction  Sheave  Type  Elevators 

With  the  traction  sheave  type  of  elevators,  power  is  transmitted  from  the  motor  to  the  hoisting  ropes  by 
traction  (friction)  existing  between  the  hoisting  ropes  and  the  traction  driving  sheave.  One  of  the  particularly 
prominent  and  inherent  advantages  resulting  from  this  arrangement  of  ropes  and  method  of  driving  them  is  the 
practical  loss  of  traction  obtained  if  either  car  or  counterbalance  is  obstructed  in  its  descent  or  bottoms  on  its 
respective  oil  buffer,  causing  complete  cessation  of  further  car  motion,  even  though  the  driving  member  may  con- 
tinue to  revolve.  Another  striking  advantage  of  the  traction  sheave  type  of 
elevator  results  from  the  fact  that  the  faces  of  the  sheaves  are  entirely  independent 
of  the  height  of  the  building,  and  the  machines  may  be  used  for  any  rise  whatsoever. 

Gearless  Traction  Elevator , 1:1  Roping 

This  type  of  elevator  is  the  logical  result  of  the  present  tendency  to  the  greatest 
simplicity,  combined  with  maximum  operating  economy  and  the  highest  possible 
degree  of  safety  for  high-rise,  high-speed  elevators. 

The  machine  for  this  type  of  elevator  consists  of  a motor,  traction  driving  sheave 
and  electro-magnetic  brake  compactly  grouped  and  mounted  on  a continuous  heavy 
iron  bed.  The  motors  used  are  of  the  slow-speed,  shunt-wound,  multi-polar  type, 
especially  designed  for  elevator  service,  and  have  a remarkably  high  efficiency.  The 
compact  and  extremely  desirable  arrangement  of  parts  permits  of  the  greatest 
simplicity  of  installation  and  relative  economy  of  space.  Machines  of  this  type  are 
preferably  located  at  the  top  of  the  hatchway.  To  date  it  has  been  built  for  direct 
current  only. 

Gearless  Traction  Elevator , 2:1  Roping 

This  type  of  elevator  represents  an  adaptation  of  the  i :i  gearless  traction  type  in 
which  lower  car  speeds  are  obtained  by  roping  the  car  and  counterbalance  2:i,  and 
by  means  of  which  the  high  efficiency  of  the  gearless  traction  machine  is  combined 
with  the  lower  car  speeds.  These  elevators  retain  all  the  safety  and  controlling 
features  of  the  i :i  gearless  traction  elevator  and  are  usually  installed  for  car  speeds 
ranging  from  250  to  450  feet  per  minute. 

Worm  Gear  Traction  Elevators 

The  machine  used  with  this  type  of  elevator  is  essentially  the  same  as  the  winding 
drum  elevator  machines,  the  main  difference  being  the  substitution  of  a traction 
driving  sheave  for  the  winding  drum.  This  type  of  elevator  will  give  very  satisfac- 
tory service  in  moderately  high  buildings  requiring  moderately  high-speed  elevators. 

Cooperation,  Specifications  and  Estimates 

We  cordially  invite  all  architects  to  call  upon  us  in  laying  out  their  elevator 
requirements.  Because  of  the  wide  range  of  elevator  apparatus  which  we  manu- 
facture and  the  diversified  conditions  of  installation  measurements,  we  find  it 
impossible  to  show  here  exact  construction  requirements.  We  are  willing  at  any 
time  to  lend  our  experience  and  facilities  to  work  out  with  the  architect  plans  for 
economical  space  arrangements  and  to  submit  estimates  of  cost. 

Organization 

Our  complete  organization,  with  offices  in  one  hundred  cities  in  the  United 
States  alone,  makes  this  full  cooperation  possible.  No  matter  in  what  part  of  the 
country  the  architect  is  situated,  he  will  find  an  Otis  office  nearby.  This  element  of 
personal  attention,  aside  from  the  excellent  quality  of  our  elevator  machines,  makes 
the  architect’s  dealing  with  this  Company  a most  profitable  and  pleasing  connection. 


Otis  Gearless  Traction  Elevator 
2:1  Roping 


OTIS  ELEVATOR  COMPANY 

Eleventh  Avenue  and  Twenty-Sixth  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

OFFICES  IN  ALL  PRINCIPAL  CITIES  OF  THE  WORLD 

Manufacturers  of  Passenger,  Freight,  and  Sidewalk  Elevators,  Electric  Dumbwaiters,  Incline  Railways,  Escalators, 

Inclined  Elevators,  etc. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


172 


SHINGLES  (Asbestos)  4D 


Leading  architects  everywhere  are  com- 
ing more  and  more  to  adopt  Certain-teed 
Slate  Surfaced  Shingles  for  the  residences 
they  plan  which  require  artistic  and 
handsome  shingle  effect.  These  perfect 
shingles  not  only  impart  the  beautiful 
appearance  of  solid  slate,  hut  blend  with 
any  type  or  color  of  wall — brick,  frame, 
stone,  cement — and  are  most  economical 
in  cost  and  service. 

Certain-teed 

Slate  Surfaced  Asphalt  Shingles 

are  made  of  the  finest  quality  roofing  felts  which  are 
thoroughly  saturated  with  our  special  blend  of  soft  asphalt 
and  then  coated  with  a harder  blend  into  which  is  pressed  a 
heavy  and  even  surface  of  genuine  crushed  slate  in  natural 
red  or  green. 

This  not  only  gives  the  solid  slate  effect,  but  makes  a roof 
doubly  weather-proof  and  spark-proof!  Certain-teed  Slate  Surfaced 
Shingles  are  superior  to  wood  shingles,  look  better,  do  not  need 
painting,  will  not  crack,  buckle,  split,  warp,  tall  off  or  leak.  They 
lie  flat  and  stay  flat.  There  is  no  waste  in  laying  because  each 
shingle  is  perfect  and  uniform.  Their  efficiency,  beauty  and 
economy  are  appealing  features  in  view  ot  the  present  high  prices 
of  metal,  wood  shingles  and  other  roofing  materials. 

You  take  absolutely  no  risk  in  specifying  Certain-teed  Shingles  because 
they  are  guaranteed  for  ten  years  by  the  largest  manufacturer  of  prepared 
roofings  and  building  papers  in  the  world. 

We  invite  you  to  write  our  nearest  sales  office  for  further  particulars 
about  these  splendid  shingles. 

CERTAIN-TEED  PRODUCTS  CORPORATION 

New  York  Chicago  Philadelphia  St.  Louis  Boston  Cleveland  Pittsburgh 
Detroit  Buffalo  San  Francisco  Milwaukee  Cincinnati  New  Orleans 
Los  Angeles  Minneapolis  Kansas  City  Seattle  Indianapolis  Atlanta 
Memphis  Richmond  Grand  Rapids  Nashville  Salt  Lake  City  Des  Moines 
Houston  Duluth  London  Sydney  Havana 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


CONDUITS 


6Ei  173 

ll!llllllllll!ll!l[lllllll!llllll!!llll!lllllllll!lil!lllllllll!!l[!M 


" V ITT  SHERARDUCT, 


How  to  Write 
Conduit  Specifications 

“All  conduit  used  in  this  work  must  be  sherard- 
ized  or  galvanized  on  both  interior  and  exterior 
surfaces,  both  of  which  surfaces  shall  be  further 
protected  by  coatings  of  a transparent  and  acid- 
proof  enamel  over  the  sherardized  or  galvan- 
ized surfaces.” 

There’s  but  one  conduit  which  will  come  up  to 
these  specifications — SH ERARDUCT. 

SHERARDUCT,  Sherardized  Rigid  Steel  Con- 
duit, will  outlive  any  building  in  which  it  is  in- 
stalled. It  is  now,  and  has  been  for  years,  the 
choice  of  successful  architects,  engineers  and  elec- 
trical contractors  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada. 

Write  today  for  catalogue  and  sample  of 

SHERARDUCT. 

Rational  Metal  Molding  fi 


Manufacturers  of 


Electrical  Conduits  and  Fittings 


1124  Fulton  Building 


PITTSBURGH,  PA. 


Atlanta  Chicago  Los  Angeles  Salt  Lake  City 

Boston  Dallas  New  York  San  Francisco 

Buffalo  Denver  Philadelphia  Seattle 

Detroit  Portland  St.  Louis 

Buenos  Aires  Havana  Manila  Paris 


Canadian  Distributors— Canadian  General  Electric  Company,  Limited 


U~T  SHER A R DUCT 


»I 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


■|:|1''1 " |:  11  ■!  ■'  11 1 'I  '"Ii  1^  ii  'I-'I  ' : ■'!  i '' ''  h ii  ,i  ,1  ,1  Ii  ,|1-i;.!i  Ii  .1  ,i  I!  ;i  ,i  n ii  .1 .1;  ,1 .1  r.i'i!  ,n;.i'  ;!,i.i  :i:  i:'ii'::.;'.i.'ini..i!:ni'i  ir!.,i  .i  r 1 , ,i:.i  :i  .i',1  im:  i:  i:'M  it;r  1 pi  .i-.r  M.  ,i-i  ,1 1 ,!  ini  n- i!i,.|-  r.i1  ir::  ,i,:i  ,i  M':!  ;!.ii'T,r  l:i  


174  COMPOSITION  FLOORING  (Underfills)  1E10 

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


AMERICAN  MATERIALS  CO.,  Inc. 

Formerly  American  Flooring  Co.,  Inc. 

MAKERS  OF 

Plastic-Linoleum  and  T^T  ^ 101  PARK  avenue 

Amflorite  Composition  -T  i^UWIVO  new  york 

SPECIFICATION  FOR  FOUNDATIONS 


1.  General:  All  under  floors  to  receive  our  Floor  must 
be  cleared  of  all  materials,  rubbish,  plaster  or  lime  droppings 
and  be  delivered  to  us  broom  cleaned  and  thoroughly  dry. 

The  surface  of  the  concrete  or  wood  under  floor  must 
be  brought  up  to  within  yf  inch  of  finished  floor  level  for 
Plastic  Linoleum  and  to  within  If  inch  for  Amflorite  Com- 
position. If  this  under  floor  is  not  up  to,  or  is  out  of  proper 
level,  or  is  uneven  or  imperfectly  laid  or  of  defective  ma- 
terial, such  defects  must  be  rectified  before  we  begin  work. 
Sloping  or  pitch  must  be  produced  in  the  under  floor,  so 
that  our  floors  may  be  laid  by  us  evenly  on  top  thereof. 

2.  Concrete  Foundations — (a)  Cinder  Concrete  under 
floors  should  be  made  of  Standard  Portland  Cement, 
clean  sharp  coarse  sand,  clean  washed  steam  cinders, 
in  proportion  of  at  least  i,  2,  5,  be  well  tamped,  straight 
edged,  free  from  holes,  projections,  soft  or  damp  places, 
well  bonded  to  foundation,  and  topped  off  with  a mixture 
of  1 cement  to  4 sharp  sand,  everywhere  well  bonded 
and  thoroughly  raked  and  scratched.  The  top  mixture  to 
be  applied  at  the  same  time  the  concrete  is  laid. 

This  concrete  to  be  brought  in  after  the  Plasterer  has 
finished  the  white  coat  and  the  foundation  has  been 
thoroughly  cleaned  of  all  lime  and  plaster  of  Paris. 

( b ) Stone  Concrete  under  floors  should  be  made  of 
Standard  Portland  Cement,  with  clean  sharp  sand  and 
gravel  and  broken  stone,  in  proportion  1,  2,  3.  Otherwise 
same  as  under  cinder  concrete. 

3.  Wood  Foundation  for  Our  Floors  must  be  well-sea- 
soned lumber,  perferably  not  over  4 inches  wide,  inch 
thick,  securely  nailed  and  firmly  supported  on  joists  or 
stringers  to  prevent  sagging. 

4.  Sanitary  Base:  When  our  Base  or  Wainscot  is  to  be 
applied  on  wall  of  brick,  stone  or  terra  cotta,  a cement  back- 
ing must  be  brought  out  to  within  Ifi  inch  of  finished  sur- 
face of  Base.  This  backing  to  be  mixed  1 Standard  Portland 
Cement  to  2 sharp  clean  sand,  no  plaster  mortar  or  plaster 
putty  to  be  allowed  to  run  into  mix,  put  on  as  a scratch-coat 
thoroughly  well  bonded  or  anchored  and  raked  or  scratched. 

When  our  Base  is  to  be  applied  to  non-fireproof  con- 
struction, expanded  metal  must  be  tightly  stretched, 
nailed  not  less  than  every  8 inches  and  cement — scratch- 
coated  as  above  to  within  j-Finch  of  the  finished  face  of  Base. 

Our  Base  cannot  be  applied  directly  to  plaster  block, 
or  lime  mortar  unless  such  are  thoroughly  covered  with  a 
cement  scratch-coat  as  before  specified. 

It  wood  backing  is  provided  same  must  consist  of  good 
boards  preferably  not  over  4 inches  wide,  securely  nailed 
at  least  every  8 inches  to  blocking  and  brought  to  within 
yf  inch  of  face  of  finished  Base. 

All  plaster  work  both  browncoat  and  whitecoat,  to 
stop  or  be  removed  to  not  less  than  p2  inch  above  top  of 
finish  base  and  patched  by  the  General  Contractor  after 
our  Base  has  thoroughly  set  and  dried  and  has  been  finished. 

5.  Iron  Stairs,  Landings,  Duct  Covers,  etc.:  It  Plastic 
Linoleum  or  Amflorite  is  to  be  applied  over  or  on  sheet  or 
cast  iron,  same  must  be  sufficiently  rigid  to  supply  a solid 
foundation,  be  painted  and  have  yi-  to  ffi'mch  holes  not 
further  apart  than  6 inches  each  way  to  enable  us  to  fasten 
expanded  metal  to  form  the  bond  to  the  foundation. 

If  foundations  are  of  cement  or  wood,  conditions  are  as 
stated  above,  under  paragraphs  2 and  3. 




REMARKS 

Fireproof  Foundations  may  be  brick,  tile,  cement,  flags, 
or  similar  material,  each  laid  on  a solid  foundation  of  its 
own.  These  materials  are  often  applied  on  fireproof  con- 
struction, at  a level  below  the  finished  floor,  the  inter- 
vening space  being  filled  up  with  some  light  fill,  generally 
cinder  concrete,  used  most  extensively  as  a foundation  for 
Composition  Floors.  In  most  cases  the  failure  of  such 
floors  can  be  traced  to  improper  use  of  the  cinder  concrete. 

Its  application  is  often  let  out  under  contract  to  the 
cheapest  man,  who  naturally  applies  the  cheapest  labor, 
little  superintendence,  and  practically  any  material  be- 
sides unwashed  cinders  to  fill  up  the  space.  The  mixing  is 
done  under  like  conditions;  the  consequence  is  that  in  some 
places  the  concrete  is  dense,  in  others  absolutely  porous 
with  little  or  no  cement,  and  the  surface  out  of  level. 
This  cinder  fill  is  generally  put  down  at  the  convenience 
of  the  General  Contractor  and  is  often  brought  in  before 
the  Plasterer  has  commenced  his  work,  thereby  running 
the  risk  of  filling  the  pores  of  the  surface  with  lime  and 
plaster  of  Paris  droppings.  Also  the  wear  and  tear  caused 
by  working  on  top  of  the  cinder  concrete  results  in 
worn-out  places,  loosened  parts,  and  injury  to  the  whole 
surface. 

If  the  concrete  foundation  is  laid  with  an  uneven  sur- 
face, the  composition  floor,  whose  surface  must  be  level, 
will  be  thicker  in  some  places  than  in  others;  such  inequali- 
ties will  cause  unequal  tension  during  setting  and  may 
develop  strains  so  great  that  the  floor  will  tear  apart  in 
the  thinnest  places.  The  even  texture  of  the  concrete 
foundation  is  necessary  because  otherwise  the  different 
suctions  will  draw  the  liquid  out  of  the  plastic  composition 
unevenly  and  therby  affect  the  color. 

Non-Fireproof  Foundation:  See  Clause  3 of  our  Speci- 
fication. 

A Composition  Floor  made  of  the  proper  ingredients 
and  proportions  by  Manufacturers  experienced  with  this 
product,  laid  by  mechanics  with  thorough  training  in  this 
trade,  does  not  crack  nor  bulge  on  a proper  foundation, 
and  it  has  been  proven  in  innumerable  cases  that  the  great- 
est percentage  of  failures  can  be  attributed  to  bad  foun- 
dations; it  is  not  possible  to  produce  a good  floor  over  a 
bad  foundation. 

Protection:  Our  Floors  should  be  laid  as  late  as  possible 
in  the  construction  of  the  building  because  it  is  physically 
impossible  for  us  after  we  leave  a job  to  protect  the  floors 
against  carelessness  of  other  mechanics,  and  they  should 
never  be  laid  before  the  plastering  is  completed,  the  trim 
set,  and  the  doors  hung.  The  best  protection  is  a F^-inch 
coat  of  dry  clean  pine  sawdust.  Paper  should  not  be  used; 
it  prevents  the  action  of  the  air  and  light  on  the  floor, 
causing  it  to  cure  irregularly  in  color. 

After  Care:  This  has  a great  deal  to  do  with  the  appear- 
ance of  the  floor.  It  is  not  possible  to  produce  a floor  which 
does  not  need  cleaning.  As  a rule,  a good  Composition 
Floor  is  very  easily  cleaned,  and  needs  but  little  attention. 

It  can  be  cleaned  in  the  ordinary  manner  with  soap  and 
water  and  possibly  the  additional  use  of  steel  wool  to 
remove  excessive  dirt  or  stains. 

iiiiiiilM  minium mu 111 mill 111111111 11 HHiiinini 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


STUCCO  11D5 

■■IIIlilllllllillM 


175 


I!I!II!!I1III!III!IIIIIIIII1IIII!IIIII!IIIIIIII!II!I!1II!II!I1IIIII!IU^ 


AMERICAN  MATERIALS  CO.,  Inc. 

Formerly  American  Flooring  Co.,  Inc. 

101  Park  Avenue,  NEW  YORK 

Manufacturers  of 


U.  S.  MATERIALS  CO. 

Weed  Street  and  Sheffield  Avenue,  CHICAGO 


ELASTICA  STUCCO 

The  Standard  Magnesite  Stucco 


Composition:  Elastica  Stucco  is  a Magnesite  Oxy-Chlo- 
ride  Cement.  Magnesite  is  the  cementing  ingredient,  as 
Portland  Cement  is  in  Portland  Stuccos.  Magnesite,  mined 
originally  as  a white  rock,  is  calcined,  or  burned,  and  ground 
to  a fine  powder  between  140-  and  200-mesh  screen.  The 
Mixing  Compound,  Chloride  of  Magnesium,  serves  the  same 
purpose  in  Elastica  that  water  does  with  Portlands.  Chlo- 
ride of  Magnesium  is  a salt  compound  which  has  an  affinity 
for,  reacts  with,  and  causes  the  set  with  Magnesium  Oxide, 
commonly  known  as  Magnesite  Cement. 

Scratch  Coat:  The  Scratch  Coat  is  of  Magnesite,  which  is 
the  cement;  Iong-fibered  asbestos,  which  serves  as  a binder; 
pure  white,  washed  and  graded  Silica  glass  sand,  which  serves 
as  a fill;  and  granulated  cork,  which  is  used  for  insulation  and 
filler.  Long-fibered  asbestos,  the  binder,  takes  the  place  of 
hair,  which  is  used  in  Portland  Cements.  Asbestos  is  a mineral 
matter  and  will  not  deteriorate  and  lose  its  value  as  a binder 
in  a comparatively  short  time,  as  does  hair.  Long-fibered 
asbestos  makes  the  material  “fatty,”  makes  it  work  easier 
under  the  trowel,  and  prevents  it  from  creeping — falling  on 
the  plasterer’s  hock,  so  that  he  has  to  place  it  on  the  wall 
several  times  before  it  stays. 

Finish  Coat:  The  finish  coat  is  composed  of  Magnesite 
Cement,  short-fibered  asbestos,  pure  white  washed  and  graded 
Silica  glass  sand  (graded  to  form  a perfect  mass  and  fill  all 
voids),  and  various  oxide  mineral  colors,  according  to  the 
color  desired. 

Dasb  Coat:  The  Dry  Rock  Dashes,  which  form  the  last 
coat,  are  made  from  solid  granite,  quartz,  and  other  stones. 
They  are  ground  to  a size  from  y&-  to  >£-inch.  We  use  only 
such  stones  as  are  hard  and  lasting  and  will  not  deteriorate 
under  weather  conditions.  All  raw  materials  which  enter  into 
the  composition  of  Elastica  are  of  the  highest  grade  obtain- 
able, and  all  are  thoroughly  analyzed  before  being  used. 

Non-Conductor  oj  Heat  and  Cold:  Elastica  Stucco  is  an 
J absolute  non-conductor  of  heat  and  cold.  Magnesia  is  one  of 
j the  best  insulation  materials  on  the  market  today.  Magnesia 
1 is  used  for  pipe-covering  as  an  insulation,  and  Magnesia  for 
| firebrick  in  steel  mills  where  imperviousness  to  extreme  heat  is 
| absolutely  necessary.  It  is  used  for  refrigerating  plants  as  an 
1 insulation,  as  is  cork.  Elastica,  being  an  absolute  non-con- 
| ductor  of  heat  and  cold,  makes  the  house  warmer  in  winter  and 
| cooler  in  summer.  Elastica,  because  of  its  slight  expansion 
when  it  sets,  does  not  contract  and  crack,  but  makes  an  abso- 
lutely monolithic  job  and  adheres  closely  to  all  openings 
around  doors  and  windows,  thus  keeping  out  the  cold  weather. 

Fireproof:  Elastica  Stucco  is  absolutely  fireproof.  The 
use  of  Magnesite  in  steel  furnaces  and  firebrick  will  confirm 
this.  Possibly  the  least  fireproof  material  in  the  composition 
of  Elastica  is  the  Silica  glass  sand.  The  fireproof  qualities 
of  Elastica  make  it  a far  better  risk  as  a building  material 
for  insurance  companies  than  other  materials,  and  its  use 
reduces  the  rate. 

Waterproof:  Elastica  is  absolutely  waterproof.  We  would 
advise  disposition  of  this  question  by  merely  making  a test  of 
a sample  which  we  will  send  on  application.  The  waterproof- 
ness of  Elastica  will  be  readily  apparent. 

Factory  Mixed:  Elastica  is  a factory-mixed  product.  This 
insures  an  absolutely  uniform  cement  as  to  proportions  of  in- 
gredients and  coloring  matter.  Every  bag  of  cement  is  exactly 
the  same.  This  has  been  one  of  the  most  vital  drawbacks  of 
stucco  as  a building  material.  In  most  other  stuccos,  the  mix 
is  left  to  an  incompetent  workman  who  mixes  the  material  on 
the  job.  Every  pound  of  material  which  enters  into  the  com- 
position of  Elastica  is  thoroughly  weighed  and  mixed  at  the 
factory  for  an  exact  length  of  time  in  the  most  efficient  mix- 
ing machine  made. 

Variety  of  Finishes:  Elastica  may  be  obtained  in  a great 

■iiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiH 

Industrial  Section 


variety  of  finishes.  The  finish  coat  is  made  in  green,  red,  buff, 
brown,  or  white;  in  addition,  any  dash  may  be  applied  over 
these  colored  backgrounds.  There  are  70  to  80  different 
finishes  to  select  from.  Effects  are  produced  by  the  use  of 
granite,  quartz,  and  other  dashes.  Two  or  more  colors  may 
be  used  on  a house.  This  gives  a very  pleasing  contrast. 

Elasticity:  Elastica  Stucco  possesses  an  elasticity  which, 
considering  the  hardness  of  the  material,  is  exceptional. 
Elastica,  while  being  hard  and  possessing  four  or  five  times 
the  tensile  strength  of  Portland  Cement,  is  elastic  and  will  not 
crack  unless  an  unusual  amount  of  settling  takes  place  or  the 
building  is  not  properly  constructed:  where  the  studding, 
sheathing,  lath,  etc.,  are  not  properly  secured  or  nailed. 

Durability:  Elastica  is  extremely  durable  and  will  not 
crack  because: 

1.  Elastica  is  factory  mixed. 

2.  Elastica  is  absolutely  waterproof,  and  so  does  not  per- 
mit of  dampness  penetrating  the  backing  over  which  it  is  used. 

3.  Elastica  expands  slightly  while  setting,  and  weather 
changes  have  no  effect  on  it. 

4.  Elastica  takes  up  shrinkage  and  expansion  of  lumber 
without  the  material  cracking. 

Various  Constructions:  Elastica  can  be  applied  over  any 
construction  now  being  used  for  buildings.  It  may  be  used 
with  perfect  satisfaction  over  brick,  hollow  tile,  wood  lath,  or 
patent  sheathings.  We  advocate  using  wood  lath  or  patent 
sheathing,  because  Elastica  gives  perfect  satisfaction  over 
these  less  expensive  wood  constructions. 

Old  Frame  Buildings:  There  is  also  a large  field  for 

Elastica  in  old  frame  buildings.  A frame  house,  properly 
kept  up,  must  be  painted  every  two  or  three  years.  By  put- 
ting Elastica  on  these  buildings,  one  eliminates  the  expense 
of  repairing  and  painting.  It  gives  the  house  a fireproof  ex- 
terior, beautifies  it,  and  makes  it  warmer  in  winter  and  cooler 
in  summer.  While  the  cost  of  stuccoing  a frame  building  is 
greater  than  painting,  in  the  long  run  it  will  be  cheaper, 
because  there  is  no  future  expense  of  upkeep.  If  the  siding  on 
a frame  house  is  securely  nailed,  one  may  lathe  diagonally 
over  the  siding,  following  regular  wood-lath  specifications. 
Covering  a building  with  Elastica  materially  reduces  the 
fire-insurance  rates. 

Cost  and  Covering  Capacity:  One  ton  of  Elastica,  two 
coats,  each  coat  JS^-inch  thick,  will  cover  between  85  and  100 
yards  to  the  ton,  depending  upon  the  construction  over  which 
it  is  used;  over  l)^-inch  wood  lath,  lathed  J^-inch  apart, 
about  90  yards  to  the  ton,  or  better,  will  uniformly  be  ob- 
tained; over  patent  sheathings,  about  85  to  95  yards  to  the 
ton;  and  over  tile  or  brick,  between  75  and  90  yards,  depending 
entirely  upon  the  way  the  job  is  lined  up.  The  dry  rock  dash 
will  uniformly  cover  about  200  yards  to  the  ton.  From  these 
estimates  it  is  easy  to  figure  the  cost  per  square  yard  for  ma- 
terial. In  figuring  the  covering  capacity,  no  allowance  is 
made  for  openings,  unless  a single  opening  contains  6 square 
yards,  or  more,  in  which  case  it  is  deducted. 

Cost  of  Applying:  Elastica  can  be  applied  a great  deal 
cheaper  per  square  yard  for  labor  than  other  stuccos  for  the 
reasons: 

1.  That  it  is  a factory-mixed  product,  eliminating  a great 
deal  of  labor  on  the  job  in  mixing  ingredients. 

2.  Because  it  works  easily  under  the  trowel  and  covers 
many  square  yards  more  than  other  stuccos,  giving  a saving 
in  tonnage. 

Freezing  Weather:  Elastica  can  be  applied  equally  satis- 
factorily in  warm  weather  or  in  weather  below  zero.  It  will 
not  freeze.  It  is  mixed  with  a Chloride  of  Magnesium,  a 
chloride  salt  solution,  and  positively  will  not  freeze  under  the 
severest  weather  conditions.  Buildings  may  now  be  covered 
at  any  time  during  the  year. 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Illlllllllllllll 


176 


RADIATORS  (Gas)  7J 


Ventilating  Gas  Radiators — 

— Hawks  System 


A FLEXIBLE  system  ol  individually  gas- 
fired  radiators,  trim  in  appearance, 
resembling  a steam  installation.  Use 
iron  pipe  or  tile  vents.  Draw  fresh  air  con- 
tinually into  the  room  like  a fireplace,  but 
without  draft. 

Advantages:  positive  ventilation;  clean 
fuel;  quick,  economical,  convenient  heat, 
always  ready. 

Construction  simple,  with  no  parts  to 
get  out  of  order. 

Efficiency  high  because  of  long  circula- 
tion path  for  vented  gases  (see  cut).  Burner 
enclosed  within  radiator.  Operate  by  natural 
draft,  without  fans.  No  water,  steam,  valves 
or  gauges. 

Types  in  heavy  cast  iron,  or  22-gauge, 
Rust-Resisting  Armco  Iron. 

See  page  1318,  Sweet’s  catalogue,  1917, 
or  drop  us  a card  for  further  particulars. 


6-Section  No.  52.  Cast 
Iron.  30  feet  radiation 


< e HAWKS  LINE  OF 


40USTRIAU  APPLIANCES 


HUGO  MFG.  CO. 

DULUTH  - - - MINNESOTA 


EM 


Section  to  show 
long  circulation 
path 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


BOILERS  10C 


177 


Smokeless  heating  boilers 
which  burn  cheap  soft  coal 


For  factories,  ware- 
houses, hotels,  etc.,  in 
districts  where  soft 
coals  are  plentiful 
and  low  in  price 
IDEAL  Smokeless 

Down-Draft  Boilers  will 
prove  a big  factor  in 
cutting  down  overhead 
expenses. 

IDEAL  Smokeless  Down-Draft  Boilers 

Save  on  the  coal  bill  and  give  plenty  of  heat 

are  made  of  everlasting  cast-iron, 
outwear  steel  boilers  many  years. 
Meet  all  requirements  of  smoke 
ordinances.  Easy  to  run  and 
clean.  Tested  in  the  leading  soft 
coal  markets  for  past  five  years 
and  approved  by  all  Smoke 
Inspectors. 

Ask  for  catalog  “Ideal  Smokeless  Down- 

Draft  Boilers” — and  let  us  refer  you  to 

_ ^ _ . . , — 0 , , present  installations  of  these  famous 

Down-Draft  Boiler,  showing  ample  gas-spaces  through  boilers — to  know  first-hand  about  their 

the  water  grate,  and  the  processes  of  smokeless  com-  l i#  j 

bustion  of  soft  coal  between  the  double  grates.  Cleanliness  and  economy, 

American  Radiator  Company 

Sales  branches  and  showrooms  in  all  the  large  cities 


Battery  of  eight  IDEAL  Smokeless  Down-Draft  Soft  Coal 
Boilers  in  Curtiss  Aeroplane  Factory  at  Buffalo.  Self- 
contained;  no  brick-setting.  Burns  soft  coal  without  smoke. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


178 


VENTILATION  10E  and  10G 


P^pexifi^ation^}  ventilation 


The  Ohio  Blower  Company 

9229  Detroit  Ave.,  Cleveland,  Ohio 


Branch  Offices  and  agencies  in  principal 
cities  from  coast  to  coast 


Front  View 
Swartwout  Rotary 
Ball-Bearing 
Ventilator,  glass  top 
type,  with  type  of  base 
recommended 


Write  for  Ventilation  Data  Card  giving  ventilator  and 
base  specifications  as  described  at  right 


All  ventilators  to  be  of  the 
Rotary  Ball  Bearing  type, 
/Glass  top  \ r /galvanized  [ . 

[Metal  topj  1 I copper  j 
resisting  metal,  all  interior  mem- 
bers of  angle  iron,  hot  galvanized 
after  forming  and  punching.  The 
ventilators  to  turn  sensitively  on 
accurately  machined  bronze  bear- 
ings, employing  bell  metal  balls, 
and  counter-weighted  on  outside. 
The  ventilators  to  be  equipped 
with  outside  louver  dampers  to 
throw  accumulated  dirt  outside  of 
building,  louver  to  be  operated 
from  within  by  brass  chains  over 
brass  pulleys.  Gauge  of  metal*  to 
be  The  Ohio  Blower  Co.,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio,  Standard,  as  furnished 
in  Swartwout  Rotary  Ball-Bearing 
Ventilators  at  regular  prices.  Top 
of  collar  and  bottom  of  hood  to  be 
stiffened  with  galvanized  angle 
iron  rings.** 

*If  desired,  give  standard  gauge  as  shown 
in  table  of  dimensions  on  Standard  Venti- 
lation Data  Card,  Sweet's  Catalog  or  our 
Catalog — “The  Gospel  of  Fresh  Air.” 

**Follow  with  specifications  for  base — 
(see  Data  Card,  “Sweet’s,”  or  catalog). 


HPO  INSURE  FRESH  AIR 
to  the  structures  you  design 
there  is  no  surer  or  more  econom- 
ical method  than  to  specify 


RING 


0EA 


bale 


taRv 


Patented 


Write  for  Data  Card. 

An  8K  x 1 1 in.  card,  giv- 
ing fresh  air  requirements, 
table  of  capacities,  venti- 
lator and  base  specifica- 
tions, etc.,  in  quick  refer- 
ence form.  In  writing  for 
Data  Card  kindly  use  pro- 
fessional letterhead. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


BOILERS  10C 


179 


When  You  Consider  the  Heating  Boiler 


Sections 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

09 

aj 

09 

03 

09 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

c 

S 

>» 

S 

S 

>1 

S 

>» 

s 

>> 

S 

Steam 

adiatio 

Carried 

O 

a 

.43 

'3 

IS 

a 

0 

0 

‘o 

O 

a 

.43 

■3 

fS 

B 

0 

O 

0 

O 

a 

.2 

B 

0 

O 

0 

C9 

G 

*3 

fS 

a 

0 

0 

*3 

O 

a 

0 

‘3 

fS 

B 

0 

O 

0 

C9 

a 

0 

’« 

SS 

B 

0 

O 

'o 

w 

43 

w 

<19 

w 

0 

w 

09 

w 

43 

H 

43 

c3 

d 

c3 

Cj 

c3 

c3 

ps 

Ph 

ps 

Ph 

PS 

PS 

1000 

62.0 

3.1 

61,0 

2.7 

60  0 

2.3 

59  0 

2.1 

2000 

67.5 

5.7 

66.0 

4.9 

65.0 

4.3 

64.0 

3.8 

62.5 

3.4 

61.5 

3.2 

3000 

71.0 

8.2 

70.5 

6 9 

69  5 

6.0 

08.5 

5.3 

67.5 

4.8 

60.5 

4.4 

4000 

71.0 

10.9 

72.5 

8.9 

72.5 

7.6 

72.0 

6.8 

71.5 

6.1 

71.0 

5.5 

5000 

67.5 

14  4 

69.5 

11.7 

72.5 

9.6 

73 . 5 

8.3 

74.0 

7.3 

74  0 

6.6 

6000 

62 . 5 

18.6 

64.5 

15.1 

68.0 

12.2 

71.0 

10.3 

72.5 

8.9 

74  5 

7.8 

7000 

59 . 0 

19.2 

62.5 

15.5 

65.5 

13.0 

07.5 

112 

70.5 

9.7 

8000 

59.0 

16.4 

61  5 

14.0 

65  0 

12.0 

9000 

59  0 

14.8 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

2000 

60.5 

2.9 

58.5 

2.8 

3000 

65 . 5 

4.0 

63  5 

3.8 

61.5 

3.6 

59  5 

3.5 

4000 

70  0 

5.0 

68.0 

4.8 

66 . 5 

4.5 

64.5 

4 3 

62.5 

5.2 

00.5 

.4.9 

5000 

74  0 

6.0 

72.5 

5.6 

70.5 

5.3 

69.0 

5.0 

07.5 

6.0 

65.5 

5.7 

6000 

76 . 0 

7.0 

75.5 

6.4 

74  0 

6.1 

72.5 

5.8 

71  5 

6.8 

70.0 

6.4 

7000 

73.0 

8.5 

75.5 

7.5 

76.5 

6.8 

75.5 

6.4 

75.0 

7.5 

74.0 

7.1 

8000 

69.0 

10.2 

72.5 

8.9 

75 . 5 

7.9 

77.0 

7.2 

77 . 0 

8,4 

77.0 

7.8 

9000 

64.5 

12.3 

68.5 

10.6 

72.0 

9.3 

75.0 

8.3 

77 . 0 

9.5 

77.5 

8.7 

10000 

60.0 

14.7 

64.0 

12.6 

68.0 

llO 

71.5 

9.7 

74.0 

10.9 

76.5 

9.8 

11000 

59.5 

15.0 

64 . 0 

12.8 

68.0 

112 

71.0 

12.5 

74.0 

111 

12000 

59 . 5 

15,  1 

04 . 5 

12.9 

68.0 

14  3 

71.5 

12.5 

13000 

61  0 

14.8 

64 . 5 

10.3 

68.5 

14.2 

14000 

61 .5 

18.4 

65.0 

16.1 

15000 

61,0 

18.4 

Mills  Water 
Tube  Boiler 

of  great  assistance.  They  enable  you 
to  determine  the  number  of  sections 
and  the  efficiency  at  various  rates 
of  combustion. 

Size  of  boiler  and  grate  area  are 
not  the  important  factors,  for  a 
boiler  of  the  Mills  design  will  supply 
the  steam  or  hot  water  even  though 
smaller  than  some  other  makes. 
Tables  on  all  sizes  of  the  Mills 
Boilers  should  be  in  the  hands  of 
the  architect. 


RADIATION.  EFFICIENCY  AND  RATE  OF  COMBUSTION 
No.  48  MILLS  BOILER.  From  performance  tests 


You  want  to  know  the  one  that  will  be  of  greatest  efficiency  at  that  rate 
of  combustion  which  will  give  satisfactory  service  the  greater  part  of  the  time.  It 
is  not  safe  to  specify  grate  area,  for  not 
all  boilers  of  the  same  grate  area  will 
supply  the  same  amount  of  steam  at 
the  radiators,  nor  will  all  be  of  the 
highest  efficiency. 


The  character  and  location  of  fire 
surface,  rate  of  fire  surface  to  grate 
area,  and  details  of  construction  are 
important. 


Cooperating  with  heating  engineers, 
you  will  find  the  tables  relating  to 


The  H.  B.  Smith  Company 

WESTFIELD,  MASS. 

NEW  YORK  PHILADELPHIA  BOSTON 

10  East  39th  Street  1225  Arch  Street  138  Washington  Street  No. 

56-56 


Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


■ ■ I'i':'1:;.! ; ::!'M . ..  h , lihii-j:,  1 11 


180 


llllllillllllllllllllllfllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiin 


AUTOMATIC  SPRINKLERS  4A3  and  4F 


Mr.  Architect  and  Master  Builder: 

In  creating  modern  buildings  first  consideration  is  given  the  requirements  for  safety  of  life 
and  of  the  owner’s  investment.  Architectural  beauty  is  considered  as  much  as  ever,  only 
nowadays  it  does  not  transcend  the  practical. 

Fire  is  the  greatest  menace  to  safety  of  life  and  investments.  Therefore  the  essentials  of 
safety  from  fire  are  fundamental  in  building  creation. 

AUTOMATIC  SPRINKLERS 

Provide  essentials  of  safety  from  fire.  Also  provide  many  economic  benefits 

They - — 

SAFEGUARD  LIFE 


“The  automatic  sprinkler  affords  the  largest  degree  of  protection  of  life 
against  fire.” — The  National  Fire  Protection  Association’s  Sajety  to  Life  Committee. 

Not  a life  lost  in  more  than  20,000  fires  in  sprinkler-equipped  buildings 
under  conditions  such  as  obtained  in  the  Triangle  and  Diamond  factory  fires 
where  160  lives  were  lost! 

“Loss  of  life  would  not  have  occurred  had  the  Triangle  building  been 
equipped  with  automatic  sprinklers.” — Opinion  oj  New  York  Fire  Department . 

More  than  3,000,000  persons  work  daily  under  constant  protection  from 
fire  by  automatic  sprinklers  in  factories  and  shops  in  North  America.  The 
3,000  pictured  at  the  right  do. 


MAKE  BUILDINGS  FULLY  FIRE-RESISTANT 

“Fireproof”  buildings  are  proof  against  fire  in  that  the  materials  of  con- 
struction are  incombustible  and  will  not  burn,  but  this  physical  property  does 
not  impart  to  the  contents  of  buildings  any  mysterious  power  to  resist  fire. 

The  Triangle  factory  fire  happened  in  a “fireproof”  building.  It  effectually 
exploded  the  delusion  that  a “fireproof”  building  is  a sufficient  assurance  of 
safety,  and  showed  that  such  a building  is  as  a stove  in  which  the  contents 
are  fuel  and  human  beings  potential  cinders! 

Incombustible  materials  of  construction  offer  passive  resistance  to  fire 
while  automatic  sprinklers  in  discharging  water  when  actuated  by  fire  offer 
active  resistance  and,  in  consequence,  protection  to  contents. 


MAKE  SAFETY  PAY  DIVIDENDS;  BETTER  BUSINESS 

Automatic  sprinklers  reduce  insurance  cost  from  40  to  90  per  cent,  accord- 
ing to  construction,  occupancy  and  location  of  buildings.  In  the  average 
“fireproof”  loft  building  in  New  York  the  reduction  is  85  per  cent.  The 
announcement  pictured  at  the  right  was  in  a grade-story  show  window  of 
such  a building. 

Moreover  investments  in  sprinkler  protection  hold  the  record  for  brief 
periods  of  amortization  and  thereafter  increase  profits  as  much  as  20  per  cent. 

“Sprink'Iers  are  practically  an  insurance  against  vacant  lofts;  the  un- 
sprinklered  building  cannot  compete  with  the  sprinklered  building  for  tenants,” 
says  a big  New  York  renting  agency.  “We  do  not  know  of  any  investment  that 
will  yield  the  owner  greater  dividends  in  economies.” 


BUILDING 

8(6ds  Per  Year. 


iUsJJl 

* 

CONSERVE  CONSTRUCTION  AND  DECORATION  ESTHETICS 

Architects  sometimes  object  to  automatic  sprinklers  because  the  exposed 
piping  of  ordinary  systems  does  not  always  harmonize  with  the  esthetics  of 
interior  construction  and  decoration. 

But  this  difficulty  is  easily  overcome.  Supply  pipes  can  be  concealed  in 
construction  work  and  sprinkler  heads  arranged  so  that  they  just  protrude 
through  the  ceiling  and  ornamental  devices  serve  to  harmonize  them  with 
decorative  schemes. 

How  inconspicuous  is  a concealed  sprinkler  system  is  illustrated  in  the 
picture  at  the  left,  a view  of  the  principal’s  office  in  a completely  sprinklered 
private  school — only  the  sprinklers  are  visible. 


INFORMATION  SERVICE  DEPARTMENT 

National  Automatic  Sprinkler  Association 

80  Maiden  Lane,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


,1  i.1. 

Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


lull  ■!  I'  ini  'I  '■  II  ||  I!'|I  -|.  r :■ 1, 1 :i  11 1 'i  'i  1 1 :i';N  1 n:'i  111  Mi' 1 11 1111 1111 1.  h m 11  m 11 11  ' 1 'i  ■;  1 ; 'i ; mi 1 ini'  1 1;  1:  ih  11 ii.ii'n  ■!  -iT.i 


ill llliMIIIIII .'III..!',  : .:,M!:|n"'.r|:"N;|ri-ill,l  :in;l,!!|Jr.  'M, :! :i -Ml M l| .f :'|l  , I.T-.iJ  T : I'.:: M"l  ; T' l [ I I !M"I I Ml  ■ I ■!  , 'i,r '■  f, i. i 'I .i'.-;  : : ,l'!i , ' ll.::- : r , , 


AUTOMATIC  SPRINKLERS  4A3  and  4I7  181 

pHllllllillllllllllllliiiiiiiilllHIIIIIlIlflllllllllllll^ 

Potential  Power  of  Architects  to  Create 
Conditions  Favoring  Conservation 

CONSERVATION  now  consumes  the  attention  of  the  public—  there  is  grave  need  of  con- 
servation of  the  food  supply  — feeding  is  as  necessary  as  fighting  to  win  the  war. 

Much  food  has  been  wasted  by  both  feasting  and  fire.  Mr.  Hoover  tells  how  to  conserve 
the  food  supply  by  regulating  consumption. 

The  National  Hoard  of  Fire  Underwriters  (New  York)  tells  how  to  conserve  food  and 
other  things  from  waste  by  fire  in  “Safeguarding  Industry — A War-Time  Necessity,”  a book 
of  common-sense  rules  for  remedying  conditions  favoring  the  inception  and  spread  of  fire. 

The  book  is  valuable  to  architects.  A mere  request  will  get  a copy. 

Six  conditions  favor  inception  and  spread  of  fire,  says  the  book: 

(1)  Disorder;  (2)  Ignorance  and  Carelessness;  (3)  Defective  Equipment; 

(4)  Faulty  Construction;  (5)  Insufficient  Protection;  and  (6)  Lack  of  Defense. 

Architects  are  mainly  responsible  for  conditions  three,  four,  and  five.  Though  only  half 
the  number,  they  comprehend  many  more  factors  of  safety  than  the  others.  Therefore  the 
potential  power  of  architects  to  create  conditions  favoring  conservation. 

The  most  vital  condition  concerns  the  control  of  fire.  The  book  says: 

Common  sense  will  tell  you  that  almost  all  fires  have  small  beginnings , from 
which  arises  the  old  saying  that  the  first  five  minutes  in  fighting  afire  is  worth  more 
than  the  next  five  hours.  This  means  that  your  means  of  extinguishing  should  be 
immediately  accessible , in  other  words , that  such  means  should  be  distributed 
throughout  your  premises  so  that  at  no  point  will  they  be  far  away . The  most 
valuable  of  all  devices  for  this  purpose  is  the  automatic  sprinkler , which  is  too 
familiar  to  need  description.  It  provides  an  immediate  downpour  of  water  at 
the  exact  place  of  the  blaze , and  generally  extinguishes  such  a blaze  at  once. 

Insurance  companies  recognize  this  protection  by  making  a large  reduction  in  rates 
wherever  buildings  are  well  equipped  with  sprinklers. 

Among  “Practical  Suggestions  for  Reducing  Fire  Loss”  is  this: 

When  properly  installed , with  an  abundant  and  constant  water  supply  at  proper 
pressure , and  the  equipment  maintained  in  a constantly  operative  condition , the 
automatic  sprinkler  has  proven  itself  to  be  the  most  reliable  and  satisfactory  fire  extin- 
guishing device  in  use , being  suitable  for  effective  service  in  practically  every  class  of 
structure  and  under  nearly  any  condition  of  fire  hazard  arising  from  causes  incident 
to  occupancy  or  processes.  It  is  therefore  urged  that  such  protection  be  installed  in 
every  structure  where  the  nature  of  the  occupancy  is  not  such  as  to  render  these  devices 
inoperative  or  ineffective. 

Today  the  design  and  equipment  of  buildings  to  resist  and 
control  fire  is  not  only  a practical  necessity,  but  also  a war- 
time  necessity,  and  above  all,  A PATRIOTIC  DUTY! 

ARCHITECTS  SHOULD  EXERCISE  THEIR  POTENTIAL  POWER  NOW! 


Information  Service  Department 

National  Automatic  Sprinkler  Association 

80  MAIDEN  LANE,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 

I1l!lll.ill:li:l  II li :■  il i'M  l.l'l:i  U I'lml  l.il ;! li l,.!,.l! I.ll.l  ll I: l.'l it.l. I; U :l .1  ,C.I ,l.l.:l':rTJ ;l .u ;l  , .1  i.,  i:1|1:I  I.i  i..i..Ij,i,U.i..i.I  I U.U;!  i.N:l.;.|il.l  1.1, 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Voi  . I,  1917 


llll!!ll!lllill!llll!!IIII!ll!ll!lillil!llllilillil!lillllli]lilllllli!l!li!illllllll*lli!IIIIM 


182 

iiiiiii 


( 


AUTOMATIC  SPRINKLERS  4A3  and  4F 

Ill  III!1  .1  II  I'll.  "!I  I1. 1 '.■■'I'll-  ir.l  :hi  IIWIMU.!' 1 ii.ij:  

Get  the  Fire  or  Get  Away  from  It? 

Which  is  the  Fundamental  Principle  of  Safety? 

GETTING  away  from  fires,  rather  than  “getting”  fires  before  they  get  away,  would  seem  to  be  regarded 
as  the  fundamental  principle  of  safety  from  fire  in  the  usual  run  of  laws  enacted  to  provide  for  this  safety. 

The  nature  of  these  laws  implies  the  expectancy  that  once  a fire  begins  it  inevitably  progresses  to  a dis- 
astrous finish,  for  the  laws  provide  mainly  for  means  of  getting  out  of  buildings  (exits)  and  give  little, 
if  any,  consideration  to  getting  control  of  fire  before  it  gets  out  of  hand. 

Whereas , to  “ get ” the  fire  before  it  gets  away  is  the  fundamental  principle  of  safety  from  fire! 

SAFETY  POSSIBLE  INSIDE  BUILDINGS 

Safety  laws  virtually  say  this  to  those  in  whose  interests  they  are  enacted:  “You  cannot  be  safe  from  fire  in 
any  building;  the  only  place  of  safety  is  outside  buildings.  The  laws  provide  for  exits  whereby  you  may  reach 
safety,  and  it  is  up  to  you  to  use  this  means  of  assuring  your  own  safety.” 

EXIT  REQUIREMENTS  SHIFT  RESPONSIBILITY 

Really,  in  this  respect,  laws  shift  responsibility  of  assuring  absolute  safety  from  fire  from  where  it  rightfully  be- 
longs to  the  shoulders  of  those  whom  the  laws  are  intended  to  protect.  Those  who  are  responsible  for  condi- 
tions of  safety  may  well  argue  that  in  providing  exits  they  have  done  all  that  is  required  of  them,  and  ignore 
altogether  the  need  of  doing  what  is  necessary  to  provide  for  the  control  of  fire  where  it  originates — the  funda- 
mental requirement  for  safety  from  fire. 

CONTROL  FIRE  WHERE  IT  ORIGINATES 

Fire  is  controlled  where  it  originates  by  water  discharged  from  automatic  sprinklers  opened 
by  the  heat  of  the  fire  in  about  the  same  time  as  it  takes  to  remark  this  fact. 

Automatic  sprinklers,  according  to  the  authoritative  records  of  the  National  Fire  Protec- 
tion Association,  have  controlled,  where  they  originated,  95.47  per  cent  of  18,795  ^res  during 
a period  of  twenty  years. 

SPRINKLER  PROTECTION  MOST  EFFICIENT  WHERE 
LIFE-HAZARD  GREATEST! 

But  where  life  has  been  most  seriously  hazarded,  sprinkler  protection  has  been  most  effec- 
tive! Sprinklers  successfully  controlled  98.1  percent  of  10,285  fires  in  fifty  classes  of  property 
where  life  was  most  seriously  hazarded — 2.63  per  cent  better  than  the  general  average! 

And  in  these  fifty  classes  (36  per  cent  of  total  number  listed)  were  60  per  cent  of  all  the  fires  ! 
Which  is  quite  sufficient  justification  for  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association’s  Life 
Safety  Committee’s  estimate  of  the  value  of  automatic  sprinkler  protection  as  an  assurance  of 
safety  to  life  from  the  hazard  of  fire: 

“ It  is  today  an  almost  unquestioned  fact  that  the  automatic  sprinkler  affords  the  largest  degree 
of  protection  of  life  against  fire.  The  immense  number  of  fires  which  have  either  been  promptly 
extinguished  or  held  in  check  by  the  quick  operation  of  the  automatic  sprinkler  definitely 
demonstrates  this  when  the  record  is  compared  with  similar  fires  startmg  in  buildings  which  had 
no  sprinkler  protection  and  in  which  large  loss  of  life  has  resulted." 

And  mark  this.  All  of  the  hue  and  cry  over  exits  is  because  of  the  loss  of  life  in  fires  in 
buildings  not  equipped  with  sprinklers.  In  nearly  19,000  fires  in  sprinklered  properties  not  a 
single  life  has  been  lost  under  such  circumstances  as  obtained  in  the  fearful  holocausts  in  the 
Triangle  waist  factory  in  New  York,  the  overall  factory  in  Binghamton,  and  the  Diamond 
candy  factory  in  Brooklyn. 

Automatic  Sprinklers  “Get”  the  Fire  Before  It  Gets  Away — 

The  Fundamental  Principle  of  Safety  from  Fire 


Information  Service  Department 

National  Automatic  Sprinkler  Association 

80  MAIDEN  LANE,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM 


AUTOMATIC  SPRINKLERS  4A3  and  4F 


183 


llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllIM^ 

Why  Gild  “Fireproof?” 

ii  I .fireproof,”  popular  fancy  synonymizes  with  safety  from  fire;  invests  incombustible 
rl  materials  of  construction  with  mysterious  power  to  impart  their  characteristics  of 
fire  resistance  to  completed  and  occupied  “fireproof”  buildings. 

“It’s  absolutely  fireproof;  it  cannot  burn,”  is  the  familiar  chatter  of  the  owner  of  a “fire- 
proof” building  containing  enough  fuel  in  combustible  contents  to  steam  a mammoth 
ocean  liner  several  days. 

The  Triangle  Waist  Factory  fire  which  took  a fearful  toll  of  human  life  in  a “fireproof” 
building,  and  the  Edison  Works  fire  which  blazed  unrestrained  through  nine  “fireproof” 
buildings  in  seven  hours,  completely  gutting  them,  are  sufficient  examples  of  the  fact  that  it  is 

not  the  function  of  a “ fireproof  ” building  to  safeguard  contents 

The  merits  of  “fireproof”  construction  are  beyond  question,  but  whatever  these  merits 
they  cannot  comprehend  incombustible  building  materials  as  a sufficient  assurance  of  safety 
from  fire  in  an  occupied  “fireproof”  building. 

“Maximum  fire  protection,”  a manufacturer  of  an  incombustible  building  material 
announced,  would  be  assured  by  the  use  of  it.  How  so,  when  maximum  protection  against 
fire  comprehends  not  only  the  incombustion  of  construction  materials  but  also  active  control 
of  fire,  and  all  that  can  be  expected  of  incombustible  construction  materials  is  passive  resist- 
ance? They  cannot,  by  any  stretch  of  fancy,  be  considered  as  having  any  effect  whatever 
on  the  burning  of  combustible  contents. 

Complete  Fire  Resistance 

is  made  possible  by  automatic  sprinklers.  The  fire-activated  automatic  discharge  of  water 
right  where  it  is  needed  most,  in  the  heart  of  a fire,  not  only  actively  resists  the  flames  in 
combustible  contents  but  also  fortifies  the  passive  resistance  of  the  materials  of  construction. 

Last  fall,  in  a New  York  suburb,  a sevpn-story  “fireproof”  storage  warehouse  experienced 
a fire  which  is  comprehensively  epitomized  in  this  conclusion  in  a report  prepared  by  Ira 
H.  Woolson,  consulting  engineer  to  the  committee  on  construction  of  buildings,  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters: 

“The  one  fact  which  stands  out  above  all  others  in  connection  with  this  fire  is  that  a suitable 
sprinkler  system  would  have  saved  the  concrete  building  with  its  contents  and  probably  have 
controlled  the  fire  in  the  frame  building.  It  is  one  more  demonstration  of  the  folly  of  depend- 
ing upon  fire-resistive  construction  alone  to  protect  inflammable  contents  of  a building  from  fire. 

The  owners  had  evidently  made  sincere  efforts  to  have  a very  safe  structure.  It  was  in  general 
well  built;  wired  glass  windows  were  provided  on  all  sides;  the  protection  of  vertical  open- 
ings was  standard;  double  approved  fire  doors  were  provided  on  communicating  doorways; 
sets  of  fire  pails  properly  filled  were  scattered  about  each  floor,  but  were  useless  because  of 
the  smoke  which  entered  the  building  preceding  the  fire.  With  all  these  precautions  the 
building  is  today  badly  wrecked;  a large  proportion  of  the  contents  is  ruined  either  by 
fire  or  water,  and  a total  property  loss  of  $125,000  or  more  has  been  sustained.  Only  a 
portion  of  this  is  covered  by  insurance  and  the  business  of  the  owners  will  be  more  or  less 
paralyzed  for  many  months.  All  this  could  have  been  saved  by  a comparatively  small  invest- 
ment in  sprinkler  protection.” 

A “FIREPROOF”  BUILDING  IS— COMPLETELY— WHEN  SPRINKLERED 


Information  Service  Department 

National  Automatic  Sprinkler  Association 

80  MAIDEN  LANE,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 

.■  ,!  || I,  r.i!.,ih.„  ii.!;KN„i.,ii.i!.ii.Mi,:  .1  1 .in  .1  1, 1 .u:  u;  nn  : u..i.i  ii.r  u 1 ini  .1.1  ,in  n.i:  11 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


1 ilium mi iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim 


DOORWAY 

THE  STEARNS  HOUSE 
at  Bedford,  Mass. 

Built  in  1 802. 

Reuben  Duren,  Architect. 

The  front  elevation  of  this 
house  was  shown  in 
Vol.  I,  No.  2 of  the 
White  Pine  Monographs. 


WOOD 

iiiiiiniiiiiilliiilliii 


5 D 

■Mr 


HpHREE  essentials  for  success  in  home-building  are — a 
^ practical  plan,  artistic  design  and  good  workmanship. 

But  without  the  fourth  essential — proper  selection  of  materials 
—the  other  three  are  of  little  avail. 

l ake  the  matter  ol  lumber.  All  woods  are  not  equally  good  lor  all  uses. 
One  is  good  for  one  purpose — another  for  another.  Select  woods  lor  their 
proper  uses,  and  you  will  have  no  disappointments. 

White  Pine 

For  the  outer  covering  ol  a house — subjected  to  the  rigorous  onslaught 
ol  rain  and  snow,  heat  and  cold,  sun  and  wind— no  other  wood  is  so 
durable  and  holds  its  place  so  well,  without  warping,  splitting,  rotting, 
or  opening  at  the  joints,  as  White  Pine. 

Address  IV HITE  PINE  BUREAU , 

Representing  2 1 44  Merchants  Bank  Buildings  St.  Paul , Minn. 

The  Northern  Pine  Manufacturers’ 

Association  of  Minnesota,  Wisconsin 
and  Michigan,  and  the  Associated 
White  Pine  Manufacturers  of  Idaho 


I 

Industriai  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I, 


iiiiiiiiiiiiii 

9*7 


lllll!l!lll!llllll!l!l!!!!!lllll|!ll!l||||||!ill||l!l!lllliy  ';(llllllllllll!ll!(llllllllllllll!llllllll!||llll!ll!llllll!|l!ll!llllll!lilljll|!l||lil!ll!!IIIW 


lIllllllllllllllillllltllllillllllllllllllllllllH 


WOOD  $D 


ilillilililiililiiiiiiil 


llllllllllllllllllllllllilllllllliilllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllM 


OAK 

The  Wood  Used  from  Time  Immemorial 

UNIVERSALITY 

Oak  has  been  regarded  as  the  king  of  the  forest  from  the  earliest  days.  Its  manufacture 
into  lumber  was  a pioneer  phase  of  the  hardwood  industry  of  the  country.  By  reason  of 
respectful  familiarity  there  is  an  inbred  accuracy  in  handling  Oak  among  those  who  work 
in  woods. 

Oak  is  strong,  tough,  enduring  and  beautiful.  Its  application  to  all  forms  of  building  con- 
struction, adornment,  and  equipment  is  practically  without  limitation — so  infinite  are  its 
possibilities. 

CHARACTERISTICS  AND  EFFECTS 

The  Oaks  in  this  country  are  commercially  divided  into  two  varieties — the  White  Oak 
and  the  Red  Oak.  In  height  they  range  from  60  to  ioo  feet,  and  in  diameter  from  i to  6 feet. 
The  growth  is  from  southern  Maine  and  southwestern  Quebec  to  central  and  southern  Ontario, 
the  lower  Peninsula  of  Michigan,  southern  Wisconsin  and  southern  Minnesota,  and  to 
southern  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  southern  and  northern  Florida  and  Texas,  and  to  the  Gulf. 
The  leaves  of  nearly  all  varieties  of  White  Oak  have  rounded  lobes  while  those  of  the  Red 
Oak  are  invariably  pointed.  The  bark  of  the  White  Oak  is  also  an  aid  in  identification,  as 
from  its  whiteness  it  gained  its  name.  The  medullary  rays  of  no  wood  in  the  world  are  more 
utilized  to  commercial  advantage  than  those  of  the  Oak.  Quartersawing  is  for  the  purpose  of 
bringing  them  out  and  producing  the  beautiful  figured  effect  so  much  admired  by  all.  They 
are  the  bright  streaks,  clearly  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  in  the  end  of  an  Oak  log,  radiating  from 
the  center  outward  like  the  spokes  of  a wheel.  By  quartersawing,  the  rays  are  cut  edgewise 
and  appear  as  bright  streaks  or  flakes,  often  called  mirrors,  on  the  surface  of  the  board. 

IN  HOME-BUILDING 

In  its  charming  simplicity,  Oak  will  be  in  style  and  good  taste  for  all  time  to  come,  and  its 
choice  for  interior  finish,  paneling  trim,  doors,  furniture,  and  floors  insures  the  quality  that 
gives  a friendly  atmosphere  to  the  home. 

IN  PUBLIC  BUILDINGS 

Oak  doors  and  interior  trim  for  public  buildings  are  desired,  not  only  because  of  Oak’s 
historic  excellence  as  a cabinet  wood  and  its  inborn  trait  of  “staying  put,”  but  also  because 
by  its  use  the  best  results  may  be  obtained  without  the  experimentation  required  with  woods 
less  thoroughly  standardized.  There  is  no  other  wood  which  will  better  withstand  the  very 
hard  usage  to  which  doors,  interior  trim,  flooring,  paneling  and  furniture  are  put  to  in  public 
buildings. 

THE  OAK  MANUFACTURERS’  ASSOCIATION 

From  the  felling  of  the  trees  in  the  forest  and  the  selection  of  logs  by  size  and  quality,  the 
manufacturers  of  Oak  lumber  are  now  enabled  to  take  the  fullest  advantage,  by  cooperative 
work,  of  the  experience  gained  through  long  years  of  training.  With  mechanical  appliances 
of  the  very  best  type  for  specified  methods  of  sawing — by  piling  and  seasoning  according  to 
the  best  established  practice — and  through  following  approved  standards  of  inspection  and 
grading,  the  manufacturers  of  Oak  lumber  are  able  to  offer  a product  and  assure  a service  in 
accordance  with  the  highest  state  of  the  art  in  the  growth  and  uses  of  Oak. 

We  have  now  in  preparation  a booklet  about  Oak  which  will  shortly  be  ready  for  distribu- 
tion. It,  and  the  service  of  the  Association,  are  at  the  command  of  those  desiring  information 
pertaining  to  this  premier  hardwood. 

The  American  Oak  Manufacturers’  Association 

Bank  of  Commerce  & Trust  Building  MEMPHIS,  TENN. 

iilitiiiliU!llll]||l!lllllllin:iilli!li:iili!iii!]|i]li:ii]i::i  i::i'  i ll! m i:::i  i :i ; ; ; 1 :: , .,! : :■  ::i  i 1 .1 : i :: : : . ,:! : ii.n  r ri  ,!::i  :u  .1:1 .! h ;i :■ i1 : i j ii  ;|  ::  'j ::  ;i  ,'  j 

Industrial  Section 


185 

|||!!I!III|||||||N> 


Structural  Service  Book,  Voi  . 1,  1017 


186 


WOOD  D5 


JUNE  / - 19/5 


“ ' a i i 5 £ S I 

- * ‘ 


r* 


S 111  Ini 


H 


t/UNE  es-/s?/s 


These  two  photo- 
graphs show  the  rapid 
progress  made  in  the 
construction  of  the  pat- 
tern shop  of  the  Allis- 
Chalmers  Manufactur- 
ing Company.  No  Time 
Lost  Here  Waiting  for 
Delayed  Material.  One 
Million  F eet  of  Southern 
Yellow  Pine  Used. 


* 


Yes  Sir! 

Mill  Construction! 

Would  you  build — now  a new  Shop,  Factory,  Foundry, 
Mill,  Warehouse?  What  is  your  chance  to  obtain  structural 
material  promptly — NOW  ? 

The  time-saving,  money-saving,  trouble-saving  course  open  to  you  is 
to  erect  the  Standard  Mill -Construction  type  of  building — employing,  for 
interior  framing  and  floors,  sturdy,  durable,  dependable 

Southern  Yellow  Pine 

Unlimited  quantities  of  highest  grade  Southern  Yellow  Pine,  in  all  its  forms, 
are  available  now,  including  heart  timbers  meeting  completely  every  requirement 
of  the  Density  Rule,  formulated  by  the  U.  S.  Forest  Service  and  adopted  as  stan- 
dard by  the  Southern  Pine  Association,  the  Society  For  Testing  Materials,  and  the 
United  States  Navy  Department. 

Standard  Mill-Construction,  employing  Southern  Yellow  Pine,  is  the  most 
ECONOMICAL  as  well  as  the  most  SERVICEABLE  type  ol  industrial  struc- 
ture. Properly  sprinklered.a  mill-constructed  building  is  rated  lar  more 
lire  sale  than  a non-sprinklered  building  ol  so-called  "fire-prool”  type. 

Our  new  hook,  “Mill-Construction,”  an  authoritative  and  comprehensive  work  on  modern  building, 
is  ready  for  distribution,1  A copy  will  be  sent  you,  gratis,  promptly  on  request. 

Southern  Pine  Association 

2092  Interstate  Bank  Bldg.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana 


el:-.: 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


lilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllllllM 


WOOD  5D 


187 


pilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 

D Lja  1 ^ /71.T  TTV/T  “ The  wood  unsurpassed  for 

XV-tl/J-J  LJLJIVI  Interior  Finish” 


Characteristics , uses  and  effects: 

Commercially  the  term  “red  gum”  applies  to  the 
heart  wood  of  the  red  gum  tree.  In  Europe  this  wood 
is  known  as  red  gum,  satin  walnut  and  hazelwood. 
Unselected  gum,  or  sap  gum,  may  be  partially  heart 
wood  and  partially  sap  wood  or  all  sap  wood.  Red 
gum  is  furnished  in  either  plain  or  quarter-sawed 
lumber  and  veneer,  as  is  the  unselected,  or  sap  gum. 
Red  gum  selected  for  figure  can  also  be  supplied  in 
both  lumber  and  veneer. 

Gumwood  is  adaptable  to  a great  variety  of  uses 
including  the  best  grades  of  the  richest  colored 
and  highly  figured  panels  used  in  artistic  architec- 
tural woodwork  of  all  kinds.  The  effects  that  can 


be  obtained  by  staining  are  varied  and  unusually 
attractive. 

Red  Gum  has  become  a leading  cabinet  wood  be- 
cause of  its  beauty,  adaptability  and  fine  workable 
qualities.  Selections  of  lumber  or  veneer  may  be  made 
to  meet  special  requirements,  either  of  highly  figured 
wood  or  plain  wood,  quarter-sawed  or  plain  sawed. 
Veneer  is  also  manufactured  in  sliced  and  rotary  cut. 

Below  see  illustrations  of  two  pieces  cut  from  Gum 
Wood  showing  the  range  from  the  simplest  plain-sawed 
plain  wood  to  the  quarter-sawed  figured  wood,  the 
latter  a veneer.  Between  these  there  are  many  varia- 
tions, as  explained  and  illustrated  in  “Technical  In- 
formation about  Red  Gum.” 


“ America's  Finest  Cabinet  Wood" 


No.  2 

No.  2 — Shows  plain  sawed  Red  Gum,  plain  wood  (commonly 
termed  Plain  Red  Gum,  but  when  plain-sawed  plain  wood  is  de- 
sired it  should  be  specified  as  "Plain  Sawed  Red  Gum,  plain 
wood”).  This  is  a fine  example  as  it  runs  by  the  car  load.  How- 
ever, not  all  plain  sawed  Red  Gum,  plain  wood,  is  perfectly 
plain,  as  most  Red  Gum  shows  some  stripe  effects  and  color 
tones.  Its  character  is  soft  and  delicate,  and  finished  natural  or 
stained,  is  very  pleasing  and  attractive.  Millions  of  feet  are 
used,  both  in  this  country  and  abroad,  for  interior  finish,  fur- 
niture, etc. 


No.  7 

No.  7 — A panel  of  quarter-sawed  Red  Gum  veneer,  figured  wood, 
matched.  All  Red  Gum,  whether  figured  wood  or  plain  wood, 
quarter-sawed  or  plain  sawed,  has  a rich,  reddish-brown  color, 
with  a character  as  soft  and  delicate  as  the  sheen  of  fine  satin,  and 
quarter-sawed  figured  Red  Gum  veneer  offers  possibilities  for 
matching  figure  known  to  no  other  wood  It  produces  a great 
variety  of  markings  and  color  tones,  and  selections  of  flitches 
may  tbe  made  to  meet  the  individual  taste  of*the  designer.  It  has 
the  combined  beauty  of  Circassian  Walnut  and  Mahogany,  yet 
has  a distinctive  character  peculiar  to  no  other  wood. 


The  Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  was  organized  three  years  ago  with  headquarters  at  Memphis, 
Tenn.  The  Association  now  has  a membership  composed  of  one  hundred  and  thirty  of  the  leading  gum  manufac- 
turers. It  has  become  a power  which  has  lifted  gum  to  a leading  place  among  the  cabinet  woods. 

The  Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  has  carried  on  a scientific  study  of  the  best  methods  of  manu- 
facturing, caring  for  and  kiln-drying  gum  lumber. 

During  the  last  three  years,  since  the  Gum  Lumber  Manufacturers’  Association  began  a general  publicity 
campaign  in  behalf  of  red  gum,  its  use  has  increased  more  than  one  hundred  per  cent,  in  our  domestic  markets, 
and  at  the  present  time  it  is  giving  universal  satisfaction.  This  is  due  entirely  to  a thorough  understanding  of 
the  wood,  which  begins  with  the  progressive  lumber  manufacturer,  includes  the  appreciative  discernment  of 
the  architect  and  ends  with  the  gratified  client. 

Publications: — The  Association  has  prepared  and  will  gladly  send  to  Architects  and  other  readers  of  The 
Journal , either  or  both  of  its  Booklets,  entitled:  “Red  Gum  Facts,”  “Technical  Information  about  Red  Gum,” 
which  are  referred  to  under  sub-divisions  in  this  issue. 

It  offers  its  facilities  and  service,  and  samples  when  desired,  to  all  those  desiring  the  fullest  information,  facts 
and  recommendations  pertaining  to  the  use  of  Gumwood  where  its  use  is  best,  whether  in  large  work  or  small. 


GUM  LUMBER  MANUFACTURERS’  ASSOCIATION 

1339-44  Bank  of  Commerce  and  Trust  Building  - MEMPHIS,  TENN. 


Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll^ 


llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllli 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


g ini 


188 


VARNISH  12E 

iiboh^ 


Murphy  Varnish  Company 


Chestnut  and  McWhorter  Streets 
NEWARK,  N.  J. 


50  West  22nd  Street 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 


THE  DOUGALL  VARNISH  COMPANY,  LIMITED,  MONTREAL,  CANADIAN  ASSOCIATE 


Transparent  Interior 
Nogloss  Interior  Var- 
Semi-gloss  Interior 
Transparent  Floor 


Velvet  Floor  Varnish. 
Transparent  Spar  Varnish. 
Univernish. 

White  Enamel. 

Semi-gloss  Enamel. 

Enamel  Undercoating. 
Konkreto. 


Products. 

Murphy 
Varnish. 

Murphy 

NISH. 

Murphy 
Varnish. 

Murphy 
Varnish. 

Murphy 

Murphy 

Murphy 

Murphy 

Murphy 

Murphy 

Murphy 

Scope. 

The  Murphy  Varnish  Company  has  been  in  exist- 
ence over  half  a century.  It  supplies  most  of  the  rail- 
ways, the  manufacturers  of  fine  furniture,  pianos,  auto- 
mobiles, and  the  other  large  consumers  who  are  experts 
in  the  use  of  varnish.  We  make  over  200  kinds  of  var- 
nish— it  being  true  to-day,  as  it  always  has  been,  that 
no  one  varnish  can  be  used  for  all  purposes. 

Architectural  Varnishes. 

The  varnishes  and  enamels  described  below  are 
those  which  time  and  experience  have  proven  best  for 
fine  architectural  work. 

Murphy  Transparent  Interior  Varnish — A fine 
transparent  lustrous  varnish  which  brings  out  the  grain 
of  the  wood,  flows  freely,  covers  a great  deal  of  surface, 
rubs  easily,  and  keeps  its  full  beauty  for  many  years. 
Used  extensively  in  fine  residences,  hotels,  public  build- 
ings, office  buildings  and  wherever  fine  woodwork  needs 
to  be  beautified,  protected  and  made  sanitary.  $4  a 
gallon. 

Murphy  Nogloss  Interior  V arnish — This  var- 
nish, used  for  the  final  coat  over  Murphy  Transparent 
Interior,  gives  a rubbed  effect  without  the  labor  of  rub- 
bing. Beautifully  shows  the  grain  of  the  wood.  Can  be 
used  alone  by  applying  the  proper  number  of  coats. 
$4  a gallon. 

Murphy  Semi-gloss  Interior  Varnish — As  the 
name  implies,  it  is  half  way  between  the  Nogloss  rubbed 
effect  and  the  Transparent  Interior  (unrubbed)  and 
gives  a slightly  rubbed  appearance.  $4  a gallon. 

Murphy  Transparent  Floor  Varnish — A fine 
free-flowing  varnish  that  rubs  easily,  producing  a very 
smooth,  beautiful  surface.  Does  not  flake  off;  is  not 
affected  by  reasonable  exposure  to  moisture,  air,  or 
water.  It  can  be  covered  year  after  year  with  a new  coat, 


TRADE  SYMBOL 


whenever  required,  without  removing 
the  original  coat.'  Stands  the  wear  of 
passing  feet;  is  not  affected  by  heavy 
furniture  rolled  over  it  and  is,  besides, 
the  most  enduring  of  floor  varnishes. 
Used  in  thousands  of  fine  homes,  hotels, 
office  buildings,  etc.  $4  a gallon. 

Murphy  Velvet  Floor  Finish — 
For  final  coats  only  over  Transparent 
Floor  Varnish  when  a semi-gloss  finish  is  desired.  Has 
the  effect  of  wax  without  the  slipperiness,  and  requires 
no  rubbing.  $4  a gallon. 

Murphy  Transparent  Spar  Varnish — A fine 
durable  outdoor  varnish  for  all  outside  work  except 
floors.  It  is  moist ureproof,  endures  heat  and  cold,  and 
resists  grit  and  smut  as  long  as  any  varnish  possibly  can. 
It  lasts  a long  time  and  remains  attractive  as  long  as  it 
lasts.  $5  a gallon. 

Murphy  Univernish — A varnish  for  many  uses 
— for  inside  and  outside  work  and  for  floors.  Proof 
against  hot  or  cold  water,  steam,  hot  dishes,  alkali, 
alcohol,  ammonia,  etc.  Nothing  turns  it  white.  For 
these  reasons,  it  is  a particularly  good  varnish  for 
places  which  are  unduly  exposed  to  rough  use. 

While  the  name  suggests  its  all-round  use  where 
these  qualities  are  desired,  it  is  not,  and  no  one  varnish 
can  be,  the  best  varnish  for  every  technical  purpose. 
Univernish  does,  however,  approximate  the  good  quali- 
ties of  many  fine  varnishes  and  may  be  relied  upon  for 
elegant  finish  and  durability. 

Murphy  Univernish  stands  the  extremes  of  weather 
wonderfully,  does  not  thicken  in  the  can,  nor  clog  the 
painter’s  brush;  it  works  easily  and  flows  out  smooth. 
Do  not  apply  Univernish  over  shellac  or  liquid  fillers. 
$4.50  a gallon. 

Murphy  White  Enamel — A pure  white  enamel 
of  the  finest  grade  and  long  life.  It  can  be  used  either 
indoors  or  outdoors — dries  hard  for  indoors  and  wears 
wonderfully  well  for  outdoors.  Can  be  tinted,  of 
course.  $6.50  a gallon. 

Murphy  Semi-gloss  Enamel — As  a final  coat 
over  Murphy  White  Enamel  it  produces  a beautiful 
semi-gloss  effect  without  the  expense  of  rubbing.  $>6.50 
a gallon. 

Murphy  Enamel  Undercoating — Dense  cover- 
ing, flat  drying.  Is  used  for  foundation  coats  for 
Murphy  White  Enamel.  Much  more  suitable  for  this 
work  than  lead-and-oil.  If  colored  enamel  surface  is 
wanted,  the  second  and  succeeding  coals  should  be 
colored  to  match  the  enamel.  84  a gallon. 

Murphy  Konkreto — For  the  sanitary  treatment 
of  concrete  or  cement  floors,  walls,  or  ceiling.  Gives 
smooth  surface.  Prevents  them  from  wearing,  dusting 
and  getting  mouldy.  Makes  them  as  easy  to  clean  and 
keep  clean  as  tiling.  $4.50  a gallon. 


iniiiM 

Industrial  Section 


■III Him a 1111 mini 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


VARNISH  12E  189 

:i:.: 1 "ii:ii"::'rii;.i  :i  !i:l:;l!il.i  'ii:i:n»;'i:;i:!lii:  


Book  on  Varnish  and  Enamel. 

We  will  furnish  any  architect,  on  request,  our 
book  on  Architectural  Varnishes  and  Enamel,  and  place 
him  on  our  lists  to  receive  bulletins  and  such  other 
literature  as  we  may  prepare  from  time  to  time. 

Free  Educational  Murphy  Books. 

Rare  woods.  Eight  and  one-half  by  eleven  inches 
in  size.  An  artistic  and  useful  repository  of  rare  wood 
finishes. 

Architectural  Varnishes  and  Enamels.  Pocket 
edition,  alike  helpful  to  architects,  painters  and  owners. 

Beautiful  Eloors  and  How  to  Care  for  Them. 

The  House  That  Found  Itself.  An  illustrated 
story  of  how  a house  was  made  into  a home. 

Beautiful  Boats  and  How  to  Care  for  Them.  A 
handsome  book  illustrated  in  color  indicating  the  uses 
of  Murphy  Transparent  Spar  Varnish — the  brineproof 
varnish. 

Murphy  Linoleum  Varnish. 

Murphy  Finishing  System  for  Carriages  and  Motor 
Cars. 

Pure  Colors  Ground  in  Oil. 

Specification  Guide  for  Varnish  and 
Enamel. 

Below  is  a convenient  reference  guide  to  specifica- 
tions for  varnish  and  enamel.  To  any  architect  who  de- 
sires a copy  of  these  specifications  we  shall  be  glad  to 
send  them. 

We  urge  that  not  only  the  maker  be  named,  but  the 
particular  kind  of  varnish  desired.  It  is  not  sufficient, 
for  example,  to  say  “Murphy  Varnish.”  We  make 
many  grades,  each  one  the  best  for  its  special  purpose, 
but  no  one  the  best  for  every  purpose. 

We  do  not  recommend  the  phrase  “or  equal”  in 
any  specification.  It  results  in  the  use  of  inferior  var- 
nish. We  believe  that  the  clients’  interest,  your  own. 
and  each  bidder’s  interest  will  be  better  served  by  speci- 
fying directly  what  you  want,  whether  it  is  Murphy 
Varnish  or  some  other  make. 

The  slight  difference  in  cost  between  good  varnish 
and  poor  varnish  is  more  than  offset  by  the  longer  life 
of  good  varnish,  by  its  saving  of  labor  in  application 
and  the  greater  area  covered,  and  a skillful  painter,  es- 
timating on  a definite  basis,  will  always  want  the  quality 
varnish. 

Specifications  for  Wood  Finishing 

Materials — All  materials  shall  he  of  the  manufacture  of 
the  Murphy  Varnish  Company  and  delivered  at  the  mill  or 
building  in  the  original  containers  for  inspection  by  the  ar- 
chitect. 

Preparation — All  woodwork  shall  be  thoroughly  dry  and 
all  stains,  finger  marks  or  other  blemishes  carefully  removed 
before  any  finish  is  applied. 

Back  Priming — All  back  surfaces  of  woodwork  shall  be 
primed  at  the  mill  with  1 coat  of  paint,  consisting  of  15  lbs. 
of  pure  red  lead  to  1 gal.  of  pure  boiied  linseed  oil.  well  brushed 
out. 

Interior  Natural  Finish — All  oak  {or  other  open  grain 
wood.1;)  finishing  woodwork  shall  be  prepared  for  varnishing 


with  a coat  of  Murphy  Filler  No well  wiped  off  the 

surface. 

Note — All  open  grain  woods  should  have  the  pores  filled,  in  order 
to  present  a smooth  surface  for  varnishing,  unless  an  open  pore  effect 
is  especially  desired. 

All  birch  {or  other  close  grain  woods)  finishing  woodwork 
shall  be  prepared  for  varnishing  with  a coat  of  Murphy  Shellac- 
quer.  white  or  orange  as  the  case  may  require. 

Note — All  close  grain  woods  are  thinly  shellacked  to  prevent  undue 
absorption  or  sinking.  Fillers  should  not  be  used  on  close  grain  woods. 

(A)  Rubbed  Finish — All  oak  finishing  woodwork  shall  be 
given  3 coats  and  birch  2 coats  of  Murphy  Transparent  Interior 
Varnish,  allowing  ample  time  for  drying  between  coats.  Under- 
coats shall  be  lightly  sandpapered  and  final  coat,  except  in  serv- 
ice portions  of  house,  shall  be  rubbed  down  with  pumice  and 
water,  and  then  with  oil. 

Note — Woods  in  italics  are  variable.  The  birch  or  other  dose 
grain  wood  is  given  only  2 coats  of  varnish,  because  the  Shellacquer  is 
the  equivalent  of  a third.  A flowed-on  gloss  finish  is  the  more  practi- 
cable for  the  service  portions  of  the  house,  and  naturally  more  eco- 
nomical. 

{B)  Rubbed  Effect,  Dull — All  oak  finishing  woodwork  shall 
be  given  3 coats  and  birch  2 coats  of  Murphy  Nogloss  In- 
terior Varnish,  allowing  ample  time  for  drying  between  coats. 
Undercoats  shall  be  lightly  sandpapered  and  final  coat  flowed 
on. 

(C)  Rubbed  Effect,  Semi-gloss — All  oak  finishing  woodwork 
shall  be  given  3 coats  and  birch  2 coats  of  Murphy  Semi-gloss 
Interior  Varnish,  allowing  ample  time  for  drying  between  coats. 
Undercoats  shall  be  lightly  sandpapered  and  final  coat  flowed 
on. 

Note — .4,  B and  C are  alternatives.  B and  C give  a rubbed  effect 
without  any  rubbing. 

Exterior  Natural  Finish — The  oak  entrance  doors  and 

frame  shall  be  given  a coat  of  Murphy  Filler  No well 

wiped  off  the  surface,  and  3 coats  of  Murphy  Transparent  Spar 
Varnish. 

Ample  time  shall  be  allowed  for  drying  between  coats; 
undercoats  shall  be  lightly  sandpapered  and  final  coat  left  in 
the  gloss. 

Note — Parts  in  italics  are  variable.  Exterior  varnish  is  generally 
left  in  the  gloss,  but  may  be  rubbed,  if  desired,  after  hardening  for  a 
week. 

Wood  Floors — All  oak  {or  other  open  grain  woods)  floors 
shall  be  prepared  for  varnishing  with  a coat  of  Murphy  Filler 
No well  wiped  off  the  surface. 

(.4)  Gloss  Finish — All  wood  floors  shall  be  given  3 coats 
of  Murphy  Transparent  Floor  Varnish,  allowing  ample  time  for 
drying  between  coats.  Undercoats  shall  be  lightly  sandpapered 
and  final  coat  shall  be  left  in  the  gloss. 

Note — If  a rubbed  finish  is  desired,  substitute  for  the  words  in 
italics  the  following: 

( B ) Rubbed  Finish — Rubbed  down  with  pumice  and 
water  and  then  with  oil. 

(C)  Rubbed  Effect — All  wood  doors  shall  be  given  2 coats 
of  Murphy  Transparent  Floor  Varnish  and  1 coat  of  Murphy 
Velvet  Floor  Finish,  allowing  ample  time  for  drying  between 
coats.  Under  coats  shall  be  lightly  sandpapered  and  final  coat 
flowed  on. 

Note — .4,  B and  C are  alternatives.  C gives  a rubbed  effect  with- 
out any  rubbing. 

A flowed-on  gloss  finish  is  the  more  practicable  for  the  service  por- 
tions of  the  house  and  naturally  more  economical.  To  a great  extent,  a 
gloss  finish  is  used  in  the  main  portions  also,  as  the  gloss  is  soon  toned 
down,  due  to  the  periodic  wiping  with  damp  cloths  to  remove  the  dust. 

Enamel  Work — The  finishing  woodwork  in  ( state  room  or 
rooms)  shall  be  given  1 coat  of  pure  white  lead  and  linseed 
oil  paint  and  3 coats  of  Murphy  Enamel  Undercoating,  each 
coat  lightly  sandpapered. 

(A)  Gloss  Finish. — Follow  the  above  with  2 coats  of 
Murphy  White  Enamel,  flowed  on  evenly. 

(B)  Rubbed  Finish — Follow  the  above  with  2 coats  of 
Murphy  White  Enamel,  flowed  on  evenly,  the  latter  coat 
rubbed  down  with  pumice  and  water  to  a semi-gloss  or  dull 
finish  as  directed. 

(C)  Rubbed  Effect — Follow  the  above  with  1 coat  of 
Murphy  White  Enamel  and  1 coat  of  Murphy  Semi-gloss 
Enamel,  each  coat  flowed  on  evenly. 

Note — A,  B and  C are  alternatives.  C gives  a rubbed  effect  with- 
out rubbing. 


SiiiiiiiitiiniiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiinjiiiiiiiiiiHiiniiiui iibiiiiiiii 1111 inmiimi iiiiiiiiiii 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


190 


STAINS  12D 


W alls  finished  with  Cabot’s  Old  Virginia  White.  Roof  stained  with  Cabot's 
Creosote  Stains.  J.  W.  O’Connor,  Architect,  New  York 


Cabot’s  Creosote  Shingle  Stains 

The  original  and  standard  shingle  stains.  Soft,  rich  and  transparent  coloring  effects,  guar- 
anteed wearing  qualities,  thorough  preservation  of  the  wood.  The  thoroughly  reliable  stain, 
proved  by  thirty-five  years’  use  under  all  conditions. 

Cabot’s  Old  Virginia  White 

The  Modern  Architectural  Outside  White 

The  clean,  brilliant  "whitewash  white”  effect  of  Old  Virginia  White  has  real  distinction. 
It  is  a softer  and  yet  a brighter  white  than  paint,  and  its  texture  and  color-values  are  essentially 
different  in  character  from  the  heavy,  hard  paint  coating.  This  makes  it  especially  appropriate 
for  the  modern  "Colonial,”  because  it  gives  the  house  at  once  the  aspect  of  well-groomed  old 
age — a result  that  it  would  take  years  to  accomplish  with  paint. 

Cabot’s  Old  Virginia  Tints 

'This  softness  and  textural  quality  have  led  many  of  the  leading  architects  to  call  for  the  same 
compound  in  tints,  and  Cabot’s  Old  Virginia  Tints  are  now  made  in  a wide  variety  of  delicate 
shades.  The  tones  are  almost  pastel-like  in  quality,  and  the  effects  produced  are  most  unique 
and  pleasing. 

Cabot’s  Stucco  Stains 

For  staining  and  rainproofing  cement  buildings.  Rich  colorings,  without  gloss  or  shine,  and 
with  no  coating  to  chalk  or  peel. 

Cabot’s  Waterproof  Brick  Stains 

Made  in  various  colors,  for  faded,  off  colored  or  uneven  brick,  and  colorless  for  waterproof- 
ing only. 

Cabot’s  Sheathing  and  Deafening  “Quilt” 

Warmer,  more  permanent,  and  cheaper  than  back-plaster.  The  most  scientific,  sanitary, 
and  perfect  heat  insulator  and  sound  deadener  ever  made. 

Conservo  Wood  Preservative 

For  preserving  posts,  sills,  planks  and  all  similar  woodwork. 

Dampproofing 

An  adhesive  damp  course  for  direct  plastering. 

Full  information  on  request 

Samuel  Cabot,  Inc., 

Chemists  Boston 

1133  Broadway,  New  York  24  W.  Kinzie  Street,  Chicago 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


FLOOR  HARDENER  1E10 


piiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


191 


L.  SONNEBORN  SONS,  Inc. 

MAKERS  OF 

IAPIDOIITH 

■mmi  TRADE  MARK 

The  Liquid  Chemical  Hardener  for  Concrete  Floors 


262  Pearl  St. 
NEW  YORK 


SPECIFICATIONS 

Concrete  Floors 

Harden  and  dustproof  all  concrete  floors  with  Lapi- 
dolith,  manufactured  by  L.  Sonneborn  Sons,  Inc.,  New 
York,  as  per  the  following  directions: 

Clean  the  floor  of  all  dust,  dirt,  and  oil.  Flush  on  and 
distribute  Lapidolith  evenly  with  a long-handled  white- 
wash brush.  Allow  the  concrete  to  dry  thoroughly  between 
applications,  i.  e.  allow  several  hours  or  longer  for  drying. 
Dilute  Lapidolith  with  water  for  well-laid  dense  floors. 

First  application:  i part  Lapidolith  to  2 parts  water 
Second  application:  1 part  Lapidolith  to  1 part  water 
Third  application:  2 parts  Lapidolith  to  1 part  water 
Following  is  a form  whose  chief  merit  is  its  brevity. 
Unless  the  contractor  has  had  previous  experience  with 
Lapidolith,  it  is  safer  to  include  the  directions  as  given 
above. 

Concrete  Floors 

Top  dressing  for  all  concrete  floors  to  be  hardened  with 
L.  Sonneborn  Sons’  Lapidolith  floor  hardener,  which  is 
to  be  applied  in  strict  accordance  with  the  manufacturers’ 
directions. 

REMARKS 

Lapidolith 

Lapidolith  is  a liquid  | I | I LI 

chemical  which  renders  I I 111  ■ ■ 

n i r baaBass  trade:  mark  b.Mi 

concrete  floors  hard, 

dustproof,  wearproof  and  watertight.  When  applied  to  old 
concrete  floors,  Lapidolith  will  prevent  further  dusting  and 
disintegration. 

Advantages  of  Lapidolith 

Prevents  dusting  and  wear  of  floors,  because  the  texture 
of  the  floor,  after  this  chemical  has  permeated  it,  is  as  hard  as 
granite.  Lapidolized  floors  take  on  a fine  surface  finish  under 
service.  After  Lapidolith  is  used,  floors  will  not  crumble  or 
dust,  thus  saving  cost  of  expensive  repairs  to  machinery  and 
injury  to  merchandise.  The  labor  cost  of  applying  Lapidolith 
is  negligible.  Only  unskilled  labor  is  required,  and  an  average 
man  should  be  able  to  cover  from  10,000  to  15,000  square 
feet  per  day  with  one  application. 

Covering  Capacity  of  Lapidolith 

One  gallon  will  cover  80  to  100  square  feet  with  three 
applications.  This  will  vary  according  to  porosity  of  the 
cement.  Three  applications  are  sufficient  to  harden  the 
ordinary  floor. 

Tests  of  Lapidolith 

Abrasion  Test  on  Bauschinger  Apparatus. — Cubes,  two 
weeks  old,  treated  with  Lapidolith  and  untreated,  showed  the 
following  results  after  200  revolutions  of  the  abrasion  disc: 

Untreated  sample  weighed  before  the  test  . .750  grams 

After  the  test 429  grams 

Loss  43  per  cent,  or 321  grams 

Treated  sample  weighed  before  the  test  . . 770  grams 

After  the  test 742  grams 

Loss  only  3 per  cent,  or 28  grams 

Permeability  Test.- —Water  was  forced,  under  30  pounds 
pressure,  through  sections  of  pipe,  1 in.  deep  and  6 ins.  in 
diameter,  filled  with  concrete  treated  with  Lapidolith  and 
untreated  concrete.  Concrete  used  was  composed  of  1 part 

IlllflllitllllllllJIlllllilllfllllllllllllllllllllJlllllIllllllllIIIIIIllEJ 


of  Portland  cement  and  3 parts  of  20-30  Ottawa  sand.  Figures 
below  express  in  cubic  centimeters  the  water  which  permeated 
the  bodies  of  concrete  in  given  times: 

Water  permeated  the  Water  permeated  the 
Time  U ntreated  Concrete  Lapidolized  Concrete 

i minutes  . . .1.132  cu.  cm.  . . .0.135  cu.  cm. 

30  minutes  .0.186  cu.  cm.  . 0.074  cu.  cm. 

60  minutes  . .0.174  cu.  cm.  . . 0.046  cu.  cm. 

Guarantee  of  Lapidolith 

The  chemical  change  effected  by  Lapidolith  is  guaranteed 
to  be  permanent. 

CEMCOAT 

The  Sanitary  Washable  Wall  Coating 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  CEMCOAT 

For  exterior  and  interior  walls  or  for  floors  apply  two  coats. 
Allow  two  days  before  floors  are  subjected  to  heavy  wear. 

How  to  Apply. — Clean  the  surface  to  be  coated  of  all  dirt 
and  grease.  Thoroughly  stir  the  Cemcoat  with  a broad  paddle, 
before  using,  so  as  to  mix  the  pigment  and  vehicle,  and  do  not 
allow  any  sediment  to  remain  at  the  bottom  of  the  container. 
Apply  the  Cemcoat  with  a flat  wall-brush,  working  it  well 
into  the  pores  so  as  to  secure  an  even  and  well-bonded  coat. 

If  any  thinning  is  necessary,  use  only  a little  turpentine. 

Cemcoat  for  Interior  and  Exterior  Use 

Cemcoat  is  an  ideal 
enamel -like  wall-  and 
floor -coating,  in  white 
and  colors.  Absolutely 

free  from  all  poisonous  ingredients.  It  forms  an  even,  non- 
porous  surface  which  accords  no  lodgment  for  dust  and  cannot 
be  injured  by  soap  and  water,  or  even  water  applied  by  a 
hose.  The  pigment  and  vehicle  used  in  Cemcoat  produce  a 
tough  wear-resistant  and  smooth  surface  to  which  dust  and 
smoke  will  not  adhere  and  which  can  easily  be  maintained  in 
a perfect,  sanitary  condition. 

Cemcoat  for  Interior  Walls. — Not  affected  by  extreme  cold, 
steam  or  water;  prevents  oil-,  water-,  and  lime-stains,  and  will 
not  crack,  crumble  or  wear  off. 

White  Gloss  Cemcoat. — Reflects  all  the  light  and  dissem- 
inates it  equally  throughout  the  room.  It  does  not  turn  yellow. 
Unlike  enamel  it  needs  no  under  coat,  thus  lessening  the  cost. 

Covering  Capacity. — One  gallon  of  Cemcoat  will  cover  200 
to  250  square  feet  of  surface  with  two  coats  and  requires  no 
filler  or  primer. 

Colors. — Made  in  any  desired  shade.  The  following 
standard  colors  are  always  in  stock:  Gray,  red,  green,  stone, 
brown,  terra-cotta,  cream,  white,  concrete,  moss-green,  maroon, 
and  black. 

Cemcoat  for  Exterior  Walls. — Used  effectively  onbrick,  tile, 
slate,  stone,  wood  shingles,  canvas  or  felt,  and  on  plaster  or 
concrete.  It  seals  the  pores  and  minute  cracks  on  the  surface, 
and,  on  account  of  high  degree  of  elasticity  and  intense  adhesion 
to  surfaces,  is  not  affected  by  expansion  or  contraction  of 
building  material  and  will  not  peel  oil  or  crack.  Lasts  in- 
definitely and  will  remain  waterproof  under  the  most  try- 
ing conditions.  For  walls  where  moisture  must  not  be  allowed 
to  penetrate,  Cemcoat  is  the  logical  coating. 

Cemcoat  for  Flooring. — When  a decorative  effect  is  desired, 
concrete  floors  may  be  treated  with  Cemcoat.  It  renders  them 
not  only  attractive,  but  also  free  from  dust  and  dampness. 

iiniwiiHiniiiiiiiiiiiiiniM 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


aillllllMllllllllllllllllllllllllllili 


PAINT  (Steel  and  Iron  Preservative)  1I  8 


SOLVAY 

PROTECTIVE  PAINTS 

AND 

DAMP-PROOF 

COATING 


Biltmore  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Steel  protected  by  Solvay  Hydraulic  Paint. 


Warren  & Wetmore 
Architects 


Terry  & Tench  Co.,  Inc. 
Steel  Contractors 


This  is  the  type  of  buildings  using 
Solvay  Paints  and  Damp-proofing 


THE  SOLVAY  PROCESS  COMPANY 
SEMET-SOLVAY  COMPANY 

Department  of  Special  Products 

SYRACUSE,  N.  Y. 


ii;;i.iNi:i::i.ii;!  

Industrial  Section 


ii!:niitiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiii!iiiiiiiii!iiiniiiiifiiniim 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  IQ17 


30  E.  42nd  St. 
NEW  YORK  CITY 

Tel.  Murray  Hill  2491 


332  So.  Michigan  Ave. 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Tel.  Harrison  3580 


60  State  St. 
BOSTON,  MASS. 

Tel.  Fort  Hill  4990 


PAIN  T (Damp-proofing  and  Metal  Preservative)  iD  and  i IK 


193 


MEANS 

PROTECTION 

PRESERVATION 

PERMANENCE 


WHETHER  you  design  amphitheatres  or 
bungalows,  skyscrapers  or  dairies,  bridges  or 
residences,  great  factories  or  tiny  garages, 
there’s  an  “R.  I.  W.”  to  safeguard  the  investment. 

Architects  are  invited  to  avail  themselves  of  the  services  of 
our  technical  staff  and  the  facilities  of  our  distributors. 


“R.  I.  W.”  Tockolith 

(Patented) 

The  gray  Portland  Cement 
paint,  used  as  a priming 
coat  on  metal. 

Permanently  protects 
metal  against  corrosion. 

Can  he  applied  over  in- 
cipient rust. 

No.  112  “R.  I.  W.” 
Damp -Resisting  Paint 

Black,  water-proof,  ren- 
ders metal  impervious  to 
moisture,  acids,  alkalies  or 
electrolysis. 

Recommended  as  second 
coat  over  “R.  I.  W.”  Tocko- 
lith on  metal  not  exposed 
continually  to  the  action  of 
light  and  to  the  elements. 

Valuable  where  steel  is  to 
be  imbedded  in  masonry. 

“R.I.W.”  Cement  Filler 
and  Cement  Floor  Paint 

(Patented  as  to  Portland  Cement, 
February  27,  1906 1 

A preservative  and  deco- 
rative treatment  for  con- 
crete floors  to  render  them 
wear-proof,  oil-proof  and 
water-proof.  Twelve  stan- 
dard shades;  special  shades 
to  order. 


“R.  I.  W.”  Hospital 
and  Laboratory  Enamel 

A hard- usage,  white 
enamel.  Water-proof,  acid- 
proof,  stain-proof,  fume- 
proof.  Will  not  turn  color. 
Meets  most  rigid  sanitary 
requirements. 


TOCH  Products  do 
protect.  They  also 
preserve  and  beau- 
tify. It  costs  more 
ulti'  lately  to  leave 
Toch  Products  out 
of  a structure  than 
to  put  them  in. 


“R.  I.  W.”  Liquid 
Konkerit  Primer,  and 
Liquid  Konkerit 

(Patented  as  to  Portland  Cement, 
February  27,  1906) 

Cement  paints  for  damp- 
proofing and  beautifying 
brick,  cement  and  concrete 
walls.  Also  used  on  interior 
of  such  walls  as  a decora- 
tive finish.  White,  also 
any  color  desired. 


“R.  I.  W.”  Toxement 

(Patented) 

A lubricating,  colloidal 
powder  to  be  mixed  with 
Portland  Cement. 

Reduces  number  of  voids 
to  the  minimum. 

Makes  Portland  Cement 
construction  absolutely 
water-proof. 

No.  110  “R.I.W” 
Damp -Resisting  Paint 

Black,  water-proof,  alkali- 
proof. 

Excellent  for  backing  lime- 
stone, granite,  marble,  etc. 

Protects  against  chemical 
action  and  discoloration. 

“R.  I.  W.”  Marine 
Cement 

A black,  water-proof  com- 
position. 

Used  for  damp-proofing 
exterior  foundation  walls 
and  footings. 

Applied  cold  with  brush. 

Best  filling  for  seams, 
water -proofing  between 
decks,  or  wood  sleepers  laid 
in  concrete. 


Write  for  descriptive  literature  Department  S. 

TOCH  BROTHERS 

Technical  and  Scientific  Paint  Makers  Since  1848 

320  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

WORKS:  New  York;  London,  England;  Toronto,  Canada 


Industrial  Sf.ction 


Structural  Service  Boo 


OL.  I,  KJI7 


194 


PAINT  (Steel  and  Iron  Preservative)  I F8 


" 


Many  pigments  actually 
stimulate  rust- 


SOME  paint  ingredients  speed  cor- 
rosion ! No  single  pigment  or  pre- 
pared paint  gives  fullest  protection  against 
all  rust  stimulating  agents,  and  at  the  same 
time  adequate  resistance  to  paint-destroying 
agents  that  cause  an  early  breakdown  of 
the  paint  film,  permitting  rusting  agents 
to  attack  the  metal. 

Utmost  protection  against  rust  and  ut- 
most durability  of  a protecting  paint  body 
is  only  obtainable  by  a painting  process. 

Patton’s  Ironhide  is  a two-paint,  rust- 
proofing process.  Both  paints  are  inhibi- 
tive,  impervious  to  all  rusting  agents.  Each 
paint  has  special  qualities,  filling  properties, 
adhesiveness,  elasticity,  resistance  to  abra- 
sion and  vibration  and  inertness  to  paint 
destroying  fumes,  gases,  acids,  etc.  Each 
is  a scientific,  highly  standardised  paint. 

In  combination  they  provide  an  enduring,  rust- 
proofing armor  which  maintains  protection  at 
lowest  cost. 


Get  this  book 

“The  Theories  of  Rust” — and  a full  des- 
cription of  Patton’s  Ironhide,  the  rust-proofing 
process.  This  book  is  worthy  of  your  files  and 
will  command  the  respect  of  your  own  tech- 
nical knowledge.  Write  for  it  today. 

PATTON  PAINT  COMPANY 

Milwaukee  Wisconsin 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


iiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinuiiiini 


PAINT,  VARNISH,  AND  ENAMEL  12E 


195 


SPECIFICATIONS 

Property  of  John  Doe 

PAINTING — All  painting  shall  be  done  with 


In  other  words,  all  painting  shall  be  done  with 
an  eye  to  permanent  beauty. 

Matheson  White  Lead 

and  pure  linseed  oil  form  a paint  that  stretches  and 
shrinks  with  surface  changes  without  cracking.  It 
endures  for  years,  resisting  all  weather  attacks  and 
retaining  its  good  looks. 

“Matheson”  is  especially  suited  for  interior  walls  and 
woodwork.  Any  tint,  texture  or  finish  is  obtainable. 

MATHESON  LEAD  COMPANY 

559-571  Vernon  Avenue  Long  Island  City,  N.  Y. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiM 


196 


STUCCO  BOARD  11D6 


A few  FACTS  about 

BISHOPRIC 
STUCCO  BOARD 


CRBO- 

5OTE.0 

LATH 


DOVB- 

TAIL 

LOCK 


The  Stucco  Job  that  Lasts 

Look  at  the  illustration  of  Bishopric  Board. 
Note  how  the  Stucco  is  dovetailed  into  the  lath. 
The  Stucco  and  Bishopric  Board  are  practically 
Welded  together  into  one  solid  piece.  The  Stucco 
can’t  let  go — it’s  clinched  to  the  lath.  The  lath 
are  creosoted,  imbedded  in  Asphalt  Mastic  on 
a background  of  heavy  fibre-board.  Nails 
through  each  and  every  lath  hold  the  Stucco 
Board  firmly  to  the  frame-work. 

Bishopric  Board  can’t  sag  and  crack  the  stucco.  The 
fibre-board,  Asphalt  Mastic  and  creosoted  lath  give  ab- 
solute protection  against  heat  and  cold,  wind  and  weather. 
They  form  a construction  that  is  waterproof,  vermin- 
proof  and  sound-proof. 


Directions  for 

Applying 

Keep  Bishopric  Board  dry,  protected 
from  rain  and  dampness,  until  ready  to 
apply.  When  applied,  nail  thoroly  as 
fast  as  put  on  so  that  rain  will  not  twist 
lath  strips  before  they  are  fastened.  When 
thoroly  fastened,  water  cannot  harm 
them.  In  fact,  in  dry  weather  they  should 
be  sprinkled  before  applying  stucco. 

When  fastening  Bishopric  Board,  have 
lath  strips  cross  the  grain  of  under  sur- 
face at  right  angles.  If  fastened  direct 
to  studding  the  lath,  of  course,  should 
be  horizontal.  There  is  really  no  need 
for  using  seven-eighth  inch  sheathing,  as 
the  Stucco  Board  is  a sheathing. 


Bishopric  Board  is  making  Stucco  finish  more  popular. 
It  is  providing  a background  that  is  dependable — that 
prevents  unsightly  cracks  and  breaks  and  that  gives  added 
life  to  the  entire  structure. 

That  is  why  architects,  contractors,  builders  and  owners 
all  over  the  country,  who  take  the  trouble  to  investigate 
its  merits,  specify  and  use  Bishopric  Board. 


In  applying  Bishopric  Board,  be  sure  to 
nail  securely  with  No.  6 galvanized  wire 
nails,  direct  to  the  studs  1 6 inches  apart, 
over  sheathing  on  new  work,  or  over 
siding  on  old  work.  This  will  insure  the 
board  against  buckling  or  warping. 

Bishopric  Board  comes  in  rolls  four  feet 
wide  of  twenty-five  foot  lengths  each. 


Write  (or  our  tree  book,  “Built  on  the  Wisdom  of  Ages,”  illustrating 
homes,  apartments,  factory  and  public  buildings  finished  in  stucco  on 
Bishopric  Board.  It  contains  letters  from  architects,  builders  and  users, 
and  extracts  from  reports  of  scientific  tests.  It  also  gives  full  instructions 
for  making  a stucco  mixture  that  will  last.  With  this  book  we  send  free 
samples  of  Bishopric  Board.  Write  today,  investigate  for  yourself, 
be  convinced. 

The  Bishopric  Manufacturing  Co. 

914  Este  Ave.  Cincinnati,  Ohio 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


ENGINEERING  SERVICE  iE$ 


197 


?■  . r* 

■ 

, : 


'3* 


Engineering  Service 
Extends  Appreciation 
of  Reinforced  Concrete 


A Cathedral  of  reinforced  concrete  that 
withstands  earthquake  shocks 


For  the  past  twenty  years  our  engi- 
neers have  been  perfecting  patented 
types  of  reinforced  concrete  con- 
struction to  carry  out  their  work  suc- 
cessfully. This  work  has  widened 
the  field  of  application  until  today  reinforced  concrete  makes  available  the  best 
material  and  type  of  construction  for  a large  variety  of  building  requirements. 

This  ornate  cathedral  with  its  arches  and  vaults  is  not  exceptional.  Perfect  results 
are  obtained  here  as  well  as  in  the  plain  manufacturing  building  shown  below,  where 
smooth  ceilings  not  only  eliminate  corners  around  which  fire  can  work,  but  insure 
speed  of  erection,  building  safety,  ample  light  and  ventilation. 

It  is  hardly  within  reason  to  expect  an  architect  to  maintain  an  organization 
capable  of  handling  all  the  details  of  this  highly  specialized  work.  We  are  therefore 
offering  through  architects  an  engineering  service  on  a fee  basis  without  obligation 
to  use  our  own  or  any  other  particular  products. 


* *•  V 

it'  ' 


We  are  able  to  give  patent  protection  on  practically  all  types  of  reinforced  con- 
crete construction.  We  can  handle  work  through  any  one  of  the  branch  offices  in  the 
different  parts  of  the  country.  We  can  turn  the  force  of  our  entire  organization  on 
one  job  to  assist  the  architect  to  execute  his  commission  in  an  unbelievably  short  time. 


| . - 

;.T  -U'-  -i. 


If 


Corrugated  Bar  Company,  Buffalo,  N.  Y, 


Boston  New  York  Syracuse  Philadelphia 
Detroit  St.  Louis  Chicago  St.  Paul 
Houston  Atlanta 


A plain  factory  building  of  reinforced  concrete 


Designers  and  Patentees  of  Types  of  Reinforced  Concrete  Construction,  Corr-Plate 
Floors  and  Flat  Ceilings,  Corrugated  Bars  and  Corr-Mesh  for  scientific  reinforcements 


ENGINEERING  SERVICE 
DEPARTMENT 


This  service  is  carefully  explained  in  bulletins  prepared  by  our  engineers,  covering 
service  rendered  on  the  following  kinds  of  buildings: 


Factories 

Warehouses 

Hotels 


Hospitals 
Machine  Shops 
Office  Buildings 


f 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book  Voi..  I,  1917 


m-' J'. N ii1  i "i:r .ii, n,i' j.:i'!,n ,i'.i!.i!-,i ,■  1 . : i- r 


198 

iiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! 


mniiiiiiiiii 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHH 


CEMENT  AND  CONCRETE  iEanduCi 

lllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllltllllllllllllllllllllllll 


The  Atlas  Portland  Cement  Company 

NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 

BRANCH  OFFICES 

Chicago,  111.  Philadelphia,  Pa.  Boston,  Mass.  Minneapolis,  Minn 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  St.  Louis,  Mo.  Dayton,  Ohio  Savannah,  Ga. 

WORKS 

Northampton,  Pa.  Hannibal,  Mo.  Hudson,  N.  Y. 


PRODUCTS: 

Atlas  Portland  Cement.  A gray  cement 
of  the  highest  quality,  strength  and 
uniformity;  tested  in  our  own  labora- 
tories and  guaranteed  to  more  than 
meet  all  requirements  of  standard 
specifications. 

Atlas-White.  A true  Portland  Cement 
of  the  same  strength,  uniformity  and 
high  quality  as  gray  Atlas,  but  pure 
white  in  color  and  absolutely  non- 
staining; tested  in  our  own  labora- 
tories and  guaranteed  to  more  than 
meet  all  requirements  of  standard 
specifications. 


Atlas-White  Mixtures.  When  white  mor- 
tar or  delicately  tinted  mortar  is  de- 
sired, white  sand  must  be  used.  This 
is  difficult  to  obtain  in  some  localities. 
We  therefore  prepare  three  different 
Atlas-White  mixtures  consisting  of 
Atlas-White  Non  - staining  Portland 
Cement  and  fine  white  silica  sand  in 
different  proportions  as  follows: 

Atlas-White  Mixture  No.  I — Composed  of  i part 
Atlas-White  and  I part  fine  white  silica  sand. 

Atlas-White  Mixture  No.  2— Composed  of  I part 
Atlas-White  and  2 parts  fine  white  silica  sand. 

Atlas-White  Mixture  No.  j — Composed  of  i part 
Atlas-White  and  J parts  fine  white  silica  sand. 

These  mixtures  come  to  the  work  in  bags  ready  to 
be  mixed  with  water. 


Uses  of  Products  and  Suggestions 
for  Specifications 

Atlas  Portland  Cement  may  be  used  for 
structural  work,  plain  and  reinforced,  for 
stucco,  and  for  all  uses  where  a uniform 
high-grade  Portland  Cement  is  demanded. 
It  more  than  meets  the  requirements  of 
all  standard  specifications  and,  in  fact,  is 
recognized  as  “the  standard  by  which  all 
other  makes  are  measured.” 

Atlas-White : 

For  Stucco  (See  modern  stucco  specifica- 
tions in  “Early  Stucco  Houses,”  and  “Color 
Tones  in  Stucco”  listed  below  under 
“publications.”) 

For  setting , backing  and  pointing.  Atlas- 
White  Portland  Cement  makes  ideal  mor- 
tar for  setting,  backing  and  pointing  all 
stone,  marble,  tile  and  other  material 
where  stain  is  to  be  prevented  or  where  a 
white  or  clearly  tinted  mortar  is  desired. 

How  to  specify  mortar  for  backing  or  setting 
stone , marble , and  other  masonry: 

All to  be  set  shall  be  thoroughly 

cleaned  and  wet  down.  All  mortar  used  for 
setting  and  backing  shall  be  composed  of 
one  part  Atlas-White  Portland  Cement,  three 
parts  clean  sharp  sand  [and  one-tenth  (or 
less  but  not  exceeding  one-tenth)  part  of 
hydrated  lime]  all  measured  by  volume. 
Water  and  all  tools  used  for  mixing  shall  be 
absolutely  clean.  Mortar  shall  be  spread  to 
within  one  inch  of  face  to  allow  for  pointing. 


il!llli;illii!lltll!l!i!:illlllllli>i!!i:li:ll  llll  lllillllllllllllfflUIOUlllBlllllllllllllllllllllllHIHffllllMIM 


Industrial  Section 


IUUULi 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


llllllllllllllllllll!IU!ll!!l!lll!lllllllllllll!llll!llllllllllllllll!l!!l!lllllllllil!ll!IIIIIIIIIIII!llll!l!llll!lllllll!IIIIIIIIIIII!lll!!llllillllllll!IIIIIIIIIIII^  Illllllllllllliillli I! Illlll Illlllllllll mill illllllllllllilllllllili 


PIMMM 


CEMENT  AND  CONCRETE  iEand  nCi 


199 

Hill! 


■■■iiiim^^ 


No  more  mortar  shall  be  mixed  at  one  time 
than  can  be  used  within  one  hour  after 
mixing. 

How  to  specify  mortar  for  pointing  stone , 

marble  and  other  masonry: 

All  joints  shall  be  thoroughly  raked  out 
and  cleaned  to  a depth  of  at  least  % of  an 
inch.  Before  actual  pointing,  the  joint  shall 
be  washed  out  and  thoroughly  wet.  All 
mortar  used  for  pointing  shall  be  composed  of 
i part  Atlas-White  Portland  Cement,  and  i 
part  fine  white  silica  sand  (Atlas-White 
Mixture  No.  i,  may  be  used). 

The  joints  shall  be (Here  specify 

character  of  pointing,  whether  stuck,  bead, 
flush,  sunk,  pointed,  etc.)  and  according  to 
more  explicit  directions  of  the  architect.  No 
more  mortar  to  be  mixed  at  one  time  than 
can  be  used  within  one  hour  after  mixing. 
All  water  and  tools  used  for  mixing  shall  be 
absolutely  clean.  No  pointing  shall  be  done 
in  freezing  weather  or  when  work  is  exposed 
to  hot  sun,  unless  protected. 

How  to  specify  for  laying  floor  tile: 

On  top  of  the  structural  floor  or  base,  lay 
a y2  inch  bed  of  mortar  composed  of  one  part 
Atlas -White  Portland  Cement,  three  parts 
clean  sharp  sand,  and  one-tenth  part  hydrated 
lime.  This  mortar  to  be  spread  over  a space 
of  about  six  feet  square  only  at  one  time  and 
carefully  leveled.  On  this  bed  of  mortar  lay 
the  tile,  which  have  first  been  well  saturated 
with  clean  water.  The  mortar  must  be  stiff 
enough  not  to  work  up  between  the  joints. 

After  this  work  has  been  allowed  to  harden 
(two  days  is  usually  sufficient  time)  the  tile 
are  to  be  scrubbed  with  clean  water,  and  the 
open  joints  thoroughly  grouted  with  neat 
Atlas-White  Portland  Cement  mixed  with 
water  to  the  consistency  of  thick  cream. 
When  this  grout  begins  to  stiffen,  the  excess 
mortar  on  the  surface  of  the  tile  shall  be 
carefully  rubbed  off  and  the  floor  left  per- 
fectly clean.  (Although  it  is  common  practice 
to  use  neat  cement  for  the  grout,  a thin 
mortar  of  one  part  Atlas-White  and  one  part 
clean  fine  sand  is  sometimes  used.) 


How  to  specify  for  setting  and  pointing  wall 

tile : 

(No.  i)  On  the  wall  surface  or  base,  spread 
a 3^  inch  bed  of  mortar  composed  of  one  part 
Atlas-White  Portland  Cement,  two  parts 
clean  sharp  sand,  and  one-tenth  part  hydrated 
lime.  This  mortar  to  be  spread  over  a space 
of  about  six  feet  square  only  at  one  time  and 
carefully  leveled  and  plumbed.  On  the  bed  of 
the  mortar  set  the  tile  which  have  been  well 
saturated  with  clean  water.  The  mortar  must 
be  stiff  enough  to  stay  in  place  and  not  to 
work  up  between  the  joints. 

(No.  2)  Each  piece  of  tile  shall  be  well 
saturated  with  water  and  “buttered”  on  the 
back  with  mortar,  composed  of  1 part  Atlas- 
White  Portland  Cement,  three  parts  clean 
sharp  sand,  and  one-tenth  part  hydrated  lime. 
The  tile  shall  then  be  set  in  place  and  tapped 
until  firmly  seated  and  plumb. 

After  this  work  has  been  allowed  to  harden 
(about  two  days  is  usually  sufficient)  the 
surface  of  the  tile  shall  be  well  scrubbed  with 
clean  water  and  the  joints  filled  with  neat 
Atlas-White  Portland  Cement  mixed  with 
clean  water,  stiff  enough  to  stay  in  place  on 
the  vertical  surface.  The  excess  mortar  on  the 
surface  of  the  tile  shall  be  thoroughly  rubbed 
off  and  the  work  left  perfectly  clean. 

Note:  When  mortar  is  to  be  colored,  the  coloring 
material  should  be  mixed  thoroughly  while  dry  with 
the  cement  and  sand,  and  until  the  mixture  is  uniform 
in  color.  The  coloring  matter  should  never  measure 
more  than  one-tenth  the  volume  of  cement. 

Atlas  Service  to  Architects: 

We  have  compiled  valuable  information 
on  concrete  and  the  uses  of  cement  and  shall 
be  glad  to  cooperate  with  architects  who  so 
desire,  in  the  solution  of  their  problems  in  the 
best  use  of  cement,  in  developing  the  most 
economical  layouts  for  reinforced  concrete 
construction  and  with  other  suggestions. 

Publications : 

Early  Stucco  Houses  (including  stucco  specifications) 

Color  Tones  in  Stucco  (including  stucco  specifica- 
tions) 

Concrete  on  the  Farm. 

Concrete  in  Highway  Construction. 

Reinforced  Concrete  in  Factory  Construction. 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


200 


CONCRETE  PILES  iC 


aymond 


How  arc  they  made  ? 


Answers 


A permanent  shell  is  placed 
in  the  ground  and  is  then 
filled  with  concrete;  the  shell 
protecting  the  concrete  from 
distortion  and  damage. 

The  cost  depends  entirely 
upon  the  number  of  piles 
involved  and  local  condi- 
tions at  the  site. 

From  20  to  40  piles  per 
eight  - hour  shift  can  be 
placed  under  usual  con- 
ditions. 

Raymond  Concrete  Piles 
can  be  placed  as  close  as  2 
feet  6 inches  on  centers. 

Raymond  Piles  will  sup- 
port from  30  to  50  tons 
each,  depending  upon  local 
Building  Ordinances. 

The  average  length  depends 
upon  the  soil  penetrated, 
and  varies  from  18  to  40  feet. 


Raymond  Method 


1 


A collapsible  mandrel  or 
core,  measuring  8"  in  di- 
ameter at  the  point  and 
increasing  in  diameter 
.4"  per  foot  of  length,  is 
expanded. 

O This  expanded  core  is 
“ encased  ina  sect  io  nal  , 
spirally  reinforced,  sheet 
steel  shell  and  is  now 
ready  for  driving. 

3 The  combined  core  and 
shell  is  driven  into  the 
ground  to  sufficient  pene- 
tration. The  core  is  then 
collapsed  and  withdrawn 
from  the  shell. 

4 The  shell — which  remains 
in  the  ground — is  then 
carefully  inspected  as  it  is 
to  be  the  receptacle  of  the 
GREEN  concrete. 

5 Carefully  prepared  con- 
crete is  now  poured  into 
the  shell,  thus  forming  a 
complete  Raymond  Pile, 
perfect  from  tip  to  top. 

Simple,  isn't  it? 


Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Company 


New  York 

140  Cedar  Street 

Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Company  of  Canada,  Ltd.,  Montreal,  Canada 


Branch  Offices 
in  all  Principal  Cities 


Chicago 

111  W.  Monroe  Street 


How  are  they  made? 

See  Answer  No.  i 


What  do  they  cost  ? 

See  Answer  No.  2 


* e- 


* * 


How  fast  can  they  be  placed? 

See  Answer  No.  3 


* * 

**  1 

How  close  can  they  be  placed? 

What  load  will  they  carry? 

What  is  their  average  length?  | 

See  Answer  No.  4 

See  Answer  No.  5 

See  Answer  No.  6 

1* — * 

. 

1 

1 — — X 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


GRANITE  2E1 


201 


ANNOUNCING  THE 

National  Building  Granite  Quarries  Association 

INCORPORATED 

TO  afford  aid  and  protection  to  the  members  thereof  as  an  assembly  of 
business  men; 

— promote  and  further  the  use  and  sale  of  granite  for  building  purposes; 

— secure  the  co-operation  of  the  manufacturers  of  building  granite  in  their 
relations  with  each  other  for  the  purpose  of  furthering  the  general  welfare  of 
the  building  granite  industry; 

— guard  the  common  interest  of  members  as  affected  by  legislation; 

— protect  said  members  against  oppressive,  arbitrary,  or  unjust  administration 
of  unfair  tariff  laws,  and  against  arbitrary  and  unjust  discrimination  of  freight 
rates  and  classifications; 

— gather  and  disseminate  practical  and  useful  information  relating  to  building 
materials  generally,  and  to  building  granite  in  particular; 

— promote  harmonious  relations  between  employers  and  employees,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  furthering  the  use  of  granite  in  competition  with  other  building  stones 
and  materials; 

— promote  and  secure  better  and  more  uniform  contract  conditions; 

— collect  and  disseminate  credit  information; 

— stimulate  the  activity  of  invention  both  in  processes  and  tools; 

— purchase,  own,  hold,  lease,  convey,  mortgage,  pledge,  transefr,  or  otherwise 
acquire  or  dispose  of  real  and  personal  property,  or  rights  of  every  class  and 
description,  or  any  interest  therein  necessary  or  desirable  for  carrying  out  the 
aforesaid  objects  and  purposes. 

The  above  extracts  from  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws  of  this 
Association  comprise  its  purposes  and  objects. 

JOHN  S.  McDANIEL,  Secretary  31  State  Street,  BOSTON,  MASS. 


LIST  OF 

Bodwell  Granite  Company,  Rockland,  Maine 
Booth  Bros.  & Hurricane  Isle  Granite  Co. 

208  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
H.  E.  Fletcher  Company 

West  Chelmsford,  Mass. 
John  L.  Goss  Corporation 

166  Devonshire  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Lemmerman  & Hoffman  Granite  Co. 

Mount  Airy,  N.  C. 
Lovejoy  Granite  Co.  - Milford,  N.  H. 
Maine  & New  Hampshire  Granite  Corp’n 

North  Jay,  Maine 
Mount  Airy  Granite  Cutting  Co. 

Mount  Airy,  N.  C. 


MEMBERS 

The  New  England  Granite  Works 

Westerly,  R.  I. 

The  North  Carolina  Granite  Corp’n 

Mount  Airy,  N.  C. 

Rockport  Granite  Co.  - Rockport,  Mass. 

Rodgers  Granite  Corporation 

271  West  125th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

J.  D.  Sargent  Granite  Co.,  Inc. 

Mount  Airy,  N.  C. 

The  John  Swenson  Granite  Co. 

Concord,  N.  H. 

Webb  Pink  Granite  Co.  - Milford,  Mass. 
Woodbury  Granite  Co.  - Hardwick,  Vt. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


GRANITE  2E1 


202 


giiiiiiiitiiinfifiiiiiiiiiiiriiiiiiii* 

! Milford  Massachusetts  Granite 

WEBB  PINK  MILFORD  WEBB  WHITE  MILFORD 

WEBB  BUFF  MILFORD 


WEBB  PRODUCTS 

Milford,  Mass.  Granite  for  Commercial 
and  Monumental  Buildings  and  Memorials. 
Rough,  Cut,  Rubbed  or  Polished. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  WEBB  GRANITES 

The  Webb  Pink  Milford  is  a distinctive, 
warm-toned  Pink  granite,  having  a uniform 
distribution  of  clear,  black  spottings,  which 
contribute  to  the  clean,  clear-cut  appearance, 
which  has  made  Milford  Granite  a famous 
building  material.  This  granite  does  not 
take  on  a cold  appearance,  but  grows  warmer, 
more  pleasing,  as  it  ages. 

The  Webb  White  Milford  has  the  same 
characteristics  as  the  Webb  Pink,  except 
that  the  general  cast  of  color  is  Creamy 
White,  producing  a clear,  white  appearance 
in  the  mass,  without  losing  its  warmth  of 
tone.  This  granite  does  not  darken  with  age, 
because  of  its  unusual  hardness  and  low 
absorptive  tendency. 

The  Webb  Buff  Milford  is  a new  prod- 
uct, similar  in  characteristics  to  the  Pink  and 
White,  but  having  a predominating,  soft- 
toned  Bull'  background,  which  is  peculiar 
to  itself.  This  granite  is  adapted  more  par- 
ticularly to  special  work,  rather  than  to 
large  work,  as  it  requires  careful  selection 
and  matching. 

GENERAL  CHARACTERISTICS 

These  Granites  are  hard,  compact,  close- 
grained  granites,  adapted  equally  well  to 
fine  mouldings  and  carving,  or  to  bold  mem- 
bers and  large  spaces. 


COMPRESSIVE  STRENGTH 

Webb  Milford  Granites  rank  as  the 
strongest  of  building  granites,  having  an 
average  compressive  strength  of  approxi- 
mately 30,000  pounds  to  the  square  inch. 

FACILITIES  AND  SERVICE 
The  Webb  Pink  Granite  Company  owns 
about  350  acres  of  Quarry  Land  in  Milford, 
Mass.  All  the  quarries  are  fully  equipped 
with  Electric  Power,  Compressed  Air,  and 
Heavy  Duty  Derricks. 

The  large  Cutting  Plant  is  fully  equipped 
with  electric  cranes  and  crane  cars,  for  hand- 
ling, and  the  most  modern  devices  and  tools 
for  Cutting,  Sawing,  and  Polishing  granite. 

The  Plant  and  Organization  are  planned 
for  Service  and  Fine  Workmanship.  Time 
schedules  are  maintained  religiously,  Ser- 
vice being  our  specialty. 

Special  Note. — Monoliths  and  blocks  of 
large  size  are  readily  quarried  and  finished; 
the  only  limit  as  to  size  and  weight  being 
that  of  transportation. 

SOME  CONTRACTS  EXECUTED 
New  Post  Office,  New  York  City. 

McKim,  Mead  and  White 

Wilmington  Public  Buildings,  Wilming- 

ton  Op  I John  D.  Thompson,  Jr. 

lUU,  M-sCim  Palmer,  Hornbostel  & Jones,  Associated 

New  Equitable  Building,  New  York  City. 

E.  R.  Graham 

Lexington  Street  Building,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Parker,  Thomas  & Rice 

Union  Station,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Kenneth  Murchison 

U.  S.  National  Bank,  Johnstown,  Pa. 

Mowbray  & Uffinger 

Peoples  Gas  Building,  Chicago,  III. 

D.  H.  Burnham  & Co. 

Centennial  Memorial  Monument,  Chi- 
cago, 111.  Henry  Bacon 


WEBB  PINK  GRANITE  COMPANY 

MILFORD,  MASS. 

IllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllM 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


MONUMENTS  AND  MAUSOLEUMS  2E1 


203 


§1 


IIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIH 


lllllllllllllllllllllllllli 


lllllllllllllll 


Presbrey-Coykendall  Company 

198  BROADWAY  t 1 

NEW  YORK 


Quarry  and  Works:  Barre,  Vt. 

Manufacturers  and 
Builders  of 

Monuments  and 
Mausoleums 

Practically  speaking,  there  is  no  standard  specifica- 
tion for  mausoleum  work.  The  essential  point  to  bear 
in  mind  first  and  last  is  that  this  class  of  building 
differs  from  almost  any  other  in  that  it  will  never  be 
inhabited.  The  building  will  stand  practically  uncared 
for  or  have  to  withstand  the  elements  for  a long 
period  without  attention.  This  demands  a construc- 
tion which  will  require  a minimum  of  care,  the  best 
results  being  more  readily  obtained  in  a compara- 
tively small  building  holding  no  greater  number  of 
catacombs  than  can  be  spanned  in  the  roof  by  stones 
within  the  limit  of  transportation.  A consideration  of 
this  will  show  that  the  building  of  very  large,  such  as 
community  mausoleums  is  more  or  less  a wasted  effort, 
as  at  best,  owing  to  the  construction  their  size  calls  for, 
they  can  have  only  a very  limited  life.  The  present-day 
condition  of  those  hitherto  in  use  in  South  America 
and  some  of  the  European  countries,  now  being  dis- 
carded, is  a practical  illustration  of  their  futility. 

The  first  part  to  give  way  under  the  stress  of  the 
weather  is,  of  course,  the  joints,  and  by  reason  of  this  we 
avoid  as  far  as  possible  all  exposed  joints  on  the  base 
course  or  stylobate,  as  the  case  may  be.  and  on  the  roof. 
Such  joints  as  can  not  be  avoided  we  make  raised  and  cover 
with  either  bronze  or  stone.  The  same  applies  in  a lesser 
degree  to  the  joints  in  the  wall.  Where  the  architect  feels 
that  he  must  have  a building  in  small  units  to  give  scale, 
this  can  be  readily  obtained  by  the  use  of  false  joints  and 
still  use  large  stones. 

The  rules  of  the  Woodlawn  Cemetery,  New  York, 
require  for  exterior  walls  that  the  stone  be  not  less  than 
10  inches  thick  and  hold  their  face  size  the  full  thickness  of 
the  wall.  The  only  satisfactory  material  for  the  exterior 
walls  is  granite  and  the  best  interior  finish  is  from  the  same 
material,  but  in  most  cases  marble  is  desired  for  the 
interior  at  least,  and  wainscoting  should  not  be  less  than 
2 inches  thick,  doweled  and  set  in  cement  mortar  and 
securely  anchored  to  walls.  Ceiling  slabs  not  less  than 
1 Yt  inches  thick.  These  should  be  supported  by  bronze  per- 
forated rosettes  anchored  to  the  under  side  of  the  roof 
with  bronze  suspension  rod  and  lewis. 

Elaborate  systems  of  drainage  for  the  catacombs, 
especially  those  involving  mechanical  features,  are  not 
imperishable  and  little  better  than  useless;  in  fact,  the 
New  York  state  laws  do  not  allow  any  drainage  systems 
from  the  catacombs,  but  insist  that  they  be  as  far  as  pos- 
sible separately  sealed  and  all  interments  must  be  in  metal- 
lined  boxes  hermetically  sealed. 

Excerpt  from  Woodlawn  Cemetery  Company’s  rules 
and  regulations: 

The  catacombs  should  be  at  least  7'-6"  long,  2'-8"  wide 
and  2' -2"  high  in  the  clear.  Catacombs  which  have  marble 
fronts  opening  at  the  side  may  be  constructed  as  follows: 
Ends  2"  slate  rabbeted  on  the  inside  rear  vertical  edges  for 
back  slate,  and  on  the  front  vertical  edges  for  the  marble 


JOHN  R.  BEGEM  AN  MAUSOLEUM 
Just  completed,  at  Woodlawn  Cemetery.  Ferdinand  Prochazka,  Architect.  Cut 
from  light  Barre  granite  at  our  plant  in  Barre,  Vermont,  and  erected  by  us 


tablet.  The  rabbets  at  the  back  should  be  Y"  deep.  The  rab- 
bets at  the  front  should  be  Y"  deep  at  one  end  of  the  cata- 
comb and  1 fi"  deep  at  the  other  end  to  allow  the  tablets  to 
slide  back  and  be  taken  out.  The  rabbets  for  the  tablets  m ly 
be  cut  on  the  vertical  stiles  instead  of  on  the  tablets  if  so 
desired. 

The  backs  of  the  catacombs  to  be  i"  slate,  shelves  2" 
slate,  large  enough  to  fully  cover  the  top  edges  of  rear  and  end 
slates.  All  four  corners  of  the  catacomb  stack  to  be  braced 
against  the  outside  walls  by  brick  piers.  The  marble  tablets 
to  be  not  less  than  1 " finished  thickness.  The  posts  or  vertical 
stiles  at  the  ends  of  catacombs  to  be  not  less  than  2"  thick  by 
5"  wide,  securely  doweled  or  anchored  at  both  top  and  bottom 
of  the  post  and  at  the  top  cf  each  catacomb.  The  rails  to  be 
not  less  than  2%"  thick  by  6"  wide  and  long  enough  to  run 
back  of  the  vertical  stiles  and  lap  2"  on  the  slate  at  each  end, 
the  back  edge  of  rail  rabbeted  to  rest  at  least  Y”  on  top  of  the 
slate  shelf,  or  both  rail  and  shelf  rabbeted.  All  parts  to  be 
set  in  cement  mortar. 

To  avoid  the  bad  effects  of  condensation,  ventilation 
should  be  liberally  provided,  not  only  in  the  auditorium, 
but  between  the  marble  wainscoting  and  outer  walls.  Inlets 
should  be  provided  in  outside  wall  leading  into  the  space 
behind  catacomb  stacks  and  wainscoting,  and  outlets  pro- 
vided in  the  ceiling  of  the  auditorium  and  in  the  upper 
part  of  walls  to  cause  circulation  of  air  as  much  as  possible. 

We  try  to  avoid  the  use  of  reinforced  or  large  masses  of 
concrete  for  any  intergal  part  of  the  superstructure  or  the 
support  of  roofing.  Most  problems  can  generally  be  worked 
out  to  use  granite  instead. 

As  for  foundations,  it  has  generally  been  found  satis- 
factory to  simply  use  concrete  walls  under  the  main  build- 
ing 6 feet  deep  and  4 feet  deep  under  the  catacomb 
stacks  and  flooring.  The  use  of  granite  in  one  or  more 
slabs  for  floor  obviates  the  necessity  of  providing  a founda- 
tion for  the  floor  other  than  the  walls,  taking  care  of  the 
catacomb  stacks. 

We  are  at  all  times  willing  to  answer  questions  or 
assist  architects  in  developing  practical  plans  for  mauso- 
leums or  monuments. 


lllllllIIIII!!llllllllllIII!llllllll!IIIIIIIII!lllllllilllllIMIIIIIIIIIIM^^ 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllM 


IllllllllllllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllW  !IImIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!III!IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!IIIIIM 


204 


SLATE  2K1 

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


NORTH  BANGOR  SLATE  CO. 

BANGOR,  PA. 


QUALITY  : 

Bangor  slate  is  renowned  for  toughness,  durability, 
non-porosity,  and  fissility,  or  the  quality  of  splitting 
readily.  Plates  as  large  as  7 x 5 feet  may  be  split  into 
^-inch  thicknesses. 

COLOR : 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Bulletin  586,  of  1914,  says: 

“The  slate  is  very  dark  gray  and  to  the  unaided  eye 
has  a fine  texture  and  a very  smooth  cleavage  surface 
with  but  slight  luster.  It  contains  some  magnetite 
and  is  sonorous.” 

GRADES  : 

Genuine  No.  1 Bangor  Slate:  The  best  roofing  slate 
quarried  in  commerical  quantities,  as  to  smoothness, 
strength,  and  quality.  Split  to  about  A-inch  thickness, 
or  thicker  if  desired,  with  smooth  sides  and  square 
corners. 

No.  1 Ribbon:  Contains  one  or  more  “ribbons,”  so 
placed  as  to  be  covered  in  laying  and  presents  a roof 
similar  to  No.  1. 

No.  2 Ribbon:  Contains  several  “ribbons,”  some  of 
which  cannot  be  covered  in  laying. 

No.  2 Clear:  A slate  without  “ribbons”  and  made 
from  rough  beds. 

DIMENSIONS: 

Thicknesses:  Vary  from  to  inch  with  A inch 
as  average. 


Sizes:  Range  from  6 x 12  to  24  x 14  inches.  This  Com- 
pany makes  about  twenty  different  sizes.  Sizes  best 
adapted  to  plain  roofs  are  the  large  wide  slates  such  as 
12  x 16  to  24  x 14  inches.  Larger  sizes  make  less  joints, 
use  less  nails,  and  are  more  quickly  laid;  therefore, 
are  the  most  economical. 

Strength:  A-inch  thick  slates  give  full  weather-pro- 
tection and  are  strong  enough  to  be  walked  on. 

Weights:  A-inch  thick  slates  will  weigh,  on  the  roof, 
about  6 ]/2  pounds  per  square  foot;  G-inch  thick  weighs 
8^4  pounds.  Actual  weight  of  J^-inch  thick  is 
pounds  per  square  foot. 

SLATE  FOR  FLAT  ROOFS: 

A flat  slate  roof  gives  what  we  believe  to  be  the  most 
serviceable  and  economical  roof,  in  the  end.  It  is  fire- 
proof, weatherproof,  and  affords  a surface  that  is  not 
injured  by  being  walked  on. 

Costs:  Slate  roofs  cost  more  than  some  others  at 
first,  but  we  believe  they  are  cheapest  in  the  end.  Costs 
vary  with  freight  rates,  labor,  and  the  size  and  thick- 
ness desired. 

Sizes  and  Finish:  Favored  slates  for  flat  roofs  com- 
prise 6x8,  7x9,  x 10,  7X  1 1,  8x12  and  9X  13  inches 
all  fs  inch  thick.  For  slate  tile  roofs  we  recommend 
10  x 10  and  12x12  inches  in  size,  and  yf  to  j/g  inch  in 
thickness  as  desired.  The  under  surface  of  slate  tile  is 
planed.  The  upper  surface  may  be  planed  or  rubbed. 
The  edges  are  sawed. 


STANDARD  SPECIFICATION  OF  THE  NORTH  BANGOR  SLATE  CO. 

Adopted  May  1,  1916,  for 

GENUINE  BANGOR  SLATE  ROOFS  FOR  FLAT  SURFACES 


FOR  USE  OVER  CONCRETE  : 

Note: — When  incline  exceeds  one  (1)  inch  to  one  (1)  foot, 
special  specifications  will  be  furnished  upon  request.  Specifications 
and  diagrams  for  use  over  board  sheathing  will  also  be  furnished 
upon  request. 

The  roof  deck  shall  be  left,  by  other  contractors, 
smooth,  firm,  dry,  properly  graded  to  outlets,  and  free 
from  loose  material,  all  ready  for  the  roofer  to  proceed, 
as  follows: 

First.  Coat  the  concrete  uniformly  with  Specifica- 
tion Pitch. 

Second.  Over  the  entire  surface  lay  two  (2)  plies  of 
Specification  Tarred  Felt,  lapping  each  sheet  seventeen 
(17)  inches  over  preceding  one,  mopping  with  Speci- 
fication Pitch  the  full  seventeen  (17)  inches  on  each 
sheet,  so  that  in  no  place  shall  Felt  touch  Felt. 

Third.  Coat  the  entire  surface  uniformly  with 
Specification  Pitch. 

Fourth.  Over  the  entire  surface  lay  three  (3)  plies 
of  Specification  Tarred  Felt,  lapping  each  sheet  twenty- 
two  (22)  inches  over  preceding  one,  mopping  with 
Specification  Pitch  the  full  twenty-two  (22)  inches  on 
each  sheet,  so  that  in  no  place  shall  Felt  touch  Felt. 

Fifth.  Spread  over  the  entire  surface  a uniform  coat- 

lllllllllillillllllilinilllllfllllllllllH 

Industrial  Section 


ing  of  Warren’s  No.  144  Genuine  Bangor  Roofing 
Asphalt,  using  an  average  of  fifty  (50)  pounds  to  one 
hundred  (100)  square  feet,  into  which,  while  hot,  thor- 
oughly embed  Genuine  Bangor  Slate;  grade 

size inches  by inches  (grade  and  size  to 

be  inserted);  Slate  to  be  perfectly  dry  when  placed. 

Flashings  shall  be  constructed  as  shown  in  detailed 
drawing. 

The  roof  may  be  inspected  before  the  Slate  are 
applied  by  cutting  a slit  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  long 
at  right  angles  to  the  way  the  Felt  is  laid.  The  cut  can 
be  repaired  by  sticking  five  (5)  thicknesses  of  Felt  over 
it,  and  the  spot  will  then  be  as  strong  as  any  part  of 
the  roof. 

Note. — We  advise  incorporating  the  full  wording 
of  the  specification  and  inserting  roofing  details  in 
plans  in  order  to  avoid  any  misunderstanding.  If  an 
abbreviated  form  is  desired,  the  following  is  suggested: 

Roofing : Shall  be  a Genuine  Bangor  Slate  Roof 
for  Flat  Surface  (for  use  over  concrete)  laid  as 
directed  in  printed  specification,  issued  May  1,  1916,  or 
as  printed  in  the  Structural  Service  Book  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects,  Vol.  I,  1917,  page 
204,  using  the  materials  specified,  and  subject  to  the 
inspection  requirement. 

xmmurnmtmmm 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllM 


GYPSUM  3D5  and  4Bi 


205 


, 


ririi'iLi-.r  1'irn  11 1'rriirn  n'  1 r r r.i  11 ; r ! 1 .1  h ,1 . 


Pyrobar  Gypsum  Tile.  For  partitions,  furring,  vent 
ducts,  and  steel  protection.  Tested  and  recommended 
by  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  as  a fire- 
proofing material.  It  weighs  40%  less  than  Clay  Tile. 

Pyrobar  Reinforced  Roof  Tile.  Made  of  Structolite 
(structural  gypsum).  The  Tile  are  permanent  and 
tests  show  that  they  excel  any  other  fireproof  roof  as 
a nonconductor  of  heat.  Their  light  weight  and  long 
spans  save  steel.  They  are  very  quickly  erected. 

Pyrobar  Gypsum  Floor  Tile.  For  long  span,  reinforced 
concrete  joist  floor  construction.  A thoroughly  tested, 
economical  fireproof  floor  system. 

U.  S.  G.  Cement  Plaster,  to  be  mixed  with  sand  at  the 
job. 

U.  S.  G.  Wood  Fibre  Plaster,  requiring  the  addition  of 
water  only. 

U.S.  G.  Prepared  (sanded)  Plaster,  including  Adamant 
Wall  Plaster. 

U.  S.  G.  Keene’s  Cement.  Made  in  two  grades,  “Regular” 
and  “Fine.”  Equal  in  quality  to  imported  Keene’s. 

U.  S.  G.  Prepared  No-Lime  Trowel  Finishes.  These 
finishes  are  very  much  harder  than  lime  putty  finish, 
are  easily  troweled,  are  made  in  various  grades,  in 
white  or  gray  colors,  and  require  the  addition  of  water 
only. 

U.  S.  G.  Prepared  Sand  Float  Finishes.  Same  as 
U.  S.  G.  Prepared  Trowel  Finishes  except  that  they 
have  a granular  surface. 

U.  S.  G.  Gauging  Plasters,  for  putty  finish. 

U.  S.  G.  Bond  Plaster.  A prepared  material  recom- 
mended for  plastering  interior  concrete  surfaces. 

U.  S.  G.  Moulding  Plasters. 

Ajax  Caen  Stone  Cement.  A substitute  for  genuine 
French  Caen  Stone. 

Ivory  Hydrated  Finishing  Lime.  A high  magnesium, 
snow-white  lime  from  Genoa,  Ohio. 

Sackett  Plaster  Board.  A heat-insulating,  sound- 
deadening,  fire-resisting  lathing  material. 

Jester  Sackett  Hollow  and  Solid  Partitions  and 
Suspended  Ceilings.  An  economical  and  thoroughly 
incombustible  construction  consisting  of  Sackett 
Plaster  Board  applied  to  channel  irons. 

Sheetrock  Wall  Board.  A uniform  wall  board  of  gypsum, 
made  in  lengths  up  to  10  feet.  Doesn’t  warp  nor  burn. 


Specifications  for  PYROBAR 
Gypsum  Partition  Tile 

Partitions. — Unless  otherwise  specified  or  shown, 
all  partitions  shall  be  built  of  United  States  Gypsum 
Company’s  PYROBAR  Gypsum  Tile,  of  thickness  indi- 
cated on  plans.  All  partitions  shall  be  started  on  the  fire- 
proof floor,  and  the  tile  shall  be  set  plumb,  leaving  both 
faces  of  partitions  straight  and  true.  All  partitions  shall 
be  wedged  at  ceiling  and  slushed  in  with  mortar. 

Furring. — All  outside  walls,  where  shown  on  plans, 
shall  be  furred  with  PYROBAR  Gypsum  Tile,  of  thick- 
ness and  type  indicated  on  plans,  laid  up  against  the 
wall,  and  where  2-inch  solid  or  hollow  furring  tile  is 
used,  the  same  shall  be  securely  spiked  to  the  wall  every 
square  yard  with  iod  steel  cut  nails. 

Column  Protection. — All  exposed  interior  columns 
shall  be  covered  with  solid  PYROBAR  Gypsum  Tile, 
of  thickness  indicated  on  plans  and  in  accordance  with 
specifications. 

Shafts,  Openings  and  Ducts. — Construct  all  pipe 
chases,  dumbwaiter  shafts,  heating  and  vent  ducts,  etc., 
where  shown  on  plans,  with  2-inch  solid  PYROBAR 
Gypsum  Tile. 

Mortar  and  Laying. — All  PYROBAR  Gypsum 
Tile  shall  be  laid  up  in  mortar  composed  of  any  brand  of 
United  States  Gypsum  Company’s  Cement  Plaster — 
one  part  of  plaster  to  three  (3)  parts  of  clean,  sharp,  dry 
sand,  thoroughly  mixed.  No  mortar  shall  be  retempered. 
All  tile  shall  be  laid  with  full  flush  joints  to  a line,  with 
horizontal  beds  uniformly  level  on  each  course.  Fill  all 
joints,  chinks  and  crevices  between  the  tile  and  other 
work  which  shall  be  well  slushed  in. 

Frames. — The  carpenter  contractor  shall  set  the  rough 
bucks  for  openings  ahead  of  the  contractor  for  this  work, 
so  as  to  cause  no  delay.  These  bucks  shall  be  left  plumb 
and  true  by  the  carpenter,  and  shall  be  made  of  2-inch 
lumber  of  the  same  width  as  the  thickness  of  the  partition, 
and  there  shall  be  jhg-inch  by  2%-inch  grounds  nailed 
to  the  bucks  forming  a rabbet  to  receive  the  PYROBAR 
Tile.  Anchor  the  partition  at  the  wall  by  driving  spikes 
into  the  wall  in  the  joints  at  the  top  of  each  course. 

Plastering. — Use  U.  S.  Gypsum  only  (not  Portland 
Cement  or  lime)  applied  according  to  directions  of 
manufacturer. 


PRODUCTS  OF  THE 

UNITED  STATES 
GYPSUM  CO. 


Special  literature  describing  any  of  the  above  mentioned  materials  sent  upon  request. 
We  will  gladly  answer  technical  questions  on  roof,  partition,  or  floor  construction. 

UNITED  STATES  GYPSUM  COMPANY 

World’s  Largest  Makers  of  Gypsum  Products 

205  W.  Monroe  St.,  CHICAGO 

NEW  YORK  CLEVELAND  MINNEAPOLIS  KANSAS  CITY  SAN  FRANCISCO 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


IIIIIIIIII!IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIII!IIIII!II[III!!IIIII!IIIII!I!IIIIIIII^ 


206 

Piiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiih 


imih^ 


TERRA  COTTA 


3D 


Attention  is  directed  to  the 


jftfctral  (granite  Ccrra  Cotta 


in  the  new 


Public  Service  Building,  Baltimore 


'Parser,  Thomas  & T^ice,  jdrchilects 


J.  Henry  SXliller,  Inc.,  {Builders 

THE  four  elevations  are  con- 
structed solidly  of  this  material 
from  the  fourth  story  dentil  course 
up  to  and  including  the  main  cor- 
nice—one  of  the  largest  contracts 
ever  executed  in  granite  terra  cotta. 

The  terra  cotta  reproduces  ex- 
actly the  color,  texture  and  general 
appearance  of  the  natural  pink 
Milford  Granite  used  in  the 
lower  stories. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the 
size  and  straightness  of  the  indi- 
vidual pieces  of  terra  cotta. 

Federal  Granite  Terra  Cotta,  in  which  this 
company  specializes,  is  the  result  of  many 
years’  experiments.  It  has  all  the  advantages 
of  natural  granite  and  greater  durability  and 
fire^resisting  qualities  in  addition. 

Manufactured  by 

JFetieral  Cerra  Cotta  Co. 


Trinity  Bldg.,  New  York 


Book  Bldg.,  Detroit 


Industrial  Section 


lllll!ll!lllllllll>liUlllliillllllllllllllll!llllllllil!linilillllll(llll)IIIUIIIini[linillllllll!llilllllllllIlfiillll)!!l!ll!lllllilll<!lllillliDIIIirailllIilli,IIIIIUIi!lllllul!lilillliJill|{| 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim 


TERRA  COTTA  3D 


207 


The  setter  they  (the  Atlantic  Company) 
furnished  us,  was  worth  twice  the  money 
I paid  him,  as  he  was  the  best  man  I ever  had 
on  Terra  Cotta  work,  and  a fine  man  person- 
ally to  have  on  the  building. 

We  quote  part  of  a letter  from  the  Bankers 
Realty  Investment  Co.,  builders  of  the  Black- 
stone  Hotel,  Omaha.  It  is  typical  of  many 
letters  we  receive  from  contractors  who  engage 
one  of  our  Terra  Cotta  setters  to  assist  and  direct 
the  other  masons  in  their  Terra  Cotta  work. 

Let  us  write  and  explain  this  form  of 
Atlantic  service  in  detail. 

Atlantic  Terra  Cotta  Company 

1170  Broadway,  New  York 

Copyright,  iqiy.  by  Atlantic  Terra  Cotta  Company 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIHIIIM 


208 


TERRA  COTTA  3D 


i i i i !■ !;  ii  ii  ii.i!,i  ii.i  :i  n n n r i.  i:.i:  i;  iij  i'  ;i  i. : : , : , i;  i ! : i n i i : i :i.  i. i.i. : i. ! i;  ii . j ; i i:i,.i!j|.:i.  ,i  im.i:  i:j:ii.i!:i!  ijai' ii.i.jiiiiiBi'NiiiiiiiLiiiiiiiniiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiB 


ST.  ALOYSIUS  CHURCH,  GREAT  NECK.  L.  I. 
G.  E.  Steinback,  Architect 


Branch  Offices: 

I 170  Broadway,  New  York  City 

Baltimore-American  Building 
Baltimore,  Md. 

Home  Life  Building 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Terra  Cotta  Factory 
Crum  Lynne,  Pa. 


OUR  business  consists  of 
the  manufacturing  of 
Architectural  Terra 
Cotta,  selling  Bricks  of  all 
kinds,  principally  high-grade 
for  Fronts  and  Interiors. 

Also  Hollow  Tile  Fireproof- 
ing, which  we  erect  by  con- 
tract or  sell  to  the  customer, 
as  the  occasion  may  require. 

We  also  sell  and  manufacture 
Special  Clay  Roofing  Tile. 

All  of  these  materials  are 
handled  by  separate  depart- 
ments, each  under  the  charge 
of  a competent  Manager. 


0.  W.  KETCHAM 

24  South  Seventh  St. 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 


PETER'S  RECTORY.  STATEN  ISLAND,  N.  Y. 
George  H.  Streeton,  Architect 


ST. 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


ARCHITECTURAL  BRONZE  nBi2 

Ijjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


l!llll!lllll!llllll!llllllllllllllllllllllll!l!lllllllllllllllllllll!ll 


THE  GORHAM  CO  ARCHITECTURAL  BRONZE 

FIFTH  AVENUE  NEW  YORK 


•COPYRIGHT-  1916 • BY  • THE  GOEHAM  - CO  • ARCHITECTURAL  fiPONZE 


• PUBLISHED  • BY  ARCHITECTUBAL  • JERVICE  - CORPORATION,  ■ PI  I1LADELPH1A.  UPA 


^n, 


WE  UNDERTAKE  AND  EXECUTE.  IN  THE  FINER  ALLOYS,  METAL  WORK  OF  EVERY  DESCRIPTION,  FROM 
THE  SIMPLEST  ART  OBJECTS  TO  THE  MOST  ELABORATE  COLOSSAL  UNDERTAKINGS  THAT  ARE  POS- 
SIBLE TO  PRODUCE  IN  BRONZE,  GERMAN  SILVER  OR  GOLD. 

OUR  SERVICES  AND  PRICES  ARE  THE  MOST  ECONOMICAL  CONSISTENT  WITH  GORHAM  STANDARD  OF 

EXCELLENCE  IN  B RONZESM  I TH  I NG. 


Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I, 


209 

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiifi 


1917 


miuiiiiiiiiini 


MAIL  CHUTES  11B8 


210 


His  Cutler  Mail  Chute 


has  been  for  more  than  a 
quarter  of  a century,  and 
will  remain,  the  standard 
of  excellence  in  every  re- 
spect. 

It  has  received  the  high- 
est award  wherever  ex- 
hibited, and  is  being  fur- 
nished to  all  those  who 
consider  quality  as  well  as 
price,  at  exceptionally  low 
figures. 

The  construction  now  used  by  us  has  been  developed  in 
many  years  of  experience  exclusively  in  this  field  and  our 
organization  and  facilities  enable  us  to  continue  to  furnish  the 
very  best  work  of  its  class  at  the  lowest  possible  price. 

We  point  to  such  mail  chute  work  as  that  in  the  Woolworth, 
Equitable,  Western  Union,  and  other  monumental  examples 
of  all  that  is  best  in  building  construction  and  equipment,  and 
to  our  stock  work  of  equal  efficiency  in  thousands  of  buildings 
of  less  commanding  importance  in  every  part  of  the  United 
States. 

Agents  in  every  important  center. 

Sweet’s  Index  Pages  1726  and  1727. 


CUTLER  MAIL  CHUTE  COMPANY 

ROCHESTER,  N.  Y. 


A REPRESENTATIVE  WILL  CALL  ON  REQUEST 

lll!iI!illlIIIl!llllI!l[!llIIIIIlilIII[III!lillIIIIilllllllllIllM 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


TILE  (Mosaic)  qJ  and  11C4 


211 


Illislj^lgggfli 


gigiililillisp 


Service  with  a Purpose 

'T'HE  service  extended  to  architects  by  this  asso- 
A ciation  is  an  organized  service — service  carrying 
a definite  purpose. 

We  do  not  attempt  to  force  it.  Its  acceptance  and 
its  rendition  must  be  in  the  same  spirit. 

Where  such  service  is  desired  the  complete  facili- 
ties of  the  member  companies,  represented  by  the 
association — in  the  way  of  suggestions,  samples,  or 
with  respect  to  any  details  involved  in  the  purchase 
and  application  of  tile — are  at  your  command. 

It  is  a service  designed  to  be  constructive  and 
mutually  helpful.  We  invite  you  to  take  advantage 
of  it. 


ASSOCIATED  TILE 
MANUFACTURERS 

BEAVER  FALLS,  PA. 


ALHAMBRA  TILE  CO. 

Newport,  Ky. 

AMERICAN  ENCAUSTIC 
TILING  CO. 

Zanesville,  Ohio 

ATLANTIC  TILE  MANUFAC- 
TURING CO. 

Matawan,  N.  J. 

BEAVER  FALLS  ART  TILE 
CO.  Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

BROOKLYN  VITRIFIED 
TILE  WORKS 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

BRUNT  TILE  & PORCELAIN 
CO.  Columbus,  Ohio 

CAMBRIDGE  TILE  MFG.CO. 

Covington,  Ky. 

GRUEBY  FAIENCE  & TILE 
CO.  Boston,  Mass. 


MATAWAN  TILE  CO. 

Matawan,  N.  J. 

MOSAIC  TILE  CO. 

Zanesville,  Ohio 

NATIONAL  TILE  CO. 

Anderson,  Ind. 

OLD  BRIDGE  ENAMELED 
BRICK  & TILE  CO. 

Old  Bridge,  N.  J. 

PERTH  AMBOY  TILE 
WORKS 

Perth  Amboy,  N.  J. 

C.  PARDEE  WORKS 

Perth  Amboy,  N.  J. 

WHEELING  TILE  CO. 

Wheeling,  W.  Va. 

UNITED  STATES  ENCAUS- 
TIC TILE  WORKS 

Indianapolis,  Ind. 


Office:  BEAVER  FALLS,  PA. 


is=gg5sga& 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


212 


WATER  HEATERS  (Gas)  7K 


Architects 

Contractors  and  Builders 


Our  Service  Department  desires  to  cooperate  with  you  in 
the  installation  of  Humphrey  Automatic  Gas  Water  Heaters 
in  any  type  of  building  on  which  you  are  figuring. 


HUMPHREY  COMPAN'  ' 

D iv.  Raud  Mfg.  Co.  • 

KALAMAZOO,  MICHIGAN 


HUMPHREY 

AUTO  MATIC 

Gas  Water  Heater 


There’s  a size  “Humphrey”  lor  every  need,  lor  every  home — 
also  lor  Schools,  Colleges,  Clubs,  Y.  M.  C.  A.’s,  Factories, 
small  Hotels  and  xApartment  Buildings.  Each  the  most  de- 
pendable and  efficient  for  the 
purpose.  Write  us.  The 


has  been  developed  to  meet  the  hot-water  needs  of 
everyone.  It  is  the  most  remarkable  gas  water  heat- 
ing appliance  ever  invented.  A constant  promoter  of 
comfort  and  convenience.  A sentinel  that  stands 
silently  in  the  basement,  or  any  out  of  the  way  place, 
of  any  building,  yet  instantly  ready  to  rush  hot  water 
to  anyone  on  demand. 

Write  for  Details 

regarding  installation  in  any  building.  Mention  type 
of  building,  number  of  faucets,  number  of  rooms  and 
approximate  amount  of  water  to  be  used  daily. 

Our  Service  Department  is  at  your  service.  Please 
call  upon  it  for  any  information. 


Only  1 Cent 
for  10  Gals. 

The  gas  burns  only  when  the 
water  runs.  No  fuel  wasted. 
No  waits  for  water  to  heat. 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


!llll!llllllll!llllllllllllllll!lllllllll!llllll! 


Illllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllllllilllllllllllli 


LAUNDRY  CHUTES  yHi 


213 


IIIIIIIIIlllllllllllllllilllllllllllllillllllM 


f 


This  is  the  Only  Thoroughly 
Sanitary  Laundry  Chute 


It  was  designed  jointly  by  a famous 
Hospital  Architect  and  an  eminent  Hos- 
pital Executive  to  overcome  an  unsani- 
tary condition  in  a modern  hospital.  The 
functions  of  the 

PFAUDLER 
Glass  Enameled  Steel 
LAUNDRY  CHUTE 


are  to  receive  the  infected,  soiled  linen  at 
each  floor,  to  convey  it  quickly,  automatically 
and  safely  to  the  laundry  without  permitting 
its  infections  to  spread,  and  to  be  easily  and 
thoroughly  cleansed  with  hot  water  by  the 
turning  of  a valve. 

Its  substantial  steel  sections  are  lined  with 
one  of  our  well-known,  exceptionally  durable 
Glass  Enamels.  This  lining  is  smooth,  rust- 
proof and  non-absorptive — the  most  sterile 
surface  that  could  be  adapted  to  the  purpose. 

The  plate  glass  and  nickel  doors  present 
an  attractive,  sanitary  appearance  and  close 
tightly  against  escaping  infections  and  leakage 
of  the  flushing  water.  At  the  bottom  the  chute 
is  connected  to  the  drain. 

Sanitary  Water  Storage  Tanks 

Pfaudler  Glass  Enameled  Steel  Tanks 
are  being  used  very  successfully  for  water 
storage  in  a large  number  of  public  buildings, 
hotels,  and  steamships.  They  neither  leak 
nor  rust,  are  non-absorptive  and  can  not 
pollute  their  contents. 

We  do  not  know  how  long  a Pfaudler  Enameled 
Steel  Chute  or  Water  Tank  will  last,  because  none  has 
ever  worn  out.  Many  Pfaudler  Tanks  installed  30  years 
ago  are  still  in  commission. 


May  we  tell  you  more  about  them? 


THE  PFAUDLER  CO. 

ROCHESTER,  N.  Y. 

New  York  Chicago  San  Francisco 

Boston  St.  Louis  Minneapolis 

Pittsburgh  Detroit  Atlanta 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


lllllllllllllllllllli 


214 


PLUMBING  FIXTURES  AND  FITTINGS  9H 


Viceroy,”  Plate  F-14-A 
(Patent  Applied  for  and  Name  Reg.  U.  S.  Patent  Office) 


The  “Bretton”  Lavatory,  Plate  F-580-A 

(Name  Reg.  U.  S.  Patent  Office) 


The  Home  of  I 


Largest  Factory  in  the  World  Devoted  Exclusiv< 


Plumbing  Ware  has  been  developed  J 
few  years  ago  to  the  high  quality  repi 


always  of  one  q 


The  KOHLER  line  is  a standardized  line:  all  patterns ! 
not  consistent  with  modern  plumbing  ideas  have  been 
eliminated. 


The  one-piece  construction  and  simplicity  of  design 
make  KOHLER  WARE  hygienic.  The  KOHLER 
pure  white  enamel  is  a result  of  years  of  study  and 
experiment  and  is  the  crowning  feature  that  con- 


i' -■  - ■ 


Plat 


“Bevo”  Lavatory,  Plate  F-271-FA 


KOHLER  CO. 

Founded  1873 

Kohler,  Wisconsin 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


PLUMBING  FIXTURES  AND  FITTINGS  qH 


215 


‘ a 


ihler  of  Kohler 

t the  Manufacture  of  Enameled  Plumbing  Ware 

ci  the  crude,  unhygienic  fixtures  of  a 
inted  by 


Kitchenette  Sink  — Plate  F-1008-A 


Sectional  View  of  “Viceroy”  Bath  Tub,  showing  parts  built  into 
wall  and  floor.  Arrow  points  to  permanent  trade  mark  which 
is  incorporated  in  faint  blue  letters  in  all  Kohler  products. 


r V V 


ry — the  highest 

ributes  to  the  beauty  and  durability  of  KOHLER 
VARE.  Architects  throughout  the  country  recog- 
lize  in  KOHLER  WARE  the  expression  of  twentieth 
:entury  ideas  in  sanitation. 

|3ur  trade-mark,  the  name  KOHLER,  is  permanently 
mprinted  in  the  enamel  of  each  fixture  and  is  the  archi- 
ect’s  guide  to  excellence  and  our  pledge  of  quality. 


Branches 


Boston 

New  York 

Philadelphia 

Pittsburgh 

Detroit 

Indianapolis 

Chicago 


St.  Paul 

St.  Louis 

Houston 

San  Francisco 

Los  Angeles 

Seattle 

London 


Columbia”  Lavatory.  Plate  F-205-A 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


WATER  FILTERS  qE 


216 

MiifiiiiiiM^ 


Clean,  safe,  freshly-filtered  Water 


In  Buildings  of  all  kinds,  and  in  Residences,  water 
of  this  character  is 


A great  protection  to  valves,  pipes 
and  mechanical  equipment  because 
the  water  is  free  from  grit  and  dirt. 

It  is  a great  protection  to  basins, 
toilets,  tubs,  etc.,  because  the  water 
is  free  from  discoloration. 


It  is  a source  of  pleasure  and  comfort 
in  the  bathroom  because  the  water  is 
clear,  sparkling,  attractive  and  safe. 

The  value  of  clean,  stainless  water 
in  the  laundry  and  clean,  safe  water 
in  kitchen  and  pantry  is  apparent. 


Loomis-Manning  Filters 

provide  water  of  this  quality  and  at  the  same  time  require  very  little  care  or 
attention.  Their  simplicity  coupled  with  their  substantial  construction  have 
won  them  wide  success  and  approval  by  leading  Architects  and  Engineers. 
The  cuts  below  illustrate  several  sizes  of  this  filter,  designed  to  meet  large  or 
small  requirements  or  varying  conditions  of  water  supply.  Full  information 
or  the  services  of  our  engineering  department  are  always  gladly  furnished. 

The  removal  of  discoloration  from  Hot  Water  is  a 
specialty  with  us 


Loomis-Manning  Filter  Distributing  Company 


Established  1880 


1437  South  37th  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


NEW  YORK 


BOSTON  CHICAGO 


BALTIMORE 


fllllllllillllllllillilllllllllllllllillM 


Industrial  Section 


itiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


PLUMBING  FIXTURES  AND  FITTINGS  gH 


217 


■Mj 


Pride  inspiring,  eventu= 
ally  economical  because 
made  from  the  materials 
that  clean  most  easily 
and  last  longer  than  the 
house  itself 

TheTrenton 

R)tteriesGmpany) 

ImpertioVitreoiis  China 
Ideal  Solid  Fbrcelain 

Build  permanently,  for 
the  dignity  of  the  home 
is  reflected  no  more 
surely  than  by  the  ap= 
pearance  of  the  bath= 
room 

Lei  the  “Star  Within  the  Circle” 

Trade  Mark  be  your  assurance  that 
you  are  getting  the  best  quality 


22.01 


2340 


2310 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


218 


PLUMBING  FIXTURES  AND  FITTINGS  pH 


Drainage 

VENT  INLET 


should  have  an  unobstructed 
escape  from  the  premises. 


CRANE  DRAINAGE  FITTINGS 


are  made  with  a shoulder  against  which 
the  pipe  abuts  so  closely  that  all  “pockets” 
are  eliminated,  thus  affording  the  drainage 
a free  and  continuous  flow  to  the  sewer. 
As  a further  precaution  against  contam- 
ination, the  interior  of  these  fittings  are 
as  smooth  as  it  is  possible  to  make  them. 
They  are  heavy  and  strong  enough  to 
safely  withstand  the  strain  of  settling. 


We  have  such  a large  variety  of 
patterns  and  sizes  that  we  can  easily 
accommodate  the  drainage  system 
of  any  building,  regardless  of  size. 


B — ►! 


Malleable  Iron  Drainage 


Fittings  made 


to  order. 


Sales  Offices  and  Warehouses 


Boston 

Springfield 

Bridgeport 

New  York 

Brooklyn 

Buffalo 

Syracuse 

Newark 

Camden 


Philadelphia 

Baltimore 

Washington 

Savannah 

Atlanta 

Knoxville 

Birmingham 

Memphis 

Little  Rock 


Muskogee 
Oklahoma  City 
Wichita 
St.  Louis 
Kansas  City 
Terre  Haute 
Cincinnati 
Indianapolis 
Chicago 
Grand  Rapids 


FOUNDED  BY  R.  T.  CRANE,  185S 

CRANE  CO. 

836  S.  MICHIGAN  AVE. 


CHICAGO 


Detroit 

Davenport 

Des  Moines 

Omaha 

Sioux  City 

St.  Paul 

Minneapolis 

Duluth 

l'argo 

Watertown 


Aberdeen 

Great  Falls 

Spokane 

Seattle 

Tacoma 

Portland 

Pocatello 

Salt  Lake  City 


Ogden 

Sacramento 

Oakland 

San  Francisco 

Los  Angeles 

Winnipeg 

Vancouver 


Works : Chicago  and  Bridgeport 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


METAL  DOORS  AND  TRIM  4C  and  4F2 


219 


A Sample  of 

DAHLSTROM  SERVICE  TO  ARCHITECTS 

Dahlstrom  Hollow  Metal  Products  complete  the  fireproofing  of  your  buildings.  They  are  built  of  enduring, 
FIREPROOF  METAL,  and  finished  to  satisfy  the  most  critical  architect  or  owner.  When  installed, 
they  present  a thoroughly  artistic  and  satisfying  appearance.  Are  not  these  logical  reasons  for 
specifying  Dahlstrom  Products  in  the  best  buildings?  Complete  information  furnished  upon  request. 

DAHLSTROM  METALLIC  DOOR  COMPANY  JAMESTOWN,  NEWnYORK 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I, 


1917 


l!l!llll!!llll!!llll[!ll!l!llllllllllllll!llillllll!ll!lll!llllll!!llllllllllll!ll!lll!l!l^ 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


DUMB  WAITERS  (Handpower)  6F 


220 


agiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiii 


Sedgwick  Machine  Works 

124  LIBERTY  STREET  - NEW  YORK  CITY 


Products 


Hand-Power  Dumb  Waiters  and  Elevators  of  all  types  and  for  every  purpose:  Private  House 
Dumb  Waiters;  Apartment  House  Dumb  Waiters;  Hospital  Dumb  Waiters  and  Elevators; 
Hotel  and  Restaurant  Dumb  Waiters;  Library  Book  Lifts;  Fuel  Lifts;  Brass  Tube  Dumb 
Waiters;  High  Speed,  Automatic  Brake,  Bank  Brake,  and  Geared  Dumb  Waiters;  Trunk  Lifts, 
Invalid  Elevators,  Domestic  Elevators,  Freight  Elevators,  Sidewalk  Elevators,  Carriage  Eleva- 
tors, Automobile  Elevators,  Ash  Hoists,  Hatchway  Hoists,  etc. 

Complete  catalogue  or  special  descriptive  matter  sent  upon  request 

STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS 


I.  The  Dumb  Waiter  shall  be  furnished  and  installed 
(strike  out  “and  installed”  if  installation  is  to  be  by 
local  mechanics)  by  the  Sedgwick  Machine  Works, 
of  124  Liberty  Street,  New  York,  and  must  comply 
with  the  following  specifications: 

II.  The  Dumb  Waiter  is  to  operate  between  the 

floor  and  the  floor,  a total  height  over  all  of  feet. 

III.  It  must  be  designed  for  satisfactory  service  with  loads 

averaging  pounds  and  must  be  strong  enough 

to  carry  occasional  or  test  loads  of  pounds. 

IV.  The  Car  shall  be  inches  wide  right  to  left  and 

inches  deep  front  to  rear  (outside  measure- 
ments) and  shall  be  fitted  with  one  hinged  shelf  (or 
two  solid  shelves  if  preferred)  in  addition  to  the  top  and 
bottom.  (For  double  face  cars  we  recommend  two 
solid  shelves  besides  top  and  bottom.) 

NOTE — Or,  if  preferred,  specify:  The  car  shall  be 
made  to  suit  space  inches  wide  right  to  left 

and  inches  deep  front  to  rear,  and  shall  be 

fitted,  etc.,  etc. 

V.  It  shall  be  of  selected  Ash  Lumber,  seasoned  for  three 
years  in  the  open  air  under  sheds  in  the  yards  of  the 
manufacturer,  and  kiln  dried  just  previous  to  being 
worked  up. 

VI.  The  sides  shall  be  tongued  and  grooved  and  jointed, 
and  blind  bolted  into  the  cross  frames. 

VII.  All  exposed  screws  shall  be  piano  screws,  and  the  screws 
holding  bottom  to  sills  shall  be  concealed  by  wood  plugs. 

VIII.  The  Top  and  Bottom  and  all  solid  shelves  shall  be 
rebated  into  the  sides. 

IX.  The  Machine  shall  be  of  the  full  Automatic  Brake 
Type,  so  that  whether  counterweight  be  placed  at  the 
right  or  left,  the  machine  will  automatically  hold 
the  load. 

X.  The  Machine  shall  be  fitted  with  Improved  Steel  Anti- 
Friction  roller  bearings  in  every  bearing;  The  Brake 
Plate  shall  be  of  Phosphor  Bronze,  having  its  opposite 
faces  ground  and  polished  true  and  parallel  to  the 
thousandth  part  of  an  inch;  This  Brake  Plate  to  be 
held  rigidly  in  place  by  two  steel  shafts  each  inch  in 
diameter,  which  rods  shall  have  their  ends  socketed  and 
secured  by  set  screws  in  the  main  front  and  rear 
frames  of  the  machine,  thus  keeping  the  main  frames 
and  bearings  and  the  Automatic  Brake  exactly  and 
permanently  in  line. 

XI.  The  Automatic  Brake  shall  be  provided  with  two 
steel  Adjusting  Bolts  for  taking  up  wear,  fitted  with 
steel  Lock  Nuts  and  each  having  two  semi-spherical 
phosphor  bronze  washers  fitted  to  semi-spherical 
sockets  in  the  brake  members,  so  as  to  give  a perfect 
bearing  in  all  positions. 


NOTE — If  Band  Brake  machine  is  wanted,  substitute 
for  IX,  X and  XI  the  following: 

IX A.  The  Machine  shall  be  fitted  with  Improved  Steel 
Anti-Friction  Roller  Bearings  in  all  bearings,  and  shall 
have  its  front  and  rear  frames  rigidly  held  in  line  by 
three  steel  rods  each  y inch  in  diameter. 

XA.  The  Brake  shall  be  fitted  with  a Steel  Brake  Band, 
lined  with  vulcanized  fibre,  and  shall  have  a toggle 
jointed  operating  lever  which,  when  fully  applied,  shall 
automatically  lock  so  that 

XIA.  A slight  pressure  on  the  brake  line  shall  partially 
apply  the  Brake  and  control  speed  of  car  in  lowering, 
while  a final  pull  shall  stop  and  lock  the  outfit,  an  up- 
ward pull  on  the  brake  line  being  required  to  release  the 
brake. 


NOTE — If  the  Simplex  Dumb  Waiter  is  wanted, 
substitute  for  IX,  X and  XI  the  following: 

IXB.  The  Machine  shall  have  babbitted  bearings  and  be 
supplied  with  a spring  check  for  holding  the  load. 


NOTE — If  a geared  outfit  for  usual  loads  in  excess  of 
twenty-five  pounds  is  required,  use  either  IX,  X and 
XI  or  IXA,  XA  and  XIA  and  the  following: 

The  Hand  Wheel  and  the  Lift  Wheel  shall  beondifferent 
shafts,  connected  by  strong,  smooth  running,  machine 
moulded  gears  giving  proper  ratio  of  hand  rope  travel 
to  travel  of  car,  so  that  the  specified  load  may  be  lifted 
without  excessive  effort. 


XII.  The  Machine  shall  be  guaranteed  for  five  years  by  the 
manufacturers,  who  shall  make  repairs  free  of  charge 
during  that  time  if  returned  to  the  factory  express  pre- 
paid. 

XIII.  The  Counterweight  shall  be  adjustable,  having 
smoothly  fitted  steel  lugs  running  in  grooves  of  the 
guide  runs.  No  part  of  the  body  of  the  weight  shall  be 
permitted  to  touch  the  guide  runs. 

XIV.  The  Guide  Runs  to  be  of  selected  straight  grain  North 
Carolina  Pine,  free  from  knots  and  all  imperfections, 
and  worked  in  a moulding  machine. 

XV.  The  Hand  Rope  shall  be  of  selected  fine  fibre  Russian 
Hemp,  four  strand  with  heart. 

XVI.  The  Car  Rope  shall  be  of  selected  pure  long  fibre  Manila 
Hemp,  four  strand  with  heart. 

Specifications  (Short  Form) 

Specify  as  follows:  “The  Dumb  Waiter  (or  Elevator)  to 
be  manufactured  and  installed  by  the  Sedgwick  Machine 
Works,  124  Liberty  Street,  New  York.”  Thus  all  contractors 
may  figure  on  the  same  equipment,  the  owner  gets  maximum 
value,  and  the  architect  has  our  guarantee  that  the  outfit 
will  be  satisfactory  and  the  work  properly  done.  If  local 
mechanics  are  to  install,  simply  omit  the  words  “and  install.” 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


Industrial  Section 


lllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllllllllllllllllilllllM 


DUMB  WAITERS  (Handpower)  6F 


221 


(\)f/0£  ELEVAT/ON. 
SINGLE  FACE  D W. 


OsksRAL  Notes 

A /w ays  specify  usua/ 
anc/  hedy/esf  ioad 
Poors  for  dumb 
waiter  shoffs  shou/d 
be  as  wide  as  /be  car 
desired  and  4-0" high, 
/oca fed Z:6 "a bo ve  floor, 
making  fop  of  door  b'-b" 
above  f/oor  fhus  per  miff- 
ing opera  for  a iong  pu// 
on  fhe  hand  rope 
Machine  space  above 
fop  door  shou/d  be  2-0’ 
fo  3-6>  depending  on 
s/ge  and  fype  of  ouffif 
des/red.  A door  or  pane/ 
af  fop  far  access  fo  fhe 
mochine  shou/d  be  provid- 
ed. 

5mg/e  face  dumb 
waiter  cars  are  carried 
in  sfock  in  catalogue 
s/ges  w/th  one  hinged 
she  if  or  two  so/id  sbe/va. 
Doub/e  face  cars  tvifh 
two  so/id  she/ves 

tin /ess  of  her  wise 
ordered  sing/e  face 
cars  are  furnished  tvifh 
one  hinged  she  /f  and 
doub/e  face  cors  with 
fwo  so/id  she /ves. 

Dumb  waiter  guide 
runs  boffi  for  car  and 
weigh/  are  a /ways 
fastened  with  wood 
screws.  Ne  ver  use  nai/s 
for  fhis  purpose 
f/f  / east  one  door  open- 
ing suff/c/enf/y  /arqe  fo 
odm/f  car  info  we// 
musf  o/ways  he  provid- 
ed unfi / offer  ouffif 
is  insfa/ied 


(Z)  FRONT  /i))SID£ ELEVATION. 

ELEVATION  POVSLE FACE  D W.  DESIGN  NOTE 


(i/)  ELEVATION  AT 'A 
CORNER  POST  O N 


(5)  ELEVATION  AT  '3' 
CORNER  ROSTO  V/. 


<3)  ELEVAT/ON  ATC~ 
CORNER  POST  OW. 


SINGLE  FACE 
PLAN. 


DES/OM  NOTE 

hi  he  re  ver  pass  ib/e 
dumb  wo  iter  shafts 
shou/d  ba  designed 
e if her  s/ng/e  face  as  No./, 

Z 6 7 or  doub/e  face  as 
No.  2,3 68  fo  insure  fhe 
ufmosf  safisfaef/on. 

No.  2 above  shows  fhe  I 
front  e/evotion  of  e/f her 
s/ng/e  or  doub/e  face  shaff. 


(D 

'K  I 


DOU8LE  FACE 

PLAN . 


h/here  abso/u/e/y  necessary  fo  have 
door  openings  in  adjacent  sides  of 
we//,  /ocofe  and  /denfify  each  door 
ond  specify  door  chief Zy  used 

Corner  posf  dumb- waiter,  wifh  doub/e 
face  machine  can  be  operated  in  both 
directions  from  o// doors  by  reversing  one 
hand  rope  as  shown  in  No.4^S,6,& 9. 

Corner  post  dumb  waiter,  sing/e  face 
machine  shown  No.  C.6/0  can  be  operofed 


/V*=**n2 


L 

— V 

— 

■"1 3 

1 Z^ 

vk — . 

one 

in  both  directions  from  front  on/y. 
Dpecify  right  or  /eft  for  s/de  door : 
Dumb  waiter  may  be  con  venter // y 
towered  from  the  side  door. 

it  is  much  better  to  arrange  the 
out  fit  either  s/ng/e  foce  os  7&7  or 
doub/e  face  and  u&8  /fposs/b/e 


"nil 


CORNER  POST  PLAN. 
CORNER  POST  PLAN.  OPERATED  FROM 
OPERATED  AT  ONE  FRONT 

THREE  8/ DES 


PLAN. 

C E/LED  NELL 


h/here  we// is  sheathed 
ins/de  with  boards  the 
guide  runs  ore  fasten- 
ed direct  to  th/s  sheath- 
ing with  wood  screws. 

C/eor  inside  dimensions 
if  we//  are  3’ /arger  than 
outside  dimensions  of 
car. 


PLAN  . 

PLASTERED  NELL 

Where  we// is  p/ostered 
inside,  the  verfica/ studs 
are  a /mast  never  /oca  fed 
exact /y  where  required 
for  the guide  runs  j there 
fore  it  /s  odvisob/e  to  have 
horijonfa/  br/dging  or  cots 
in  both  sides  of  the  enc/os- 
ure  30" on  centers,  to  whrch 
go/de  runs  ore  secured 
by  tong  screws  passing 
through  /oth  and  piaster 
C/eor  ms/de  dimensions 
of  shaft  are  3 ‘/arger  than 
outside  dim  e ns  ions  of  the 
car 


PLAN. 

PLASTERED  IN  ELL 

If  here  horigonta/  bridg- 
ing as  shown  on  p/on  No. 
/2  has  not  been  provided 
/f  /s  necessary  to  put 
hor/gonto/  c/eots  on  the 
face  of  the  piaster  30*00 
centers  to  which  guide 
runs  ore  fastened  by 
means  of  wood  screws 
A //owing  for  /"c/eats  on 
each  side,  the  outside 
width  of  cor  wi/i  be  3" 
/ess  thon  net  ins/de  width 
of  the  we//  3“ being  a //ow- 
ed for  the  guide  runs,  counter 
weight,  c/earonce  etc 


PLAN. 

PLASTERED  WELL 

Horigonfo/  c/eots  as  show/) 
in  p/an  No.  /3  are  freyuenf/y 
objeef/onob/e  because 
they  make  /itt/e  she /ves  on 
which  dust  coi/ects  This 
ob/eef/on  is  overcome  where 
it  is  poss/b/e  fa  secure  verf- 
/ co / c /eating  back  of  the 
guide  runs  as  shown  m p /on 
No.  74 

A//ow/ng  for  fc/eofs  on 
each  side,  the  outside  wic/fh 
of  cor  wi/i  be  3 "/ess  than  net 
inside  width  of  we// : 3" being 
taken  for  thegu/de  runs,  weights, 
c/eorance  etc 


PL  A N. 

P/RE  PROOF  NELL 

in  fire  proof  we//s  c/eot- 
ing  may  be  put  in  horizon- 
ta/iy  as  shown  in  p/an  Mo 
73  or  vcrf/co//y  as  shown 
in  p/an  No  74  The  /after 
is  preferab/e  where  the 
construction  perm/fs 
the  f/rrn  fastening  of  the 
yertica/  c/ eating. 

hi  here  c/eot/ng  /s  p>uf  In 
befo/  e we//  /s  p/ostered 
ins/de,  fhe  piaster  may  be 
brought  f/ush  with  race 
of  c /eating  as  shown  in 
pi  an  No.  73  above 


The  obove  show  various  S/ng/e  Foce  Dumb  h/o/fer  enc/osures,  hovmg  a// door  openings  m front  The  cor  in  a S/ng/e  face  we// is 
three  inches  /ess  in  depth  than  fhe  dapth  of  the  we//  from  the  front  to  the  rear:  in  Doub/e  Face  we//s,  construction  ond  arrange- 

ment are  the  same  except  that  an  extra  inch  is  required  between  the  fronts  for  fhe  second  hand  rope,  /n  Doub/e  Foce  we//s 
therefore  fhe  cor  is  four  inches  /ess  in  depth  thon  the  net  inside  measurement  of  the  we//  from  front  to  fronf 
Copyright  /9iC  by  3aotsw/CK  A4+cmiwm  Womzacc 
lllllllllllllHllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll^ 

Industrial  Section  Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii^^ 


222 


PIPE  (Cast  I ron)  oL  and  i i B6 


-there’s  nothind  like  C 

for  all  Hou 


i 


«?.-:=  v . r'<*  " *•  — r-v- *^>c  ■■  ^.■f^n^.' : 


ISIOOR  POLLACK  Pres 

JOHN  C O NEILL.  Sec  y A Thus 

TELEPNO* 
454  455  MOI 

POLLACK  & O’NEILL.  Inc 

STEAM  HEATING 
HOT  WATER  HEATING 

CONTRACTING  PLUMBERS  SAN1TARV  examinations  . 

AND  AND  SMOKE  TEST  APPLIE 

Specifications  and  literature  will  be 
mailed  upon  request 
by  any  or  all  of  the  following 
independent  and  competing  makers 
of  Cast  Iron  Soil  Pipe 
and  Fittings 


National  Pipe  & Foundry  Co.,  Attalla,  Ala. 
Reading  Foundry  & Supply  Co. 

- Reading.Pa. 

Salem  Brass  & Iron  Mfg.  Co.,  Salem,  N.  J. 
Sanitary  Co.  of  America  - Linfield,  Pa. 
Somerville  Iron  Works  - New  York,  N.  Y. 
Standard  Foundry  Co.  - Anniston,  Ala. 
Superior  Mfg.  Co.  - - Bessemer,  Ala. 

Union  Foundry  Co.  - - Anniston,  Ala. 

Weiskittel  & Son  Co.,  A.  - Baltimore,  Md. 
Wetter  Mfg.  Co.,  H.  - Memphis,  Tenn. 
Abendroth  Brothers  - Port  Chester,  N.  Y. 
Alabama  Pipe  & Foundry  Co. 

------  Anniston,  Ala. 

American  Foundry  & Pipe  Co. 

Penns  Sta.,  Pa. 
Anniston  Foundry  Co.  - Anniston,  Ala. 
Bessemer  Soil  Pipe  Co.  - Bessemer,  Ala. 
Campbell  Mfg.  Co.  - - Gadsden,  Ala. 

Casey-Hedges  Co.,  The,  Chattanooga,  Tenn. 
Central  Foundry  Co.  - New  York,  N.  Y. 
Charlotte  Pipe  & Foundry  Co. 

------  Charlotte,  N.  C. 

Coosa  Pipe  & Foundry  Co. 

-----  Birmingham,  Ala. 

Crown  Pipe  & Foundry  Co.,  Jackson,  Ohio 
Gadsden  Pipe  Co.  - - Gadsden,  Ala. 

Haines,  Jones  & Cadbury  Co. 

- Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Johnson  Co.,  J.  D.  - New  York,  N.  Y. 
Krupp  Foundry  Co.  - - Lansdale,  Pa. 

Medina  Foundry  Co.  - - Medina,  N.  Y. 
National  Foundry  Co.  of  N.  Y.,  Inc. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y 


SANITARY  ENGINEERS 

ALL  AGREEMENTS  ARC  CONYlNGEh 
STRIKES.  INTERFERENCE,  ACCIOE* 
OTHER  UNAVOIDABLE  DELAYS  I 
AND  OVER  WHICH  We  HAVE  NO  C' 


3200  Broadway 

ESTIMATES  OO  NOT  INCLUDE 

ROCK  EXCAVATING  UNDER  ANYCONDITION 


new  YORK.  June  28,  1917. 


Central  Foundry  Co., 
90  West  Street, 
City. 


Dear  Sirs: 


At  the  present  time,  we  are  completely  overhauling 
the  building  #799  Park  Av.,  C^.y,  which  was  constructed  some 
twenty  six  (26)  years  ago.. 


• . ^3 


Our  contract  with  the  owners,  permits  us  to  use 
all  pipe  etc.  found  in  good  condition. 


The  cast  iron  of  this  building  is  in  such  good 
shape,  we  will  use  same  over  again.  After  explaining  these 
facts  to  your  Mr.  W.A.Crotty,  he  advised  us  to  write  to  you 
giving  you  the  Information,  knowing  it  might  be  of  Interest 
to  you  to  know  about  same. 


If  you  care  to  visit  the  building  and  get  samples 
of  the  pipe  we  will  be  glad  to  arrange  for  your  representative 
to  meet  our  man. 


In  our  opinion,  it  vindicates  the  statement  we  have 
made  for  many  years,  viz.,  "Cast  iron  is  more  serviceable 
than  wrought  iron  for  waste  and  vent" . 


We  trust  this  will  be  entirely  satisfactory  and 
of  some  interest  to  you,  we  are, 


JCON/B 


Very  truly  yours, 

POLLACK  kOJEILL,  Inc. 

Pej 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Voi  . I,  1917 


What  a 

leading 


The  cast  iron  is  in 
such  3ood  shape, 
we  will  use  same 
over  a^ain’ 

'Cast  Iron  is  more 
serviceable  "than 
wrought  iron  for 


^architects 

/^PLUMBERS 

ENGINEERS 

^BUILDERS 


VseC AST  IRON  SOIL  PIPE 


for  Soil  Lines  Vent  Lines 
Leader  Lines  Waste  Lines 

No  corrosion  - No  menace  of  leaking  sew 
age  and  sewer  gases  - No  tearing  out  of 
floors  and  walls  after  pipe  is  installed 


I/seCAST  IRON  SOIL  PIPE 


for  House  Drains  House  Sewers 

No  pollution  under  cellars -No  stoppage 
by  tree  roots  - No  danger  of  breakage- 
byjar  or  settlement  - No  costly  replacements 


CAST  IRON  SOIL  PIPE  LASTS 
LONGER  THAN  THE  BUILDING 


ST  IRON  SOIL  PIPE 

e Drainage 


M 

|ttf| 

Iff 

E -JB 

Han 

•mki 

PIPE  (Cast  Iron)  qL  and  1 1 B6 


223 


I \m  stkiai  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  19 •" 


"il  I!  II  Mil  I'  h 1. 1'  li'll  ,1  J'llM.'l^h  ||  II  li.ll  il  HIT I;  h IH^!<  I'  li.li.l.  I I:  !< 


224 


DOORS  AND  SHUTTERS  (Metal)  4CandiiB7 


iiiiiiiiiiiii]nii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiniiii!iiiiiiiiinii!ii]iiiiiuii!iiiii!iiii!!!i!iiiii!iiiiii!iiiii!niiiiriiniiiii!iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiii!iiiiniiiiiiiiimii 


Pennsylvania  R.  R.  Freight  Station,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Installation  showing  addition  of  Metal  Trim  for  Interior  Finish 


EVANS 

“ALMETL 

Fire  Doors 

and 

Shutters 

(Pat.  Pending) 

are  rapidly  being  recognized  and  adopted 
as  standard  equipment  for  fire  wall  open- 
ings, wherever  safety  is  the  first  consid- 
eration. 

Of  rigid,  all-steel  and  asbestos  construc- 
tion, they  are  light  in  weight,  cost  very 
little  to  maintain  and  secure  the  lowest 
insurance  rates. 

They  have  been  adopted  by  the  United  States 
Government  for  use  in  the  Panama  Canal 
Zone  besides  being  used  by  such  prominent 
industrial  corporations  as  the  Pennsylvania 
Railroad,  New  York  Central  R.  R.,  Liggett  & 
Myers  Tobacco  Co.,  Roebling  Wire  Works, 
and  many  others. 

Fully  Approved  by 

The  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  Chicago  Fac- 
tory Mutual  Laboratories,  Boston  and  National, 
State  and  Municipal  Authorities. 


‘STAR”  Ventilators 


Send  for  our  Descriptive  Catalogue 

“Merchant’s  Old  Method”  Roofing  Tin 


Merchant  s-Evans  O? 


NEW  YORK 

BALTIMORE 

ATLANTA 


PHILADELPHIA 


CLEVELAND 


wheeling 

CHICAGO 
ST.  LOUIS 


KANSAS  CITY 


lllll»lllllilllllllllllllllll!IIIIlllllllll!llllllllllllllllllll(llinilllM!iainnillllllll!!lilll!llllllllllllllllillll|[|l!l|[||illllllll!llllllllll!lllllll!IIH^^^ 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


PIPE  (Wrought  Iron)  pL,  10J,  and  11B6 


225 


An  Investigation  of 
Pipe  Corrosion  in 
125  Apartment  Buildings 


O'-  6cJ'c' 1 9VP6  oYI 

W0'- V2.S  V ^ 


Bulletin  No.  30,  size  8^''  x 11", 
16  pp.,  containing  a complete 
report  on  this  investigation,  will 
soon  be  published.  It  gives  the 
names  of  125  old  apartment  build- 
ings, the  kind  of  pipe  installed, 
when  installed,  amount  of  repairs 
and  replacements  to  date  in  hot 
and  cold  water  mains  and  risers. 
The  life  of  iron,  steel,  and  brass 
pipe  in  hot  water  mains  is  clearly 
indicated  by  the  law  of  averages, 
and  a great  mass  of  other  specific 
information  of  the  greatest  value 
is  brought  to  light. 

Send  for  your  copy  nozv 

A.  M.  Byers  Company 

Established  1864 

PITTSBURGH,  PA. 

New  York  Chicago  Boston  Houston  Los  Angeles 


Industrial  Section 


Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


226 


IliiiMHI 


BRICK  (Face)  3D 


Industrial  Section 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiniHiiiiiiiv 

Structural  Service  Book,  Vol.  I,  1917 


